Chapter 1: A Brief Introduction
Chapter Text
Hi there. You’re probably wondering why I decided to do a full series review (essentially) of Happiness Charge Pretty Cure. Let me share a brief background. You may find it interesting, who knows?
A few years back, I’d never even heard of Pretty Cure. The only magical girl show I’d ever heard of then was Sailor Moon. Somehow, I was recommended a KiraKira Pretty Cure A La Mode clip featuring Cure Gelato
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Tategami_Aoi
(There’s a Lion Magical Girl? What’s going on?!) on Youtube and was intrigued enough to do some looking around. After learning a bit about the franchise, I then looked at the available seasons and decided to watch Fresh Pretty Cure first. I fell in love and looked a bit more in depth at the other shows in the series. I kept getting curious about Happiness Charge simply because the name was so different, and the Cure designs were very striking. However, I wasn’t sure how I felt about it when reading up on some of the character profiles and ended up watching Yes! Precure 5 next instead. And then its sequel Yes! Go Go.
Finally, I looked back at Happiness Charge after trying scattered episodes from several other seasons, but not going much further. It was characters like Hime and Iona that made me hesitate. Hime sounded like a piece of work when I first read about her: a spoiled crybaby, a coward always running away, hiding secrets that could hold key information to stopping the enemies, etc. Iona didn’t sound much better: a bully who didn’t seem to care about having friends, yet tried her best to break apart a friendship simply because she hated one of the girls involved. When I reread their profiles, though, either more information had been added or I was somehow misremembering what I’d first read about them. There was more involved than I’d first thought. And by then I’d seen two or three clips on Youtube from this season, enough to get me watching Episodes 1-2. I kept going.
And I felt horrible because I realized how badly I’d misjudged Hime, at least. (I haven’t made it far enough to determine my thoughts on Iona yet, even with rewatching the first few episodes several times to get a decent understanding of things early on.) As I tend to do when something interests me, I found myself overanalyzing almost everything that I was seeing: dialogue, actions, you name it. When you’ve studied Biology and a decent bit of English, maybe that’s just to be expected. And I decided to start writing down my thoughts here.
I replied to a comment on one of those Happiness Charge Youtube clips that accused Hime of being a sociopath. I couldn’t blame the commenter when I’d essentially thought the same thing at first, but since coming to a different conclusion, I put together a bit of a character defense for Hime. You really have to be careful about these sorts of things. Our limited human view can miss key details that end up telling a completely different story. What if someone went walking in the woods and told you that they’d seen an orange, striped cat while they were outside.
Image found here: https://www.peakpx.com/567530/orange-tabby-cat
You might think they saw this,
Image found here: https://www.worldwildlife.org/species/tiger
but what if they had actually seen this? Very different actions would be required for whichever cat was actually seen, right? This is exactly why, for example, people are told not to self-diagnose on mental or personality disorders. And it’s also why, using this same example, no diagnosis can be given unless half or more of the symptoms match up to a given personality or mental disorder.
Basically, this whole analysis is kind of a writing exercise, an excuse to enjoy overanalyzing a fun show, and a bit of an apology to Hime for so badly misunderstanding her character at first (maybe Iona as well). If you read all of this, thank you. I hope you enjoy reading the following reviews as much as I enjoyed writing them.
This review format is heavily inspired by Falconier111’s Character Analysis stories, especially Live Reviews With Monster Girls. Give it a try, you may find it as fascinating as I did.
Chapter 2: Episode 1: I Love Love! Cure Lovely Is Born!
Notes:
Inspired by Let's Analyze Katawa Shoujo: Live Reviews with Monster Girls by Falconier111
Chapter Text
This episode opens with a glimpse of Queen Mirage, her generals, and the Phantom Empire.
Queen Mirage declares that they will destroy all love, hope, courage, and happiness in the world.
Then we jump to Cure Princess in battle with a Saiark.
When Princess sees that her attacks are doing nothing, she starts to panic and run away. Not completely, though, Ribbon slows her down. Even scared, Princess can’t bring herself to leave the battlefield entirely.
After a pretty lengthy attack, she thinks she’s beaten the Saiark.
However, it reappears, looking completely undamaged, and knocks her out of her transformation with one hit.
Ribbon is very brave, hovering in front of a powerless Hime to protect her from the incoming attack.
I don’t think fairies in this series have the sort of tanky defense that Cures seem to get, so that’s a very risky move, but it also shows Ribbon’s care for Hime. Hime herself doesn’t seem to have high defense, one hit took her down, and I’m not sure if this is because she has no resolve/courage to power up her attacks, or if this is part of her “character build” being more of a Sniper rather than a Warrior/Paladin. Maybe it’s both. (I may make reference to RPG terms like this fairly often, just a warning. I categorize Hime as a Sniper because I’ve seen her fight in a few episodes and most of her attacks are long distance, as opposed to Megumi and Iona with several one-on-one attacks.)
Anyway, Cure Fortune appears out of nowhere to take out the Saiark with no trouble.
She does NOT pull punches!
Did that even take thirty seconds for her? Man, she’s strong!
Hime looks rather awestruck at first.
She goes up to thank Fortune, but now she looks very frightened and uncertain. And she has every reason to be.
Cure Fortune, while very compassionate to the targeted girl in the Saiark attack, has no patience for Hime at all.
I’m not hiding spoilers here, I know the background of both characters and understand why they are acting this way. I’ll go more in-depth into their situations later on as it comes up.
Suffice it to say, Cure Fortune tears into Hime, rejecting her gratitude, and says that she won’t forgive her for unleashing all this trouble on the world.
The one question I have is how Cure Fortune knows this about Hime when no one else does, outside of Blue and Ribbon. I’ve wondered if Hime may have gone up to Cure Fortune to ask for help early on, given that they both seem to live in the same area. Then, when Fortune understood the situation and chose to blame and attack Hime for it, Hime never told anyone else about it ever again, fearing further attack and rejection. It must’ve been bad if even Ribbon and Blue, the mentors and voices of reason, don’t push her to do so, either. I’ll talk more about this speculation later.
Back to Hime in the episode, the poor girl breaks down, wailing that she failed again.
Since Happiness Charge is treated as a special 10th anniversary season, each episode features a Cure from the past thanking us for watching. Today’s visitor is Cure Black from the very first series, Futari Wa Pretty Cure (and Max Heart).
And here’s Megumi, fangirling about Pretty Cure and how awesome they are.
Right here I can see a major difference with this season compared to the rest of the Pretty Cure Franchise, at least the seasons I’ve seen so far (Yes Precure 5, Yes Go Go, and Fresh). Pretty Cure is already established as a household name. Later episodes show that the Cure Teams have merchandise, collectible cards sold in any store (but do those exist right now in Episode 1? Who knows). How long has this conflict been going on? Usually, we the audience witness the first attack and the recruitment of the girls as Cures, but here they already exist and are very well known. I mention this because Hime seems to have been fighting from the beginning of this war and if she’s been fighting, losing, and retreating this whole time (For weeks? Months?), I don’t think her mental/emotional health is very good right now.
Back to Megumi, she’s walking with her friend Yuko and reminding her that, while their city is under attack, they’ll be fine because they have strong, brave, awesome Precure protecting them.
Before we really take off with today’s episode, I just wanted to comment on these cute chibi girls in the title screen. I know we’re going to end up having a team of four Cures this season, so here’s the first two. I’ll be showing off when the other two girls join up, as well.
Poor Hime is very upset that she’s lost yet another fight.
It sounds like a tantrum at first, but think about it like I mentioned before. This whole conflict has been going on long enough for Precure to be well known around the world, and Hime has been fighting alone; fighting, losing, and retreating time and time again. She doesn’t seem to have anyone staying at the Embassy with her except Ribbon and Blue, either (a very small support network). Given that she isn’t even enrolled in school until Episode 4, this poor girl probably hasn’t been living, she’s been stuck in survival mode, only hearing that she needs to keep trying and maybe THIS time things’ll be different and she’ll win. Suddenly her tantrum sounds a lot like a cry for help from a frightened girl at the end of her rope. Something needs to change.
And here comes Blue.
Ribbon starts complaining to him about pampering Hime, mentioning that Hime isn’t struggling from lack of ability, but lack of resolve (I choose to interpret that as confidence most of the time).
Spoilers: Hime was tricked into opening the Axia Box (think Pandora’s Box) and releasing all these enemies into the world, starting this whole conflict. She heard a sad/scared voice calling for help and was concerned enough to open the box to save them. How can Hime have courage or resolve in ANYTHING nowadays when her last big decision ended so badly? :Spoilers
Blue seems very compassionate here (not like Ribbon isn’t, but she’s gotten too close to Hime this whole time and is probably as tired of giving the same old advice as Hime is of hearing it) and offers Hime a red, glowing crystal/pebble.
With this, Hime can find a partner to help her fight the Saiarks.
Hime’s scared even thinking of talking to other people.
But Blue tells her that this Love Crystal will show her the way and help her find her new best friend.
Oh dear! Hime has a whole rant about how friends are wonderful and how having a friend will fix everything.
Something about the way she says it, though, sounds a lot more like someone who’s read about friends in books than someone who’s actually had friends before and knows what to expect. Her exact words are: “I wanted to have a friend for so long! It’s so fun when you’re with others, right?” and “They help you out when you’re in trouble and listen to everything you have to say! It’s so convenient to have friends! Friends will solve everything!”
Has Hime ever had friends before? She seems to be shy, maybe she suffers from social anxiety (look at her behavior in Episode 4!). And considering that she’s a princess, was she ever allowed to interact with anyone normally? Or was her life before being a Cure just “Go to this ball, greet this ambassador, be polite with the Prime Minister’s family…” and so on?
At least Hime seems more hopeful now, but her task to make friends may be harder than she thinks.
Megumi makes it home from school and checks in with her mother. Megumi then promises to go to the store to get what’s needed for dinner to help her mom, who doesn’t look too well.
Meanwhile, Cure Princess jumps up on top of a tall building and starts looking around. When Ribbon asks why she isn’t looking for a friend, Princess says that there’s too many people around to find one.
Instead, she decides to just throw the Love Crystal, trusting to luck, and befriend whoever it hits.
Ribbon’s shocked at this.
Let’s be honest, though. Hasn’t anyone ever gone into a new place (work/school), had no idea who to talk to or what to do, and quietly chanted “Eenie, Meenie, Minie, Moe” or something to help move forward in an uncertain setting? Or maybe that’s just me?
Anyway, the Love Crystal hits Megumi on the head as she’s walking by on the way to the grocery store.
Hime now knows who to befriend.
Hime starts following Megumi around and notices that Megumi seems friendly with everyone she sees. Hime still looks uncertain, though. Megumi’s very willing to help others, too.
She finds a young girl, Mao, upset that her hat got blown into the water. Megumi doesn’t hesitate to go in after the hat. Her friend, Seiji, the older brother to the little girl, catches Megumi in the act and warns her to be more careful.
He saves her from falling in when she slips.
Awww! Megumi’s so warm and friendly with everyone.
Seiji reminds Megumi that she shouldn’t ignore her own needs in her desire to help others.
Megumi just counts it a win as long as everyone’s happy.
Poor Hime hides further behind a tree after watching all of this.
No offense to Cure Fortune, but if what I speculated before is how things really went down between them, Hime may be worried that no matter how much she wants it, she’s unworthy of love and friendship, even with someone so clearly loving as Megumi.
By now, Ribbon’s done with Hime’s hesitation and she headbutts Hime out of her hiding place, directly into Megumi’s path.
Oh, gosh! Hime can barely speak when she sees Megumi.
Luckily Megumi jumps right in, complimenting Hime’s dress.
And that friendly greeting is enough to allow Hime to open up about her love of fashion. Hime can ramble on when she talks about a safe subject or an interest.
And Hime’s certain that Megumi can look nice in fancier clothing if she tries.
Every girl deserves a chance to shine, after all.
Image found here: https://mymodernmet.com/cherry-blossom-meaning/
I’m going to take a quick minute here, on coming back to this review, to mention something I missed before. You can clearly see that there are flowering trees in the background during this scene. I believe these are meant to be cherry (sakura) trees. You’ll find out in later episodes (like Episode 15) that I’ve noticed there were times when a specific flower was depicted within the show, and its meaning in the language of flowers (a la Heartcatch Precure) was surprisingly relevant to the plot or a character’s feelings at that time. (Because this happened three times where it definitely caught my attention on my first watchthrough, I’m considering watching one more time, at least up to halfway through the season, to see if I’ve missed any others. Yes, my OCD -not really- brain demanded this of me. Send help, please!)
With a quick bit of research, I found that cherry trees often flower between March and mid-April, so this episode probably takes place in the early Spring, for those trying to put together a tentative timeline (like me). Apparently, cherry blossoms mean ephemerality, the fleetingness of life. More relevant is the second meaning, which is renewal and rebirth. After a long, cold winter, these trees flower as a prelude to warmer days and better times to come. (You can read about it more here: https://mymodernmet.com/cherry-blossom-meaning/) If you think of Hime’s backstory, which I’ll cover more in-depth throughout this episode and Episode 2, doesn’t this fit remarkably well? Hime has only just met Megumi now, and wait until you see how things turn around for her from this point on!
And with the ice broken, both girls introduce themselves.
Finally, Hime reveals that Megumi is now a Precure, to her surprise.
And here comes the villain, Namakelder, targeting Seiji’s sister Mao for a new Saiark.
Is it just me, or do those mirrors look like coffins?
It doesn’t help that the victim sealed inside always has their arms crossed over their chest. Maybe I’ve seen too many 2D Castlevania games…
Anyway, here’s the Hat Saiark ready to attack.
Hime and Megumi are warned of the danger and hurry to the area.
I love that Hime shields Megumi from danger with her own body before transforming. She wants her new friend to stay safe, even if they do end up having to fight together.
Ribbon wasn’t kidding earlier when she said that Cure Princess had no resolve to back up her attacks, it doesn’t look like her kick even fazed the Saiark,
and the “Princess Ball” did nothing.
Already, Cure Princess is down and looking frightened again.
This time Megumi shields Cure Princess.
Megumi is also frightened and confused, but she doesn’t want to see her friend getting hurt anymore.
Her determination to protect Princess and help everyone be happy is great enough to trigger the Love Crystal’s shift into a transformation device.
And Megumi transforms into Cure Lovely.
She’s so excited to be a Precure, it’s cute and funny to watch.
She has no idea how to attack, but she at least has super strength, and that’s a good start.
Episode 1 ends here.
The Meaning of Heart:
This is me coming back to my Episode 1 review and realizing that while I talk a lot about various symbols that I’ve noticed and their meanings later on, I missed doing this in the early episodes of Happiness Charge. I’m trying to make up for this now, as you’ve already seen with me discussing the cherry blossoms earlier in this very review. I wanted to cover these symbols as they come up, instead of just compiling all the information in one area, but there’s enough individual details that it may be easier just to have everything combined into a single document. I’ll leave Megumi’s symbol here to give a taste of what you can expect, but if you want to see what I discovered for everyone else’s symbols, you can find this information with my other “supplemental” writings. Happiness Charge has four Cures who’ll end up joining the team, so I’ll discuss each of their symbols in turn. Let’s start with Megumi today.
Image found here: https://freepngimg.com/png/37044-3d-red-heart-image
I thought it went without saying that Cure Lovely’s theme is love, so of course her symbol is a heart. But I was very surprised to find how perfectly a heart symbol matches with her when I did a little reading on the subject. The heart means love and affection, obviously, but it can also indicate courage, strength, spirituality, healing, emotions, connection, unity, sacrifice, and selflessness. (You can read about it here: https://symbolismhub.com/the-symbolism-of-the-heart-exploring-the-deeper-meaning-behind-the-universal-icon/) Interestingly enough, the heart can be associated with fire because love can be very passionate, also indicating energy and transformation. Pay close attention to the PreCards these girls earn in Episode 2. (Cherry Flamenco has FIRE powers! This is also a Lovely-exclusive ability)
If there’s one thing that I’ve learned about Megumi, on watching this show, it’s that she loves everyone and wants them to be happy. If that means being selfless enough to drop everything at a moment’s notice and run over to help another person out, she’ll do it! If it means finding a way to reach out to someone who’s hurting, even if that person is an ENEMY GENERAL, she’ll do it! Megumi may not be very booksmart, as you’ll see in Episode 12, but she’s got to be an emotional genius because nine times out of ten she knows exactly what to say to connect to someone in pain and encourage them to get back up and keep trying. Remember that a heart also means strength and healing: it’s really blown my mind to see how brutal Cure Lovely is in combat, yet she’s as close to the resident healer of the team as she can be without having actual healing powers. (We’ll talk about Cure Honey later…) I could go on, but some of what I’ve noticed comes from things we’ll see later on in the show. So rather than write a full-on character analysis in Episode 1, I’ll just ask that you keep some of these meanings in mind as you watch or read about this series with me, if you choose to do so. Here they are one last time: love, affection, courage, strength, spirituality, healing, emotions, connection, unity, sacrifice, and selflessness.
Chapter 3: Episode 2: Hime and Megumi's Friendship! The Happiness Charge Pretty Cure is Formed!!
Notes:
Inspired by Let's Analyze Katawa Shoujo: Live Reviews with Monster Girls by Falconier111
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Cure Dream of Yes! Precure 5 (and Yes! Precure 5 Go Go) greets us today before Lovely’s first official battle begins.
And we’re back in the middle of the fight with the Hat Saiark.
Cure Lovely may have no idea how her powers work, but that doesn’t mean she’s holding back on her attack at all.
But she got too close and the Saiark caught her by the arm.
Cure Princess sees Lovely trapped and immediately rams into the Saiark hard enough to free her friend.
Notice that Princess didn’t use any of her powers for this. I wonder if it’s because she knows that with all her fears and doubts right now, no special attack of hers would be powerful enough to work, let alone in time to save Lovely from getting hurt.
Even getting knocked back, Lovely’s still going strong.
Princess, however, is letting her fears get the better of her again.
Ribbon tells Princess to purify the Saiark, but Princess can’t work up the courage.
Then Ribbon tells her that Lovely is probably just as scared as she is,
just in time for Princess to see Lovely get hit again.
Princess, fearing for both of their safety, blinds the enemies with a “Princess Tornado”
and quickly retreats, leading Lovely away safely.
Credit where it’s due, Hime refused to leave Megumi in danger. Fear can make people do stupid and messed up things at times. Scared as she was, Hime could’ve left Megumi as a distraction for the Saiark to allow a safer getaway, but she refused to allow someone to be hurt in this way, fears or no.
Now de-transformed, both girls escape safely to the Blue Sky Kingdom Embassy, Hime’s current home.
Megumi wants to go back and free Mao from the Saiark’s power,
but Hime’s convinced that there’s no way either of them can win this fight.
Before their argument goes too far, Blue appears.
Hime immediately gets upset with him, wondering why having a friend in battle didn’t help after all.
Megumi, however, is very impressed and pleased to meet him.
Blue introduces himself and explains that these enemies used to be trapped inside the Axia Box, until it was opened.
Since then, the released enemies have been wreaking havoc across the world.
If you know Hime’s backstory, you understand why Hime looks so worried, sad, and guilty here. Incidentally, if they wanted Megumi to know the complete history of this conflict, here would’ve been a good place to tell her that it was Hime who let the enemies out and that she’s trying to fix her mistake and make things right. But no one does, not even no-nonsense Ribbon. (Remember, Ribbon forced Hime out into the open to meet Megumi when Hime was in hiding, following Megumi around earlier on.) Seriously, what exactly happened between Hime and Cure Fortune that ended so badly that they’re worried history will repeat with Megumi?
Blue reveals that the enemy the girls were fighting earlier, Namakelder, is merely a general of the leader of the Phantom Empire, Queen Mirage.
Speaking of Mirage, we jump to her complaining about feeling the power of love.
She calls out to the Deep Mirror, a magic mirror on the wall.
I missed this somehow on my first time watching. Shirayuki Hime (Princess Snow White), a magic mirror on the wall… I wonder how many more similarities we’ll see to the Snow White story as we go on?
The Deep Mirror tells Queen Mirage that the love she’s sensing comes from a new Precure who appeared in Japan, Cure Lovely. Queen Mirage is not impressed.
She thinks happiness doesn’t last, love is not real, and she wants the Precure gone.
Blue finishes his explanation, saying that if Queen Mirage and her generals are not stopped, all joy and happiness will be gone from the world.
That’s interesting, another difference from the other Pretty Cure seasons I’ve seen. Usually if the Pretty Cure’s enemies target people, those victims are hurting or struggling, since they have a breach in their heart or will power that can be exploited to summon monsters. But the Phantom Empire is actively targeting happy people instead. At least that’s what it looks like so far. Mao didn’t look upset when she was targeted, in any case…
Blue asks Megumi to fight beside Hime to stop the Phantom Empire from succeeding.
Megumi agrees. Hime, however…
Oh no, Hime’s losing hope fast.
If my speculations from before are correct, she’s been fighting for a long time (months?), she’s never once won a battle, her special attacks are very weak and unreliable because she has no courage or resolve in anything right now, and Hime let herself hope that having a friend would make a difference, but they still haven’t been able to win a fight yet.
Secret of Mana - Seiken Densetsu 2 (SNES, 1993) - highly recommended!
Comparing this to an RPG, normally a hero could go out into a forest and fight some weak monsters,
Secret of Mana - Seiken Densetsu 2 (SNES, 1993) - highly recommended!
Secret of Mana - Seiken Densetsu 2 (SNES, 1993) - highly recommended!
maybe a dire wolf or a bear as they level up,
Secret of Mana - Seiken Densetsu 2 (SNES, 1993) - highly recommended!
and eventually work their way up to a boss fight.
In Pretty Cure, there are rarely weaker monsters to gain “EXP” (experience points) from to level up. Ironically, Happiness Charge may be one of the few seasons where you DO see weaker monsters, but they haven’t appeared as of yet. I think my point still stands, though, since it’s difficult to level up when facing fifty or so of these monsters at once, even if they go down easily by themselves. “Death by a thousand cuts” is very much a thing…
Anyway, Hime’s been stuck on boss fight after boss fight, with no way to get stronger. She’s stuck at Level 1 while watching other Cures sail through their fights at Level 7, Level 10, etc. Can you really blame this poor girl for wanting to give up?
What’s worse, Hime’s home, the Blue Sky Kingdom, was conquered by the Phantom Empire.
She’s the only one who escaped (Talk about *Survivor’s Guilt!) and she’s been fighting this whole time to save her home, all her people, and her family. But what good does all her fighting do if she can’t beat a single Saiark, not even with a friend’s help? Hime, you’re making me want to cry! Someone please give this poor girl a hug!
*Survivor’s Guilt - a type of guilt that can develop in people who have survived a life-threatening situation. It seems to be a form of PTSD (Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder). Maybe the victim feels guilty that they survived where others did not, or the victim feels they could’ve done more to help save others in that situation, or the victim may even feel guilty that someone else died saving them (Yuri/Cure Moonlight, anyone?!). You can read more about it here: https://www.verywellmind.com/survivors-guilt-4688743.
Dear heavens, this was more on the nose than I was expecting! Admittedly, the victims trapped in mirrors (Blue Sky Kingdom prisoners) aren’t really dead, but they may as well be. They’re unconscious to the world: no one can see them, talk to them, or interact with them in any way. You can’t tell me that Hime hasn’t wished that someone else from her home, ANYONE else from her home, had escaped the invasion instead of her. Surely ANYONE else would be more experienced and more qualified to rally support and fight back against this deadly enemy attacking the world. But Hime’s the only one still free, and she’s the one who freed the enemies who caused this devastation in the first place. I was wondering how she still had the courage and willpower to transform and keep fighting, but maybe I should be wondering how she hasn’t become a deathseeker yet… Her guilt must be so powerful, forcing her to fight and keep fighting, despite her weakness, fears, and hopelessness. I really hope that Megumi turns out to be as good a Pink/Leader/Healer as the girls who’ve come before, because Hime seriously needs a lot more help than even I first thought!
Hime can’t take it anymore, and she runs away in despair.
Megumi tries and fails to catch up, and Hime disappears into the city.
Namakelder is lounging around, watching the Hat Saiark spread mold everywhere.
He’s contacted by the Deep Mirror and told to defeat the Precure and drown the city in sorrow.
Namakelder agrees, but maybe later, it’s too much work for now.
Hime’s alone sitting on a park bench, unsure what to do, when Yuko finds her.
Yuko gives her a piece of candy to cheer her up.
Hime’s caught off guard, but she manages to thank Yuko before panicking and running off again.
Poor Yuko looks so confused.
Megumi’s wandering around the city trying to find Hime.
Ribbon apologizes for all the trouble, knowing that Hime’s got a lot of issues that make it difficult to be around her.
Megumi replies that Hime is also very lucky because she has such a good friend in Ribbon to look out for her.
Awww! Ribbon thinks that Hime used a lifetime of luck to get Megumi as her first friend, and she’s absolutely right. Hime’s in a bad place right now. It’ll take someone with a lot of love and patience, like Megumi, to help Hime work through things, for sure.
Ribbon gives Megumi a PreCard to help her find Hime.
PreCards not only allow the girls to transform into their Cure forms, but they also have costumes that come with special abilities.
Megumi chooses the Detective Card (Coord?) and becomes a Detective, complete with hat and magnifying glass.
She runs into Yuko while looking for clues.
Yuko points Megumi to a nearby park,
and the hunt is on.
Detective Megumi is guided first to a candy wrapper (Yuko’s candy) in the trash,
then to footprints going down the path.
Pretty soon they catch up to Hime in the park,
and Ribbon stops her from trying to run again.
Hime feels useless and weak, so what’s the point in fighting anymore?
Megumi argues that Hime was strong enough to save her from the Saiark earlier.
When Megumi compliments her on her running speed,
Hime feels insulted. But you know, having that sort of speed and agility would be very useful in battle.
Hime confesses that she’s useless because not only did they not win today’s fight, she’s never beaten a Saiark at all, not once.
My gosh, is Megumi an angel?!! She actually turned that around to say that means that Hime’s never given up, either. Hime’s never won a fight, but she’s never quit fighting, either.
I’ve struggled with depression before, and one of the hardest things I ever had to deal with was breaking out of a negative mindset and self-defeating spirals of thought. And I certainly wasn’t able to do it alone. I’m not saying that Hime’s depressed, but I am seeing some disturbing similarities so far. If Megumi can do this for Hime, maybe this poor girl can start to have hope and move forward again.
Megumi asks Hime, since she’s already worked so hard as it is, can she try once more, one final push?
Awww! Megumi performs a “Happiness Charge” on Hime, holding her hands,
and explains that she wants to fill the world with happiness now that she’s a Pretty Cure, too.
But she’s only just become a Cure today, and she doesn’t know how her powers work at all.
Couldn’t Hime come along and help her out?
It seems to be working. And can I say that Megumi’s a genius here? Hime’s been fighting to save her Kingdom, her home, but since she can’t win in a fight, she’s been stuck in a dead end with no way to reach her goal and no hope. But Megumi’s offering her a smaller, bite-sized goal: “Come with Megumi and help her learn how to fight as a Cure.”
Sometimes we do this to ourselves, setting impossible, huge goals, and then feel depressed when we can’t make any headway. Sometimes the only way forward is with baby steps, one step at a time, one day at a time, until you can finally reach your goal. I’ve got to say, I never thought I’d relate so much to this show. Hime may be my “spirit animal,” but Megumi’s officially my HERO!
And it worked!
Hime’s ready to help Megumi in the fight again.
But first, they need a team name and group pose…
Finally, we’re back to Namakelder and the Hat Saiark.
Megumi’s ready to fight,
but Hime’s still uncertain, hiding behind Megumi for now. She hasn’t run away, though.
Megumi encourages Hime to stand up to Namakelder as well,
and she’s able to tell him off.
Both girls then transform.
With a neat little freeze-frame that took more time to capture than I want to admit. It would seem that each girl’s symbol appears very briefly in that final flash of light at the end of their transformation.
It’s funny to watch Namakelder looking unimpressed
while Cure Lovely’s over fangirling with Cure Princess about how awesome their group pose was. Never change, girls!
Namakelder summons a crowd of smaller minions, Choiarks, to fight the Cures.
Lovely and Princess easily defeat several Choiarks
before getting surrounded by the rest.
Ribbon tells the girls to use their Love PreBraces (the pink bracelets on their wrists) to perform a special attack.
Image found here (Justice League Cartoon - 2001-2004): https://www.ign.com/articles/2017/02/01/john-stewart-explained-who-is-the-green-lantern-corps-character
Yet another interesting difference. Other Pretty Cure seasons have a set attack or weapon for the Cures, but in this one they can call out any attack at all? And it’ll happen? These girls are definitely the Green Lanterns of the Pretty Cure universe!
One “Lovely Punch” and the Choiarks are all gone.
Now for the Hat Saiark. And the girls are already doing much better this time.
With both of them attacking from opposite sides, the Hat Saiark can’t fully focus on one or the other for a successful attack.
Lovely tells Princess to purify the Saiark while she keeps it in one place.
Cure Princess looks uncertain again,
but Lovely’s already jumping back into the fray. “Lovely Heart Destruction!”
Princess gathers her courage and starts her purifying attack. How fitting is it that she says, “May the light of COURAGE become holy might!” I can already tell that Hime’s character arc will deal with her facing, and eventually overcoming, her many fears.
And she seems to have a bullseye-themed attack, too. To go with the Sniper fighting style, perhaps?
And it worked!
Lovely and Princess took down the Saiark and saved Mao.
Hime and Megumi watch Mao return home safely to her mother.
Can I say how happy Hime, especially, looks here? Like she never thought she’d be part of this, seeing the victim get closure after being saved in a victorious fight.
The girls earned two PreCards, too. Would this count as “EXP” or a full level up? That Cherry Flamenco Card grants fire powers, after all. (Fun fact as well, which I’ve since realized, but you can tell whether one of these PreCards is just a standard costume or a Dance Form Change Card by looking at the heart in the bottom left corner. A normal costume change Card always seems to have that exact same rainbow striping pattern, while a Form Change Card has a very different pattern that varies from one Form to another. I love this sort of attention to detail. Good job, animators!)
How must this all feel for Hime, her first ever victory with a friend, her first ever PreCards
(earn enough to get any wish granted)... Things are finally looking up. And it’s all thanks to Megumi.
Megumi better watch out, I think Hime’d be willing to do anything for her, even follow her to the ends of the Earth for how great a friend she was today. My heart! What a great episode!!!
FAIR WARNING!
Maybe this needs to be said, maybe not, but I’d feel bad if I didn’t say it anyway.
I know that Hime and I aren’t the only ones out there who’ve been through rough times like this. What you may or may not know is that, when going through depression, or something similar, the victim can’t look at daily life clearly. They’re hurting, sad, and scared, and when anyone, person or animal, feels scared or trapped there are two responses that instinctively happen: fight or flight.
Hime and I chose flight, running away instead of confronting the problem. Running, or hiding away, can cause its own problems, since if the victim can’t communicate what they’re feeling and what’s wrong, their family and friends aren’t going to understand and will be hurt by being kept at a distance. Other people who feel vulnerable and threatened may lash out in self defense instead. It’s great to want to help someone going through a hard time, but please understand that the victim may not respond well to your efforts to help. Don’t be afraid to get professional help in this situation. There are medications out there that can minimize problematic symptoms and even if those don’t work, a professional can at least help guide your efforts to be more productive.
Please be careful, whatever you may choose to do if you find yourself in this sort of situation. I know that I would feel awful if I found that I’d hurt someone afterward, even if in the moment I didn’t fully realize what was going on.
Notes:
Hey there. Quick question. These first two episodes were more of a true summary of events because early on I had to regularly restart this season since work and daily life caused me to delay frequently enough that I kept forgetting what I'd seen so far. That's actually why I started writing about these episodes in the first place, to help me remember episode events and my thoughts as I'd watched. Later episodes will be much longer and more involved. I could possibly update twice a week, once I get all my supplemental documents uploaded. Would any readers prefer a twice a week schedule, or should I just maintain once a week for now? Any thoughts?
Chapter 4: Episode 3: The Secret Has Been Blown!? The Pretty Cure's Secret Identity Is Absolutely Secret!!
Chapter Text
Already, Hime’s making good on what they talked about fashion-wise back in Episode 1. Megumi’s excited to have a fun new outfit.
And Hime’s excited that she has a friend she can talk with about fashion.
Blue and Ribbon enjoy watching the two girls bond
before offering a Cure Line, that looks like a cell phone, to Hime and Megumi.
Megumi’s all ready to call her mom on the new “smart phone,” but Blue stops her.
He tells her to only use the Cure Line to call on Precure business, warning that Megumi needs to keep her identity as a Cure secret.
This is tradition from every season or episode of Pretty Cure I’ve seen so far, but Blue (and Ribbon) does have a point.
In Fresh Pretty Cure, the Cures’ families found out their identities right before the final battle and stopped them from leaving. It was almost too late by the time the girls finally convinced their families to let them fight after all. It would be great to have support at home for all that these girls do, but the dangers are very real.
Megumi promises to keep this a secret.
And let’s welcome Cure Passion from Fresh Pretty Cure today!
Megumi and Hime then leave the Embassy.
Hime’s very excited to have an actual secret to share, WITH FRIENDS!!!
I can’t begrudge her excitement, though. Hime’s been through the wringer in the last two episodes, and I think it’s past time she got something to make her smile.
Just then, Seiji walks up behind them, asking what’s so secret, and startles the heck out of both girls.
Hime immediately hides behind Megumi when faced with a stranger.
Don’t judge her too harshly, though. We’ve seen, or will see soon, that she can be incredibly brave protecting a friend in battle, but it’s a whole other thing to interact with people in a social setting. Especially when anxiety is involved!
Anyway, this is Sagara Seiji. We met him briefly in Episode 1, but Hime’s only really seeing him now for the first time.
He’s Megumi’s next door neighbor and a childhood friend.
Megumi introduces Hime, and Hime proceeds to have a mini freak out, nearly crushing Ribbon in her fear.
I hear you, Hime, there’s a reason I still struggle making eye contact with others to this day. I’m a lot better than I was, thank goodness. People are generally fairly nice, but there’s just no helping it when fear or anxiety is involved. Only time and practice (desensitizing the fear) can really help. Please be patient with us!
Uh oh! Ribbon cried out in pain from being squeezed, and Seiji heard her. This Precure secret thing isn’t looking good so far.
Oh, Megumi! Poor girl got flustered and just blurted out that it’s a secret. I haven’t seen enough shows in this Franchise yet, is this the record for the shortest kept secret identities with a civilian?
Seiji looks unimpressed (or is that just disappointment with her behavior?),
and he leaves.
Megumi actually thinks that she’s fooled him,
but Hime quickly corrects her
and Ribbon is very worried what will happen if Seiji figures them out.
Now it’s dinnertime, and Seiji and Mao have been invited over to Megumi’s place for the meal.
Awww! I bet that Megumi totally thinks of Mao as the little sister she’s never had!
And Seiji, after getting flustered being caught using a nickname for Megumi’s mom (Auntie?),
offers a side dish to go with the meal.
I like how responsible he is. Someone’s going to have to be the grounding force for this season, and we don’t have Cure Rouge this time!
Looks like his and Mao’s mother has to travel for work some days,
and that’s why their families share meals sometimes.
Anyway, they’re enjoying eating dinner
when Mao, out of nowhere, mentions Precure.
Poor Megumi!
Secrets really are more trouble than they’re worth sometimes.
(I hate to interrupt the review here, but I just spotted a mystery flower in the background, that pinkish one behind Mao. I knew this problem would come up eventually, where I wouldn’t recognize what must be some kind of real life plant. Maybe I’m just seeing things, but when a plant is animated with those kinds of details and a unique flower/leaf shape, instead of a more simple, “cartoony” design, I have to believe that this is depicting a real plant with a real meaning in the language of flowers. Given the symbolism we’ve already seen with cherry blossoms from Episode 1, I can only assume that this unknown plant might mean something like secrecy or honesty, maybe innocence. (Because Megumi really is too innocent for her own good in some ways. Poor girl probably couldn’t lie to save her life!) You wouldn’t believe how many different ways I tried to identify this flower: by potential flower language meaning, by its pink color, the six petals… But nothing’s matching up!)
Image found here: https://www.thespruce.com/how-to-grow-new-england-asters-4109086
(The closest I might’ve guessed was some kind of Aster, based on the size of the flower alone, but Asters have many more petals and a different leaf shape.) And it’s driving me crazy because I swear I’ve seen this type of plant somewhere before. I’m very sorry that I can’t offer a deeper meaning at this time. If any readers know of this plant, could you let me know what it might be so that I can finally clear things up? Until then, I’m stuck. Let’s continue the episode for now.)
But Megumi’s trying her best!
And Seiji’s just watching this out of the corner of his eyes.
After dinner, Seiji and Megumi are washing the dishes.
Seiji just says “Precure” and “Secret,” and Megumi starts freaking out.
He’s been very chill about everything so far, but poor Megumi doesn’t know what to do.
Later that night, after Seiji and Mao went home, Megumi’s talking with her mom
when the Cure Line starts ringing.
Megumi manages to sneak out to their balcony before her mother can ask about the phone.
It’s Hime. She’s understandably worried about whether or not Megumi was able to keep their secret so far.
Megumi doesn’t think he knows yet, but she admits that she’s a horrible liar.
Oh jeez! Seiji’s out hanging out laundry on the balcony next door and overheard them.
Poor Megumi’s freaking out!
But Seiji’s a good kid. He tells Megumi that whatever’s going on with secrets and Precure, she shouldn’t worry her mom.
After he leaves, Hime’s pretty certain that he all but knows the secret
and says that all they can do now is play dumb.
And Megumi’s looking rather ragged from the stress. Hang in there!
Over in the Phantom Empire, Mirage complains that she still senses love coming from Japan.
Apparently, no one can find Namakelder for now.
It’s okay, though, the Deep Mirror sent someone else, the wealthy lady general Hosshiiwa, to deal with things.
Early the next morning, Seiji’s outside running. It looks like he does karate or some form of martial arts with that outfit. This maybe explains some of his disciplined behavior, now that I think about it.
He passes the newspaper man
and Yuko as he goes along.
Seiji’s very friendly with everyone he meets, much like Megumi herself.
Anyway, pretty soon he realizes that the ground is shaking, and it sounds like something huge is moving around in the fog.
It’s another Saiark, wearing an origami newspaper samurai outfit? Maybe the newspaper man was attacked. That’s not good!
Megumi’s fast asleep when her Cure Line phone starts ringing.
And when the ringing doesn’t wake her up, the phone attacks her face. Jeez! I thought MY phone was bad!
Megumi finally wakes up enough to realize what’s going on and answers the phone.
Hime and Ribbon have called to warn her that a new Saiark just appeared in the park.
Back with the Saiark, it looks like this general, Hosshiiwa, doesn’t spread mold, but sweets instead.
Note to self, don’t watch this show when hungry…
Hosshiiwa commands the Newspaper Saiark to destroy happiness and keep spreading sweets everywhere, noting that the despair of others is “sweet as honey.”
Seiji’s watching all of this when he sees the lady and her dog from earlier in his morning run. Choiarks are tossing the poor dog around, playing keep away with her.
Seiji knocks away one of the Choiarks long enough to rescue the dog
and send him and his owner away to safety.
And now the Choiarks are after Seiji,
but he’s ready to fight.
Hime meets up with Megumi and is appalled that Megumi showed up in PAJAMAS. To be fair, they are in a hurry.
Megumi explains that since they’ll be transforming, nobody’ll see her like that,
but Hime stands firm.
No friend of hers is going anywhere looking less than their ABSOLUTE best.
And Ribbon pulls out the PreCards.
Oh, this is that Roller Skating costume they earned in the last battle in Episode 2. Good thinking!
This’ll get them to the park faster, and Megumi won’t be in pajamas. Win Win!
Seiji’s fighting off the Choiarks for now.
One on one, they don’t seem to be much of a threat to him.
Until several Choiarks start shooting him with lasers.
Poor Seiji’s down for the count.
Luckily, Megumi and Hime show up right then.
Seiji’s awesome! Even hurt so that he can’t move, he’s trying to protect Megumi, warning her to escape while there’s time.
Megumi’s ready to transform right there, but Hime’s still worried about them keeping their promise to Blue about hiding their identities as Cures.
But Megumi’s determined. No secret is worth risking Seiji’s safety.
And Hime agrees.
Both girls transform.
Seiji looks shocked. While suspicious of Megumi earlier, it seems he didn’t expect THIS to be the secret.
Hosshiiwa orders the Choiarks to attack.
When they try that laser attack again,
Cure Lovely reflects it right back on them with her PreCure Mirror (Pretty Change Mirror, PreChan Mirror?),
but at about double the power.
More Choiarks join the fight.
Princess is looking a little overwhelmed, and who can blame her when looking at that mob?
Lovely’s still ticked off about the attack on Seiji, though, and she jumps in without waiting for a plan.
And one “Lovely Explosion Bomber” takes out the crowd.
Princess and Seiji are shocked at Megumi’s fire power.
Oh wait, there are still Choiarks there. Just how many of these guys can come out to fight at once? I guess it’s fair, though, if you consider the sorts of attacks the Cures can use, especially when angry.
I think the Choiarks are starting to realize that they made a mistake targeting Seiji.
And Lovely just pulled out the Cherry Flamenco Card.
An angry Cure plus fire powers… I almost feel sorry for the Choiarks. I love the color scheme, though! Very bold and striking.
If not a bit terrifying. Dear heavens, this won’t end well!
Okay, the Choiarks are definitely done after that!
Cure Lovely goes to confront Hosshiiwa.
After introducing herself,
Hosshiiwa pretends that Seiji was the one who attacked her.
Lovely’s outraged at the lie,
since Seiji would never hurt anyone weaker than himself.
Hosshiiwa then calls on the Newspaper Saiark to attack.
The first thing the Saiark does is throw out enough newspapers that it disappears from view.
It sneaks up behind Lovely while she’s confused and starts to grab her.
Cure Princess immediately reacts to Lovely’s danger
and runs in to hit the Saiark away from her.
This is now the second time that Princess skipped using a special attack in favor of just hitting the enemy with her own body. I hope that Princess can sort out her power problems soon. Unless she just reacted this way because a special ability would’ve been too slow to save Lovely here… Princess’s current strategy is working for now and is very brave, but it also just puts her right in front of the Saiark, where it could really hurt her with a counterattack if it was quick enough to react. Remember, she doesn’t seem able to take hits as easily as Lovely can. That difference between Paladin/Warrior and Sniper is not a joke!
Anyway, Princess is upset that the Newspaper Saiark nearly ambushed Lovely, and she asks Lovely to purify it while she keeps it distracted.
Good for her! She uses “Princess Tornado” to blow away the newspapers before the Saiark can do that disappearing trick again.
And now it’s Cure Lovely’s turn to purify! The subtitles say “Light of Courage,” but I think that’s an error. I know that “Yuki” (Yuuki?) is courage, but I heard Lovely say “Ai,” which is love. I think she actually says “Light of Love, turn into sacred power!”
I guess it goes without saying that Cure Lovely’s purifying attack features an enormous heart?
Lovely takes down the Saiark,
and the landscape returns to normal.
Hosshiiwa leaves, sure she’ll see the girls again another day.
And yep, the newspaper man was the source of that Saiark after all.
I’m glad he’s okay.
The Cures earned more PreCards, including Sherbet Ballet. Now they have ice powers to balance with Flamenco’s fire. Nice!
And then Seiji calls Megumi’s name.
Poor girls!
Lovely hides behind Princess,
and Princess in turn hides behind Lovely.
Credit to Lovely, she does try to play it off like she has no idea what Seiji’s talking about,
but she’s not fooling anyone here.
With no other options,
the girls take Seiji to the Embassy and explain the situation.
Megumi’s sorry for getting Seiji caught up in the whole mess.
Seiji then decides that he’s going to help Megumi and Hime in their fight.
This involves the whole city, if not the whole world, and they’ll need all the help they can get.
Megumi’s very happy at his offer,
since he’s very smart and strong and would be a big help.
And best of all, he can help cover for Megumi, since we know that she can’t keep a secret or lie for anything.
Normally that’s a great thing, Megumi! Lies hurt a lot of people, and there’s a reason people say “Honesty is the best policy.” When trying to protect loved ones while secretly fighting as part of a war… It gets complicated.
Seiji asks a very nervous and shy Hime to help take care of Megumi, but before she can answer (or not, she’s rather anxious), Blue interrupts.
He asks if Megumi and Seiji are going out, if they’re in love, since they get along so well.
Megumi explains that they’re childhood friends.
Blue’s relieved, and then lays out the one definitive rule of being a Precure: Cures can’t fall in love.
There are spoilers as to why this is such a big deal that I won’t cover yet, because it’ll come up in a later episode, if I remember what I read about this correctly. I will say that Blue absolutely has a point here.
Firstly, I can’t speak of love from my own experience because my personality causes me to have trouble interacting with, and to isolate myself from, others under normal circumstances. If I can’t even look someone in the eye normally, how can I possibly know what it’s like to feel a serious connection with someone else, let alone romantically? So fair warning here, I will probably never cover romantic interactions in serious depth with this or any other show. Back to what Blue was saying, I have older and younger siblings who have dated over the years. There is SO much drama involved! When they got along, everything was great. When there were breakups, though…
Consider how much trouble Hime has had, fighting as Cure Princess in the last two episodes. Her fears and doubts made her almost unable to fight at all; it’s a miracle her transformation could even hold at times! That’s anxiety, fears, and doubts.
Now what about a Cure who just went through a bad breakup? Might it be possible that the enemies could find a Cure going through such trouble and manage to twist or brainwash her into joining the Phantom Empire?
Something very similar actually happened in Yes! Pretty Cure 5, in Episodes 23-24.
Yes! Precure 5 Episode 23
One argument between friends caused a moment of weakness,
Yes! Precure 5 Episode 23
and by catching each girl alone and vulnerable,
Yes! Precure 5 Episode 24
the enemy very nearly succeeded in taking the whole Yes! team out at once. It was terrifying!
(Remember this?)
Back to Happiness Charge, though, these Cure attacks look deadly,
(And this?!)
and what if such attacks were used against other Cures? So basically, I could guess that there’d either be major power failures for a heart-broken Cure, or that any fights would be that much worse if a brainwashed Cure was made to fight her former allies. Blue may sound heartless when he says that Cures can’t fall in love, but given the scale of the threat they’re facing, it makes sense why that’s the one rule that they can’t break.
And of course Megumi’s as excited to have a superhero rule to follow as she was to have a secret from before. Stop being so cute, please, it’s bad for my heart!
Blue then gives Seiji a Cure Line phone as well and welcomes him to the team.
Hime’s not so sure that Megumi and Seiji don’t really love each other and, to be fair, some relationships are so close it’s very hard to tell.
But Hime’s also blushing… And that’s the end of this episode.
One interesting note, kind of outside of this episode’s events: did anyone else notice how bound and determined Hime was to follow the rules? Was she always like this, or is this a more recent change with becoming a Precure? I’ve mentioned this because of Hime’s background of opening the Axia Box. I’ve seen comparisons made with Axia to Pandora’s Box.
With Pandora, she was curious about what was inside and why she was told not to open her box. Curiosity won out and, when she opened it, all the world’s evils poured out, leaving only hope remaining. Did something similar happen with Hime, being told never to open the Axia Box? She did open the Box, but only because there was a sad or scared voice calling for help. Maybe Hime felt pressured, thinking that there wasn’t enough time to go ask someone for help or advice, that she had to act right away, and that’s why she broke the rule and opened Axia. Breaking a rule in this case had a severe consequence, the loss of her home, people, and family, as well as the chaos currently going on worldwide. Is it any wonder Hime refuses to disobey directions like that nowadays? Time will tell if this trait continues on, or if it was a one off for this episode. Okay, now I’m done.
Chapter 5: Episode 4: The Transfer Student is a Princess!! The Great "Help Hime Make Some Friends" Operation!!
Chapter Text
Fashion-loving Hime is quite pleased with her new outfit.
Ribbon and Megumi both compliment her while taking lots of pictures.
Hime then asks Blue what the outfit is meant for.
When he tells her it’s a school uniform and that she’s enrolling today, well…
I know that Blue’s probably working on getting Hime out of survival mode and into a healthier routine, but really! Surely he could’ve given her more of a head’s up! Or did he just want to stop her from trying to run away again? In which case… Fair.
Cure Moonlight from Heartcatch Pretty Cure greets us today.
Yeah, I was afraid of this. Poor Hime wants nothing to do with school and is currently hiding under the couch while Megumi’s trying to pull her out.
But when Megumi mentions making more friends, Hime starts to reconsider.
Can you blame her? Her first friend, Megumi, has been WONDERFUL, and what if Hime could get more friends? Not to be a downer, but considering that everyone she knows has been imprisoned by the Phantom Empire, while her fault entirely, she probably has felt abandoned and alone. If she had more friends, maybe she’d never have to feel so empty and lonely ever again? Just a best guess at her thoughts right now.
And when Megumi suggests that Hime could make a hundred friends?
Suddenly she’s over the moon to go to school!
Okay, we got some flowers to look at a little early in today’s episode. I think I can identify two of the three, so I hope that’s good enough, because for the life of me I couldn’t figure out the purple leafy plant at all!
I zoomed in as much as I could without blurring the picture too much. It looks like we have a Daisy of some kind (I was thinking possibly a Marguerite Daisy, since the leaves and flowers look rather small, and there are more flowers per flowering stalk. Doesn’t a Shasta Daisy have one fair-sized flower per stem? Look at how many daisies can appear on each branching stem of this plant!) and I think those small blue flowers in the background are meant to be Speedwell. The shape looks right, but they’re bigger than any wild Speedwell flowers I’ve ever seen (maybe this is so the viewer can actually tell what they are?).
Image found here: https://www.bloomandwild.com/the-blog/daisy-flower-meaning
Let’s start with the daisy. According to the website below this picture, daisies actually have some medicinal properties. I personally would be very careful on testing this out, since you don’t know what kind of herbicides or pesticides might be contaminating these flowers, depending on where you find them. Apparently this flower was originally called “Day’s Eye” in Old English because the petals would close over the flower’s center at night, and then open up the next day. That’s awesome if this is true, since I only remember learning about sunflowers doing cool tricks regarding sunlight before! In general, daisies, especially white ones, mean innocence, purity, and new beginnings. (They can also mean true love due to actually being a composite flower (two types of flowers: disc = center of bloom and ray = petal, combined to create each blossom, a known trait of the Asteraceae family) Do you think we’re referring to Hime again with these flowers?
Now for speedwell… The scientific name of this plant is Veronica , but you’ll have to pay close attention to determine which Veronica species you may be looking for.
Image found here: https://www.americanmeadows.com/product/perennials/veronica-purpleicious
Case in point, this is a Veronica flower,
Image found here: https://www.first-nature.com/flowers/veronica-chamaedrys.php
but so is this.
If you look very closely at the little blue flowers behind the daisies, you’ll likely notice that one petal of each flower is white, or noticeably lighter than the other three petals.
Image found here: https://www.picturethisai.com/wiki/Veronica_filiformis.html
We’re probably looking at something like this,
Image found here: https://www.wildflowersofireland.net/plant_detail.php?id_flower=247&Wildflower=Field-speedwell,%20Common
or this. According to this website: https://greenygardener.com/speedwell-flower-meaning/, Speedwells can mean fidelity (faithfulness), loyalty, and harmony in relationships, as well as protection and good luck. Specifically, the blue color would indicate trust and loyalty. Speedwell, like daisies, are also known to have healing properties, and were seen in the past as a sign to “speed someone on their way,” whether this was a traveler passing through the area or someone recovering from an illness. What a great sign for Hime, who’s starting her first day at a new school, and with a wonderful new friend already at her side! Botany lesson over, let’s continue with today’s episode for now.
Hime’s sure that since she already has two friends, meeting a hundred more should be easy. Seiji, who just arrived, asks who her second friend is.
Hime just points to him and Megumi with a proud smile.
Megumi then tells him that a friend of a friend is a friend, so it counts!
Megumi is rooting for Hime every step of the way, she’s awesome!
And then they actually arrive at school.
And Hime starts to realize just what she’s getting into…
As Megumi’s greeting another girl, Hime still feels hopeful.
Until she realizes that the other kids are all excited about meeting a new transfer student (HER). All those eyes of all those strangers, all on her, all at once…
By the time Megumi turns to introduce Hime to her friend, Hime’s long gone.
Ribbon and Megumi manage to track her down. Hime confesses that she wasn’t ready to meet someone new just yet.
But she still thinks she can make a hundred friends, now that she’s more prepared.
And she confidently enters the classroom.
It’s full of strangers. STARING at her. And she has to TALK to them?!
Remember how Hime first reacted to meeting Megumi face-to-face in Episode 1? Yeah… Poor Hime! Social anxiety, or even regular shyness, is no joke.
Without Megumi there to help, Hime panics and tries to make a break for it.
Their teacher, though! She must be used to skittish students, because she had Hime back in the room before I could even blink.
The teacher just has Hime write her name on the board for an introduction instead.
Oh man, why can people in all these shows write bigger than me?
Heartcatch Pretty Cure Episode 1
I’m more of a “Tsubomi-level” of blackboard writing, always have been. My mom still teases me that she needs a magnifying glass to read my handwriting to this day.
Anyway, everyone is very curious about Hime and wants to know all about her.
Oh gosh, poor Hime is completely overwhelmed and collapses on the floor.
After recovering in the Nurse’s Office, Hime complains that it’s too much, too many people all at once, and she wants to go home. Megumi’s trying to pull her out from under the blanket where she’s hiding.
Megumi reminds Hime that she won’t make any friends if she leaves, but even that isn’t enough to change Hime’s mind this time.
Just then, Yuko comes in to check on them.
Can I say, it never gets old when these poor fairies have to pretend to be toys around civilians? That got a laugh out of me.
Back to Yuko, Hime actually met her before, briefly, when Yuko offered her a piece of candy in the park back in Episode 2.
Megumi reminds us that a friend of a friend is a friend, so Yuko can be Hime’s friend as well.
While Hime hesitates, probably rethinking this whole “hundred friends” business, Megumi introduces Oomori Yuuko (Is that really how you spell her name? Forgive me, but I think I’ll keep using “Yuko” for now, since I’ve used that spelling several times already.) to Hime officially. I think Hime does want to be friends, Megumi, but you have to understand that when fears get the better of someone, it takes a lot to break through the cloud of sheer panic that they’re experiencing.
Yuko’s so nice and patient here. She comes forward to offer Hime another of her Honey Candies.
Ohhh! Hime really wants to have friends, but today hasn’t been easy for her, and she looks like she’s ready to cry as she grabs a candy and runs away again.
Poor Yuko looks a little hurt.
I can’t say I blame her. It’s not easy dealing with someone struggling with anxiety. When fears get bad, any intelligent thought tends to become, “OhGOSH OHGOSH OHGOSH!” and “WHATDOIDO WHATDOIDO!”, if the thoughts manage to move past the inevitable fight or flight response to begin with.
Megumi tracks Hime down to the restroom, where she’s hiding in a stall. Hime’s given up on having other friends, Megumi’s enough for her as long as Hime never has to deal with strangers again.
Desperately needing some time and space to recover, Hime pulls out the Ninja PreCard, transforms, throws a smoke bomb, and flees.
Megumi’s so confused, still searching for Hime, but with no luck.
Seiji tells Megumi that she was pushing too much.
He’s right. As much as I appreciate Megumi’s love and willingness to help others, she doesn’t realize that what she thinks will help someone be happy isn’t always the best solution at the time. I’ve compared this sort of experience to trying to drink from a fireman’s hose. Sometimes it’s just too much and a person can be completely overwhelmed, unable to even process what’s going on before just shutting down and going into survival mode.
Seiji tells Megumi she should apologize to Hime for being so pushy, and they leave.
Hime reappears just then,
looking very sad, and kind of worn out. It’s been a day, poor girl!
She goes to hide inside a little shed that houses sports equipment.
Hime, stop making me cry!
She’s looking at Yuko’s candy that she took before her panicked escape from earlier. I think she really does want to be friends, but with her fears as bad as they are now, she feels that can never happen.
As Hime’s huddling there, feeling hopeless,
another person (a teacher?) appears who was hiding in the same shed.
Poor guy, he’s struggling because he can’t connect with any of his students and wishes he had a friend, too.
Hime’s surprised that an adult is having troubles like this, just like her.
He’s upset because no other teachers seem to be struggling like he is.
And it doesn’t help that he tends to jump into things without thinking, and then gets overwhelmed.
Just like Hime.
It can be rough, but it does help when you can share your struggles with someone else, if you feel you can risk yourself by opening up like that. If nothing else, it reminds you that you’re not alone, and who knows? Maybe sharing your experiences can help save someone else from suffering in the same way in their own life.
Hime tells him that, since he’s a teacher, all he really has to do is teach, though. He doesn’t need to sweat the small stuff, right?
Maybe, maybe not, but he does have to get back to class. He respects Hime’s need to be alone, though, and lets her stay where she is for now.
Uh oh! Here’s Namakelder again.
And he’s targeting the teacher who was just with Hime.
Here’s the Cone Saiark, ready to attack!
At first I was confused why Namakelder targeted this teacher when the Phantom Empire seems to want to destroy happiness and, well, the teacher wasn’t very happy to begin with. Turns out Namakelder is targeting the school instead, and this teacher struggling with uncertainties makes for a good pawn. Moving on.
When Hime comes out of hiding to face this new Saiark,
she realizes that the teacher she was just talking with is the victim. She’s got to save him!
And she transforms.
Megumi comes running as Princess starts to fight the Saiark. A crowd of Choiarks appears to stop her.
Megumi transforms as well. And the fight is on.
Cure Princess tries “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,”
but the Cone Saiark spins its head fast enough that it manages to deflect her attack and knocks her down.
Ouch! And it body-slammed her into the ground, too.
But Princess isn’t done yet.
If there’s no school, she can’t meet anyone else and try to make friends.
And she still needs to thank Yuko for her kindness from earlier.
Way to go, Princess! Her determination, in spite of her fears, gave her a major power boost,
enough to send the Saiark flying.
Princess decides then that she does want to try school, and making friends, again after all.
When the Saiark jumps in to attack Princess once more,
Lovely shows up out of nowhere.
Holy cow, DON’T mess with Cure Lovely! She actually uses two Choiarks as punching gloves to force the Cone Saiark away from Princess.
Awww! Now that she’s finally found Princess, Lovely apologizes for being too pushy in trying to help her make friends from before.
And Princess also apologizes for running away and making Lovely worry.
Both girls want to go meet up with Yuko again.
But first, they have to defeat the Saiark and the remaining Choiarks.
Cure Princess declares that she will become friends with Yuko,
then transforms into Sherbet Ballet form to take down the Choiarks.
I love the color scheme of this transformation! It’s a neat contrast to the bold fiery explosions we saw with Cherry Flamenco.
I’m also a bit confused as to what exactly happened to the Choiarks in the aftermath, but they’re just gone! (On coming back to this review, I can say that these Choiarks have been purified. Once purified, a Choiark turns white with pink accents, instead of the original black, gray, and red. I still haven’t figured out if they just poof out of existence or simply run away because they no longer feel any need to battle. Maybe it doesn’t matter either way, not when the Phantom Empire can infinitely create more Choiarks to fight, as we’ll see with each new episode.)
With barely a pause from her special attack, Princess also declares that she’ll even make a hundred friends, but it’ll be at her own pace. See? Baby steps!
And Princess purifies the Cone Saiark.
Is it just me, or did she have a much easier fight this time around, compared with Episodes 1 and 2? Even though she clearly took a beating, and even before Lovely backed her up, Princess really was mostly holding her own. Poor girl’s earned a break after how rough her school day has been so far.
And they saved the teacher!
Oh, Cure Fortune actually saw this fight. She doesn’t look very happy, though…
Back with the teacher, Hime makes sure he’s okay and then tells him that she’s going to be bolder from now on.
She’s going to make friends one by one, and he shouldn’t give up either.
Because SHE’S his friend now, too, so he’s not alone anymore!
Megumi and Hime have earned four more PreCards today, including Lollipop Hip Hop.
It’s the end of the day, and it looks like Hime is finally ready to meet Yuko face to face.
Well, sort of… Poor Hime’s scared stiff and barely manages to walk forward. She looks a bit like a robot doing so, honestly.
Still, while stammering a bit, she does manage to thank Yuko for the candy from earlier in the day.
Hime then finally introduces herself and asks to be friends.
Yuko introduces herself as well and agrees to being friends.
Yuko offers another candy and Megumi comes running, wanting a piece, too.
And that’s the end of Episode 4.
A few final thoughts here:
First off, not every introvert is the same. While introverts do seem to be hardwired (mentally and emotionally) differently from extroverts, not every introvert seems to struggle with being shy and anxious. Some may just have trouble because social interactions are very draining, and they may instead need a decent bit of time and space to “recharge” before interacting again. And others may not actually feel much of a need to interact at all. Everyone’s different, and if you can’t expect any two athletes or two bookworms to be identical, you really shouldn’t expect to see this with introverts, either. Everyone has individual needs, so please try to respect them.
And secondly, let’s talk a bit about fears…
Everyone has at least one, whether it’s shyness around other people, or a fear of water, spiders, snakes, heights, darkness, or any number of other things. You may not share someone else’s exact fear, but I’m sure you know how it feels to be overwhelmed when you’re scared, so please try to be understanding when it inevitably happens to someone else.
I may as well mention this here and now, since Hime really struggles with fear and her character theme seems to be that she’ll gain courage over time. Fear isn’t logical or reasonable. You can spout off statistics to any arachnophobe (fear of spiders), that 98% of spiders in the world are 100 times smaller than you, that 95% or more of spiders are unable to produce a venom strong enough to be dangerous to people, that you should be mostly safe as long as you don’t live in Australia (those Redbacks sound terrifying!)... I can pretty much guarantee that will not stop an arachnophobe from flinching away if they see a jumping spider twitching on a nearby garden gate. And no matter what TV or other media tends to show, facing your fears often isn’t as simple as beating the fear once and it’s never a problem again. Dealing with fears is a daily battle, one that you won’t alway win.
The only way I know of to beat a fear is to face it. I’ve been scared of snakes ever since I was young, when a baby rattlesnake got into my backyard while I was playing outside and I later learned how close I could’ve come to dying right there. Many years later, I found recommended videos on Youtube from channels like Snake Discovery, and somehow I ended up watching several of those videos over several months. I accidentally desensitized myself to the point that that coming Summer, I spotted and recognized a garter snake in my backyard, worried my dog would bother it, and hurried to catch the harmless snake with my BARE HANDS and move it into the bushes where it would be safe. That was quite a while ago, though, so could I do the same thing again today? Who knows. It’s possible to face and beat your fears, but I don’t know if this battle ever truly ends. Maybe over a lifetime… Please be patient with those of us struggling with fears!
Chapter 6: Episode 5: Megumi and Hime! The Great "Help Others" Operation!!
Chapter Text
It looks like school’s out for the day, and Megumi, Hime, and Yuko are starting home together. Yuko asks if Hime’s gotten used to school yet,
and Hime, caught off guard, ducks a bit behind Megumi.
She may be friends with Yuko now, but Hime clearly isn’t quite as comfortable with Yuko yet. Can Hime really trust her? Is Yuko really as nice and friendly as she seems? Is it safe for Hime to let down her defenses with Yuko around? As of yet, Yuko is a bit of an unknown, and the unknown can be scary and risky to face.
Megumi is still very much Hime’s “safe person” for now. Doesn’t this show just how much Hime cares about Megumi and trusts her to keep her safe? As a fellow introvert, I can say that’s high praise for Megumi’s character thus far. All the same, it’s too bad, since Yuko seems to be at least as friendly as Megumi herself, but give Hime some time. Battles may be getting better for her, but she still has a long way to go with social interactions. It’s okay, Hime, I’m rooting for you! Baby steps!
Luckily, Yuko has candy that can help sweeten the deal for now.
Hime’s amazed at how tasty Yuko’s candy is and asks how she makes it.
Yuko replies that it’s a secret,
but the hidden ingredient is her love.
Anyway, Yuko has to go home now, so Megumi and Hime wave as she leaves.
Megumi then asks if Hime would like to come to her house today. Megumi’s mom is making pancakes, after all.
And Hime looks so excited!
And here’s Cure Happy from Smile Precure to say hello today. Has any Cure before ever had a more appropriate title? I may need to give this season a try after I’m finished with Happiness Charge.
I’m starting to think that pancakes may be Hime’s favorite food…
Ribbon points out that this is their first time going to Megumi’s house.
And Hime starts to panic, not knowing what she should do when meeting Megumi’s mother.
Megumi starts to calm her,
but gets distracted by some trash on the ground.
As she starts cleaning up the litter, a boy walking nearby tosses his trash carelessly to the ground as well.
Megumi’s upset. When she tries to stop his littering, he just ignores her and goes on his way.
Hime also feels upset to see someone care so little for cleaning up after themselves.
She helps Megumi out by choosing the Police PreCard and chasing after the boy.
I’m not sure that’s technically legal, Hime, impersonating an officer like that.
But all she does is have him throw away his garbage properly and ask him to be more careful to do so in the future.
She’s not wrong, really. A lot of the bigger messes that crop up could be prevented if everyone simply took more responsibility for their own individual mess first. Many hands make light work, and all that.
Hime tells Megumi that this is the sort of thing that their PreCards are meant for.
And now for the pancakes.
Or not… The girls find a dog that seems to be injured.
Hime and Megumi reach for another PreCard, the Nurse one this time.
I guess I hadn’t considered this before, but clearly they must have duplicates in case both girls need to use the same ability at the same time. I think it’s only happened once or twice before, so I hadn’t really thought about it. Duplicate cards probably don’t count extra towards making a wish anyway, this is just an interesting observation.
Anyway, the girls transform into Nurses and proceed to wrap the poor dog’s hurt paw.
Awww! Looks like the dog’s feeling better already,
and his owner has him safely back, too. Good job, girls!
And now it’s time for pancakes, right?
Not yet. A sad little girl just walked by, crying for her mother.
I think she’s lost, poor thing.
Roller Skaters to the rescue!
Megumi and Hime carry the girl with them as they skate quickly around the area, calling for the girl’s mom.
They soon find her, and there’s two more happy people they got to help. Poor Hime’s starting to look wiped out, though.
This picture reminds me of myself at a social gathering, where everyone else is somehow able to interact for hours at a time, and I’m over to one side with barely enough energy to keep standing. I don’t know if all introverts are like me, but social interactions drain me to the point that I can barely function unless I can get a power nap or find some other quiet activity (reading, crafts, videogame, etc.) to “recharge my batteries.” How do you guys do it? I know that Megumi lives for helping others to be happy, but where does she get all that energy?
Image found here: https://oddlovescompany.com/2014/02/battery-day-drink-wine-day-crab-stuffed-flounder-day/energizer-bunny/
Is she like the Energizer Bunny? She is a Pink Cure, after all…
While it must feel good to help others (otherwise would Hime still be so quick to help Megumi with everything like this?), Hime really needs a break. Surely they can eat now, right?
Well… Megumi just spotted a man who looks to be spying on a woman in the park.
When Hime and Megumi confront him,
he explains that this is his girlfriend he’s watching.
He wants to propose to her today, but is nervous and not quite sure how to pull it off.
The girls just smile.
And cue the PreCards! I guess there was a Flower Girl costume in there that I didn’t notice before.
Hime then tells the man that girls love flowers.
And with a beautiful bouquet in hand, he proposes to his girlfriend.
I’m going to take a quick break here to take a closer look at his bouquet. It looks like we have a bunch of Yellow Roses, and I’m going to guess that the tiny white blooms scattered throughout are Baby’s Breath. Very interesting choices, for sure!
A yellow rose (you can read about it here: https://www.wikihow.com/Yellow-Roses-Meaning) tends to mean platonic love and friendship (not the more romantic love you might expect to see with a red rose, for example), spiritual encouragement, jealousy or infidelity (hopefully not applicable in this case!), and happiness. Interestingly enough, in Japan, a yellow rose can also indicate inner strength and courage.
One other interesting thing to note is that the number of roses can have its own separate meaning. This bouquet has thirteen yellow roses, and this would mean “eternal friendship.” Pretty good, but not strictly romantic, if this was what he was going for.
Image found here: https://symbolsage.com/babys-breath-meaning/
As for the baby’s breath, it means everlasting love (due to the hardiness of this flower), purity and innocence, joy and happiness, chastity, compassion, love, and romance. Okay, maybe the baby’s breath ups the romantic level of the bouquet after all. Very interesting! (And you can read more about baby’s breath here: https://symbolsage.com/babys-breath-meaning/)
Finally back on the way home, Hime asks Megumi if she never gets tired, helping so many people all the time.
Megumi says she doesn’t, because she loves seeing everyone’s happy smiles.
Hime’s not sure she feels the same, but that’s because she’s starving.
Megumi grabs her and performs a “Happiness Injection” to help Hime.
It’s only 34% effective, though.
Image found here: https://lparchive.org/Pokemon-Emerald/Update%2053/
These girls! Is it bad that I pictured “It’s not very effective…” when I saw this part?
Anyway, Yuko arrives right then.
She’s out making a delivery for a lunch order from her family’s restaurant.
Hime’s really hungry, but Yuko can’t share another customer’s food.
She does have candy, though.
After feeling a bit better with eating something, Hime starts to complain about Megumi’s helping everyone. It’s hard work, and Hime’s exhausted!
But Megumi doesn’t notice those difficulties because she cares so much about everyone being happy.
And she’s not wrong, not really. We’re all in this together, and if someone’s having a hard time and another person’s in a position to help, isn’t it a good thing to do so? I have a lot of respect for Megumi if this is her daily life. It’s great that she cares so much about others being happy, but I’m honestly a little worried that she might ignore her own needs for the sake of someone else. There does have to be a balance, otherwise I’d worry that Megumi might make herself sick or injure herself in stretching herself further than is wise.
Seiji expressed this concern back in Episode 1 when he helped Megumi rescue Mao’s hat. I don’t know if Megumi will get herself into trouble like this, but I hope not.
Fresh Pretty Cure Episode 20
Fresh Pretty Cure Episode 21
Fresh Pretty Cure Episode 21
It was shocking enough to see the Fresh Pretty Cure girls land in the hospital from exhaustion/fatigue, and I read somewhere that Mana from Doki Doki also collapsed when overworking herself. Don’t be afraid to help others by any means, but please understand and respect your body’s limits as well!
Finally, Megumi’s ready to go home.
Megumi introduces Hime to her mother,
and Hime is actually able to introduce herself without too much difficulty this time.
Megumi’s mom wastes no time in helping Hime feel right at home, and now it’s time to eat!
Pancakes with butter and homemade jam… Now I’m hungry again.
Awww! Like mother, like daughter.
I’m starting to see where Megumi’s caring nature comes from.
After the meal, Hime and Megumi are out walking together. Megumi asks about Hime’s parents, since she’s never seen them.
I think she forgot. Everyone in the Blue Sky Kingdom, including Hime’s parents, the King and Queen, are sealed away in mirrors right now.
Oh, Hime really misses her mom’s cooking, too. As much as Hime must’ve enjoyed pancakes at Megumi’s place, this probably hurt, having a reminder of her family that’s far out of her reach for now.
But Megumi grabs her hands to comfort her, certain that the girls can save those imprisoned by the Phantom Empire.
Hime then asks what Megumi will wish for, when they finally get enough PreCards.
Megumi wants her mom to get well.
It sounds like her mother is suffering from a chronic illness of some kind.
No WONDER Megumi wants everyone, including her mom, to be happy!
Hime then declares that they’ll have to work hard to make both of their wishes come true.
Just then, in the Phantom Empire, Mirage is annoyed that she still senses love and happiness from Japan.
By now, Namakelder and Hosshiiwa have determined that Cures Lovely and Princess are getting to be a big enough problem that they need to be dealt with.
The Deep Mirror then shares an idea: since these Cures seem to love helping others so much, why not turn that against them? Lure them into a trap.
Namakelder thinks it’s too much work,
but Hosshiiwa’s ready to set up the ambush.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Hime asks why Megumi likes helping others so much.
And Megumi replies that her mom said everyone smiling is the best thing in the world.
Megumi’s happy if others are happy, and that’s enough to keep up her efforts.
But Hime’s not so sure. She wasn’t very happy when she was so hungry earlier, after all.
Just then, a light-haired lady starts screaming nearby, being chased around by a group of Choiarks. She looks very familiar, too.
This whole situation looks weird,
but Megumi’s ready to jump in anyway.
Even if Megumi has a point about it being their responsibility to fight Choiarks (and Saiarks), this is yet another concern I have for her. She’s so eager to help someone in trouble that she’s willing to run right into a trap to do so. Megumi, please don’t be so quick to sacrifice your own well-being for the sake of another’s happiness! I don’t think even the victim you’d be helping would want to see you get hurt in such a way.
Still, Hime’s not about to let Megumi face… whatever this is, alone.
Both girls transform.
And here they go!
A few Choiarks go down quickly
before the rest regroup and surround Lovely and Princess.
Lovely transforms using Lollipop Hip Hop.
I wasn’t sure how I felt about this secondary transformation at first,
with its very different color scheme and style to Cherry Flamenco.
But something about seeing Lovely dancing and flipping around in the background while giant musical notes crush the Choiarks has really grown on me. Now I almost like it better than Cherry Flamenco, and Flamenco’s awesome!
Anyway, the Choiarks are done.
And the strange lady is safe now.
But then she reveals her true identity, Hosshiiwa,
and starts bragging about how easy it was to trick the girls into a trap.
Lovely then gets upset that Hosshiiwa pretended to be in trouble, since someone else in the area could’ve truly needed help and she wouldn’t have been there to help them because of this lie.
Hosshiiwa obviously doesn’t care,
and starts taunting Lovely for being such a nice girl,
a goodie two shoes (I think).
And Cure Princess immediately jumps in to defend Lovely.
I think Princess’s actions here make even more sense when considered with what happened with the Axia Box. She was tricked into opening the box by a voice calling for help, right? So basically, she was trying to help someone in trouble, which turned out to be a trick, and the bad guys took advantage of that to attack… Sound familiar?
Princess is not about to let ANYONE hurt Lovely for doing what she thought was right, and getting tricked, in this situation.
And not only does Princess immediately jump to Lovely’s defense, she even stands directly in front of her to protect LOVELY this time!
(Remember, at the beginning of this episode, a shy Hime hid behind Megumi.
And now Princess/Hime’s offering Lovely/Megumi that same protection!)
How many times has Hime probably wished that someone would tell her these sorts of things that she’s saying now, back when she first opened the Axia Box? Has anyone ever told her what she’s saying now? Or has she only been told that she should move forward and try to make things right instead? We as the audience have no way of knowing right now.
Cure Lovely is grateful for Princess’s help,
and starts to explain that she doesn’t know exactly why she likes helping others so much, but when she sees someone in need she just has to lend a hand.
Poor Lovely just wants to help Hosshiiwa understand this, but Hosshiiwa doesn’t care at all.
And she calls out a Mole Saiark to attack.
It erupts from the ground beneath the Cures and grabs them before they have time to react.
I’m sorry, Lovely, but even the villain agrees with me that self care is important. And I’m not sure how I feel about that…
Okay, I thought this was what Hosshiiwa was going for. She starts taunting again, saying that the Cures are just as selfish as she is, as everyone is.
She says that the girls only want to do good deeds for praise and attention,
and would feel like they’d wasted time if they didn’t get it.
Hosshiiwa’s very clever here. The Happiness Charge girls have gotten strong enough to become a threat that must be dealt with. Even this Mole Saiark might not be enough to stop them. But what if Hosshiiwa can attack them mentally and emotionally? Make them question their ability and their reason to keep fighting? Notice that she focuses most of her taunting at Lovely alone. Hosshiiwa knows that Princess is no danger by herself. It’s only since Lovely joined her that things started to turn around in a bad way for the Phantom Empire.
If Hosshiiwa can break Lovely here, does it really matter if the girls defeat the Mole Saiark? Lovely would question her motivations ever afterward and become weaker. Remember how weak Cure Princess was in the beginning with her own doubts? Even if the Cures survive this attack, it wouldn’t matter because the Phantom Empire would just have to deal with two “Himes,” uncertain, frightened girls with weak, unreliable attacks who’d be more like gnats to swat away than any serious threat.
Cure Lovely’s able to stand by her earlier statement about just wanting others to be happy, no matter what else happens.
But then Hosshiiwa replies that she got Princess in trouble, too,
all because Lovely wanted to feel good about helping other people. Ouch, low blow, Hosshiiwa!
Except Cure Princess isn’t having it. She insists that Lovely isn’t selfish at all.
It may be difficult and tiring to help so many other people all the time,
and very overwhelming,
but even Princess can’t deny that it feels good to help people in need.
And she won’t let Hosshiiwa hurt Lovely by trying to twist her love and compassion into selfishness anymore!
Princess’s determination to protect Lovely powers her up enough to break free of the Mole Saiark’s hold.
And she immediately hits it hard enough to free Lovely as well.
It’s amazing what people can do for the sake of others. If Hime had been caught in this ambush alone, I wonder if she could’ve survived. But having a friend to worry about, a friend to fight for, was enough to make up the difference.
Now it’s time to take down the Mole Saiark.
Cure Lovely starts off with “Lovely Beam” (a laser eye attack)
before just punching the Saiark repeatedly.
And Princess joins in with “Princess Explosion Bomber.”
While the Saiark is off balance, Lovely performs her purifying attack. Again, I’m fairly certain that she says “Light of Love, turn into sacred power!” here.
But they did it. That Mole Saiark is gone!
After the battle, Megumi thanks Hime. She’s so happy to be Pretty Cure with Hime, and so happy that they’re friends!
Hime absolutely agrees.
And they earned five PreCards this time, including Macadamia Hula Dance.
It turns out, the more people you help, the more PreCards you can earn. So it’s no wonder the girls got so many this time.
Megumi then says that a good deed is charity in itself.
I like that, and she’s right. Serving others in need does just as much good for the helper as it does for the one being helped.
Hime thinks she’s starting to understand where Megumi’s coming from about helping others.
She likes that feeling, and wants to keep helping others to be happy going forward.
I still worry for Megumi, though. Please don’t land yourself in the hospital because you pushed yourself too hard!
And there’s Cure Fortune, watching them run off together at the end of the day.
She looks so ominous… I probably sound like I hate Cure Fortune. I don’t think I do, at least I haven’t seen enough of her to decide my feelings entirely as of yet. But I do resent her for her attacks on Hime so far, even if I understand the reason for Fortune’s anger, and I know it’ll be a while before these two are able to reconcile. But that’s it for this episode!
Chapter 7: Episode 6: Ribbon's Tenderness!! That's the Love of Cooking!!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Ribbon’s in the kitchen, putting together a nice-looking lunch. I’m impressed how well she’s able to use all those knives and ingredients when they’re almost as big as she is.
Seriously, don’t watch this show if you’re hungry! That meal looks really good.
There we are, I was wondering if we’d see a flower in today’s episode. (No, I don’t count the Macadamia Hula Dance Form Change because those flowers look fairly cartoony, even if they come from a real plant. And if they are real, the meaning would have to apply to every episode where Princess uses this particular attack, so I can’t imagine that it would have specific enough symbolism to apply to today’s episode) There’s been at least one relevant bloom shown in nearly every episode so far, now that I’m paying closer attention. This final challenge of mine (trying to catch and identify hidden flower meanings) is starting to feel a bit like an Easter egg hunt.
Sadly, even with zooming in, I have no idea what kind of flower this is. It looks like a small blue flower with six narrow petals and a yellow center.
Happiness Charge Episode 3
It reminds me somewhat of the pink mystery flower from Episode 3, except the blue flower’s leaves look a fair bit smaller. I’m sorry, but I can’t give any deeper meaning to this episode’s unknown flower either, unless someone else recognizes it and can help me out. My personal best guess might be something like Oxalis. Oxalis is a member of the Wood-sorrel family, known as "False Shamrocks." (Read more here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oxalis) They nearly always have five petals per flower, in shades of pink, yellow, white, purple, or red (not blue like today's flower, which also has six petals instead of five).
We have a "shamrock" plant at my work, shown here, and you can clearly see that this plant's leaves are much bigger,
though that doesn't mean much since leaf size varies for different members of this species. If today's plant were truly Oxalis, it would mean spiritual transformation and growth, as well as being an indicator of adaptability and change. They can also symbolize balance, harmony, unity, good luck, happiness, and prosperity. (Read more here: https://foliagefriend.com/oxalis-flower-meaning/) Sorry for rambling... Let’s move on for now.
Hime shows up just as Ribbon’s finished cooking. She’s starving and very ready to eat.
Until she sees that it’s fish. I don’t even know if she hates fish or not.
Hime just wanted to have pancakes today! I can’t fault Hime for having a favorite meal, but if she didn’t request it earlier, and she didn’t help put the meal together, I don’t think she’s justified in whining about things now…
Ribbon tries to reason with Hime,
but Hime’s in a stubborn mood and just refuses to listen.
I guess even if she’s been away from her home for a while now, Hime still slips back into being spoiled sometimes. She IS a princess, and probably got almost everything she wanted before. She’s probably never really had to learn about things like “compromise” before, at least not outside of her royal responsibilities.
Finally, Ribbon loses her patience entirely.
Hime won’t get to eat anything else unless she eats what was given to her first.
Goodness, they both have quite a temper!
Cure Egret from Futari Wa Pretty Cure Splash Star greets us today.
Meanwhile, Megumi’s on her way to the Embassy to spend the day with Hime.
She arrives just as Hime storms out the door after her earlier tantrum.
Megumi tries some of Hime’s lunch and is very impressed with the taste, and rather surprised that Hime wouldn’t even try it.
Megumi feels a bit sorry for Hime, knowing how hungry she must be,
but Ribbon’s still upset from their fight and is willing to wait for Hime to come to her senses.
Back with Hime, she’s not doing too well. She’s starving, but she really wants pancakes!
Seiji’s out running again, and he crosses paths with Yuko.
Yuko’s exercising so she’ll be hungrier when it’s time to eat, and then her food will taste even better.
I wish I had her kind of motivation. It’s definitely a different mindset than I’m used to, but I think it’s a good one to have. And she’s absolutely right, everything tastes great when you’re hungry enough. It can really help you rethink (mind over matter) whether you really disliked something as much as you thought you did in the first place. That’s the fun part, when you can then discover new things that you may love that you’d never considered even trying before… This show’s got me ranting again.
Anyway, Yuko sees Hime walking by just then.
Oh gosh! And Hime totally gets a Pavlovian response when she sees Yuko and comes running to beg for some candy. Yuko may need to ease off on sharing candies so often if it’s enough to get this sort of reaction. Hime, you brought this on yourself, but you look so miserable that I still want to help. I’m such a sucker for “puppy dog eyes,” it’s not funny.
Unfortunately, Yuko doesn’t have any candy with her today.
Hime’s so hungry she has a rather feral reaction to Seiji when he asks what’s wrong.
And that’s when Yuko grabs her by the back of her dress and pulls her along to get some food.
Are we sure Yuko’s not a big sister? Because that looked like a big sister wrangling in a wilder young one…
And that look on Hime’s face as they go!
Incidentally, I just realized that Hime had no trouble interacting with Yuko this time, compared to Episode 5. Maybe enough time has passed that she feels safe enough to do so? Or she was just that hungry…
Meanwhile, Megumi’s worried about Hime and wants to go find her to make sure she’s okay.
Ribbon’s still upset, though, and would rather leave Hime alone for now.
Just then, Megumi’s Cure Line rings.
It’s Seiji, and he called to let them know that Hime’s gone over to Yuko’s place for now.
Since Hime was so hungry she couldn’t think straight, Yuko gives her one of the lunches her family sells at their lunch store.
Hime’s very grateful!
And now that hunger isn’t a problem, Yuko starts to discuss what happened with the person Hime fought with [Ribbon], and how sad she must be.
Yuko explains that [Ribbon] put in a lot of hard work to make Hime’s lunch, and Hime wouldn’t even touch it. Surely that really hurt [Ribbon’s] feelings!
And to be fair, Hime does look really sad here. I bet that Hime is sorry for their fight, after the fact.
But she’s still upset because she doesn’t feel that Ribbon took her feelings into account when Ribbon was making lunch in the first place.
And Yuko’s amazing here. It would be so easy to take sides, to confront Hime about what happened, but doing so would probably get Hime riled up again, and no one would get anywhere in resolving a thing.
Instead, Yuko asks if Hime’s ever helped [Ribbon] to prepare any food.
Hime says no, that her job is to eat the food.
Yuko then asks if Hime’d be willing to help out at the lunch store for a while.
Hime immediately agrees, grateful for Yuko’s generosity in sharing food.
(If you’re wondering about the brackets around Ribbon’s name, Yuko obviously doesn’t seem to know about Ribbon. Now that I think about it, though, I haven’t seen Ribbon going out of the way to hide herself from Yuko ever since Episode 4. Regardless, Yuko is just referring to the one who cooked Hime’s food for this conversation. I just thought it would get tiring to type that sort of phrase in repeatedly.)
Back at the Embassy, Megumi fills Seiji in on what happened with Hime.
Megumi, of course, wants to help make things right so that everyone’s happy again.
Seiji warns her that she’s getting pushy again,
and maybe she’s not fully considering everyone’s feelings.
As awesome as Megumi is, she does have this problem where she gets tunnel vision when it comes to helping other people, and she sometimes ends up steamrolling right over them in her eagerness to help, not realizing that she could actually be making a problem worse. Think “when all you have is a hammer,” instead of taking each situation on a “case by case” basis.
But Megumi’s sure that this’ll be fine, that Hime and Ribbon just need to talk things out this time. Megumi asks if Ribbon will come with her,
but she’s still not ready to talk yet.
Blue steps in here, acknowledging all the love and care that Ribbon’s shown Hime.
He’s sure that Hime will realize it herself, so Ribbon should go patch things up.
Ribbon finally agrees, saying that someone’s got to help keep Hime out of trouble.
And Megumi’s ready to go!
Namakelder is lounging around in a park when he starts to smell something.
He says he smells love, and it’s ruined his nap. That’s not ominous at all!
Meanwhile, Hime’s ready to help Yuko now.
She pulls out a Chef PreCard and is all ready to go.
Okay, so Yuko does have a sister, but it looks like she’s older than Yuko. I wondered, since Yuko has a lot of patience and understanding that I thought might come from living with siblings. Yuko’s sister is manning the counter,
and her mom and dad are cooking the food.
Yuko’s job, with Hime’s help, is to prepare the ingredients.
Hime’s a little less excited now.
She was hoping that she’d be able to do the exciting parts, like frying things in the kitchen or something. But every meal has to start somewhere.
If you look at any recipe, when they list the time required, many times the Prep Time is at least double the Cook Time. And don’t even get me started on bread recipes. The rising times alone (Often one hour per rise, and what if the recipe says to let the dough rise twice? Or even three times!) will make one loaf of bread take almost all day to make! It’s so worth it, though, if you have the patience to put in all that time and work.
Anyway, Hime wonders if they’ll get to do any of the main cooking in the kitchen today,
but Yuko says their job is just to peel potatoes.
One of their most popular lunches, the croquettes, requires a lot of potatoes, so they’ll be busy all day just peeling.
Image found here: https://www.allrecipes.com/what-is-a-croquette-7568564
If you’re like me and have never heard of a croquette before, you can read about it using the link above.
I think Hime’s starting to realize just how much work goes into cooking.
Still, Yuko explains that she loves preparing food just as much as she loves eating it.
It’s important to her that people get to enjoy her family’s lunches, so she’s happy to put in so much effort to help brighten someone’s day.
Yuko says she thinks that anyone who takes the time to cook probably feels much the same.
And that’s why she’s so sure that the one to make Hime’s lunch [Ribbon] cares a great deal for Hime, to be willing to work so hard.
Hime’s not so sure,
but Yuko reminds her that people generally don’t put in that much work unless they really care about the one they’re serving.
And as Yuko leaves to deliver their peeled potatoes to the kitchen, Hime really starts to think about it.
Again, Yuko’s so awesome here! I don’t think this realization would’ve sunk in nearly so well if Yuko had gotten antagonistic and flat out told Hime that she was in the wrong. You just know that Hime would’ve gotten defensive and closed herself off, not willing to listen to anyone else. But like a gentle big sister, Yuko gives some examples, and uses a brilliant object lesson, to help Hime learn to have a new appreciation for Ribbon’s hard work and love for her.
And it seems to be working.
Yuko’s pleased with Hime’s progress when she returns, and offers a freshly cooked croquette as a reward.
Another brilliant idea. Cooking is a lot of work, but nothing makes it more worthwhile than seeing and enjoying the finished product!
Hime, you’re hurting my heart… Stop being so cute!
Yuko then tells her she should take a croquette home with her to share with [Ribbon].
Hime agrees.
Perfect timing! Megumi and Ribbon have just arrived.
Megumi wants Hime to come back home and patch things up with Ribbon.
But Hime’s embarrassed about earlier. She doesn’t want to admit her mistake, and lets her pride get in the way of apologizing.
Before anything else can be said, suddenly some people start screaming.
A Lunch Saiark has just appeared alongside several Choiarks.
Namakelder’s here, and when he determines that the smelly love that woke him earlier is coming from the Oomori Lunch Store, he orders the Lunch Saiark to attack.
Yuko immediately blocks the path forward, shielding her family and the store with her own body. Mold contamination would ruin the food they sell, if the Saiark left anything standing, and she’s NOT going to let that happen.
Hime promises to talk with Ribbon later, this is an emergency.
And Megumi and Hime transform.
Namakelder warns Yuko to move before it’s too late. She refuses.
But before anything else can happen, Cures Lovely and Princess arrive.
They convince Yuko to escape, and now are ready to fight.
Namakelder sends in the Choiarks first.
Princess starts with “Princess Explosion Bomber,”
while Lovely helps her beat away the others her special attack didn’t reach.
Ribbon warns them of danger and they dodge away,
just as the Lunch Saiark leaps down at them, attacking with what looks like a giant spork (fork/spoon utensil).
Lovely and Princess are thankful for Ribbon's warning,
but then Namakelder tells the Saiark to attack the Lunch Store instead.
This battle’s interesting, and rather different so far. Not only did the Saiark not wait for the Choiarks to be defeated, it isn’t focusing all its efforts on fighting the Cures, either. Namakelder has a set goal, and he’s not going to let the girls distract him from accomplishing it, the destruction of the Oomori Lunch Store.
Anyway, it’s not looking good as the Lunch Saiark raises its spork to destroy the building.
Princess gets there first and quickly summons a “Princess Barrier” to block the attack.
Lovely then joins her with a “Lovely Shield.”
Namakelder starts to taunt them, but then Ribbon flies forward and creates her own shield, “Surprise Bonbon,” to join the first two. It looks like there’s a stalemate for now.
When Namakelder asks why the Cures are bothering to work so hard,
Lovely asks him why he even wants to destroy the Oomori Lunch Store.
He replies that it’s a source of love, which he hates, and he doesn’t understand why anyone would waste time cooking for someone else.
Princess gets really angry, telling him that he’s wrong.
Princess confesses that she didn’t understand how much the ones doing the cooking cared, being willing to work so hard for the sake of another’s happiness.
She then admits that she’d been selfish, not considering the feelings of the one who was cooking.
Someone so willing to work so hard to prepare food for another person really cares and loves them.
And Princess is outraged that Namakelder would dare to look down on such love.
Her anger powers up the combined shields enough to toss the Saiark away entirely.
Then Ribbon gives Princess a PreCard to fight with, Macadamia Hula Dance this time.
I said it before, and I’ll say it again, I wasn’t sure how to feel about the secondary transformation/battle forms at first.
I vastly preferred at least the color schemes of the first ones (Cherry and Sherbet).
Here, though, the colors still look nice, if softer than Sherbet’s striking contrast with the darker purple.
And you can’t tell me you didn’t laugh when first seeing EVERYONE (Choiarks, Saiark, enemy general, fairy, and CURES) all dancing the hula together. Talk about an Area of Effect Attack!
Namakelder’s face, though!
Forget hula dancing, he and the other Choiarks are FLYING.
At least the Lunch Saiark’s not attacking anymore.
Princess snaps Lovely out of it, and it’s Lovely’s turn to purify the Saiark this time.
There we go, the subtitles got it right this time!
Cure Lovely takes down the Saiark,
rescuing the victim with ease.
Namakelder’s annoyed. He doesn’t need love, let alone love from cooking, and he leaves.
Now that the battle’s over, Hime and Megumi are watching a crowd of people buying from the Oomori Lunch Store.
It’s been a great day for their business, and a lot of people must be very happy to have such good food.
Now that things have calmed down, Hime is finally able to apologize for her earlier fight with Ribbon.
She then offers Ribbon a fresh croquette as an apology.
Megumi’s glad that Hime and Ribbon finally made up.
Just in time for Ribbon to create/summon some new PreCards they earned from that battle. Looks like just one PreCard today, but that’s okay. It’s still one step closer to their goal and a wish.
It’s been a long day, and Hime’s ready for dinner.
Oh Hime! She’s still holding out for pancakes after all that.
Hime insists that she’s not being selfish, this is a personal request this time.
Ribbon argues that pancakes are unhealthy, so she should have something else instead.
It has occurred to me that Ribbon was acting fairly motherly this episode, and I can see it even more here. She absolutely has a point, as delicious as pancakes may be. Hime and Megumi face a lot of physical activity when they fight as Cures, so it’s no wonder that Ribbon wants to make healthy meals that will meet those physical needs. Hime, she really loves you and wants you to do well!
In any case, both Ribbon and Hime are rather annoyed at each other again.
But Megumi just laughs, saying that the more people fight, the better they get along. I guess so. The term “vitriolic friends” exists for a reason. And sometimes it’s those who care the most who are willing to argue for the sake of someone else. It can show just how well they know and care about a person, to be willing to make a call that might not be well received.
Maybe Hime and Ribbon will see it that way, too,
once they calm down… And that’s the end of Episode 6.
Notes:
Okay, so I finally finished uploading all the other documents aside from my main episode reviews. I kind of like the twice a week upload schedule, so I'll try to keep it up, just with episodes only from now on.
Chapter 8: Episode 7: Friendship Full Throttle!! The Pair's New Power!!
Notes:
Now updating every Wednesday and Sunday.
Chapter Text
We start the episode with Megumi receiving an invitation for a special party at the Embassy.
Megumi’s very curious what the occasion is, since it’s not anyone’s birthday today.
Looks like Ribbon wasn’t expecting Megumi to arrive so soon.
And no wonder, Megumi’s two hours early! No offense, Megumi, but I hope that’s not a regular habit of yours. Arriving that early can put extra stress on the party host, because then they feel that they have to entertain the early arrival in addition to finishing party preparations.
Oh, I should’ve known. Megumi, of course, wants to help out.
I guess I can’t really blame her. In my experience, everyone has “their thing” that they do in any given situation. Mine is that I tend to hang out with the younger kids and keep them busy and entertained while their parents are visiting at family gatherings. It works because I have trouble connecting with people my age and older, but I can let down my guard around younger people and even be a little silly with them. It’s kind of my safety net, my niche, where I’m safe and comfortable, and I can do something that I know I’m decently good at. Even though I know I’ll pay for it later, when my “social batteries” drain down to zero…
Megumi’s thing is that she wants others to be happy, and she ensures their happiness by helping out. Even if it might make things awkward for the party host who’s still preparing for the party later in the day.
Look at Hime! I think she really took Yuko’s lesson about cooking from the last episode to heart. Now she’s making a cake for today’s party. Good for her!
I have to say, I’m impressed. At least this early on, Happiness Charge does a good job of calling back to previous episodes, like when Hime said that Megumi could wear a fancier outfit if she wanted in Episode 1, and then Megumi actually gets one in Episode 3. Now Hime’s cooking all by herself, after Yuko’s lesson from Episode 6, and she looks so happy!
Oh, it’s a surprise cake? Is this meant to be a bit of a surprise party? That can’t be right, though, otherwise Megumi probably wouldn’t have gotten an invitation, but would’ve instead been called over later with some excuse to get her to a surprise party. Still, that would explain why Ribbon’s so panicked about Megumi being there before everything’s ready. We’re barely 48 seconds in, and look at how this episode’s got me ranting!
Before I get back on track, let’s say hello to Cure Aqua of Yes! Precure 5 (and Yes! Go Go).
I guess maybe it’s the cake, and the reason for the party, that’s meant to be a surprise? Anyway, Megumi’s helping Blue inflate some balloons when Hime appears long enough to greet her.
Megumi is so happy to help, but Hime’s got things covered for now.
Hime’s a little blunt here, asking if Megumi could go home until it’s actually time for the party to start.
But Megumi is so excited, wanting to help prepare the party. I don’t know if it’s possible to say “No” to that face!
And then Hime looks mad!
But it’s not about Megumi arriving early…
Hime can’t believe that Megumi came to a “Special Tea Party” dressed in everyday clothes. Thinking about it now, I’m very glad that Hime’s a fictional character. She’d probably kill me for some of the fashion faux pas I’ve committed over the years.
To be fair, Megumi didn’t want to ruin a nicer outfit when she’d be busy helping with party preparations.
But Hime insists that Megumi needs to dress for the occasion, and Ribbon pulls out the PreCards. I have to say, I really am enjoying seeing all the different costumes these girls have this season, let alone the abilities they can get. Let’s see what they choose this time.
Neat! I think this is the first time I’ve gotten to see these PreCards up close. Each card has two parts/layers that overlap to create a costume the girls can wear.
It looks like you can even mix and match between them. What might that look like, actually, would the girls just look silly in a mixed-up outfit, or would that actually grant two special abilities at once? What might a Cowgirl/Ninja be able to do, for example?
Megumi’s having a bit of trouble finding something that works.
Luckily Hime’s got an eye for this sort of thing.
Oh, that outfit does look nice. Perfect for a special tea party!
But Hime has to get back to finishing in the kitchen now.
She quickly turns down Megumi’s offer to help.
Really, Hime does seem to know what she’s doing, it’s just getting ahold of everything that she needs that’s causing problems for now.
And now Megumi knows that she’s making a cake.
Hime, I don’t think she’s going to leave you alone now. Making cakes, cookies, or other treats is one of the more fun things to do in the kitchen, especially with friends.
Even Ribbon wants to help, but they’re giving Hime her space for the moment. Just for a moment…
And here they are again.
Megumi! Ribbon! Low blow with the distractions!
Hime’s tantrum, while hilarious, is totally justified here. (And yes, there are several instances where the focus on one of these characters, usually Hime, has zoomed in on themselves inside their own mouth, somehow. This is about the best image I could catch of that. Sadly, it just doesn’t translate to still images very well.)
Come on, you two! This special party was Hime’s idea, can’t you respect that she at least wants to do the cake herself? Talk about an unstoppable force (helpful Megumi) meeting an immovable object (stubborn Hime)!
Things do go more quickly and easily with help, but sometimes you want to do a special project that’s all your own.
Megumi and Ribbon just can’t help it, though,
and keep coming back, wanting to help.
They’ve already slowed Hime down enough that the oven’s ready to go, and the cake batter’s still not finished yet.
No, stop! Girls…
Megumi and Ribbon have hijacked the kitchen and just finished Hime’s cake without her.
I know they only wanted to help, but really!
I honestly can’t blame Hime for kicking them out of the Embassy after all that.
Hime loves them, clearly, but this was her special project, and they weren’t respecting her wishes or her boundaries here.
I know that this episode is meant to teach the importance of teamwork, it’s even in the title. But sometimes, for whatever reason, someone has a special project that they want to work on by themselves. Maybe it’s a self-imposed challenge, a chance to learn and grow. Or maybe it’s meant to be a gift for someone you really care about. If friends or family want to help, that’s great, but please respect the wishes of the one working on the project. It can really hurt if you just elbow in and start helping when it wasn’t needed or asked for. Doing so could make us wonder if you think we aren’t capable of doing what we set out for with the project.
Maybe it’s silly, but it really hurts if you have your heart set on finishing a project in a certain way and, for whatever reason, it doesn’t work out. I cross stitch as a hobby and, over the years, I’ve completed pictures for several members of my family.
One year, I found a picture I wanted to make for my dad for Christmas. I started it a little late, just at the end of October, but I still thought that I could finish it in time because the picture was a small one. I failed to take into account the Christmas concerts, holiday preparations, and family get-togethers that inevitably come up in late November and December. It got to the point where I had a breakdown when I finally realized that I couldn’t finish his present in time. It broke my heart, and I didn’t know what to do. When my parents understood what was wrong (Sometimes I get overwhelmed with strong, negative emotions and have trouble even talking. I HATE it when that happens!), they told me that the gift would still be loved and appreciated when it was finished, even if that didn’t happen until after Christmas. And it was, but let me tell you, it was SO hard not being able to finish things as I’d initially planned.
I feel so bad for everyone in this situation. Poor Hime couldn’t make the cake the way she wanted to.
And Ribbon and Megumi really wanted to help, but it hurts to get pushed away like that, too! This is one of those times where communicating is critical to prevent misunderstandings, and it’s kind of painful to watch.
Anyway, Ribbon seems to know why Hime was so determined to work alone this time,
but she won’t tell Megumi, for some reason.
Yuko just spotted Megumi, though, so maybe a friendly conversation will help?
Back with Hime, the cake’s done and cooling, and she’s waiting until she can decorate it. When Blue asks where Megumi and Ribbon went, Hime tells him that they kept getting in the way, so she made them leave.
She’s still unhappy that they wouldn’t let her make the cake alone.
She probably has mixed feelings here. Under normal circumstances, Hime would likely have been THRILLED to have help putting something together with her friends,
but this was something special she wanted to work on alone, and she didn’t even get to do that.
Blue reminds Hime that Megumi and Ribbon love her so much, and that’s why they were so eager to help.
Awww! Poor Hime! She wanted to make this cake to thank Megumi for helping her out all the time. No wonder she wanted to do it alone! Like Yuko said in Episode 6, “the person doing the cooking is thinking about who they’re cooking for.” What do you do when you want to make a gift for someone, and the very person the gift is meant for keeps jumping in, wanting to help out?
Blue tells Hime that since today is such a special day for her and Megumi, it’s a shame to ruin it by fighting.
Hime agrees.
The doorbell rings just then, and Hime gets excited,
thinking that Megumi came back to apologize.
Unfortunately, it’s only Seiji, who also received an invitation to this party.
He’s not very impressed with the “greeting” he receives, but Hime was really hoping she could make up with Megumi.
Luckily, Blue shows up and is able to somewhat explain the situation.
Meanwhile, Megumi helps Yuko carry some groceries back to her family’s lunch store.
I just realized that Ribbon is still hiding herself, pretending to be a toy, from people like Yuko,
it’s just not as obvious as it was back in Episode 4.
Just after this, Seiji finds Megumi and Ribbon on their walk.
Poor Seiji’s getting no respect today!
Still, he’s a good sport and starts trying to piece together why Hime and Megumi got in a fight, and how to fix things.
Poor Megumi’s so sad and confused!
Ribbon seems to know more about what’s going on,
but she still won’t say anything.
Then we jump to a wedding.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
(I was actually wondering if this couple was the same one we saw in Episode 5, when Megumi helped the boyfriend pick out a bouquet of yellow roses for his proposal. We never get a very close look at them, so I couldn’t say if this is that same couple, but I thought this was interesting enough to mention, regardless. Nevermind, several seconds later we get a better look, and I don’t think this is the Episode 5 couple after all.)
Looks like today’s flower (unless I spot any others) is a White Rose. I already know that the color white indicates innocence and purity, so let’s see if there’s any other meanings that are worth mentioning… I tried zooming in on the bouquet at the wedding with the bride and groom in full view, but this made the bouquet too blurry to make out any other details, so I’m focusing on the above picture instead. White roses generally symbolize purity, innocence, loyalty, new beginnings, love and affection, humility (as in trying to make peace with others), hope, and renewal. No wonder white roses would be popular to use for a wedding, if they can mean a fresh start to a new chapter in life! In regards to a wedding, a white rose would specifically indicate purity, chastity, loyalty, unconditional love and affection, as well as the new beginnings I mentioned before.
White roses can have a slightly different meaning when it comes to friendship, too, where the symbolism would be affection, admiration, loyalty, and gratitude. (You can read about it here: https://www.snapblooms.com/blog/white-rose-meaning/) I find it fascinating that this same rose has a slightly different meaning depending on the occasion where the flowers are used. As I learned with the yellow roses from Episode 5, the number of white roses has its own special meaning. This is a large bouquet, so I couldn’t be sure that I counted every bloom there, but if I had to guess, we’re looking at somewhere between fifteen and twenty roses in that bunch. Fifteen roses would indicate “long-lasting love”, while twenty would mean “We are together forever.” How fitting is this bouquet, when you consider not only its meaning in a wedding, but regarding Hime and Megumi’s friendship in this episode? The synopsis and title of today’s episode aren’t hiding anything, these girls have become such good friends by now, even when they argue and misunderstand each other, that they’ve become synchronized enough to perform a Team Attack for the very first time! How’s that for loyalty, making peace, gratitude and new beginnings/renewal? Let’s continue on.
And here comes Hosshiiwa!
I can’t see this ending well.
And now there’s a Wedding Cake Saiark, ready to go!
Luckily, Blue and Hime have already seen the Saiark, so it shouldn’t be able to cause too much damage before the girls can stop it.
But Hime wants to face it alone. I don’t think that’s a good idea, going in without backup, but I’m impressed that she’s brave enough to try.
Maybe Hime’s still feeling that she wants to show, at least herself, that she can do something without needing Megumi to hold her hand? It’s a rather dangerous situation to try this, though…
Whatever her reason, she transforms and is off to face the Cake Saiark.
Back with Megumi and Seiji, Ribbon finally admits that the reason Hime wanted to make the cake by herself is because it was meant to be a gift for Megumi.
Poor Ribbon is worried that Hime will be upset with her for ruining the surprise,
but Megumi’s just relieved that she now understands exactly what happened earlier in the day.
Megumi’s ready to apologize right away,
but her Cure Line rings just then.
It’s Blue, warning them that a Saiark has appeared,
and that Cure Princess already went off to fight it by herself.
Hosshiiwa’s settling in, enjoying her sweets while the Saiark creates more every second.
Princess appears just then, immediately dive-bombing the Saiark.
Hosshiiwa is surprised to see Princess alone this time, and Princess gets very upset.
She’s a strong Cure, too, why does everyone else look down on her?
The Cake Saiark starts attacking,
and Princess retaliates with “Princess Ball.”
When that doesn’t work,
she tries “Princess Bullet Machine Gun.”
She manages to knock it back, but the Saiark throws her into a wall immediately afterward.
That’s the problem with a Sniper, they need to attack from a distance, and those attacks probably won’t hit as hard as the attacks of a Warrior/Paladin. The strength of a Sniper (I think) is to keep at a distance, maybe attack with hit-and-run tactics, certainly with another fighter or two to help distract the enemy while the Sniper helps whittle down the enemy’s health and keeps the pressure on. But Princess has been facing this Saiark one-on-one, like a Warrior/Paladin, like Megumi. And Princess’s attack and defense just aren’t high enough for that yet. Maybe in the future, with more experience, but now…
Now the Saiark has her pinned down as it launches a bunch of strawberry missiles and Princess has no time to avoid the attack.
Except Lovely arrives just in time to shield her from the barrage.
Lovely attacks with “Lovely Punching Punch,”
throwing the Saiark a good distance away.
Poor Princess! She doesn’t want to admit that she needed help here. She’s doing so much better, we see it in every battle, but she’s just not ready to take down a Saiark on her own yet.
Lovely then apologizes for their earlier fight,
admitting that Ribbon told her about the secret.
Princess is a bit annoyed,
but acknowledges that the secret was pretty much out the moment Lovely saw her making the cake.
Princess also apologizes, because she let her desire to make a secret present all by herself overwhelm everything else.
I’m certainly guilty of that at times. But life rarely goes the way we plan, and sometimes you have to compromise. Sometimes the resulting compromise is better than what you could have done alone, and sometimes life is about learning to accept a different result than you initially expected.
Now it’s time to take down the Saiark.
Goodness, I guess the candle grants it fire powers, because it just launched two huge, green fireballs at the Cures!
Lovely fights back with “Lovely Rising Sword.”
Good thing, too, because the Saiark shoots out a huge blast of fire,
and Lovely has to use the sword to protect herself and Princess from the flames.
Princess feels weak, needing to be saved by Lovely yet again,
but Lovely explains that the reason she’s able to fight so well is because she wants to protect Princess.
I mentioned this back in Episode 5, when Princess refused to let Hosshiiwa break Lovely’s spirit by twisting her compassion into selfishness, but people will often fight or stand up for the sake of someone else, even if they might not for themselves.
Lovely’s able to stand strong in these fights for the sake of her friend, no matter how big the threat they’re facing may be.
And Princess agrees. She feels that she’s gotten stronger fighting alongside Lovely, and she wants to keep fighting together.
Whoa!
Their determination powered them up enough to put out the Saiark’s fire entirely. Looks like we’re getting our first team attack, “Precure Twin Miracle Power Shoot!”
It fuses both individual purifying attacks
into one enormous attack.
And the Saiark is gone!
Hosshiiwa’s shocked that the Cures could dish out such a huge attack,
but warns them not to get cocky before she leaves.
And the girls got three more PreCards from this fight, nice!
It’s nightfall now, but it looks like the party can finally begin,
a dinner party instead of a tea party this time.
Hime got to decorate the cake, accepting it as a collaboration between her, Megumi, and Ribbon.
And she decorated it to look just like the Wedding Cake Saiark, too, that’s hilarious!
The only thing better is everyone’s reaction to it.
Anyway, Megumi really wants to know what they’re celebrating with this party.
Awww! Hime’s celebrating a hundred days since she’s become friends with Megumi, and a hundred days of being partners as Cures! She’s so cute!
Hime didn’t want to wait a whole year to celebrate being friends.
Not only that, she plans to celebrate 200 and 300 days of friendship, too.
I guess 100 is a special number for Hime. Remember, she’s still planning on making 100 friends as well.
Hime and Megumi cut into the cake as the party begins, but that’s where this episode ends.
First Thoughts on Megumi:
I think it’s been a while since I had an end of chapter note, so here we go. This is me coming back to this particular review after I had a sort of epiphany (I think?) about Megumi. As much as I admire Megumi and her love for everyone around her, especially her desire to help others be happy, I was having trouble with placing my thoughts on her.
I’ve mentioned that I’m an introvert, and that just watching Megumi in action makes me exhausted. At first, I thought of Megumi a bit like a puppy. (No offense!) But think about it, she loves spending time with her friends and always wants to be where they are, doing what they’re doing. And she’s CONSTANTLY on the move! For someone like me, that sort of behavior and closeness is exhausting and a bit intimidating, even a bit threatening. I need a decent bit of space and privacy to be happy, so I wasn’t sure how to feel about her, except that she’s a sweetheart and a wonderful friend, for all that Megumi has trouble respecting others’ boundaries at times.
Which is why I felt so bad for her when Hime pushed her away in this episode when Megumi got too pushy, wanting to help make the cake. I felt I could understand Hime’s behavior fairly well, but I still felt so bad for Megumi and Ribbon. It was hard seeing Megumi so sad and confused, not understanding why just trying to help someone made them so upset. And I was having trouble understanding exactly why Megumi was so upset. Nobody likes to be pushed away, of course, but why does Megumi feel such a need to help others that she had a sort of existential crisis when she found that her help wasn’t wanted this time? She looked devastated when she was telling Seiji about the fight with Hime, when he met up with her in this episode.
Then it clicked. We learned back in Episode 5 that Megumi’s mom suffers from some sort of chronic illness. I can tell you, you live in a whole different way when you have a loved one in this sort of situation. My own mom has chronic back pain. We’ve tried a couple different surgeries to help over the years, but nothing’s worked. All we can do is manage her pain with medicine (thankfully, heating pads seem to help as well).
Think about what Megumi might be experiencing, living with this situation. Has Megumi ever come home from school only to find a note on the table saying that her mom’s pain or weakness had gotten bad enough that her dad had to leave work early to take her for medical help, that they’d be home late, and that leftovers were in the fridge? There’s not a lot you can do for chronic illness or pain except to manage the symptoms, with or without medication.
Megumi’s rather powerless here. She can’t help with her mom’s health problems, but Megumi can help make things easier for her, and she can try to help lift her mom’s spirits. And we see this as early as Episode 1, when Megumi went to the store for dinner ingredients. Notice that, for all the time Megumi spends out and about with friends, we never (at least not yet) see her involved in any school activities, teams, or other commitments. I think that Megumi tries to keep her schedule mostly free, making it easier if she has to hurry home in case of an emergency. Unless I’m remembering something wrong so far…
Megumi loves her mother very much, and has adopted a lot of her mom’s love and care for the wellbeing of others, too. And Megumi’s habit of trying to help her mom smile by helping out wherever she can has stretched to anyone and everyone around her.
Why am I writing all of this? I just realized that we don’t know a lot about Megumi, seven episodes into this show, except that she pretty much loves everyone and wants everyone to be happy (and that she’s a terrible liar). In Fresh Pretty Cure, by this point we’ve learned that Love, Miki, and Inori enjoy dancing and are getting dance lessons, that shy Inori loves animals (except for ferrets) and wants to become a vet like her parents, and that Miki’s a teen model.
Megumi’s so focused on her mom’s wellbeing, on EVERYONE’S wellbeing, that she has no time to think far ahead right now. Maybe later we’ll learn if she knows what she wants to do when she’s grown up, among other things, but right now she’s very much living in the moment, ready to jump in the second anyone needs help. Megumi must attach a lot of importance to her ability to help others. If she can’t help, or if another person gets angry with her for helping, she has no idea what to do and, like we saw in this episode, has a sort of existential crisis. Lucky for her, she has friends like Seiji and Yuko (maybe Hime, but Hime’s pretty flighty herself) to help keep her grounded, whatever else may happen.
Chapter 9: Episode 8: Friendship in Danger!! Miss Fortune's Ominous Omen!!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Awesome! We finally get a glimpse of a few of the other Pretty Cure Teams around the world.
We have Cures in America (Bomber Girls),
in France,
and even India (Wonderful Net Precure).
Wait a minute, this reporter looks familiar…
Yes! Pretty Cure 5
Is she related to the reporter from Yes! Precure 5? She looks very similar, in any case.
Happiness Charge
This is Masuko Miyo, and she keeps everyone up to date on the Cures worldwide.
Today, she’s focusing on the Happiness Charge girls.
But before we begin, here’s Cure Pine from Fresh Pretty Cure to welcome us today.
Lovely and Princess have just managed to defeat a new Saiark,
and they did it so quickly, too!
They even used their new team attack to purify it. I think the girls are getting a better feel for how to fight together, because they were perfectly in sync here. It was awesome to watch!
Miyo seems to agree,
going up to interview them after this latest fight.
We then jump to Megumi and Hime, who are watching all of this on TV, and they’re so excited!
Seriously, stop being so cute!
Ribbon’s worried that the girls aren’t taking things so seriously anymore, now that they’re doing so well in their fights.
Hime argues that they’re just feeling confident,
but Blue reminds them that while it’s great to be confident, they shouldn’t let down their guard and grow careless.
The Saiark attacks are under control for now, but anything could happen, and at any time.
Hime blows off his warning, saying that she and Megumi can face anything as long as they’re together.
I’m really glad to see how much better Hime’s doing. I was looking back at Episodes 1-2 recently, and Hime today versus Hime then is as different as night and day. Still, Hime needs to watch out. It’s like a law of nature that the minute you think you have things under control, that things are going well, something has to happen to blow EVERYTHING out of the water. Stop tempting fate, Hime! Still, as long as Megumi and Hime are together, they do stand a good chance of weathering whatever may come. I guess we’ll see…
Oh, there’s a festival in Pikarigaoka?
It’s based on a legend (I think) where a god came down to Earth and fell in love with a mortal girl,
so girls like to dress up during this festival to commemorate the event.
Hime looks so excited, and you know that she doesn’t need any excuse to dress up in a nice outfit.
Ribbon says that she can have 300 yen as her allowance for the festival. (Sorry, but, as a clueless Westerner, I needed to translate this so that I could understand. 300 yen converts to just about $1.94. Read more here: https://exchangerate.guru/jpy/usd/300/)
When Hime starts to complain about such a small allowance,
Blue tells her that carefully spending the money will allow her to enjoy the festival in different ways.
It’s worded a bit awkwardly, or I’m just not understanding, but I think I know what Blue means here. If you and a friend go to a carnival, for example, and you both have $10.00, you could either try to stretch the money, buying as many different things as you can and sharing between yourselves to get the most out of it, or you and your friend could combine the money to enjoy one big prize instead. Does that make sense?
Back in the Phantom Empire, the Deep Mirror is giving a report on the progress of their invasion.
It’s not looking good. The Cure Teams worldwide are holding things back, with Pikarigaoka, and the Happiness Charge Team, being one of the worst offenders.
Queen Mirage is NOT happy.
Hosshiiwa and Namakelder start defending themselves and making excuses,
but then a new person appears, quickly shutting them down.
This is General Oresky,
and he’s ready to attack Pikariagaoka, to remind the world that the Phantom Empire is still a name to be feared and respected.
Oresky looks and sounds very serious, but Namakelder looks doubtful when he hears Oresky say that the medals he wears are handmade (if they aren’t official medals, is he legitimately skilled or just bluffing?).
Oresky insists on receiving another medal when his attack succeeds.
I guess we’ll see how effective he is in battle later on.
Megumi and Hime are all ready for the festival now. It’s a whole different style of clothing than what I’m used to seeing, but the colors and patterns of their yukata look very nice.
On rewatching this episode for my flower quest, I didn’t actually see any plants in today’s episode. I did notice that Megumi and Hime’s yukatas both feature flowers, though. I couldn’t identify the purple and white flowers on Hime’s outfit, but Megumi’s yukata has Pink Roses…
Image found here: https://foliagefriend.com/pink-rose-flower-meaning/
Close enough! Let’s see if there’s any hidden symbolism here. According to this website: https://foliagefriend.com/pink-rose-flower-meaning/, pink roses can mean love, gratitude and appreciation, inner peace, hope, and optimism. Wow, this actually fits pretty well with today’s episode, I’m impressed! Even the shade of pink can have slightly different meanings, with lighter pink symbolizing gentleness and admiration, while darker pink indicates gratitude and appreciation. On a spiritual level, a pink rose can also refer to connections, and doesn’t that apply today as well, when four of Megumi’s friends go out of their way to befriend Hime! Pretty neat, right? Let’s keep going.
I haven’t mentioned this before, but I like how the girls just sing sometimes when they’re out walking, going about their day. Something about being so content and happy that they’re singing random little ditties like that just makes Megumi and Hime seem so young, and they really are. Isn’t Hime just fourteen? Are Megumi and Yuko the same, or is there a bit of an age gap between them, like there was in Yes! Precure 5? (I just looked it up, they all seem to be the same age.) In any case, it’s quite a jump that these girls can be so innocently singing one moment, then beating the tar out of a Saiark the next… I guess that’s Pretty Cure for you!
Seriously, girls, stop tempting fate! I’ve seen this episode once already, and I’m over here just waiting for the other shoe to drop.
It’s painful to watch, and yet I can’t really begrudge their confidence, not when they’ve come so far in eight episodes. It’s always when the Cures are comfortable with their routine and abilities that something terrible happens to really ramp up their need to grow to keep up with the new challenges.
Anyway, Megumi and Hime arrive at the festival, and Hime’s in awe!
Just then, four of Megumi’s friends show up.
You may recognize them, we’ve seen them in the opening song alongside Seiji for a while now.
Hime’s feeling shy again, but it doesn’t look anywhere near her breakdown in Episode 4, thank goodness.
Megumi’s friends are Ishigami Rin,
Takano Rei,
Furuta Kana,
and Shiina Elena (Elenyan).
Rin’s a little jealous that Hime never seems to leave Megumi’s side.
When Megumi says she’s not selfish and pushes Hime forward to greet her friends, well…
Hime, can you get any cuter? What was that little whispery “Waah?” At least her anxiety seems to be less “panic attack” and more “shy” for now.
Rei’s glad that everyone arrived at the festival at the same time, because now they can explore and enjoy everything together.
As they’re walking along, Hime sees a cotton candy stand.
She seems to have a serious sweet tooth, because she quickly decides to spend 100 of her 300 yen allowance on some cotton candy.
And when she sees that Rin bought an apricot candy for 100 yen, Hime does the same.
Kana wants some grilled corn, and so does Hime,
but the corn is 200 yen, and Hime only has 100 yen left.
Lucky for Hime, Kana shares a bite of her corn so Hime can still try it out.
Elena and Rei similarly share their treats with Hime. Megumi, your friends are awesome!
Yuko shows up just then. It looks like her family’s lunch store has a stand as well.
They’re selling jumbo sauce rice crackers, 100 yen apiece.
Whoa, those crackers are huge! It looks like you could make a sort of pizza with one, with sauce and toppings. I have no idea what half of these festival foods even are, but they sure look good!
So Hime decides to buy one with her last 100 yen.
And she immediately splits the cracker into six pieces to share with Megumi and the other girls.
Good for her! Since everyone’s been sharing with Hime, why wouldn’t Hime share right back?
It’s nice to see them all having fun.
Awww!
Hime’s wondering why all the girls are being so nice to her,
and they want to be her friends.
Hime looks like she’s not sure what to think, that someone else is reaching out, actually wanting to befriend HER, but she’s so happy at the same time.
Interesting! There’s a fortune-teller’s booth at this festival as well. I like the play on words for the teller’s name, Miss Fortune (misfortune, bad luck), that’s pretty clever.
Seiji’s advertising for this booth, since it was put together by his karate dojo.
At 100 yen per fortune, can you blame Megumi’s friends for wanting to participate?
Poor Hime, though, her allowance is gone.
Lucky for her, Megumi decides to cover the cost for both of them this time.
Megumi’s such a great friend!
Finally, it’s Megumi and Hime’s turn for a fortune.
Megumi seems to know “Miss Fortune.”
I’m not sure if Hime knows her, too, but the teller recognizes Hime, and she doesn’t look happy…
Okay, Hime doesn’t recognize her.
This is Hikawa Iona, who also goes to Megumi’s school, but she’s in a different class.
Megumi asks what their future looks like.
Okay, that got a chuckle out of me. Here I thought I was being weird using RPG references, even if I thought they were fitting, but even Megumi’s excited about her and Hime working their way up to the final boss.
Oh no! Iona just said that the girls have a terrible future ahead of them. (Incidentally, Iona said a word that sounded like “Sai” or “Saiark.” I haven’t mentioned it before, but apparently “Saiark” means “Terribad,” like terrible or bad. And “Choiark” supposedly means something like “Kindabad?” Just a neat bit of trivia.)
Poor girls! Jeez, what do you do in this sort of situation?
Be My Valentine, Charlie Brown (1975)
This reminds me a bit of that Charlie Brown Valentine’s Day episode, where every kid gets a Sweet Heart candy with these nice messages,
Be My Valentine, Charlie Brown (1975)
and then Charlie Brown gets one that says something like, “Forget it, Kid!” You’ve got to hope something like that doesn’t become a self-fulfilling prophecy! Given how unhappy Iona looked when she saw Hime, I’m inclined to call this sabotage. I suppose there’s no rule that says a fortune teller can’t give out a bad fortune, accurate or not, to someone they don’t like. Iona, I want to like you, but this was really a jerk move!
Good thing Megumi doesn’t let it keep her, or Hime, down for long. And she’s right, bad things can happen, but that doesn’t automatically cancel out the good that’s happened before, or that will happen in the future. Take these sorts of things with a grain of salt, please, or you’re going to find yourself having a miserable time!
Awww! Rin’s considering confessing to her crush, and her friends are so excited!
And here comes Oresky.
And he just targeted all four girls! I hope this won’t psych Megumi and Hime out. I can only imagine how it must feel for a superhero to realize that the victim in danger is family or a close friend! Especially after just spending the day with them.
Here’s a Corn Saiark, ready to go!
Holy cow, Oresky doesn’t play around! His Saiark doesn’t spread anything like mold or sweets, it’s spreading WASTELAND!
It doesn’t look good right now, but Hime and Megumi are ready to fight,
and they transform.
First Lovely and Princess tackle the Choiarks.
It never gets old seeing Princess flailing around as she runs through the crowd of Choiarks (one of my favorite parts of the intro song, for sure, it’s hilarious!), but she’s strong enough to send them flying anyway.
And I just have to cringe everytime Lovely lands a hit, those blows have GOT to hurt!
Uh oh! Lovely just pulled out Cherry Flamenco. This Form Change will never not be simultaneously awesome and terrifying!
Oresky confronts the girls after Lovely’s attack, warning them that he’s very different from Namakelder and Hosshiiwa.
Miyo has just pulled up to record the fight.
Oh my gosh, Oresky! He starts out sounding all threatening as Miyo interviews him, and then he directs any fan mail to be sent to the Phantom Empire… Is this guy a narcissist? I guess time will tell. And it doesn’t matter if he is or not, if he has the power to match his confidence. We still haven’t seen that Saiark in action yet.
And now there are Choiarks posing in front of the camera. Now I feel a little guilty that I enjoyed seeing Lovely and Princess tear through their ranks, if the Choiarks all have quirky personalities like this. But it can’t be helped. This is a war!
Sweet, Princess uses a new move, “Princess Cutter.”
Were those wind blades I just saw? From her hair? I knew her pigtails (twin tails?) reminded me of swords! These Cures have such cool designs…
Anyway, she cut the corn kernels off the cob of the Corn Saiark with her attack.
Next, Lovely jumps in with “Lovely Rising Sword,”
knocking it to the ground.
And now it’s time for their team attack to finish it off.
…And the screen just went dark. What on earth?!
There’s another one?! I don’t think we’ve had two Saiarks attacking at once before. Has that always been a skill of the enemy, or is Oresky just that powerful? It makes me worried for the future, if the girls have to face someone even stronger than Oresky!
Ouch! That looked like it hurt!
Oresky brags that since he caught four people, he was able to summon multiple Saiarks at once.
And now both the Corn Saiark and the Candy Saiark are on the attack. It certainly doesn’t look good. I don’t think even Lovely has taken down a Saiark alone before, and with two Saiarks attacking at once…
Still, the Cures haven’t given up. The Candy Saiark traps them in a sticky syrup and hits them with a giant apricot candy.
Lovely and Princess manage to stop the blow, but that just pins them down for the Corn Saiark to attack.
And it does. Poor girls! What a way to learn that pride goes before a fall.
Now Oresky’s rambling on about membership fees for his fan club. But I think it’s safe to say that his ability cannot be underestimated! I hate to admit it, but Oresky used a brilliant strategy here. If he’d had both Saiarks plainly out in the open from the beginning, while it would’ve been difficult, it’s possible the Cures could’ve found a way to separate the Saiarks long enough to purify one before tag-teaming the other. By keeping one hidden for an ambush, he left the girls with no time to come up with a counter-strategy, and they’ve been getting hit HARD!
These poor girls have taken a beating, but they still won’t give up.
Princess, especially, is worried about their friends trapped in the mirror. If the Cures lose here, what will become of them?
Both Saiarks go to land one final blow,
and Princess has just enough time to wonder if that bad fortune from earlier was right after all.
Oh my gosh! Fortune just flew in like a meteor and sent both Saiarks flying at once.
She really is on a whole other level! Nothing seems to faze her, either.
Not even when both Saiarks charge at once.
She dodges a fist,
then hits each Saiark, one after the other, into the air.
When they collapse in a heap, Fortune purifies them.
I just realized that the only other time we’ve seen Fortune in battle so far was back in Episode 1, and I didn’t get many pictures then. Let me make up for that here. Each purifying attack is unique enough I think it should be showcased at least once. (I hope I’m not overdoing it on the pictures…)
So Fortune’s attack features stars. Like “Thank my lucky stars?”
Or maybe wishing on a star?
Whatever the case, the Saiarks are gone!
Oresky leaves, recognizing Fortune as his new opponent for the future.
And Rin, Rei, Kana, and Elena are safe.
Lovely and Princess look so relieved. It’s bad enough feeling vulnerable and being unable to beat the villain, but how must it have felt to realize that they might never see their trapped friends again if the Saiarks couldn’t be defeated?
Fortune really saved everyone today.
And she earned two PreCards as well. Come to think of it, I wonder how many Cards she has by now. We’ll probably never know, but I can’t help but wonder.
Lovely thanks Fortune for the save.
Poor Princess looks really down, though. You think she’s having flashbacks to that very first fight in Episode 1?
I think so, because it sounds like Lovely is starting to encourage Princess to say thanks as well, but Princess just hides behind her and refuses. Like she’s terrified to have any attention on her right now. It’s such a change from all the times before, when Megumi successfully managed to include Hime in various interactions. Poor thing’s probably worried she’ll get chewed out again. What might Lovely think if Fortune really tore into Princess here? Especially if sensitive details (the Axia Box) came to light.
Like in Episode 1, Fortune rejects any gratitude. She was protecting the city, nothing more.
Before she leaves, though, she specifically warns Lovely that Princess cannot be trusted.
Basically, she says that Lovely's doomed if she stays on any team with Princess.
Lovely looks more confused than anything, of course.
But Princess looks devastated! Frightened, guilty, she can’t say a word.
And that’s how the episode ends.
First Thoughts on Iona:
I’ve covered Hime a fair bit in several review endnotes, and Megumi got her turn in Episode 7. I’m going to cover some of my thoughts on Iona now, even though we haven’t gotten to the point where it’s revealed that she’s actually Cure Fortune yet. Apologies in advance, but I’ve got a lot to say here. And I’m not holding back very much in the way of spoilers, but that’s probably been clear since my first review. You may want to keep one more thing in mind with this interpretation, just as I will have to, as well. At this point, Iona only knows that Hime opened the Axia Box. Iona doesn’t know WHY Hime opened it, just that she did.
Let’s be honest, we’ve known everyone’s identities since Episode 1, since we see them in the opening song at the beginning of every episode. The reason I’m covering some of this now, instead of when her identity is revealed later on, is because this may help you understand how I think about Iona and interpret her actions going forward in the show.
I don’t want to hate Iona, whatever I may say about her. It may be as simple as the fact that I like her Cure design and admire her strength and determination. I can’t help resenting her actions, though. If there’s one thing I’ve never been able to stand, it’s a bully.
I, thankfully, never had to deal with bullying, whatever other struggles I’ve had over time. That doesn’t mean that people around me have never said something carelessly, just a thoughtless comment here or there, that really messed me up for a few days. Goodness knows I’ve probably done the same. My problem was that I had bad ways of coping. I won’t go into details, but it’s because I felt I couldn’t get mad at others (I’m not a very expressive person at the best of times, so how would they even know if they’d hurt me, accidentally or not?) that I would turn that hurt and frustration inward instead. DON’T EVER DO THIS!!! Not only did this NOT help, it’s probably part of the reason I started suffering from Depression in the first place.
Back to Iona, I had to find a way to look at her other than just being a bully, trying to break apart a friendship. To be honest, there’s more going on here than just that, anyway. Iona doesn’t target anyone else with her anger, her hatred. It’s just Hime. And it’s not like Hime’s an innocent designated bully victim, either. She really did make a major mistake that has hurt, and is still hurting, many people around the world to this day. The problem I have with this is that Hime’s really sorry for that mistake and is doing everything she can to make things right, to fix the damage that’s been done. Isn’t that all you can really ask of someone who’s messed up, an apology and a best attempt at fixing the mistake or making things right? The trouble is that Hime’s too terrified to apologize, as sorry as she is, because Cure Fortune rejected her completely once she understood what Hime had done. If anyone else learns what Hime did, which they would if she came out with a public apology, surely they’d reject her as well…
But Iona can’t forgive this mistake.
Iona has a sister who was a Cure before her, who was defeated in battle and sealed inside a mirror by the Phantom Empire.
The Phantom Empire never would’ve been able to take her sister from her if Hime hadn’t opened the Axia Box and freed them in the first place. In Iona’s mind, that makes Hime as big an enemy, a threat, and a danger as the Phantom Empire itself. Iona could mostly ignore Hime before, because Hime was too weak to cause any other trouble.
But now Hime’s going around befriending new Cures and getting stronger. It’s only a matter of time before she dooms these poor girls (Lovely, and soon Honey, too) as surely as Iona’s sister had been doomed when she was taken by the Phantom Empire. Iona probably sees it as her responsibility to nip this in the bud, to break them apart before it’s too late, since Iona’s the only one who truly knows what Hime did. She knows how dangerous Hime is, and it’s Iona’s duty to protect Lovely from Hime. And if Iona takes a little extra pleasure in hurting Hime as payback for the loss of her sister, does anyone really have to know?
I think that I could say that Iona is probably guilty of black-and-white thinking here. Goodness knows I’ve done the same, judged another person based on their actions or behavior without knowing the whole story. I’m sure we all do something like this every day. But sometimes you really need to be careful. It’s easy to get angry when someone runs a red light and cuts you off in traffic, but would you be quite so mad if it turned out the speeding car that cut you off was a husband rushing his pregnant wife going into labor to the hospital?
We can’t know everything that goes on with everyone around us. All we really can do is try to be patient and forgiving, because you never know what’s really happening in another person’s life. Isn’t it better in that case to err on the side of caution and be compassionate and forgiving? We need to make judgments to keep ourselves, and others, safe, of course, but don’t make snap judgments that you’ll regret later. Look up “The Ox-Bow Incident” (here's a brief summary: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Ox-Bow_Incident_(novel)) if you don’t believe me that an emotional decision made in the heat of the moment can destroy innocent people, not to mention the ones who then have to live with the results of that judgment.
I should say that while I’ve covered most of Iona’s history, there’s one little piece I’m purposely holding back as of now. I laid everything out regarding Hime from the start because Hime’s a central character, almost always in the focus of the show. I didn’t feel I could accurately or fairly cover her without having everything laid bare. Iona hasn’t had a lot of focus yet, and still won’t for a while. I’m only holding this last bit of information back because it plays a huge part in a major turning point in this series, ten or more episodes into the future. Believe me, I’ll be covering it when the time comes! All I can say about it now is that, in her own way, Iona’s probably about as traumatized as Hime.
Not to end on a gloomy note, but as I was sorting out my thoughts on Iona, I pictured a sort of “Bad Ending” for Happiness Charge, at least regarding Hime. It certainly broke my heart. Iona succeeds in breaking apart Megumi, Yuko, and Hime. Megumi and Yuko don’t hate Hime, but they recognize that she’s a liability in this fight. They can’t support her anymore, but with Iona’s help Megumi and Yuko will surely defeat the Phantom Empire and save everyone who was imprisoned in mirrors. In fact, Megumi promises that she’ll make sure that the Blue Sky Kingdom is saved as well, so Hime won’t have to worry about them anymore. I’m not sure Hime would be able to argue such a decision. She loves Megumi and Yuko too much, and would try her hardest to respect their wishes. But you know that this would break Hime. I don’t think she’d be able to come back from that. Maybe it’s a mercy, what would inevitably happen next.
Do you think the Phantom Empire would leave Hime to go free, now that she’s alone and vulnerable? They didn’t capture her before, along with the rest of her kingdom, maybe as a joking thanks for freeing them from the Axia Box, and Hime/Princess was probably considered free entertainment because she was just that helpless in her fights. Now they know what she’s capable of with support. Phantom, or another general, would come after her, and Hime likely wouldn’t even try to fight back. How could she, after receiving undeniable proof (being abandoned by her friends) of how unforgivable she is, of what an awful person she is? The war would go on, win or lose, around the world, but Hime would be out of the picture. If she was lucky, her mirror would be kept with the rest of the Blue Sky Kingdom prisoners, so at least she’d be back with her family again.
Thank heaven Megumi will never let this happen! It can’t be easy, having two friends (or soon-to-be friends) so at odds with each other. But we’ve seen Megumi in action for eight episodes now. If anyone can bring Iona and Hime together as allies, if not friends, it’s Megumi! Let’s be honest, Megumi’s drive to ensure everyone’s happiness, along with Yuko’s patient understanding and ability to speak quiet reason, makes for a very potent combination. I like their odds of working things out here.
Notes:
This episode review was long enough that I had two separate thoughts I wrote out to go along with it. Please read chapters 6 and 7 of the "Supplemental Chapters" to get everything at once.
Chapter 10: Episode 9: Let's Do Karate!! The Pretty Cure Power Up!?
Chapter Text
Poor girls! Last episode didn’t end so well, did it? It’s not easy to come back from a loss like that.
Blue and Ribbon are surprised to see even Megumi so down.
Megumi recognizes that if Fortune hadn’t stepped in when she did, they would’ve been in real trouble.
When she asks if Hime, Ribbon, and Blue know Fortune, Hime instantly freezes up before hesitantly admitting it.
It’s really interesting, looking at this show with Hime’s background in mind because all the hints are there. I think the show writers have done a great job foreshadowing things, from what I’ve seen so far.
While Hime and the rest know of Fortune, they don’t know anything about her except that she does things by herself.
Even Blue doesn’t know where she came from, and he’s the one who recruits the Cures with those Love Crystals in the first place!
Megumi, please stop!
Can’t you see how tense and uneasy Hime is right now? I can’t blame Megumi for being curious, though.
Fortune specifically warned her away from Hime, and Megumi has no idea why.
What can Hime even say to that?
Goodness, even Ribbon’s trying to change the subject!
She has a point, though. If Fortune was annoyed by having to save them once, how much more annoyed would she be if she had to intervene multiple times?
Awww! See what I mean about Hime? Megumi gave her hope enough to keep going and helped her to get strong enough to make a difference in battle. Hime wants her friend to stay safe no matter what!
And if that means training and working harder than ever before? She’ll do it!
So Megumi and Hime decide they need to start training.
I think it goes without saying that this is very necessary. Their basic battle instincts have worked so far, but one enemy switching things up with an ambush mid-attack was enough to bring them down. With some training, not only would they get stronger, maybe strong enough to stand against even more damaging attacks, but they’d probably get better at adapting should they ever get taken by surprise again.
Before we continue, let’s take a quick break and welcome Cure Rhythm, of Suite Pretty Cure. Now that I think about it, though, where does she fit in the Cure color schemes? Rhythm’s obviously not Pink (that would be Melody), but she doesn’t look like a Blue, either (she was categorized Blue in All Stars DX3, if I remember right). Is there more than one White? Maybe I need to explore this rabbit hole another day…
Good for them! Jogging would be a good way to start, since it builds up endurance.
The girls meet Yuko as they go along.
As they start jogging together, Megumi and Hime quickly leave Yuko in the dust.
They ask her why she’s going so slow, and Yuko explains that jogging is all about keeping up a slow, steady pace over a long distance. And I think I can already see where this episode’s going…
Megumi and Hime are convinced that they need to work harder and run faster to get stronger,
so they keep jogging at a much faster pace.
They of course get tired much sooner,
and Yuko blows past them at her slow and steady pace.
Megumi and Hime collapse in exhaustion.
But then Seiji shows up. When Ribbon explains the situation, Seiji takes both girls to his karate dojo.
And I just realized that this is the HIKAWA Karate Dojo. Iona’s last name is Hikawa, as we saw in the last episode. I wonder if and how she’s related to the owner of the dojo.
Iona at least trains here, because we see her starting to spar with the master when Seiji and the girls come in.
Oh, the master is her grandfather. Neat! Let’s see her in action.
Iona’s very good, from what I can tell (I’m no fighting expert, though).
She moves so freely,
and is easily able to back up when pushed,
and can just as quickly turn around for a counterattack when she spots an opening. Hime and Megumi could use that sort of adaptability in their own fights.
Megumi spots one of the students that she knows, Kazumi, who was also watching Iona’s match.
Hime’s still feeling shy, though, taking shelter behind Megumi yet again when faced with someone new.
I must admit that I’m grateful that the other two girls don’t push Hime to interact, in this case. In my own experience, if people around me try to draw me into conversations before I’m ready, I might get caught completely off guard and end up feeling off balance, uneasy, exposed, and awkward the rest of the time, even when the conversation has moved on to other topics. Sometimes I’m content just to be there, even if I have nothing to say. Hime may not be quite so comfortable, but this is still good exposure to social interactions. And considering that she fainted when confronted with all of her excited classmates back in Episode 4, she’s made a lot of progress so far, even if it’s been slow. These kinds of things can take time.
After catching up a bit with Kazumi, Seiji shows the girls where to find some uniforms to start training.
Hime wants to wear a blue sash, but in karate, different colored sashes represent your level of expertise.
Think how dangerous it would be if a beginner tried to wear a black sash/belt because they thought it looked cool, and then another student actually qualified as a black belt went to spar with them. I’m not very familiar with karate. Is the different colored sash more a mark of recognition, like you start as a yellow belt and graduate to blue, and so on (like a trophy for winning a competition)? Or is it more to keep students of the same level together, to help teachers identify who is at what level for matching up similarly trained students to fight? Maybe it’s a bit of both? I’m a little curious now.
Regardless, it looks like new students have to start with a white sash instead.
I had to chuckle a bit at Hime here. She’s like, “I’m a BLUE Cure, and all my PreCard costumes come in blue, why can’t I wear the blue sash?!”
Now the girls are dressed and ready for training.
Seiji wants to start them on defense,
but Hime would rather learn how to attack.
I’m sensing a bit of a callback to Episode 6 now. Remember how Hime had a hard time accepting that she couldn’t do the actual cooking, but had to prepare ingredients instead? It’s not always fun, starting out with learning something new. You always have to lay the groundwork, learning the basics before you can move beyond that to the more exciting parts. I can’t speak for karate, but when I took piano lessons I remember that it was kind of annoying to learn how to read basic notes on the sheet music, how to play certain chords, and so on. It can be tedious and frustrating at times, but once you’ve got the basics down, you can really branch out into almost anything.
And I can see why Hime and Megumi might feel impatient here. They were easily defeated by Oresky, so surely they need to practice stronger attacks to better fight back, right?
But Seiji stands firm, saying that a good defense is the place to start. And he’s right. If you think about it, in a drawn out fight, the larger and stronger opponent would have an advantage. The only way to counter that natural advantage would be to wait it out, wouldn’t it? To dodge and/or block hits until the stronger opponent makes a mistake, gets tired, or reaches too far, and then you can hit back.
Is it bad that I’m now imagining “Wax on, Wax off?” Still, think about what these sorts of repetitions can do for a person’s muscle memory.
In a fight, things are probably moving too fast for you to keep track of, so having a deeply ingrained instinct to react with would be a HUGE help!
See what I mean about starting with the basics being tedious? But if you can hang on long enough to master them, things do get more interesting and complex later on. Hang in there, girls!
I think it goes without saying that after such a long workout, Hime and Megumi are exhausted.
As they catch their breath after training, they watch Iona, wanting to learn cool moves like the ones she knows.
Thankfully, Seiji stops them. If your body isn’t used to moving in certain ways, you could really hurt yourself, whether it’s pulling a muscle or spraining a limb. Hopefully you won’t end up with a broken bone!
Seiji then asks why the girls want to train.
Hime says she wants to get strong enough to beat their enemies,
and she also wants to show up Fortune.
Seiji explains that those motivations aren’t good enough.
Seiji started learning karate for his own sake, not to look cool or beat up bad guys.
The girls can’t understand why it makes a difference,
and Seiji tells them that he won’t teach them if that’s the case. I’m glad that he’s taking things so seriously. He’s a black belt, and I know that takes years to master, at the very least. Seiji’s probably seen a lot, with all his training, so he knows that Megumi and Hime can’t afford to mess around here.
And I think I get it. How many hours, days, and weeks, maybe even years, do people put in to really master a new skill? Anyone can want to learn how to play a cool song on the piano to impress family or friends, but would the pianist want (or be able) to keep going once they learned that one song? You have to really be invested in the skill you want to learn if you’re willing to put in the countless hours it’ll take to master it.
Karate is a dangerous skill to learn. You could really hurt yourself and others if you don’t know what you’re doing, because you were too impatient in wanting to learn flashy attacks instead of starting with learning how to move and how much force to put into a hit to cause damage without breaking your own hand… Good grief, I never thought I’d monologue so much on a subject I hardly know anything about! I apologize if there’s any actual karate experts who read this, and will happily defer to your expertise in any of this. I’m just trying to reason things out in my own mind in a way I can understand.
Poor girls, I can only imagine how sore they must feel after that sort of workout! It’s so hard to see any noticeable positive progress at first when learning a new skill. I guess that’s why there are events like concerts, recitals, and so on, to acknowledge hard work and show how far the participants have come with their learning.
Even Kazumi feels impatient with the slow progress, and she’s already been training for several years, since Elementary School, as she said earlier in the episode.
All I can say in this is that it’s important NOT to compare yourself to others. I can’t tell you how much I’ve hurt myself in the past, doing this very thing. The person you’re comparing yourself to may have years, decades of experience that you don’t, so it’s not a fair comparison. Or they might simply have a better natural ability than you. Some people are just physically talented like that, as unfair as it may be. But even then, hard work, determination, and endurance can make a huge difference, so don’t be afraid to keep going! The only truly accurate way to judge progress in this case is to observe your own progress, from the beginning up to the current day. If you wouldn’t compare a dog to a goldfish (both make great pets, but they also have VERY different needs and abilities) and treat them the same, you should be very careful in comparing yourself to others as well. I’m so sorry… I’ll try to stay on topic now!
Hime wishes that there was an easy shortcut to getting stronger. Don’t we all!
Yuko shows up right then, offering some candy after a hard day’s work.
She saw Megumi and Hime come here while she was making deliveries earlier and wanted to check in on them.
Oh gosh, Hime!
I wasn’t that serious when I made that cat comparison with Hime from before.
All three girls enjoy some candy before Kazumi says that she’s taking a promotion exam tomorrow.
I’ll admit I looked up a bit of information on karate to better understand what I’ve been seeing in this episode. It sounds like a promotion is the point where you graduate from one sash color to another, working up to black. And there are even different levels of black belt, so the progress never truly seems to end.
Kazumi must be so excited and nervous for tomorrow, and no wonder! Yuko wishes her luck in the promotion exam.
Then we jump to Oresky, Namakelder and Hosshiiwa.
It looks like Oresky’s been put in charge of things in Pikarigaoka, and it’s really no surprise after the way he turned things around in the last episode!
He points out that Namakelder
and Hosshiiwa don’t have any drive to improve, to reach their goals,
but this doesn’t bother Oresky because this way they can just work for him and help promote his own greatness. Yeah, I’m starting to think Oresky’s a bit of a narcissist, but a dangerous one, because he has the skill to back up his words!
And he’s not happy with the Hikawa Dojo, since the people who train there, wanting to get stronger and improve, are a threat to his rule over the city.
They’ll need to be dealt with!
Now it’s the next day, and Megumi and Hime are there to wish Kazumi luck with her exam.
Poor Kazumi’s ready to call it quits if she can’t pass this time.
It sounds like she’s been struggling for a while, and I can’t say I blame her for feeling frustrated. It’s easy to feel stuck in one place if you forget to look back and see how far you’ve come from the very beginning. If you can’t manage to keep this in mind, you’re just going to be miserable!
Megumi and Hime cheer her on as she leaves.
While Kazumi’s warming up, still worried about things, Oresky finds her.
He says that she can become the strongest of all, but that will have to come from tearing others down.
And he traps her in a mirror.
Now there’s a Karate Saiark, and isn’t that a terrifying thought! These things are strong and threatening enough without having a natural knowledge of how to fight!
The Saiark wastes no time in attacking the dojo directly.
While Seiji helps everyone else to evacuate the building,
Megumi and Hime transform. Oresky looks disappointed when Lovely and Princess appear to stop him.
He wants to face the real deal, Cure Fortune, instead.
That doesn’t stop him from sending Choiarks out to fight Lovely and Princess, though.
Princess gets overwhelmed early on and just ends up flailing around, as we’ve seen before. It never fails to make me laugh, but she’s strong enough to send them flying anyway.
And after a brief scuffle,
Lovely attacks with “Lovely Beam,” to get some space.
Ouch! I never considered how that would affect her eyes.
While Lovely’s incapacitated, the rest of the Choiarks surround the girls.
Ribbon then gives Princess the Sherbet Ballet PreCard.
And Princess takes down the crowd.
Now it’s time for the Karate Saiark.
Wow, this one doesn’t play! It constantly attacks, and the Cures have to keep moving just to avoid getting hit.
They manage to land a couple attacks in return, but it doesn’t seem to slow the Saiark down very much.
Lovely and Princess jump in again, ready to block the Saiark’s punch.
But the Saiark fakes them out,
moving into a kick instead!
Oh ouch! Lovely managed to take the hit for Princess,
and she’s down. That had to hurt! I’ve got to hand it to Oresky, these different strategies instead of just fighting head on are really making a difference, and poor Lovely and Princess aren’t readily able to adapt to the changes mid-fight.
Oresky’s got a point, Princess. We’re past the point where you can just blindly jump in with any attack.
And now Princess is starting to worry that Fortune was right about them being doomed.
But she can’t give up, not with Lovely so hurt and unable to defend herself!
Princess starts in with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,”
but the Karate Saiark just summons a shield in defense.
And this is the weakness of a Sniper. If people know where the shots are coming from, all they have to do is wait under cover until the ammunition runs out and then rush out in a counterattack. Snipers are at their best when they have allies to back them up, but since Lovely’s out of the fight from taking a heavy hit to protect Princess with her weaker defense, well… You can see how that’s working out now.
Princess can’t do anything like this,
and there’s been no sign of Fortune, either.
The Saiark takes Princess down as well,
and as she’s starting to despair,
we catch a glimpse of someone new appearing on the scene.
Ribbon’s frantic, since both girls are down for the count, and Lovely’s still too hurt to move.
The Karate Saiark’s ready to finish them off,
but notice that Princess, hurt and scared as she is,
still looks ready to act. To protect her friends. In Princess’s current state, you just know that wouldn’t end well. Thank heaven she doesn’t need to do anything after all!
Before anything else can happen, someone starts singing.
And everyone in the area starts to GLOW!
A new Cure is standing on top of the Hikawa Dojo, Cure Honey (even though she hasn’t officially been introduced yet). She’s singing about eating rice with egg stirred in… I have to admit, I’m not a huge fan of plain rice. I tend to prefer mashed potatoes, actually. But have the right vegetable or meat to go with rice, and it does make for a very good meal.
Anyway, Honey’s just singing about how delicious rice is, and the fight has come to a dead halt because everyone else is so confused.
At first, Oresky’s annoyed.
But within seconds he’s agreeing with Honey that rice is wonderful.
That’s what I want to know, Oresky! If this song doesn’t meet the definition of “earworm,” I’d be very surprised.
And now everyone, Choiarks,
General, Saiark,
Cures, and fairy, is all singing with Honey in an impromptu musical number.
It’s like Macadamia Hula Dance all over again! I love it, I can’t stop grinning. Don’t ever change, Honey! Music truly soothes the savage beast!
After finishing her song, Cure Honey reminds Lovely and Princess about their training, about defense. (I’d be inclined to wonder how she knows that about them, but let’s be honest, we all know why. More on that later.)
Just in time, because Oresky and the Karate Saiark have snapped out of their daze and are ready to fight once more.
Thankfully, that inspiring song similarly strengthened, or outright HEALED, Lovely and Princess, because they look ready for Round 2.
Awesome! Lovely and Princess knock away back-to-back attacks before even realizing what’s going on.
Practice a move enough times, and it’s amazing what muscle memory can do, right?
That’s the spirit, girls! Defend, wait for an opening, then counterattack!
Lovely and Princess launch their team attack and manage to hit it off without interruption this time.
The Karate Saiark is done and Kazumi is saved!
Oresky promises to come back another day before he leaves.
Honey tells the girls that attacking is good, but music helps people relax. No kidding! How fast did she de-escalate the situation here and help turn things around?
As she turns to leave,
Princess asks who she is and Honey finally introduces herself.
She leaves as Lovely and Princess wonder about this new Cure.
Clearly she helped them, so she’s an ally, but would Honey want to join up with their team?
Kazumi recovers after the rescue to find Iona making sure she’s unharmed.
Kazumi realizes then that she shouldn’t be trying so hard to imitate Iona in karate.
If she truly wants to get stronger, Kazumi needs to master the basics, regardless of how long it may take.
Iona agrees, saying that they should get stronger together this way.
See, Iona’s awesome, too! She can be very compassionate, even if she is also rather strict and no-nonsense much of the time. I personally just have trouble with her because of the situation with Hime but outside of that, Iona’s a wonderful character.
And Kazumi’s off to take the promotion exam.
Megumi and Hime earned one more PreCard from today’s battle as well.
Seiji is pleased that the girls now understand the importance of defense and asks if they’re ready to continue training.
Megumi is, except that Honey’s song made her feel hungry.
Maybe they can train later, after a snack?
And the episode ends with Megumi, Hime, and Seiji singing Honey’s song. Talk about earworm! I love how cute and raspy Megumi’s voice is, but Hime needs to work on her pitch a bit, that last note made me cringe. This show is so fun! (I watched this episode one more time to see if I missed anything, but I just didn’t notice any flowers today, so I can’t talk about any deeper meanings right now. Don’t worry, I still have an end-note today, it just won’t involve flower symbolism this time.)
First Thoughts on Cure Honey:
Before I get started, I have to confess that I don’t feel as familiar with Yuko’s character. I talked a lot about Hime and Iona, because their stories are pretty much two sides of the same coin. And Megumi was a little bit easier because we’ve seen her a lot in these first few episodes, even if the focus was more frequently on Hime (I’ve read online that this focus shifts to Megumi later on, though). Compared to them, I don’t know a lot about Yuko. I may be missing something or may learn more about her later, and will try to make up for the deficiency then, if I can.
I guess it’s Yuko’s turn now! Knowing that this was the next episode, and the first appearance of Cure Honey, I’ve been thinking in advance about Yuko. If you couldn’t tell from Episode 6, I really like her. Unlike Megumi, who was practically chomping at the bit to become a Cure (not that she expected it to happen), Yuko seems content with a peaceful, happy life. She helps her family with their lunch store and is just glad to be with the people she cares about, family and friends. If they’re happy and at peace, so is Yuko. But she knows that while the Phantom Empire’s around, no true peace can be possible. So it’s really no wonder that Yuko was willing to step up to the challenge of becoming a Cure, if it would help stop this conflict that’s been going on for who knows how long. I have major respect for these types of characters: those who mostly stay at home and keep things running, but when danger threatens, they can really cause some damage in defense of their loved ones. Beware the quiet ones, indeed!
I could see Yuko as the big sister of the group, calming any tempers or tension and being a decent voice of reason when others are upset or confused. I’m afraid we haven’t seen enough of Yuko for me to be able to say much more on this front, so let me talk about her as Cure Honey for a bit instead.
Going back to RPG references, if Lovely and Fortune seem to be Warrior/Paladins, and Princess is a Sniper, I think it’s safe to categorize Honey as a Bard. My initial thought might have been a Healer/White Mage, due to her healing Lovely and Princess in this episode, but I changed my mind based on the simple fact that Honey seems able to cause some direct damage with her Battle Forms. Popcorn Cheer (giant explosions) and Coconut Samba Burning Dance, anyone? Is it possible for a white mage or healer to cast damaging spells like that? I thought that healers were mainly able to focus on support, healing and buffing their party. It’s true that they can also distract the enemy, maybe cast Slow on the monsters and Haste on the party, for example, but Honey also has a major focus on music, at least this early on. (I’ve only seen through Episode 11 so far, and her music plays a huge role in Episodes 9-11!) So I’m going to class her as a Bard. Does that make sense?
I actually find this very fitting for her character. Yuko’s all about peace. Remember in Episode 6 when Hime was so hungry and upset that she couldn’t think straight? Yuko got her something to eat and calmed her down, then quietly talked with her about what had happened. Never once did Yuko raise her voice or accuse, and she was able to completely defuse the situation. You know what else is really good about soothing tension besides food? MUSIC!
I can’t be the only one who’s turned on music in the background while at work or working on a project, gradually zoned out, and later realized that hours just blew by like seconds. It’s a little scary, isn’t it? How a simple song can get you bobbing your head or tapping your foot to the beat. And the coolest part is that music can act as a universal language. No matter where you’re from, I think anyone can appreciate some form of music, and even people from opposite sides of the world might find themselves enjoying the very same song or music style from day to day. Remember that “Music soothes the savage beast.” And what did we just see Honey do in this episode?
What an interesting balance of classes! Two fighters on the front line, a sniper keeping enemies off balance from the back, and a bard to buff the party and debuff the enemy, while also able to attack to defend herself and the party if any enemies get too close. I can’t wait to see them finally fight as a team!
And because I can’t seem to end one of these reviews without mentioning Hime somehow:
If this were an RPG setting, I’d be inclined to describe Princess as a Healer/White Mage who is trying to act as a Sniper. My reasoning is that it was pointed out online that Princess is the only Cure on the team whose Battle Forms (Sherbet Ballet and Macadamia Hula Dance) don’t seem to cause any obvious, direct enemy damage. Instead, they either freeze (or slow), or pacify/confuse the enemy. Following this line of thinking, I started to imagine how the Cures might fit in a fantasy RPG setting.
Couldn’t you imagine Hime as a shy, inexperienced healer visiting a Temple in some out of the way town? She stumbles over a broken tile/uneven floor and falls against a pillar holding some unknown ancient artifact. The artifact gets knocked to the ground and shatters, releasing a long-forgotten Demon Lord. He proceeds to petrify all who live in the town, sparing only Hime. He refuses to owe a debt of gratitude to a lowly human (thus sparing her life), warns her that if they cross paths again she won’t be so lucky, and leaves. Hime goes to find help since, even as a low-level white mage, she can tell that this is no ordinary curse that can be dispelled by just any spell-caster.
The first person she meets is Iona, a strong warrior who has made a name for herself traveling across the land. Hime starts to explain the situation and asks for help, but Iona doesn’t let her get very far. It turns out that Iona was originally from that petrified town and had family there who were similarly cursed. Iona refuses to have anything to do with Hime and leaves, swearing vengeance on the Demon Lord. Hime realizes then that she might not be able to find help if other people will react the same way, so she decides she has no choice but to buy a weapon and try to get strong enough to make a difference herself, and she’s too weak (or poor) to wield a sword… And so the story begins. (Does this explain why Hime, while having fought for so long, is so low-leveled and inexperienced, and unable to beat any monsters?)
Chapter 11: Episode 10: The Singing Pretty Cure! Cure Honey Appears!!
Chapter Text
It looks like Cure Honey’s song left quite the impression at the end of the last episode.
Megumi’s having fun, actually using a PreCard transformation to better enjoy singing the tune.
Even Hime joins in briefly before stopping herself.
Hime’s understandably concerned that they know nothing about this new Cure who showed up out of nowhere, someone who has such power with her music that people are still singing her song a day later. Honey did help them this time, but what about in the future? Is she trustworthy? Would she be willing to help Princess and Lovely in their fights going forward? Who even IS Cure Honey? Considering how aloof and even antagonistic Cure Fortune has been so far, can you blame Hime for trying to be cautious here with the appearance of a new Cure?
Megumi sounds like she’d be happy to have Honey on their team. I’m sure Hime wouldn’t complain about having another Cure helping out, either, but there’s too many unknowns at the moment for her to know what to think.
Ribbon doesn’t know anything helpful, and Blue’s gone on a business trip, so no one can ask him for advice.
While Lovely and Princess have been busy keeping Pikarigaoka safe, Blue hasn’t been idle.
It sounds like he has to frequently travel the world,
checking up on the other Cures and recruiting new Cures when the extra help is needed.
Thinking about it now, I have some questions about Blue. Was the Blue Sky Kingdom Embassy always his base of operations or did he set up shop here because he knew that Hime needed some extra support due to her trauma? Did he know her family before this and that’s why he’s watching over her now as a sort of surrogate guardian? Or is he merely doing his duty to provide care for the warriors he’s chosen to help in the fight, especially those suffering from emotional pain (a serious danger when their powers are emotion and confidence-based)?
Have you noticed that Blue seems to stay neutral when it comes to the girls? He helps Hime when she’s struggling, but he doesn’t automatically favor her over Fortune, even if he doesn’t know who Fortune is. He never called Fortune out for her anger and attacks against Hime, but instead helped to support and build Hime up where he could. He’s the reason that Hime now has Megumi as a friend and partner, after all. Whether Blue’s a nature spirit or the actual god of the Earth (I’m not sure we ever get a clear answer, from what I’ve read about him), he cares for and respects everyone on the planet. He doesn’t try to force his will on others, he’s not a tyrant or a puppet master. Blue allows people to have their own free will, even if it causes pain to others, but that doesn’t mean he leaves those suffering alone, without help, either. That must be really hard for him at times. Sorry, I’ll get back on track now!
Megumi is now even more motivated to get stronger, feeling a rivalry with the other Cures worldwide.
And poor Hime can’t focus because Honey’s song is stuck in her head. I can sympathize. I’m probably aging myself a bit here, but does anyone remember when Owl City’s “Fireflies” or Pharrell Williams’s “Happy” were always on the radio? One station would finish playing the song and go to commercials, you’d skip to another station, and it’s playing again? It wasn’t so bad at first because the songs were that catchy and fun. But enough repetitions can get anyone burned out, right? I’m not sure Hime’s there yet, but she probably wouldn’t mind having a break from Honey’s song, at least for a little while.
Megumi acknowledges that Cure Honey’s music is powerful, and that’s why she’s determined to find Honey and convince her to join their team.
Also, I feel like this is meant to be a reference to Nozomi from Yes! Precure 5 or Yes! Go Go, but I had to give up looking for a picture to show for comparison. In my defense, I’d have to search through nearly 100 episodes to find a picture of Nozomi saying this catchphrase, but I do remember that she said it almost all the time after both series really got going.
Happiness Charge Episode 2
Nevermind, I did find her saying “It’s decided!” in one of this season’s intros, ironically. Here she is!
As awesome as Cure Dream is, though, she’s not the one greeting us today. Please welcome Cure Blossom of Heartcatch Pretty Cure instead.
Oh no! Well, Hime can’t escape Honey’s song at school, that’s for sure!
It turns out that yesterday’s fight, where Honey intervened, was broadcast on TV,
so now EVERYONE’S singing her song. Good news for Honey, she might be successful as a singer or songwriter in the future, if she chose to follow that path.
Yuko walks up to the group, glad to see everyone’s so happy.
She looks a little flustered when Hime complains that Honey’s song is weird. Poor Yuko! Remember, at this point no one knows Honey’s true identity. I wonder if any famous singers get self-conscious, wondering what others think of their music? It probably hurts a little more if it’s someone they know who’s criticizing it. I can’t really be mad at Hime, though, since she truly doesn’t know who Honey is, and you know she’d never intentionally hurt Yuko like that!
Still, their friends don’t mind that the words are a little silly, they just like the song. And all of them start singing again, including Megumi and Yuko.
Hime’s so done that she runs out of the room crying “Oh no! Please stop!” in English! I don’t know what it is about hearing a Japanese voice break into English out of nowhere, but I simultaneously find it cute and hilarious! It’s so unexpected, and she speaks it very well.
Megumi’s amused, but Yuko still looks a little hurt.
Yuko and Megumi follow Hime, and Yuko asks why she hates the song so much.
Hime explains that it’s not that she hates it, but she can’t think of anything else with Honey’s song stuck in her head all the time.
Oh Hime, you’re complaining about a popular song being sung everywhere and you took shelter outside of the CHOIR room? Talk about irony!
Seriously, though, the choir club has a good balance, and they sing Honey’s song very well.
Except their conductor/club president, Hitomi, isn’t very happy.
The choir has a competition coming up, and they don’t have time to be messing around when they need to rehearse their actual music.
Hime’s just glad that she’s not alone in her confusion with this popular song.
Hitomi’s taking the upcoming competition very seriously, so she doesn’t appreciate any distractions, like Cure Honey’s song.
Megumi assures her that the choir will understand her feelings and continue working hard.
I was in choir for a couple of years in High School. While I understand Hitomi’s need to be serious and take charge of things if their choir wants to do well in the competition, I also know how tiring it can be for the singers. You have to practice the same notes over and over, making sure that each section’s parts mesh together correctly. It’s confusing enough just starting out, when you don’t know how the music is supposed to sound. Some singers pick up their parts faster than others, and they can get annoyed having to continuously repeat what they know by heart just so the others in their section can catch up. And what about the conductor? They have a lot of pressure on them, helping guide each section to come in at the proper time and making sure everyone knows their part. It’s a lot of work, and I don’t envy them. It’s not easy, so it was always a treat when our director let us sing a fun song from a popular movie or musical alongside a more complex Classical piece. It didn’t seem so hard then, somehow. Maybe the pressure seemed lower by singing a fun song where everyone knew the melody and could just enjoy it?
Megumi, Yuko, and Hime are walking home after school, thinking about the choir and hoping that things go well with the upcoming competition.
Yuko’s worried that the singers seemed distracted, that it might affect their performance. I wonder if the choir’s feeling a bit burnt out with practicing so hard. I remember things always got stressful, preparing for a concert just days ahead of the event. If Hitomi keeps pressuring them in this state… These girls talk about the choir like it’s a club, not an actual class in school. I’d hate to see someone get so fed up that they just decided to quit! Hopefully things don’t get that bad.
Hime thinks that Hitomi can make things work out. Megumi and Hime are both speaking English here, and I can’t stop grinning.
Please stop being so cute!
Over in the Phantom Empire, even Hosshiiwa is singing Honey’s song, at least the melody.
Hosshiiwa’s changed the words, since she likes sweets better than rice.
If you want to know Hosshiiwa’s lyrics, they are:
Chocolate cake and shortcake
I can’t help myself so I’ll just eat both
I want to eat candy for all my meals today
Cake, cookies, and ohagi (sweet rice balls) are all for me
Macarons, meringue, and fromage (French cheese) are exceptional
So give me an entire shortcake!
I want it all, so give it to me
I’m a refined lady!
Honey, you could probably team up with Urara (Yes! 5 and Yes! Go Go) and make it big in music, if you wanted. Even the bad guys love your song! Hosshiiwa doesn’t quite have the pitch right, I had to cringe a few times, but she’s got lots of enthusiasm and that helps.
Uh oh! Hosshiiwa feels threatened by Honey’s singing ability and wants to have a showdown. A sing-off? I’d be interested to see that, actually.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Hitomi’s having the choir rehearse again. Yeah, I was afraid of this. They’re all feeling the pressure with the upcoming competition. The singers are tired and burnt out, but Hitomi keeps pushing them to work harder. It’s not looking good.
Hitomi’s being so strict that they can’t even enjoy the music. It’s not an easy balance to keep, working to get the music just right while still being able to enjoy it, to sing freely. Believe it or not, that matters! It doesn’t matter how well you know your part, or how accurately you can hit the notes, if the music sounds so tense and forced, the audience can pick up on it. (Pay close attention to Hosshiiwa later on, not her pitch, but how she forces out her notes, and you’ll see what I mean.) It just doesn’t sound right.
A couple of the singers try to explain that they need a break, this isn’t fun anymore.
And Hitomi gets upset, complaining that they’re incompetent before running off in tears. Poor Hitomi! She really wants things to go well, so she’s pushing herself and everyone else to do their best. But burnout is a real problem and you can’t just force through it. Sometimes the only answer is to take a break.
Yuko made some Honey Candies to share with the choir. Good thinking! I’ve also heard that honey soothes the throat, so what better way is there to wish the singers luck than with honey candy?
As the girls are going to deliver the candy to the choir, they run into Hitomi in the hall.
Hitomi feels like a failure as a club president, since no one’s having fun anymore.
Yuko thinks that Hitomi and the rest just don’t understand each other and need to talk things out.
Hime gets confused, I think, because she starts talking about Japanese writing, specifically how the Japanese word for music, “ongaku,” is made up of symbols (kanji?) meaning “sound” and “fun.”
Wasn’t the choir just reminding Hitomi of this? And that observation doesn’t help Hitomi’s doubts right now.
Megumi steps in then, telling Hitomi not to give up, certain that everyone can patch things up quickly.
Hitomi’s too upset to listen anymore, though, and she runs off again.
Hosshiiwa finds Hitomi outside and attacks, sealing her inside a mirror.
I just realized that my initial assumption about these victims wasn’t quite right. I thought the Phantom Empire was targeting happy people, but it seems like at least half the time these victims are upset. It kind of makes things worse, if you think about it. How can anyone possibly predict whether someone is at risk of becoming a target of the Phantom Empire if those Generals can target anyone at any time? By comparison, in another season like Heartcatch, only people who were upset, hurting somehow, could be targeted to create a monster. At least in this sort of situation, the characters could have an idea that someone who just got yelled at in P.E. might be at risk, and maybe they’d want to keep a close watch on their surroundings for danger, should the worst happen. In Happiness Charge, it seems like there’s no way to know where a Saiark might appear, let alone when or why. It’s a bit frightening, isn’t it?
And now there’s a Musical Saiark on the attack!
Megumi and Hime are worried that they blew it and made Hitomi more upset.
Yuko comforts them, sure that their feelings and sincerity must have reached her.
Just then, the ground starts shaking. The Musical Saiark has just appeared, along with Hosshiiwa and several Choiarks.
Megumi warns Yuko to run to safety, which she does, very reluctantly.
And Megumi and Hime transform.
Hosshiiwa wastes no time, immediately launching into her song,
with the Saiark amplifying her voice throughout the area.
Lovely and Princess arrive to stop her.
While not pleased with the interruption, Hosshiiwa insists that they bring out Cure Honey, the only Cure she wants to face today.
Obviously that’s impossible, because no one knows who Honey is, let alone where she could be.
The Cures then learn that Hitomi is the source of this Saiark.
Hosshiiwa starts taunting them, wondering why anyone should worry so much over some silly song when songs are meant to make yourself feel good.
When Lovely and Princess try to explain Hitomi’s situation,
Hosshiiwa just starts singing again.
With the Saiark’s amplification, the poor girls are deafened. I can only imagine how much that must hurt, it looks loud and painful!
They can’t even counterattack because they’re too busy trying to save their hearing. As strange as this situation is, I’ve got to admit, that’s one effective attack. Targeting sight or hearing is probably among the easiest ways to disorient an opponent in battle, as you can plainly see here.
Just in time, Honey’s appeared on the scene. I can’t wait to see where this goes!
Honey’s singing her actual song,
and she immediately charms the Choiarks and Saiark,
much to Hosshiiwa’s irritation.
Honey’s ready to face her down.
Let the sing-off begin!
First of all, I can’t help but chuckle at how serious Lovely, Princess, and Ribbon look, just watching,
when all you see is two girls singing at each other, taking turns with their lines.
Maybe I’m biased, but I think Honey wins, hands down. Something about her voice is very warm, rich and free,
while Hosshiiwa can’t stay on pitch and sometimes sounds rather harsh and aggressive, like she’s straining her voice too hard. Hosshiiwa’s enthusiasm helps keep things moving well, though. I guess the harshness is fitting, considering she’s using her song as a way to attack.
(Hosshiiwa, are you okay? What’s with this new line to your song? How did I even miss this at first? Why do half the characters in this show sound like they could use therapy?)
Still, when Honey’s song breaks through and she gets Hosshiiwa joining her chorus, Hosshiiwa actually sounds much better, when she’s able to relax.
Not that Hosshiiwa appreciates it, when she realizes that Honey won. The look on her face!
Honey tells Hosshiiwa that music is powerful because it comes from the heart, expressing emotion. It’s not just meant for selfish pleasure.
Hosshiiwa gets ticked off and immediately orders the Saiark to attack.
And Honey proceeds to show why she shouldn’t be taken lightly.
In the space of about thirty seconds she teleports,
uses a ribbon to throw the Saiark across the area,
and heals Lovely and Princess from the damage they took at the start of this fight.
Then Honey steps back to let Lovely and Princess finish things off.
These two don’t mess around. They immediately launch into “Precure Twin Miracle Power Shoot,” and the Saiark’s gone!
Hitomi is saved and Hosshiiwa leaves in a huff.
Lovely asks who Honey is,
but all Honey says is that she’ll see them again soon before she leaves.
Megumi and Hime then go to check up on Hitomi, with the choir joining them. Looks like everyone was really worried, even with feeling stressed over their competition.
Hitomi decides then that they should be able to sing a song that can make them smile
and starts singing Honey’s song. Everyone joins her, and they sound very good.
Megumi and Hime earned one more PreCard from today’s battle, as well. I wonder how many they have by now. Every victory is one step closer to a wish!
Yuko returns, glad to see that Megumi and Hime look unharmed from the attack.
Hime tells her about the choir’s new song.
She thinks that Honey’s song sounds pretty good when they sing it.
Yuko looks so happy, because Hime finally likes the song she wrote!
And yes, that’s exactly what she says…
Megumi and Hime are shocked, they can’t believe it.
But Yuko just smiles and confirms it.
Yuko is Cure Honey! That’s how this episode ends.
(I didn’t notice any flowers in today’s episode, either. To be fair, there was a lot going on. I’ll keep watching because this is an interesting challenge for me.)
Chapter 12: Episode 11: The Mysterious Message! Cure Honey's Secret!!
Notes:
I apologize, but for some reason the pictures aren't loading in consistently right now (3/26/2025). I think this may be the fault of the website where my images are posted. I noticed this problem earlier today, but have yet to figure out what's wrong. If refreshing the page doesn't work, you may need to revisit this story another day. I'm very sorry for the trouble.
Chapter Text
We pick up where we left off last episode. Yuko has finally revealed that she is Cure Honey.
Poor Megumi and Hime are in shock!
And here’s a brief hello from Cure March of Smile Precure, before we continue.
Okay, so Yuko’s known about Ribbon for a while. I wonder how long she’s known that Ribbon wasn’t really a toy, let alone how long she’s known that Megumi and Hime were also Cures.
Megumi’s so excited that she can’t contain herself, spinning around with Yuko fast enough to get her dizzy.
And Hime’s so confused! She’s probably got so many questions, but all she can ask is why honey. I don’t blame her for feeling confused, “Honey” is a fine Cure name, but when compared to Lovely, Princess, and Fortune, well… One of these things is not like the others.
Yuko replies that of all the good foods out there, honey is her favorite. I think honey is delicious, too. I almost always go for honey if I’m craving a peanut butter sandwich. Jam is great, too, but something about honey keeps bringing me back every time.
While Megumi and Ribbon nod along with Yuko, like this is a perfectly logical explanation, Hime’s not done freaking out yet. I just realized, was Hime’s question meant to be a pun? Like Hime tried to ask “Why, Honey, why did you hide that you’re a Cure?!” and Yuko thought she meant “Why honey?” like why did she choose that for her title? If so, that’s hilarious, but even if not, I still got a good laugh either way. I’ll count that as a win!
What Hime actually wanted to know is how long has Yuko been Cure Honey, and why she didn’t tell them before. Hime’s not taking the fact that Yuko had this as a secret very well.
Just a head’s up, I’ve actually already written my thoughts on Yuko and Hime for this episode after watching it once through: why Yuko might’ve kept her secret for so long and why Hime would be so upset about it. Rather than bring all of that up here, you can read my thoughts at the end of this review so that I don’t ramble on much more than I usually do.
Yuko, are you okay?
She just collapsed because she got hungry. I’ll admit it’s convenient timing (what better way to delay answering awkward questions?), but if she suffers from something like low blood sugar, I can sympathize. It’s like all the strength drains out of you and your bones become rubber bands. It’s actually impossible to really move around until you eat something, and it’s not fun! Then again, Yuko could just be hungry. She probably has to eat a lot, what with all the walking and jogging she does, and delivering food for her family’s lunch store every day.
I’ve only mentioned the title screen once before, but I like the cute chibi Cures we always see, and now a tiny Honey has joined them!
Incidentally, has anyone else noticed the spots on Ribbon’s back (backpack? Or is it more like a ladybug shell?) are the colors of the Happiness Charge girls? You have pink, blue, yellow, and purple, all surrounding a white heart. It’s a neat little detail, I like it! I wonder if the other fairy helpers around the world share this pattern, or if each fairy matches their own team’s colors.
Lucky Hime, she finally got her pancakes (see Episode 6). Megumi, Seiji, Hime, and Yuko are enjoying some pancakes together at the Embassy.
Meringue, Yuko? Would that impact the pancake texture so much? There’s a bread recipe I like to use that involves the “Water Roux” method, and it kind of locks in the moisture so the bread is nice and soft instead of crusty like an Artisan bread. Is using meringue in pancakes something like this?
Moving on (I’m sorry!), I like how Yuko can “talk shop” with Ribbon about cooking. This is probably Ribbon’s best day ever!
Yuko just added some honey to her pancakes, and now I’m intrigued. I’ve tried jam with pancakes before, and it’s good, but to me you can’t beat maple syrup. I will admit that I’ve never tried honey on pancakes before. It sounds amazing! Filing that away for later…
Hime’s enjoying her pancakes, but she’s not letting Yuko off the hook.
Hime wants answers,
but Yuko cuts her off, saying that pancakes need to be eaten while they’re fresh. If my family has leftover pancakes, I love having them for breakfast as a rare treat, but even I can agree that it’s hard to beat fresh pancakes, hot off the griddle (or pan).
Megumi and Seiji don’t mind waiting for an explanation, knowing how important having delicious food is for Yuko. Poor Hime looks like she’s at her wits’ end, though. I can’t blame her, either. Yuko just dropped the fact that she’s Cure Honey out of nowhere, and no one else’s minds are blown by this? If I didn’t already know from watching this episode before, I’d be feeling rather antsy, too.
Perfect timing! Blue just made it back from his trip.
Yuko acts like she knows him very well.
Awww! He brought back some curry powder for her. Maybe even straight from India, since we saw him checking in with the Wonderful Net Cures (India) and Bomber Girls (America) last episode. That’s so sweet! Remember how I said that Blue seems to act fairly neutral towards the Cures (see Episode 10)? Even so, and busy as he is, he remembers little requests like this. Now I’m wondering if he acknowledges birthdays, maybe dropping off a small cake or gift or something to wish one of the Cures a happy birthday. That’d be so awesome!
Yuko wants to use the curry powder to make some curry bread.
This is at least the second time I’ve heard of curry bread, the first was when I tried a couple episodes of Splash Star. What exactly is curry bread like? Does anyone know?
Image found here: https://www.justonecookbook.com/curry-bread/
When I read about curry bread online, it sounded a bit like (no offense) a curry-filled Hot Pocket with a breadcrumb crust. Short of making my own from scratch… I don’t know of any restaurants near where I live that would offer this so I could try it. Darn it, are all episodes featuring Yuko going to be like this?!
Getting back on track, Hime is DONE! Yuko knows Blue? Blue knows Yuko is Cure Honey? Why didn’t anyone say anything?!
Blue does know Yuko is a Cure, because he chose her to become one.
It turns out that while he travels the world, he also scatters Love Crystals across the land.
When a girl full of love finds one of the Crystals, it glows and allows her to transform into a Cure, just like we saw with Megumi in Episode 1. He seems to just release the Love Crystal into the air, and it is able to find someone who is qualified to become a Cure. Which makes the fact that Princess just threw her Crystal off the side of a building, with it hitting Megumi on the head, all the more hilarious! I can understand why she did that (see Episode 1), but it doesn’t make things any less funny.
Anyway, this is how Yuko became Cure Honey,
and it happened just before Megumi herself became a Cure. We have no definite timeline, but Megumi has been a Cure for 100 days as of Episode 7. That’s a little over three months, and there’s no way to know how much time has passed now, as of Episode 11. Three plus months is a long time to be a Cure and to go unnoticed by everyone else. And Honey’s been fighting Saiarks this whole time, all by herself? This is no surprise if you’ve seen this episode’s fight (or Episode 10), but none of the Generals seem to recognize her, either. Has she been fighting in other areas, so no one in Pikarigaoka recognizes her? I wonder if we’ll ever see any flashbacks of Honey as a solo fighter after this.
Hime’s shocked that Yuko’s been a Cure all this time,
and she still can’t understand why this was kept secret, especially for so long.
Yuko says that she planned to wait until Megumi and Hime really needed help before stepping in. What’s more cool and mysterious than a brand new hero coming out of nowhere to save the day?
Yes! Precure 5 Go Go
If I remember right, Milk/Kurumi/Milky Rose had a similar motivation with her first appearance in Yes! Go Go. I personally think there could’ve been more to it, but I’ll cover that at the end of this review.
Yuko admits that there were other reasons that she hid being a Cure, but she still won’t explain anything.
She has work to do, after all.
It looks like she’s teasing Hime, and Hime’s certainly getting riled up with every non-answer to her questions. I’m not sure that Yuko’s actually teasing, though, since we’ve only ever seen her calming those who were unhappy before. Why would she start now, when Hime looks genuinely upset? Maybe Yuko’s just not sure how to talk about this Cure secret, so she’s putting it off as long as she can?
Before Hime can really lose it, Yuko reminds everyone that tomorrow is Sunday. She says that she’ll reveal everything if they meet up at Pikarigaoka Station at 6AM.
Random confession, ever since Episode 3, with Megumi’s various freakouts in attempting to hide that she’s a Cure, I’ve known that “himitsu” means “secret,” and I can’t help but laugh every time I notice someone in the show saying that word now. Is that bad?
Over in the Phantom Empire, the Deep Mirror is warning Queen Mirage about the new Cure, Honey. Even THEY don’t know her, so how has Honey been beating Saiarks without getting noticed? Now I really wish I could see a flashback to show Honey’s adventures as a solo fighter!
Given the fact that Mirage wants to spread misery and despair across the world, Honey’s healing song would be something to watch out for.
Mirage reveals that Cure Honey’s song couldn’t heal her because her wounds are too deep. What happened that caused Mirage such pain that she feels this way, and wants everyone else to suffer for it as well? (I can’t talk about it now, it’s too early and I’m unsure of all the details, but I know that we’ll learn about this history later, so I’ll have to cover it then.)
Moving on, Mirage thinks Honey is childish because really, who cares so much about food?
Namakelder agrees. What does it matter once the food is eaten?
But if delicious food makes people so happy, maybe he should just get rid of it altogether…
Back in Pikarigaoka, Megumi just used a PreCard to transform into a Mountain Girl.
Are they going hiking or something? I thought they were going to the station.
Oh! Yuko called them earlier and told them to come to Mt Pikari on the bus. This is quite the runaround for just wanting to learn more about Cure Honey, but I guess Yuko has her reasons.
As they’re walking, Seiji admits that he suspected Yuko was Cure Honey.
With Honey’s song about delicious rice, and the emphasis on good food, how could this not sound very similar to Oomori Yuko?
That’s a good point! I wonder if other people in the city have made this connection, too.
While Seiji suspected, he couldn’t be sure until Yuko herself admitted it.
He just can’t understand why she kept this a secret for so long.
And Hime wonders if Yuko was actually watching their fights, laughing at them whenever they struggled.
Okay, I said I would discuss my thoughts on Hime and Yuko at the end of the review, but I don’t want anyone to be too hard on Hime for her doubts here. Whatever else Hime may have going on, I think it’s safe to say that she doesn’t handle change or new situations very well. Consider how every time Megumi and Hime meet someone new, Hime always hides behind Megumi until Megumi can verify that the stranger is safe to be around. I think the situation with Fortune, among other things, has really messed with Hime and this, combined with her natural anxiety in social settings, is causing her to be extremely cautious. Hime can’t understand why Yuko would hide that she’s a Cure, especially when she could’ve helped them anytime within the last three or so months. Hime’s brain is likely doing all sorts of mental gymnastics trying to figure out why, and we’ve seen that when Hime gets stressed out, she tends to panic and imagine the worst possible outcome in any situation. Given all of this, is it that hard to believe that she might conclude that Yuko may not have had their best interests at heart in this case? Hime’s hurt, confused, maybe a little angry, and she has no idea what to think right now.
Megumi and Seiji know better. They’ve known Yuko for years and are probably accepting this as “Yuko being Yuko.” Hime thought she knew Yuko fairly well, and then this Cure Honey bombshell blew everything sky high.
I’ll admit Hime’s fear sounds ridiculous, but I still feel bad for her. She looks so down and hurt!
Hime’s so distracted that she doesn’t even realize that they’ve finally arrived until Megumi and Seiji snap her out of it.
The whole area is covered in rice paddies (Do I have that name right? Rice paddy?). The farm even has terraces, different levels on the mountain that each have their own paddies (flooded fields that grow rice).
I didn’t know that terraced rice paddies were a thing, but I guess it makes sense. Japan has the right climate and water levels to grow rice, but what about farmers who live in the mountains? How else would you make that work? I’m no rice expert, though, we just grow tomatoes, corn, and so on where I live. Still, it’s interesting to see something so different from what I know.
Megumi calls out to one of the workers in the paddies, asking if the Oomori family lives nearby.
The worker turns around and it’s Yuko herself.
It turns out that Yuko’s grandparents own this rice farm,
and the rice they grow is used in the Oomori Store. That’s really cool to see the different generations of their family all working together in this way!
Yuko helps on their farm around this time every year. Yuko, can you get any more awesome than you already are?!
Hime still wants answers, but Megumi has already volunteered them to help with the planting. Hime will have to wait a little longer, like it or not…
And with Yuko’s grandparents coming over to greet them, Hime can’t exactly back out now, though I wonder if she could even do that anyway. She hates to disappoint Megumi, after all. Maybe it’s the puppy dog eyes, you just can’t say no.
I’m going to take a quick minute to interrupt here because after coming back to this review, I’ve since learned that I missed a few things. I already knew that rice seedlings were very delicate, to the point that they can only be planted by hand, but that was more of a surprise for me because I didn’t know that there were machines that could plant seeds or seedlings in the first place. (I mean, logically speaking, mechanized planting makes perfect sense in trying to keep up with a huge farm, but this is way outside of my realm of experience!) I was actually intrigued because this gives us another indication of the passage of time. Rice is apparently planted early in the Spring, as soon as the soil temperature reaches about 50 degrees Fahrenheit. And it seems that one of the reasons that rice is grown in flooded fields (paddies) is because it helps with weed control, since the rice plants can handle the excess water much better than most other opportunistic plants, which would drown. (You can read about it here: https://www.bhg.com/how-to-grow-rice-7096328)
Though in regards to the timeline, this confuses me more because I already knew that Happiness Charge started in the early Spring since the cherry trees were flowering. Then Episode 7 happened, where Hime was celebrating 100 days of being friends with Megumi. Wouldn’t that technically put us well into Summer by now? Or has a whole year actually passed in this time? Maybe I’m overthinking things (wouldn’t be the first time, huh?).
As for the rice itself, I was surprised to find that it has some symbolic meaning of its own. (You can read about it here: https://www.parliamentrice.com/blogs/rice-and-cultural-symbolism) Rice is considered “the staff of life.” (No wonder, when you consider that rice is a staple grain in some countries, like Japan, where something like wheat is in others.) And you’ll see later on that Cure Honey’s theme is Life. What is she always singing about (at least in Episodes 9-11)? Rice can apparently symbolize fertility, prosperity, and sustenance. Is this why people like to throw rice at weddings? I was similarly surprised to discover just how many rituals and traditions involve rice, but I won’t cover much more here, since I still need to finish this episode’s review. Let’s move on for now.
So now everyone’s planting rice seedlings, but Hime’s clearly not used to this kind of work.
Her back is aching and she keeps getting stuck in the mud.
At least Yuko offered her some long boots and a sun hat, likely knowing that Hime would suffer more without the extra protection.
A frog startles Hime right then, and the poor girl falls down in surprise.
Now Hime’s covered in mud and soaked, as if she wasn’t miserable enough already,
but Yuko’s already hurrying over to check on things.
Yuko tries to help Hime up, and Hime’s torn.
She looks like she wants the help, but can she even trust Yuko anymore?
She doesn’t know what to think, and poor Hime’s scared to even take Yuko’s hand.
Yuko still reaches out, saving Hime from falling over again.
While cleaning up afterwards, Hime realizes that she scraped up her arm when she fell.
Yuko runs off to get some bandages.
And Hime must be so confused.
Yuko has been very kind and patient today, and really anytime they’ve ever been together.
But why would Yuko hide such a critical secret, withholding her help when Megumi and Hime were struggling in past battles against the Saiarks?
Hime’s confused and upset, nothing makes sense, and she’s probably worn herself out just trying to figure out how she feels about this.
Yuko’s grandparents are just commenting that they need to pick up the pace so they aren’t left behind by Yuko and her friends with the planting when Namakelder shows up.
And he traps the grandparents in a mirror, summoning a Scarecrow Saiark to attack!
Now the Saiark and a bunch of Choiarks are spreading mold and splashing around in the rice paddies, putting the whole crop at risk.
Hime’s upset that their hard work is being undone,
but Namakelder doesn’t care.
Megumi and Hime won’t allow this, and they transform.
Oh man, I was not expecting the music to die out like that. That was amazing! Basically, Lovely and Princess are bogged down by the mud in the rice paddy and can hardly move forward to attack the Choiarks.
Somehow, the Choiarks are moving just fine,
even disappearing down into the muddy water to avoid any attacks.
And if that’s not bad enough, now the Scarecrow Saiark’s getting in on the act!
It grabs the whole crowd, including the Cures, putting them into its bag.
Then it proceeds to PLANT everyone in the bag into the rice paddy! I… I don’t even know what to say.
The worst part is that Lovely and Princess got planted deeply enough that they’re stuck where they are, wide open for attack!
Thankfully, Yuko shows up right then.
She offers Namakelder a Honey Candy, wondering why there needs to be a fight at all.
Image found here: https://www.campaignlive.com/article/case-study-fame-made-snickers-youre-not-when-youre-hungry-campaign-success/1410807
And now I’m remembering all those Snickers candy bar commercials… “You’re not you when you’re hungry!” or whatever the catchphrase is that they use, it’s been a while.
Part of me is watching this in disbelief, wondering how Yuko expects this to work. De-escalating tensions or a full-on fight just with some food, without fighting back, I mean. And yet, it actually has succeeded before, with Hime in Episode 6 and with a simple song in Episode 9. I guess we should just wait and see for now.
Namakelder isn’t interested.
If good food makes people happy, then he wants to destroy that food at the source. Hence his attack on the Oomori Rice Fields.
He cares so little that he throws away Yuko’s Honey Candy with a wind attack.
Yuko actually dives to save the candy from hitting the ground. And I think we finally found something that makes her mad.
Yuko may not like fighting, she only wants peace and everyone to be able to enjoy good food together.
But if you waste food and purposefully hurt other people, especially her friends, that’s it!
Yuko transforms. It is ON!
Honey starts singing her song right off the bat, while Namakelder rallies a huge mob of Choiarks to take her down. Maybe it’s just seeing them all in a row facing her, but it almost looks like this crowd is bigger than the ones we’ve seen before. It’s hard to tell for sure, though.
Either way, it doesn’t matter how many Choiarks there are, they all get charmed almost instantly by the music. Not one of the crowd is able to get anywhere near her, let alone actually attack.
Except the Saiark didn’t fall for it! It lands right next to Honey and grabs her, stopping her song.
Namakelder’s actually immune to Honey’s music because he’s too lazy to listen? Are you serious?! I guess the Phantom Empire needed to have some sort of defense against such an overpowered song, but I never would’ve expected this.
It looks like Honey can’t escape, either. Thinking about it now, I wonder if she shares Princess’s weakness, where they both specialize in long-distance or Area of Effect attacks, and can really get in trouble if an enemy gets too close.
Even so, Honey won’t give up because the happiness of other people, and the ability to enjoy delicious food, is so important to her.
Namakelder has a point, though, what does that matter when Honey’s alone and trapped like this? She can’t do anything to help anyone right now.
Good thing she’s not actually alone in this fight.
Lovely and Princess have had enough, and they manage to break free of the rice paddy,
saving Honey within seconds.
While Lovely makes sure Honey’s not hurt, reminding her that she’s not alone,
Princess has finally decided that while she can’t understand the reason for Honey’s secret, they’re still friends so she’ll try not to take this frustration to heart.
Princess is done waiting for answers, though, so she expects an explanation after this fight and their work is finished.
And now we finally have a team of three! Let’s see what they can do.
The girls come up with a brand new team pose on the spot,
(With a freeze-frame bonus I was finally lucky enough to catch. When the final light flashes during their pose, this is what you see.)
while several more Choiarks appear, ready to fight.
Ribbon passes a new PreCard to Honey, and she transforms into Popcorn Cheer Form.
Interesting! If Honey herself didn’t already look like it, this Form definitely reminds me of a cheerleader.
And don’t think I didn’t notice all the red, white, and blue, complete with stars! Clearly these dance attacks seem to represent different countries, like Spain for Cherry Flamenco, so Popcorn Cheer must be America.
Honey attacks via a giant exploding heart, sending many Choiarks flying. As I said before, this is why I would class Honey as a Bard versus a White Mage/Healer (see Episode 9). I don’t think White Mages can cause direct damage like this.
While Honey’s taking down the Choiarks, Lovely and Princess are focusing on the Saiark.
Lovely starts with “Lovely Punching Punch,”
and Princess backs her up with “Princess Ball.”
Both attacks send the Saiark flying,
just in time for Honey to purify it. Honey’s purifying attack is a little different, in more ways than one. I’ll show the pictures first and then I’ll share my thoughts.
Honey says “May the light of life become holy might!”
And her attack is called “Precure Sparkling Baton Attack.”
Don’t ever underestimate Honey! I kid you not, she calls down a giant clover from OUTER SPACE to take out the Saiark!
People online have compared it to an orbital colony drop, and I can’t really argue, on seeing it for myself. And I swear, no matter how bad this looks, no one died! Only one Saiark was very much purified!
Now for my thoughts on Honey, her symbol, and theme. Lovely has hearts as her symbol, with love as her theme. Princess has courage and a bulls-eye symbol (Sniper-themed for her fighting style?). So what about Honey? I don’t know if this was intended, but when I think of “life” and “clover,” I think of honeybees. Bees pollinate flowers and make honey, right? Isn’t the most popular or commercially available honey in stores CLOVER honey? With this season’s Cures all sharing a black vest as part of their uniforms, Honey does have a bit of a “bee look” to her, what with her being a Yellow Cure.
What’s more, I’ve read a few scientific articles in the past about the fate of the honeybee, and they sounded pretty frightening. The bees have struggled against some kind of mite or even a parasite that is causing a noticeable decline in the bee population. I really hope that this isn’t still the case, but I haven’t checked in quite a while. (Let's be honest, though. Since honey's still sold in stores without limit, maybe this initial crisis was overdramatized somewhat. It wouldn't be the first time something like this has happened...) Considering that bees are frequently used to pollinate commercial crops and fruit orchards (it’s rare that fruit is produced without the plant being pollinated somehow, though self-pollination is a thing), I think it can be argued that the honeybee increases food production and thus could be a symbol of life itself. So while Honey’s symbol is a clover, her theme is life, and honeybees tie it all together. Does that make sense? Again, this is just my interpretation, but I think it fits even if it may be a bit of a stretch.
Getting back on track, though, the Scarecrow Saiark is gone!
Yuko’s grandparents are saved,
and Namakelder leaves, annoyed that he can’t take it easy now that there’s another Cure fighting in the war. He needs to watch out, too, this is now the second time he’s threatened the Oomori family (see Episode 6). Namakelder better hope that Yuko doesn’t hold a grudge, especially after seeing that purifying attack! Dear heavens, and I thought Lovely was scary!
At the end of the day, Yuko’s grandparents offer a plate of salted rice balls for Yuko and her friends as thanks for their help. As I said back in Episode 9, I’m not really a fan of plain rice. Yet I know that vegetables fresh from the garden are hard to beat. They just taste better than what you typically buy in a store. Is rice like this, too? I’ve never been able to have freshly-harvested rice, and maybe that would be enough to change my mind.
Megumi and everyone else really seem to enjoy the freshly-cooked rice.
Finally, Yuko’s ready to talk.
She became a Cure because she wants to protect rice/good food,
the ones who make it,
and the ones who enjoy eating it. Maybe this was why Yuko asked her friends to help her with the rice fields today? So they could better understand her feelings about the importance of growing the food, and then enjoy the finished product as well? Yuko did this with Hime back in Episode 6 so that Hime could come to understand and appreciate Ribbon’s hard work in cooking for her, even if it didn’t involve Hime’s favorite food.
Going on, though, Yuko admits that she did want to fight Saiarks alone when she first started. Maybe she was inspired by strong solo Cures like Fortune and wished she could follow in their footsteps.
But when she found out that two of her best friends were Cures as well…
Awww! She was so happy, but she also felt shy and embarrassed. That must’ve been hard, wanting to admit her secret and help her friends, but not knowing just what to do, let alone how to bring it up.
At least Hime can finally understand.
She wants to help Yuko protect delicious rice and food. Food may not be Hime’s motivation behind becoming a Cure, but it’s important to Yuko, just as filling the world with happiness is important to Megumi (see Episode 2). And if it’s important to Yuko, or Megumi, it’s important to Hime as well. That’s one of the great things about friends.
Seiji brings up an interesting point as well. Thoughts and feelings can be difficult to express at times. I’m lucky in that I’ve found that I can usually get my points across through writing, but even then it’s hard to convert these basic thoughts and emotions into words. If you’ve wondered why I tend to get a little rambly with all the different tangents I take, this is likely the reason.
Ribbon summons the newest PreCard they earned from today’s battle.
Yuko then declares that they need to travel to work in the next city’s rice paddies, for the sake of good food!
Hime starts to freak out before Yuko admits that she was joking. (See, this is Yuko when she teases or jokes around with someone! Not whatever happened near the beginning of this episode, where Hime was getting riled up and genuinely upset by not getting answers.) And that’s how the episode ends.
Of Secrets and a Difficulty In Trusting Others:
I could see people watching this episode either feeling annoyed with Yuko for hiding the fact that she’s a Cure, or irritated at Hime because she’s so upset that this was hidden from her, like Hime was entitled to know what might be a personal secret, if Yuko hid this for so long. Honestly, I found myself in both camps, nearly at the same time, so maybe I should stand up for both of their sides. Then you can decide how you see things for yourself. As always, these are my own thoughts and interpretations of what I saw this episode. Someone else might see things totally differently.
Let’s start with Yuko. According to Blue, Yuko’s been a Cure since before Megumi. All I know with certainty of this season’s timeline is that Megumi’s been Cure Lovely for 100 days (a little over three months) as of Episode 7. Beyond that, it’s hard to say how much time has passed now, by Episode 11. This is a very long time for a hero to go under the radar, and there’s no telling how long Yuko’s known that Megumi and Hime are the Cures saving their city all the time. Given how easily Seiji figured them out, Yuko might’ve caught on fairly quickly, too. Let’s be honest, none of these girls act that differently in or out of Cure form. Remember how Seiji mentioned he suspected Honey’s true identity, what with her singing about rice and the heavy emphasis on peace and good food?
So Yuko’s just become a Cure, and maybe mere days or a couple of weeks later, she realizes that Megumi and the new girl, Hime, must be the Cures now defending the city. What should Yuko do, knowing what she knows? She could come right out and admit that she’s a Cure, too, and ask to join their team. Obviously she didn’t do this, but why? Besides giving Megumi and Hime a heart attack by admitting she knows their secret, that she actually shares that secret, Yuko might’ve worried that she could mess up their fighting dynamic. Adding a new player when you’re still getting used to just a two-person team could cause confusion on the battlefield, with too many new variables to be helpful, at least early on. And to be fair, Lovely and Princess didn’t seem to need the extra help, so Yuko decided to hang back, to wait and see if they needed assistance.
And then you have strong solo Cures like Fortune. Did Yuko maybe want to follow this path as well? Honey’s certainly strong enough for it! Did you see that purifying attack? She’d just have to worry about ambushes, since she was unable to save herself when the Saiark caught her this episode. What confuses me is how Blue and Yuko talked like Yuko’s fought several Saiarks already, yet the Deep Mirror was describing this new Cure to Queen Mirage like they’ve never seen or heard of her before. Either Honey has been sabotaging Saiark attacks from a distance (very possible), or maybe she was helping in other locations, and that’s why none of the Generals specifically attacking Pikarigaoka knew of her before Episodes 9 and 10. Yuko/Honey doesn’t have a fairy helper, either, so maybe it’s been more a matter of her not even realizing that their city was under attack before Lovely and Princess, or Fortune, were already dealing with the situation. Remember, Yuko does have steady work just helping out with the Oomori Lunch Store every day.
Yuko’s indecision probably ended up landing her with the classic procrastination problem. “Megumi and Hime are exhausted after this fight. I don’t want to stress them out by asking about things I shouldn’t know. Maybe tomorrow.” Or “Next time they get in trouble, I’ll jump in and help them out.” And eventually, enough time passed that she couldn’t see a way to bring the topic up without getting embarrassed and awkward just thinking how her friends would react to this secret of hers. Really, how would you even bring something like that up? And it only got harder with every passing day to know just what to do.
Now let’s talk about Hime. Right away, it’s easy to think of her being hypocritical to Yuko. Considering Hime’s secret with the Axia Box, she really has no right to complain about Yuko hiding the fact that she’s Cure Honey. This is true, but I think that it’s BECAUSE of the situation with the Axia Box that Hime’s so upset, in this case. I’ve covered this several times already, but just as a quick refresher, Hime was tricked into opening the Axia Box by a sad, maybe even scared, voice calling for help. Feeling pressured to save someone in trouble (fearing there was no time to ask for advice), she made the only call she could when it seemed like every second counted. And what happened? Her kingdom was conquered instantly and she had to run for her life, becoming a refugee in a foreign country, the only survivor of a surprise attack, and it was all her own fault. Now add to this Fortune’s anger and hatred, constantly attacking Hime whenever they cross paths.
If Hime wasn’t overly cautious before, just being anxious in social settings, do you think she’s not almost constantly on guard now? She’s been badly burned twice already, both times stemming from the very same mistake. Anytime the girls are out in public, Hime’s practically glued to Megumi’s side, and the second someone new appears Hime hides herself, trusting Megumi to protect her. (In battle, though, Princess does her very best to protect Lovely, so this care is clearly not one-sided.) Hime doesn’t want to get hurt again. Yuko is one of the first friends Hime ever met, outside of Megumi and Seiji. Yuko seems so nice and friendly, so understanding. And now Hime finds out that Yuko is a Cure, a very powerful one, and has been for months, yet she left Megumi and Hime to flail around and struggle against all these Saiarks when she could have lent a hand and saved them a lot of trouble.
WHY? Why would Yuko hold back all those times when they needed help? Megumi and Seiji know Yuko well enough that, while they don’t understand why she’d hide this for so long, they trust her and can be patient, waiting for Yuko to explain herself when she’s ready. But Hime’s had a lot of practice getting trapped in her own thoughts and imagining the worst possible outcome of any situation. That’s all she probably did before meeting Megumi, and we saw some of this back in Episodes 1 and 2, at the very least. And now Hime’s wondering if she was wrong about Yuko all this time, if Yuko only pretends to be nice while secretly enjoying seeing the people around her struggle. Has Hime put her trust in the wrong person, and now she can only expect more pain from this latest mistake?
Yet Yuko provided a sun hat and boots for Hime, who isn’t used to working in gardens or out in the field under the hot sun all day. She helped Hime, who kept getting stuck or falling in the mud, even though Hime was second-guessing everything, afraid to take Yuko’s hand and accept that help. Yuko even went to get some bandages when Hime got hurt. Why would Yuko do any of this if she truly didn’t care about anyone else? Can you see why Hime might be feeling so confused? In the end, Hime was able to look past her hurt, confusion, and anger, accepting that Yuko, one of her best friends, was also struggling with having a secret that she wanted to share, but didn’t know how to do so. Hime, of all people, can understand that sort of uncertainty!
Chapter 13: Episode 12: Megumi's in a Pinch! In Danger of Failing as a Pretty Cure!!
Chapter Text
Today’s episode starts out in school. All the kids have just gotten their scores from the last test.
Looks like Seiji did very well, he ranked second in top scores. Good for him!
Go Hime, too! She scored 100% in English. Way to represent! Though now I have to wonder if she reads a lot in her downtime. I always did, and it really helped with tests and writing assignments in my English classes over the years.
And here’s yet more proof of Hime’s progress: several students surround her, very impressed with her grade, and all Hime does is blush. She’s really come a long way from Episode 4, hasn’t she?
Awww! She still struggles with writing in a foreign language, but there’s no denying she’s pretty good with schoolwork, from what I can see.
The teacher calls her class back to order,
then confronts a boy, Yamazaki Kenta, who’s trying to escape the room.
He’s far more concerned with being late for his club than for the results of this last test,
even though he got the second worst grade in the class.
The teacher warns him that he’ll have to take the makeup exam, and only then does he look upset.
Megumi starts to cheer him up before the teacher confronts her as well.
Megumi has to take the makeup exam, too,
because her test score was the lowest in the class. I’ll be honest, I’m not sure I like that their teacher’s confronting them in public about these low scores. In a less friendly classroom, this could lead to shaming or bullying. I know this is only being shown so that we the audience can easily understand what’s going on, but still.
I’m glad that Megumi’s not letting it get her down (only Megumi would be glad to get such a low score, so that another student wouldn’t be in last place), but this really isn’t a laughing matter, either.
Better grades open up more options down the road, depending on what career you may want to pursue in the future. Though nowadays, I’m not sure if this is the case anymore. I’ve seen enough horror stories online, about students disrespecting and outright ATTACKING teachers, or teachers NOT teaching to the point that high school students can’t even read on a grade school level. If even a tenth of what I’ve seen is true… Frankly, it’s terrifying, and I shudder to think what our future will be like if things can’t get turned around fast enough to stop this disturbing trend.
I know, Hime! Megumi, you’ve got to take studying a little more seriously.
Their teacher warns that if Megumi and Kenta can’t pass their makeup exam, they’ll have to start staying after school to study in order to catch up.
Neither student wants this to happen! Kenta might have to quit his club if he can’t balance it with his regular schoolwork. And what about Megumi? Could she even keep fighting as a Cure if she no longer has any spare time outside of school?
Cure Heart’s here from Doki Doki Pretty Cure to welcome us today.
While both students are feeling very down, Yuko comforts Megumi.
She’s happy to study right along with Megumi to help her prepare for the makeup test.
And Megumi won’t leave Kenta to struggle alone. Since both of them need to retake the test, why shouldn’t they study together?
Hime’s willing to help as well,
and Kenta’s thrilled because she aced the English test.
Lucky Hime! She’s usually needed to have others help her out before, but this is an area where Hime can excel and help Megumi instead. That’s got to feel good!
Hime gets so excited that she actually slips out of the room, using a PreCard to become a Teacher.
She’s ready to help, but that doesn’t mean she’ll go easy on them while she’s tutoring.
Yeah, that looks like the end of a long study session. Poor kids!
Kenta still wants to go to his club after all that.
His baseball club has a game this weekend, and he doesn’t want to let them down, even with him having to catch up on his studies.
Hopefully he’ll keep his promise about studying afterwards, or he’ll be right back at square one with the makeup situation.
Poor Megumi looks wiped out and Hime still wants to study MORE? What a switch! Usually it’s Megumi dragging Hime or someone else all over the place.
And Megumi’s starving, too.
Thankfully, Yuko offers to bring some food over for another study session at the Embassy. See, they really do make a great team.
Goodness, Yuko, you’re going to spoil them with “snacks” like this!
The “Study Well Special,” huh? I wonder if any of those dishes include fish. My mom always told me that fish was brain food. Does Japan believe this as well, or is there another tradition they follow instead? It’s really neat to learn about different countries like this, which is why I tend to watch foreign shows or films with subtitles as opposed to the dub. You can get neat little tidbits of information that can really open your eyes to different cultures. It’s so much fun!
Blue shows up just then, along with Ribbon.
He asks why they stayed at school so late and the whole story comes out.
Blue’s not too happy with the situation. Nor is Ribbon, when Megumi starts defending herself.
Being a Cure and fighting off attacks is much more important than grades and schoolwork, right?
Blue doesn’t agree,
and even warns Megumi that he won’t allow her to fight as a Cure if she can’t balance it along with her other responsibilities.
And here’s another example of Blue looking out for the Cures he’s chosen to help in the war. Whatever else may be happening around the world, he refuses to allow their lives to be completely disrupted with Cure duties. School’s important, too, like it or not. I’m not sure if these girls are still in middle school, but I think they are. If Japanese schools follow the grading patterns where I live, the last four years of school (9th-12th grade) are where your grades actually count towards graduation. There’s no telling how long this war has lasted, or how much longer it may go on. Even if the Cures are needed to keep the invasion at bay, Blue isn’t going to let them sacrifice their futures to fight. If they can’t balance being a Cure with their daily lives and responsibilities then, like any good parent, Blue will pull them from the active roster until they can get their lives back in order.
You might wonder why he would be willing to put the war at risk like this, but remember that there are Cure teams all around the world. If it came down to it, that Lovely had to temporarily stop helping in the fight and Princess and Honey couldn’t hold the line by themselves (Fortune’s AWOL, no one knows who she is or how to contact her), what’s stopping Blue from calling in a little help from India, for example, to help with a battle or two while Lovely’s catching up with her schoolwork? I remember reading online that there’s an upcoming episode where the Happiness Charge Team has to travel to a different country to help another Cure team in trouble. The only downside I could see is that Princess and Honey wouldn’t be used to working with a different team, but as a trade-off the Generals targeting Pikarigaoka wouldn’t likely be able to predict and counter the new attacks and strategies, either. It would be a temporary fix, but really, isn’t that all that would be needed in this case? Actually, supposing this sort of thing ended up happening, I could see some intercontinental friendships developing between some of these other teams. Couldn’t you imagine them becoming penpals at the very least? Maybe Blue could let the girls borrow one of his mirrors to go visit over a holiday weekend or something. Wouldn’t that be cool to see?
Megumi can’t believe he would do this,
but Blue wants her to succeed, and if that means taking a break as a Cure long enough to catch up in school, then that’s what he’ll have her do. I know that Blue gets a lot of hate, especially for future events that I can’t mention this early on, but credit where it’s due, he’s doing his best to look out for the Cures in his care.
Megumi can’t imagine not being a Cure, but Hime won’t let her face this alone. Hime and Yuko will do their best to catch her up in class work so she won’t have to give up anything. I certainly hope that they all succeed.
Megumi’s going to give it her all, come what may.
Poor Megumi. She’s really working hard, but studying is exhausting at times, especially after such a long day.
The next day in school, both Kenta and Megumi are looking overwhelmed, but Hime’s already excited for their next study session.
She kind of likes being a tutor, it lets her take charge for a change.
Kenta complains that her teaching is rather Spartan. (Nice choice of description, by the way! I rarely see someone use this choice of word nowadays, whether in direct relation to ancient Greece, or simply meaning something like barebones, austere, simple, and so on.)
Hime gets annoyed at him before admitting that she also likes tutoring them because it lets her review what she’s already learned at the same time.
Then Seiji offers to help them study after school as well.
Neat, we actually get to see today’s study session. Let’s see how they do. Hime’s quizzing Megumi on the capital of Germany.
I’m ashamed to say I spaced it when I first watched this and couldn’t remember the correct answer myself at first. I’ll admit I haven’t had to remember everything I learned in my classes over the years, but I don’t like realizing that I’ve even forgotten obvious answers like this. I may need to brush up on my World Geography afterwards. I was more involved in Biology and English anyway. The less said about Math and Chemistry, the better!
Back to the study session, though, Yuko guesses Frankfurt,
and Megumi, Hamburg. I think they’re getting hungry again… (frankfurters = hotdogs, Hamburg = hamburger)
Hime reminds them the correct answer is Berlin.
When Yuko and Megumi start getting distracted by food, Hime snaps them out of it.
Someone’s got to keep the study session on track, Megumi and Kenta only have two days to prepare for the makeup test, after all.
Hime then gives Megumi her notes as a study guide to review.
I love study guides. There’s so much information in the text books that it’s hard to know where to even begin, and how do you know what’s most important to focus on? Study guides are a great way to compile the highlights of the chapters covered in class, with keywords and concepts you need to remember for tests.
Megumi’s thrilled that she has a study guide to review from, and tackles Hime in a hug as thanks.
Meanwhile, Seiji’s helping Kenta with math.
Kenta’s struggling to focus because he wants to go play baseball with the rest of his club, but if he fails this test, he may be forced to drop out of the team.
Seiji then gets a brilliant idea. He starts talking baseball strategy with Kenta,
explaining how certain math equations can be used to calculate a player’s batting average.
That’s genius!
What better way is there to get a baseball enthusiast to study math?
This episode doesn’t really go into it, but something to consider with school as well is the fact that many students have different ways that they learn the course materials best. I remember learning in a Psychology class that many people have different learning styles, and that’s why not everyone can easily follow a teacher talking and writing notes on the board. I wonder if this is part of why Megumi and Kenta were struggling, now that I think about it. Some people may learn by doodling random images in their notebooks, remembering what topics were covered in class based on what they were drawing at the time. Other people learn better with the use of visual aids.
I’m not sure what style works best for me (maybe visual aids), but I do remember that if there was a diagram, a picture, or a story that illustrated a concept I needed to know, I could often memorize the story or image and thus remember the topic being covered. I can still recall some of those stories to this day (Completely random ones, too, like how scientists proved that DNA was the source of a cell’s genetic material, the “transforming factor,” instead of just proteins. Or how the Pepper Moth demonstrates Natural Selection, with a moth population shifting from mostly light coloration to dark colors over the course of maybe twenty years back at the time of the Industrial Revolution), so it’s not a bad idea to consider looking around a bit and see if you can’t figure out what type of learning format works best for you. Flashcards are good, but may not work for everyone. We already saw that Yuko was able to remember German cities (just not the right one) because the names reminded her of food. Tricks like this can be very useful in studying, like memorizing the colors of the visible light spectrum as the rainbow, with the acronym R.O.Y.G.B.I.V. or Roy G. Biv (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, violet). It really does work!
Way to go, Kenta! He’s excited from today’s study session and says he’s going straight home to study some more.
And he looks like he’s ready to keep his word on that, even when passing some younger kids playing baseball on the way home.
But then Namakelder shows up and traps Kenta inside a mirror.
And now there’s a Baseball Saiark on the loose!
Seiji goes to check on Kenta’s mirror
while the girls transform. It’s our first time seeing all three of them transform at once, and it’s actually pretty epic. I’m impressed!
Lovely, Princess, and Honey are raring to go.
Namakelder sends the Choiarks out first, and Lovely asks Honey to take them down while she and Princess focus on the Saiark.
Honey transforms into Popcorn Cheer form, and the Choiarks are gone!
Oh, not all of them, though, the rest are keeping the Cures at a distance.
And Lovely’s starting to get stressed because she really can’t afford to waste time today, not if she wants to pass that makeup test.
Namakelder hears her complaining, and that’s when things take a fascinating turn. He actually starts trying to convince the Cures that studying and school are a pointless waste of time.
Princess and Honey don’t buy it,
but then Namakelder singles out Lovely, asking if she feels the same.
Namakelder’s really interesting in this episode.
He actually tries to convince Lovely to join him in slacking off because school and studying are tedious and annoying. Why put in all the hard work? What does she get out of it?
Lovely refuses, of course, but that offer must’ve sounded very tempting for a moment there.
I would’ve thought someone like Oresky might be the one to try the “Come to the dark side” trick. Really, though, I guess only Namakelder could reasonably be the one to try this, since Hosshiiwa only seems to care about sweets and wouldn’t likely try to reach out, while Oresky probably couldn’t easily connect this way because he tends to see himself above other people. (Maybe if it were Fortune he was trying to convince, but this is LOVELY. Doesn’t he still see her as a weakling?)
Anyway, Namakelder’s a little disappointed that Lovely wouldn’t listen, but orders the Baseball Saiark to attack.
The Saiark starts throwing all kinds of pitches, and none of the Cures are able to get close enough to retaliate.
It’s got them pinned down, and they need a new plan.
Princess fights back with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,” and her wind bullets destroy several of the Saiark’s baseballs. But that doesn’t matter when the Saiark can just infinitely spam more every second.
And then Lovely makes an AWESOME decision! She summons “Lovely Rising Bat” and challenges the Saiark to a game of baseball.
Namakelder agrees to settle the Saiark battle over a game of baseball.
Oof, this is bringing back some painful memories of P.E. (physical education)! I was never very athletically inclined, nor was I very competitive, so P.E. tended to be nothing but embarrassing for me, and I always felt bad for the kids who got stuck with me on their team. Baseball was one of my worst nightmares because I have bad coordination and could never hit the ball. At least I could hide in the outfield when my team wasn’t at bat. Maybe Lovely will have better luck, since she is already fairly athletic just having to fight Saiarks and Choiarks all the time.
Lovely’s at bat against the Baseball Saiark, with her friends all cheering her on.
And that’s strike one.
She braces herself for the next pitch,
but this time gets surprised by a curveball. And that’s strike two.
She’s down to the wire now, but Princess reminds her to just focus on the ball.
So she does, and this time lands a hit, but it’s a foul.
Again and again, Lovely keeps hitting, but every time it’s a foul ball. Poor Lovely, she needs a new plan.
Princess notices that Lovely’s getting overwhelmed and calls for a time out.
As Lovely catches her breath,
Seiji mentions that there seems to be a pattern to the pitches.
If they could figure out what kind of pitch was next…
All together, they realize that the next throw will likely be a fastball. Maybe there’s some hope yet.
Time out is over, and Lovely’s back at bat.
The Saiark pitches its ball and, sure enough, it’s a fastball.
Lovely hits it hard and it’s a home run!
And then something very interesting happens. It turns out Namakelder has a good sense of fairplay. When Lovely hit that home run, I thought he would have the original battle continue, but he doesn't.
He actually orders the Saiark to stand down and be purified, since a deal’s a deal.
And good on the Saiark, too, taking this loss with grace!
Namakelder’s more honorable than I thought he’d be. You wouldn’t think he’d care, since he’s usually too lazy to put in much effort. But I guess his laziness doesn’t automatically mean that he has no morals, that he won’t honor an agreement. Very interesting! I may need to look more closely at the members of the Phantom Empire if they keep showing hidden depths like this.
Anway, the Saiark’s purified
and Kenta is safe.
Looks like even Namakelder got a little excited from the game.
After he leaves, Seiji checks on Kenta.
Kenta’s fine, but he really has to hurry home and study.
He now knows that practice is equally important with schoolwork and baseball. Good for him!
And Lovely’s victory earned two more PreCards today.
Megumi’s off to study as well.
Now it’s the day of the makeup exam. Both Kenta and Megumi look wiped out, but they did their best. The question is, was it enough?
Their teacher has the test results.
They both passed! That’s a relief.
The teacher warns them to keep up with their studies so that they don’t fail all five subjects again in the future.
Now Kenta can enjoy being on the baseball team again,
and Megumi won’t have to miss out on being a Cure.
Hime reminds Megumi to keep studying, and Megumi promises that she will, maybe in a 2:1 ratio (precure:study).
Hime argues that it should be the opposite, 1:2 (precure:study).
The episode ends as Megumi’s bargaining for 1:1 (precure:study) and Yuko just laughs.
Chapter 14: Episode 13: A Formidable Enemy Appeared! Cure Fortune vs The Pretty Cure Hunter!
Chapter Text
Whoa, this episode starts off with a bang!
There’s a Cure we’ve never seen before, likely from Egypt, and she’s giving her all against an enemy we’ve never seen in action yet.
This is Phantom, a General of the Phantom Empire.
And he’s terrifying!
Dear heavens, this poor girl didn’t stand a chance!
Thinking about it now, is this how the monsters feel when you play games like Castlevania? It doesn’t matter how fast or strong they are, once the Belmont shows up, the monsters are done for! With the exception of Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow, though, this may be the first time I’ve ever seen heroes be the ones having to face down a silver bullet.
Before we really get going, let’s say hello today to Cure Mint, from Yes! Precure 5 (and Yes! Go Go).
Who’s that?
It looks like there’s a shrine maiden (I think), and Blue’s going to visit her. They both look very happy.
Oh no! Queen Mirage was sleeping, and that prior scene we just saw was either a dream or a memory. And Mirage’s hairstyle, if not the hair color, looks very similar to that girl’s from the dream, too. Considering that Mirage has a permanent purple teardrop marking her cheek… It’s certainly not painting a good picture so far.
Remember how Mirage said a couple episodes back (see Episode 11) that Honey’s song couldn’t heal her because Mirage’s wounds run too deep? What even happened here?
Whatever the case, Mirage no longer believes in nor desires love, and she wants to eliminate it from the rest of the world as well.
I’m starting to notice a trend here. Fortune was hurt when she lost her sister and, deserved or not, has lashed out at others in her anger and pain. Mirage is doing the same. Where does this leave everyone else in the world? Somehow, the cycle of anger and hurt has to stop. What especially worries me, though, is that not everyone has healthy ways to cope when they inevitably get hurt as part of this cycle. What about people with avoidant traits: those who’ll practically bend over backwards to avoid causing trouble for the people around them, those who’d rather run and hide than cause any harm (fight or flight, they choose flight every time)? Do they just get consumed in the fallout? It’s a little scary to think about, isn’t it?
Phantom has just arrived, saying that he’ll help Mirage with this goal. He reveals that he took down Cure Nile, the girl we saw him defeat at the start of this episode.
It looks like Phantom is Mirage’s heavy hitter. He’s absolutely loyal to Mirage alone, and if she wants someone eliminated, he’ll take them out without question. I think this makes him more frightening than even Oresky, because Phantom seems to have no other goals except to do Mirage’s will. How do you stop a force like that?
Namakelder, Hosshiiwa, and Oresky hate Phantom. He’s probably putting them to shame every time he appears on the battlefield, let’s be honest. And maybe his undying loyalty frightens them, too. Imagine if Mirage decided that one of them had outlived their usefulness…
Oresky certainly hates that Phantom’s making him look weak by comparison.
Uh oh! Phantom just asked the Deep Mirror who the strongest Cures are right now,
and he was told about the Happiness Charge girls in Pikarigaoka.
Thankfully, Oresky actually stands up to him. The Happiness Charge Cures are HIS prey (and Hosshiiwa’s and Namakelder’s).
And Mirage does respect that, for now.
But Phantom doesn’t look very happy. Something about Pikarikgaoka’s got him angry, for some reason.
Hime, you silly, what are you doing? Hime’s just used a PreCard to change into a fancy dress. (And yes, she’s holding a bouquet of pink roses, but we already discussed pink roses back in Episode 8, so I don’t think that this is meant to be “the flower of the day.”)
There we go! Pink Daisies… I don’t know why I keep getting surprised by the relevance of these flowers whenever they appear. We talked about white daisies back in Episode 4, so let’s see how a pink daisy’s symbolism differs.
Image found here: https://foliagefriend.com/pink-daisy-flower-meaning/
Apparently a pink daisy indicates spiritual growth and emotional healing. It’s known for being uplifting, a good choice of flower to give to someone going through a hard time because it also symbolizes hope and seeing the good in the world around you. A pink daisy can also mean purity, sincerity, and innocence, as well as new beginnings. (There’s been a lot of symbolism regarding renewals and new beginnings, hasn’t there? Cherry blossoms, white daisies, white roses, and now pink daisies, unless I’ve missed mentioning one…) Interestingly enough, the fragrance of a pink daisy can be used in aromatherapy to reduce stress, and the daisy plant (as we learned before) has medicinal/healing qualities. (There’s been a heavy emphasis on healing, too, now that I think about it.)
I can see at least two connections to today’s episode already: Hime finding another hobby (This is critical when someone’s struggling, depression or no. If they can find something to value and give meaning to daily life, it really helps with the healing process.) and Cure Fortune. Again, the episode title isn’t hiding anything today. Fortune’s going to make an appearance, and we already know her history (I mentioned it back in Episode 8). We’ll learn later (I think during her transformation in Episode 22) that Fortune’s symbol is a star, “The Star of Hope.” Just like a pink daisy also means hope. Fortune doesn’t hang around for long today, but this is the first time in the series that Lovely manages to reach out and show Fortune that she doesn’t have to go it alone, that there’s hope that things can get better. New beginnings, healing… It all has to start somewhere. Let’s keep going.
Hime’s watching some movie with a prince searching the forest for a lost princess.
I guess Hime has a thing for romance films, like this one with a prince trying to rescue a princess in trouble.
I can’t really judge, though. How many times have I probably earned some eye-rolls from my family when I watch foreign films or animations of my own? But what other choice do I have? It feels like many Western films and animations all tell the same stories and frequently use the same old art styles. The only way I can enjoy something new and exciting these days is to branch out to other countries. And sometimes it can be fun to see the very same story told in a different way by a different country.
Rikki-Tikki-Tavi (USA, 1975)
Rikki-Tikki-Tavi (USA, 1975)
Look at how Chuck Jones (America) portrayed Rudyard Kipling’s Rikki Tikki Tavi, for example,
Rikki-Tikki-Tavi (Soyuzmultfilm, 1965)
Rikki-Tikki-Tavi (Soyuzmultfilm, 1965)
compared to Soyuzmultfilm in Soviet Russia! These are some pictures from the very same points in the story, and isn’t the variety amazing?
So if Hime has something she enjoys like this, good for her! I personally have never been a fan of dressing up, but that’s Hime’s thing, not mine.
I’m sorry, Hime, but I wouldn’t hold my breath for a prince riding up to rescue you. Dream big, but remember to keep your feet on the ground!
Oh, that’s interesting. Blue just got a bit of a flashback right now. The very same one as Mirage’s dream that we saw earlier…
He looks rather sad as he leaves the room, and only Megumi notices.
What is this place? Blue is in a room full of mirrors,
and he’s actually holding the Axia Box, lost in thought.
Oh, Megumi just arrived through a mirror. This must be how Blue travels around the world, going through these mirrors.
She’s very curious about this new room, and he tells her that this is the Cross Mirror Room.
Yep, I was right. The mirrors in this room connect to various locations around the world, so he can quickly travel from place to place using them.
Blue also shows her the Axia Box when Megumi asks about it.
I like the allusion to Pandora’s Box that the show makes here.
Blue says that Axia is the source of all their misfortune, which is true,
but Megumi notes that she senses a certain kindness and love coming from the Box as well. (Remember, Pandora’s Box was meant to be a curse to humanity and when Pandora opened it, all the evils that now plague the world poured out except hope, which she quickly trapped inside when she saw that it was all that the Box had left.) It will be spoilers to go too much into it right now, but I will say that this isn’t the last we’ll see of the Axia Box as the show goes forward.
Blue then offers to let Megumi travel through one of the mirrors, to go anywhere in the world. That’s awesome!
She doesn’t even list off places she wants to go, she just starts counting mirrors and saying, “Eeny, Meeny, Miny, Moe!”
Blue looks surprised with the mirror Megumi ends up choosing,
but keeps the destination a secret as he helps her through.
It turns out that this mirror exits at Pikari Shrine,
and poor Megumi realizes that she didn’t actually travel very far at all. Still, portal travel with mirrors. Lucky Megumi, what an opportunity!
Really, Blue? It wasn’t the mirror that led here, but Megumi because she loves her home town so much? I guess that would be helpful, travel through intent more than a set destination, otherwise if those mirrors aren’t labeled… Imagine if someone stepped through a mirror, ready for a tropical island, only to get a face full of snow from an Antarctic blizzard because they chose the wrong mirror. Actually, I think I read that something like this happens in Smile Precure. Fun with portals!
Blue still seems to be remembering something from his past involving that shrine maiden from before.
Maybe he sees something of that girl in Megumi right now, though I can’t say anything with certainty because we’ve only been given a brief view of a single interaction, a single memory.
Megumi wants to visit the shrine and make a wish,
and Blue reminds her that he’s a god. He doesn’t need to make a wish, he’s the one who can make wishes come true.
Still, Megumi asks if he doesn’t have wishes of his own, since she’s seen how sad he looks at times.
Oh NO!!! Phantom just arrived at the shrine. I don’t think he even knew anyone else was here today, this is just rotten timing all around. This is NOT going to end well!
Blue clearly knows Phantom, and even awkwardly asks how Mirage is doing.
And if Phantom wasn’t angry before, now he’s really ticked off.
Megumi jumps in then, telling Phantom that he’s way too aggressive and that he shouldn’t be trying to destroy Pikari Shrine.
Phantom warns her away and Megumi transforms, ready to defend Blue from this danger. That’s very brave of you, Megumi, but I’m afraid that this will only make things so much worse! Seriously, Lovely, watch out! Cure Nile couldn’t even touch Phantom, and your friends aren’t with you to back you up today.
Blue tries to stop her from fighting, but Lovely’s determined to protect him from this new enemy and refuses to stand down.
Already, Phantom is teleporting around the area and Lovely can’t keep track of him.
“Lovely Beam” does nothing,
not when Phantom can simply teleport away from every single blast.
Since nothing else is working, Lovely transforms into Lollipop Hip Hop Form. At first I wondered why she chose this Form as opposed to Cherry Flamenco, where she can utilize one giant fiery explosion to force him to back off. But it turns out that the musical notes Hip Hop Lovely spams to cover the whole battlefield also act as homing missiles, automatically targeting the nearest enemy in range.
It shocked me to see every single one of those notes shoot towards Phantom, instead of straight down like we’ve seen in the past. But will this be enough?
Oh gosh, please NO!!! Those notes did nothing, and now Lovely’s trapped just like Cure Nile was.
Phantom’s ready to take her out permanently,
and not even Blue running up to shield her is going to stop the attack.
Except Fortune just showed up. And not even her surprise attack breaks through Phantom’s guard. Just who is this guy?!
Phantom has no idea who Fortune is, but she seems to know him very well.
She holds a major grudge because he stole someone away from her, and she wants revenge.
Batman Beyond (1999)
(I’m not typically one to follow most online jokes, so please forgive me, but this is what came to mind right here.)
At least Fortune’s got Phantom distracted, so maybe Lovely has a chance at breaking free.
Oh thank heavens! Blue has the ability to purify and weaken Lovely’s bonds, but it looks like it’ll take time. Hopefully Fortune can buy them some time. Fortune didn’t come here to save Lovely or Blue (if they escape, they’re on their own), she just wanted the chance to destroy Phantom.
Holy cow, is Phantom just playing with her now? He’s not even fighting back, just casually parrying every blow with that shield on his arm. I’ve noticed that in battle, Lovely seems like a weaker, less experienced Fortune, say Level 10 or 12 by now, while Fortune herself is Level 27. What level is Phantom that even Fortune can’t break through his guard, maybe Level 70? This guy is terrifying!
Not even a “Fortune Star Burst” to the face fazes him.
And when Fortune dive bombs him from behind, Phantom grabs her by the leg and tosses her away before sniping her out of the air.
Now Fortune’s down and Lovely’s still trapped, but Blue’s made some progress towards freeing her.
Phantom isn’t even taunting, not really, he just bluntly states that love and dreams are pointless and that not one Cure can stand against him.
Even so, Fortune won’t back down. She’s fighting for the sake of the one she lost, her sister, and she will fight to the bitter end if there’s a chance to get her back.
Phantom doesn’t care,
Fortune’s down and he’s going to make sure she stays down.
Thankfully, Lovely finally manages to break free with Blue’s help.
She immediately uses “Lovely Punching Punch” to stop Phantom.
I didn’t know it was possible for Lovely to use this attack repeatedly, but she’s got his attention now.
While he’s distracted, Lovely checks on Fortune, who’s not happy that Lovely intervened. This is FORTUNE’S fight, and hers alone. But honestly, Fortune, he just had you on the ropes. Is it really such a bad thing to team up this time? You both might at least escape intact to fight again another day…
Good point, Lovely! Whatever grudge Fortune may have, whatever pain she’s been suffering from this whole time, both girls are Cures and Phantom is one of the enemies.
Why shouldn’t they work together in this case?
Fortune’s fairy, Glasses (Glassan? Glason? I think I’ll go with Glasses for now), points out that brute force hasn’t worked so far.
Maybe a different strategy will work better.
By the time the smoke clears, Phantom finds himself facing both girls at once.
Image found here: http://www.quickmeme.com/Honey-Badger/page/4
He doesn’t care,
he even looks amused because the Cures are like gnats to him.
What does it matter if he has to swat away two, or even ten, at once?
When he shoots at them, Lovely defends with “Lovely Shield,”
opening a path for Fortune to attack directly.
Both girls then strike at the very same time. And it actually looks like that pushed Phantom back, if it didn’t outright cause any damage.
Oh man, can even Phantom shrug off two purifying attacks at once?
It may not be an official team attack, but both attacks have synced up perfectly and could still cause serious damage if they hit.
Even Fortune can’t deny that teaming up has finally put Phantom on the defensive for the very first time.
Except Phantom did manage to stop their attacks after all.
He had to pull out his sword to do it, though. I guess he’s not playing anymore.
And now Phantom knows that the Cures get so much stronger when they fight as a team…
Lovely and Fortune may have just doomed any number of Cure teams around the world if Phantom now recognizes their teamwork as a legitimate threat!
Blue steps in here, warning that he will fight if Phantom keeps up his attacks.
Phantom doesn’t buy it. Blue has no ability to fight, which is why he’s chosen so many Cures to fight for him.
Even so, knowing he has no chance of winning or surviving such a fight, Blue stands firm. He reminds Phantom that Mirage doesn’t want him gone, not yet. If that’s a bluff, this may be one of the riskiest situations I’ve ever seen someone try bluffing before. Phantom looks ready to KILL! Blue’s got guts, but it works! Phantom finally stands down.
Today’s fight may be over, but Phantom won’t stop until every Cure is defeated, the world is swallowed up in despair and misfortune, and Blue himself begs for forgiveness.
Finally, Phantom leaves. Again, what on earth happened to cause such enmity between Blue and Mirage, and who is Phantom? He’s endlessly loyal to Mirage alone, and he has serious power to back her up.
Thank you, Lovely, for being yourself! She and Fortune both nearly got taken out, but now that the danger’s past, Lovely’s first instinct is to tackle Fortune in a hug. Fortune just steps to the side and lets Lovely fall over. I needed that, this episode’s been intense!
Seriously, Fortune? You just saw for yourself what teaming up could do, and you still want to go it alone? Granted, she’s strong enough that there’s never been a problem with Fortune being a solo fighter before. The thing is, Fortune and Lovely are now on Phantom’s radar. If he specifically targeted them again… It’s up to Fortune, I guess, if she still wants to fight alone, but I’d think twice about it after seeing today’s battle.
There is the situation with Cure Princess, too. Fortune really won’t ever let that go, will she? Not that I can really blame her.
Lovely thanks Fortune for helping her today, at the very least.
Blue finally asks Fortune how she became a Cure. Clearly she didn’t get her powers in the usual way, otherwise he would’ve already known who she was, like he did with Cure Honey. (Sorry for going off-topic, but this is my first time seeing Glasses up close and it looks like her back/shell shares the same spot color pattern as Ribbon. Do all fairies share this pattern or is this unique to these two alone, knowing that eventually all four Cures, Pink, Blue, Yellow, and Purple, will be on the same team?)
Fortune says that she became a Cure by getting her powers from her sister, Cure Tender.
And Blue looks shocked! I guess even he doesn’t know everything, but that, to me, seems counterintuitive to being a god. Aren’t gods supposed to be all-knowing and/or all-powerful? I’ll talk more about my thoughts on this in the endnotes of this review, let’s move on for now.
Fortune leaves, while Blue looks very upset. He actually admits that this is all his fault. The war, all this misfortune, is Blue’s fault? Something happened between Mirage and Blue, something bad enough that Mirage wants to drown the world in sorrow (I still consider this a danger to all existence on Earth, by the way. If all those alive on the planet no longer have hope, love, or dreams to keep them moving forward, what’s the point? Wouldn’t all life grind to a halt or collapse? Now can you see why Blue views this invasion as such a serious threat?) and Phantom wants to destroy Blue himself. Hime may have been the one to open the Axia Box and reawaken the conflict, but clearly there’s more going on here than we know at the moment.
Lovely admits that she’s happy, though. Even after such a frightening battle today, she’s happy because she feels her life’s become so much more fulfilling as a Cure.
She’s grateful that Blue gave her the chance to fight, to protect everyone who she loves so much. And I should note that the music playing right now (OST Disc 2 Track 13 Premonition of Love) sounds like a variation of the song we heard when Megumi was choosing which mirror to travel through (I searched everywhere and can’t figure out the name, but it plays from 7:57-9:40 in this episode) . It also sounds similar in a way to what we heard when Blue and Mirage were remembering that shrine maiden from earlier in the episode (OST Disc 1 Track 12 Blue’s Theme). Maybe it’s just me hearing the chimes, like the bells the maiden was ringing from that memory. Megumi must really remind him of that other girl from the past. (In trying to figure out the different songs to better describe my thoughts for this section, I had to find a playlist of the OST on Youtube and now have a brand new appreciation for the music of this show. Give it a listen if you have some time: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLOj51nOWDK9X_Ws2kAIlyIehhqp3-xCe-)
Lovely’s being her sweet self, reminding Blue that he’s not alone and that if he’ll just tell her what’s bothering him, she can help him out.
Awww! He can’t help but give her a hug. She really is a sweetheart! But I can’t help but feel a bit uncomfortable because this reminds me of Coco and Nozomi from Yes! Precure 5. As much as I loved that season, I couldn’t get behind those two in a romantic relationship. I’ll explain a bit more on that later. Anyway, that’s how this episode ends.
More Thoughts On Blue:
Okay, I may need to modify my thoughts on Blue a little bit. Everyone who talks to him calls him “God,” but I’m not sure he is one, at least not as far as I’m familiar with gods. Whenever I hear about gods in religion or mythology, they tend to be all-powerful and/or all-knowing. Blue’s clearly not all-knowing, since he looked shocked when he finally learned how Fortune became a Cure. And he doesn’t act all-powerful, either. In fact, Blue knows that Phantom could easily take him out in a fight, and he has to bluff himself, Lovely, and Fortune out of danger by reminding their enemy that Mirage doesn’t want Blue gone, at least not yet. Thankfully, Phantom doesn’t call the bluff and leaves peacefully this time.
Actually, this brings up more questions for me. Even if Blue’s not an all-powerful, all-knowing god, but more of a nature spirit, you’d think that he’d have enough power over the Earth and his own creations that he could easily stop an outright rebellion that threatens all life in the rest of the world. Instead, he has to choose warriors to fight for him. Why is this? Is it a matter of the enemies having a different source of power that he can’t touch? Going by Pokemon rules, electric-type monsters are very effective against water-types, but they can’t hurt rock or ground-types. Maybe the Earth powers Blue wields are ineffective against, for example, Mercury powers and Blue instead has to use his power to select magical warriors who CAN directly face this otherworldly threat? Or is it more that Blue has a lot of his powers tied up in keeping the Earth running, and everything on the planet would collapse if he were forced to face down this invasion at full power?
Image found here: https://biologicalsystemscourse.blogspot.com/2016/09/mutualism-relationship-acacia-tree-and.html
Did you know that there are plants in real life that do this? Calling out helpers to drive away a threat, I mean. These plants host ants in a symbiotic relationship, offering the ants food and shelter in exchange for protection. This is commonly seen with ants and acacia trees, for example. When some pest or herbivore starts eating the host plant, the ants living inside the tree come swarming out to drive away the intruder. Maybe this is something similar to what we’re seeing happen with Blue and the Cures in Happiness Charge?
I guess all I can really say about Blue is that he seems to be immortal in that he’s lived for a very long time. This doesn’t mean that he can’t be killed or destroyed, as we found when he confronted Phantom this episode. Blue created the Earth and all living things on it, but he’s unable to directly fight off an invasion to protect this world, needing to select magical warriors, Cures, to fight for him instead. And Blue seems to have a history with Queen Mirage. She has a serious grudge against him and Phantom, her most loyal and obedient General, HATES Blue and won’t hesitate to destroy him if Mirage wishes it. Blue even said at the end of this episode that this war is actually his fault. Sounds like there’s more going on than what we’ve seen so far, even if it was Hime who reawakened the conflict by opening the Axia Box.
And finally, I’m afraid that we may be looking at another Coco/Nozomi situation. This was one thing I hated about the Yes! series. I couldn’t very comfortably see any sort of romance, not even a crush, between Nozomi and Coco, or Komachi and Nuts. I could see and even enjoy these pairs having a CONNECTION that might not directly exist with the other girls in their team, with a love of literature for Komachi/Nuts, and just straight up hope for Nozomi/Coco, but that’s all I could ever see. Maybe it was their different ages, and maybe it was the fact that Coco and Nuts are fairy squirrels first and foremost, albeit with a human transformation. Something about romance involving these factors just… I couldn’t see it or support it. Sorry if that makes me a stick in the mud, but it is what it is.
No offense to Blue or Megumi, but I can’t see any feasible way that any sort of romantic relationship could work between them, either. I said I wouldn’t talk about love because of my isolated personality and lack of experience there, but this isn’t a matter of love or romance to me. We’re talking about the immortal Creator of the Earth having feelings for one of his own creations. At the very least, wouldn’t Blue feel that this was incestuous, like a father having a romantic interest in his own daughter? Or would he maybe fear that if he did have feelings for someone on Earth, that they’d have no choice but to reciprocate because he’s their CREATOR? And what about the fact that he tries to be fair and neutral regarding all of the people on Earth. Wouldn’t that be impossible if he was in a relationship with someone from Earth? How could he possibly remain fair and unbiased in this case? Come to think of it, is this maybe one of the reasons why Mirage has issues with Blue now?
The only way I could see Blue in any sort of relationship is if someone from Earth somehow became immortal and thus his equal (Blue’s lived, and will continue to live, for centuries, if not millenia. How is it fair to him or a love interest that they would grow old and die while Blue would live on forever?), or if there was another goddess or nature spirit of some other world that he could get together with. Then Blue and this other goddess could help each other, looking after each of their worlds like new parents presiding over one giant, combined family.
Chapter 15: Episode 14: A Hero Appeared! He is a Really Cool Guy!!
Chapter Text
Well Phantom certainly didn’t waste any time, did he? These poor girls! Miyo’s frantically covering the news, showing a relentless Phantom, the Pretty Cure Hunter, taking down Cure after Cure around the world.
England,
Russia,
Australia,
Italy,
he’s like a one-man hurricane cutting everyone else down effortlessly.
Dear heavens, was that eight Cures all together? He wasn’t kidding about eliminating every Precure after leaving Blue, Fortune, and Lovely last episode.
The Happiness Charge girls are watching all of this on TV.
Ribbon’s ticked off, but Yuko’s just so relieved that Megumi escaped this fate. How must Yuko and Hime feel about this, realizing that they very nearly lost Megumi the one time that she and Blue went exploring by themselves? This has got to be terrifying for everyone.
Even Fortune, the strongest Cure they know, couldn’t harm Phantom at all.
And Lovely teaming up with Fortune only served to make him more angry and determined in his goal to eliminate all Cures on Earth. Phantom must seem like a force of nature to them. There’s no stopping a tornado or an earthquake, is there? All you can do is take cover and hope that you won’t become a statistic, just hiding out until the danger’s passed.
Megumi puts on a brave front, wanting to convince Hime and Yuko, and probably herself, too, that they can face him as a team.
But even Megumi can’t keep it up for long.
This whole situation is frightening, and she has no idea what to do. Poor girls! They all look really shaken, and Megumi has it the worst because she was actually there, witnessing Phantom’s powers firsthand.
Still, major props to Megumi here. No matter how frightened and uncertain she’s feeling at the moment, she still sees that Blue’s clearly hurting and tries to reach out to him.
And Blue, on seeing her concern in spite of any fears, steps up to reassure all three girls. Phantom is very strong, but they can’t let this stop them.
The goal of the Phantom Empire is to eliminate all happiness, hope, dreams, etc. in the world.
If the Cures give in to fear and despair here, not only will it grant the Phantom Empire a major victory, it will actually give the enemy power over them. (Remember, Cure powers in this series seem to operate based on confidence and emotions. How many times have we seen one of the girls get a major burst of power when they were angry or suddenly felt determined in the fight? Now compare that with Hime from Episodes 1 and 2, where none of her attacks could do anything against the Saiarks because she was so overcome by her fears and doubts.)
They can’t afford to let this happen. But fear isn’t something that’s easy to control. How would you go about eliminating it? Maybe a distraction, something to help distance yourself from the source of dread?
Megumi agrees, insisting it’s time to do something fun. And that, honestly, is the best thing the girls can do right now. What better way to fix their current mood than with a fun activity?
Digging for clams, Yuko? I’ve personally never done something like that before, but it sounds like it’d be a blast.
Awww! There’s a children’s clam festival coming up? What a great activity for the kids!
Going to the beach, digging up clams that are hiding in the sand, and then cooking what they’ve gathered… It sounds amazing!
Of course Yuko would love any activity involving delicious food, and Hime’s so excited even though she’s never heard of clam digging before.
Megumi’s Cure Line just rang.
It’s Seiji, and he’s calling to invite the girls to the clam festival.
Looks like it’s a set plan.
Very interesting! I haven’t really talked a lot about it before, but Happiness Charge is being treated as the 10th Anniversary Celebration of the Pretty Cure Franchise. Every episode has had a Cure from past seasons appear to thank the viewers for watching, as a blast from the past.
This episode actually features the complete Happiness Charge Team,
I guess to celebrate the 500th episode?
Anyway, this is a neat sneak peak at future team dynamics we’ll likely see, once all four girls finally team up.
It looks like Fortune will be the Team Dad (Sorry Seiji, but you can’t really be on the battlefield all the time), keeping everyone focused and in line,
and Honey will be the Team Mom, smoothing things over and offering advice when needed. I think it’s safe to say that Lovely will remain the undisputed Leader, she’s this season’s Pink, after all. And Princess… I’m still not sure right now. Going by team tropes, she’s been the “Lancer,” I think, a more hesitant, cautious foil to Lovely’s unbridled enthusiasm. Will this remain the same once Fortune’s on the team? Or will Fortune take over as the second-in-command, what with her greater experience in battle? Whatever the case, Princess has been, and will likely remain, undeniably loyal to her friends. Maybe Princess will be somewhat like me, point us at the problem and let us loose. Not everyone’s cut out to be a leader, and sometimes you just need more feet on the ground to get the job done. (Princess should pay close attention to Lovely and Fortune while on this team, though. Seeing how they take charge in times of stress and trouble would give her valuable knowledge for how to act in the future. Hime is still the princess of the Blue Sky Kingdom, and someday she’s going to have to take the lead. For now, maybe it’s enough just for her to learn to listen to, and work alongside, other people in working towards a common goal.)
Now I’m really excited to see this team in action!
Back to the episode, Megumi just pulled out a PreCard. She’s becoming a Bus Guide to help keep all the kids together for the clam digging festival today.
Looks like a pretty good-sized group is participating, and everyone seems to be getting along very well.
Except for Hime… Poor girl’s not sure what to do with all these young kids. I understand, Hime, it’s overwhelming at first if you’ve never interacted with a younger crowd before. The trick I learned is to leave behind any worries or “adult” interests, thoughts, concerns etc. and just meet the little ones as you are. Let them take the lead, only intervening to prevent injuries or fights, and you’ll be surprised where the games and interactions can go. It’s a lot of fun!
Megumi’s calling for everyone to board the bus while Seiji takes roll. Mao, his little sister, says that her friend Takuma hasn’t arrived yet.
Just in time for “Masked Takuma” to make an appearance. Looks like we have a superhero fan.
Mao’s not very impressed. For all Takuma’s talk of heroes, he’s a bit of a coward and a crybaby.
Poor kid. When he starts to get upset about getting called out,
Megumi confesses that she’s a hero, too.
I’ll admit that it never occurred to me that she might blurt out her secret right here, but her friends look very panicked at her announcement, which only made me laugh harder when I saw what happened afterwards.
Megumi confesses to being the hero “Megumiman,”
and the background music completely stops for a couple seconds, perfectly mirroring Hime’s look of disbelief.
Megumiman can shoot eye-lasers (“Megu Beam!”),
so Takuma follows that up by saying he uses “Super Takuma Cannon.”
Good for Megumi, playing along here. I wonder if Takuma has ever felt a little left out in his love of heroes, considering Mao’s irritation with him, so maybe knowing that other people also enjoy heroes and will play along with him would help him feel more accepted. It’s certainly not easy to interact and connect with others when you feel like the odd one out, whether it’s due to different interests, family background, etc.
Anyway, it’s time to board the bus.
Megumi sings a whole song, getting everyone excited for the beach.
Poor Takuma, though, looks like he’s a bit carsick.
Hime grabs a bag in case he needs to be sick,
while Yuko offers a candy to help settle his stomach.
Mao looks annoyed again. Normally, I wouldn’t blame her. Does anyone really like it when a person acts so inconsistently, if not outright hypocritically, saying one thing but doing another?
In this case Takuma can’t help it, a weak stomach is a weak stomach.
At the beach, Seiji gathers everyone together to give directions for today’s activities.
There’s a grand prize, grilled onigiri from the Oomori Lunch Store, for the kid who digs up the most clams.
Other prizes are available, too, so everyone should have a chance to earn something if they try their best.
Takuma gets so excited that he trips over a rock he didn’t see while looking for a spot to dig.
Megumi encourages him that heroes always get back up after they fall down. I’ve said it before, and I’m saying it again, Megumi’s a genius! What better way is there to calm Takuma down when he’s hurt and embarrassed than to remind him that heroes never give up? I don’t think Takuma’s been bullied, necessarily, but clearly Mao knows him well and has no patience for his shenanigans. Is she the only one who’s been somewhat dismissive of him?
Yet here are these older girls, Megumi and Yuko for now, just interacting with him, not babying him or annoyed with him at all.
He looks so happy, raring to go once more! Takuma reminds me a bit of Hime back in Episodes 1 and 2. She was struggling so much back then, and Megumi reached out to her, accepting that Hime needed a gentle push to get back in the fight. Maybe Takuma needs the same thing here?
Now everyone’s digging for clams.
Hime’s never seen live clams before, and gets squirted when she looks too closely at one of them.
Takuma is trying to dig like a superhero,
using very big and flashy moves,
but only finds one clam.
While Hime and Mao aren’t very impressed with this catch,
Megumi and Yuko encourage him to keep going.
Takuma then allows the girls to join his team (heroes don’t ask for help, right?).
So we have Masked Takuma, Megumiman, and Yukoman as a squad.
And now that he has a team to lead, he doesn’t want to disappoint them and starts taking his digging more seriously.
Good for him!
Oh, Hime’s on the team, too. I was wondering about that. Her hero name is “Himelda,” her actual name, instead of Himeman,
which I found amusing because earlier in the episode she was confused that Megumi’s hero name was “Megumiman” when Megumi’s a girl.
Seiji and Mao are watching all of this, but Mao still looks annoyed.
I do think she’s being a little hard on Takuma, but he has interests that she can’t understand. His playing at being a superhero is childish and irritating to her, and surely he’s too old to play pretend.
Still, Seiji has a point. Even if Takuma’s interests are very different from hers, he’s still a good kid, wanting to help others in his own way. Isn’t it better to try and find ways that you can connect, than to dwell on differences and separate from others? It’s certainly not easy, but I think it’s worth it to try for connections whenever possible, even with my personal tendency to self-isolate.
Takuma has gathered lots of clams with his team’s help. While he compliments their hard work,
Yuko starts commenting on how amazing clams are.
Clams can be cooked in a variety of ways, they’re small but rich in nutrients, and they work hard.
Just like Takuma. (And yes, she did compare him to a clam using a food analogy. Only Yuko…)
Good for her, though. Poor Takuma finally has someone, an older kid no less, who thinks he’s awesome, different interests or no. That’s got to be a boost to his confidence.
He’s fired up now, ready to keep digging.
See what I mean when I compare Takuma to Hime from the beginning? Wasn’t Hime the exact same, frightened, hurting, and unable to keep up with the other Cures? Then Megumi showed up and reached out to her as she was, instead of judging her or comparing her to others and always finding her lacking. By having someone who believed in her, Hime found the courage to keep trying, not wanting to disappoint her new friend or leave her to fight alone. And look at Hime now! Can you imagine Takuma in the future, given this same sort of attention?
Uh oh! Oresky is watching this clam digging festival from a nearby lighthouse.
I was wondering how he could possibly feel threatened by a bunch of younger kids, but it’s their motivation that he can’t stand.
And I guess I could see why that might be seen as a potential danger. Oresky himself is very strong and driven to prove himself as the best. If another person was motivated to improve, they might actually be able to close the gap a bit, maybe even excel, and Oresky will not let that happen. He stands at the top, and anyone who dares to challenge that, in any way, will be taken down with extreme prejudice!
I got a good laugh out of Namakelder and Hosshiiwa just quoting Oresky and “supporting” him (The Oresky Trio? Really, Oresky…)
while he works himself into a frenzy before leaving to attack the beach.
Looks like the kids have ten more minutes to dig for clams before the competition’s over and the cooking can begin.
Megumi encourages Takuma to finish strong,
but then Mao comes running up.
Their friend, Eri, is having trouble finding clams and needs some help.
Takuma’s a hero, so of course he goes running to help her out.
Megumi wants to join in, and that’s where Yuko stops her. This may be one of the first instances where we see Yuko acting as Team Mom for the Happiness Charge girls. (Does Episode 6 count when they weren’t all three on the team yet?)
Takuma’s doing just fine right now, he doesn’t need the extra support. Instead, Yuko gives Megumi something to think about. Megumi doesn’t always need to involve herself with whatever other people may be doing. Yuko tells her that she should start thinking more about what she likes or dislikes, rather than blindly jumping in to help others all the time.
I covered some of my thoughts on Megumi’s behavior, why she might feel such a constant need to help others, back in Episode 7. I won’t go over this in great detail again here. Basically, I was remembering that Megumi’s mom suffers from some chronic illness and wondered if Megumi may be overcompensating for not being able to help with this weakening sickness by instead helping anyone and everyone around her all the time, no matter how big or small their problems may be. I’m glad to know that I’m not the only one who’s concerned about this and wants Megumi to be able to stand on her own. Megumi’s allowed to live for herself, too, but this poor girl may have no idea how to do so.
Yuko’s one of her oldest friends and knows her very well. So who could be better to point out that since Megumi doesn’t actually need to help out right now, that this would be a good time to find something that she likes, or doesn’t like, to do for her own sake?
Poor Megumi looks so confused, though. Not help others? Then what else WOULD she do?
Believe me, I’ve fallen into this same trap more than once. It’s so easy to feel that, since you’re good at something, this is all you can ever do. I’ve felt the same when I gravitate towards my younger nieces and nephews at family gatherings. Many times, though, especially as they’ve gotten older, they’re very happy to do their own thing, and that’s left me standing on the sidelines not knowing what to do with myself. It’s forced me to think a little more on what I can or should do instead. I guess I can’t expect to be the “eternal babysitter” forever. I’ll still be close by, should someone need a little extra attention or help, but maybe I’ll take a book or an MP3 player along in case I still need a bit of a buffer for myself at social events.
It’s certainly something to think about, isn’t it Megumi?
Still, Yuko doesn’t leave Megumi trapped in an existential crisis and offers an alternative activity, since it’s time to start preparing the grill for the clams that everyone’s been gathering.
Hime follows quickly, very excited for the cookout.
Oh Megumi, that’s not exactly what Yuko meant…
Poor girl’s not sure what she’s feeling right now, remembering her time with Blue in the last episode. I know Megumi’s fourteen, so maybe it’s no surprise that she might get a crush on someone she likes. My family never allowed dating before sixteen years old, and I never really had much interest there anyway, so I can’t comment much on this, I’m afraid. Poor Megumi looks so confused right now!
Takuma’s still going strong, and I think he’s managed to impress Mao, even though she’s been so annoyed with him today.
With his and Mao’s help, Eri’s bucket is filled with clams.
While Eri’s worried that she’ll beat him in the competition now, Takuma doesn’t care. Heroes help those in need, and that’s what he got to do today so he’s happy, whatever else happens. Good for him!
Eri wants to share some of her spoils with Takuma,
and that’s when Oresky appears on the scene.
He can’t understand why Eri would throw away her shot at First Place so easily.
Credit to Takuma, he puts on his hero’s mask and urges Mao and Eri to run to safety. I’m impressed, when it comes down to it this kid is very brave!
Even Oresky is jealous as he traps all three kids in a mirror.
And now there’s a Clam Saiark on the loose!
Choiarks are roaming the beach, kicking over everyone’s clam buckets,
while the Saiark is converting the whole area to wasteland.
Megumi’s determined to rescue Takuma and the girls, so she and her friends transform.
The battle’s on!
All three Cures are going hand-to-hand for now, but I feel it’s interesting to note that while Lovely and Princess are punching and kicking,
Honey’s using her baton in Maracas Mode to instantly purify every Choiark she touches. Honey’s ever the pacifist, no direct beatdowns here, at least not yet, and it’s awesome to see!
Oh, so THAT’S what her singing attack in the intro is, “Crystal Song.”
Princess backs her up with “Princess Explosion Bomber.”
And Lovely’s decided to go into Cherry Flamenco Form.
The Choiarks seem to be finished, so now it’s time to take on the Clam Saiark.
Before Round 2 begins, Oresky asks if the Cures don’t want to be number one as well. I wonder if they’ve impressed him with their attacks and teamwork today, otherwise wouldn’t he be going on about them being weaklings by now?
In any case, none of the girls care about ranking in a competition,
they just want to enjoy delicious food at the cookout with all their friends.
Oresky’s so petty here, it’s hilarious! He declares that he’s number one, so everyone’s clams belong to him. Then he orders the Saiark to attack.
I must say, I love that the Cures keep up their personas from playing heroes with Takuma earlier, even while in a true battle with the Saiark.
Princess and Honey charge forward for the first attack.
Whoa, look at Princess go! I’m not sure I’ve seen her knock back a Saiark just by punching it before. She’s really grown, hasn’t she?
And it’s good to know that “Honey Teleport” can be applied to partners in battle, I’d wondered if that move only worked on Honey herself.
Now it’s Flamenco Lovely’s turn, and this is the first time I’ve seen a sub-attack from one of the Form Changes.
She uses “Rosa Tormenta,” summoning a tornado of rose petals to trap the Clam Saiark in one place.
Honey backs her up with “Honey Super Sonic Spark.”
Yes! Precure 5
Yes! Precure 5
I’m getting “Lemonade Flash” vibes from Yes! Precure 5, here.
Then Princess joins in with “Princess Cutter.” I’m glad to see she can still use this move. Episode 8 ended with such a shocking defeat for Lovely and Princess that she hasn’t used it since, and I worried that she never would again. It’s such an awesome-looking attack!
Finally, Flamenco Lovely attacks with another sub-attack, “Lovely Fire Festival.”
The heat was too much for the Clam Saiark, and it opened its shell.
I wonder if everyone in the area is hungry now, smelling cooked clams.
It’s time to wrap things up, so Honey purifies the Saiark, maybe giving a decent number of people a heart attack in the process. I still can’t get over how hilariously overpowered her purifying attack is!
But it worked, the Saiark is gone and Takuma, Mao, and Eri are saved!
My gosh, Honey, can you get any sweeter? She actually invites Oresky to stick around for the cookout.
And he seriously considers it for a second before his pride gets the better of him and he leaves.
The Cures check up on Takuma and his friends before leaving.
Takuma must feel so amazed, because all three heroes praised him for his bravery,
with even Honey calling him her leader!
Eri’s certainly impressed,
and even Mao respects him more now, though his playing hero still seems childish to her.
Awww! He’s been playing hero because he wants to help others, even if it hasn’t always worked out.
Now his hard work is finally getting acknowledged and he’s so happy!
The Happiness Charge girls have earned two new PreCards today, including Coconut Samba.
I’ve seen several clips of this Form Change on Youtube, and it may well be one of my favorite Battle Forms, hands down. I can’t wait to see Honey use it in the future!
Anyway, after all that chaos, the cookout is back on schedule and everyone’s enjoying freshly grilled clams,
while Yuko’s making sure there’s plenty of rice to go around.
And that’s the end of this episode.
On Hermit Crabs and Healing:
There are no flowers in today’s episode. I was keeping a close watch in case I missed something, but when I remembered that this took place at the beach, I realized we wouldn’t likely see much plantlife. Fun fact, did you know that the beach is one of the only biomes in the world where plants can’t exist before the animals that may live in the area? One of my Biology classes in the past had us make “food webs” depicting the chain of life throughout different environments. (Foxes preying on rabbits, rabbits preying on vegetation, etc.) In nearly every other biome, plants had to appear first, creating a stable food supply that would draw in herbivores, predators, and scavengers. Only with the beach (if I remember right) do you see the opposite occur, where animals have to appear first, maybe softening up the sandy ground with their digging, introducing seeds to this environment via seed dispersal (like burrs sticking to fur/feathers, or maybe remnants of some fruit from a prior meal?), certainly enriching the earth with their “deposits,” and only after this can some very hardy, salt-tolerant plants start to grow.
So no, I didn’t see any flowers today. I did see a small Hermit Crab scuttling around. It appeared twice, actually. And it turns out that this little critter has some symbolic meanings all its own. Here we go…
You can read more in detail here: https://spiritanimalsandsymbolism.com/hermit-crabs-spiritual-meaning-symbolism-and-totem/, but hermit crabs often symbolize change (specifically adapting with changing times) and new beginnings. Native Americans believe that the hermit crab represents adaptability and resourcefulness (since the crab finds and uses a new shell whenever it grows too big for its current one). The hermit crab can also indicate protection, due to its shell. (Do you remember what happened with Takuma and his friends when the Phantom Empire showed up today?) It’s also believed that the hermit crab is a social creature, always looking out for the welfare of its community. Tell me if that doesn’t fit Takuma to a “T” today! It probably goes without saying that the hermit crab is often seen as a totem animal of introverted people, due to its tendency to withdraw into its shell for safety. But get this, it can also symbolize HEALING because a hermit crab is a scavenger, feeding on decaying matter and thus cleaning up the environment. (Always with the healing and new beginnings. No wonder I keep thinking of these girls (at least Megumi and Yuko, we’ll see if Hime and Iona join in as they recover from their own traumas) as a team of healers, even with how brutally they fight in the middle of a war!)
Chapter 16: Episode 15: I Want to See My Mother! Hime Returns to the Blue Sky Kingdom!
Chapter Text
Awww! It’s Mother’s Day today, and Megumi and Mao have made cakes for their moms to celebrate.
Goodness, Megumi, that cake makes my teeth hurt just seeing all the sweets you piled on it!
Her mom loves it, though, and no wonder. It’s a lot of work to make a cake, especially a highly personalized one like this, but I bet these girls had a blast putting it all together.
Mao has made her mother a banana cake, and Mao insists that she eat it for breakfast before going back to work tomorrow morning.
And Seiji brought his mom a flower, a red carnation.
Heartcatch Pretty Cure Episode 3
Heartcatch Pretty Cure Episode 3
This season is Happiness Charge, not Heartcatch, but I wondered about the meaning of this flower anyway, so here’s a little information for those who may be curious like I was. The scientific name for the carnation is Dianthus, which when broken down means “Dios” (gods) and “Anthos” (flower), or “flower of the gods”. Carnations generally mean love, fascination, and distinction in flower language.
Specifically, a red carnation like Seiji’s would mean “Deep love and admiration.” What a sweet way to show his love for his mom! Bear in mind the color if you choose to give a carnation to someone.
Image found here: https://pixabay.com/photos/carnation-flower-plant-7442168/
Apparently, purple carnations mean capriciousness (impulsive, unpredictable), while striped carnations mean rejection or regret. (If citations matter, you can read more about it here: https://www.flowermeaning.com/carnation-flower-meaning/)
(I know that this isn’t a carnation, but it is a STRIPED rose, “Scentimental,” so I’m using it for my example anyway.)
That makes me sad, I LOVE striped flowers! Can I lodge a complaint with whoever decided this meaning for striped carnations in the language of flowers?
Hime’s made some cupcakes for Mother’s Day, but she’s just sharing them with Yuko and Megumi for now.
To be fair, it’s not like she can give them to her mother, not when her mom’s trapped in a mirror in the heart of the Phantom Empire. Hime doesn’t look very upset about this at first, saying that her friends should help her eat the cupcakes so they won’t go to waste.
Megumi and Yuko just smile at each other in agreement
before packaging up the cupcakes and putting them in a gift basket.
They insist that these cupcakes need to be given to Hime’s mom.
Poor Hime knows that this is impossible.
But Megumi reminds her how important it is to honor and give thanks to their moms on Mother’s Day. And Hime already put so much effort into making these cupcakes with raisins because her mom loves them.
Now I feel like I want to cry! Hime, you poor kid! This has got to be SO hard for her. How has she been feeling today, seeing everyone else celebrating the day with their mothers, but she can’t see hers, and she doesn’t know if she ever will again. This war has lasted for… we don’t even know how long, and so many people must be hurting, feeling the effects. Hime with her lost home and family, Fortune with her lost sister, what about the families of the other Cures who Phantom has defeated? It’s just more visible today because we’re seeing Hime struggling with missing her mom on Mother’s Day of all days.
Awww! Hime’s wondering how her friends knew what she was feeling. She’s probably been trying her hardest to hide her true feelings so she wouldn’t worry anyone. But there’s no hiding something like that from the people who really know you. Goodness knows I’ve tried, whether due to stubborn pride and embarrassment (I can handle this myself, I don’t need help!), or not understanding what’s bothering me (Why would I bother others about it if I can’t understand what’s wrong myself?), but my parents can always tell. I still don’t know how they do it…
Hime’s friends are the same.
There’s no hiding from them that Hime’s hurting badly today, and they want to help no matter what.
Hime, your friends are AMAZING!
Let’s all welcome Cure Melody of Suite Pretty Cure today.
Ribbon’s obviously not happy with this plan. She’s probably wondering about the sanity of this team. I don’t blame her, either. What Megumi and the girls are suggesting is to actually walk right into the heart of the enemy’s stronghold to deliver a basket of cupcakes to someone who’s trapped in a mirror, in stasis. Hime’s mother is unconscious to the world, unable to even speak, let alone eat those cupcakes, so why risk the trip? There’s no denying it, the mere idea is crazy!
But look at poor Hime in this shot. She knows, and has known the whole time, how impossible her wish is, which is why she tried to hide this longing from her friends in the first place. At least we now have a better idea of the timeline here. Apparently, Ribbon was actually with Hime at the time of the invasion, which means that Hime’s been a Cure since before she opened the Axia Box, however long ago this would’ve been. Clearly this would indicate that Cures have existed since before the start of this war, but there are many more of them and they are much more well-known now that the war’s taking place.
This doesn’t change much of my thoughts regarding the main story’s events, but it’s a minor adjustment I’ll have to keep in mind for my write-ups on Hime’s situation, like the one that I completed after watching Episode 8. The one question I had on first seeing this was why Ribbon allowed Hime to open the Axia Box if she was with her back then. Surely Ribbon would’ve sensed the evil energy (We’ve seen this happen before, like in Episode 1) and recognized the sad voice for the trap that it was. But after thinking about it for a minute I remembered that, from what I’ve read about this show, only royalty was allowed to visit and pray to this Box. This rule likely would’ve prevented Ribbon from going along with Hime, so that’s why the events played out as they did.
Of course Hime knows how dangerous this is. She’s probably never forgotten just what she and Ribbon went through to escape that day. She sounds like she’s ready to cry, and now I’m wondering if this poor girl’s been reliving those events as nightmares every night when things get to be stressful. Overall, Hime’s been doing so much better with Megumi and Yuko’s help, but there’s clearly some trauma here that I wonder if she’ll ever truly heal from.
Ribbon looks less angry and more sympathetic as she reminds Hime that the Blue Sky Kingdom is now the very seat of the enemy’s power.
Again, her mother’s trapped in a mirror, completely unconscious. What point is there in delivering cupcakes to someone who can’t eat them and who won’t even know her daughter’s there?
But Hime’s desperate. If this war drags on for years, as wars always seem to do, she’s terrified that she’ll forget her parents’ faces. I wonder if enough time has passed that she’s already starting to have trouble remembering, and that’s why she looks so distraught now. Megumi, if Hime’s ever needed a hug, now’s the time!
Megumi and Yuko back her up.
They wouldn’t have suggested such a dangerous trip if they didn’t mean to follow through on making it happen.
Ribbon then declares that Blue will never allow this…
except he does. How easy would it be for him to put his foot down and stop the girls right here? They have no way to travel to the Blue Sky Kingdom alone. Could they even fly that far, let alone in one day? But Blue respects their decision and will allow them to make the trip, no matter how dangerous it may be. As I’ve said before, he’s no puppet master or tyrant.
If this is what the girls want to do, Blue will do everything in his power to help them out.
Now it’s Hime and Yuko’s turn to visit the Cross Mirror Room (see Episode 13). They look awed and amazed. (Megumi and Hime do, Yuko looks more excited, in my opinion.) Now that I think about it, though, wouldn’t Hime have been here before? How else, except travel through portals, could she and Ribbon have successfully escaped the fall of her kingdom if they were truly running for their lives, as Ribbon said earlier? There’s a story here, one that I really want to see, but it probably won’t happen because this is a show geared toward a younger audience. Anyway, portal travel through mirrors would be the fastest way to get to the Blue Sky Kingdom.
Blue has opened the mirror that leads to that area.
Before the girls leave, though, he gives a dire warning. Because the Blue Sky Kingdom is now the headquarters of the Phantom Empire, their Cure powers won’t work if they get dragged into a fight.
I’d imagine that any enemies would have the home field advantage, and if we were talking elemental affinities, the Cures’ Light powers would be greatly weakened in a Dark environment, while Dark monsters would get a major power boost. This is going to have to be a stealth mission.
Blue may be able to help somewhat from the Cross Mirror Room, but he can only guarantee the girls’ safety if they don’t get caught to begin with.
And credit to Ribbon, even if she feels like the only sane person in the room right now, she’s not letting the girls go into this situation alone!
My gosh, poor Hime!
Just look at what’s become of her home!
She and Ribbon actually witnessed this as it happened, too.
What would Hime have thought, seeing everyone in the kingdom trapped in coffin-shaped mirrors? Would she even have known if they were still alive in that state? What would YOU think if you saw the people all around you trapped in upright coffin-shaped boxes or mirrors, out cold and unmoving, with their arms crossed over their chests like that?! Could Ribbon even tell at first (she and Hime were on the run at this point), or did it take them escaping to Blue before they could be certain that all her people were still safe?
I swear, I’m not trying to make things more traumatic than they are, but when I really think about Happiness Charge’s timeline,
and especially what some of these characters may have gone through,
I get more horrified by the second!
The worst part is, if the Phantom Empire has its way, every city around the world will be exactly like this.
Is it any wonder that Blue’s calling for all hands on deck with every Cure he can find to fight and prevent this horrific fate? Seeing firsthand what will become of Pikarigaoka if they lose the war is frightening, but all three girls are determined not to let the enemy win.
There are Choiarks marching around,
and it’s rather strange to see the girls hiding from them instead of taking them out in a direct fight.
Remember, though, that they are now in a very different environment where EVERYTHING favors the enemy. Who knows how strong even Choiarks might be in this state?
Hime still wants to fight, and Megumi’s ready to back her up.
Thankfully, Ribbon quickly reins them in. This visit isn’t them taking the fight to the enemy, it’s only to deliver a gift to Hime’s mom.
Drawing attention right now is a very bad idea.
Ribbon’s emphasis on hiding gives Megumi an idea, and all three girls reach for the Ninja PreCard. Good thing they have duplicates!
Is this the first time we’ve had all three girls wear a matching costume? They look really good, and even Ribbon’s got a face mask to match. I love it!
What was that?!
I was impressed, seeing them leaping over the roofs of buildings while sneaking through the area,
and then they were doing the ninja (Naruto?) run, going “Sa-sa-sa-sa-sa!” I nearly choked laughing in surprise! Are they actually making those sounds, or is that just a natural effect of the costume, like Cherry Flamenco with the whooshing sounds when Lovely’s summoning individual bursts of flame before the final, huge explosion? Oh dear, this show…
At least the costume’s working, the girls are now within sight of the castle.
Megumi and Yuko are impressed at the size of the castle, while Hime admits that it’s so huge that even she got lost all the time in there. Hopefully she can remember her way this time, or they’ll all be in trouble if they get caught before finding Hime’s mom.
Ribbon reminds them that this is no time to get careless.
There are two Knight Saiarks guarding the way forward. Megumi’s not worried, though.
These are Ninja costumes, and what do ninjas excel at but camouflage and stealth?
Sure enough, with this costume, the girls are able to disguise themselves as bushes. (I did notice that Hime’s bush has an extra little bump on top to hide Ribbon. Nice attention to detail, animators!) I’ve been remembering Ninja Hime from Episode 4 while watching the girls today, so I knew that this costume gave smoke bombs and the “sheet trick” (hiding yourself using a sheet that perfectly matches the surface you’re standing nearby). It’s really neat to see all the other things this costume allows, like roof-hopping, quick running across open areas, and now another environmental disguise. They even have those ninja throwing knives (kunai?), but those haven’t been used in battle yet. Maybe someday… Let’s see how the girls progress from here.
At first it looks like a glorified game of “Red Light, Green Light,”
with the girls freezing in their tracks whenever a Knight Saiark glances their way.
And this happens a lot. Are these Saiarks more powerful than the usual ones, hence this level of attention to their surroundings, or is it the Dark environment that is giving this boost in ability?
I don’t recall many other Saiarks from the past being this alert, except maybe the ones that Oresky summoned. (Don’t forget that ambush from Episode 8. I didn’t hear Oresky command the Saiarks to attack that way. Maybe some Saiarks are just more clever than others?) I must applaud the Empire for having such attentive guards watching their front doors, even if it makes it a pain for Megumi and her friends to make any headway sneaking in.
Oh gosh, the Saiark’s even coming over to investigate the bushes. Poor girls!
Thankfully it leaves after a minute,
but Megumi accidentally destroys her bush when she starts moving again.
Hime’s panicking, but Yuko just activates another Ninja camouflage ability.
Just in time, because their panic attracts the Saiark’s attention again. The three bushes are now… a random leafy patch with a large lump in the middle of it, all surrounded by plain dirt ground. I know there was no time for anything better, but there’s no way that this isn’t going to raise suspicion!
Thank heaven the Saiark finally leaves them alone.
But before there’s time to even breathe after the close call, Yuko’s stomach growls. And THAT is what causes the Saiark to raise the alarm. As bad as this is, that did make me laugh. To be fair, the Knight Saiark was so alert already, probably anything would’ve triggered this reaction, whether it was the leaves rustling when the girls started moving again, maybe a sneeze or one of them stubbing a toe…
Regardless, it’s time to run!
The alarm has been raised and a horde of Choiarks has been summoned to find them.
It’s now a race against time.
The Ninja costume isn’t going to work against this many enemies scouring the area, so Hime suggests becoming Roller Skaters instead.
It seems to be working for now.
Yep, the girls were so fast in blazing past that the Choiarks quickly lost sight of them after recovering from the surprise.
Now the girls can see the front entrance, but it’s closely guarded by two more Knight Saiarks. I don’t think the girls can get in this way, not before all those Choiarks catch up.
Hime seems to have a plan, though.
Oh, there’s a secret entrance?
And it’s a direct path to the Queen’s room?
Ribbon’s shocked that she never knew this existed.
Hime’s more mischievous than I thought, and we’ve seen her be fairly goofy before. I guess Hime was a bit of a rebel princess after all, at least when she was younger. Maybe she needed a quick way to escape whenever the demands of the palace were too much.
I’m laughing at Ribbon’s outrage through this. You just know that she’s going to be having words with Hime when this is all over.
At least Megumi and Yuko are enjoying themselves.
Finally, they’ve made it to the throne room.
For the first time in months, Hime can see her parents again.
She’s missed them so much, she starts crying right there. Megumi says that Hime looks like her mom.
She really does, they have about the same hair color, while her father’s hair is navy blue.
Hime finally gets to give her mom the Mother’s Day cupcakes she made.
Awww, Hime’s really grown! She tells her mom that she knows how to cook now, when she couldn’t even break an egg correctly before.
And Hime made sure to include lots of raisins, since her mom loves them so much. I bet her mother would be so proud of her now.
Unfortunately, the girls are still in the heart of enemy territory, and the Choiarks just found them.
Looks like we’re going to see just how this environmental difference will affect a fight.
At least the girls can still transform.
The Deep Mirror, meanwhile, is informing Mirage that the Cures managed to infiltrate the castle.
She doesn’t care, and she may have good reason for this confidence. Blue already warned the girls earlier that their powers wouldn’t work if they got in a fight here. Mirage certainly seems to think they’ll go down in a hurry. I guess we’ll have to see how things go.
The Cures are playing it smart here, going on the run rather than getting overwhelmed in a straight fight.
Lovely tells Princess, who still looks worried about her parents, that it’s time to go. They’ll save her home and family, it just can’t happen today.
The girls fly to ground level, only to be confronted by Hosshiiwa.
While Ribbon, Honey, and Lovely start to run, Princess gets angry.
This is Princess’s home, and she’s ticked off that the Phantom Empire claims this land as their own. I’m impressed with her bravery, but this is a really bad time to take a stand.
And now Hosshiiwa knows that Princess is the princess of the Blue Sky Kingdom.
At first I thought this would be really bad news. And in another story, it might be. Imagine if the members of the royal family all escaped the initial invasion, but were scattered in the process and the enemies needed information from the King. Discovering and capturing his daughter would be very useful, wouldn’t it? Or what if the Blue Sky Kingdom had some secret weapon or other resource that the Phantom Empire wanted to use? Having Hime as a hostage would be a good idea, right? But none of that actually applies in this case. The Phantom Empire is only here because the Blue Sky Kingdom was the country tasked with keeping the Axia Box safe. When the enemies were released from the Box, this is where they set down roots to consolidate their power. There is no other reason that Hime lost her home. Now she’s the princess of a fallen kingdom, a refugee in a foreign land, and no one (except her best friends) even seems to care. Is it any wonder she’s so angry?
Princess actually directly attacks Hosshiiwa with “Princess Ball.”
Hosshiiwa pretends to be scared
before knocking the attack to one side,
where it dissipates against a Knight Saiark’s shield. Dear heavens, this is HOSSHIIWA, not Phantom or even a Saiark, nullifying an attack with her bare hands. This isn’t going to end well.
Now the Cures are facing down three Saiarks at once, with this kind of disadvantage in effect.
And if that’s not bad enough, now Namakelder and Oresky have found them as well. The only good news is that the Generals are distracted and arguing with each other.
The Cures take advantage of this and make a break for it.
Unfortunately, the Knight Saiarks easily catch up and the girls are forced to fight them.
Physical attacks don’t seem to do much,
so Lovely uses “Lovely Blaster.”
While she’s flash-frying one Saiark and Princess is just beating on another,
Honey uses her purifying attack.
That’s right, Honey’s overpowered purifying attack from OUTER SPACE hits all three Knight Saiarks at once.
And they just shrug it off!
Hosshiiwa gets a good laugh at the Cures’ shock, declaring that the Precure only have half of their power here in the Phantom Empire.
Or was that one-tenth their power?
Namakelder wonders if it wasn’t actually one-hundredth of their power.
Oresky’s so confident in their weakness that he thinks even Choiarks alone can take out the Cures. And he may be right…
The Cures have no choice but to keep fighting for now.
Even Honey’s hitting and kicking with her friends because purifying individual Choiarks with her baton isn’t working, either.
Okay, this is terrifying! No matter how hard the Choiarks get hit, they keep getting back up.
And something about the way they get back on their feet reminds me of zombies or puppets. It looks so wrong!
The Choiarks just won’t go down, and the Cures are surrounded.
Ribbon pulls out the Form Change Cards. Somehow, the girls have to get enough space that they can run for it.
Lovely transforms into Lollipop Hip Hop, immediately followed by Honey’s Popcorn Cheer and Princess’s Macadamia Hula Dance.
Three consecutive Dance Form attacks.
And the Choiarks STILL shrug it all off. At least a few of them,
including Oresky, seem distracted from Macadamia Hula Dance…
Oresky declares that the Cures must be at about one-millionth of their power right now.
This is very bad! None of their attacks can do anything, and they’re completely surrounded.
Princess is really regretting that she wanted to see her mom today. It wasn’t very smart, admittedly, but I can’t blame her for having a wish. And Megumi and Yuko agreed to go along, it was even their idea. All three of them decided this was worth the risk.
Thankfully, Blue calls them on Lovely’s Cure Line, saying there’s a Mirror Gate nearby. See, he’s got their back. Blue’s awesome here!
Good thinking, Honey! She teleports them away from danger when the Choiarks attack with their lasers.
The Generals now know that the Cures have an escape route.
It’s a footrace to see if the Cures can escape or not.
This is more intense than I thought it’d be.
And it’s got me wondering if this is exactly how Hime and Ribbon escaped the initial invasion in the first place. Were they chased down like animals, just like what’s happening now,
with Blue urging them towards the open Gate?
Holy cow! They barely made it through,
with a Knight Saiark crushing the area where they stood a split second ago! Hime, I’m glad you got to see your parents today, but after seeing all that, I don’t think you’re going back there for a VERY long time!
Blue makes sure they’re all okay back in the Cross Mirror Room. They seem to be exhausted, but otherwise unharmed.
Princess looks heart-broken, though. She had to run away again. She’s probably so sick of running, but there was no other choice today.
Oh, poor girl! Now Hime thinks she’s an idiotic Cure, a useless one,
because she couldn’t protect her family or her home.
Megumi reminds her that it’s not just Hime, that none of them could beat the Choiarks, let alone a Saiark, while there. Clearly the elemental affinities, Light vs Dark, in a Dark environment are a huge problem.
Good for Yuko! She said that if their Cure powers are weakened in the Phantom Empire, then they’ll just have to get stronger, strong enough that such a weakness won’t matter anymore.
Hime still feels hopeless. They’re talking about being weakened to one-millionth of their normal power. Is it even possible to get strong enough to counteract that level of weakness?
Megumi just says that they’ll have to get a million times stronger to make up the difference. She’s awesome and, knowing Megumi, she’ll find a way to pull it off, too!
Yuko agrees. It won’t happen overnight, but they don’t need to hurry. Baby steps!
Hime, your friends won’t leave you alone with this problem. You’re so lucky, so just hang in there! You’ll save your family and your home one day.
These girls are amazing, being willing to take such a risk to help Hime deliver Mother’s Day cupcakes to her mom who’s trapped behind enemy lines. Just as Hime won’t leave her friends alone, they’ve got her back.
When they’re all strong enough, they’ll take the fight to the enemy and save the Blue Sky Kingdom.
That’s the end of this episode, and now I want to cry as much as I really want to give poor Hime a hug. Megumi and Yuko will have to hug her for me.
On Heroes and Intelligence:
I think I’ve made it plain that the girls wanting to travel behind enemy lines in this episode wasn’t the smartest idea. I know that they wanted to help Hime, who was really hurting and showing clear signs of trauma that have only been hinted at in the past. This is most obviously seen whenever they cross paths with Fortune, like in Episode 8 for example. Still, maybe there was no other way that Megumi and Yuko could help Hime get any sort of closure in this situation.
If you really think about it, though, are heroes in general the smartest bunch? Before you get angry, consider how these sorts of stories always play out. An enemy, the big bad of the story, appears and threatens to take over everything, usually displaying an overwhelming show of force. Most of the populace in the land either starts to run for the borders, hoping to flee to safety, or hunkers down to hopefully escape notice. There’s always a select few who choose to defy the odds, though. No matter their background, they will not bow or cower to this new threat. Logically speaking, isn’t it a really stupid move to go running full tilt at an enemy who’s got them outmanned and outgunned? Yet heroes will do this every time, nearly without question. And because heroes do this, they bring hope back to the embattled land, often rallying enough followers and support to turn things around and drive off the invading force, maybe even eliminating the big bad itself. Heroes aren’t smart, though they may be very good at analyzing the situation to predict the best actions for the most optimal outcomes. Heroes aren’t smart… but would they still be heroes if they were?
Megumi, Yuko, and Hime didn’t act very smart today, but they defied the odds and escaped unharmed anyway. By doing so, they reminded themselves, and Hime in particular, what they’re fighting for, and I think all three girls will work so much harder to improve so that they can drive off the invasion of the Phantom Empire entirely, someday in the future. It’ll be quite a journey to get there, but it’s one I’m eager to watch. I love this show!
Chapter 17: Episode 16: I Am Masuko Miyo!! I Shall Find All The Pretty Cures' Secrets!!
Chapter Text
Today’s episode starts off with a news broadcast from Masuko Miyo.
She has bad news for Spain, Madrid’s Cure was defeated by Phantom.
Seriously, what’s up with this guy? Is there really no stopping him? Meanwhile, he’s going around wreaking havoc like some sort of one-man hurricane. At least the hurricane eventually ends! This gives Phantom a bodycount of at least ten Cures we’ve seen on-screen: Madrid, the eight from Episode 14, and Cure Nile from Episode 13. Including Cure Tender (who was defeated off-screen, hence my not naming her before), Fortune’s sister, that’s eleven Cures he’s taken out that we know of. The only reason our Happiness Charge girls are still free is because Queen Mirage promised to let Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa deal with them (see Episode 13)… Never thought I’d thank Oresky for something like that, but credit where it’s due!
Good on Miyo, though! She doesn’t let such bad news linger without balancing it out,
reminding her viewers that the Precure are heroes (or heroines), and good always wins in the end.
And I just realized that Megumi and Hime are watching this broadcast from a different room in the Embassy, not the main sitting area like we’ve seen before. It looks like there’s a bed (maybe?), a small sofa, and a few large stuffed animals in one corner. This might actually be Hime’s room. It’s always fun to see new areas.
Moving on, though, Miyo wraps up her broadcast by announcing that her next scoop will be discovering the identities of the Happiness Charge girls…
Are you serious right now?!
Admittedly, I think the bad guys already know their civilian identities as it is, at least by physical appearance alone. The girls have never gone out of their way to hide before transforming if the enemies are the only ones in the area. Pretty Cure, at least this season of Happiness Charge, isn’t like some other shows where an enemy would happily utilize this knowledge to wipe out a hero as a defenseless civilian.
Image found here: https://gatchaman.fandom.com/wiki/Science_Ninja_Team
I remember an older anime from 1972, “Science Ninja Team Gatchaman,” that actually had its hero team in a sort of arms race against the enemy combatants. (If you’re wondering about the uniforms, their team had a bird theme and code names for their work out in the field. Those capes could actually defend against some enemy ammunition and protect the team from explosions, as well as allow them to glide across open areas, such as from their ship, the God Phoenix, onto whatever animal mecha they needed to destroy, often through stealth and sabotage. They are G-1 Ken the Eagle (white, blue, and red), G-2 Joe the Condor (blue and red), G-3 Jun the Swan (white and pink), G-4 Jinpei the Swallow (blue, yellow, and red), and G-5 Ryu the Owl (green and brown).)
Image found here: https://gatchaman.fandom.com/wiki/Jun
It was deadly dangerous when one of the heroes, Jun the Swan, was nearly found out.
Image found here: https://gatchaman.fandom.com/wiki/Joe_Asakura
And by the time another of their team, Joe the Condor, was unmasked, the world was nearly destroyed, with Joe being the one to save the day (before dying from his wounds) with two seconds left on the clock, I kid you not! But this is Pretty Cure, and the rules are a little different.
Rant over (for now). Let’s all say hello to Cure Berry of Fresh Precure today before we continue on.
Megumi and Yuko are concerned with this development, but not overly worried.
Hime, however, is absolutely horrified. And she brings up a very good point that I hadn’t considered at all, I’m embarrassed to say.
Miyo’s news station is a very popular channel that everyone watches.
If she reveals the true identities of the Happiness Charge girls, who already get more than enough attention in Cure form, well…
Finally, Megumi and Yuko (and I!) understand the danger.
None of the girls would have any peace.
They’d be hounded through the streets by fans, if not by a very obsessive media.
(Sorry Hime, your imagine spot was too funny. I couldn’t resist…)
(Sorry Hime, your imagine spot was too funny. I couldn’t resist…)
People would be watching EVERY aspect of their lives under a microscope! That’s not even going into the fact that if their families found out and determined that their fighting in the war was too dangerous (as we saw happen near the end of Fresh Precure), they might lose the ability to keep fighting as Cures at all!
It’s one thing if Seiji knows their secret. It’s quite another if a news reporter finds out and reveals them to the whole world!
It took me a minute to understand Megumi’s response, but then I got a good chuckle. Yeah, Megumi, you’ve really got to be more careful. Seiji found you out in about a day (see Episode 3). Don’t let that happen again!
Oof! Guess who’s already questioning girls in the front entrance to their school. Yep, Miyo didn’t waste any time, did she? She’s looking for anyone who seems to share a similar appearance to the Cures,
targeting one girl with a ponytail because that’s Lovely’s hairstyle, too.
Oh great, and now that the terrified girl from before ran off, Miyo’s camera is focused on Megumi, Hime, and Yuko.
Miyo refers to her notebook
before focusing in on Megumi (energetic = Lovely),
Yuko (generous = Honey),
and Hime (selfish = Princess).
Remember how I said that none of these girls act that differently in or out of Cure form (see Episode 11)? Here’s one of the downsides to that decision.
Hime’s not very thrilled with her descriptor,
though Ribbon hilariously admits that Miyo’s not wrong.
It’s okay, Hime, if you weren’t a little selfish you’d be more like any number of shy, doormat-like introverted people in these sorts of shows. You have a strong personality with a bit of a stubborn streak (see Episodes 6 and 7), but you’re still very introverted, and very loyal as well!
Credit to Miyo, those are some very accurate notes. I’m a little worried just what she knows about the girls. I’m already rather uncomfortable with this stalker-like behavior, even if it may only stem from a mostly harmless fascination.
And when Ribbon quietly calls out Hime for the “selfish” description, Miyo zooms in on the “plushie” resting on Hime’s head!
That’s when Hime stuffs Ribbon into her bag with an “Oh, LOOK at the time, we’vegottagoBYE!” sort of attitude.
Class is about to start, and the girls don’t hesitate to use that to their advantage so they can book it out of there!
Miyo’s very suspicious now.
Their teacher is just starting to call roll,
but Megumi has a problem.
Yeah, Miyo FOLLOWED them into class and is filming her from a foot away! Miyo, what the heck?! At least give these poor girls a little breathing room!
What’s worse is Miyo has written permission to be here to interview them, so there’s no escaping her in the school building, either.
Not only that, she already knows their names.
And since the Cures regularly appear around this very school,
she thinks they must be middle school students enrolled here.
It’s adding up to a very convincing picture right now. (I’d be impressed with her research if I wasn’t simultaneously terrified. I’m personally someone who likes to go through life quietly, under the radar. If someone started following me like Miyo is with these poor girls… I don’t know what I’d do, but I know that every instinct in my body would be screaming at me to run for my life!) This is very bad!
Now the girls are walking down the hall in between classes, greeting friends along the way.
Hime’s still as shy as ever, ducking down but not quite hiding behind Yuko.
And Miyo’s just recording this!
She’s kept close watch on the Happiness Charge girls and knows that Cure Princess is very shy as well.
Hime’s not helping her case for NOT being Princess when she hides behind Megumi on discovering that she’s being watched.
Hime tries to deny being shy,
turns to leave,
and nearly crashes headlong into a tall boy.
And then she just panics and RUNS!
Poor Hime, I know the feeling. This happens to me all the time in public. I can’t really get physically close to other people or I just freeze up and can’t move. It only gets worse the more self-conscious I feel about it, too, while on good days it might not be nearly so big a problem. I still don’t know if this is for fear of inconveniencing other people more than it’s just me being too scared to get close to anyone else. I call it my “Proximity Alert,” and I can’t tell you how many times I’ve nearly pinballed myself into five different people in my efforts to get away from the one person who managed to get close enough to surprise me. I hate it because I can’t control this reaction, and it’s always so embarrassing!
Now it’s lunchtime and Miyo’s focusing her attention on Yuko this time.
She’s noticed that Megumi, Hime, and Yuko seem to be close friends.
Miyo then starts asking rapidfire questions,
not even giving Yuko time to answer because Miyo’s so excited in following this lead.
Yuko politely and awkwardly asks if she can eat her lunch in peace.
Credit to Miyo, she does back off, but then she consults her notebook,
verifying that Cure Honey knows a lot about rice. Megumi sees this and has no idea what to do. I like Miyo, from what I’ve seen of her, but there’s no denying that she’s terrifying in this episode!
At the end of the day, Megumi’s at home dishing rice for dinner while her mother, Seiji, and Mao are setting the table. Looks like Seiji’s mother had work again tonight (see Episode 3).
Megumi’s exhausted after the stress of the day.
Miyo’s going to be giving her report soon, and Megumi hopes that Yuko and Hime can keep it together for now.
Seiji overhears her and admits that he’s most concerned about HER keeping the secret (Episode 3 again).
When someone questions what they’re discussing, Megumi turns to answer, only to see Miyo standing there. In her HOME! Is there no escaping Miyo when she follows a lead?!
I’m horrified, this would have me running for the hills, but Miyo’s cute “Hi~” still made me laugh. Miyo, just what are you DOING?
Mao, at least, is thrilled to see her here.
While Megumi’s floundering, not sure what to do or say, her mom invites Miyo to stay for dinner.
There’s that eager-to-please attitude that Megumi shows all the time, but this may be one of the first times it’s been used against Megumi herself.
Is this a thing in Japan, where the rules of hospitality may even outweigh a minor being very uncomfortable with the prospect of being interviewed? Megumi’s mom is so nice, but I’m not sure I like that she doesn’t stick up for Megumi here. Does she just not notice how on edge Megumi is?
Regardless, they enjoy a nice hot meal together, and then Miyo turns around to question Megumi further.
But Megumi’s not there…
Looks like the interview’s happening in Megumi’s room. In private, that makes sense.
Okay, brilliant move! Megumi’s had enough of Miyo’s questions and uses a PreCard to become a Reporter herself. Turnabout’s fair play, after all. The look on Miyo’s face is amazing!
Reporter Megumi starts asking Miyo several rapidfire questions about her news channel,
hardly giving her a chance to answer a single one. Sound familiar?
Within seconds, Miyo loses it and starts to cry. She may be good at interviewing others, but she doesn’t take questions well herself.
Finally, Miyo admits why she’s so fascinated with Precure.
One day while she was at a press conference, a Saiark attacked.
Miyo herself was nearly taken out in the confusion, but she was saved by…
It’s hard to tell because this flashback is shown in very faded colors, but the Cure that came to her rescue looks kind of similar to Fortune, in a way.
I think this may be our first view of Fortune’s sister, Cure Tender, before she was defeated by Phantom.
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Hikawa_Maria
I could be wrong, but the hair ornament looks identical to what Fortune wears today, even if this past Cure’s hairstyle and uniform doesn’t quite match up.
Awww! Ever since this rescue, Miyo’s looked up to the Cures and even wanted to become one herself. Probably the closest she could come to this goal was starting her news channel, which is very successful today.
This is why she wanted to track down the Happiness Charge girls. She probably wanted to ask how they became Cures so that maybe she could become one as well.
Now that Megumi knows that Miyo’s motivation is merely her chasing a dream, instead of something more dangerous,
Megumi goes into Helper Mode.
She tells Miyo that having a dream isn’t silly and that she’ll ask Blue for help. Miyo just looks confused.
And then Megumi transforms right in front of her.
Seriously Megumi, can you not keep a secret for more than a day? Seiji walks in right then. Poor guy, he really can’t leave Megumi alone for a second, can he?
Miyo’s starstruck because she actually got to see a Precure transform!
Now it’s the next day, and Miyo is begging Blue to be allowed to become a Cure. Hime’s not thrilled that someone else knows their identities now.
At least Megumi looks a little embarrassed about it.
Yuko then admits that it was futile to hide this from Miyo, and she’s not wrong. With all those detailed notes that Miyo took, she was already onto them from the get-go.
When Miyo asks to interview Ribbon another time, Ribbon refuses.
Meanwhile, Blue is taking Miyo’s request to become a Cure very seriously. This is war! Superpowers or not, these girls are NOT playing games. Miyo’s life and livelihood would be on the line in every battle, if this is really what she wanted to do.
Miyo is certain that this is what she wants, though. And she has a point that her expertise with gathering information and her general knowledge of Cures would be very valuable to devote to the cause.
Seeing her resolve, Blue respects her wishes and creates a brand new Love Crystal just for Miyo, much to Hime and Ribbon’s shock.
All Miyo has to do to activate the Crystal is to express her strong feelings, her wishes and determination to become a Cure.
But nothing happens. The Love Crystal that was glowing so brightly before now looks like a polished pink pearl or marble.
Hime wonders if Miyo wasn’t wishing hard enough, so Miyo tries again.
And again.
The sun has started setting before she finally gives up. Poor Miyo! No one knows why the Crystal won’t transform for her.
Megumi comforts her, thinking it just needs more time to activate, for some reason.
Miyo, while touched by Megumi’s compassion, admits that it may be because she’s an adult. At this point in the Franchise, I don’t think we’ve had any adult Cures yet. There was Cure Moonlight (Heartcatch Precure), of course, but wasn’t she seventeen? That’s not quite old enough to be an adult… In Happiness Charge especially, the Cures all seem to be young women, not mature adults. This has got to be devastating for Miyo. She’s wanted this for so long, and it still can’t happen even when she has a direct way to transform.
She quietly leaves the Embassy.
Miyo visits a nearby park, just feeling heartbroken as she sits on a swing. As much as she’s wanted to become a Cure, she likely feels even worse now. She finally had a way to reach her dreams, actually holding the Crystal that would grant this in her hands, but it just wouldn’t work for her. I’d argue that this hurts worse than simply longing for a dream, because in this case she had the power to get what she wanted, right in her hands, but there was something about her that wouldn’t let it happen.
Oh, not good! Miyo lost one of her shoes while she was swinging and it hit a sleeping Namakelder right on the head.
He declares that saving the world is too much work, but if she really wants to help people that much she can help him spread mold.
And he traps Miyo in a mirror.
Now there’s a Reporter Saiark on the attack!
Blue warns the girls and they quickly arrive on the scene, ready to fight. Megumi hesitates when she sees that it’s Miyo who’s the source of this Saiark.
How horrible is it that she became a Saiark when all she wanted was to become a Cure and help in the fight? Megumi and her friends are determined to save Miyo, and they transform.
The battle begins with the Reporter Saiark charging right at the Cures.
Lovely fends off the attack, hitting back briefly
before summoning “Lovely Rising Sword.” And this is where things get frightening!
Miyo, unconscious and trapped as she is, actually speaks (I think she does. At least Namakelder and the Cures can hear and understand her. This isn’t the Saiark speaking, this is MIYO!), saying that she recognizes that attack.
The Reporter Saiark then charges up its microphone and shoots an electric blast to destroy the sword before Lovely can use it.
Princess then attacks with “Princess Tornado,” and I just realized that we haven’t seen her use this attack since… Was it back in Episode 3? It’s been a while, so it felt nostalgic to see this move again.
It doesn’t matter, though, because Miyo again knows this attack well,
with the Saiark spinning its body just fast enough to directly neutralize Princess’s attack. Dear heavens, has Miyo just given the Phantom Empire another silver bullet? It wasn’t bad enough that the Cures have to worry about Phantom, the Pretty Cure Hunter, taking them out, now they have to contend with Miyo and the results of her endless research?!
Even Honey can’t do any damage with “Honey Ribbon Spiral,” because, I’m serious about this,
the Reporter Saiark summons a bazooka
and shoots a blast that not only destroys Honey’s ribbon, but carries on through to take down all three Cures at once!
Ribbon’s shocked at just how focused the Saiark’s attacks are. It’s really impressive, as much as it is terrifying.
This Saiark doesn’t waste time or energy, it knows exactly how to deal with every attack, and that’s when Lovely realizes that, somehow, the Saiark has access to Miyo’s knowledge and all the research she’s done in learning about Precure after all this time. How can you even beat an enemy that knows you well enough that it can recognize every move you make before you make it and retaliate in such a way as to completely nullify any potential damage?
While the Cures are in shock, not sure how to counteract something like this, Namakelder’s quite pleased that he struck gold with today’s Saiark.
Can you imagine how bad things would be if the Phantom Empire recognized Miyo’s value and used her repeatedly to create Saiarks able to match and overcome any Cure around the world, since Miyo herself is always researching and reporting on them, knowing every tidbit of information that could be used against them? Any strategy the Cures might come up with to win one fight would never work again, because Miyo would then know how to counter it in the future. Goodness, and I thought the Karate Saiark (see Episode 9) was dangerous!
Namakelder orders the Reporter Saiark to finish them off, and it’s ready to obey. With a BAZOOKA!
Honey realizes that none of their known moves will work, but what about a brand new attack?
That’s right, she’s never used Coconut Samba before, so maybe this will give the girls a fighting chance.
Okay, so Coconut Samba… At first glance, I’m getting Carnaval vibes (Did I spell that right?), so I think this Battle Form is inspired by Brazil. Carnaval is a huge festival celebrated annually in Brazil.
Rio (2011)
Rio (2011)
The 2011 movie “Rio” depicts this, if you want a comparison for some of the sorts of costumes and floats you might see in the parades during Carnaval.
Sure enough, Miyo’s never seen this Form Change before, so at least Samba Honey’s got a chance to cause some damage this time.
Looks like Coconut Samba gets every enemy dancing very energetically,
like today’s Reporter Saiark
and even Namakelder himself.
Unlike Macadamia Hula Dance that gets EVERYONE on the battlefield dancing the hula and feeling relaxed, Coconut Samba only affects the enemies, draining their energy to the point of exhaustion. This would be frightening to me, seeming like a parasitic attack to actively drain one’s energy, except that I saw how frenetically the enemies were just dancing. Anyone who’s had to run a mile for P.E. probably knows that you won’t have much energy to spare after doing so, and you’ll likely be very sore later on. Namakelder and the Reporter Saiark are the same. Only Honey’s unaffected, probably because she has that much energy to spare. (Don’t get me wrong, this Form Change is still scary, but in a different way, wearing enemies out by dancing uncontrollably to the music.)
Coconut Samba is awesome! (I’m sorry I couldn’t show more pictures, but everyone’s dancing so fast that most of the shots I took were too blurry to see what’s going on. You’ll just have to watch this dance attack on Youtube to fully appreciate it.)
Namakelder and the Saiark are both down, and the Saiark is probably too tired to fight back, so now’s the time to attack.
Lovely and Princess agree,
immediately launching into their team attack. The Reporter Saiark is gone!
Namakelder’s upset with the loss, but just leaves to go slack off somewhere else.
And I feel it needs to be said that the Cures are SO lucky that it was Namakelder they had to face today. Imagine if it was Oresky who’d targeted Miyo and learned what a valuable resource she could be. Would he ever leave her alone, or would he constantly target her in the hopes of defeating Pikarigaoka’s Cures in his bid to become number one? This kind of strategy would trigger an endless arms race between the Cures and the Empire, and I have no idea how things might end in such a situation! I’m not sure if Hosshiiwa would do the same, reporting this new knowledge in exchange for more sweets, maybe? Namakelder, though, would he even want to put in the effort of doing this sort of write-up after today’s battle? Such a game-breaking discovery… He’d likely be dragged in for endless interrogations by every other General wanting to learn what he saw and how best to utilize Miyo in the invasion. Do you think Namakelder’s going to let something like this happen? He’ll probably take this knowledge to the grave to ensure his future peace, so Miyo and the rest of the Cures around the world should be safe for now.
Miyo’s safe at last,
and Megumi and her friends go running up to her to make sure that she’s alright.
Poor Miyo, she only wanted to become a Cure herself to help in the fight, inspired by these heroes as she has been. Instead, she caused a lot of trouble and put the girls in serious danger when she was targeted in today’s attack.
The girls didn’t earn any PreCards after today’s battle, either. Ribbon reminds us that those Cards can only be created/summoned by happy feelings,
and Miyo’s not happy even after being rescued. She’s still so disappointed about not becoming a Cure.
Just then, Mao and her friends, including Eri, I think (see Episode 14), run up to the group. Miyo may not be a Cure, but she’s a popular and famous news reporter, and the kids are in awe that they get to meet their hero in person today.
Awww! Eri even wants Miyo’s autograph! How wonderful!
Even though she’s not a magical hero, Miyo’s still making a difference in the world and has many fans of her own.
Finally, Miyo smiles.
Looks like her disappointment and despair from earlier have lessened enough for Ribbon to receive two more PreCards.
Maybe things’ll be okay after all.
Megumi, Hime, and Yuko are again watching Miyo’s broadcast on the TV in Hime’s room.
Miyo reveals that the investigation into the Happiness Charge team will be delayed due to lack of material. Good for her! Now that her initial excitement’s past, she’s likely remembered that it’s her duty as an adult and a reporter to protect the identities of the girls because they’re still minors, at the very least.
I’m not very impressed with most reporters in real life today. They lack integrity, being willing to commit to outright Yellow Journalism to get views and their fifteen minutes of fame. Has anyone heard the story of the young Chiefs fan who was accused by a horrible reporter of wearing blackface, to the point that this reporter only printed a picture of one side of the kid’s painted face to “prove” it? That’s outright propaganda, isn’t it? Against a nine-year-old boy. What the heck?! (The little boy’s face was half red, half black, the colors of the Chiefs football team. Guess which angle the picture was taken from for the news story. I’m so glad the kid’s parents are suing this guy!)
(I want to cite this story, but please take into account that any news article will probably be putting their own spin on it, so take things with a grain of salt. Here’s one article about the initial defamatory article: https://nypost.com/2023/11/30/news/young-kansas-city-chiefs-fan-labeled-a-racist-by-deadspin-reporter-holden-armenta-speaks-out-its-a-little-scary/ and another detailing the lawsuit: https://www.usatoday.com/story/sports/nfl/2024/02/08/kansas-city-chiefs-fan-sues-deadspin/72521709007/)
Thankfully, Miyo actually possesses integrity with her reporting. To make up for not having any updates on the Happiness Charge situation,
Miyo shows footage of kids around the world cheering on their respective country’s Cures.
It turns out that Cure powers not only seem to operate on confidence and emotion,
but the Cures themselves can also get a major power boost from the feelings of those who support them, cheering them on in the fight!
Good for you, Miyo! Cures may be the ones on the battlefront, taking the fight to the enemy every day, but they can’t do it alone.
Friends, families, fans from home, everyone cheering them on… it all gives the Precure hope and courage to keep going in a war that never seems to end.
There are heroes on both sides, battle and homefront, in any war, and that’s something important that I think we all need to remember at times.
Miyo’s going to continue her part, informing the public on the status of the war, even if it may not involve her having flashy superpowers herself.
Blue’s watching her broadcast as well, and he makes an interesting observation.
It may be that Miyo’s Love Crystal, which you might’ve noticed she’s now wearing on a necklace, didn’t activate because Miyo already has a valuable role she’s fulfilling right now. She doesn’t need to be a superhero on top of this, not with all the good she’s already doing. Reporting on the war and bringing hope to an embattled world is a critical role that also needs to be met, and Miyo will be the one to fill that need. And that’s the end of today’s episode!
On Supporting a War Effort From Home:
Poor Miyo! She’s been inspired by Precure this whole time and wanted so badly to become one herself. But it just didn’t work for her. Blue tells us at the end of this episode that the reason for this power failure may well be because Miyo’s reporting on the war, informing everyone about the Cures, and spreading hope worldwide is a critical role that only she can fulfill. There are plenty of Cures already, no matter how many have been defeated by Phantom over time, but no one else is keeping the world informed on the status of the Phantom Empire’s invasion.
This is actually reminding me a bit of what I learned back in school about World War 2. (Talk about a blast from the past!) So many people wanted to join the draft, even if they didn’t meet the minimum age requirement. I remember hearing one particular story where young men would put the number eighteen on a bit of paper in the bottom of their shoes so that they could honestly say that they were “over eighteen years old,” even though this wasn’t actually true. (I can’t offer a citation for this except that I remember one of my History teachers telling that story, nor can I verify if this specifically applied to World War 1 or World War 2, though I do think it was World War 2. I’m sorry!)
(Actually, this may be the nearest citation I can offer, this website here: https://abcnews.go.com/GMA/story?id=3850523&page=1 and the book referred to in this news story, "America's Youngest Warriors: Stories about Young Men and Women Who Served in the Armed Forces of the United States of America.", accessible here:
https://archive.org/details/americasyoungest0000unse_a6r0/mode/2up )
I do remember learning that there was a lot of emphasis, specifically during World War 2, on how to help support the war effort from the homefront. No matter how much everyone wanted to help on the battlefront, this just wasn’t possible. Someone’s got to keep the home fires burning in the midst of a war, otherwise what do the soldiers have to fight for? Don’t they need a home to come back to, once the fighting’s done? I can’t speak for every country's support from home, though they may have been doing largely the same things.
At least in America, though, there were all kinds of things that civilians could do to support the war effort. It could be as simple as donating or recycling rubber and metal, even paper, materials that could be repurposed for weapons, vehicles up to and including tanks, and so on. There was the matter of producing enough food to keep everyone fed, when so much would have to be given out to the soldiers. The army runs on its stomach, right? The government brought up the idea for “Victory Gardens,” small home gardens that any family could grow to make sure that there was enough food to go around. Even superheroes in comics, like Batman, Robin, and Superman were used to advertise this idea to the general population. Just look at this poster if you don’t believe me!
Image found here: https://www.dailyrecord.com/story/life/good-life/2016/05/02/grow-mendham-garden-center-brings-back-victory-garden-concept/83815048/
Why am I talking about history, specifically from World War 2? Happiness Charge is depicting a time when the whole Earth is once again facing a worldwide war, but this time every country is united against a single invading force. So many people, like Miyo herself, have seen the Cures in action and become inspired by them. But let’s be honest, there aren’t enough Love Crystals in the world to meet the wishes of every person who likely wants to join in the fight. Even if there were, societies would all collapse, leading to an enemy victory anyway, if everyone gave up their daily responsibilities to leap into the fray as well.
As I said before, someone’s got to keep the home fires burning, to make sure that there’s still a home for the Cures to return to at the end of the day. And if this involves someone like Miyo covering the news, keeping everyone informed on the war situation, and helping to inspire people to power up their country’s Cures by believing in them and their efforts in battle, isn’t that a unique and incredibly important role that also needs to be fulfilled? There are enough warriors in the fight for the moment, even with Phantom and his efforts to cull them every day. It’s more important to support those who are fighting, and to let everyone know just what needs to be done to help in this. Not every person needs to be, or can be, on the battlefront, but there’s still a great need for healers, honest reporters, and so on. I love that today’s episode touched on this sort of topic! Or at least that it reminded me of these sorts of things… Everyone has a role to play, it’s just a matter of discovering that role and being ready to move forward in fulfilling it.
Chapter 18: Episode 17: Effort and Heart! Megumi and Seiji's Bond!!
Chapter Text
Okay, this whole intro sequence just about made me die laughing! Here goes…
Hime looks less than thrilled with Megumi and Yuko’s outfits,
with the implication being that they want her to wear the very same black, eye-catching uniform.
Happiness Charge Episode 4
(I failed to realize on my first viewing that they are actually wearing a boy’s school uniform, though I can’t really understand why.)
At first I was wondering if Hime’s fashion sense was dying a little bit inside, but I don’t think that’s the problem, at least not the only one. These outfits are something Japanese people can wear to cheer their friends on, I guess at sporting events or competitions? (I actually got really lucky and found a blog article that talks about this uniform and cheer routine. You can read more about it here: https://tokyojapan2013.blogspot.com/2013/06/japanese-school-cheering-squad.html)
Image found here: https://fineartamerica.com/featured/uva-football-fans-body-paint-cheering-jason-o-watson.html
Maybe a comparison that’ll help is if you think about how Super Fans celebrate football games, like the Super Bowl. How many times do you see these people minus a shirt, with face and chest painted, proudly displaying their team’s colors? Do you think someone who’s more quiet and introverted like Hime would handle something like this very well? She’s already extremely shy, and she’s pretty smart as well. You just know that she’s running the mental calculations and knows exactly how much attention she’ll get if she goes along with this.
But it’s not just Megumi who’s excitedly practicing cheering Seiji on for the upcoming karate competition, Yuko’s joining in, too,
along with Ribbon,
and even Blue!
Just thinking about having to go along with something like this is WAY too much for Hime,
and she begs for everyone to stop before asking if there’s any other way to cheer Seiji on. I’ve got to hand it to Hime, she’s very brave, being willing to bargain like this. She knows her limits and while she doesn’t want to disappoint everyone, surely there’s a more manageable way to show Seiji her support.
My own family has always been devoted fans to our favorite college football team. We even had a tradition for many years where we’d get up on the roof of our house and belt out the team’s fight song every Saturday during the football season. As quiet as I am, and as terrified of heights as I am, I always went along with it even if I never ended up watching the game itself. Please don’t be too hard on me. Do you have any idea what this is like when you have strong responses to potential threats? What sounds more dangerous and threatening than people yelling all around you (TOUCHDOWN!) in an enclosed space?! It’s hard to avoid getting dragged along in the current of everyone else’s excitement, and I have to wonder now if I could’ve tried something like Hime did here, maybe bargaining to make chocolate chip cookies for those watching the game in exchange for NOT risking my life in getting on the roof to deafen the neighborhood with our song. Admittedly, I can laugh about it now, but when this was still a weekly tradition Saturdays quickly became my least favorite day of the week!
Hime suggests maybe making a lunch box, a bento, for Seiji instead of having this very loud, very attention-grabbing cheer section.
Megumi and Yuko look so excited with this alternative,
and are eager to help Hime make a wonderful lunch to wish Seiji good luck.
Hime starts to say that she thought Megumi was going to be making it, but no one else seems to hear her. (I’m not sure if Hime’s anything like me, but I can say that it’s pretty intimidating to be put in charge of a big project like this. I’m happy enough to help, but having to take the lead with everyone counting on me… It’s terrifying! Give me a support position any day of the week, please!)
Open mouth, insert foot, Hime.
Poor girl! It’s true that Hime now knows how to bake, we’ve seen her make a cake (see Episode 7) and raisin cupcakes (see Episode 15), but it’s a little different cooking an actual meal. I’ve noticed that baking tends to be a little more forgiving, as long as you strictly follow a recipe, while cooking can get fairly complicated.
Happiness Charge Episode 6 Bento
I’ve never really graduated past simple casseroles with cooking, and bento boxes are rather intricate, from what I’ve seen. (Here’s a short article talking about the history of bento, if you’re interested: https://zenpop.jp/blog/post/113/japanese-bento-culture) Hime’s got her work cut out for her here, even with Megumi, Ribbon, and Yuko’s help.
Let’s all say hello to Cure Rouge of Yes! Precure 5 (and Yes! Go Go) today. Do you think she can sense that chaos is about to be unleashed in the kitchen? I seem to remember an episode where she rallied their friends to save Nozomi’s sick mother from Nozomi’s “helpful” shenanigans. (Chaos still occurred, though! I looked it up as a refresher, and this happened in Episode 15 of the original Yes! Precure 5 series. It wasn’t just cooking, but Nozomi (and her friends) helping with housework in general.)
The girls run into Seiji at school, with Megumi telling him that they’ll be rooting for him at his upcoming competition.
She also lets him know that Hime will be making him a good luck bento for the occasion.
Poor Hime is very uncomfortable and self-conscious through this.
Seiji looks very surprised that Hime came up with this idea, considering the effort that goes into making some bento meals, and tells her she doesn’t have to push herself to do this, probably trying to lessen the pressure.
Oh my! And now Hime’s hackles are up!
Seiji was only trying to be nice and help, but now Hime’s convinced that he doesn’t think she can pull this off. Maybe it’s stupid, but if someone’s already struggling and very self-conscious about how others see them, sometimes having another person try to offer help or accommodations of any kind only makes the self-conscious person dig in their heels and become even more determined to succeed on their own, no matter how difficult or even impossible the task may be. Here’s another instance of Hime’s stubborn pride potentially causing some issues (see Episode 7). Let’s see how things go.
Goodness, sometimes it’s easy to forget just how spunky Hime can get.
She looks like she’s at least six inches shorter than Seiji in this shot, but she’s still getting up in his face and telling him that she promised him a bento for the competition,
so he’d better BELIEVE he’s getting a bento for the competition!
Now it’s after dark, and Seiji’s still training at the Hikawa Dojo. I’m very impressed with his work ethic. While he likely doesn’t want to disappoint Megumi and his other friends by performing at anything less than his best, this is also something he wants to do well for himself. He’s come so far in his training, he’s a black belt in karate, but he doesn’t let this accomplishment slow down his progress at all. What a great guy!
Iona is still in the area and offers to spar with Seiji.
That’s very considerate of her. As useful as it can be to perform stretches and practice punches and kicks, I’d imagine an actual match is not very straightforward.
Sparring together would help both students practice acting and reacting with a living opponent.
Besides that, it’s really neat to watch so no complaints here!
Meanwhile, Hime’s complaining to Megumi over the Cure Lines that she’s still angry with Seiji. Poor Hime, if it’s not bad enough that she’s intimidated by making a bento for the first time, she feels that Seiji’s looking down on her and now she wants to prove him wrong.
Megumi explains that Seiji didn’t mean to sound condescending, he just wanted to save the girls from a lot of hard work.
Hime comments that Megumi knows him really well and must like him a lot, to be willing to cheer for him at competitions like this.
Megumi reminds Hime that since she and Seiji are childhood friends, this is only natural to do.
Hime just can’t understand why he wants to work so hard all the time. And why does she need to cheer for him? What’s the point?
Megumi smiles and says that Hime’ll probably understand and want to cheer when she actually sees him fighting in the competition.
Megumi then asks for Hime’s help in cheering him on.
Hime agrees, and now Megumi’s excited about starting the bento lunch tomorrow.
Now it’s the next day, and Hime’s cooking eggs on the stove.
(If you look closely, Hime has a bandaid on one of her fingers. You’ve got to watch out when preparing food in the kitchen, huh?)
Yuko warns her to flip them,
but Hime jostles the pan too much and ends up with just scrambled eggs.
Apparently they’re trying to make rolled eggs.
Image found here: https://www.justonecookbook.com/tamagoyaki-japanese-rolled-omelette/
I had to look this up (I believe it was discussed in this recipe blog here: https://www.justonecookbook.com/tamagoyaki-japanese-rolled-omelette/), but rolled eggs are made by beating an egg mixture like you would for scrambled eggs, cooking a thin layer of the mix in a pan and, as this layer starts to cook firm, rolling the eggs into a sort of log (or burrito) and cutting it into slices. It sounds very complicated, and I don’t know that I’d have the patience to try this when scrambled eggs are already delicious as it is. (Usually I’d be a little more curious, but work is really busy these days and I just wouldn’t have the time or energy to spare in seriously looking into something like this right now.)
The thing to remember is this is a good luck gift for Seiji’s competition. Hime, especially, won’t settle for less than success, not when she has something to prove.
Unfortunately, now they’re out of eggs for practicing this cooking technique.
Hime’s annoyed, but she volunteers to go buy more eggs anyway. At the very least, it might give her a break from the stress and maybe she’d have better luck trying again later.
Since she volunteered, Megumi and Ribbon both have some things they could use as well…
Poor Hime! She’s trying to be a good sport about all of this, even if she doesn’t understand why it’s such a big deal, but she’s certainly not in a very good mood right now.
As she’s walking back to the Embassy with the groceries, she sees Seiji training out in the open area.
And she just loses it!
She actually goes running up to him and starts ranting. Her mood is something like, “This is all YOUR fault, Seiji! You and your karate!”
And Seiji has no idea why she’s angry with him when he hasn’t even seen her today, until just now.
Credit to Seiji, he doesn’t argue or fight back, instead acknowledging how stressed and overwhelmed Hime’s feeling right now. I wonder if this is how he’s calmed Mao if she’s ever had to vent from time to time. He’s a big brother, and likely is very used to reining in some chaos or calming frustrations, considering all the time he’s known Megumi, as well as having to look out for his own little sister, Mao.
Anyway, he offers to help Hime carry the groceries back, but she’ll have to wait until he finishes practicing.
Seiji acts so calm and understanding that Hime, as upset as she already was with him, can’t really say anything else and accepts his offer.
As she waits, watching him train, she again starts wondering why he’s working so hard.
What does he get out of karate that he’s willing to train for hours every week, even when he’s already a black belt? Seiji doesn’t need to prove anything here, yet he keeps going, and Hime can’t figure out why. Working in the kitchen today has been incredibly stressful and frustrating, and while she won’t stop trying (she won’t give Seiji the satisfaction!), Hime likely can’t understand why people are willing to put in this kind of effort to make a bento for someone they care about.
She remembers her conversation with Megumi from last night, really thinking about why she, why anyone, would want to cheer someone on in their endeavors.
As Hime considers this, watching Seiji, she notices the bandage on her hand from a cooking accident in the kitchen. I think she’s starting to realize how Seiji might feel, working so hard, even if she still can’t see his motivation for doing so.
Seiji finally finishes his routine, going up to Hime and making sure she’s alright.
Hime’s still feeling overwhelmed, but she said she was going to make a bento and she’s not giving up now!
But she does want to know just why he works so hard in karate.
Seiji admits that he likes karate and wants to become stronger,
but part of the reason for his efforts may be due to Megumi.
That catches Hime’s attention, but she still can’t understand and just gets annoyed again.
And something about her tone of voice and irritation here is just amazing. Hime’s voice actor is incredible!
Stop being so cute, please!
While these two are getting ready to leave, we see another karate student across the way, training hard as well.
He’s practicing hits against a punching bag, feeling ready for tomorrow’s tournament.
Oresky chooses this moment to appear, impressed with this display of talent and promising the boy that he can become number one as a Saiark.
Oresky then traps him in a mirror. I’ll be honest, I had no idea what to call today’s Saiark to differentiate it from all of the others (Karate 2, Ball and Chain… No!), but Oresky actually names this one.
So today we have a Sandbag Saiark running amok. Thanks, Oresky!
At first glance, this looks like it’ll be a similar situation to Episode 9, with the extra fighting knowledge making this Saiark even more dangerous. I feel that this should be considered as well: Kazumi was a yellow belt in Episode 9, and how easily did her Karate Saiark nearly take out the Cures before Honey intervened? We don’t know this boy who was targeted, but he’s a black belt… Will this grant the Saiark even more fighting expertise, or will the fight go a different way? We’ll have to wait and see.
Hime and Seiji are on their way to the Embassy with the groceries now.
They’re just talking as they go when they catch sight of the Sandbag Saiark terrorizing some people on the… I’ve read that this sort of location is an artificial riverbank. (Thanks, TV Tropes: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/ArtificialRiverbank) Anyway, those people are running for their lives as the whole area is slowly becoming a wasteland.
Hime doesn’t hesitate, telling Seiji to call for help while she transforms. It’s been a while since we’ve seen Hime transform alone, and in a way it’s a little refreshing. I like the triple transformation sequence we often see, but sometimes it’s nice to see all the details that go with each individual Cure’s transformation. And now Princess is officially on the attack!
She leaps into flight, targeting the Choiarks with “Princess Explosion Bomber” before confronting Oresky.
She’s angry that he’s ruining the landscape, turning everything into a dying, deserted wilderness.
Oresky argues that he thinks the wasteland is beautiful, and that a princess like her, growing up with lush greenhouses, wouldn’t appreciate it.
Clearly, Hosshiiwa must’ve spilled the beans on Hime’s true identity (see Episode 15). Again, in this series such a revelation makes no real difference, but it’s still very interesting to see this being acknowledged by the enemies. And Oresky has a point about there being a subtle beauty in a desert environment. Not every location can be South American rainforest or tropical islands, but that doesn’t mean that there’s not something unique and beautiful about many different environments around the world.
Still, to change the whole city, let alone the whole world, for the sake of only one person is extremely selfish and Princess won’t let this stand.
Oresky orders the Saiark to attack, and the battle’s on!
Princess lands several heavy blows,
but the Sandbag Saiark doesn’t seem fazed by much of anything so far.
When Princess stops flying to try something new, several nearby Choiarks lunge for her. Princess needs to keep better track of her surroundings. Normally she’d have Lovely and Honey with her, so this wouldn’t have been a problem.
Whoa! Lucky for Princess, Seiji didn’t actually leave the area, and he forces the Choiarks to back off.
He’ll handle the Choiarks so that Princess can focus on the Saiark.
Oresky’s ticked off. How dare Seiji act so cool and brave!
Oresky summons many more Choiarks, but Seiji’s not worried at the moment.
Princess trusts that Seiji can handle himself, so she returns her focus to the Saiark.
If you pay close attention, you’ll notice that anytime Princess punches or kicks this Sandbag Saiark, she leaves a little dent in its torso, its arms, etc. Something like you’d expect to see with the padding of a punching bag or some other form of exercise equipment.
And I want to note that Princess hasn’t used any long distance attacks against the Saiark so far, her usual specialty. She’s finally gotten strong enough that she can go all in for a full-on beatdown. I’m impressed to see how much she’s grown!
Back to the Saiark, though, remember how I was wondering if the fact that this Saiark was summoned from a black belt student would cause it to be more dangerous due to an increased knowledge of fighting? It’s not looking like that’s the case so much as the sandbag materials of its body are allowing it to tank any hits without being caused any direct harm. This Sandbag Saiark is quite literally a damage sponge, and nothing Princess tries seems able to cause any real harm.
She manages to knock it down with a barrage of punches to the head,
but it just stands back upright, completely unharmed.
Oresky then reveals that this Sandbag Saiark (he name-drops it here) is the best at taking hits.
This may be a problem. If Princess can’t weaken it enough first, could it possibly shrug off a purifying attack? None of her attacks are doing anything right now.
At least Seiji’s holding the line against the Choiarks for the moment.
But since he has no way to purify them or hit hard enough to keep them out of the fight, they keep coming back, or there are just so many Choiarks that any he takes down are easily replaced, and it’s only a matter of time before he’ll get overrun.
Since normal punches and kicks won’t work on the Saiark, Princess tries “Princess Bullet Machine Gun” instead.
She actually manages to momentarily drive Oresky off with this attack,
but the Saiark doesn’t seem fazed because it lashes out with a spring-loaded punching bag fist, taking Princess down.
Seiji gets distracted by this and takes a hit from behind, forcing him to back off along with Princess.
They’re now completely surrounded and outnumbered.
The Sandbag Saiark goes to take both Princess and Seiji down at once, and tired and hurt as they are, there’s no way to avoid the hit.
Just then, Lovely and Honey arrive on the scene,
with Lovely shielding them from the blow.
Lovely asks Honey to take care of the Choiarks, so Honey reaches for the Coconut Samba Card.
I covered Coconut Samba already in the last episode, but after my first look at today’s episode, I had a couple more thoughts that I found fascinating, so I’m going to go ahead and share them here.
First of all, Samba Honey says that she’s making the Choiarks sweat out their terrible feelings. I actually remember reading something about this many years ago. It may have been from the book The Big Wander by Will Hobbs, if I remember right. There was a young man who was traveling around the Southwestern region of the United States during Summer break and ended up visiting a Native American community. As part of his visit, he got to use a sweat lodge/tent, where the idea was to trap a lot of heat and steam inside the room (which would open the pores in his skin, forcing impurities out of the body) and then to immediately afterward immerse himself in freezing water by jumping into the river (which would close up the pores once more). Now that I think about it, maybe this is why some people like to visit saunas? I don’t know how effective this would be in cleansing impurities, but I’d imagine that you’d have to at least be a little careful moving around immediately after experiencing such extreme changes in temperature, since it could theoretically make you rather light-headed. You wouldn’t want to injure yourself due to losing your balance or going weak-kneed, after all.
The other thought that crossed my mind makes me laugh, after a little research, because it brings us from Brazil (Carnaval = Coconut Samba) to Italy. Back when I was taking piano lessons, one of the pieces I remember from my lesson book was called “The Tarantella,” and the book described something about the victim of a spider bite being forced to dance uncontrollably and how music, this type of song in particular, could be used to heal them somehow. Basically, according to folklore, the spider’s venom triggered a sort of dancing mania, and I guess the music maybe brought the uncontrollable dancing to a more manageable level, stopping the victim from dancing to death. (If I’m understanding correctly?)
Coconut Samba, from what I’ve seen of it, seems to combine both ideas, the uncontrollable dancing and the sweating to purge the body of any impurities, into a unique and very effective way to purify Choiarks. This dance attack isn’t powerful enough to take out a Saiark, but it can certainly wear it out and slow it down enough to allow more of the Cures’ attacks to hit. Very interesting, right?
Moving on, though, while Samba Honey’s purified the Choiarks and now has Oresky and the Saiark distracted,
Lovely checks up on Princess and Seiji, apologizing for taking so long to get here.
Princess explains that she’s okay because Seiji helped her hold the line while they were waiting for backup.
Oresky starts ranting about samba vs mambo music before he snaps out of his daze, which made me laugh and simultaneously wonder about the difference between both types of music. A quick internet search shows that samba music originated in Brazil, while mambo music came from Cuba. Beyond that, I don’t know enough about either music style to point out any obvious differences between them. Maybe I need to start listening to some songs in both styles in the background at work in the near future…
Anyway, Oresky’s back in the fight and orders the Sandbag Saiark to attack once more.
Princess warns Lovely that this Saiark has very high defense, so she needs to be careful.
Lovely tells Princess to rest while she takes a turn battling the enemy.
Samba Honey helps out, using her sub-attack, “Honey Burning Dance”
to blind and burn the Saiark,
allowing Lovely to get close enough to just start beating down on its head.
While those two are going at it, Seiji explains that this is why he started learning karate.
He was inspired by seeing Megumi always working so hard for the sake of others.
This isn’t something new that Megumi’s picked up in recent years (my hypothesis from Episode 7 seems to be wrong, noted!), she’s always been like this, even when they were all little kids.
(Maybe part of his decision also came from wanting to protect Megumi, knowing that she might get herself into trouble in seeking to help others out all the time.)
And can I say how adorable they are at this age?
Yes! Precure 5 Episode 19
Yes! Precure 5 Episode 19
Dear heavens, I thought baby Urara was cute, but she’s got some stiff competition in little Yuko, Seiji, and Megumi! I’ll have to be very careful when I finally sit down to watch “All Stars Memories,” because I don’t think my heart will be able to take it, seeing all those baby Cures at once!
Honey agrees, admitting that seeing Megumi’s hard work every day inspires her as well,
and asking if Princess doesn’t feel the same way.
And Princess, on really thinking about it, finds that she does agree after all.
Lovely’s been fighting alone long enough, so it’s time to help her wrap things up.
Honey heals Seiji and Princess with “Honey Healing Rhythm,” and now they’re all back in the fight.
Lovely’s been giving the Sandbag Saiark a major beating, but not even this is enough to keep it down.
It just keeps getting back up, rather like a puppet or something, it looks unnatural and kind of scary, like the Choiarks back in the Blue Sky Kingdom (see Episode 15).
Lovely doesn’t know how to stop this thing,
and it’s retaliating when Princess joins her with a brand new attack, “Princess Twin Magnum Fists.” At first glance, this move looks like Princess’s version of “Lovely Punching Punch,” albeit with two smaller fists instead of one gigantic one,
but today's giant fists are rocket-powered
and she can launch two at once in a one-two combo that knocks the Sandbag Saiark down within seconds.
That was awesome, Princess! The girls are really getting a workout today, aren’t they?
Princess says she’s ready to work hard, admitting that Lovely’s inspired her as well.
Poor Lovely has no idea what she’s talking about, though, and that made me chuckle.
Princess isn’t about to reveal her conversation with Seiji and Honey, so she just says that it’s a mysterious secret.
“Himitsu! Mysterious!” And that made me laugh more.
Oresky’s irritated. He can’t fathom why someone would put in hard work for another person when they could use all that effort to improve themselves instead.
Lovely and Princess declare that they’ll always put others first in their efforts.
And they launch their team attack, finally taking the Sandbag Saiark out of the fight.
The victim is saved, and Oresky leaves.
Finally, it’s the day of the 11th Karate Competition.
Looks like Hime eventually figured out the rolled egg technique, with lots of help, I’m sure. That bento looks very professional, I’m impressed!
While Seiji’s surprised to see so many eggs in the lunch, Hime explains that there’s a wide variety of flavors to choose from.
She had to wake up early to make all this, too, so he’d better be grateful! She’s so sassy, it’s hilarious! (And doesn’t this show how much she trusts her friends by now, to feel comfortable showing this side of herself to them? She’d NEVER act this way around people she doesn’t know!)
Seiji’s sure that he can win now, with all the energy from this bento that Hime put together.
Hime warns him that he’d better win, after all her work. Ouch, just look at her hands! Hime doesn’t mess around when she promises that she’ll do something, no matter how hard it may be. Good for her! Good for all of them, being willing to work so hard, what great kids!
The Cures have finally earned their two PreCards from that very tough battle, and one of those is the Dog PreCard. I’ve already seen a certain hilarious clip showing how this Card is used in an upcoming episode, and I can’t wait to see it again within the full context of the show.
Megumi and Yuko certainly love this new Card, and I have to wonder if they’ll be playing around with it sometime offscreen. I know I’d be tempted if I were them. (And no, not in any bad way! Wouldn’t you be curious how this costume would work? Does it increase one’s sense of sight, smell, and hearing to the level of a real dog? Can it let the girls move much faster without transforming into Cure form? Could it possibly allow communication with other animals, like Inori/Buki’s skill from Fresh Precure? Is the costume itself really as soft and fluffy as the picture makes it look? See what I mean?)
And now for Seiji’s match. He’s facing off against the very boy who became the Sandbag Saiark.
I’m a little sad that we don’t get to see the fight beyond some cool freeze-frames, but honestly, we were quite spoiled with the Saiark battle already, so I can’t really complain.
The Red Competitor won the match.
Looks like that was Seiji, good for him!
Hime may not be cheering out loud for him, like Megumi at her side, or even Ribbon from the top of her head,
but she still looks so proud of him and glad to be here, supporting in her own quiet way.
And that’s the end of today’s episode.
Chapter 19: Episode 18: Everyone Happily Gives Their Full Support! The Wedding Ceremony in Pikarigaoka!!
Chapter Text
Megumi and Hime are eating out at the Oomori Lunch Store today. (I wasn’t sure when or how to mention this, so I’ll just say it here. This episode seems to take place near the start of Summer - June brides are mentioned later on - if I have the timeline right. This season of Pretty Cure has a huge emphasis on costumes and fashion, so you’ll likely notice that our girls are wearing different outfits today and for the foreseeable future. It’s just a neat little detail I thought I’d share. I’m still trying to decide if I should showcase these Summer outfits here or just let you see them as the episodes happen.)
Yuko’s staying close by, making sure there’s plenty of rice to go around.
Megumi’s very sweet, asking if Yuko wants to eat with them, but Yuko’s on the clock today, and the store’s far too busy for her to be taking a break right now. It doesn’t look like the store’s facing a lunch rush, though.
When Hime asks about it, Yuko explains that they’re getting ready for a wedding.
Megumi and Hime are stunned,
and I about died laughing when Hime automatically assumed that Yuko was the one getting married.
Unless laws are very different in Japan, I don’t think this is possible, Hime!
Give Yuko a few more years…
It turns out that two of their regular customers met here and are now about to get married. Because the couple met here, at their favorite restaurant, they want to have their wedding here as well. It’ll be interesting to see how Yuko’s family will make this work, since the lunch store isn’t very big.
Not only that, this is the first time the Oomoris would be hosting (or catering?) for a wedding. It might be tricky figuring out how to make things work, but if her family can pull this off, just think what the publicity would do for them!
As Yuko starts describing how they’re already deciding what bento boxes to serve,
Hime gets very confused. Most weddings she’s familiar with serve French cuisine, so what’s this about bento at a wedding? Clearly this is not going to be a typical wedding.
Awww! The bride and groom, Sachiyo and Daisuke, want to have their families and friends all try the wonderful food from the Oomori Lunch Store, the very place where they met and fell in love. That’s so sweet! And good for business, but that’s beside the point.
Hime’s not sure how she feels about this, the more she hears about the wedding. It just doesn’t match her own view of the perfect wedding.
Perfect timing! The very couple the girls have been talking about has just arrived.
The Oomori family is ready and eager to make this wedding happen.
And of course Megumi wants to help out.
Everyone’s so excited, except for Hime who’s still imagining a French wedding instead of… whatever this is going to be.
Let’s all say hello to Cure Peach of Fresh Pretty Cure today. While KiraKira was the series that introduced me to this whole Franchise, Fresh was the very first season I ever watched the whole way through, so she makes me feel very nostalgic now. Go Cure Peach!
Now that Megumi and Hime are officially part of the planning process, it’s time to start plotting things out.
Elena’s here to help, and her family’s general store is providing props and some decorations.
Rei’s family owns an antique store, and they’ll be providing clothes for the event.
Looks like Seiji, Kazumi (it’s good to see her again after Episode 9), and the other students at the Hikawa Dojo are doing odd jobs, which will be very helpful. For all the decorations and ideas floating around for a wedding, it can’t work if there’s nobody to help get everything where it needs to go.
Megumi will be helping Seiji and the karate students in this way, too.
And then everyone looks to Hime,
who’s probably just been waiting to hear what her part will be. (Hime, stop being so cute! Sometimes when you tend to get lost in thought, it’s easy to zone out. It gets embarrassing when you come back to reality only to realize that everyone’s looking at you, and you have no idea what’s going on.)
Because of Hime’s interest in fashion and design, surely she has an idea or two that could help with the wedding.
Sure enough, Hime’s heard of the “Something Four” being done at wedding ceremonies. I’m not familiar with it under this title, but I have heard of the expression “Something old, something new, something borrowed, and something blue.”
It’s supposed to be good luck for the bride to wear four things that meet these criteria at her wedding.
I don’t remember seeing this used at any weddings I’ve attended, though, so I’m interested to see how it’ll come into play here.
Awww! Everyone loves the idea, and Hime looks so proud to have brought it up.
Now how to make this work?
Poor Hime’s put on the spot because she’s the only one familiar with this tradition,
and there’s very little time before the event, so everyone who can needs to help out.
After a little thought, with Megumi and Yuko encouraging her, Hime determines that since Rei’s family owns the antique shop,
they can provide “Something Old,” like an antique tiara.
Elena quickly catches on, declaring that her family will provide “Something New,” a brand new veil.
Hime herself will make a bouquet with blue flowers for “Something Blue.”
And that leaves “Something Borrowed,” which Hime says should come from a happy friend of the bride.
Yuko says she’ll ask the bride, Sachiyo, over the weekend about any friends who could fill this role.
And it looks like everyone knows what to do!
Megumi, Hime, Yuko, and Seiji are resting at the Embassy after the impromptu wedding planning session.
Hime asks about Sachiyo’s wedding dress so that she can be sure to make a blue bouquet that will match.
That’s another thing for Yuko to ask about when she next meets with the couple. All this talk of wedding planning is getting the girls wondering about their own weddings someday in the future.
Hime’s already known what dress she would wear since she was three years old! Wow, I only wish I could have Hime’s certainty. Some of us are more adrift, never quite knowing what we would wear or do for such an event.
Yuko wants a white dress the color of rice… Oh Yuko! Still, she would look good in that style, and I love the yellow accents.
Megumi’s still thinking about it when Hime suggests that she’d look good in a kimono.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
If this would end up looking anything like their outfits from Episode 8, I’d be inclined to agree…
Hime even asks Seiji about his preference with a dress or kimono (a dress), before asking Blue.
Surprisingly, Blue doesn’t answer, instead reminding everyone that while he’s glad they’re having fun…
He gets cut off by the whole group answering that “Precure can’t be in relationships!” (see Episode 3) They were all in sync, too. Maybe this isn’t the first time that they’ve been discussing wedding plans, or other dating-related topics, with Blue reminding them of this rule? In any case, it made me smile.
Wow, that is a HUGE pile of fried chicken. It’s actually as tall as Seiji in this shot! And now I’m hungry again.
Anyway, it turns out that instead of having a wedding cake, this ceremony will have a tower of the delicious fried chicken from the restaurant as a centerpiece.
Seiji LOVES the idea, and I have to laugh because he may well be filing this away for his own wedding someday.
Poor Hime, though, can’t wrap her mind around a wedding without the cake, where the bride and groom cut the first slice and share the first bites together.
When she explains this tradition to Megumi,
Megumi thinks that the chicken will still fill this role perfectly, which only confuses Hime more. The look on her face!
Let’s be honest, every family has their own idea of the perfect wedding traditions to follow. But things can get interesting when you bring people from two different backgrounds together in marriage. The resulting wedding celebration may be very different from what anyone initially imagined, but that doesn’t necessarily make it bad. I’ve attended several weddings over the years, and while not all of them fit my family’s image of the ideal or perfect scenario, they all turned out to be wonderful events that the wedded couple will remember for the rest of their lives. So while none of today’s wedding looks remotely similar to anything my family would put together, I’m still very interested to see how the final ceremony will look.
The couple loves the idea of the fried chicken tower, though, so I guess that’s all that matters.
And seeing them so overjoyed is helping Hime reconcile this wedding with the fairytale images in her head.
Seeing the couple has reminded Hime of the “Something Four” tradition, so she asks if Sachiyo knows what she wants to do for “Something Borrowed” yet.
Oh, that’s too bad. She does know, but her best friend, Maria, is studying abroad. No one knows where she is or how to contact her, so this part of the tradition may not work out after all.
It turns out Maria is Iona’s older sister, though, and Iona herself will be attending the wedding.
Hime thinks that they can still pull this off if they ask Iona to help out.
Perfect timing, here comes Iona right now.
She doesn’t look happy when Hime asks to borrow something of Maria’s for the bride to wear at the wedding, but Megumi and Seiji also ask for Iona’s help.
Iona at least promises that she’ll think about it before she leaves again.
Poor Iona, she doesn’t take reminders of her sister’s loss very well, does she? Especially when it’s Hime, who Iona believes is responsible for this loss, who brings it up in the first place. I still feel bad for Hime, though, because she has to notice that Iona just doesn’t seem to like her, and she has no idea why. It’s going to be such a mess when she finally figures it out!
Meanwhile, the Phantom Empire Generals are not very happy with the atmosphere around Pikarigaoka lately.
Oresky senses happiness and motivation, and he hates both equally.
Hosshiiwa and Namakelder think all this excess happiness is because it’s June, so a lot of weddings are taking place.
Really? I’ve heard a lot of talk about “June Brides,” but I didn’t know there was a belief that getting married in June would lead to eternal happiness in marriage. That explains so much… Thanks, Namakelder!
While all three are annoyed with the lovey dovey atmosphere, Hosshiiwa especially can’t understand why people would bother getting married in the first place.
It takes away the resources either person would have for themselves, and that’s not even getting into starting a family. And now she’s got me bristling. WAY too many people have this sort of idea today in 2024, and just look at the state of the world right now! Don’t even go there, Hosshiiwa! Self-care is one thing (see Episode 5), this is quite another!
Oresky wants to destroy all this happiness and motivation because it’s a direct threat to him.
And Hosshiiwa’s convinced that people are better off by themselves than getting married.
Back at the Embassy, Hime’s deciding what to wear for the wedding.
She settles on a nice light blue dress just as Megumi arrives.
And Megumi’s just wearing her school uniform! What are you doing?!
Megumi, you can’t go to a wedding like that! Hime quickly drags her inside to help her get ready.
One PreCard later, and Megumi’s ready to go.
As the girls make their way over to where the ceremony will be held,
Hime hopes that Iona will bring “Something Borrowed” so that they’ll have everything they need for Sachiyo.
It looks like everything’s coming together nicely, I’m impressed.
All the girls finally get to see Sachiyo in her wedding dress, and they’re in awe!
But now it’s time to give the “Something Four.”
As promised, Rei gives her an antique tiara to wear for “Something Old.”
Elena follows this with a beautiful veil for “Something New.”
Hime then gives her a bouquet of blue flowers (I’m assuming these are roses) for “Something Blue.”
Sorry for a little interruption here, but we’ve just seen our “Flower of the Day,” the Blue Rose. Did you know that blue roses don’t exist in nature?
Image found here: https://www.homefortheharvest.com/blue-delphinium/
There are some flowers that can get about as pure blue as can be, like Delphiniums, but roses don’t have any true blue pigment.
Image found here: https://www.thefragrantrosecompany.co.uk/catalog/product/gallery/id/228/image/997/
There are purple cultivars out there, like this “Ebb Tide” rose, but this hue comes from a blue-red pigment (some type of “cyanin” coloration in the plant cells). Most people, if they want blue roses for a special occasion, will either have to settle for artificial flowers or dye/spray paint their own. (One of my Science teachers showed that this could be done by placing a white carnation in food coloring-tinted water. The flower changed color right before our eyes in a matter of minutes!)
Image found here: https://www.greenhousegrower.com/crops/suntorys-blue-rose-applause-now-available-to-u-s-florists/
A third option would be to go all out and genetically create a blue rose. A lab in Japan (Suntory) has actually done this, and you can read all about it here: https://www.suntory.com/sic/research/s_bluerose/story/. The modified rose still looks purple, but this purple shade comes from “delphinidin,” a true blue pigment found in delphiniums, petunias, and pansies.
Image found here: https://florgeous.com/blue-roses/
All this is to say that it’s really no wonder that a blue rose symbolizes the impossible, unreachable dreams and desires, and mystery. Interestingly enough, a blue rose can also indicate sadness or melancholy, and doesn’t that fit very well, given the fact that Hikawa Maria is missing, unable to attend her best friend’s wedding today? (Read more here: https://balconygardenweb.com/blue-rose-meaning-varieties/) Apparently a blue rose can also refer to spiritual longing (this fits with the melancholy descriptor) and hope. While Maria’s missing right now, there’s still hope that she’ll be saved from the Phantom Empire someday, isn’t there? Let’s get back to the episode for now.
Nice flower arranging, Hime, that looks very professional!
Iona just arrived,
and she brought one of Maria’s handkerchiefs that Sachiyo can use for “Something Borrowed.”
Good for you, Iona!
Even hurting as she’s been, she wants to honor Maria by helping out her sister’s best friend on this very special day.
The girls did it! That made me smile.
Megumi, Yuko, and Hime go to thank Iona for helping make this wedding tradition happen,
but Iona’s a little prickly about it, even lashing out at Hime in particular.
Yeah, this is a sensitive subject for sure. Poor Hime and Iona!
Finally, it’s official.
Sachiyo and Daisuke are married at last.
Sachiyo goes to throw her bouquet,
with all the unmarried girls gathering for the chance to catch it, another well-known wedding tradition.
Hosshiiwa appears out of nowhere, intercepting the bouquet and throwing it to a Choiark instead. Honestly, Hosshiiwa, don’t you guys ever take a day off? What a jerk move, too!
Daisuke stands in front of Sachiyo to protect her, but it doesn’t matter.
Hosshiiwa just targets them both, trapping them in a mirror and summoning a Bride Saiark to attack!
While Seiji leads everyone to evacuate the area, Megumi, Yuko, and Hime transform.
When the Cures go to confront Hosshiiwa, she simply repeats what she said earlier in the episode.
Hosshiiwa can’t understand why people would want to get married. If people just stayed alone, they could eat that cake all by themselves.
Lovely and Honey say that the cake can easily be shared, but Hosshiiwa doesn’t believe it.
There’s only one cake, and if you share it among too many people, it’s gone in no time.
She has a point, I’ll admit, but there’s more to life than just that. Our society today is in a scary place because too many people think and act like Hosshiiwa. So many people fall in love, get bored, and divorce in almost no time, caring only for monetary gains in a relationship and when this is no longer enough for them, they stop trying. To be fair, sometimes it’s not this simple, either. Maybe there are mental health issues that can lead to abuse, and there really is no other way to salvage a marriage. I couldn’t say how frequently this occurs, since no one within my family has seemed to struggle with this particular issue, but outside of this, I have trouble seeing any excuse for this tendency to marry and divorce so easily. How on earth has making such a serious lifelong commitment now become some sort of trite game?
Life isn’t easy, of course, but sometimes you have to take the bad with the good.
(Remember this?)
Didn’t Sachiyo and Daisuke promise in this very wedding to stay together through good times and bad, in sickness and health? Whatever happened to this? I’m so sorry, I never meant to wax political (or philosophical?) in an episode of Pretty Cure, but seriously, this topic hits close to home even for someone like me, who can’t interact with people normally and tends to self-isolate. If my parents thought the way Hosshiiwa did, I wouldn’t even be here, after all. You’ve got to admit that this is a very disturbing trend, and I’m very scared for the future if things can’t turn around in time!
Back to the episode, though, Hosshiiwa orders her Choiarks to fight and the battle begins.
Thank you, Choiarks, for your silliness, I needed that! (Some of them run into battle carrying forks and knives. They’re hungry!)
Lovely just charges into a crowd and starts throwing fists.
Princess herself is punching left and right
when Honey breaks out a brand new attack.
She can actually throw individual clovers with her baton to purify Choiarks without singing or directly touching any of them. As if the bad guys needed any more reason to fear Honey!
Wow, that group of Choiarks didn’t last long, huh?
While Lovely and Princess focus on the Bride Saiark,
Honey asks one of the purified Choiarks to return Sachiyo’s bouquet, and it does!
Disney’s Epic Mickey (Wii, 2010)
(I know of at least one video game where it’s possible to take control of an enemy and get it to fight on your side instead. Could the Cures possibly do this as well? Or is it more likely that the purified Choiarks would leave the scene before this effect could be used? All we’ve ever seen is that the purified Choiarks either fly or dance/sway in place before eventually disappearing from view.)
It’s very interesting to see that, even purified, the Choiarks can still think and act, they don’t just disappear from the area.
Oh, and Fortune’s here today as well. We the audience know why, of course, but this must be quite a surprise for Honey, at least.
The Saiark just sent Lovely flying, and now Princess is mad!
She puts up a good fight,
but the Bride Saiark eventually knocks her away, too.
While the girls get surrounded by more Choiarks, Hosshiiwa says that they’re acting childish.
Better to have a full stomach and be alone, than to be starving and happy, right?
Again, Hosshiiwa may have a point, but life’s not black-and-white like this. If times get hard, you can get help, and the bad times will come to an end. It’s so easy to get caught up in the moment and think that the difficult times will last forever. They never do, you just have to hold on. Depression has taught me that, at the very least.
And this is when Fortune arrives. She’s here to protect everyone’s smiles, and she rallies the other girls.
They’re here to save the wedding ceremony, right? This is no time to mess around, there’s work to do!
Fortune attacks the Bride Saiark, with Lovely and Honey right behind her.
While Lovely and Fortune just keep up a physical assault, Honey backs them up with “Honey Supersonic Spark.”
They’ve got the Saiark on the ropes already, and then Princess uses “Macadamia Hula Dance” to pacify the remaining enemies.
Once again, EVERYONE on the battlefield is pacified by this move, even Honey. (I’d wondered if and how she’d be affected, what with all the purifying and pacifying she does in her own singing attacks, moves that also can impact her allies.)
Only Fortune is immune, and I’m very glad she is because she looks so confused, and it’s hilarious! Has she never seen these dance attacks in action before?
Hula Princess snaps Honey out of it,
so Honey does her purifying attack.
The Bride Saiark is gone, and Sachiyo and Daisuke are safe!
Hosshiiwa leaves in a huff.
Lovely thanks Fortune for her help, but Fortune still looks annoyed.
She reminds the girls that when you have something to protect, you can’t lose.
Princess looks very uncomfortable and frightened, but she acknowledges Fortune’s words.
And then Fortune tells Princess that she has no expectations for her at all.
Fortune, you’re such a neat character, and you can be so compassionate at times. Why do you have to be this way?!
Fortune leaves then, with Princess annoyed that she got to save the day yet again. They didn’t even need her help today, not really…
Honey calms Princess down with Lovely’s help.
The Cures have earned two more PreCards today, including the Chick Card, which will also come into play very soon,
though Lovely has no idea how. Seriously, what will this Card even do? I can’t wait to see it!
Now that the fight’s over, the ceremony can finish properly. The girls throw rice over the couple, and I’m very surprised that Yuko isn’t helping in this, considering how much she loves rice herself.
The couple is so happy. It’s been a good day, overall, and it’s a good start to a life they’ll share together from here on out. And that’s the end of today’s episode
Chapter 20: Episode 19: Soccer Showdown! Team Pretty Cure Assembled!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
That’s pretty neat. Today’s episode opens with Ribbon finally giving us a good look at the PreCard Album. I’m not sure we’ve seen this up close before, outside of Episode 2 when we first saw it.
Wow, the girls have earned a lot of Cards, haven’t they?
Ribbon reminds them that once this book is filled with Cards, it’ll grant any wish.
I already know that Hime wants to wish for her home to be restored. I wonder how this would impact things, though, now that the Blue Sky Kingdom is the headquarters of the Phantom Empire. Would all the prisoners just “wake up” in the middle of enemy territory, or would this wish actually kick any foreign influences out past the borders of the Kingdom, leaving the enemy in disarray? If so, I’d imagine that would be the time to attack Queen Mirage directly, if ever.
Megumi reminds us that she’ll be wishing for her mom’s recovery from whatever chronic illness she’s suffering from (see Episode 5). Good for her, looking out for her family! I’m sure that Megumi’s worried so much for her mom’s sake, and maybe she’d be able to breathe easier in her daily escapades without fearing that she’ll come home to find her mother struggling, while helpless to do anything except watch and try to help ease the pain.
Yuko’s got a wish in mind, too… I should’ve known! Yuko wants everyone to be able to eat delicious rice. She’s got a bit of a one-track mind, true, but think about it for a second. If this wish was worded right, could Yuko possibly single-handedly end world hunger? What a step towards world peace!
Unfortunately, as Ribbon reminds everyone, only one wish can be granted once this album’s been filled. Not one wish per person, one wish at ALL. Oh, that does put a damper on things, but I guess it makes sense. Wishes that can rewrite reality would certainly take a lot of power as a trade-off.
I’m sorry, Hime, I agree that it’s not fair but Ribbon doesn’t make the rules, she’s just telling it like it is.
Poor girls! They’re really going to have to think about this, but they have time, the PreCard Album isn’t full yet.
Next, we jump to Fortune in battle with a… Cannon Saiark, I think?
That made me laugh, Fortune just landed on its face and let it smack itself trying to hit her.
And now that she’s got it at a safe distance, she launches into a new purifying attack. I think her first one’s called “Precure Stardust Shoot,” but this latest attack is called “Precure Star Stream.”
Instead of summoning one giant star and hitting it into the Saiark, as seen in “Stardust Shoot,” Fortune summons several glowing stars/lights that all hit the Cannon Saiark at once,
instantly purifying it. It sure looks cool, even if it doesn’t have all the neat effects we see in “Stardust Shoot.” Thinking about it now, I wonder if there’s a difference in power level between “Stardust Shoot” and “Star Stream.” In RPG games like Final Fantasy, you might have a level 1 “Fire” spell, level 2 “Fira,” and even level 3 “Firaga.” Do the Cures have this sort of power scaling (more powerful attacks have a longer “casting time” or simply take more energy to pull off), or is this simply a matter of choosing whichever attack they feel like using on any given day? Whatever the case, the Cannon Saiark is gone!
Fortune has earned another PreCard of her own, and I recognize this one. Megumi’s team has this Teen Idol Card as well, I remember Megumi was playing with it back in Episode 10. Too bad Fortune’s so serious most of the time, it’d be fun to see her messing around a bit with some of those Cards as well.
Glasses asks what Fortune will wish for when her PreCard Album is filled at last.
Oh, that’s different than I thought. I assumed that she’d wish to rescue her sister, but Fortune only says that she wants to get stronger. I’m not sure that it’s clear if she means she’ll use her wish to become stronger, or that she has no time to think of wishes when she needs to focus on becoming strong enough to beat her enemies in battle (I’ll assume it’s option two for now).
Whatever Fortune actually means here, poor Glasses is a little frustrated with her one-track mind.
Losing her sister has really messed Fortune up because all she can think about is getting revenge on Phantom.
Glasses can’t blame her, Phantom is a serious threat! He’s taken out so many Cures around the world already. (Wasn’t it ten Cures he’s defeated on-screen, with eleven, counting Tender, who we know of at all? How many might he, or the other Generals, have beaten that we DON’T know of?)
It can only be a good thing to take Phantom out of the equation, but Fortune’s got to be running herself ragged in this endless quest for revenge. No wonder poor Glasses is so worried about her!
Glasses tries reasoning with Fortune, telling her that she doesn’t have to do all this alone. There are three other Cures who live in Pikarigaoka with her, so why not team up with them and share the load?
Fortune absolutely refuses.
She will NEVER join forces with anyone allied with Cure Princess, the one who started this war to begin with.
Poor Glasses! She and Ribbon could probably share all kinds of stories about how stubborn their respective Cures can be.
Let’s welcome today’s visitor, Cure Ace of Doki Doki Precure, before we continue on.
Now we’re back at the Embassy and… Oh, Hime, please stop making me want to cry! This whole sequence is so sad!
It starts out with Hime laughing at the end of the day, remembering Megumi’s bad luck during their earlier card game.
Blue then gets her attention, finally bringing up the Axia Box in a direct conversation for the very first time (that we’re aware of, though given Hime’s reactions, this may truly be their first conversation on the topic).
Blue thinks it’s time that Hime told her friends what really happened.
It takes Hime a minute to understand him,
but when Ribbon clarifies that she needs to tell her friends about opening the Axia Box,
Hime immediately refuses.
Ribbon and Blue are right, it isn’t good to keep secrets from those you care about. Secrets have a way of coming out at the worst possible time, and they always end up causing a lot of unnecessary hurt and drama that could’ve been avoided by just communicating from the beginning. Unfortunately, Hime has many issues with this.
I’ve already written some of my speculation about her background when I wrote up a tentative history of her timeline detailing why I think she’s had as much trouble as she has (see Chapter 6 of the "Supplemental Chapters"). Basically, my thoughts amounted to Hime having little experience interacting with others, likely due to anxiety (she said she’s never had friends before, way back in Episode 1), the one time she must’ve revealed this secret about opening Axia to Fortune in asking for her help (how else could Fortune know this about her when no one else does, besides Blue and Ribbon), and how she’s now terrified that anyone else who learns this secret will react exactly like Fortune did. Blue can’t abandon Hime, not when it’s his job to look after the warriors he’s chosen as a fair and unbiased god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. Nor can Ribbon, as Hime’s fairy partner. Fortune or anyone else, though…
Back in Episode 4, I wrote a decent bit about my thoughts on fears, specifically that fear is not logical or reasonable. Let me give a hypothetical scenario that might help explain my thoughts here: Say there was a little boy, a toddler who’s rather uncoordinated and doesn’t know his own strength. He’s visiting a neighbor’s house with his parents, and the neighbors have a dog, a young German Shepherd that’s not used to small children. The little boy is fascinated and keeps toddling after the dog, not understanding when it starts to get annoyed, showing its teeth and growling for the boy to back off. Finally, the dog bites him in warning. Whether or not the resulting wound was bad enough to warrant stitches, couldn’t you see how this sort of experience would impact the little boy regarding dogs in the future? It doesn’t matter if the boy only ever sees Golden Retrievers, Shih Tzus, or Newfoundlands for the rest of his life, he’ll probably only remember that dogs are big, fast, and unpredictable, that they’ll bite without warning, and he may carry that fear with him permanently, without some form of intervention.
Isn’t Hime the exact same here?
Logically, she has to know that Megumi and Yuko, as kind, compassionate, and patient as they are, wouldn’t hate her for her mistake with opening the Axia Box. Logic would have to tell her that the longer this secret is kept, the worse the situation will be, the more hurt her friends will feel, when they finally learn what she did. Hime probably got a taste of how this might go in Episode 11 when she was so confused and hurt, not understanding why Yuko had hidden her own secret about being a Cure for so long. Reasonably, things would work out best if Hime chose a quiet time to sit down and explain the situation to Megumi and Yuko.
But when is fear ever reasonable or logical? When Hime’s only experience is that Fortune has hated (and abandoned) her ever since learning about her part in opening Axia, all Hime can conclude is that the only reason she has friends at all right now is because they don’t know what she did, that her friendships are attached by a single thread, and that everything will fall apart once the secret’s out.
Blue and Ribbon really care about Hime and want to save her, and Megumi and Yuko, from being hurt, which is why they’re trying to convince her to reveal this secret while she has a chance to explain the whole story in a way that can be easily understood, unlike whatever happened with Fortune from before. But as long as Hime feels there’s even a chance that things’ll go wrong…
She just can’t bring it up, no matter how torn up she may feel inside. Poor Hime’d likely take this secret to the grave if she could. And the worst part is she may never heal from this trauma, not completely, unless she talks about it.
It’s a Catch-22. What do you even DO in this sort of situation? This poor kid!
Early the next morning, Megumi gets a call from Seiji.
There’s a citywide soccer tournament, but there aren’t enough players to fill out his team.
He asks Megumi to help out as a substitute, and she immediately agrees, using a PreCard to transform for the occasion.
These girls really have costumes for everything, don’t they? I love it!
Megumi, Yuko, and Hime are ready to play soccer.
Hime’s not really thrilled about this, but she’s a good sport and won’t leave her friends in trouble if there’s something she can do to help.
When Yuko asks what happened to the players the girls will be substituting for,
Seiji explains that four of the guys on his team got drunk during a team meeting and are currently hungover, unable to play.
While part of me is sympathetic, I can’t help but wonder why they decided to drink when they knew they had a commitment to play soccer today. Sometimes people just make bad decisions, I guess. Regardless, Seiji’s glad that Megumi and her friends are willing to help out on such short notice.
Seiji’s coach, Mr. Gon, comes over to introduce himself to the girls.
It turns out that Mr. Gon is the son of the owner of a dango shop
Image found here: https://www.bokksu.com/blogs/news/try-hanami-dango-recipe-for-your-next-holiday-potluck
(dango are Japanese dumplings) on Pikarigaoka Shopping Street.
The opposing team’s coach is the son of a manjuu shop owner
Image found here: https://www.thespruceeats.com/manju-japanese-steamed-cake-with-sweet-red-bean-filling-2031082
(manjuu is a pastry or confection filled with red bean paste) on Central Shopping Street.
Both coaches have a major rivalry, so this game has become a battle between two competing food stores.
That’s actually pretty hilarious. Poor Seiji looks like he can’t quite believe the words coming out of his own mouth right now.
What’s even funnier is each team’s coach is trying to outdo the other,
promising food prizes from each of their shops to the player who can score a goal against the opposing team.
Well, now EVERYBODY’S stoked to play!
Good point, Yuko. What do you do if you like both foods?
Never change, Yuko!
Hime then counts the sick players, noting that there are four of them, and currently only three substitute players.
And that’s when Iona comes running up to them.
I’m glad that she’s willing to take a little time out of her “extracurricular” activities to help a friend in need. Iona actually looks pretty happy, probably excited to play some soccer.
Until she sees that Hime’s here, too.
On her very same team… This is a little awkward, huh?
Iona’s saved from any uncomfortable questions when Mr. Gon calls the team over so the game can begin.
I guess I’m going to be a sports commentator now, so maybe I’ll differentiate the teams as Blue for Seiji’s team, Pikarigaoka Street (blue and white uniforms), and Red for the opposing team, Central Street (white and red uniforms). Otherwise things’ll probably just get confusing.
The game starts with Megumi taking the ball and leading the charge.
She passes to Yuko,
but Yuko’s followup pass is intercepted.
Seiji steals the ball back and makes some decent progress across the field before passing to Iona.
Iona’s now running the ball up the field with Hime and Megumi nearby for support.
Iona ignores Hime’s calls for her to pass, even though Iona’s facing three Red players at once.
To be fair, Iona clearly doesn’t need any help because she easily avoids any opposition before shooting a goal.
And it’s good!
Blue Team’s in the lead, 1-0 over the Red Team. There’s no denying Iona’s talent in sports, but she doesn’t come across as much of a team player right now.
Everyone’s very impressed with Iona’s ability, but Hime’s getting a little upset.
Now she’s determined to score a goal of her own.
Sure enough, Hime gets the ball soon afterwards.
Three Red players are blocking her path and Megumi says she’s open for a pass.
Unfortunately, Hime thinks she can pull this off alone, like Iona did before, and keeps going.
The Red goalie stops her kick and now Hime feels bad for ignoring her friends.
Megumi’s very patient though, and she’s right, the game’s still young. Hime, don’t be like this! You don’t have to prove anything to anyone, just have fun with your friends. Something about Iona, though, really has Hime bristling, wanting to excel just like her. Hime’s been like this before, too, with Megumi (see Episode 7). I think seeing other people do well makes Hime very self-conscious of her own shortcomings, hence this need to prove herself sometimes. It’s painful to watch, and I feel so bad for everyone involved!
It doesn’t help that Iona gets in Hime’s face about it, chastising her for not being a team player. Pot, meet kettle!
Iona may be right, but the problem is she’s talking the talk, but not walking the walk. Why should Hime listen to Iona about this when Iona insists on keeping the ball to herself on the field? These two must be driving each other crazy, I swear!
Back to the game, Megumi’s got the ball again and is making some headway when Hime calls for a pass.
Megumi passes to her,
but Iona steals the ball… Iona, you’re not helping your case right now!
Hime doesn’t even know you, not really,
yet everytime you girls cross paths, you’re glaring at her and refuse to have anything to do with her,
so again, why should Hime listen to a word you’re saying right now?
Hime’s right, this isn’t advice, this is Iona giving orders to someone who she clearly doesn’t like, so what reason does Hime have to trust her at all?
Now Hime’s hackles are up, and she steals the ball back from Iona.
Just in time for a Red player to steal it from Hime, scoring a goal.
Ouch! Now the score’s 1-1, but the Red team has a good chance of winning if Iona and Hime can’t find a way to work through their differences on the field. If Mr. Gon could, it might not be a bad idea to cycle these two so that Iona and Hime aren’t on the field at the same time, butting heads and getting in each other’s way. The problem is, they were barely able to gather enough substitutes to even play today’s game, so everyone’s got to be out there.
Hime feels horrible, but Megumi and Yuko comfort her. “Don’t mind, don’t mind,” Megumi? You girls are so sweet!
And Seiji’s wondering just what’s going on between them that’s got Hime and Iona so antagonistic with each other.
It’s halftime now, and Mr. Gon’s here to rally the team, reminding them of the importance of teamwork.
EXACTLY! Come on Iona and Hime, get your heads in the game. You can deal with the other issues afterward, stop hurting your team for now.
Luckily Mr. Gon brought some dango for a snack, so maybe everyone will feel better with a little food?
Oh great! Here’s Oresky, and he doesn’t see any point in teamwork and unity.
Who needs teamwork when he’s already number one?
And he traps Mr. Gon in a mirror, summoning a Soccer Saiark to attack!
The Saiark wastes no time converting the soccer field into a wasteland.
Seiji’s focused on helping to evacuate the area, so Megumi and the girls transform.
Interestingly enough, Oresky doesn’t try to wear out the Cures by swarming them with Choiarks first.
Instead, he just has the Soccer Saiark attack, which it does by kicking a giant energy ball at the Cures.
The girls are caught off guard and get hit into the nearby soccer goal hard enough that they get hopelessly tangled in the netting.
They’re trapped and helpless while the Saiark kicks another energy ball to finish them off.
Luckily Fortune appears out of nowhere, knocking the attack harmlessly away.
Oresky doesn’t care, ordering the Soccer Saiark to keep up its attack. But this is Fortune we’re talking about.
Even splitting this newest attack into three consecutive energy balls doesn’t work,
not when Fortune hits aside the first two and catches the last energy sphere,
throwing it back hard enough to take down the Saiark.
While the Saiark’s down, Fortune frees the Happiness Charge Team.
Fortune’s not very impressed with their teamwork right now. Again, Fortune, you have a point. The problem is that your whole motif is you acting as a lone wolf, so how can anyone really take anything you’re saying about teamwork seriously?
Thankfully, Lovely’s open to the suggestion, asking if they can join forces.
Fortune and Princess both look stunned, but Honey’s okay with a teamup.
Even Princess, while looking distinctly uncomfortable, agrees to the idea,
but Fortune refuses to consider it.
Lovely mentions that they really could use her help, and Fortune’s not sure what to think.
Meanwhile, Oresky laughs at the mere idea. Teamwork? Only weaklings need to team up. The strong always stand on their own! And then he orders the Choiarks to attack.
Fortune immediately leaps into the fray with the others close behind.
Princess joins in with “Princess Ball.”
Unfortunately, this attack is so slow that even a Choiark is able to dodge it. It makes me wonder how powerful “Princess Ball” is, since usually in shows or games a slow and easy-to-avoid attack tends to do a lot of damage if it can actually hit. As far as I know, we’ve only seen “Princess Ball” hit once, and that was right alongside “Lovely Punching Punch” (see Episode 11), so there’s still no way to know as of yet.
Princess doesn’t give up, attacking with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun” instead.
Honey follows this up with “Honey Happiness Love Shower…” Have I mentioned that Honey’s a little scary?
Because she purified a whole squad of Choiarks just by singing right in their midst. It’s not like the Phantom Empire can endlessly buy earplugs for their minions to counteract this kind of attack.
(Okay, I feel that I need to differentiate “Happiness Love Shower” from “Crystal Song” somehow, since both attacks involve singing and charming/purifying the surrounding Choiarks. “Happiness Love Shower,” at first glance, is very similar to “Crystal Song.” The only real difference I can see is that Honey can perform “Happiness Love Shower” while on the move, unless you count the glittering energy raining down. Does that maybe help increase the effectiveness of her song? Anyway, Honey’s got her wings spread and is actually skating around the area while she charms the Choiarks with her song. Does this maybe give an increased range to her song since she’s constantly moving and thus she can reach more enemies while on the go? “Crystal Song” also has her singing to charm and purify Choiarks, but in this case she’s standing in one place and so her range of attack might be smaller, not to mention that she’d be open to ambush while standing still (see Episode 11). Good thing she’s got options, since both moves may be equally useful in different situations.)
Lovely has just finished taking down a Choiark with “Lovely Beam” when she sees another one about to ambush Fortune from behind.
Lovely blocks the incoming hit, tossing the Choiark aside before transforming.
Yes! I was hoping we’d see Lollipop Hip Hop, it’s been a little while. (Either Episode 13 or 15, if I remember right. I just double-checked and it was Episode 15, for the record.)
The Choiarks are down, but there’s no time to rest because the Soccer Saiark’s back in the fight again.
It makes no difference, though, because Fortune just beats it down before purifying it with “Precure Stardust Shoot.”
The Saiark’s done and Mr. Gon is safe!
Hip Hop Lovely and Honey are very impressed, but Princess… not so much.
Fortune admits that the reason she was able to finish things so quickly is because she didn’t have to constantly watch her back this time.
Interesting! This time it’s Glasses who gets the PreCard. Does this mean that whoever actually purifies the Saiark technically earns the PreCards from that battle? We’ve never seen this happen before because Ribbon, by herself, has helped Lovely, Princess, and Honey all together and all three girls are on the same team, so the finishing blow has never mattered before.
And that’s a Race Car Driver costume… PLEASE tell me we’re going to see this come into play soon!
Back to Oresky, he’s not happy with another loss. He leaves, still thinking that teamwork is a complete waste of time.
Everyone looks happy, except for Princess.
Now that the Saiark’s gone, the soccer match can continue.
Yuko passes the ball to Megumi,
who carries forward a distance before passing to Iona.
Iona shoots, and that’s another goal.
The game’s over at 2-1 with Pikarigaoka Street, the Blue team, as the winners.
Everybody’s thrilled, and it looks like Hime’s feeling a little bit better about the game. I’m glad. It’s nothing but a miserable time when you constantly compare yourself to others and find yourself lacking. Sometimes it helps to take a step back, like Hime, and just try to enjoy the game as it is. Maybe Iona eased off on her needling, too, though we can’t know because we only saw the final play of the game.
A deal’s a deal, so Mr. Gon offers Iona the sixty dangos she’s earned for scoring the two goals in today’s game.
Good for Iona! She asks that the dangos be shared with the team, since she couldn’t have scored those goals without the team’s help.
Maybe she’s had a bit of a change of heart regarding teamwork (practice what you preach) after all? Or she’s just good about acknowledging others’ hard work, even if she has trouble working well with them.
Seiji and the girls are walking home after today’s game, and everyone’s happy, having a blast, except for Hime. Poor girl, today hasn’t been easy for her. Is it even possible to just enjoy a game with friends when someone’s constantly picking on you, clearly disliking you, and you have no idea why?
At least her friends have caught on that she’s not quite enjoying herself like they are.
Oh Hime… I can’t tell you how many times I’ve used that very excuse after a rough day, whether or not it’s true that I’m actually tired. Usually it’s enough to buy me time to get to my room so that I can safely decompress in peace.
Yuko can sympathize because she’s starving after playing hard all day.
Just then, someone calls out to them. Well, the voice calls out to Megumi and Yuko, anyway.
It’s Iona.
While everyone else looks happy to see her, Hime looks less than thrilled. And can you blame her after today?
Iona admits that she’s always worked hard to get stronger, always training by herself. This has worked out just fine with karate, but soccer’s a team sport.
And now that Iona knows what it’s like to play on a team, she likes it.
It’s nice to have someone she trusts watching her back during the game so she can focus on scoring goals. That’s great, Iona, but isn’t this a little one-sided, only thinking of how a team can benefit you?
And then she admits that this may be the secret to defeating Phantom, the Precure Hunter.
Yes, she did just say that…
If there was any doubt, Iona then pulls out her PreChange Mirror.
While everyone else is in shock, Iona confesses to being Cure Fortune.
Iona asks for Lovely and Honey to join her in the fight. Notice there’s one person she does NOT ask to team up with her.
Today’s episode ends here.
Some Final Thoughts:
Okay, this is the first in a series of three or four episodes where things get really rough. I’m talking rough enough that the entire Happiness Charge Team nearly falls apart! Considering that Iona/Fortune is right here, basically trying to steal Hime’s friends away from her, even if you haven’t watched this show before, you can probably guess that certain sensitive information is about to come to light in the WORST possible way!
I have to confess that I already watched this group of episodes because Fortune’s angry attitude was really grating on me back in Episode 13. I needed to be able to see proof that Fortune gets better so that it wasn’t so painful to watch her constantly lashing out at everyone around her. You may laugh, but this very thing, getting a sneak peek into a future episode, is why I didn’t hate Milk when she first appeared in Yes! Precure 5. In Milk’s case, it wasn’t my fault! The website that hosts these shows had Milk’s introductory episode mislabeled, with it instead being a different episode, maybe ten episodes ahead of the one I should’ve been watching. I was so confused to see the Yes! Cures being beaten into the ground, with them finally earning Milk’s respect to the point that Milk granted them their midseason powerup to win the fight. It was amazing to see, but I had no idea what was going on. I never did find Milk’s introductory episode, either. It just wasn’t there. But as a result, I could easily bear Milk's attitude and constant needling of Nozomi, knowing what was coming up in the near future.
So this time I purposefully took a sneak peek to help me bear with Fortune until these episodes came up in the correct viewing order. I won’t talk very much about what’s coming just yet. There’s more than enough to cover as it comes, BELIEVE me! I will say that it’s very interesting timing that Blue started trying to convince Hime to reveal the Axia secret to her friends the night before this has all started going down. Did he sense something bad was coming and hope that Megumi and Yuko being aware of the situation might help to defuse some of the tension? Who knows. All I can say is hang in there. These girls are about to get tested in the hottest fires they’ve encountered yet. If they survive, they’ll be stronger than ever, but they may well be consumed in the process.
Notes:
Around the time I finished writing about today's episode, I started thinking ahead on Episodes 20-22. There's a point where our girls participate in a Costume Card chase, with Hime frantically running from Megumi and Yuko, thinking that their friendship is over and too scared to do much else but try to escape. Based on the costumes they chose (and some amusing cat-like animations for Hime from Episodes 5 and 9, as I recall), I wrote a short animal comparison for each girl, wrapping up with my best guess for Iona to round out the team. Please read Chapter 4 of the "Supplemental Chapters" if you want to read my thoughts on the subject.
Chapter 21: Episode 20: A Sad Past!! Cure Fortune's Tears
Chapter Text
This episode… I couldn’t watch it in one sitting because it hurt so much. I had to take several breaks to get through it even though I’ve already watched it once and knew what to expect. I’ll do my best to be as thorough covering today’s episode as I’ve been with every prior one, but I’m warning you now, especially if you like Hime as much as I do, this is going to be hard to watch or read about.
We pick up where Episode 19 ended, with Iona admitting that she’s Cure Fortune. Iona now has had a chance to experience teamwork, and she wants Lovely and Honey to join her as a team.
While Hime and Ribbon start hyperventilating, Iona further explains her reasoning: Honey is a very versatile fighter, able to attack and defend equally well with her baton,
while Lovely is still inexperienced but very strong, with the potential to become even stronger over time.
A team up between the three of them could make defeating even Phantom, the Precure Hunter, possible.
By this time, Hime’s recovered a bit from her shock. She’s NOT happy that Iona, that FORTUNE has shown up out of nowhere and is now trying to make such a big decision without waiting for anyone else’s input.
Hime’s even more upset that Iona’s blatantly trying to steal her friends away, talking as if Hime’s not standing right there.
Iona’s annoyed and has no patience for such interruptions, and Hime looks very uneasy, but she’s still bristling and will not back down.
Poor Megumi and Yuko have no idea why Hime and Iona can’t get along and while Megumi tries to mediate,
Yuko pulls out some candy to help calm everyone down. This might’ve worked before, in nearly any other situation, but when it comes to Iona vs Hime… There’s a very clear line in the sand that neither girl will cross. Iona will never associate with Hime in any way, and Hime’s so angry with all the pain Iona’s caused her that she wants nothing to do with her, so the feeling’s mutual.
They can see no way to compromise, with Hime (while grabbing the candy, this girl and her sweet tooth, I swear) actually getting upset that Megumi and Yuko appear to be on Iona’s side.
Megumi looks so confused and explains that she only wants them all to be on the same team. All four of these girls are Cures, fighting to keep Pikarigaoka safe. They even live in the same area and go to the very same school. Why on earth can’t they fight on the same team?
Iona says this will never happen. Hime made a serious mistake, one that she can NEVER forgive.
Poor Hime, this is very bad!
Yuko asks what Iona means, and both Hime and Ribbon try to stop the conversation right here.
But Iona just steamrolls over them,
revealing that the reason the Phantom Empire exists right now, the fall of the Blue Sky Kingdom, all the Saiark attacks, Phantom eliminating so many Cures…
This is all Hime’s fault!
And here’s a quick welcome to Cure Sunshine from Heartcatch Pretty Cure before we really start into a very heavy episode!
Megumi and Yuko are stunned. They look to Hime for an explanation,
but Hime’s having a full-on breakdown right where she stands, and Ribbon doesn’t look much better.
Iona continues talking, reminding the others of the Axia Box that held the evil forces of the Phantom Empire trapped inside.
It was Hime who opened this Box and set them free, destroying the Blue Sky Kingdom and triggering the worldwide invasion that Cures everywhere have had to battle daily to hold back ever since.
Can I say that one of the worst parts about this, to me, is how little Hime seems in this flashback? We don’t get a good look at her, but she sounds very young and it looks like her hair was a fair bit shorter back then. (Or was her hair just pulled back, like it is in this episode right now? I can’t tell, but it’s something to consider anyway.) Has it been about a year since the Box was opened, or has it been even longer? Please tell me that it hasn’t been two or more years that Hime’s been suffering from Survivor’s Guilt and very probable Depression! (As bad as this would be for Hime, imagine IONA suffering with her own trauma that has lasted at least half as long as Hime’s own! I can only speculate on this length of time because somewhere in this timeline, Cure Tender had to appear, become strong enough to get Phantom’s attention, and get taken out before Iona ever took up the mantle and followed in her sister’s footsteps as Cure Fortune.)
All we know for sure is that it’s been several months (three plus months as of Episode 7) since Hime and Megumi became friends and partners as Cures.
Hime’s had to live with the results of her mistake for who knows how long, and I’m horrified! How on earth has this poor girl survived this whole time, living with that kind of guilt?! Whether or not she was justified in opening Axia (though I’ve already listed out my speculation about this event when I wrote out a tentative timeline following Hime’s backstory), can you really say that Hime, that ANYONE, deserves to live with that kind of suffering? No chance for forgiveness, no way to make things right?
As if Iona wasn’t angry enough about the Axia situation, her own sister, Hikawa Maria, was Cure Tender, who fell in battle against the Precure Hunter, Phantom.
Maria would never have even needed to become a Cure if the Phantom Empire wasn’t such a threat, so Iona absolutely blames Hime for losing her sister, as indirect as that blame may be.
Now, more than ever, it’s very clear why Iona’s always been glaring at and dismissive of Hime, refusing to have anything to do with her. This doesn’t look good at all.
Megumi just says Hime’s name and Hime flounders, not knowing where to begin. She wants to explain herself, but who’d listen after everything Iona just laid bare? Poor Hime should’ve listened to Ribbon and Blue (see Episode 19), but even if she had, would there have been time to talk before this whole confrontation happened? (Didn’t their conversation happen just last night? It hasn’t even been a day and look at what’s happened in that time!)
Finally, pure instinct takes over and all Hime can do is RUN!
Ribbon flies right after her, with Seiji and Yuko close behind.
Iona stops Megumi before she can follow.
Iona can’t understand why Megumi would bother chasing Hime down when she’ll just keep running away. That’s all Hime knows how to do, when sufficiently threatened.
Iona is appalled that Hime even qualified to become a Cure in the first place, with such glaring weaknesses to her character.
Iona asks Megumi to think very carefully about forming a new team before she leaves. Poor Megumi looks so confused!
Before I keep going, I had one additional thought I wanted to touch on. Notice that not one of these kids (apart from Iona) seems angry about Hime’s secret. Very surprised, sure, and confused? Absolutely! But not angry… Remember in Episode 15 how it didn’t matter that Hime wasn’t showing visible signs of being upset, Yuko and Megumi could still tell that she was hurting and needed help? Everyone who’s now searching for Hime is surprised at what this secret was, but I don’t think they’re surprised that she’s been hiding something. There have been moments where even I, as the viewer, noticed Hime looking sad and guilty, or very uneasy, like when Blue was first explaining about the Phantom Empire and the Axia Box back in Episode 2. Even if Hime may not be open to talking about what she’s feeling, she does seem to show some signs of her true emotional state no matter how much she wants to hide it. Poor girl’s got her heart on her sleeve. Now everyone knows the truth, and I can’t help but wonder if they’re all thinking, “So THAT’S what it was.” Now there’s a chance to help Hime heal, if they can just track her down.
Yuko calls Megumi right then, and she immediately runs to catch up. Hime managed to escape, and no one knows which way she went. Poor Hime may want to look at joining the track team after this, girl’s got some serious speed to her. Her friends are amazing, though. Even after Iona’s revelation, all they care about is finding Hime and making sure she’s alright. Hime’s NOT OKAY right now, and I’d be very worried what might happen if someone doesn’t find her soon and help her to rein in her panic and depression.
While Yuko and Seiji split up to cover more ground, Megumi doesn’t know what to do.
After a moment, she thinks of using her Cure Line and starts calling Hime.
But there’s no answer. I’m sorry Megumi, but if Hime didn’t even dare to stick around, I don’t think she’s open to talking right now, either.
Okay, right off the bat I can tell that it might be hard to understand how quickly Hime jumps to doubting her friends, to the point that she’s actively running and hiding from Megumi and Yuko. They’ve been friends for months by now, surely she should know better, right? The problem is, if I’m right in my speculation, Hime truly believes that Megumi and Yuko are only her friends because they didn’t know about the Axia Box. Fortune learned about Hime opening the Box, and what happened? At this point, such a reaction is a matter of natural law to Hime. Birds fly, dogs bark, and Hime gets rejected and abandoned when people find out that she opened Axia.
Hime actually has no basis for comparison where someone else learned this secret and stuck with her in spite of it. Blue and Ribbon don’t count because not only was this never a secret to them, they have no choice but to stay close since it’s their job to help the Cures in the first place. Now Megumi and Yuko know the truth. Admittedly, they’re both very nice girls and wouldn’t likely lash out like Fortune has, but that doesn’t matter when Hime’s convinced that the next thing she’s going to hear them say is that this friendship, this Cure Team, is over. Can you blame Hime for running now?
Here’s the thing to remember: this may be Episode 20, but we’re no longer dealing with Episode 20 Hime. Hime’s actually regressed in her panic, maybe even back to how she was in Episode 1. Do you remember how frightened she was of meeting Megumi, cautious to the point that Hime was following her around, hiding behind signs, walls, and trees while keeping watch to try to get a feel for this stranger and determine if she would be hurt if she got too close? She couldn’t even speak when she finally met Megumi face-to-face until Megumi herself broke the ice.
Comparing this to an RPG (I’m sorry, but it makes explaining my thoughts much easier), this is like being hit by a status effect in battle. In Final Fantasy 4, for example, there is a spell that can turn your party into pigs. Does the cursed party member, let’s call him Cecil, still remember who he is in this state and keep fighting with his team however he can? Or is Cecil now stuck as a pig with just a pig’s thoughts and instincts, and he’s only fighting alongside the rest of the party because the monsters they’re facing are currently the bigger threat? Once the fight’s over, will Pig Cecil try to run away from these strangers, only to panic because they won’t let him escape? Meanwhile, the party’s frantically trying to stop Pig Cecil from running blindly into the wilderness where he’ll get killed by roaming wolf packs or gorgons when their team just finished taking out a DRAGON. They’re trying to hold him still long enough for the Healer to break the curse, but Pig Cecil thinks he’s about to be slaughtered.
Thank heaven Hime’s situation isn’t quite this bad. She obviously remembers her friends, she’s just not sure if they’re her friends anymore, and she’s too terrified to stick around and find out. Fear really is a terrible thing sometimes…
Poor Megumi! Her phone rings and rings, but Hime just won’t answer.
Ribbon reappears right then, explaining that Hime won’t pick up.
It doesn’t matter that Megumi’s her friend, her first and best one.
Hime’s overwhelmed with fear and not thinking clearly. She actually can’t do ANYTHING except run and hide right now.
Ribbon then continues to say that, while Hime’s been doing so much better with having friends, able to be more open and expressive, this hasn’t changed the fact that she’s still very anxious and shy. And no matter how brave and strong Hime’s gotten in battles since first meeting Megumi, when fear gets the better of her, all bets are off. Hime doesn’t tend to stand and fight, not for her own sake and certainly not when things are this bad! This isn’t as simple as an embarrassing secret being revealed, Hime’s WORST NIGHTMARE has just come true! Is it any wonder she’s unresponsive right now?
Poor Ribbon’s lamenting that she couldn’t convince Hime to tell her secret sooner, because none of this would be a problem then. Admittedly, Ribbon could’ve pulled the others aside and explained things secretly, and maybe she should have in this case, but she wanted to respect Hime’s wishes, likely hoping that Hime herself would get up the courage to do so on her own.
When Megumi asks if what Iona told them is true, Ribbon confirms it, noting that Hime must be so frightened and upset, wherever she’s managed to hide herself for now.
Meanwhile, Hime’s still on the move.
She’s been stress-eating Yuko’s candies that she grabbed earlier, but even they aren’t enough to help her current mood.
Hime just about has a heart attack when her Cure Line starts ringing and runs to hide in a nearby playground.
Finally the phone goes quiet, and only then does she start to relax.
She reaches for another candy, but the bag’s empty.
Hime can’t take it anymore and just starts crying. And now she’s got me going, too. Hime, you’re breaking my heart!
Someone offers her another candy just then, and Hime gratefully accepts it before realizing exactly what this means.
Yuko managed to track her down with the Detective Card.
Happiness Charge Episode 2
Now that I think about it, this scenario is almost an exact callback to Episode 2, isn’t it?
Anyway, Hime quickly backs up in shock, wondering how Yuko found her.
Yuko explains that Hime left a trail of candy wrappers in her wake. Hime apologizes for littering before panic overwhelms her again and she turns to run.
Yuko’s too fast for her and grabs her arm before she can get anywhere. There’s nowhere to run now, this conversation is happening. And while I feel so sorry for Hime, who’s terrified out of her mind right now, this is really the only way things can even begin to get better for her. Yuko looks so worried, asking why Hime keeps running away.
Hime replies that she opened the Axia Box. This whole war, all the pain and trouble everyone’s been suffering from, it all exists because of her.
And Hime hid this from her friends when they, more than anyone else, had every right to know the truth. Now I’m crying again. I never cry when I watch TV, but Hime’s situation just hurts so much!
Hime’s convinced that she’s unforgivable, that there’s nothing she can do to make things right.
She’s certain that her friends will side with Fortune over her and that she’ll be left alone again, just like she was before Episode 1 even began.
Even when Yuko tells Hime to her face that they don’t hate her, Hime can’t believe it.
And Yuko’s amazing here! She brings up maybe the one thing that might get Hime to listen. Back in Episode 11, the girls learned that Yuko was Cure Honey, that she had been for months, and hadn’t told them.
Even when confused and upset, scared about what hiding such a secret might mean, Hime never considered not being friends with Yuko anymore.
Yuko then explains that she and Megumi feel the same way about Hime now.
We then jump back to Megumi and Ribbon. Megumi asks if Hime meant any harm when she opened Axia, and Ribbon explains there was no ill intention,
that Hime’s been doing her very best to take responsibility for her mistake and make things right.
Megumi then says that this is all that matters. She’s not going to hate someone for making a mistake when they’re doing their level best to fix things. (Megumi says that Hime’s not running away, but I’m fairly certain that she means Hime’s not running away from her responsibility to fix her mistake. Obviously, Hime did run away in a panic just a short while ago!)
Megumi admits that she’s impressed with how hard Hime’s worked to do so. Megumi, you’re awesome! Hime’s so very lucky to have you as a friend!
And Ribbon’s so relieved and grateful with Megumi’s compassion. It would be so easy to turn her back on Hime after learning this secret, but Megumi will never abandon someone in need, especially not her friend.
Ribbon admires that Megumi is always so optimistic,
whereas Hime tends to overthink things and gets carried away imagining the worst possible outcomes when she’s stressed out.
Having Megumi as a friend has given Hime the courage to keep trying, to keep progressing bit by bit every day. Haven’t we seen this throughout all of Happiness Charge already? Except for Episode 20 itself, compare Hime from just about any episode to how she acted in Episodes 1 and 2, or Episode 4. The difference is staggering!
Ribbon’s absolutely right. Hime’s been doing so much better with having friends, especially with having Megumi to inspire her, but even so, Hime’s never forgotten how terrible it felt when she was alone and weak, absolutely helpless no matter what she did.
She doesn’t want to go back to that ever again, and even with Yuko encouraging her, Hime’s still so very frightened that Megumi will turn on her.
I feel bad for Yuko because that’s got to hurt a bit, knowing that someone is hurting and your word alone isn’t enough to break through their fear and pain. Here’s a comparison I just thought of that may help you understand. This whole episode so far has had Hime drowning in the ocean, with no land in sight. Yuko managed to get to her first and get a life jacket on her so that Hime’s no longer drowning, but she’s nowhere near being stable or safe yet. And it’s very likely that Megumi may be the only one with the power to carry Hime the rest of the way to safety. It was MEGUMI who saw Hime at her lowest and pulled her out of that pit of depression in Episode 2, and as sad as it may be (and unfair to Yuko), it’s MEGUMI again who will likely determine whether Hime can get through this trial intact or if she’ll be permanently broken. Hime cares a great deal for Yuko, but it was Megumi who saved her back then and gave her hope. If Megumi, knowing the truth about Axia, now decides to turn Hime away, I don’t think she’ll be able to recover, no matter what Yuko or Seiji may do or say. Poor Hime’s in an incredibly fragile state right now.
Meanwhile, Megumi’s so glad that she’s had Hime as a friend because she’s learned a lot about fashion.
She thinks it’s been wonderful having Hime as her friend and is determined to stay friends forever, no matter what else happens. Megumi, you’re so sweet!
She even gets Ribbon crying when Megumi reminds her that she’s a precious friend as well.
Megumi’s ready to track Hime down once more, to share her feelings and make sure that Hime has no doubts about their friendship.
Unfortunately, the enemy never seems to rest.
Ribbon has just sensed two Saiarks somewhere nearby, and Megumi has no choice but to investigate alone.
It looks like we have a Crepe Saiark, courtesy of Hosshiiwa.
Oh, and a Rocker Saiark (the episode synopsis lists this as a Guitar Saiark, but I came up with “Rocker” first, so I’m sticking with it for now) from Namakelder at the same time. Strange, we don’t usually see more than one General attacking at once.
At least Hosshiiwa and Namakelder seem to be fighting each other as much as they are spreading misery in the city.
Megumi arrives on the scene just then, and she wastes no time in transforming. She’s very brave, trying to face two Saiarks at once without any backup. Let’s see how she does.
Lovely immediately gains the attention of the enemies, who’ve been butting heads over who was here first.
Holy cow, Hosshiiwa’s so annoyed at the interruption that she doesn’t bother ordering her Saiark around, she just starts attacking Lovely herself! That umbrella Hosshiiwa always carries actually shoots out lasers, like some kind of gun.
Namakelder’s cane also doubles as a weapon, which he doesn’t hesitate to use, shooting Lovely while she’s distracted by Hosshiiwa.
At least both Generals are busy arguing again while Lovely backs off to come up with a plan…
Or she has no plan, but is going to keep fighting anyway because she’s happy?
Oh, she wants to wrap this up quickly so she can get back to finding Hime!
Lovely, your bravery is very impressive, but you’re no Cure Fortune. You don’t have Honey or Princess to back you up right now, so wouldn’t it be better to try and separate the Saiarks so they don’t get the chance to double-team you?
Oh great, and now the Generals have decided to team up in taking her down.
Meanwhile, Yuko and Hime can hear people screaming somewhere outside of the playground.
Yuko goes to investigate and finds out about the invading Saiarks.
It’s time to go, but Hime is… not looking well at all.
Honestly, with how emotionally vulnerable she is right now, I wonder if she can even transform. I’ve mentioned before that Cure powers seem to operate on confidence and emotion, that the girls get a power boost when they are especially angry or determined.
Look at Hime right now. Can you really tell me that any of her attacks will work today? I think she knows it, too, which is why she’s not even trying to move, where normally she’d be running at top speed to go help Lovely out.
Yuko, you’re so awesome!
She actually goes up to Hime and tells her, in no uncertain terms, that she loves her. I’m fairly sure that we’re not talking about a romantic declaration of love, here. I think this is Yuko realizing that Hime’s like a frightened animal that needs someone to move slowly and speak very calmly and clearly so that there’s no possibility of misunderstanding what is going on. Good for Yuko, being willing to be so bold, to make sure that, once and for all, Hime has no doubts as to Yuko being her friend.
And it worked, too! Hime’s ready to try facing the Saiarks. (Yes, both girls are blushing, and I can see how this might be interpreted in a romantic way. However, in my experience, any subject that makes you feel embarrassed, awkward, or vulnerable can lead to blushing as well. I guess it comes down to the viewer to decide, so this is my interpretation.)
Back with Lovely, she can’t get too close because the Crepe Saiark is able to shoot splashes of cream from a distance.
Lovely runs up a building to get some space, and even then the Crepe Saiark’s sniping at her.
Nice! On getting enough air, Lovely retaliates with “Lovely Explosion Bomber,” which we haven’t seen since Episode 3.
That’s not good! The Rocker Saiark neutralized her attack by weaponizing the soundwaves from its guitar.
It then hits her out of the air with the guitar, but Lovely’s still going strong.
Classic Pink Cure energy, I love it!
Oh, another callback. Lovely tries “Lovely Heart Destruction” next (see Episode 2), and this time lands some hits.
Without a pause, she does a Form Change to Cherry Flamenco for more fire power.
That clears out several Choiarks, but Hosshiiwa doesn’t look very upset.
And no wonder, both Saiarks are still standing.
The Rocker Saiark gets Lovely on the run, spamming guitar picks like bullets to keep her moving.
While Lovely’s focused on avoiding the picks, the Crepe Saiark gets the drop on her, hitting her into a tree.
Ribbon goes to check on her, but gets caught by a Choiark.
Even in this kind of trouble, Lovely won’t back down. She’s quite a scrapper, isn’t she?
And now Hosshiiwa’s ticked off.
Both Saiarks charge in at once,
but a shadowy figure drags Lovely out of there before she can get hurt.
Thank goodness, it’s Fortune! She sounds annoyed with Lovely’s recklessness, but I wonder if she may still be impressed with Lovely’s bold courage and refusal to back off.
Fortune says she’ll finish things here, but Lovely doesn’t want to let her fight alone.
And Fortune’s seriously considering this whole team thing, because she doesn’t turn Lovely down.
They each choose one Saiark to focus on and get to work.
Fortune starts by flying around the Rocker Saiark, putting it off balance when it goes for a swing and misses.
Lovely speeds by the Crepe Saiark at the same time, drawing its fire before moving off to join Fortune at ground level.
Both girls kick a Saiark in the back of the knee, taking them down easily.
They continue the fight while Namakelder and Hosshiiwa start arguing again.
That’s when Glasses hits the Choiark holding Ribbon over the head with a pot, setting her free as well.
Before the Saiarks can recover from the prior hits, Fortune targets the Rocker with “Fortune Star Burst,”
while Lovely joins in with “Lovely Shining Impact.”
Interestingly enough, both attacks take the form of a purple and pink laser beam, respectively, and join together in what looks like a multi-colored version of “Marble Screw.”
Futari Wa Pretty Cure
Futari Wa Pretty Cure
Futari Wa Pretty Cure
Again, this may not be a true combination attack (see Episode 13), but the two individual attacks are launched perfectly in sync and are powerful enough to send both Saiarks flying.
Without hesitation, the Cures go after the Saiarks,
each shooting off their own purifying attacks.
The Rocker and Crepe Saiarks are gone, and the victims are saved!
Namakelder and Hosshiiwa are very angry about the loss, but leave without causing further trouble.
Lovely’s so happy that she got to fight along with Fortune, and Fortune herself looks like she’s not sure what to say at the moment. Fortune’s had a wall up every other time she’s been around Lovely, but it looks like she’s softened up a bit for now, and I’m glad. I’ve focused mostly on Hime in this episode, but Iona herself has been having trouble, and I’ll be covering more thoughts about her when it comes up, very soon. All I’ll say right now is that Megumi has the magic touch, being able to reach both Iona and Hime, so there’s a good chance that she could get both girls to agree to work together for Megumi’s sake, if not their own.
Unfortunately, Hime’s watching this, and all she sees is Lovely working so well with Fortune. Remember, Fortune has said many times before that she will never have anything to do with Princess, and she even pushed Megumi and Yuko to choose sides today (Hime wasn’t helping in this pressure, either).
What do you think this looks like to Hime right now?
Not realizing that they’re being watched, Fortune again asks Lovely to join her as a team.
Lovely agrees, but insists that Hime joins as well.
She explains her feelings about her friendship with Hime, asking Fortune to give her a chance, and to her credit, Fortune doesn’t immediately shoot the idea down this time.
Before anymore can be said, Ribbon’s ready to summon the PreCards they earned in this battle. Usually, Hime or another of the girls has had to rub Ribbon’s nose to make this happen.
Today, Lovely asks Fortune to help her in this, and Fortune does.
Hime starts freaking out. Remember, she’s no longer drowning in fear and depression, but she’s still not thinking clearly at all. She’s so vulnerable right now that the slightest touch can set her off.
Hime can only see one possible reason that Lovely is getting so close to Fortune today…
Lovely hears Hime and goes to explain the situation.
And all Hime can conclude is that it’s OVER, the Happiness Charge Team no longer exists.
Megumi’s replaced her, and Hime no longer has a place with their group.
All poor Hime can do is run off in tears.
I’m sorry, Lovely, that’s got to hurt!
And now we get a glimpse of somewhere brand new. It’s a rather desolate location, with rocky ground, some scattered purple crystals, and many mirrors containing Cures who’ve been defeated in battle.
A lone Green Cure’s here, too, but she’s depowered and the fight’s already over.
Yep, Phantom again.
He seals her into a mirror to go with all the others we just saw. I believe this poor Cure makes eleven on-screen defeats (twelve that are known of, and that’s not counting however many mirrors are dotting the landscape here, probably more casualties of his) by Phantom, the Precure Hunter.
And he’s done waiting.
He’s finally ready to deal with the Happiness Charge girls. Today’s episode ends here. Dear heavens, that was painful to watch! And I already know it’s only going to get worse before things can start to turn around. Hang in there, girls!
Chapter 22: Episode 21: Hime's Past Mistakes! Cure Fortune's Anger!
Chapter Text
So… Last episode. What can I even say? These poor girls have already been through the wringer and we’re barely a third of the way through this arc! Before I start talking about today’s episode, I had an intriguing thought I’d like to share. I know I’ve made various comparisons to videogames as I’ve covered this series, but here’s one more while I’m at it. Right before (and during) this mini arc, there were two opportunities that, if taken, might’ve made the following events much easier for everyone involved.
Sonic Unleashed (2008)
I think some games call these “Quick-Time Events,” where you have a split-second to mash the correct button or buttons,
Sonic Unleashed (2008)
with success causing damage to the enemy, and failure causing damage or death to the player character.
The first event, Hime being the one to reveal her history with the Axia Box, obviously failed, taking her health down into the red, mentally and emotionally speaking. The second event was convincing Fortune to join their team while she was in a listening mood. Hime panicked, fearing abandonment again and fleeing the scene, and this (second “Quick-Time” failure) only reinforced Fortune’s stubborn refusal to cooperate. Unfortunately, this has left all four girls still divided and vulnerable, and now Phantom’s gunning for all of them! Our girls are officially playing on “Hard Mode” today.
Poor Hime! At least she made it back to the Embassy after she ran off again at the end of the last episode. She’s currently hiding in her bedroom and refusing to come out no matter what Ribbon and Yuko may say.
Not even Yuko offering her some brand new candies is enough to change Hime’s mind.
Ribbon tells her how worried everyone is for her, and Hime asks about Megumi… Ouch! See what I mean? I talked about this last episode. It’s unfair, but it’ll likely come down to Megumi to snap Hime out of it today, since she was the one who metaphorically talked Hime down from the ledge back in Episode 2.
Megumi’s not here right now because she’s still trying to convince Iona to join their team.
And as before, Hime can only assume that Megumi’s trying to have her replaced on the team by a better, stronger teammate. Poor Yuko, too! It looks like any progress she made with Hime has all but disappeared for now.
And here’s a quick hello to Shiny Luminous of Futari Wa Pretty Cure Max Heart today. See, I’d categorize Luminous as a White Mage because, as far as I know, she has no offensive capabilities in Cure form, helping out by buffing her allies and debuffing the enemies instead. I’m afraid I don’t know enough about any other Cures to feel comfortable taking a guess at their Classes quite yet. Anybody out there want to help me out? Sorry, I’ll get back on track now.
Speaking of Megumi, she’s gone with Seiji to the Hikawa Dojo for this conversation. It’s not a bad idea to split up and try to reach both Hime and Iona, and the division of jobs makes sense, even if it’s triggering Hime’s anxiety at the moment. Given the fact it was Yuko who managed to reach Hime before (remember my life jacket analogy from Episode 20), Yuko’d be the best one to keep an eye on Hime now that she’s safely back at the Embassy. And since Megumi actually succeeded in getting Iona to listen, albeit very briefly, she’d have the best luck in trying to talk again now, with Seiji to back her up because he knows Iona very well from their karate classes. It’s a sound idea, but will things work out?
Iona’s already a little overwhelmed, but she is open to the idea of teaming up…
As long as Princess isn’t involved.
When Megumi asks why they can’t all work together, Iona says that she can’t work with someone she doesn’t trust.
Ouch! I guess that’s fair, though. With the limited information Iona has, how could anyone expect her to have anything to do with Hime? I’ve mentioned that Hime has a hard time trusting people, especially those she doesn’t know, and she doesn’t seem to take changes, secrets (IRONY), or surprises very well, either (see Episode 11). In her own way, Iona might be very much the same. It makes me sad, seeing these two so at odds with each other, because you’d think that they’d have a lot to talk about, given their respective backgrounds. As wonderful as Yuko and Megumi are, they don’t seem to have experienced losing home and/or family like Iona and Hime have. There’s a connection there, if these two could just look past their own stubbornness and fears to see it.
Seiji joins in, admitting that Hime can be rather annoying, but that she’s also a good person, giving her all to help in fighting off the invasion. But Iona still won’t budge, refusing to acknowledge Princess as a Cure, let alone a potential teammate.
Megumi asks how she can change her mind, but Iona’s done talking. Poor Iona, too! It may be for selfish reasons right now, but she’s probably tired of fighting alone after all this time. And there’s two very capable Cures ready to help her out, but they can’t seem to decide between her and that TRAITOR, so what more is there to say?
Iona leaves without another word.
Glasses at least thanks Seiji and Megumi for trying, but asks that they stop for today. Maybe Glasses can talk to Iona about it later, when she’s calmed down.
Sure enough, Glasses does try to discuss the matter when Iona goes back to training.
Iona’s decided that since Honey and Lovely aren’t willing to make a choice, it’s not worth trying to join forces. Iona’s fought this long on her own, she can get by just as she always has before.
Glasses keeps trying, since teaming up would make her much stronger, but Iona doesn’t want to hear it.
These girls… Why are they so stubborn?!
Ribbon doesn’t know what to do. No one can convince Iona to change her mind,
and Hime’s hurting so much she still won’t leave her room.
Ribbon asks if Blue can’t do something to help the situation.
He answers that he’s not powerful enough to change minds in this way, but I wonder if it’s more that Blue stays mostly neutral, allowing others to have their own free will. This is very important to him, to have people be able to develop how they choose, instead of him seeing them as pawns or servants to be used as he sees fit. Blue spoke up to Hime, suggesting that she should tell her friends the truth (see Episode 19), but he never tried to force her to do so.
Even if Blue’s powers aren’t as strong as you’d expect for a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth, he could probably use a fraction of his powers to influence the situation here, but he won’t. (We’re not talking about what’s arguably a fight to the death against Phantom (see Episode 13), we’re talking about influencing two stubborn and angry/frightened girls to join the same team in fighting against a very dangerous enemy. Frankly, I’d be terrified if Blue pulled a stunt like that. What would he even do, mind control? Or maybe cause Iona and Hime selective amnesia in forgetting their own emotions from prior negative experiences? THANK HEAVEN Blue’s not like this!) Not when this would permanently impact team dynamics and destroy their very personalities. Could any of these girls truly befriend and trust each other, learning to fight as a combined team, if they felt that they had no other choice?
Instead, Blue says that they need to have faith in Megumi, Yuko, Hime, and Iona to find a way to pull through on their own.
I like what he has to say here regarding everyone having a mirror in their heart that can be changed by a single beam of light.
It’s a little deep for me, but I think he means that one person may be able to connect to someone else through emotions, having the ability to brighten lives through love, friendship, and compassion, or to cause great pain whether by lashing out in anger or withdrawing in sadness and fear. One interaction impacts a single person, and the effect can then spread from person to person in a sort of emotional cascade.
Image found here: https://makingthishome.com/how-to-get-natural-light-into-a-room-without-windows/
Compare this to actual mirrors, where a beam of light can be moved across a room by being reflected from mirror to mirror. Does any of that make sense? I’ll be the first to admit that emotions, understanding and being able to fully express them, are a bit of a weakness of mine, but I think this is the idea that Blue’s trying to get across here. He’s right, too, it’s amazing what a little love and compassion can do to break down walls and brighten another person’s life.
I guess you truly could say that, in this case, the world, that person’s world can be reborn. (Sorry for waxing philosophical here, but Blue started it!)
Yuko, you’re making me hungry again. It’s a good thing these girls have a dedicated chef on the team, because after the day everyone’s been having I bet they’re all starving!
Megumi and Seiji have returned to the Embassy, reporting that there’s been no change in convincing Iona to join the team.
Yuko then reveals that Hime still hasn’t left her room at all.
Nothing’s working, so these kids need to try something new.
Thankfully, Yuko has a plan. And I’ve been WAITING for this!
Poor Hime’s convinced that everything’s over.
And after the emotional rollercoaster she’s been on, she’s hungry, too.
It’s just one thing after another…
That’s when Yuko puts her plan into action, which is as ingenious as it is hilarious!
Yuko takes a bowl of her cream stew and uses a paper fan
to blow some of the steam and fragrance into Hime’s room,
in the hopes of luring her outside.
It works, too. Hime’s out of her bedroom, ready to eat.
And then Megumi ambushes her with a hug, startling the heck out of Hime. I know I’ve been saying that Hime’s really been needing a hug, but Megumi’s timing could’ve been a bit better.
The shock snaps Hime out of her hungry daze and now she’s got a good look at everyone’s part in… whatever this trap was. I’m not the only one seeing this, am I? Hime’s walls are up, and I imagine she’s giving off the impression of a frightened and upset, puffed up cat right about now. Can you see it?
Credit to mikiyoshiuzuki on Deviantart: https://www.deviantart.com/mikiyoshiuzuki/art/Scared-Kitten-212592234
Megumi tries to coax Hime to sit down and eat some stew with everyone else.
She probably just wants Hime to relax, which is very much needed at the moment.
Unfortunately, Hime’s on guard now, watching for any possible concerns and dangers, and she seems to have found one because, while she’s clearly worn out and hungry, she refuses to eat anything right now.
I think I know why, so let’s see if you agree with me. Isn’t it true that, whether it’s at the dinner table, eating a meal in the breakroom at work, or even having lunch in the school cafeteria, people tend to talk, just socializing during this downtime? What better time is there to catch up with family and friends on the events of the day than when enjoying good food? The thing is, Hime well knows that there’s two subjects in particular that are all but guaranteed to come up in any conversation right now, should she go along with them for some stew (Axia, or Fortune joining the team, with Hime herself being kicked out). And Hime’s not ready to face it, not yet. She probably never will be, either.
So Hime falls back on her natural strategy of fleeing a risky situation. She grabs the Ninja Card, transforms,
throws a smoke bomb, and is gone.
But Megumi’s not letting her escape this time.
Megumi pulls out the Dog PreCard and transforms.
Very interesting.
This Card grants Megumi the ability to track by scent, perfectly countering Ninja Hime’s camouflage.
Ninja Hime doesn’t quit, though, just booking it out of there at top speed,
with Puppy Megumi close behind.
Even Yuko gets in on the act,
pulling out the Chick PreCard and transforming as well! Do we ever find out what the Chick Card does?
Regardless, it’s a perfect fit for such a zany situation. Seriously, go watch a clip of this whole scene on Youtube if you get the chance. (Here’s one video of it, if it helps: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eL1EmKzIFlc) I’m doing a more in-depth breakdown of what I think’s going on, but it doesn’t change that this will always be one of the funniest things I’ve ever seen.
Even if camouflage is no good, Ninja Hime still has the edge in speed, with Puppy Megumi struggling to keep up.
Hime’s still convinced that all of Megumi’s attempts at reaching out to Iona mean that Hime’s no longer wanted in the group.
Poor Megumi! Today hasn’t been easy for her, either, not with Hime and Iona pushing her away the whole time. The poor girl breaks down in tears.
And THAT’S what stops Ninja Hime in her tracks.
I can only imagine what’s going through Hime’s head right now.
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Happiness Charge Episode 5
Happiness Charge Episode 5
The whole time that they’ve been friends, Hime’s gone out of her way to protect Megumi in battle (Even if Princess is too weak to effectively do so, at least at first, she has always been watching Lovely’s back in every fight), to make sure she stays safe.
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Happiness Charge Episode 12
Happiness Charge Episode 12
Megumi gave Hime hope to keep going, and Hime wants to save Megumi from being hurt. But Megumi’s crying right now, and it’s because of Hime herself, because Hime can’t get her fears under control. What must Hime be feeling, realizing this now?
Whatever it is, it’s enough that Ninja Hime can’t run away anymore. For the first time in a good while, Hime’s able to think without being overwhelmed with fear.
She asks why Megumi’s crying, and Megumi answers that Hime, one of her best friends, keeps running away from her.
Poor Hime, every instinct must be screaming at her to RUN, but she can’t flee any longer. Not if it leaves Megumi feeling like this.
Ninja Hime has no choice but to stand there, quietly pleading to be left alone because she’s still so scared,
convinced that her friends must hate her, but not wanting to hurt Megumi again.
Image found here: https://wallup.net/funny-cat-and-dog-friend/
All Puppy Megumi can do is give her a big hug.
And both girls start bawling!
Image found here: https://www.onegreenplanet.org/animalsandnature/photos-that-prove-chickens-and-dogs-are-best-friends/
Yuko, your “babies” need their Team Mom!
Finally, all three girls are able to sit down and talk about the situation. (On an unrelated note, why does this show insist on reading my mind? It’s scary! Admittedly, I knew about the Dog Card and was joking when I compared Megumi to a puppy back in Episode 7. Then Episode 9 with Cat Hime happened, mirroring my comments on language barriers. And now Pretty Cure Therapy, which is actually happening right now. I… What is going on?!)
Getting back on topic, though, Megumi apologizes for unintentionally stressing Hime out, what with all her talk of having Fortune join the team.
Hime also apologizes for not telling the truth about the Axia Box from the beginning.
Poor Hime’s beating herself up about opening the Box, and she’s likely been doing this the whole time, ever since her kingdom fell.
It’s easy to look back after the fact and critique your actions on a given day, but this isn’t really fair, is it? Anyone can know how they should’ve acted after the fact, but in the moment…
Megumi stops Hime’s ranting, saying that it can’t be helped. Hime opened Axia, there’s no changing this fact. The real question is, what is Hime going to do about this going forward?
And what did Yuko just say? It sounds like “Don’t mind, don’t mind!” but is that really it? Or is there actually a Japanese word (like “Donmai?”) that sounds like “Don’t mind,” and truly means “Don’t mind” or “Don’t worry?” Now I’m curious, but I’m not sure I want to break out using Duolingo just yet. (I did end up looking it up, and yes, “Donmai” is the word. It really does mean “Don’t mind” or “Don’t worry,” like if you are cheering someone up after they made a mistake. You can read about it here: https://justalittlejapanese.com/donmai-meaning-japanese/)
Her friends are so sweet, but Hime can’t bring herself to believe their words.
She just can’t move past the guilt that’s been haunting her this whole time, being the cause of this world wide war, no matter how hard she’s fought for so long in trying to fix her mistake.
Megumi reminds Hime that it’s not all her fault, not really.
She opened the Box, true, but it’s the Phantom Empire that’s been causing everyone direct harm with all these calculated attacks. Good point, Megumi!
Hime’s been shouldering more than her fair share of the blame.
Yuko then asks if Hime opened the Axia Box on purpose. (And I just realized that Yuko and Megumi STILL don’t know the full story about Axia, unless this was discussed offscreen. Hime, your friends are amazing! I’m sure they really want to know, if only so they can understand and better know how to help you, but it’s far more important to them to make sure that you’re okay right now.)
Hime confirms that she didn’t open Axia on purpose. Yuko then tells her that she needs to explain this to Iona.
She thinks that Iona might be willing to be friends if only she knew the whole story.
Hime can’t believe that’s possible, not when Iona’s so angry with her, so intimidating and frightening.
And Megumi proves that she’s a genius yet again. Megumi reminds Hime of what happened way back in Episode 4, when she first enrolled in school.
Hime was terrified then, convinced that she’d never make any friends.
But now Hime’s able to go to school every day, and she has several friends in her classes. What a way to put things into perspective!
Yuko backs Megumi up, certain that Iona will understand if only Hime would tell her everything. Hime still looks worried, but she’s really thinking about it.
Megumi and Yuko promise to go with her to help clear things up.
And of course Phantom chooses this very minute to appear in Pikarigaoka.
He’s musing to himself that while the Cures protect the city and spread their love, keeping the darkness at bay,
the gap between love and lost love (pain? abandonment?) grows greater, so this is the perfect time for him to act.
Holy cow!
He doesn’t waste a second, drawing his sword and sending out a shockwave of power.
Forget one Saiark, or even two, Phantom has the power to summon HUNDREDS of Saiarks at once! That one shockwave imprisoned everyone in the area in mirrors and now there are who knows how many Saiarks on the loose, though we haven’t seen any just yet.
The dark energy is so strong that Megumi, Yuko, and Hime can feel it even without Ribbon being there to alert them to the danger.
Iona felt it, too, and Glasses is certain that Phantom’s behind this, whatever’s going on.
Okay, now we can see the Saiarks. I’ve never mentioned it before, but apparently you can tell which General has summoned a Saiark based on the color of its scarf:
Happiness Charge Episode 1
green for Namakelder,
Happiness Charge Episode 7
pink for Hosshiiwa,
Happiness Charge Episode 9
and yellow for Oresky.
Phantom’s Saiarks not only have a white scarf (Or is that a cape? It’s hard to tell from this angle), every single one has a horn on its head, and their sunglasses have winged edges. Is there any significance to the horn on their heads? My first thought was “Oni,” but I’m not sure if this is quite right because no pictures of oni that I’ve seen online had horns that matched this appearance.
Then I remembered a Japanese fairy tale picture book (Urashima Taro and Other Stories) with a story called “Why the Red Elf Cried.” The story calls these creatures “elves,” but I’ve always wondered if they were meant to be “oni” instead (unless other Japanese creatures are known for being red, blue, and so on), but this aspect was toned down for a children’s story.
The red elf from this story has one horn in the center of its head, just like Phantom’s Saiarks in today’s invasion. Is this just a coincidence, or is this referencing something that I can’t understand because I’m not Japanese? I’m sorry, I’ll stop rambling. Let’s continue with the episode for now.
I guess I’ve got one more videogame comparison to share after all. My nephews love to talk about playing Zelda Breath of the Wild, which is outside of my experience because I don’t own that game. I’m still not sure how I feel about an open world Zelda game, though there’s no denying that it looks incredible, from the pictures I’ve seen. Usually when you go through this game, you’ll encounter monsters that, once beaten, are dead and can’t respawn.
Image found here: https://zelda.fandom.com/wiki/Blood_Moon
Until a blood moon(?) appears, that is.
Image found here: https://zelda.fandom.com/wiki/Blood_Moon
Then EVERY monster you’ve ever fought revives and is powered up, roaming the land all at once, and you have to go take them out again. Is this essentially what we’re seeing in Happiness Charge right now?
The Happiness Charge girls are looking at a citywide map full of boss monsters. These girls are so lucky that they don’t have limits on their powers like you see in Smile Pretty Cure.
Smile Pretty Cure Episode 5
I only saw a few episodes of that season, but the Smile Cures could just use their individual special attacks once,
Smile Pretty Cure Episode 5
with the attempt completely draining them to the point that the girls couldn’t even stand upright afterward.
Smile Pretty Cure Episode 5
Could you imagine Cure Happy or Cure Sunny in this mess right now? (No offense, different seasons have different rules, I just thought I’d share this observation as it occurred to me.)
Anyway, Phantom’s Saiarks spread purple crystals, like the ones we saw last episode when Phantom defeated that poor Green Cure.
Oh dear heavens! Hime says this is what she saw when she opened the Axia Box.
This is what happened to her home back then.
There was no way Princess could begin to stop a force of invading enemies on that scale, not alone. And now it’s happening here, in Pikarigaoka…
Megumi stops her there. She is NOT going to let this invasion succeed, and she asks her friends to help her.
All three girls transform.
Lovely, Honey, and Princess waste no time, immediately flying into battle.
It’s mainly physical beatdowns at the moment, and can I say how impressed I am with how strong these girls are by now?
My gosh, every punch and kick is actually powerful enough to send individual Saiarks flying!
Even Honey is fighting back, using her baton to fling giant energy clovers at the Saiarks.
In another part of Pikarigaoka, Fortune’s holding her own against a small horde of these things.
Glasses has noticed that not only are there sheer numbers that Fortune has to worry about, each Saiark is very durable, so it’ll take that much more work to defeat each one.
Whoa! Lovely just used “Lovely Beam,” and did you see the size of that laser?
It was enough to knock one Saiark flat with a direct hit, but that doesn’t matter when another Saiark ambushes her from behind,
hitting Lovely into a giant crystal. Ouch, that had to hurt!
Now Princess is mad, and when that lucky Saiark (No, wait, this is a different one. The one that hit Lovely had red wrist guards and this one has purple…) tries to follow up its attack,
Princess blocks the way, forcing it back with “Princess Twin Magnum Punch.”
Now with a bit of breathing room, Princess goes to check on Lovely.
And Lovely, out of nowhere, admits that she loves Princess. I said this last episode, when Yuko did the same thing, but I’m pretty sure we’re not talking about a romantic declaration, here. This is Lovely, stuck with her friends in the scariest fight they’ve encountered yet, an actual doomsday scenario, wanting Princess to know that they’re friends, no matter what. That none of Princess’s fears of being abandoned and hated, fears that have been weighing her down for such a long time, will ever come true.
Princess made me laugh. She’s going, “What? We’re doing this NOW?!” I guess Lovely doesn’t feel that she and Honey got to finish their talk with Princess from earlier. It would seem that Pretty Cure Therapy waits for nothing and nobody. I still can’t get over this being an actual thing, I was JOKING with my earlier observation.
As Princess helps Lovely back to her feet,
Lovely asks Princess to please come talk to her if something like this starts to bother her again, admitting that she may be a bit slow and not the most reliable, but she can be a listening ear. (I hope Hime takes her up on that. I’ll freely admit that I’m not the best when it comes to talking about what’s bothering me, but it does help to know that there are people who will listen, should I need it. People who know me well enough to call me out if I ever try saying, “I’m fine,” when they know very well that I’m not.)
Princess then admits that she’s able to strive so hard because Lovely’s with her and that Lovely’s actually very reliable, even if she is a bit slow.
The Saiarks are still spreading crystals everywhere, with more enemies gathering by the second.
Princess is right, this is not a good situation by any means, but neither she nor Lovely looks particularly worried. It’s hard to be scared with a friend at your side, knowing you don’t have to face the danger alone.
And now it’s time for Round Two!
Honey starts with “Honey Super Sonic Spark,”
while Princess chooses a Saiark at random and starts beating down on it.
Lovely’s still deciding on a target while Honey breaks out a new move, “Honey Stamp,” whacking one of the Saiarks over the head before Lovely tackles it moments later.
Ribbon’s relieved to see the Cures are doing so well.
Blue is watching them in action and reveals that their love for each other is the source of their power, and this new level of power we’ve been seeing in today’s fight.
Back with Fortune, she’s managed to purify one of the many Saiarks we saw from before.
Oh gosh, and she just collapsed after doing so! It looks like her corner of the map has been cleared, but I’m still worried. These girls don’t seem to have any real limit to their powers and attacks, but that doesn’t mean that endlessly attacking and purifying these boss monsters comes without a cost. Fortune’s strong enough that she was able to take out every Saiark in the mob we saw before, but now she’s very drained because she had no one to watch her back, no one to cover for her so that she could get a moment’s rest in the fight. If this were an RPG, would she be out of “MP” (magic points) right about now?
At least the area’s clear now, so maybe she can have a breather.
Or not…
Phantom just showed up, and we all know by now that he’s Fortune’s berserk button.
All he does is run away, and Fortune’s so angry that she chases after him without thinking. She’s already exhausted, and Phantom’s very strong and very tricky. This is NOT GOOD!
On the other side of the city, Honey’s just started her purifying attack.
And we already know from Episode 15 that this can hit multiple targets at once. I wonder how many Saiarks she’s aiming for right now.
Whoa! Are you serious?! I lost count at thirty… Honey can actually purify this many Saiarks at one time? Has this act alone bumped Honey up a few levels in the “Threat Index” of the Phantom Empire?
Okay, that cleared this part of the city map as well.
And Pretty Cure Therapy continues. I’m glad Princess is feeling so much better now.
Princess confesses again how glad she is to be friends with Lovely and Honey.
Just in time for Ribbon to summon the PreCards earned by defeating this wave of Saiarks.
Wow, they got five this time! I’m not sure I’ve seen that many earned in one fight before, except maybe way back in Episode 5, and that happened because Megumi and Hime had helped so many other people beforehand.
Princess then thanks Ribbon for always watching out for her.
Awww! Good for Princess! It’s easy to forget to express love and thanks for those closest to us sometimes, but Princess is not holding back today at all.
Unfortunately, one wave of enemies may have been defeated, but there are still many more Saiarks scattered throughout the city that need to be purified as well.
Lovely and Honey charge off to start Round Three, while Princess gets an epiphany about Fortune, almost out of nowhere.
Princess isn’t afraid, even if today’s battle must mirror what she saw on the day the Blue Sky Kingdom fell. How can she be, when she has her friends to help her? She’s not alone anymore.
But Fortune… Fortune’s been fighting alone from day one. She’s been strong enough to face almost any challenge, but now she’s facing this very invasion, and she’s still fighting alone. If there’s one thing that Princess has learned in all the battles she fought before meeting Megumi, it’s that it can be terribly empty and frightening to be alone. Hasn’t Hime/Princess gone out of her way, now that she has friends, to make sure that no one else ever has to be alone, either? Think back to Episode 5 for a second: even when Hime knew that they were walking right into a trap, she wasn’t going to let Megumi face it alone.
And now Princess has realized that Fortune, her very own, personal boogeyman, has been alone this whole time…
Speaking of Fortune, she’s still chasing down Phantom at this very moment.
He exchanges a few blows here and there, but then retreats, and I’m assuming that he’s led Fortune on quite a chase already. I’m surprised that Fortune’s still standing, after all the fighting she’s done already, but her anger will not let her rest.
Not if she can force Phantom to free her sister.
Okay, that right there, that was pretty clever, I have to admit.
Phantom got Fortune angry enough to charge blindly after him
and then planted a mirror right in her path.
Fortune’s gone, that mirror just teleported her somewhere else.
Now Fortune’s trapped in the same location where we saw Phantom defeating the Green Cure from Episode 20.
Phantom appears right then, revealing that this is the Precure Graveyard, where he keeps all the Cures he’s defeated in battle.
And now, for the sake of Queen Mirage, he plans to add Fortune herself to the others who fell before.
Fortune won’t give up without a fight, but we also know that she’s already exhausted.
That’s where today’s episode ends.
Chapter 23: Episode 22: The New Transformation!? Fortune's Great Wish!
Chapter Text
Okay, I said that Phantom had a bodycount of twelve defeated Cures (eleven on-screen), but if every single one of these mirrors is yet another Cure that he personally took down… I lost count at thirty mirrors in this shot alone. Have I mentioned that this guy is terrifying? Because Phantom is terrifying! And now he’s about to add Fortune to this collection.
Mirage is watching, and she’s going to get quite a show, I’m sure.
Phantom explains that every single one of these Cures gave in to despair when they were beaten. He thinks Fortune herself should be no different.
And she just caught a glimpse of her sister among all those other mirrors.
Phantom’s ready to take Fortune down, but she won’t give up without a fight.
Why does this whole situation remind me of a gladiator battle?
Dear heavens, I’m nervous about this fight, and I’ve already seen this episode once!
Cure Beauty from Smile Precure is here to greet us today before things really take off.
Back in Pikarigaoka, there’s still plenty of Saiarks that need to be purified.
Thankfully, Lovely, Honey, and Princess are still going strong.
Princess starts off this latest battle by transforming into Sherbet Ballet Form. Interesting! It looks like Sherbet Ballet has a sub-attack as well, “Precure Blizzard En Tournant,”
which actually freezes the enemies solid.
Lovely follows up with “Lovely Punching Punch.”
And Honey wraps things up with her OP purifying attack.
Okay, so all the purple crystals disappeared after this battle. I think our girls finally cleared the map, purifying every single Saiark that Phantom created.
Yep, Ribbon just confirmed it, the city is finally safe again.
Good job, girls!
They earned six more PreCards by doing so, too. On closer observation, I feel that at least two of those Cards (the smaller two on the left) may be duplicates, but I’m especially curious about the Mermaid Card. I guess we’ll see how this one comes into play in the future.
Ribbon then announces that the PreCard Album is nearly full. And Lovely and Honey prove that they’re incredible yet again, as if there was ever any doubt!
Lovely tells Princess that soon they’ll be able to save her home.
Yes, you heard that right, Lovely and Honey are giving up their chances for a wish, letting Princess have it instead.
Princess, you’re so lucky to have such wonderful friends!
Glasses comes flying in right then.
She’s frantic because she hasn’t seen any sign of Fortune since that mirror teleported her somewhere else. Desperate for help, she quickly explains the situation.
And Princess, still remembering her epiphany from earlier, immediately runs off to start searching. I’m impressed! No matter the bad history between them, Fortune might not survive today if they can’t get to her in time, and Princess won’t let that happen.
Lovely and Honey quickly follow suit and the hunt is on.
It’s a race against time, but Ribbon thinks they can pull it off.
Speaking of Fortune, she’s still fighting right now, though it’s mostly physical attacks so far.
Phantom gets in a swing, and Fortune has to do…
(is that a back handspring?) to kick his sword away.
After getting a bit of space, Fortune charges back in to build up speed, shooting a purple laser right at him.
Unfortunately, not only does this attack do nothing, Phantom uses the resulting smokescreen to get close enough to counter with his own red blast right to her face, sending Fortune flying.
Fortune’s clearly tiring, but she still won’t give up.
She fights back with “Fortune Star Ring,”
but all five energy rings are destroyed before they can cause Phantom any harm.
Phantom himself scoffs at her attempt, lunging forward again.
Up close, he swings his sword a few times,
each time delivering an energy blast (like an afterimage of each swing) that Fortune has to block before the last one breaks her guard completely.
Zelda Link’s Awakening DX (Gameboy Color, 1998)
(And please don’t ask how long it took for me to finally get this screenshot. I’m still trying to forget…)
Back in Pikarigaoka once more, Princess is flying over the city, frantically calling Fortune’s name.
It would seem that even with all three girls splitting up to cover more ground there’s been no sign of Fortune or Phantom.
Ribbon and Glasses catch up with them, saying that Blue’s trying to contact them.
Blue himself has been searching the whole city, watching through his mirrors, and Fortune’s nowhere in the area.
He suspects that Phantom may have taken Fortune somewhere else,
the very same location where so many other Cures disappeared after their defeat, going completely off the grid. It sounds spooky, like a Pretty Cure version of the Bermuda Triangle.
Blue’s never seen this place, nor does he know where to find it, so there’s still no way to reach Fortune for now.
Princess looks so scared for Fortune’s sake, but Glasses reminds everyone that Fortune won’t get beaten easily.
She may be fighting for her life, but it’ll take a lot to bring her down, so they still have some time to come up with a plan. Even hearing this isn’t enough for Princess, though.
There’s a very real chance that Fortune will disappear today, permanently, leaving Princess with no way to try to make things right between them.
Princess actually begs Blue to find some way that they can find Fortune, that they can get to her before it’s too late. Lovely and Honey look very surprised and worried at her outburst, but it seems that Princess has given Blue an idea.
He tells the girls to come to the Cross Mirror Room, thinking that their feelings, the desire to go find Fortune, might be enough to pinpoint her location.
Over in the Precure Graveyard, Fortune’s not looking so good. She’s taken quite a beating and is still standing, but only barely managing it. Credit to Phantom, he’s been very smart today. Even as strong as he is, he knew that it would be difficult to wear Fortune down. I think this is why he triggered the invasion of Pikarigaoka, to start the process before facing Fortune directly.
Fortune’s barely holding on, but she still won’t quit, launching into another close-quarters scuffle. She may well be too exhausted to do any special attacks right now.
Finally, she gets too close and Phantom’s able to grab her.
He throws Fortune away, shooting a huge red laser to bring her down.
That final hit was enough, Fortune’s depowered.
Phantom picks up her PreChange Mirror and realizes that it looks very familiar.
Finally, he recognizes who Iona is, Cure Tender’s little sister.
And can I say how horrified I am to see how young she looks in that memory? Happiness Charge has a fairly nebulous timeline, and I think most other seasons in the Pretty Cure Franchise do as well. But the simple fact that there’s no way to know how much time has passed (most of the time the audience at least sees the start of the conflict, even if there’s no real way to know how many months may pass before the final battle), and knowing that there are girls in this show that give off clear signs of trauma, like Survivor’s Guilt and possibly even Depression, makes it so much worse to me! This poor girl, Iona, saw her sister fall in battle, and was so driven by anger and revenge that she’s been fighting without rest, nonstop, ever since.
Phantom remembers fighting Cure Tender that night. He’d spotted Iona watching nearby and sent a massive attack her way to distract Tender.
Having no time to do anything else to save Iona’s life,
Tender had to take the hit, and it was enough to take her down completely. (And now that we’ve finally seen it, albeit as a memory, I’m counting Tender’s defeat as twelve on-screen Cures defeated, with however many more that now dot the landscape of this Precure Graveyard. It’s quite a hefty bodycount, dear heavens!) This whole time, Iona’s been angry with Phantom for defeating and taking her sister away, and she’s been furious that Hime opened the Axia Box, triggering the war that led up to the loss of her sister. Both characters share some blame in this, but if Iona hadn’t been watching Tender’s fight that night, it’s possible that Maria might not have been taken, at least not right then. This, at least, was Iona’s fault.
You know what makes this even worse? I can’t say that this is a hundred percent true, this is just more speculation, but we’ve never heard Iona discuss this background with Glasses. Admittedly, they may have talked about Iona seeing her sister be defeated sometime offscreen, but is it possible that Iona didn’t remember this correctly until Phantom himself explained everything? (If so, I wonder if even Glasses might’ve realized something was wrong because she’s likely still mourning the loss of her original partner.) I’m wondering this because Iona doesn’t strike me as a person who’d intentionally be hypocritical. She’s very focused on justice and can be decently compassionate, while not afraid to call others out if she feels they deserve it. So why would she give Hime such a hard time for her mistake with opening Axia when Iona caused her own sister to be captured by Phantom, unless Iona herself couldn’t actually remember this event?
Our brains can do funny things, sometimes. If you have time, give this video a look: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IGQmdoK_ZfY. It’s called ‘The Monkey Business Illusion,’ and it’s only about two minutes long. The mind can be a bit scary at times, can’t it? Just focusing so closely on one detail, like in the video, might cause you to completely miss something else happening at the same time. And this is just under normal circumstances. What about the mind of someone who’s experienced a traumatic event, even someone who might be suffering from PTSD?
I took a Psychology class several years ago, and I’ve never truly forgotten how frightening it was to learn that you couldn’t really trust your own memories because your brain could subconsciously repress something in trying to protect you from the stress. And our brains are very good at connecting the dots, as well.
Image found here: https://www.sciencealert.com/word-jumble-meme-first-last-letters-cambridge-typoglycaemia
You may have tried one of these reading experiments before, the ones where you can read a paragraph of text where every single word is misspelled, but because the first and last letter of each word are in the right places, you can still read and understand the text, maybe not even realizing that there’s a problem until you read the paragraph again. Can you imagine someone being so traumatized that they not only can’t remember an event correctly, because the true memory was suppressed, but that their own brain may have accidentally created a false memory in trying to protect them?
I don’t want to go too much more in depth on the subject (it’s heavy stuff!), but I think that Iona had something like this happen to her. She wasn’t being a hypocrite in attacking and blaming Hime for the loss of her sister, at least not intentionally. Think how it must’ve been for Iona, to be just feet away watching her sister, Cure Tender, fighting head on against Phantom, arguably the strongest of the Phantom Empire Generals. For Phantom to suddenly lash out at her in her hiding place, and for Tender to take the hit, collapse, and be sealed away in a mirror before Iona’s very eyes. She was probably in shock, and very lucky that Phantom didn’t decide to capture her, too. A free Saiark attack, right? That’s not even getting into the fact that this attack, if it had hit young Iona, would very likely have killed her. She didn’t have any Cure powers back then to shield her from the worst of the damage, after all. Who knows what Iona was thinking by the time she got out of there with Glasses and Tender’s PreChange Mirror! I wouldn’t be surprised if her memory of the event got messed up to the point that Iona only knew that Tender fell in battle. (Could Iona even remember that she was there and actually saw it happen, let alone how things really went down, before Phantom himself “jogged her memory?”)
But now Iona knows the truth. Even if she wasn’t already depowered, I think this revelation would’ve taken the fight out of her.
Phantom’s holding her PreCards, the ones she saved when Tender fell.
And he BURNS them, telling Iona that there’s no hope, no way to save her sister now.
All Iona can do is cry.
By this time, Princess, Lovely, and Honey have made it back to the Cross Mirror Room. Blue asks them to pray, since their only chance of finding Fortune before it’s too late is to focus on their feelings for her,
praying that a connection will be forged that can somehow bridge the distance to wherever Fortune may be.
Iona’s NOT OKAY right now! Phantom already succeeded in beating her into the ground and destroying her only means of transforming. She’s absolutely helpless, but Phantom’s satisfied with her despair, finally ready to add her to the collection of mirrors.
And if that’s not bad enough, he tells her that she’ll sleep eternally in despair, just like all the other Cures.
So you’re telling me that not only are the victims in mirrors in stasis, trapped in a death-like state, but they’re not resting peacefully. These prisoners are trapped in something like a coma, full of never-ending despair! Dear heavens, are we sure that this is a kid’s show?!
Phantom’s just about ready to strike Iona down when they both hear Princess calling Fortune’s name.
Blue’s plan worked! He managed to open a mirror portal into the Precure Graveyard.
Princess comes flying through first and immediately launches into “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,” forcing Phantom to back off. That’s right, Princess, Iona’s worst enemy outside of Phantom himself, saved her with just seconds to spare!
Lovely and Honey are close behind, with Glasses hurrying to reunite with Iona.
While Lovely challenges Phantom to a fight, he still can’t believe that the Happiness Charge girls managed to get here.
He’s even angrier when he realizes that Blue was the one who let this happen.
Lovely and Honey are raring to go.
(Honey, we get it, you like rice and good food! Seriously, though, I bet these girls are starving after today’s battles. Victory dinner? And maybe the best night’s sleep ever? That’s if they can survive this last fight, of course.)
Meanwhile, Princess goes running up to Iona, calling her name. Can I say how proud I am of her? I don’t think Princess’s epiphany has erased any of her fear or bad memories of interacting with Fortune in the past. This is Princess realizing that she nearly lost her chance to try to make things right with Fortune. None of these girls may be able to stand up to Phantom today, but if Princess is going to fall in the attempt, she doesn’t want to have any more regrets.
And if you needed proof as to how determined Princess is to make amends, she actually gives Iona all of the PreCards. That’s right, Princess is surrendering her rights to a wish to Fortune, her (former) mortal enemy!
Poor Princess! She’s wanted to apologize to Fortune, but Princess knows that nothing she can do or say will be enough to make up for her mistake.
The only thing she can do is give up the Cards.
She starts to run off, but Iona stops her. Iona must be so very confused right now. Princess is selfish, a clueless airhead who opened the Axia Box and triggered World War 3, so what is this? But can Iona really judge her anymore, knowing what she knows now?
Iona asks why Princess is giving up her wish when she’s been fighting this whole time to save her kingdom.
And Princess replies that she can just earn more PreCards to make another wish later.
It’s more important to her that Iona gets her wish first.
Cure Tender’s mirror is right there, so Iona can wish to set her free. This is the only way that Princess knows of to even begin to make amends.
Unfortunately, before Iona can say much else, it looks like the battle has begun.
Poor Lovely and Honey are getting thrown around like ragdolls, so Princess has to get back in the fight.
She asks Iona to wait where it’s safe before taking off.
Looks like Iona’s getting an epiphany of her own now.
And can I say how awesome it was that Princess used “Princess Ball” to block Phantom’s attack on her friends while they were down?
Princess is ready to fight.
Phantom can’t understand why she (and Lovely and Honey) would bother when there’s only one possible outcome.
But Princess, as you’ve maybe noticed by now, doesn’t tend to leave her friends alone to face a challenge if there’s something she can do to help, and she’s not about to leave them alone today, either.
Phantom doesn’t care whether it’s love or friendship, it all leads to “the illusion of happiness,” and that’s something he will destroy for the sake of Queen Mirage.
Their fight resumes.
Iona has to make a choice now.
With Princess’s Cards, she can make a wish this very second. But what will she wish for? One saying that comes to mind here is, “Be careful what you wish for.” This is one wish that can happen right now, when Iona and the other girls are caught in a fight that none of them may walk away from. Look up “The Monkey’s Paw” (You can read it here: https://americanliterature.com/author/w-w-jacobs/short-story/the-monkeys-paw/) if you don’t yet understand the dangers of making poorly thought out wishes, let alone dealing with a malicious being that grants wishes. This is Pretty Cure, so I think the worst danger is simply not thinking things through with making a wish.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Megumi, when first describing Iona to Hime back in Episode 8, said that Iona was very smart and athletic. We’ve already seen how skilled she is in battle, and now we get to see her thought process in making this wish. She really is very intelligent.
Obviously, her first thought for a wish would be to save her sister, Maria.
But wishing her sister free wouldn’t save anyone else, Lovely and the other girls still fighting, or the hundreds of other Cures currently imprisoned here. Even being set free, would Maria be able to fight when her PreCards were destroyed? And if she could, what’s to stop Phantom from taking her down again while she’s disoriented? (Consider just how long she’s been sealed away, unconscious to the world. Meanwhile, Phantom has gotten stronger by the day ever since her fall.)
Glasses asks if Iona will wish for Phantom to disappear instead.
Or maybe she could wish for the Phantom Empire itself to disappear? And Iona brings up a valid point.
Would that sort of wish automatically undo all the damage these enemies have already wrought across the Earth?
If this wish were granted, would these four girls still be stranded in the Precure Graveyard with no way to restore the hundreds of Cures imprisoned here, let alone the prisoners of the Blue Sky Kingdom, or any number of other prisoners around the world? (That’s one very smart move of the enemy, keeping all the imprisoned Cures out of reach, to make sure that none of the defeated girls can be used to figure out how to free the rest. In every other case where a victim’s been imprisoned, a Saiark has been created. By defeating the Saiark, the victim is released, but what about these trapped Cures? There is no connection to a Saiark, so how would they be set free?)
Glasses can’t guarantee any of this will have the outcome Iona wants.
Right then, Phantom shoots off another enormous red laser, taking all three Cures out of their transformations at once.
Time’s up, Iona, you’ve got to decide now!
Iona wants to make everyone’s wishes come true, and the only way she can guarantee that’ll happen is to make sure of it, with her own two hands.
So the one wish she can make, to this end, is to become a Precure again.
(One other random thought, did Mirage and the rest know about this ability to get wishes by earning enough PreCards? Is this part of the reason why Phantom’s been so relentless in taking down Cures, for fear of what wishes he and his queen would have to face if one of the Cures grew powerful enough to earn that wish?)
Interestingly enough, making a wish seems identical to earning regular PreCards,
with the only added step being that Glasses has to absorb the power of the Cards first, before her nose can be rubbed.
This time, Glasses summons a whole new transformation device, the Fortune Piano, in addition to some new PreCards. Without a second to waste, Iona transforms.
And right off the bat, I noticed that she now wears a ring that seems to be key in activating the Fortune Piano. Let’s see if there’s any other obvious differences…
She has such a great design! (Her shadow makes a star, too… Was this always the case, or was I just blind that I missed this until now? Good job, animators! What attention to detail!)
Before being defeated by Phantom (see her left arm)
After being defeated by Phantom (see her left arm)
Anyway, the only other difference I can see is that Fortune no longer has a Love PreBrace, like Lovely or Princess do.
Happiness Charge Episode 14 (see her left arm)
Honey never had one, but she’s always used her baton. Maybe Fortune will have something like this (an alternate weapon) as well? Although, let’s be honest, I’m not sure her fighting style will change that much. (She seems to have more focus on close quarters, physical beatdowns than any reliance on special attacks.) I wonder if the loss of her Love PreBrace would be enough to consider this new transformation as a “Class Change.” You know that I’ll be watching closely from now on, so I’ll let you know later on if I think that’s the case or not.
Fortune’s back! And she’s not going to let Phantom hurt her friends anymore.
Phantom doesn’t care, he took her down once and he can do it again.
Fortune admits that she hasn’t been very smart, fighting while driven mostly by anger and hate. It’s gotten her pretty far, true, but it certainly wasn’t enough against Phantom’s grim determination.
Now, though, Fortune’s fighting to protect others, her friends who risked it all to save her today.
Image found here: https://ca.pinterest.com/pin/546976317213528187/
Has the lone wolf found a pack at last? (Sorry, that was cheesy even for me!)
Awww! She then apologizes to Hime for their bad history, thanking her for giving up the wish so that Fortune could still fight.
Poor Hime looks so scared at first, but then she’s so surprised and grateful that she just starts crying.
Please stop being so cute!
Rude! Phantom isn’t impressed with Pretty Cure Therapy and launches another attack while Fortune’s back is turned.
Not that it matters, because Fortune swats the blast away with one hand.
Phantom believes that Fortune will fall just like Tender did before her, distracted and weakened by her care for others.
But Fortune’s not playing around.
She was already very strong, and now she’s no longer blinded by anger.
Her three friends are depowered and helpless right now, and she’s the only reason they’re still free.
For the first time, Phantom is facing a Cure Fortune powered by love and the determination to keep her friends safe.
He thinks that somehow Fortune’s wish granted her superpowered Cure Cards, but Blue says that this is just Fortune’s will power.
She will not let Phantom win today, and certainly nothing he’s tried since the wish has worked so far.
Even then, Phantom believes that the world is destined to fall into despair, and he draws his sword to continue the fight.
My gosh, am I glad that Fortune’s on the good side!
She just tanked and nullified Phantom’s fiery blast.
She doesn’t care if the world is destined to fail, because she’ll change that fate.
And she just SHATTERED Phantom’s sword with one swing of her bare hand!
Dear heavens, I can’t stop grinning, but I’ll bet the Phantom Empire is officially having a really bad day!
Before Phantom has time to react, Fortune launches into her purifying attack. As before, she starts off by saying, “Light of the stars! Turn into sacred power!”
So right off, Fortune can use her ring to summon the Fortune Tambourine. It makes sense because Fortune still needs some way to purify Saiarks (or Phantom).
Her new purifying attack is called “Precure Starlight Ascension.”
Holy cow, did Fortune just go full on Dancer? Is this her new Class now? (It’s too early to tell right now, but just imagine Fortune dancing in and around the battlefield, punching one Choiark, before bending back into a handspring to kick another away, and so on. No enemies would be able to touch her, not when she’s moving to her own rhythm and constantly reacting in ways that no one else can predict! Thanks again, TV Tropes: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/DanceBattler)
This new attack has Fortune hitting her Tambourine three times and repeatedly spinning in some kind of dance (Sorry, not a dancing expert here!) before sending out a wave of pure starlight energy to engulf whatever enemy that she’s currently purifying.
And Fortune can control the output of this energy, as she does here by increasing it to overwhelm and break through Phantom’s guard.
My gosh, did she actually succeed in taking him down?! On an unrelated note, how epic is this screenshot? I love this new attack so much!
That final explosion certainly looks like it took Phantom out.
At least it freed Tender’s PreChange Mirror…
Poor Fortune! Rescuing her sister will have to wait, but she does have the power to make sure that this wish, and everyone else’s, can still come true. It’ll just take more time.
Megumi and the others all come running up, no longer transformed. (Incidentally, what is the cooldown time once a Cure’s taken enough damage to be forced out of the transformation? Megumi, Yuko, and Hime are back in civilian clothing, instead of stuck in their inbetween forms. Does this mean that they’ve had enough of a chance to recover that all three of them could transform once again, right now?)
But Fortune warns them that things aren’t over just yet.
She’s right, too. Somehow, Phantom managed to tank the purifying attack. This guy really is on a whole other level.
Even after all that, he won’t back down.
And that’s when Mirage intervenes, appearing as a huge image in the sky behind him. By the way, is this the first time any of these four girls have actually seen Queen Mirage, the de facto leader of the Phantom Empire?
Everyone present either looks frightened or very much on guard.
Unfortunately, today’s episode ends here, on a cliffhanger, so we’ll have to see what comes of this confrontation next time. What a ride!
Chapter 24: Episode 23: Super Nervous! Iona and Hime's First Shopping Trip Together!
Chapter Text
Oh boy. Mirage is here, and she is NOT happy!
This is the first time any of the girls (I think) has seen her in person, and they certainly look spooked.
Mirage first addresses Phantom, specifically his disobeying her orders to stay out of Pikarigaoka (see Episode 13). We saw her watching his battle against Fortune at the beginning of the last episode and she seemed okay then, but Phantom got too careless and was nearly taken out as a result. Now Queen Mirage herself has had to intervene, and everyone present is either frightened or very much on guard.
And no wonder! Glasses reveals that she can actually sense Mirage’s power, just from her image projected into the sky. If all the girls could sense it when Phantom triggered the invasion, without the help of their fairies, what must they be feeling now with the power level of Phantom’s master, the leader of the Phantom Empire herself?
Dear heavens! Mirage is ready to strike the girls down where they stand.
She’s DONE with their interference!
Blue speaks up right then, and thankfully it stops Mirage for the moment.
He steps through a portal to join Megumi and the others. That’s very risky, since we already know that Phantom could take Blue down without trouble (Episode 13 again), so what could Mirage herself do? Blue’s willing to take that chance to protect the girls, though.
Let’s take a quick break to welcome today’s visitor, Cure Bloom of Splash Star. Actually, wait a second. Didn’t her family run a bakery? I wonder how she’d handle meeting Yuko. They’d probably have fun swapping recipes, at the very least…
Back to the episode though, Blue’s here now. And Mirage has stopped threatening to attack.
Phantom’s ticked off again, but Mirage seems willing to talk, or at least listen, for the moment.
Blue asks how long she intends to keep up the invasion.
So many people have already been hurt in the crossfire, and eventually the sorrow will reach and overwhelm Mirage, too. He asks her to stop, to free those who’ve been taken prisoner, before it’s too late.
Mirage just doesn’t care. There’s that bad history again (see Episode 13). Something happened between Mirage and Blue, something bad enough that Mirage is convinced that happiness, love, dreams, etc are all illusions. And if Mirage can’t be happy, why should anyone else know love or joy?
Megumi steps in here. I’m impressed that she’s brave enough to step up, considering how shaken and on edge everyone else has looked ever since Mirage first appeared on the scene.
Megumi says that everyone has happiness and love in their hearts, that these are very real emotions, not illusions.
Oh Megumi, I think your attempt to reach Mirage just backfired! She looks TICKED!
Mirage recognizes that Megumi is close to Blue and has empowered him with her love and loyalty.
Mirage lashes out in her anger right at Megumi, and with enough power to probably finish off everyone else in the area, going by that dust cloud.
Sorry for the quick interruption here, but this is when we get to see the title screen for today’s episode.
I promised that I would show off all the chibi Cures when they appeared, as I already did with Lovely and Princess (see Episode 1), then with Honey (see Episode 11). Today it’s Fortune’s turn. She doesn’t look quite as enthusiastic as everyone else, does she? It’s okay, because the other girls have more than enough energy to make up for it. I can already predict that we’ll have some amazing interactions in the future that will likely follow this pattern. Let’s get back to the episode for now.
Thankfully, Blue managed to open a portal to instantly transport himself and the girls back to safety.
Ribbon, after recovering from the shock, asks if he knows Mirage, since they both acted very familiar with each other.
All Blue says is that he did know her a while ago, but that they’re enemies now.
Then he asks the girls to continue to help in protecting the world in this ongoing war.
Before I go on with the episode, here’s a few thoughts. Due to my reading about this season before I ever started watching, I have a vague idea of what the problem is between Mirage and Blue. I don’t know enough with certainty to talk about it now, nor do I think I could since this involves very plot-heavy episodes in the future that I will cover as they come. Maybe this is hypocritical of me, considering that I never hid any spoilers regarding Hime, but she’s been a central focus character from the very beginning, and I didn’t think I could accurately or fairly talk about her, her possible mental state, or anything else without having everything in the open right from the start. This conflict with Blue has just been a vague detail in the background, only touched on once or twice so far (Episode 13, and now Episode 23), so I don’t feel right in talking about it until it comes up later on. What I actually wanted to say is that this animosity between Blue and Mirage reminds me a lot of what we’ve seen with Iona and Hime. And considering it took until Episode 22 for these two to even start to be able to talk about things, I think it’ll be a while before Blue’s willing to admit to whatever’s going on with him and Mirage.
Speaking of Mirage… Ouch! It sounds like she actually slapped Phantom after he got back from that fiasco. She orders him to stay close from now on. It seems very harsh, but consider that Phantom is the only General that Mirage can trust to follow her orders without question. Anyone else, even Oresky, would probably get into who knows what kind of trouble and get beaten because they got distracted, maybe drawn into some personal feud of their own. Phantom is the only person she can truly trust to actually do what she says, having the power to make it happen. And she nearly lost him today because he started getting reckless.
That will NOT happen again! (I’m not excusing her behavior, just trying to explain it)
Back in Pikarigaoka, it looks like Iona has finished telling Blue the whole story about herself and Tender, her sister.
Poor Glasses!
She was hurting so much after losing Tender that she couldn’t bear to see Blue after that night.
Iona herself still looks rather vulnerable after everything that’s happened. It’s really strange to see, honestly. And where is Hime? She’s not anywhere in sight, while Megumi and Yuko are right next to Iona.
Megumi and Yuko have decided on something, based on those smiles.
Oh, right! They still want Iona to join their team, and she might actually be willing this time, after her change of heart.
No, not yet. It’s not due to anger or pride this time, though.
Iona knows that Yuko, Megumi, and Hime are already established as a team.
They are used to a three-person group, and bringing in a fourth member might throw off that balance. I was wondering back in Episode 11 if this was part of why Yuko didn’t reveal that she was Cure Honey from the very beginning. A new team member has the potential to add in too many new variables to be useful when you’re already used to two or three people on a team. I can see her logic, but it’s sad because deep down I do think she still wants to join their group. It might also be due to Hime, though. Iona’s not angry with her anymore, but now she’s probably remembering their fight back in Episode 20. Could Iona really join the team, ignoring how Hime might feel about such a decision?
Oh, there’s Hime! Poor girl’s been hiding behind the couch while this discussion has been going on.
This behavior may not make much sense, considering how bold Princess was back in the Precure Graveyard, but that was different. Think about it, in Episode 22 the girls were essentially facing a life-or-death situation, and Princess didn’t want to have any regrets if their rescue failed. Similarly, Fortune was able to make a decision, her wish, in a way that could save everyone and help them all get back home. But neither girl has talked since then. Now, after the fight is over, is the time to address their shattered worldviews. But Hime’s been terrified of Iona (Fortune) for months, and she’s not sure where they stand anymore. Iona has hated Hime that whole time as well, and now that she’s no longer angry she doesn’t know what to do.
Before things get more awkward, Ribbon intervenes. It’s too early to make such a big decision when everyone’s still recovering from that last battle.
Instead, she says that they should celebrate their victory with a party.
Megumi certainly loves the idea.
She won’t hear of Iona trying to bow out because they’re all friends, and friends getting together is always something that can be celebrated.
Hime looks very uneasy, but Yuko offers her,
and then Iona, a candy to sweeten the deal.
These girls… What a team!
Image found here: https://www.thecrucible.org/guides/blacksmithing/blacksmithing-techniques/
Image found here: https://www.thecrucible.org/guides/blacksmithing/blacksmithing-techniques/
There’s a saying, “Strike while the iron’s hot.” If I understand correctly, this expression refers to a blacksmith who, by heating some metal, can shape it into almost anything he wants, a fire poker, a sword, anything. But he only has a limited time to do so. Once the metal has cooled, it’s stuck as it is unless it can be heated again. And isn’t it possible that this can only be done a certain number of times before the metal itself gets damaged?
Image found here: https://www.thecrucible.org/guides/blacksmithing/blacksmithing-techniques/
“Strike while the iron’s hot.” That’s basically what this episode is, if you think about it. Hime and Iona have never been able to get along before this, and now Iona’s suddenly joined the team, at least that’s the plan (hopefully). Iona saw Hime risk it all, with Megumi and Yuko, to save her from Phantom. And Hime was able to see that Iona, fighting alone against endless waves of Saiarks rampaging around Pikarigaoka, was likely as frightened as Hime herself. (This must have been quite a shock, to have Iona go from being Hime’s personal boogeyman to someone fighting impossible odds, frightened and alone) Neither girl had any time to fully process these changes to their worldview before escaping the danger. Now they’re safely back at the Embassy and neither of them has any idea what to think about this. We can already see Hime cringing away and trying to hide anytime Iona even seems to glance her way. And Iona looks so confused, like she wants to talk about things, but isn’t sure how to do this with Hime as terrified as she is.
If both girls remain in this state for too long, they’ll probably just end up avoiding each other ever afterward. (Going by the saying “Strike while the iron’s hot,” the metal would’ve cooled too much to be molded into a new shape, to take a new direction) This obviously won’t be very helpful if they’re going to have to face any attacks going forward as a team. Something needs to be done to break the ice between them.
Back in the episode, Megumi and Yuko have used a PreCard to become…
I’m not even going to try spelling that!
They’re now dressed as pastry chefs,
since Megumi wants to make a fruit cake for the occasion.
Unfortunately, it looks like there’s no fruit to make it,
and Ribbon has noticed that they’re out of several other ingredients needed for the party food. To be fair, the last day or so has been very… Would “involved” be the best word? There’s been no time to go to the store, so no ingredients means no party.
Looks like a shopping trip is in order.
Meanwhile, with Iona and Hime… These poor girls! The awkwardness is so thick that you could cut it with a knife.
Hime looks so tense, like she just wants to run back up to her room, but she’s managed a compromise by sitting on the stairs for now, half-hidden from Iona where she’s still sitting on the couch.
Ribbon flies out of the kitchen right then, calling for Hime and asking if she’ll go to the store for some things.
Glasses speaks up next, volunteering Iona’s help.
“He who does not work shall not eat?” I don’t recognize that exact expression, but it reminds me of the story of the Little Red Hen. I probably don’t need to explain this, but just for the sake of being thorough: There once was a little red hen who found some spilled grain on a farm and decided she wanted to try growing it to make her own fresh bread. She asked some nearby animals for help in planting the seeds, harvesting the mature wheat, grinding the wheat into flour, and then finally making the bread. The other animals only volunteered their assistance with eating the finished bread, but the hen refused them, eating the bread herself because she was the only one who’d put in all the work to get the bread in the first place. I love learning the sayings and stories that different countries have for teaching these sorts of values!
Well, I guess this is one way to break the ice.
Ribbon lists off everything that they need, and Iona quickly realizes that this is too much for one person to carry back alone.
She looks over to Hime, not even speaking yet, and… These poor girls! Hime’s already cringing away, and how must Iona feel on seeing that?
Iona asks for her help, and what exactly can Hime say?
Poor girl looks scared to death, but Iona’s asking for help. Can Hime really turn her down now? As far as I know, she’s never really been able to say “No” to her friends yet. (The closest I’ve seen was when Hime bargained for making a Bento instead of a Cheer Section for Seiji back in Episode 17, unless we count her fight with Iona from Episode 20.) (Nevermind. I just remembered that Hime very plainly and repeatedly declined Megumi’s help with making a cake back in Episode 7. It just didn’t matter because Megumi has a hard time taking “No” for an answer.)
Yep, I thought so.
Hime agreed to go, but she’s keeping a “healthy” distance between herself and Iona for now.
She’s actually squeezing Ribbon like a stuffed animal, trying to think of something to say because this whole situation is incredibly awkward!
Out of nowhere, Iona stops walking long enough to ask Hime why she calls herself “Shirayuki Hime.”
I should note that anytime Iona’s mentioned Hime’s name in this episode, it’s been by her full name, “Himelda Window Cure Queen of the Blue Sky.” It reminds me of Rodgers and Hammerstein’s Cinderella, “His Royal Highness, Christopher Rupert…” with this whole song (The Prince is Giving a Ball) having any number of random names all strung together when referring to the monarchy. It’s quite fun to listen to, I highly recommend it if you haven’t heard of this musical before. Anyway, even if I don’t understand the reason (for the multiple names), I guess this is poking fun at a tradition for members of the royal family to have very long names.
Back to Hime in the episode, she answers that her full name is too long, and she always liked the Snow White story, so she just had everyone call her “Shirayuki Hime” (literally meaning “Princess Snow White”) instead.
Iona basically says, “Huh…” before continuing on.
And Hime tries to get her attention, to say something, but instantly changes her mind when Iona stops to see what she wants.
These poor girls! Iona doesn’t know where to start in even talking to Hime, and Hime’s too scared to be much help in trying to connect. This is so painful to watch! Credit to those who put together this show, they’ve done an excellent job in depicting the awkward uneasiness of the situation.
Thankfully, Ribbon decides to help out, asking Glasses about Cure Tender.
Maybe seeing the two fairies interact will help draw Iona and Hime into a conversation?
It’s a great idea, for sure.
Hime certainly gets intrigued, hearing about how strong, yet kind, Tender was.
And Iona, who really loves and misses her sister, goes on a whole rant about how wonderful Maria/Tender is,
so smart, fashionable, and friendly.
Hime then admits that she wants to meet Maria.
Oof!
Iona’s a good sport, thinking that her sister might’ve been happy to meet Hime, but that probably hurt a bit, since the implication is that Hime wants to get to know MARIA, not Iona. And that’s not even getting into the reason why this can’t happen in the first place (Precure Graveyard).
Iona quickly changes the subject, saying they need to hurry on to the store, while Hime has a mental freakout over her slip-up.
Finally at the store, Hime starts bragging about how this is the best place to find what they need. This may be where she went to get groceries from the last store run back in Episode 17, when Yuko was teaching her how to make rolled eggs.
Iona isn’t very impressed with the grocery prices, though.
And this is something I found fascinating, so please forgive me for another little tangent. Hime’s been staying in the Blue Sky Kingdom Embassy this whole time, but I’m not sure that money’s ever been an issue. In Episode 8, Hime wasn’t very happy with having only 300 yen to spend at the festival. And considering that this grocery store may well be the only store that Hime’s visited before, even with the higher prices, maybe Hime’s never really had to learn to budget money. Certainly not in the way that someone like Iona, who’s NOT well-to-do royalty, might have to do every day.
It could be that Blue is able to create what money is needed to make sure that Hime has what she needs while he’s her surrogate guardian. (Would he do this, though, when there’s the risk that extra money flooding into the market could increase prices everywhere? Look at the prices for food today, compared to even four years ago, due to inflation in America! Do other countries have this problem as well?)
But I wonder if it’s more likely that they get a monthly stipend from the Japanese government. I would think that normally the Blue Sky Kingdom would fund its own embassy, but obviously this can’t happen right now. Maybe this is the Japanese government honoring a treaty and trying to build up good will with the Blue Sky Kingdom by helping to provide care for the heir to the throne? (It’s a risk, of course, since there’s no one else around from Hime’s country to recognize these efforts, especially since there’s a possibility that the Kingdom may never be restored. Why help out when there’s no guarantee that they’ll get anything back in return? But if things went that far, there’s always the chance that Japan, Russia, Australia, or any (or all!) of these other countries could fall to the invasion as well, so good on Japan for being willing to help out in spite of the uncertainty!)
Or is it because of Blue himself? Does the government know of his existence (Miyo didn’t in Episode 16, but she’s an ordinary civilian) and is honoring his presence in the country by helping to foot the bill here? This will probably never come up in the show, but there you go.
Back to the episode (I’m so sorry!), Iona says that they can get a much better deal at the supermarket she visits, which she knows has some good sales today.
Hime looks so confused, but she’s willing to follow Iona’s lead.
And here we learn something quite interesting about Iona: she’s a bargain hunter. Good for her! Like Seiji, Iona seems to be very responsible.
She knows how to get the best deal for her groceries, using coupons to help lower the cost even more. We don’t know what Iona’s background is, how well-off her family is, or anything like that, but clearly she’s been taught some good practices that will help her now and in the future. (Also, there’s another little detail I just noticed: if you look at the bottom right corner of the coupon, you have a date range where the coupon is valid. Here’s another indicator of passage of time, for those trying to put together a timeline for this show.)
It’s great, but it made me chuckle a bit.
This is a side to Iona/Fortune that I never thought I’d see…
After finding everything for the party, the girls go to purchase their groceries
when Hime sees a snack that she wants to buy. I talked about this back in Episodes 1 and 2 when I was puzzling out my thoughts on the timeline. Happiness Charge starts with the audience in the middle of the action instead of letting us see the initial attack and recruitment of the Cures. Somewhere in this timeline, Cures have become well-known enough that they have merchandise, and the snack that Hime wants is one of those items, complete with a collectible card.
Iona tells her that she shouldn’t buy what’s not needed. And now we get to witness a bit of a culture clash.
Hime doesn’t understand why she can’t get one little snack, not when Iona’s already saved so much money with today’s deals as it is.
Meanwhile, Iona is used to only getting what’s needed, and snacks don’t fit into that category.
Oh man. Hime, who looks like she’s ready to cry, then calls Iona a scrooge for being so stingy with their grocery money.
Now both girls have their hackles up!
I have to say, while I understand Iona’s side much better, I’d be a massive hypocrite if I didn’t confess to buying a treat sometimes at the end of a very busy week. Work is exhausting, and sometimes that candy bar or small bag of chips is my way to celebrate surviving one more week, a light at the end of the tunnel. Not everyone can go visit bars, after all. Considering what all the girls have been through over the last day or so in dealing with Phantom’s invasion, I’m not sure I could blame Hime for wanting a bit of a pick-me-up right now. Admittedly, Megumi and Yuko are putting together a party, so this may not be strictly necessary, if it ever was.
Poor Ribbon’s watching the argument, trying to figure out how to mediate, and Glasses is just having a nap. It looks like she’s more laidback than Ribbon is. Now that I think about it, both fairies have likely had to act in very different ways to best help their respective partners.
Happiness Charge Episode 1
Happiness Charge Episode 1
Hime, who’s been very shy, frightened, and prone to emotional outbursts, has needed Ribbon to be a little more forceful and pushy, to nudge her forward in the fight as well as in day-to-day life. Iona, however, hasn’t needed help there.
Happiness Charge Episode 19
Instead, she’s probably been more in danger of burning herself out by working too hard,
Happiness Charge Episode 19
with Glasses trying to get her to relax. Maybe this explains each fairy’s reactions to this argument?
Finally, Hime just looks sad as she begs one last time for the snack.
Poor Iona looks rather down and resigned herself, while Ribbon calls Hime out for her tantrum.
Iona finally caves, saying she can have one snack, but not to tell anyone else. It wouldn’t be fair if Megumi or Yuko felt left out. Hime agrees.
I wonder if this little argument gave Iona some more insight into Hime, too. Iona’s probably been trying to understand why the Hime she thought she knew, a clueless airhead who opened Axia and is cowardly and weak in battle, is now someone who would put her life on the line for a person that she’s feared and hated, giving up her chance to save her home with a wish to do so. With this conflict, Iona can see that Hime’s very reactive, she gets emotional very easily, and yes, that she is a little selfish, but maybe that’s to be expected, given her royal background.
Over in the Phantom Empire, several Choiarks are replacing the mirrors that were shattered in Mirage’s outburst from earlier. Hosshiiwa’s watching this, the aftermath of Phantom’s attack on Pikarigaoka.
She doesn’t like the purple crystals he spreads, finding that sweets are far better. It sounds like she’s planning to attack right now.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Hime’s sitting down to enjoy her snack.
She lucked out by getting a rare card, too.
She’s so excited, it’s honestly adorable to watch. As if these girls weren’t cute and funny enough already!
Seriously, though, I wonder how merchandise impacts things. Usually, with this sort of situation, the person whose image is being sold gets royalties, a small percentage of the money from every sale of these products. I’d like to think that, while some people may be trying to take advantage of the Cures’ popularity to make money, any official merchandise would set aside some royalties for the girls to access if they needed it. Maybe Blue, as an adult who could act as proxy for the Cures, helped to set up some kind of deal where each girl gets a small stipend from those fees? Or is it more likely that any funds from these products go to some sort of “war fund” to pay for property damage or to help those injured in any Saiark battles. Okay, maybe not property damage, since that looks like it gets undone at the end of any fight. It’s certainly something to think about, isn’t it?
Finally, Iona just asks Hime right up front why she opened the Axia Box. Iona’s looked like she’s been deep in thought this whole episode, trying to puzzle out her thoughts about Hime, who hasn’t turned out to be much like she expected at all.
Poor Hime, though. While she did want to talk things out with Iona, I don’t think she expected it to come up quite so soon. Still, Hime sits down and finally tells the whole story.
It’s been a tradition over generations in the Blue Sky Kingdom for members of the royal family to pray to the Axia Box.
Hime herself was doing this one day when she suddenly heard a voice speaking from the Box.
Poor Hime, the voice sounded sad and desperate, pleading to be set free,
so she thought she needed to save whoever was calling for help. But when she did…
As sad and hurt as Hime looks in remembering what happened, Iona looks shocked and maybe a bit horrified.
Iona asks why she didn’t say something sooner. I think she’s realized that she might have done the very same thing if she’d been in Hime’s place. Iona certainly doesn’t look angry anymore.
Hime answers that she actually did try to explain herself, but she never got the chance to say anything.
Remember this?
Iona tends to have a temper, just like Hime herself at times, and, well… Just how have any of their interactions gone in the past, prior to them barely surviving this latest attack by Phantom?
Poor Iona feels incredibly guilty and ends up running away.
Now that she’s not blinded by anger, only wanting revenge,
she’s able to see that Hime’s been hurting just as badly as Iona herself. There’s that connection I mentioned back in Episode 21.
Glasses speaks up then, letting Iona know that being able to acknowledge her mistakes takes a lot of courage, and that she’s sure Iona can find a way to fix things.
Since Iona’s already apologized for their bad history, she just needs to find some way to bridge the gap, allowing both girls to finally let go of the past and move forward.
Because Hime’s struggling to find the courage to reach out, it may be up to Iona to make the first move.
And of course this is the moment when Hosshiiwa chooses to attack. Is the Phantom Empire psychic? Always at the worst possible time…
(Though I did get a good laugh at Hosshiiwa pulling a “Mary Poppins” as we first see the Saiark.)
Well, Iona has work to do, and she transforms.
Looks like we have a Mother Saiark (according to the episode synopsis) today.
This Saiark has access to a bag of groceries for use in the fight.
And I never thought that groceries would make such epic weapons, but I kid you not, that Saiark just pulled out a leek and turned it into a lightsaber!
Fortune doesn’t hesitate, using “Fortune Star Burst” to encase herself in pure energy
and simply flies through the ranks of Choiarks like a flaming meteor.
I haven’t mentioned it in any actual reviews, but has anyone else noticed that Fortune’s able to use “Fortune Star Burst” like a sort of Swiss Army Knife?
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Happiness Charge Episode 13
It can have a fire affinity (see Episode 13),
Happiness Charge Episode 1
be a simple explosion of energy (see Episode 1),
Happiness Charge Episode 20
a purple laser beam (see Episode 20), and now this. On wondering why this is the case, I just realized how helpful it would be in battle to have a named attack that the enemies can’t counteract because it comes in so many different forms. Should the Saiark be blocking a laser or bracing for a fire…? Wait a second, would this be the perfect answer to someone like Miyo (see Episode 16) becoming a Saiark in the future? Could even Miyo, for all her attention to detail and knowledge of the Cures, successfully counter “Fortune Star Burst” in all its variations? Whatever the case, it’s awesome to watch!
Yes! Precure 5 Go Go Episode 2
Yes! Precure 5 Go Go Episode 2
And one other thing I’ve noticed after coming back to this review, was this variation of “Fortune Star Burst” meant to reference Cure Dream’s “Precure Shooting Star?” Both attacks certainly look similar… Sorry, I’ll move on now!
The Mother Saiark charges in and starts swinging its leek saber,
but Fortune just parries the blows with her bare hands before punching the Saiark into the sky. My gosh, I love this fight!
When Fortune flies after it, the Saiark reaches for a carton of eggs, which turn into egg missiles and start targeting Fortune in midair.
But Fortune’s too quick, easily dodging some eggs outright and causing others to collide and destroy each other.
She hasn’t slowed down once in her attack, and the Mother Saiark barely has time to save itself from harm by pulling out a box of plastic wrap,
using a sheet of it to block Fortune’s kick. That… that made me laugh. Whoever came up with this idea for a battle is brilliant! Good job, show writers and animators!
Fortune has to back off to figure out a counterattack,
but before she can, some little enemy goes zipping past, bouncing from Choiark to Choiark before coming after her again.
It’s too fast to be a Choiark, though,
and Fortune finally gets a good look, recognizing it as a miniature Saiark, a Son Saiark (episode synopsis again). Fortune’s faced two Saiarks at once before (see Episode 8), probably more than once and without an issue, but today’s fight may be a little more complicated.
The Son Saiark, while very small and thus likely unable to cause too much harm, is very fast, utilizing hit-and-run tactics.
Fortune has all of her focus on just trying to keep it in sight and block its attacks, and then the Mother Saiark comes up from behind and nearly takes her down. Do you see the problem now? Two Saiarks at once, both in plain sight, are fairly easy to defeat.
But Fortune’s having trouble avoiding the Mother Saiark
when the little Son Saiark can appear out of nowhere to trip her up, slowing her enough for the Mother Saiark to cause some serious damage.
And it only gets worse when Fortune’s back on the ground and the Son Saiark blends in with the Choiarks surrounding the battlefield.
Fortune has Glasses watching her back for the moment, but they’re having trouble figuring out how to counter this divide-and-conquer strategy
when Princess flies in out of nowhere, carpet-bombing the area with “Princess Explosion Bomber.”
That was enough to drive off the Choiarks and stop the Son Saiark, for the moment.
Then Princess drops down and SNIPES the Mother Saiark away at point blank with a gust of wind or a wind/energy bullet.
We’ve seen her do this move
(shooting a wind bullet while forming a gun with her fingers) in her introduction whenever she transforms, but this is the first time I’ve seen her use this as a direct attack. Princess, you’ve really grown, and it’s awesome to see!
Now with a little breathing space, Princess apologizes to Fortune. She never wanted to hurt Fortune with the bad memories they’ve both been dealing with.
And Fortune also apologizes, but Hosshiiwa starts freaking out at the Cures before any more can be said.
Hosshiiwa still thinks she can win against both girls at once, ordering the Mother Saiark and all the Choiarks to attack together.
But Ribbon just pulled out two PreCards…
Princess Form Changes into Macadamia Hula Dance,
immediately followed by Fortune using Pine Arabian.
Incidentally, has Fortune ever had this ability before, or is this brand new with joining the team, like with Honey when she received Popcorn Cheer (see Episode 11)? Pine Arabian Fortune reminds me a lot of Princess Jasmine from Disney’s Aladdin. I’m pretty sure the origin is somewhere in the Middle East, if you think of Scheherazade and the 1001 Arabian Nights. There’s some really neat stories in that collection, just be careful which versions you read because there’s kid-friendly and not-so-kid-friendly versions of these stories. I have to watch out because I usually end up sharing interesting stories like this with my nieces and nephews, so obviously it’s a bigger deal to me.
Back to Fortune, though, this Form Change attack is called “Oriental Dream,”
and it has Arabian Fortune getting all the Choiarks in the vicinity dancing with a tambourine right along with her.
By the end of the attack, they all fall asleep and get purified. I’m not sure why the Choiarks fall asleep (unless it’s the fact that the attack is called “Oriental DREAM”), but it sure makes for quite the image in the aftermath of these two dance attacks. Half of the Choiarks are flying, while the other half are sleeping on the ground, and the two Saiarks are still doing the hula (while SLEEPING) right along with Hula Princess and even Hosshiiwa. It’s… quite the scene, honestly.
Can anyone look at this image with a straight face? I sure can’t! On a quick side note, this show honestly feels more like a videogame every minute. Close quarters attacks, long-distance attacks, Area of Effect spells, layered status effects on enemies, healing… What more could you ask for?
Anyway, now’s the time to purify, so Fortune takes the initiative today.
The Mother and Son Saiark are gone, and the victims are saved.
Oh, that honestly explains a lot. A mother and her son became a Mother and Son Saiark. Now I feel stupid!
Hosshiiwa’s embarrassed that she fell asleep in the crossfire of the two dance attacks and quickly leaves the scene.
Awww! Now that the fight’s over, Fortune thanks Princess for having her back.
And Princess is just amazed, thinking that Fortune is so cool!
I think these two are going to be okay after all. I’ve been wondering how things would change going forward in the show, now that Hime no longer has any secrets to hide and Iona’s no longer driven by blind anger and hatred. I don’t know if we’ll see any hints of them feeling awkward in the future or if this episode is all the closure we’ll get regarding this. If it is, though, I honestly think I might be okay with it because we’ve had such a rough ride and this is a very good start to bridging the gap. Now both girls have a chance to heal, and I’m excited to see how they’ll do as time goes on. (I don’t want anyone thinking that I only enjoy seeing this kind of awkwardness. If the girls move on and this background never comes up again, I just want it to be believable. And after this episode, I think I could accept it if this is never addressed again.)
Of course this is the moment that Lovely and Honey show up to save the day! That got me good.
Sorry girls, the fight’s already over!
As the four girls start back to the Embassy, Hime describes the battle, with Iona verifying the details.
Iona’s still calling Hime by her full name,
and Hime asks her to just call her “Hime,” like all her friends already do.
That’s so sweet, Hime and Iona are on a first name basis now. If I understand what I’ve learned from context, people in Japan seem to call each other by their last name (surname) if they don’t know each other very well (as a sort of formal respect), but will then use first names with family, friends, or people they trust.
The fact that Hime and Iona are feeling this comfortable with each other now certainly bodes well for an official teamup.
Megumi and Yuko seem to agree, because Megumi just pulled out a Cure Line phone from Blue to offer Iona, asking her to join their team once again.
Glasses thinks it’s a good idea, but Iona’s still not sure…
And then Hime GRABS HER HAND and makes her accept the phone.
Looks like someone’s a little tired of awkward silences and dancing around the subject. Hime wants to move forward and is okay with Iona joining their team.
Now that there’s no reason to hold herself back, Iona finally agrees.
Just then, Ribbon summons the PreCard they earned from that fight. It’s only one today, but it’s starting a new countdown to another wish someday in the future. (One more little observation: I wondered in Episode 19 if the girl who purifies the Saiark is technically the one who earns the PreCards from the fight. It doesn’t look like that’s the case, since Fortune was the one who purified today, yet Ribbon, Hime’s fairy partner, summoned the Cards. Maybe it is just at random, but I still enjoyed musing about the possibility.)
Now that everything’s settled, Megumi and Yuko also ask to be called by their first names, so it looks like we’re all friends here.
Hime’s very ready to get back to the Embassy for the party, so they all head back together.
And we finally have a complete team of four, but we’ll have to see them in action next time. Today’s episode ends here.
On Trauma, Healing, and Moving Forward:
I wrote this as of Episode 19, planning for the closure we’d finally get to see in this episode - -
Another random thought that’s been at the back of my mind. Did you know that we’ve never known the true Hime or Iona this whole time? Maybe that’s not the right way to say this, let me try again. We’ve never known Hime or Iona when they haven’t been living in a traumatized state. By the time this season starts out in Episode 1, Hime’s lost her home and family, and Iona’s lost her sister.
As a result, we’ve only gotten to know a Hime who’s constantly on guard, struggling to trust anyone, and so shy at first that not only can she NOT speak to strangers, she has panic attacks when people get too close (just look at this poor girl in Episode 4!). How much of this is regular social anxiety (which she may have always struggled with), and how much is a result of her being terrified to let anyone get close (post invasion of her home), lest she be hurt and face rejection and abandonment once more? The only person who seems to get a direct pass on these cautions so far is Megumi, and that’s because Megumi saw Hime at her lowest and was there to pull her out of that pit of depression and show her that fighting and beating a Saiark was actually possible.
And what about Iona? She’s so angry all the time, so driven to fight, whether for simple revenge or in the hopes of getting her sister back, likely a good bit of both. Iona has no time to waste on friends and “living.” It seems like almost everything she does is angled towards getting stronger and taking the fight to the enemy. Iona’s not the only active Cure in Pikarigaoka, but she still sees no reason to team up with anyone else, even when witnessing firsthand how much stronger a team can be (see Episode 13). A good bit of that is the fact that the other three Cures in the area have teamed up, and one of those girls is Hime (Cure Princess), the one who opened the Axia Box and started this war in the first place. Iona’s hurting, missing her sister, and frequently lashes out at others, whether or not they’re Hime (an acceptable target for her anger and pain).
What might Iona and Hime have been like before their losses? The sad thing is that we may never know. This war has had many casualties, Cures who’ve been taken out completely by Phantom, but life isn’t much easier for the survivors, those left behind.
In my write-up with the animal comparisons, I described a mental health video I watched about veterans and PTSD (here’s the link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XlCFfUkpfF4), comparing their trauma to that of a werewolf. As interesting as the concept of a werewolf is, I’ve been disappointed that there doesn’t seem to be a lot of material out there that covers much past the horror of memory blanks and blood and gore. This is a good bit of the lore, of course, but there’s a whole other side to the story that rarely gets told, from what I’ve seen. (Admittedly, maybe I just can’t see it because a lot of this media is too… too. I’m not watching any rated R movies, no matter how cool the werewolves may look!)
Is the wolf its own personality, apart from the human, and if so, can it be reasoned with? Or is this just the victim dealing with a whole new set of instincts? How might that feel, having a sense of smell and hearing five times stronger than normal? What about food, does the werewolf suddenly need to eat a mostly meat-heavy diet, and is he or she more sensitive to certain spices in those meals? Does the werewolf now have to deal with a sense of wanderlust and aggression, and long walks or hikes can curb the aggression somewhat? This victim is now a wereWOLF, too, so is there a stronger instinct to spend time with family, now recognized as pack? Does the werewolf turn to art or music to express their newfound appreciation for the natural world? The only movies I’ve seen that even remotely show this other side of human versus wolf in a werewolf are
“Wolf Children” (Japan, 2012)
and “Wolfwalkers” (Ireland, 2020), which are both incredible animated films, I highly recommend them.
Pardon me for the rambling with all those questions involving werewolves, but there’s a reason for it, believe it or not. Werewolves, born or bitten, don’t seem to be able to be cured. For good or ill, this werewolf state is something they’re going to have to live with for the rest of their lives. In surviving daily life with this condition, the victim will have to learn more about this new “baseline.”
Aren’t Hime and Iona the same? Neither girl may be able to go back to who she was before, even with Megumi’s extreme healing regimen of love, love, and more love. Maybe Hime and Iona will forever after be rather more cautious than normal, more prone to irritability, and so on. Maybe they’ll always have moments of staring off into space, remembering the past. By learning more about themselves, like recognizing triggers (and how to avoid or deal with them) that will really mess them up on bad days, maybe both girls can avoid causing and experiencing some of this sort of pain in the future. Knowledge is power, after all.
On a separate note from my above observations, we are now at the point in this series where I no longer have any idea what’s going to happen next. It looks like Iona and Hime have finally gotten some closure regarding their bad history, so I don’t know how this will change things going forward. This far, I’ve had a lot to talk about regarding trauma, mental health, and coping when you’re a more introverted individual. I’m not saying that Hime or Iona will magically change their personalities from now on, but I know that the show will shift its focus now that this arc of the storyline is finished. I’m sure I’ll still have a lot to talk about as I continue watching (look at what happened in my review of Episode 9 when I know very little about karate), but I thought that I should give a bit of a warning anyway.
Chapter 25: Episode 24: Coach Iona's Great "Pretty Cure Power Up Operation"!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Iona wastes no time in saying that they need to train.
She has agreed to join the Happiness Charge Team, and she already has ideas for how to help everyone improve.
Megumi and Hime are excited to hear what she has to say,
while Yuko’s wondering where this will be taking place. Good point, Yuko! I suppose that some basic one-on-one training could be done at the Hikawa Dojo, as we saw in Episode 9, but if the girls want to practice specific Cure techniques, they’ll need a little more space. And where could this be done without the risk of revealing their identities to the public at large?
Iona’s already figured this out, saying that they can use the dojo’s cabin out at the coast for this purpose.
Megumi,
Hime,
and Yuko aren’t going to complain about a chance to visit the beach, that’s for sure!
I haven’t seen enough episodes of any other seasons in this Franchise to be sure of this being a consistent trend, but I do remember that Yes! Precure 5 and Fresh Pretty Cure both had an episode or two where the girls went to the beach after facing a serious challenge. In Fresh, this happened soon after Eas/Setsuna was KILLED OFF by Labyrinth for outliving her usefulness (thankfully she was revived as Cure Passion, but still!). In Yes! 5, this happened after the whole team was nearly taken out by the enemy due to a moment of weakness and division during a fight among friends. Both times, if I recall, this getaway was meant to strengthen team unity after such harsh trials. Now it’s Happiness Charge’s turn for the same team-bonding exercise.
Iona has to snap the others out of their daydreams.
Yes this is a visit to the beach, but it’s meant for training, not for fun.
Hime then asks if Blue will be joining them for the trip. He hadn’t planned to,
but when the girls insist on it he agrees to come along.
Megumi wants EVERYONE to come along, including Seiji, Ribbon, and Glasses. She’s so sweet!
Even with training being the main goal, this is an opportunity for a fun getaway, so why should anyone be left out?
Let’s all say hello to Cure Lemonade of Yes! Precure 5 (and Yes! Go Go) today.
Now everyone’s on the train, enjoying the sights on the way to the cabin.
Ribbon looks a little annoyed, since they could’ve just used a portal to arrive right away.
Yuko tells her that they would’ve missed out on enjoying their packed lunches if they’d done that,
and Ribbon can’t really argue when Yuko shares some of her own meal.
After their arrival, Iona tells everyone to unpack and get ready for training.
Interesting! The girls insisted that Blue come along for their getaway, but I didn’t catch that he wasn’t on the train until everyone arrived at the cabin
and Ribbon tapped on a mirror to signal him so that he could just portal in.
That’s a little overpowered, isn’t it? Just being able to travel through any mirror at all? (Or almost any mirror… I’m assuming it has to be big enough for him to fit through, but my point stands!) With all the mirrors we saw in the Phantom Empire last episode (remember how many the Choiarks had to replace after Mirage’s outburst?), I’m surprised that the Cures (worldwide, not just the Happiness Charge Team) haven’t tried something like portalling into different areas in Mirage’s castle all at once in a full-on raid. Then again, in Episode 15 we saw how much of an impact the enemy’s home turf had on weakening the Cures’ powers, so maybe it’s just as well this hasn’t been tried yet. Maybe the ambient Dark energy acts as a sort of jamming signal to prevent random portals from forming, which is why Blue could only transport the girls to the edge of the enemy’s territory? Or was it more that he wanted to protect the girls from danger for as long as possible, so he decided that stealth (a further distance to travel meant less risk of detection early on) was more important than speed in this case? I’m sorry, let’s keep going with the episode.
Blue’s here now, too.
Iona greets him while on her way to put away her bag.
Looks like Blue has something to say…
Oh, right! The “Cures can’t fall in love” rule. Hmm. Iona and Blue have a very interesting conversation here.
Blue goes to warn Iona about the rule that Cures can’t fall in love
and she actually questions him on it, instead of just accepting it like Megumi and Hime did back in Episode 3. (You may remember that I gave a whole rant explaining why I thought he had the view he did back then.)
When he explains that this is to protect any loved ones who could be put in danger, Iona argues that the girls could become stronger to protect their loved ones, if it came down to it. And didn’t we see Iona do this very thing, protecting her friends the moment she regained her ability to become Cure Fortune in Episode 22?
Very interesting! Just like in real life, there may not be a “one size fits all” solution for situations like this. I find it intriguing that Iona, who has never been afraid to call others out if she thinks they deserve it, extends this policy to Blue himself.
Even a figure of authority isn’t enough to make Iona follow any rule without question, especially if she can’t see a good reason for doing so.
Blue doesn’t get angry at her questions, instead wondering if she already has someone she’s willing to fight for, since she has such strong feelings about the topic.
Iona quickly denies it. Maybe she’s still in Protector Mode after Phantom’s attack, and she believes that having others to look after is enough for her, that she doesn’t need to worry about being weakened by love now or in the future?
Awww! No matter how stoic Iona may appear, she wants to be able to fall in love someday in the future, whether or not she likes anyone right now.
Surprisingly, Hime appears right then, agreeing with Iona’s argument.
Hime takes the opportunity to question Iona on any potential crushes she might have,
pretending to hold up a microphone like this is an actual interview.
Iona gets flustered and tells Hime to knock it off and get ready to train.
Hime looks suitably chastened and leaves to prepare, but I want to note that she doesn’t appear overly upset or scared after that. These two really seem to be getting along much better already, and I’m glad to see it!
Iona leaves, and that’s when Glasses says, “After a storm comes calm.” I guess she means that Iona’s been really troubled and stressed out before, too much to experience things like “love” and “friendship.”
Now, though, Iona has time to heal and grow.
Here we go! It’s been a little while, huh? To be fair, the last several episodes have been very busy, so even if any flowers or other symbolic meanings were there, I just missed seeing them because so much was going on. It looks like today’s flower is a Hibiscus.
Image found here: https://www.petalrepublic.com/hibiscus-flower-meaning/
A very interesting choice, considering certain events that’ll be coming up in Episode 28, but let’s just talk about the hibiscus in regards to today’s episode. The hibiscus is a member of the Malvaceae, the Rose Mallow family, so maybe this explains why its name comes from the Greek word hibiskos, meaning “mallow.”
Image found here: https://www.britannica.com/plant/marsh-mallow
(And yes, if the name “mallow” sounds familiar, one member of this plant family was originally used to create marshmallows (source linked to above picture). This plant is the Marsh Mallow, Althaea officinalis.)
Interestingly enough, while most people admire the attractive blooms of the hibiscus, the entire plant is very useful. For example, its bark can be used to make ropes, sandal straps, and clothing, the wood makes good charcoal, and the flowers themselves can be used as a treatment for stomach ailments.
It turns out that when people wear a hibiscus in their hair, it is not only meant for beauty, but it can symbolize a person’s availability for romantic relationships. This apparently depends on which ear the flower rests behind, so be sure to pay attention! (I had to find a separate article to explain this part, but in summary a flower behind the left ear means someone is in a relationship, while behind the right ear means that they’re single. You can read about this here: https://hellofearless.com/blogs/blog/hibiscus-flower-meaning) As for the language of flowers, in Hawaii a hibiscus generally means hospitality, though it can also indicate power and respect. This flower also symbolizes beauty, femininity, and love, but I thought the Hawaiian interpretation fit best for today.
This screenshot shows a huge variety of colors, all of which have their own meanings, but what stood out to me was the yellow hibiscus, which means fortune, good luck, happiness, and sunshine. (You can read more here: https://www.petalrepublic.com/hibiscus-flower-meaning/) I can see two ways that hospitality could apply to today’s episode: Iona welcoming her friends to the Hikawa Dojo’s cabin for this Training Camp, and Iona herself being welcomed as a respected and equal partner in the Happiness Charge Team. What do you think, does it fit? I’m not sure this symbolism is as clear as what we’ve seen before, but I find it fascinating nonetheless. Let’s keep going for now.
Um… Hime? I know you love fashion, but this doesn’t look like an outfit you can train in.
There’s no denying you three look good in those dresses, but I don’t think this is what Iona had in mind when she said to go get changed.
Yeah, I thought this would happen.
Iona quickly puts her foot down and stops the fun. They came here to train, first and foremost. Fun can happen later on.
(I love Hime’s reaction, though. She really can’t stand jerseys, can she? (see Episode 7))
Now the girls are ready to go. Let’s see what Iona’s ideas are for today… We haven’t seen her fight alongside Megumi and Yuko yet (not outside of Episode 18 and 19 - when everyone was doing their own thing - and she only briefly teamed up with Princess last episode), but this doesn’t mean that she hasn’t been able to watch some of their past battles from a distance. This is actually a really good opportunity to get an outside perspective on where they can improve.
Iona starts by saying that Hime will focus on practicing “Princess Ball.”
Yeah… Hime doesn’t have the best track record with this attack, does she?
And it looks like another theory bites the dust. I’d wondered if “Princess Ball” was one of those very slow, but very powerful attacks. In Pokemon terms, I thought that it had 50% accuracy, but could do 50 damage to any given enemy. Surely this would explain why Princess has often used this move first, even with the low accuracy. But Ribbon and Hime just admitted that even if this attack does hit (and it HAS, see Episode 11), it’s actually very weak. If that’s true, then why has Princess tried this attack so much in the past? Maybe she just thinks it looks cool?
Going back to Pokemon, I’ve never beaten my copy of Pokemon Yellow because the cartridge always erases my save file before I can get to the third gym.
Image found here: https://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Caterpie_%28Pok%C3%A9mon%29
Before I realized that this was a problem, I would always make sure to catch a Caterpie
Image found here: https://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Butterfree_(Pok%C3%A9mon)
and evolve it to Butterfree because Butterfree can use “Confusion,” a decently powerful Psychic attack. Even when it might’ve been smarter to layer status effects (Stun Spore, Sleep Powder, etc) on the enemies during battle, I must confess to spamming “Confusion” because I worked hard to get that move and I really liked using it.
Maybe Hime feels the same about “Princess Ball?” Iona certainly seems to think this attack has potential,
and Glasses is right. Any special attack can be useful if you know when and how to use it.
Hime goes to transform, but Iona stops her.
Good point, Iona! If anyone nearby notices that the Happiness Charge Team is in the area, how many tourists and fans would show up, asking for autographs, pictures, and so on? It’s not likely that any serious training could happen, in that case.
Iona plans to circumvent this problem by having the girls practice their moves without transforming.
For example, she’ll have Hime practice “Princess Ball” by throwing volleyballs (Those are volleyballs, not dodgeballs!).
Happiness Charge Episode 1
Not bad, the energy projectile and volleyball size are similar… I think this could work!
While Hime gets started, Iona suggests that Yuko should focus on “Honey Ribbon Spiral.”
That’s a really interesting choice, I wonder why. We’ve only seen Honey use this move to throw enemies around the battlefield before (see Episode 10). Honey has been more likely to either sing to confuse or pacify nearby enemies, use projectile attacks like “Honey Super Sonic Spark,” or purify individual Choiarks while dual-wielding her baton in Maracas Mode (see Episode 14). Maybe Iona thinks that Honey would do well in having more options with Ribbon Mode? I guess we’ll see…
Last but not least, it’s Megumi’s turn and Iona wants her to focus on “Lovely Beam.”
We’ve already seen that this is a very powerful attack (Remember how Lovely floored a Saiark with one blast in Episode 21?), so maybe Iona wants Megumi to work on accuracy? Or maybe the frequency with which it can be used?
It’s not a bad idea to focus on muscle memory in performing this attack, in any case. Things can get chaotic in the middle of a fight, and if Lovely being worn out or distracted was enough to prevent her using “Lovely Beam,” it does make sense to have her practice using this attack so that she can perform it even under pressure.
Nice work, Iona!
Iona herself is going to practice using a tambourine? It made me chuckle, but honestly that’s not a bad idea. Iona has a brand new transformation device after being defeated by Phantom (see Episode 22). This means that she no longer has a Love PreBrace that she can use to perform special attacks. Fortune’s new weapon is the Fortune Tambourine. Doesn’t it make sense that she’d want to become more familiar with using this new weapon in battle?
I got a good laugh when we cut back to Seiji, who’s been splitting firewood.
He’s watching the girls in their training,
and it looks like they’re playing superheroes or something,
it’s hilarious!
Blue’s just glad that everyone’s having fun.
Still, this training/playing has two important purposes that I can see. Firstly, it’ll improve muscle memory and reaction time.
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Happiness Charge Episode 9
(Remember how quickly Megumi and Hime improved in battle after one afternoon of “Wax On, Wax Off” back in Episode 9?)
Mario and Luigi Superstar Saga - (GBA, 2003) - Image Found Here: https://www.mariowiki.com/Super_Attack
And second of all, it will likely give them IDEAS for how to use these moves. I’ve mentioned before, at least I think I have, that the Happiness Charge Cures all seem to function rather like Green Lanterns: if they can imagine an attack, they can perform it. By practicing these attacks, it’s possible that the girls will find ways to fine-tune each move to better function in the middle of an actual battle.
Looks like Oresky’s in the same boat as Iona, funnily enough.
He’s trying to get Namakelder and Hosshiiwa to train with him, and it’s going about as well as you’d imagine.
Oresky knows that the Happiness Charge Team is only going to be more difficult to face with Cure Fortune in their ranks.
Too bad neither of the other two Generals is taking him seriously…
Poor Megumi, Hime, and Yuko are wiped out after that workout, but Iona’s not done yet.
She has the other girls start jogging next, since this’ll help to build up endurance. Considering how much of their past fights has been crowd control against endless waves of Choiarks, this can only be a good thing.
Oh my gosh, and they just passed Oresky on the way! I think I’ve mentioned in the past that the Generals seem to already know the Cures’ identities (at least by physical appearance alone). None of the girls seem to recognize Oresky, and I’m not sure if Oresky himself has realized who they are.
Maybe it doesn’t matter because Oresky’s not about to let ANYONE pass him up in training,
so he picks up the pace, leaving the girls in the dust.
Hime, you’ve got to stop, my face already hurts from smiling at your antics today!
She’s just realized that with four members on the team, they have to update their team pose.
This is one thing that I’ve really enjoyed this season. The Happiness Charge girls actually mention and work on a team pose, where other seasons of Pretty Cure like Fresh and Yes! have had this happen instinctively. I don’t know, it just makes this so fun to watch, and in some ways it reminds me that these girls, magical warriors or no, are still young teenagers who can enjoy things like this. I’m certainly not going to complain about having a break after the heavy subjects we’ve covered in the last few episodes!
Seiji’s photographing their attempts, and Glasses has insisted that they practice near the base of a cliff because this is the sort of location where the Super Sentai
Hamtaro: Ham-Ham Heartbreak (GBA, 2003)
(Or “Power Rangers” for a clueless Westerner like me!) pose as well.
Yeah… Maybe practicing this team pose isn’t such a bad idea after all.
Have any other teams from the other Pretty Cure seasons had this trouble as well?
It’s really funny to watch, but now it kind of makes me wonder about the “behind the scenes” issues that superheroes and their teams may have to face. It must be difficult to be photogenic when the wind’s blowing your cape into your face, for example…
At least Take Two was much better until the wave rushed in.
Poor girls!
After changing into dry clothes
(except for Megumi, who thinks she’ll dry quickly in the sun - to be fair, I’d probably argue the same), it’s back to training.
This time, Iona’s going to have them practice their teamwork by playing a round of beach volleyball.
That’s brilliant! Volleyball was another sport in P.E. that was difficult for me because of the constant need to communicate and be aware of everyone’s positions on the court. But think of how helpful this would be when compared to the battlefield. My P.E. coach taught us that you needed to call out when you were going for the ball and stick with this commitment, otherwise two or more players would likely fumble the ball due to lack of communication.
So there’s communication, positioning on the battlefield,
awareness of the location of your teammates in order to allow for a combo move…
Yes, volleyball would definitely be a great way to focus on teamwork!
Poor Megumi’s not looking so good. She should’ve listened to Seiji after all. Yuko’s a good sport and goes to recover the ball
when she spots Oresky, a Lighthouse Saiark (according to the episode synopsis), and a squad of Choiarks training in another part of the beach.
Image found here: https://www.etsy.com/listing/195000761/vintage-coleman-lantern-model-200a-65?show_sold_out_detail=1
(After watching this battle a second time, I noticed that the Saiark has what looks like a handle on its head and buttons on its red base. Is it actually meant to be a Lantern Saiark instead? I may refer to it by this name after all.) The girls immediately transform.
If it hasn’t yet sunk in that things have changed regarding this team, the whole transformation song is longer.
Things aren’t the same!
One more Cure added to the mix means we needed a longer song, and throughout this whole sequence the change in music really helped it sink in just how different things are now.
Practice makes perfect! That’s a pretty cool team pose. And if you needed more proof that things have indeed changed, just look at Princess’s symbol in that final flash of light.
She doesn’t have a blue crown anymore, but a circle instead!
According to her wiki page, which you can visit here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Shirayuki_Hime, Hime’s symbols are circles, crowns, the sun, the moon, and feathers. I was rather surprised to find that she had so many symbols attached to her when Lovely just has hearts, Honey has clovers, and Fortune has stars. I confess that I don’t understand, or just haven’t recognized, the sun and moon theme, but I have seen a regular use of the bullseye symbol (Unless this symbol was actually meant to be a sun and/or a moon… was it?),
Image found here: https://www.sunsigns.org/sun-astrology-symbol/
which I’ve always assumed has been tied to her Sniper’s fighting style. (Okay, fine! I missed the mark on this symbol, assuming it only referred to an archer/sniper’s target. It’s too late to go back and change my past comments now, and this wouldn’t be accurate in covering my thoughts on each review as I watched, anyway.)
As for the feathers, which we’ve always seen floating around in her transformation sequence, or just present as part of her Cure uniform (look at her sleeves), I could probably do a quick bit of research, but on thinking about it, I’ve wondered if this has a bit to do with Hime’s character theme of courage. We’ve seen throughout the last twenty-three episodes that, while she’s really grown, she’s also been very weighed down by fears and doubts, and it’s only now that she seems to have truly started to let that go. Feathers remind me of birds, able to fly freely, not held down by gravity like people and most other animals around the world. Now that Hime’s reconciled with Iona and has come to trust her friends completely, knowing that she won’t be abandoned after all, isn’t Hime finally able to “fly free?”
Happiness Charge Episode 2
Happiness Charge Episode 11
Happiness Charge Episode 24
I was paying close attention to this first complete group transformation, now that we finally have all four Cures present, and so I was rather surprised to find that Princess’s symbol in the team pose is no longer a crown, but a circle. At first I wondered if this was simply because she stands next to Fortune, and the points of the crown might detract from Fortune’s own star. On thinking about it, though, I have to wonder if there’s a bit more to it than this.
Image found here: https://wallpapercave.com/japanese-flag-wallpapers
After all, if you look up the Japanese flag, it’s a pure white banner with a large red circle (symbolizing the sun, “The Land of the Rising Sun”) in the very center. With this in mind, I did a little more research. Apparently circles can mean, among other things, completeness or being whole, maybe unity, and even protection. (You can read about it here: https://symbolsage.com/circle-symbolism-meaning/)
How cool is that? Hime’s come far enough that, while she still may struggle from time to time, she’s finally started to become whole again, after the trauma that’s held her back for so long. She’s united with Megumi, Yuko, and Iona, whatever challenges may come up in the future. And haven’t we already seen how protective she can be of her friends, Megumi in particular? (Remember my little picture montage from Episode 21?) So while I’m surprised to see a switch from her crown to a circle, I find it very fitting, and I’m so proud of Hime for progressing as far as she has now! Wow, that was a longer ramble than I thought. I’m so sorry!
Oresky wasn’t expecting the Cures to show up in the middle of his training session, but he rises to the challenge with a team pose of his own.
Sorry, Oresky, but Princess is right that it needs some work. Now he’s mad, and Oresky orders the Choiarks to attack.
Let the battle begin!
The Cures are just going one-on-one against the Choiarks for now, no special attacks yet.
It’s impressive to see them going at it, considering only one of these girls has any formal training.
Oh, there we go! Princess has created a pair of boxing gloves to aid in her beatdowns. Is this just to protect her hands? She’s gotten strong enough to hit pretty hard by now, after all. I guess we’ll see.
Castlevania Circle of the Moon (2001) - GBA
And Honey just went “Belmont” on us! I was not ready for this! That’s really smart, though. Honey’s instant purifying with her baton in Maracas Mode, as well as her singing, are good close-to-mid-range attacks, and her projectiles like “Honey Super Sonic Spark” are great for long-distance. It looks like this ribbon whip would be helpful to cover the middle distance, at least as a direct attack, which I think she’s lacked before. Good for her!
Ribbon Mode also grants her a shield now, “Honey Ribbon Heart Wall,”
which she uses to block a brand new Choiark laser attack.
Fortune takes advantage of this cover, leaping over Honey in order to take out the attacking Choiarks.
Oh, and here comes “Lovely Beam.”
…My gosh, can Lovely get any more terrifying?! It looks like her training allowed her to increase the length of time she can maintain the lasers (two lasers now, not just one), allowing her to spin in circles and clear the area all around her.
Okay, Fortune has another Form Change today, “Anmitsu Komachi.” I’m not sure if this is intentional, but Komachi Fortune’s costume reminds me a bit of a shrine maiden. Whether or not this is the case, I think that this Dance Attack’s origin is very clear, it comes from Japan. It was really bothering me why her outfit looked so familiar, but I think I finally remembered where I’ve seen something like this before.
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Back in Episode 13, both Queen Mirage and Blue were dreaming about or remembering a shrine maiden from the past who wore an outfit that looks fairly similar to what Komachi Fortune is wearing right now.
Komachi Fortune plays her tambourine,
building up energy that she unleashes in a giant whirlwind, blowing the surrounding Choiarks sky high and completely clearing the area immediately around her.
So, Anmitsu Komachi… This show just went full-on Japanese and I had no idea what this meant on the first watchthrough. Later on, though, I remembered that each of these Dance Attacks/Form Changes has had food as part of the name, followed by a type of dance or music style: CHERRY Flamenco, SHERBET Ballet, and so on. (It makes me wonder about PINE Arabian, though. Maybe we’re not talking Pine Needles or Pine Trees, but Pineapple or Pine Nuts instead?)
So what on earth is “anmitsu?” I had to look it up, but apparently anmitsu is a chilled dessert made of sweetened agar which you can top with fresh fruit, ice cream, or anything else.
Source listed below
It reminds me a bit of Jello in the West, little bits of jello you can top with fruit, whipped cream, and so on.
Source listed below
Here’s a picture and a link to a recipe website if you want to learn more: https://www.thespruceeats.com/anmitsu-2031110
As for “komachi,” when I looked up this word’s definition, it seems to mean “belle,” like “belle of the ball,” I think, or “town beauty.” Very fitting, when you see Komachi Fortune in action. (I found the definition for komachi here: https://jlearn.net/dictionary/%E5%B0%8F%E7%94%BA) Interestingly enough, unless I’m missing something, komachi doesn’t refer to a dance or music style like the other Form Changes do. And I’m not sure if there’s any deeper meaning to the wind powers, either, though it fits with giving the girls another elemental attack (Fire = Flamenco and Samba/Burning Dance, Ice = Ballet). Are there any Japanese experts out there who could clear this up for me? Whatever the case, I just hope that Fortune doesn’t use this move together with Lovely’s Flamenco… Could you imagine the flaming tornado these girls could generate? Talk about going scorched earth!
Nightmares aside, it looks like the Choiarks are gone. Now it’s time to take down that Lantern Saiark.
The Saiark fights back, using a gun of some kind to shoot…
Are those watermelon missiles? I feel like I’m missing some context here (Why watermelons, as opposed to water balloons or a giant water gun, for example?), but I feel guilty for rambling so much today already. I’ll just have to check this out later on.
Image found here: https://www.whataboutwatermelon.com/index.php/2010/06/the-japanese-tradition-of-suikawari-watermelon-cracking/
(Nevermind, I caved. It looks like smashing watermelons is a popular summer activity in Japan. The game is described as something similar to breaking a pinata, with the smashed open fruit itself being the prize. Here’s an article I found that talks about it: https://www.tokyoweekender.com/art_and_culture/japanese-culture/suikawari-smashing-watermelons/. This certainly sounds like the sort of irony a Pretty Cure villain would go for. “Oh, you like smashing watermelons? Let’s see how you like it when they crush you instead!”)
The Cures easily deflect the watermelon missiles, getting in close enough to attack as a team.
I almost feel sorry for the Saiark, it’s being assaulted on all sides without having any time to react, let alone defend itself.
Honey sneaks in a delayed explosive clover projectile (Honey Grenade? This isn’t a named attack. Or is this a regular clover projectile after all? I honestly can’t tell one way or the other) that, if it doesn’t cause direct damage,
distracts the Saiark long enough for Princess to get in close for a beatdown.
Unfortunately, Princess gets too close and the Lantern Saiark has her in its crosshairs
when Lovely jumps in with “Lovely Punching Punch.” These girls must be very inspired by today’s training, because Lovely summons two giant fists at once, wearing them like enormous boxing gloves.
She launches one, destroying the Saiark’s missile launcher,
while keeping the other fist at the ready, even using it to give a thumb’s up to Princess. These girls! How can they be so cute, silly, and scary all at the same time?
Rayman (1995)
Rayman (1995)
Remember this?
(And now I’m wondering if Princess could do the same with her own blue energy gloves from earlier in the fight.)
Now it’s Princess’s turn, and she’s ready to use “Princess Ball.”
She’s been practicing this move all afternoon, so let’s see what she’s got.
Interesting! Instead of just throwing this projectile directly at the enemy, she tosses it high into the air.
The other Cures get in on the act,
passing the Ball from person to person like it’s a volleyball in play. (I think it’s obvious where this idea came from… Good for you, Iona!)
When Princess gets the Ball back, she spikes it down onto the Saiark’s head, splitting the energy ball into dozens of copies that all rain down at once.
It reminds me of “Princess Bullet Machine Gun” and “Princess Explosion Bomber,” but “Princess Ball’s” projectiles are larger still.
And they seem to hit hard; that Saiark took a few direct blows, at least that I could definitely see, one of those to the head, and it got knocked flat.
How cool is it that Princess turned this weak and slow move into a team attack? I love it!
Looks like it’s time to finish things off, so Fortune takes the lead, purifying the Lantern Saiark at last. (Incidentally, this was where I first noticed that the Saiark had the handle and buttons, and so decided to name it “Lantern Saiark” instead of “Lighthouse Saiark” like the synopsis said.)
Awww! After that successful purification, Princess and the other Cures are quick to credit and thank Fortune for their improvement today.
Fortune hasn’t said anything since the last episode regarding this, but it’s got to be difficult and incredibly awkward, joining a team so late when the other members are already established with battle styles that mesh so well.
Her teammates appreciate her efforts to help them train today and maybe that’ll help her, to know that her ideas and suggestions for training will be taken seriously and valued.
Fortune certainly looks happy! I think that she’ll do well as a more experienced mentor, fitting right in as a good balance to the other girls’ unbridled enthusiasm.
(As a brief side note, there’s a trope in Japanese media called the “Boke and Tsukkomi Routine.” You can read about it here (TV Tropes again): https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/BokeAndTsukkomiRoutine. It seems similar to “The Straight Man” in a comedy duo in the West, like you can see with Abbott and Costello. If I understand it right, the Tsukkomi is the straight man, the one who has to rein in the antics of the Boke, the silly wise guy. We’ve seen this sort of matchup in Pretty Cure before, with Nozomi and Rin in Yes! Precure 5 at the very least. This routine hasn’t happened consistently in Happiness Charge, but I’ve noticed that Megumi, Hime, and Yuko have each taken a turn with both parts of this routine, or something resembling it (silly vs serious), in the past.
Happiness Charge Episode 6
For example, in Episode 6 Yuko was a very calm, steadying influence for Hime, who was having a tantrum because Ribbon didn’t make her the lunch that she wanted to eat.
Happiness Charge Episode 17
Then in Episode 17, we had Megumi and Yuko putting together a full cheer routine, to poor Hime’s shock.
Happiness Charge Episode 18 (preparing for a wedding)
Happiness Charge Episode 18 (preparing for a wedding)
Maybe it’s not a perfect comparison,
Happiness Charge Episode 18
Happiness Charge Episode 18
but all three girls have taken turns being silly and serious in various scenarios,
Happiness Charge Episode 16
and usually it’s been Seiji who’s consistently had to rein things in, but he’s not always there. Now that Fortune’s on the team, maybe she’ll be the resident straight/sane man (Tsukkomi) instead? That’s if the other three girls don’t wear her down with their silliness first…)
Fortune doesn’t let this distract her, declaring that they’ll be training more tomorrow as well.
Oresky warns the girls that he’ll be stronger next time before leaving.
Just in time for Ribbon to summon today’s PreCards from another successful battle. They earned one Card today, but it’s an ice skating costume. Now I’m curious how this’ll come into play, since the girls are currently at the beach in the middle of the Summertime. I guess we’ll find out later on.
Poor Lovely, it looks like that cold ocean water from earlier has gotten to her, now she’s sneezing.
Now, at the end of a long, eventful day, everyone’s ready to sit down and have some fresh watermelon.
Well, everyone except Blue’s ready, anyway.
Megumi volunteers to get him,
even though she’s still not looking like she feels that great.
It turns out that Blue’s been stargazing from the window in his room. Since everyone here lives in Pikarigaoka, a fair-sized city, the light pollution probably means that they don’t get a good view of the stars very often.
Megumi’s in awe.
Blue thanks her for inviting him along, and Megumi again is not sure what she’s feeling right now.
Then she collapses.
Looks like getting soaked in freezing water and then the physically active afternoon has finally taken its toll on her.
When Seiji goes to see what’s taking her so long,
he sees Blue carrying Megumi to her room.
Poor Seiji looks devastated!
(Yeah, I can see the comparisons to Nozomi and Coco (Yes! Precure 5 and Yes! Go Go) already. To be fair to Blue, at least for now he’s only helping one of the magical warriors in his care, a girl who’s sick and has just collapsed, to her bed to get some rest. True, it might’ve been more appropriate to tell Megumi’s friends that she was sick and let them help her instead, but I still haven’t seen anything too questionable happen yet. Blue gets a lot of hate from what I’ve read online, and it seems to start here. I guess I’ll have to decide my own view as time goes on.) And that’s how today’s episode ends.
Notes:
As a fair warning, I took a break for a few months after watching this episode because my asexual self got spooked by the next episode teaser at the very end. If the following episodes seem different as a result, this is likely why. Also, before starting in on the second half of this season I wrote a bit on my thoughts about Megumi, knowing that the show would shift its focus more to her from this point on. Please read Chapter 8 of the "Supplemental Chapters" if you want to read those observations, titled "Like A Rock."
Chapter 26: Episode 25: Heart-Pounding Romance! Pretty Cure Training Camp Climax!
Chapter Text
So, quick confession: I actually took a three or four month break after watching Episode 24 because I was so spooked by the preview to Episode 25. I knew that the focus of this show would shift more to Megumi for its second half, and that there would be a heavy emphasis on love, but I wasn’t expecting it to come up so soon. I actually had to gradually coax myself back by catching up on adding pictures to my finished written reviews. By the time I finished Episode 23, I had enough courage to complete a review for Episode 24. But I was still stuck on Episode 25. I’m about as textbook an asexual person as you could imagine, so how on earth am I supposed to cover something like this?
(No, I don’t count myself as a true asexual (LGB+) because asexuality, or something like it, comes as a known symptom for my diagnosed condition. If scientists somehow came up with a complete cure for my condition tomorrow, would I still be asexual? I have no idea, and if you can’t classify a person as having Narcolepsy for being constantly sleepy when they have to take medicine like Benadryl (drowsy side-effects) for allergies, then I don’t think I can count myself as a purely asexual person, either. Does any of this make sense? I’m only bringing this up here so that you’ll understand why I have a clear deficiency in my writing about difficult emotions like love in these upcoming reviews.)
Image found here: https://www.bruceb.com/2013/08/amazing-oxy-iso-glasses-cure-red-green-colorblindness/
(You might as well ask a colorblind person to describe the color “red” when it comes to me being able to cover my thoughts on some emotions. Either I feel them or I don’t, or I can partially express them or I can’t. I should still have a lot to talk about regardless, but I hope this helps you understand some of my struggles now and in the future.)
Actually, if you want to get an idea of just how confusing, stressful, and overwhelming emotions are for me, to the point that I avoid most media that involves some of these more complicated emotions like love, try giving this video a watch: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=59YN8_lg6-U. This is the Youtube channel of a man who was born blind, and this video has him trying to describe his thoughts on some colors, given that he's obviously never seen or experienced anything like this before. Now substitute emotions and interacting with others, and that's me in a nutshell.
Anyway, I finally bit the bullet and binge-watched the remaining twenty-five episodes of this season so that I could determine if I’d be able to keep writing reviews or if I’d only ever be able to offer a half-season’s coverage. Some of these episodes are going to be extremely difficult for me, but there’s enough interesting things coming up that I want to try anyway. If nothing else, this’ll be good practice for analyzing my emotions in my own life. Here goes nothing…
Poor Megumi! She looks miserable today, still suffering from the cold that floored her last night.
It doesn’t help that Blue’s staying close by, not when Megumi still can’t figure out what’s going on with her emotions right now. All I know is that Megumi is seriously tough if she thinks that she can sleep off a cold overnight. Or I am just that weak because once I catch a cold, I’m dealing with the symptoms for weeks before it goes away.
All her friends are here, telling her to take it easy so she can recover quickly
(No, Glasses, you got them mixed up!
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Hime’s the kitten, remember?
Happiness Charge Episode 21
Megumi’s the puppy… I’ll stop now!),
but Megumi doesn’t want to be left out, either. Poor girl!
I have to admire her determination, though, because she just declared that she’ll get better in half a day. I have no idea how she plans to pull that off, but this is Megumi. All bets are off with her!
Let’s all welcome Cure Diamond of DokiDoki Precure today. I only ever saw five or six episodes of this season, so I don’t know a lot about Rikka, but I do seem to remember reading that she helped to heal one of their enemy generals. Wasn’t she studying to become a doctor, which allowed her to help this injured enemy in the first place? And if so, isn’t it fitting that she’s here to visit today, when Megumi’s feeling under the weather?
Awww! These girls are such good friends! They’re making sure that Megumi has something she can eat with a weak stomach before they continue training.
Yuko’s cooking some congee for this purpose.
Image found here: https://delightfulplate.com/duck-congee-chao-vit/
Apparently congee is a sort of rice pudding, which can be as thick as oatmeal or as thin as a gruel. It’s a meal that can help stretch your food during hard times, when there’s not much rice to go around. And it’s easy to digest, so it’s a great food for younger children or people who are ill, like Megumi. You can read about it in this recipe here: https://www.thespruceeats.com/basic-congee-recipes-4065244
Seiji brought a hot water bottle to help. Good thinking!
Blue shows up then, offering to take over so that the girls’ training can continue.
Seiji’s not too thrilled, considering his memories of last night, but he hands over the hot water bottle anyway before booking it out of there,
saying that he needs to buy more eggs.
Hime and Yuko look so confused!
Now Blue’s got a bowl of congee and is helping Megumi to eat.
That would drive me nuts, partly due to the close proximity of another person (trusted or not) and partly from feeling helpless (I hate admitting when I need help!), but maybe Megumi’s just feeling that sick.
(Really, though, I’d be a massive hypocrite if I had a problem with Blue feeding Megumi here,
Happiness Charge Episode 15
Happiness Charge Episode 15
when we’ve seen other characters do this very thing in the past (Hime feeds Yuko a bite of cupcake in Episode 15). Maybe this is more of a trust thing between very close friends?) I have to say that I don’t like the hints that are now being thrown around regarding Blue and Megumi.
Image found here: https://www.pixelstalk.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Cute-Puppy-Wallpaper-Image.jpg
But maybe Blue doesn’t realize what this looks like when he probably sees everyone on Earth as a child, a little one that he loves and wants to care for and protect? He is a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth, after all.
At least the congee tastes good and will be something light that Megumi can keep down.
Hime shows up right then…
along with Rin, Rei, Kana, Elena, and Kazumi!
Hime, where did you find everyone, and is Iona okay with you just inviting them over like this? Then again, they seem to have packed bags, so maybe this isn’t as impromptu a visit as I first thought. If Iona and the others keep training in the same vein as they did yesterday, with no powers allowed, maybe this unexpected visit won’t make much difference either way.
Megumi’s certainly happy to see her friends!
Rei and the others then spot Blue and are caught off guard seeing an attractive man looking after Megumi.
No, Elena…
Why is your first thought that Blue is Megumi’s boyfriend?
This isn’t okay!
Anyway, Blue introduces himself as Hime’s relative and guardian.
All the girls are acting flustered (maybe a bit boy-crazy),
Hime looks confused, and Iona’s tired of waiting. (So she did know about their friends dropping by? Or she’s just taking things in stride.)
She quickly takes charge,
calling the girls away to let Megumi rest.
Blue backs Iona up, and they’re both right.
Rest is critical in recovering from any illness.
Yuko sets some rice to cook before they begin training,
while Seiji checks with Hime about Megumi’s condition.
Both Yuko and Seiji are surprised to hear that Blue was feeding Megumi, but before much more can be said,
Iona calls them all outside.
She starts everyone off by jogging along the beach.
After a short rest, Iona plans to have them run over to the lighthouse,
but Hime interrupts her, begging for a break because she’s already hungry from the workout.
Hime wants a barbecue, too, and everyone else agrees.
Sorry, Iona, looks like you’re outvoted.
Seiji’s manning the grill, and he’s talking with Iona about how Megumi gets feverish whenever she’s excited about something.
Iona notes that he must be very worried about Megumi, since he keeps talking about her.
Back in the distance, Rin’s looking a little worried that Seiji might like Iona. Wait a minute… While we’ve seen Rei, Elena, and Kazumi a couple of times since their introductions in Episodes 8 and 9, we haven’t seen much of Rin and Kana since then.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Back in Episode 8, Rin was saying that she wanted to confess to the boy she liked. Is Seiji the one she was talking about?
I’m sorry, Rin, but even I can tell that this probably won’t work out.
It’s sad, but sometimes people just can’t return your feelings. I still feel bad for her and Seiji, though. Emotions are hard!
Looks like the smell of the food from the cookout has woken up Megumi.
Please stop with the sniffing, I was joking about the puppy comparison from Episode 7, fitting though it was!
Still, the fact that she can smell the food
(her sinuses have cleared up) and that it isn’t making her feel nauseated is definitely a good sign.
Did Megumi actually sleep off her cold in half a day like she promised earlier?! Is this a Cure thing or a Megumi thing? Either way, Blue wants to make sure she’s better, so he tells her to rest a while longer.
Megumi agrees, but after a little thought asks Blue about his past with Mirage, remembering what happened back in Episode 23. Hmm. Maybe I was wrong to assume that we wouldn’t hear this backstory for a while after all (see Episode 23).
Blue admits that he hurt Mirage in the past, and this is why she became Queen Mirage, the leader of the Phantom Empire who wants to see the world overrun with misery and despair.
As sorry as Blue is for causing Mirage pain, he can’t allow her to threaten the rest of the world, either. He has to stop her, no matter what.
But Megumi has picked up on his reluctance to fight.
She again tells Blue that she wants to help and can listen, if he wants to talk about what’s bothering him (see Episode 14).
Megumi then confesses that she wants everyone to be happy, even those in the Phantom Empire. You know she means it, too! How many times have we seen Megumi or Yuko reach out to one of the enemy Generals after (or during) a fight? I love how caring and optimistic these girls can be, but it’s a dangerous mindset to have in a war. If this weren’t Pretty Cure…
Getting back on topic, Blue then gives Megumi permission to call him by his name, “Blue,” instead of “Kami-sama.”
Kami-sama, I think, translates to something like “Lord God.” (Doesn’t “-sama” indicate respect for a lord or king, someone worthy of a high level of respect? The “-sama” suffix doesn’t seem to come up anywhere in casual conversation among friends and family, from what I’ve seen so far. For a while before these girls officially teamed up, Iona was being called “Hikawa” or “Hikawa-san,” not “Hikawa-sama.” “-Sama” must indicate a more formal and respectful interaction, at the very least…)
You can maybe understand why I haven’t wanted to type out something like that every time (even though all the characters in this show have nearly always called him “Kami-sama”), instead just addressing Blue as “Blue.” I apologize if this makes things confusing, but I didn’t want to be disrespectful, taking things so lightly by tossing the name “God” around thoughtlessly. I believe there is one God in Heaven, my Heavenly Father, with Jesus Christ and the Holy Ghost. Blue isn’t Him, so I won’t address Blue in this way. Moving on.
Happiness Charge Episode 23
Happiness Charge Episode 23
Happiness Charge Episode 23
Back in Episode 23, we saw that Hime and the rest of these girls trust each other and are close enough to be on a first-name basis.
It looks like Blue now sees Megumi in the same way. That’s really sweet, but I’m still rather uncomfortable with the whole Blue/Megumi situation, I’ve got to admit. Maybe Megumi’s tougher than me as well, because even when adults have given me permission to use their first names, I just can’t do it. To not use Mr./Mrs./Miss to address an older, wiser person than me seems incredibly disrespectful. But that’s just me…
It looks like Hime’s enjoying some grilled corn with everyone else at the cookout. I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again, do yourself a favor and don’t watch this show when you’re hungry!
It’s funny that Rei mentions she thought that Hime’d be eating the corn with a fork and knife instead of directly off the cob.
Is this just culture confusion because Hime’s not originally from Japan? I find it hilarious because I actually do eat my corn with a fork and knife. Years of braces and orthodontic work (I had to wear braces TWICE) has traumatized me enough that to this day I can’t eat popcorn, and I can’t eat corn on the cob unless I cut the corn off first. (Thank heaven I can still enjoy caramels!)
Yuko teases Hime about this (and now I’m sad that we must’ve missed out on some hilarious and fascinating conversations offscreen),
while Hime starts saying how much she enjoyed the food sold at the Pikarigaoka Festival (see Episode 8).
…Were these girls referring to finger foods (with the question of Hime getting dirty while eating messy foods at a cookout), hence the idea of Hime using a fork and knife to eat corn on the cob? I feel like I’m missing some context here, but I’m still enjoying their interactions, whatever is actually going on right now.
Seiji’s grilling more corn at the moment, wondering if he should take Megumi some food as well.
Iona teases him about his worries, and poor Seiji quickly clarifies that Megumi’s like his sister, so of course he wants to make sure she’s alright.
Then Hime gets called away by Rin and Kana… I think I can tell where this is going now.
Rin wants to know if Hime’s aware that Seiji likes someone.
Poor Rin, she really likes Seiji, but from the way she describes him, is it SEIJI that she likes, or is it what he stands for?
Don’t get me wrong, he’s a great kid, but I’m not sure if she’s really seeing him or the loyal, strong, brave protector that he often represents. Does that make sense? I’m sorry, but this is all WAY outside of my experience, and I can only comprehend so much… Emotions are so hard!
Hime!
Tone it down a bit, please, these two aren’t ready to bring this up with Seiji just yet!
Unfortunately, Hime has no idea if Seiji likes anyone at the moment, so Rin and Kana are still in the dark on just what to do.
When Hime returns to the table, she asks Yuko about it,
and Yuko seems to know something, but all she’ll say is that it’s a secret. (“Himitsu!” This word will always be hilarious to me now. Thanks, Megumi! (see Episode 3))
Even when Hime begs to know, Yuko just tells her that she’ll figure it out soon enough.
Just in time for Seiji to ask Yuko to watch the grill while he checks in on Megumi.
As they both leave, Hime looks fairly confused and suspicious…
Why is there so much emphasis on relationships when these kids are only fourteen? Is this normal? I honestly don’t know because my family never allowed dating before sixteen, and I’ve never experienced something like this anyway!
Over with the Phantom Empire, Oresky’s sensing the motivation from the cookout.
He’s rather annoyed, but he also senses love and warmth.
Oresky especially can’t stand love (his third worst scent/emotion) because it causes people to become illogical.
You’re not wrong, Oresky. I find it interesting that love is what he finds threatening. To me, while love can get very confusing, it’s when people get angry that reason flies out the window and things get terrifying! I’m especially sensitive to loud sounds, so even if I get stuck in a crowd where no one’s paying me any attention, the dull roar of many conversations, with people getting louder in order to be heard, is enough to keep me on edge and have me constantly zoning out until I can finally get out of there.
None of these three Generals seem to like love very much, but unlike Oresky, who merely dislikes it,
and Hosshiiwa, who doesn’t seem to think love lasts, Namakelder seems to hold a grudge about it.
Namakelder’s not talking about how pointless things are and how he hates working today, he actually sounds like this love is something he actively wants to destroy.
And if Namakelder of all people is feeling motivated, something’s up!
Back at the cabin, Seiji’s confirmed that Megumi truly seems to be better.
Blue agrees, so it looks like Megumi can finally come hang out with all her friends.
While everyone’s offering her some different snacks to celebrate her remarkably quick recovery (Seriously, girl, share some of that health with the rest of us, please!),
Seiji volunteers to catch some shellfish for the occasion.
Hime, what are you doing?
Oh, the Mermaid Card?
I guess with everyone talking about Seiji today, now she wants to play a trick on him.
Well, that’s one reason to use this Card. I was wondering if there would be some underwater adventure involving something like Atlantis. Maybe another time…
Unfortunately for Hime, all she manages to do is attract the attention of a bunch of fish.
I don’t even know if she can communicate with them or not, maybe this is just the fish sensing another friend in the water? (One of us! One of us!)
Whatever the case, they won’t leave Mermaid Hime alone, and she hits her elbow on a rock trying to escape them. Ouch, right in the Not-So-Funny Bone! (It hurts to get hit there, but sometimes you have to laugh so you don’t cry, hence my name for it.)
Thankfully Seiji spots her and pulls her to the surface before Hime can get into more trouble.
Seiji made me laugh, what a role reversal for The Little Mermaid!
But Hime’s blushing…
After returning safely to shore, Iona calls Hime out for her games, but Seiji defends her, saying that she was only helping him gather some shellfish.
He even helps Hime get a bandaid where she was hurt before.
And now we have at least three kids dealing with love and all the confusion involved.
Just in time for Namakelder to appear on the scene.
He really is acting much more motivated today than I’ve ever seen him before.
When Rin comes looking for everyone along the shore,
Namakelder wastes no time in targeting her, summoning a Love Saiark to attack!
Megumi and her friends all transform.
See what I mean? Namakelder admits that he’s been hurt by love before, so while it’s strange to see him a lot more invested in today’s fight, it does make some sense.
He orders the Love Saiark to attack, which it does by shooting heart lasers from its head at the Cures.
And now the battle’s on!
Princess and Fortune take turns hitting the Saiark from the front,
while Honey throws a large Clover Projectile at its back, keeping it distracted.
This allows Lovely to attack with “Lovely Shining Impact,” and I find it interesting that Lovely seems to take a leaf out of Fortune’s playbook here.
Happiness Charge Episode 20
Last time she used “Lovely Shining Impact” it was a pink laser,
but today she uses this move to encase her hand in pure energy before just hitting the Saiark. It was certainly enough to force the Saiark to back off, though Lovely’s still a bit weak from that cold.
Thankfully, Fortune steadies her while Princess keeps the Saiark busy with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun.” Can’t beat the classics, huh?
Even the Cures have noticed that this is a topic that Namakelder feels very strongly about, compared to his usual laidback behavior.
Whatever’s going on with him, though, this Love Saiark has to be dealt with, so Honey shifts into Popcorn Cheer form to keep up the attack.
That was different…
I don’t think I realized before that Popcorn Cheer’s “Ribbon Heart Explosion” dished out multiple hits at once. I always thought it was one giant explosion, rather like Flamenco Lovely’s “Passion Dynamite.” (Admittedly, we’ve never seen this attack used without Choiarks before, so today we’ve finally gotten to see its impact on a single enemy) Would this technically count as another projectile spamming attack like “Honey Supersonic Spark” or “Princess Bullet Machine Gun?” It certainly acts in much the same fashion. I’m sorry, let’s move on for now.
It’s Fortune’s turn to wrap things up today,
so she launches her purifying attack.
The Love Saiark is gone, and Rin is saved.
Ribbon then summons the Card earned from today’s fight.
And I want to note something rather interesting here: While Fortune’s been the one to purify in the last three episodes now, only Ribbon has been the one to summon the PreCards earned, at one per fight. I mentioned earlier that I finally binge-watched the rest of this season to see whether I could keep up my written reviews or not. This pattern holds throughout the rest of Happiness Charge, with Ribbon creating/summoning the Cards and only one being earned per battle. I’m not sure why things have changed, but I have some speculations, if you don’t mind me going on yet another tangent today.
Usually in RPG games when you can level up, the amount of EXP required for each following level increases, to the point that it would eventually cost millions of Experience Points to gain a single level. As a trade-off, though, usually by then your character in the game is strong enough that you can skate by with just buying better equipment. Bear in mind that the enemies often get stronger the further you progress, too, so always be sure to keep your guard up!
As for how this applies to Happiness Charge, our girls have already earned and used their wish. Maybe we’re seeing the “Wish System” balancing things out in real time? There’s no way to know if any other Cures have managed to earn a wish, since Phantom is usually quick to take them out before they become strong enough to do so. I can only speculate, but here’s what I think: Since Glasses granted Fortune’s wish, it makes sense that she’d be “locked out of the loop,” unable to summon more Cards until someone else earns a wish, thus resetting the “Wish System.” I think this would have to be done in order to allow someone else a chance to earn a wish, since the Cure who managed to earn one before is strong enough that she could easily earn another wish without there being some way to balance things out.
It could be problematic if the Cure or Cure Team that managed to earn a wish is then unable to earn anymore Cards, having only one fairy helper now “locked out,” especially if even a regular Costume Card could have some use in battle (remember the Ninja Cards). But this doesn’t impact the Happiness Charge girls because they have two fairy partners, so they can still earn something, even if on a much smaller scale. In any case, the Cards the girls have earned in the past still work, since Hime was able to transform into a Mermaid today, and that Card was earned prior to Fortune’s wish being granted (see Episode 22). The old Cards just wouldn’t count toward a new wish someday in the future. What do you think, is this what we’re seeing? Can someone make a game for this show, building in rules like this? It sounds like it’d be so much fun! I’m so sorry! Let’s wrap things up for now.
It’s the end of another long, eventful day. Everyone’s seated around a campfire, and Blue’s playing songs on a guitar. Now I’m remembering some Summer Camps from when I was younger. These lucky kids!
Megumi and Hime are a little sad that their trip has to end soon.
Iona asks if Hime wants to start practicing karate, and Hime quickly shakes her head. Something about that whole interaction looks like sisters teasing each other. I love it!
Just then, Seiji checks up on Hime, noticing that she must’ve lost the bandaid during the earlier battle.
He goes to get a fresh one for her, and Rin goes with him.
Poor Rin!
She’s so brave, though, I’m very impressed!
She wants Seiji to know that she has feelings for him. But unfortunately, sometimes those feelings just can’t be returned.
Seiji’s caught completely by surprise,
with Hime and Yuko watching all of this a short distance away.
When Rin asks if he likes anyone,
Seiji doesn’t say a word, but even still, it’s obviously a sensitive subject for him.
Credit to Rin, she’s incredibly understanding, regardless of her disappointment with the unspoken rejection.
She changes the subject, hurrying ahead to get the bandages that both kids had gone to retrieve in the first place. Have I mentioned that emotions are hard? Because they are!
While Hime looks very surprised by what she saw, Yuko looks very concerned, and maybe a little hurt. Has she been through the sort of pain and disappointment that Rin just experienced? Something about the look on Yuko’s face, I swear…
Anyway, Hime can’t take it anymore, now she has to know whether Seiji likes someone.
Yuko then finally admits that he has feelings for Megumi.
Iona shows up next, surprised that Hime didn’t already know this, considering Seiji’s behavior today.
Yuko warns both girls that they can’t tell Megumi,
just as Megumi herself shows up, wondering why the others all disappeared.
“Himitsu!” Hime, you’re killing me! Please stop making me laugh, my face already hurts. Still, we did need a bit of a pick-me-up after Rin’s failed confession. I sure hope that Kana can help cheer her up after that. Please understand that I’m not attacking Seiji, he’s allowed to have his feelings, too. Sometimes things just can’t work out, and it’s hard for both parties involved! In any case, today’s episode ends here.
Blue and Mirage First Speculations:
I’m finding myself in a very strange position at times, writing these reviews. If it wasn’t already obvious, this is NOT a blind review of the Happiness Charge season. I read about this series on websites like TV Tropes two or three times before I ever considered watching to begin with. I’m very cautious at the best of times, and nowadays I find that I have to be even more careful with what I watch or read, as I’ve mentioned here and there (Depression and trigger warnings in media).
All that is to say that while I’m sharing mostly my own thoughts with each review, these are often colored by what I’ve read or heard others say online. Now add to this the fact that I’ve finally watched the whole series, and I’m having trouble figuring out what to talk about and when, especially since I’ve done little to hide most spoilers involved.
Since Blue and Megumi actually discussed a bit of Blue’s bad history with Mirage today, I feel like I can talk briefly about this situation. When I first started watching this show, I went in fully knowing that there was a “minus 50 wrecking ball” that would hit hard later, in the form of Blue, Megumi, and Mirage in some strange sort of love triangle. Now that I’m this far into the series, I’m seeing hints of it already, and the implications are certainly NOT GOOD.
But I’ve always been a bit of a “Devil’s Advocate.” It just helps you to understand other perspectives a little better, sometimes. The implications are bad, but is that all Blue’s fault? Or is this the show writers pushing a “Will they, won’t they” scenario, and going much further than most of us are comfortable with? All we’ve seen Blue do today is keep watch over Megumi, make sure she got enough rest to recover quickly, and feed her some congee. (It made me raise an eyebrow, true, but as I said earlier in this very review, we’ve seen other characters hand-feed each other, too (see Episode 15). Please note that I still don’t like this trope, but I’m trying to avoid a knee-jerk reaction while I’m piecing together my thoughts.)
A Pup Named Scooby Doo (1988)
If you’ve watched a lot of animation, you’ve likely seen a “cloud of violence.” You know, a bunch of characters start fighting, and through a dust cloud you can just barely make out hands and feet flailing around. Maybe when the cloud settles one character has a black eye, while another is limping away with a cast on a broken leg. But what exactly happened inside that dust cloud? Who threw the first punch?
Sometimes it feels like Blue and Mirage’s bad history is a metaphorical “cloud of violence.” All we know is that Blue somehow hurt Mirage, and now Mirage no longer believes in things like love and dreams, to the point that she wants to overwhelm the whole world in misery. Consider what we just saw happen with Rin and Seiji at the end of this very episode. Is this essentially what once happened with Blue and Mirage, or are there other factors we’re missing? I feel sorry for Mirage, because no one wants to live with pain and rejection, but is it fair to disregard whatever Blue’s feelings might be in this situation? There’s two sides to every story, after all.
As for Blue and Megumi, I mentioned earlier that it’s possible that Blue may not realize that others might interpret his actions differently. I’ve already said, more than once, that Blue’s not a normal person, he’s actually a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. He looks like a normal human, and even acts like one much of the time, but he’s not really mortal, though we do know that he can be killed (see Episode 13). Blue is actually thousands of years old. Even if other people in the world, like Mirage and Megumi, may have feelings for him, how does that register in the mind of one such as Blue? Especially since, as we’ve seen before, Blue does his best to be neutral, loving and helping all his people equally.
Do you remember when Hime was eating grilled corn in this episode? What about Rei’s confusion when she asked about Hime eating corn on the cob with a fork and knife? Different cultures can often have different worldviews and practices that can seem alien to us. I recall when my older brother traveled to Northern Europe for several months, many years ago. When he returned, we celebrated with pizza for dinner, and he ate his pizza with a fork and knife! And what about a country like France, where it seems to be part of the culture to kiss (or “air kiss?”) people on the cheek as a form of greeting, farewell, and so on? (Read more here: https://www.frenchlearner.com/culture/la-bise/)
Blue hand-fed Megumi some congee today, when she was feverish and weak with her cold. This obviously looks very bad to us, and to Seiji in the episode. But for the sake of fairness, can we really say that Blue felt any romantic interest here? Or is it far more likely that he was just helping one of his chosen warriors to heal in the only way he knew how, when everyone else on Earth likely appears to him something like a young child who he wants to care for and protect?
Maybe it’s too early to judge here, but nearly everything I seem to hear or read online has Blue being portrayed as a “mustache-twirling villain.” Now that I’ve had a chance to play Devil’s Advocate, I’m going to try to withhold further judgment until we learn the rest of Blue’s history.
Chapter 27: Episode 26: The Lost Duo! Hime and Seiji's Great Adventure!
Chapter Text
Looks like Iona’s Training Camp is over. I like that everyone who stayed at the cabin expresses gratitude for being allowed to stay. For the most part, everyone’s so respectful and polite in this show, and it’s really a breath of fresh air compared to some of the horror stories I’ve been hearing about in real life these days.
Anyway, while this was a nice getaway, it’s time to go home, so Iona proposes that they run all the way to the train station.
Hime’s not thrilled with this suggestion,
but when Iona explains that they only covered half of the training she’d initially planned, and Yuko and Megumi go along with it, what exactly can she do?
And Blue just portals out, of course! That got me good.
Sorry Hime, you’d better start running.
And here’s Cure Beat from Suite Pretty Cure to greet us today. Did… did she just flick a strand of her hair and it made a guitar riff? What the heck! Suite is one of the few earlier seasons that I haven’t seen a single episode of yet. Do I need to change this?
Awww! Everyone’s dozing for now, probably worn out after that run to the train. Seiji’s awake, just quietly watching the scenery for now.
He happens to glance over at Megumi, and that’s the moment Hime wakes up.
She proceeds to grill him for details, but poor Seiji just denies it and wants to be left alone. I have to admit that Hime’s kind of obnoxious in this episode. (It just occurred to me, with my cat comparison from before… Is this the equivalent of Cat Hime knocking things off the table or something? Sometimes a cat is scared and shy, and sometimes it just dives headfirst into trouble!)
Hime, of course, is remembering what she learned about Seiji liking Megumi. She hasn’t revealed this to Megumi yet, but that doesn’t mean she can’t tease Seiji a bit. I wish she’d cut him some slack, though. Emotions are hard enough without adding in the question of whether or not someone else returns your feelings.
Hime reaches for her drink, but it’s empty.
Thankfully the train has stopped at a station, so she might be able to get a refill if she’s quick.
She drags Seiji along with her because she doesn’t have any money with her. Hime, stop taking advantage of Seiji’s good nature, that’s not cool! Still, he’s a good sport and agrees to buy her a soda.
That vending machine… Two simple things I noticed about this scene sent me on yet another research dive:
the flavors of the sodas sold,
and the fact that this vending machine includes a game/gambling(?) function where you can win bonus prizes with each purchase. Apparently vending machines are a whole thing in Japan.
Image found here: https://www.animenewsnetwork.com/preview-guide/2023/summer/reborn-as-a-vending-machine-i-now-wander-the-dungeon/.199253
I was aware that a manga (now an anime) existed about someone reincarnating into a fantasy world as a vending machine. (While I haven’t tried watching it yet, I never questioned this subject matter before because Japanese anime tends to be a little different. That’s why I enjoy it so much, and many of our Western stories seem rather dull by comparison, sadly.) I’ve read that there are so many vending machines in Japan that there’s at least one for every 23 people. Maybe that explains why this might be a subject worthy of isekai? I was shocked to learn all the different things could be sold via vending machines, too. (Up to and including ENGAGEMENT RINGS! You can read a bit about it here: https://thesmartlocal.jp/japanese-vending-machines/)
As for the drinks, I’m still trying to wrap my mind around this. Red bean soup, habanero… these are soda flavors? (Here’s some more options, for those who are curious, including curry!: https://yougojapan.com/ramune-soda-flavors/) Clearly we in the West have been slacking if varieties like this are possible. I’m trying to picture a carbonated tomato soup option (Would it be a cold, savory, carbonated drink? How exactly does this work?), and my brain just can’t imagine it. Japan might as well be a completely different world sometimes, but I really appreciate it. I go through life with my own individual worldview, so why shouldn’t an entire country do the same? Just because I may have trouble comprehending some of what I’m seeing doesn’t mean that it hasn’t been fascinating to learn about. Go Japan!
Seiji buys Hime a red bean soup soda (I still can’t believe this is a thing), and the vending machine game earns him a free drink.
So Hime suggests he get a habanero squash soda.
(No way… Cure Princess merchandise? I wasn’t expecting that!)
This happens again and again.
Rinse and repeat.
Pretty soon, Hime and Seiji are so invested in this free drink bonanza that the train starts leaving before they realize the time.
They run to catch up, and Hime ends up tripping on one of the sodas. Ouch, that looked like it hurt!
Seiji goes to check on her as the train leaves them in the dust.
Hime, what the heck! I know you’re upset, but this isn’t Seiji’s fault, it’s just bad luck all around. Ironic, considering their chain of wins with the vending machine.
Hime reaches for her PreChange Mirror, planning to transform and get them both back to the train.
Except she doesn’t have it…
Then Seiji says they have no choice but to call everyone over the Cure Lines, except his phone is missing.
Are you serious?! This is a tiny train station in the middle of nowhere, and no one is in sight who can help them contact their friends. This is NOT GOOD!
(Megumi… What on earth are you dreaming about? Let’s be honest, it’s probably everyone having a pool party, or something.)
While Hime starts panicking, Seiji proves his dependability yet again. He’s the one you want in your group when bad things happen!
First, he checks the train schedule to determine the next available train home.
Then he starts looking for a payphone. This tiny station doesn’t seem to have one, nor any attendants who could help.
If he and Hime can find a phone, they can call Blue to rescue them. Good thinking! Surely since this location houses a train station, there must be some public phone available, too. It’s just a matter of finding one.
With no other options, both kids start walking down the trail.
Hime’s stressed out, tired, and thirsty, but then she remembers all the free sodas that they won. She opens one (it looks like the red bean soup soda), but I guess it doesn’t agree with her,
so Seiji offers an orange juice to wash away the bad taste. He’s such a good sport!
After refreshing herself, Hime’s ready to keep going.
Except something seems to be wrong with her foot? That’s right, she rolled it on a can of soda when she tripped earlier. I hope she didn’t injure something.
You’d be surprised how easily this can happen. One time I slipped on a wet floor and landed funny on my foot. I badly bruised a toe and had to limp for a while, and eventually the toe swelled up and got sore enough that my parents wondered if I managed to break it. I had to wear a medical boot for a few weeks, and I could hardly walk, let alone stand, without doing so. It’s crazy how such a small thing can have such a huge impact. That was me, with ready access to medical aid. These kids are stranded in the middle of nowhere…
Oh thank goodness! In the meantime, Megumi, Yuko, and Iona have woken up and realized that their friends are missing.
They’ve changed into Cure form in order to track Hime and Seiji down.
Oof! Seiji, I admire your responsible actions today, but in this one case, if you’d stayed at the station with Hime you’d have been saved by now. I guess this is why people say to stay in one place whenever it’s possible if you manage to get lost.
Poor Ribbon looks worried sick! And no wonder, after all the time she’s spent taking care of Hime.
Lovely’s right, though, Seiji can keep her safe until they’re found.
There’s nothing else to do but keep looking.
Meanwhile, Seiji and Hime are well into a forested area by now, with no sign of any phone. They pass a tree with an insect resting on its trunk.
And I think that insect is a Cicada. I’ve been trying to keep it in the back of my mind to watch for flowers, since there’s been a lot of floral symbolism, but Episode 14 had a hermit crab with its own symbolic meaning. Maybe this cicada is the same? I can remember reading somewhere that cicadas hatch out of eggs underground, and they remain underground for a long time, anywhere from one year to even seventeen years before they’ll emerge, molt into their adult form, etc. Here’s a video of a Japanese cicada singing: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3ifu_kWqx38. What do you think, is this the insect that we’re seeing right now?
Image found here: https://metro-parks.medium.com/the-return-of-17-year-cicadas-cfd0250075c9
I’m going to assume it is, so here we go. According to this website: https://spiritualityshepherd.com/cicada-symbolic-meaning/, cicadas were believed to represent happiness and music (due to their very distinctive song), resurrection, and immortality in ancient Greece. It makes sense, when you consider the lifespan of a cicada, compared to most other insects. (Doesn’t a housefly only live for a few days?) China sees the cicada as an indication of eternal life and rebirth, maybe even transcendence. (Rising above the normal state of existence, I think? Read more here: https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/transcendence. The online definitions were rather confusing.) I guess the transcendence comes from the cicada’s life cycle, when the immature insect digs its way out of the ground and becomes a mature adult that can live above ground. Native Americans also had a lot of respect for the cicada, believing that its song allowed communication with the spiritual realm. All together, I’d take away that a cicada is an indicator of rebirth, transformation or transcendence, happiness, and communication. It’s a bit early to tell in the episode right now, but let’s keep going and see how well this applies, if it does at all. Happiness Charge is usually pretty good about having relevant symbolism, though.
Hime, are you okay? She just collapsed.
Oh… that’s not good.
Sure enough, she hurt something earlier when she fell. Now her ankle is so red and swollen that she can’t even stand. Poor girl!
Good on Seiji, though. He goes to find a water source, dampens his handkerchief in the cool water, then ties it around Hime’s ankle. I’d imagine the cold would help a bit with her pain, maybe it would even bring down the swelling a bit. Seiji’s awesome today!
He even picks her up and carries her so that she won’t make the injury worse, since there’s no other choice but for them to keep moving for now.
Hime’s got her pride and doesn’t want to be babied, but there really is no other option right now.
And my heart went out to her when Seiji asked if she’d rather be left alone.
Did you see the look on her face? Even now, after the closure from Episodes 20-23, the thought of being abandoned TERRIFIES her! (Maybe I’m overthinking things, but she looks legitimately frightened here.)
Credit to Hime, she promises not to bring any of this up with Megumi.
And then Hime starts teasing him again.
This is a side of Hime I never thought I’d see, I’ve got to say. And isn’t it interesting that she seems to be a whole different person than she was in Episode 1, or even Episode 20. She’s come so far that I can’t help but be impressed, even if her teasing is starting to get to me a bit.
Meanwhile, it looks like Hosshiiwa’s in the same area, just taking it easy for now.
What is it with all these characters and the sniffing? Megumi was doing just that in the last episode after recovering from her cold, and Oresky did the same when he realized that someone was feeling love, leading to Namakelder’s attack on the Training Camp. Now Hosshiiwa’s doing it, too. She senses youth nearby…
Back with Seiji and Hime, Hime’s still teasing, but she brings up a valid point. Seiji, haven’t you told Megumi yourself that she needs to be better about paying attention to how her actions can impact others (see Episodes 4 and 7 at least)? While she’s great about picking up on when someone needs a little extra help, she can be remarkably oblivious at the same time. Remember when she had no idea how frightened Hime was of being kicked out of the group if Iona was allowed to join, and Megumi kept accidentally triggering Hime’s fears by trying to reach out to Iona (see Episode 21)? Sometimes you need to spell things out for her. But as I’ve said before, it may as well be my new catchphrase for this second half of Happiness Charge, emotions are hard!
You’ve made your point, Hime, now let poor Seiji think it over and make his own decision.
Of course this is when a crowd of Choiarks appears, blocking the path. (Though maybe Seiji’s secretly grateful for the distraction?)
And this may be the first, and only (unless I’m misremembering), time that the Choiarks have had a more unique appearance.
Image found here: https://www.originalfilmart.com/products/grease-1978-linen?shpxid=2a555158-26e8-4b8e-8f1e-253e047322e3
I kid you not, today’s Choiarks look like they stepped out of the movie “Grease!” Maybe it’s the styled hair, if not the black jackets. Is this again referencing something I can’t understand because I’m not Japanese? I’ve heard online that longer skirts on a girl’s school uniform were a sign of rebellious behavior, of delinquency,
Image found here: https://sailormoon.fandom.com/wiki/Makoto_Kino_/_Sailor_Jupiter_(anime)
which is why the kids at Usagi/Sailor Moon’s school were so frightened when Makoto/Sailor Jupiter transferred in. (With good reason, Makoto can throw hands!) But I know nothing about what the signs of a teenage boy’s rebellion might look like.
In any case, Hosshiiwa’s here now. And she’s annoyed with the whole situation because she calls in a…
What do I even call today’s Saiark? The synopsis labels it as a Delinquent Saiark, and I like that better than “Grease Saiark,” so I guess I’ll go with the synopsis name today. Do I even need to spell out just how bad this situation is? Hime can’t transform. She can’t even stand, let alone help Seiji escape, and none of their friends know where they are. If Seiji can’t get away from this crowd, he and Hime are sunk!
With no other options for the moment, Seiji starts running.
But he’s weighed down carrying Hime and before long the Choiarks have them surrounded.
There’s no avoiding a fight, so Seiji sets Hime down and prepares himself.
One Choiark rushes in, but Seiji takes it down without trouble.
It’s enough to impress Hosshiiwa, who asks if he wants to become her Choiark instead. Is that possible? I thought that anyone captured by the Phantom Empire was transformed into/used to summon a Saiark. Maybe she’s just asking if he wants to become her lackey, instead of referring to a literal transformation?
Whatever the case, Seiji refuses, angering Hosshiiwa, and the fight resumes.
One-on-one, they don’t seem to be too dangerous, but the Choiarks have no reservations about attacking Hime as well, while she’s helpless.
Thankfully, Seiji’s fast enough to keep her safe, to Hime’s awe…
Oh no, is this where we’re going now, another potential crush? Poor kids!
The Choiarks don’t give up, rushing Seiji one after the other, not giving him time to recover between attacks.
I noticed that one Choiark lost its hair when it got kicked away, so I now know that today’s Choiarks are sporting wigs, though I still can’t really understand why. (I know that such small details don’t matter, but when something’s different enough to catch my attention I like to understand why. It makes the world within this show seem more real, somehow. Does that make any sense?)
Moving on, the Choiarks are steadily wearing Seiji down,
and one finally succeeds in hitting him from behind while he was confronting another Choiark from the front.
If that’s not bad enough, the first Choiark actually kicks Seiji while he’s down! Dear heavens, I guess the Saiark and Choiarks truly are delinquents, that looked vicious!
Poor Seiji’s down for the count, surrounded by more Choiarks. And Hime can’t help him because she can’t even stand upright due to her swollen ankle. (Now that I think about it, did she sprain her ankle when she fell earlier?) This is so bad! Hosshiiwa could actually permanently remove Cure Princess from the equation right now, leaving the Happiness Charge girls a three-person team for the remainder of the war. But Hime doesn’t care about that when Seiji was hurt protecting her, and she’s unable to do anything except call his name.
Thank heaven Lovely, who’s been searching this whole time, hears her and flies down to intervene!
She’s outraged at the situation, flying right through the crowd of Choiarks to force them away, and immediately transforms into Cherry Flamenco form.
An angry Lovely with fire powers… Last time we saw this happen was way back in Episode 3, and Lovely was terrifying then!
Fortune appears next, shooting off a Star Projectile into another part of the crowd.
Lovely, what on earth is this?!
In addition to Flamenco Lovely’s giant fiery explosion, she can now dance around the battlefield, blasting away any individual Choiarks that get too close. I don’t know if this move counts as its own sub-attack, but it’s certainly interesting, if a bit ridiculous. Pretty Cure in a nutshell, right?
While Flamenco Lovely and Fortune have the Choiarks on the run, Honey appears on the scene.
One “Honey Healing Rhythm” later and Hime’s finally able to move freely again.
Nice work, Honey! Every team needs a good healer. I’m a little surprised we haven’t seen more Cures in other seasons with healing powers, too, now that I think about it. Are there any others with this ability? (I don’t believe any of the Yes! 5 girls could heal, and I can’t remember if this came up in Fresh…)
In any case, now that the girls have some breathing space, they go to check on Seiji.
Poor boy’s wiped out, but he seems okay for now.
Ribbon gives Hime her PreChange Mirror, so Hime transforms at last. It’s been a while since we’ve had a solo transformation (see Episode 20?). The last time I remember seeing Hime transform alone was back in Episode 17.
In any case, it looks like it’s time to finish things off here.
Lovely and Princess are equally furious at Hosshiiwa for hurting Seiji, but Hosshiiwa doesn’t care.
She just orders the Delinquent Saiark to attack.
I have to be honest, I’m not a fan of today’s Saiark battle. (To be fair, last episode’s battle wasn’t as interesting either. It was more intriguing to see how invested Namakelder was, where normally he’s very laidback.) I have no problem with the Cures struggling in any given fight as long as it makes sense (take Fortune in Episode 23 with the Mother and Son Saiarks, for example). But in the case of today’s Delinquent Saiark, I’m having trouble understanding why it’s giving them such grief. Is this something like the “Worf Effect” (Thanks, TV Tropes: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/TheWorfEffect), meant to ramp up the seriousness of the situation? Maybe today’s Saiark is stronger than normal, or maybe it’s less likely to hold back because of the delinquent label, but because I can’t see this in effect, or I’m just not comprehending what I’m seeing… it just bothers me because this doesn’t make any sense!
Maybe if this could be shown, somehow? Like the Delinquent Saiark blows out a cloud of smoke from a cigarette, creating a smokescreen. Or if it grabs one of the Cures in the middle of punching it and starts swinging her around like a club to batter the other girls away. Show that the Saiark is fighting dirty (the Choiarks were, kicking Seiji when he was already down), or doing something different that explains why today’s battle is more difficult than the ones we’ve seen before. Does this make any sense, or am I just nitpicking here?
Lovely and Princess beat away at one of the Saiark’s fists for a minute before it forces a punch through, throwing them aside.
And when Honey goes to confront the Saiark and it attacks her with its hair (Pretty Cure, never stop being awesomely ridiculous and hilarious!),
even “Honey Ribbon Heart Wall” doesn’t save her.
Fortune goes in next, and while she can’t break through its guard, it’s not fast enough to land a blow before Fortune retreats to find a new strategy.
The Saiark doesn’t waste time,
spinning its body like a tornado and blinding the girls long enough to hit them away again.
Now Princess is TICKED!
Hosshiiwa’s surprised, but the Delinquent Saiark merely tries to crush her with its hair.
Princess doesn’t even flinch.
And now Fortune and Honey are stunned.
Whoa! Princess just grabbed onto the Saiark’s hair as it stood back up and kicked it in the face! Holy cow, and I thought an angry Lovely was scary!
None of Princess’s hits seem to do anything except irritate the Saiark enough that it can actually speak. (The last time something like this occurred was Episode 16, but I think that was Miyo speaking from the mirror, not the Reporter Saiark itself.) But Princess isn’t done yet.
When the Saiark lunges forward with another hair attack, Princess meets the blow head-on, literally! Forehead vs hair…
And she breaks its hair, too! I knew that Hime could be hard-headed and stubborn, but this is insane!
Princess follows this up by headbutting the Delinquent Saiark in the face, knocking it flat.
I know I said that I was having trouble understanding the girls having difficulty in fighting today’s Saiark, but interestingly enough, I find it fairly believable that Princess could be soloing this thing right now (even if in-episode it looks a bit ridiculous).
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Way back in Episode 3, do you remember how furious Lovely was that the Choiarks dared to hurt Seiji?
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Her anger built up her powers enough to allow some incredible attacks.
Happiness Charge Episode 3
The poor Choiarks back then looked terrified!
Hime’s gotten to experience Seiji’s kindness and good nature firsthand today, and how hard must it have been to see him fighting to protect her while she couldn’t do a thing to help? She never got a chance to get back at the Choiarks, either, because they were finished by the time she could finally transform. Now this Delinquent Saiark is hurting her friends, with Hosshiiwa taunting from the sidelines and no one can do much to help Seiji until this battle’s over. Is it any wonder Princess is so ticked off, fighting on another level today? Wait a second… “Another level.” Is it safe to say that Princess has transcended her normal fighting capabilities today? Remember that cicada earlier in this episode? Is this a bit of a stretch, or was today’s battle meant to be the “transcendence” it symbolizes?
If you needed proof that Princess is fighting on another level today, she purifies the Saiark using her original solo finishing blow,
“Blue Happy Shoot,” which I don’t think we’ve seen her use since way back in Episode 4. That’s right, Princess finally managed to take down a Saiark all by herself, which she could only dream of doing back in Episode 7, when she first tried to do so. How much has this girl grown? Princess is awesome!
The Saiark is finished, and the victim is saved. Oh, is he the reason for the enemies’ strange costumes today?
I just about died laughing when I heard him say, “Wha?” on waking up.
Image found here: https://mundonintendo.fandom.com/es/wiki/Waluigi
It reminded me of Waluigi, and now I can’t stop grinning. Oh dear, this show!
Hosshiiwa leaves, throwing a whole tantrum after her loss.
And Ribbon summons the one PreCard they earned from today’s fight. (Can you now see what I was talking about in last episode’s review regarding Ribbon and the PreCards?)
Seiji’s watching this from off to the side, and it looks like his injuries have been healed (Thanks Honey!), but he’s still exhausted from his part in the fight. What a trooper!
Finally, everyone’s back on the train. Looks like they had to catch the evening train that Seiji noticed from the station’s schedule earlier in the day.
Seiji has finally woken up after his collapse earlier.
Poor guy’s a little caught off guard to have everyone watching him so closely,
but the girls are just thankful that he was willing to work so hard, taking care of Hime while they were stranded out there all afternoon.
Awww! He’s so sweet, but that’s kind of sad, now that I think about it. All his work to become a black belt, and yet it’s Megumi and her friends who keep having to save him. That… that’s got to be so hard. I hope he doesn’t wear himself down trying to offset this problem. I’m pretty sure that Seiji’s more than a match for most humans, but karate was never meant to be used to defeat supernatural threats. (At least not in this series. Who knows what might happen in another anime show?)
Hime looks rather shy now, and isn’t this quite the change from earlier with all her teasing?
Just in time for Yuko to appear with some packaged meals she bought for the ride home.
Good for her, I’ll bet everyone is starving by now!
Hime then thanks Seiji for looking out for her today, blushing heavily when he accepts her gratitude.
Yeah, this might be a bit of a problem. We already know that Hime has a thing for princes. Back in Episode 13, she was even watching a drama on TV where a prince was searching for a princess lost in the woods. How has Seiji been acting toward Hime today? Hosshiiwa and Iona have both called him a knight, like a “white knight” or a “knight in shining armor,” perhaps? Is it any wonder that, at least right now, Hime might be seeing Seiji a bit differently from before? The problem is that Seiji already likes Megumi… I may have very little experience with romantic attraction, but even I can see that this could really shake things up for their group.
Poor Hime! Just like Megumi before her, now it’s her turn to experience some emotions that she’s never felt before and doesn’t quite understand.
At least Hime has a fair idea what this could be, while I’m still not sure if Megumi has any clue what she’s been feeling.
Hime gratefully accepts a meal from Yuko, but she’s acting noticeably flustered and awkward.
Poor girl. If she’s anything like me, she’ll have to take a little time once she’s safely back home to really try and figure out just what happened.
But we’ll have to learn more next time, because today’s episode ends here.
Chapter 28: Episode 27: Hime Worries! The Pretty Cure Team in Danger of Disbanding!?
Chapter Text
This episode starts off with Iona using a PreCard to become a Teacher. Is this possibly the first time that Iona has used one of the Cards for something like this? Outside of battle, I mean. If so, I’m glad that she’s been able to allow herself to relax a bit. Poor girl’s been so rigid, stuck on only getting stronger for so long…
In any case, now that everyone’s back home from the Training Camp, it’s time to finish their Summer homework, and Iona’s taking charge to make sure it gets done.
Everyone else is ready to get to work, but Hime’s a little nervous.
She’s still remembering the events of Episode 26, and now she’s stuck in the same room as Seiji when she hasn’t had time to puzzle out how her feelings have changed. I’ve got to say, I’m already a little worried about today’s episode. Many times when romance is brought up in any form of media, it becomes a little cringy. Maybe this is just me struggling to understand some of these emotions, if not the intensity with which they can be felt. I’ll try to withhold any judgment and see this episode through, regardless.
Looks like Seiji’s already finished his math assignments.
Lucky! Math was always my worst subject in school.
And Hime of course starts freaking out when he says he “likes” math. Hime, are you going to be like this all through today’s episode?
Hime quickly volunteers to get some drinks, taking advantage of the break to have a mini-freakout in peace.
Poor kid! If it’s not bad enough that she has no idea what to do with these new feelings she’s been struggling with, there’s the pressure that “Precure can’t be in relationships,”
and now she’s imagining the worst possible outcomes from the fallout, just as she’s done many times before.
Yuko, you’re killing me! Still, if anyone can help Hime figure out what to do now, it’d likely be Yuko, given how well she seemed to understand the Seiji/Megumi situation during the Training Camp. Yuko’s really interesting, because sometimes she acts so straightforward, liking peace, good food, and spending time with her friends, but sometimes she really comes out of nowhere with some really impressive insight. How will things go today?
And here’s Cure Rosetta of DokiDoki Precure to greet us today!
Looks like Megumi and Hime need a snack break, so Iona agrees to stop for lunch.
Seiji volunteers to make something, since Iona wants Megumi to keep up her progress for now.
Hime offers to help, and Iona and Yuko join in.
Seiji’s making…
Image found here: https://www.simplyrecipes.com/recipes/how_to_make_an_omelet/
I think that’s an omelet.
He’s pretty handy in the kitchen.
Now that Hime’s looking at Seiji in a new light, she’s noticing these good qualities, thinking he’d be a great husband someday. She’s not wrong.
When Seiji asks if Hime wants some rice, she panics and flees the room. Classic reactive Hime!
Seiji and Iona look so confused!
But Yuko just smiles. Is she a bit of a “shipper on deck?” (Thanks, TV Tropes: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/ShipperOnDeck) She was like this back at the cabin, too (see Episode 25).
Poor Hime’s hiding in her room, really panicking on what to do.
Yuko, Iona, and Ribbon follow her to make sure everything’s okay.
Iona’s awesome, promising to listen if Hime’s willing to talk about her concerns. And I must say that I’m really impressed with Hime’s progress.
Happiness Charge Episode 19
Back in Episode 19, she refused to bring up her fears with her friends.
But today, she trusts them enough to speak up.
Iona’s so shocked that she drops the tray she was holding. And that made me laugh so hard that I had to rewind a few times just to see it again. I love it when even someone who tends to be a little more quiet and serious breaks character like this, it’s amazing!
Iona and Ribbon were NOT expecting this!
But Yuko already knew, much to Hime’s surprise.
Iona has no idea what to do, but then offers to read Hime’s fortune.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Nice callback to Episode 8, by the way! It’s neat to learn that this wasn’t a one-off thing, but that fortunes (and horoscopes?) may be an interest or a hobby of hers.
So Iona does her thing and finds out that Hime and Seiji would be a perfect match.
While that’s helpful to know, Ribbon explains that Hime’s not ready for a relationship,
and that’s not even going into the “No Relationships” Precure rule. I talked a bit more in-depth on my thoughts on this rule back in Episode 3, when it was first discussed. If I recall what I wrote back then, my concerns were more about the possibility of a relationship going bad, with the heartbroken Cure being brainwashed (similar to Yes! Precure 5 Episodes 23-24), or power failures, since Cure powers seem to be closely tied to emotions and confidence in Happiness Charge.
I never even considered how a relationship might impact team dynamics, especially if two or more girls on the same team were interested in the same boy.
Oof! Would a Cure team in that position be able to pull off any Team Attacks while experiencing jealousy, maybe even doubt in one of their member’s intentions, and so on?
Now understanding the potential issues with having a relationship, Iona apologizes to Blue for what she said back in Episode 24. I like that she’s willing to admit it when she thinks she’s wrong.
Unfortunately, now everyone else is wondering what’s up, and Hime’s already been acting very suspiciously…
Megumi confronts her about this, reminding Hime that she wants to help and will listen, if Hime will just explain what’s wrong. You can maybe understand why Hime’s hesitant here. In any other case, like we just saw with Iona and Yuko in her bedroom, she might be able to talk about her feelings. But this is a secret that involves Megumi herself! How could Hime possibly bring up her concerns without revealing everything to a clueless and unprepared-for-this-revelation Megumi, triggering some of the very worries that both Hime and Ribbon fear may come to pass?
Still, Hime decides to try to describe the situation as vaguely as possible, because she desperately needs to know what to do in this confusing and likely frightening new situation.
Awww! She uses some perfectly color-coded plates to describe the love triangle that she’s afraid is forming,
which she now fears will tear apart their friendship.
Megumi comforts Hime, explaining that if “Person A” and “Person C” are good friends, then they should be able to remain friends no matter what, but Hime’s still nervous. Anyone can say this about a hypothetical situation, but what about when the hypothetical becomes reality?
Poor girl’s so anxious that she can’t even eat,
and Glasses is as sharp as a tack, catching on that Hime’s hypothetical love triangle story may actually be describing Hime herself.
Poor kid! Now EVERYONE’S paying attention, and what can she do?
Yuko then asks if Megumi likes anyone…
And now Megumi’s remembering her experience from Episode 13 with Blue.
I understand that this is a crush and that she can’t help liking someone, but I feel really uncomfortable watching Megumi in this sort of situation. She’s a great kid and I want her to be happy, but this is just so messed up to me!
Poor Blue, too. Now he’s hearing about love interests and love triangles, and he’s probably getting flashbacks to his own bad history with Mirage. Remember, he’s not necessarily trying to be a control freak here. He’s actually been through this sort of drama before, and has likely seen exactly how people can be hurt, how teamwork and friendships can fall apart. Blue wants to prevent this from happening to the other Cures in his care, even if swearing off love entirely may not be the best way to protect others from this sort of pain.
Oh, Seiji… This poor boy! Have I mentioned yet that emotions are hard? Dear heavens, this is exactly why I was seriously tempted to only review the first half of Happiness Charge, but I’m going to keep trying anyway. Goodness knows I could use the practice analyzing my emotions in my own life.
After that incredibly awkward meal, Hime and Yuko clear away the dishes. Hime then asks Yuko if Megumi likes anyone, since she doesn’t appear to be picking up on Seiji’s feelings for her right now.
Yuko answers that Megumi seems to have some feelings for Blue, though she doesn’t know if this has progressed to the point of “love” just yet.
Hime gets flustered, worrying that Seiji will be hurt when Megumi doesn’t return his feelings.
And Yuko does something fascinating here, but before we go any further with their conversation, I want to note that we hear cicadas singing at this point. Remember that one of the meanings of a cicada is communication (see Episode 26).
…Oh, Yuko. What’s going on?!
These kids are only fourteen years old!
How does Yuko have this sort of experience already? While this episode’s whole topic of love has been very awkward and a bit cringy, I have to admit that I’m impressed with how respectfully this situation is being treated. This isn’t just about falling in love and happily ever after. Sometimes a person’s affection may not be returned. Sometimes someone “loses” in love. Love hurts! But life continues on.
I can’t believe how almost world-weary Yuko sounds here. Yet she’s so compassionate, explaining that sometimes loving and caring for another person means letting them go so that they can be happy, even if it hurts.
Even Yuko herself loved someone very deeply and was hurt when things didn’t work out. But sometimes love means letting go for the good of the other person.
After that extremely emotional interval, Iona brings the others back to their homework assignments. Thank you, Iona! Trying to process all of this at once is more difficult than I thought it would be.
Yuko’s almost finished her homework already, though she admits that Seiji’s better at math.
Speaking of Seiji, he’s gone with Blue to prepare some tea.
And when we jump to those two in the kitchen, Seiji’s finally gathering the courage to talk with Blue. Seiji’s been rather jealous of Megumi’s attraction to Blue, as we saw in Episodes 24 and 25. It’s possible that this conversation could go very badly. But Seiji’s very mature, and given the conversation Yuko just had with Hime, I think Seiji’s talk should be fairly reasonable as well.
Seiji starts by asking what Blue thinks about the topic of love, given the group’s discussion during lunch.
Blue explains that while he doesn’t think that Cures should fall in love, since it could legitimately be dangerous, he wants everyone on Earth to be happy.
When Seiji follows this up by asking if he also cares about Megumi’s happiness, Blue confirms it.
Seiji then asks if they can talk more in private, so he and Blue leave the Embassy.
Meanwhile, Hime’s feeling antsy about Blue and Seiji being left alone, since they’re love rivals competing for Megumi’s affection.
She actually imagines them both in full armor, battling for Megumi…
Oh, Hime! Love can lead to some very awkward and difficult situations, but I’m not sure things’ll get this bad today!
See, maybe it’s the fact that Pretty Cure is ultimately aimed at younger kids, but Hime’s imagine spot is how I would’ve expected love to be portrayed in a show like this.
Emotions can lead to messy interactions, anger, fighting, and other illogical behaviors. It’s all confusing and frightening, so maybe you can understand why I might tend to avoid watching or reading something when I know romance is involved. And if I happen to witness something like this in real life? Duck and cover!
So Hime’s already imagining the worst possible outcomes, as she tends to do,
when Glasses arrives, saying that Seiji and Blue have disappeared…
But let’s take a quick break for a minute here. Sometimes in these reviews, I’ve mentioned fun, random things that’ve caught my attention. Every time an episode has reached the halfway point in Happiness Charge, there’s been a cute little… is this animation called an “eyecatch?” It almost acts like a mini commercial, but not quite, so I’m not sure how else to describe it. (Oh, here’s a page that talks about it. Thanks again, TV Tropes: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/Eyecatch) Anyway, this eyecatch can change as the season progresses.
The original animation only involved Megumi and Hime transforming into Cure form.
The Happiness Charge eyecatch has officially changed today (so I know to keep watch for any other changes, like in the opening and ending song, for example), now including Iona and Yuko.
Yes! Precure 5
And this new animation reminds me a lot of Yes! Precure 5. What do you think? It certainly made me smile.
Yuko tries calling over the Cure Line, but there’s no answer.
Hime’s still freaking out, imagining just how badly things could go.
When no one else seems to understand the urgency she’s feeling, Hime just runs off to find Seiji and Blue on her own.
Meanwhile, Seiji and Blue have found a quiet area near a fountain where they can continue their conversation.
Seiji’s very blunt, telling Blue that he sees Megumi as family.
Seiji needs to know how Blue feels about her, since Megumi clearly has some feelings for him, whether or not Blue has recognized this as of yet.
Blue says that Megumi is precious to him, but when Seiji asks if she’s the most precious, Blue can’t necessarily agree.
He cares a great deal for Megumi, of course, but Blue is also a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. Just as a parent can’t really say that they love one child over another (If they clearly show favoritism, it’s a sign that there could be major problems hiding behind the scenes!), Blue can’t offer preferential treatment to anyone, either.
Blue recognizes that Seiji cares very much for Megumi, being willing to discuss such a topic so seriously for her sake.
Blue even admits that he once saw another girl, that shrine maiden from Episode 13, in the very same way.
He explains that it’s his duty as a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth to love everyone in the world equally.
Seiji’s not very happy with this answer, but decides he needs a little time to calm down.
I really admire how respectfully both characters are treating each other, and I’m impressed how willing Seiji is to go out of his way and try to figure out how Blue would treat Megumi if she confessed her feelings to him. He has every right to want the best for Megumi, but he also understands that getting mad at Blue for trying to put his godly duties first isn’t going to help matters very much.
And in the meantime, poor Hime’s still trying to track Seiji and Blue down, fearing the worst in a conflict over love.
Let’s take a break for a minute, because I think I just spotted today’s Flower of the Day. This Platycodon (Balloon Flower), is an oddly specific flower to include in an episode that’s had a heavy emphasis on love and struggling to understand what all that entails. (And now I’m wondering if there are flowers in other episodes that I missed because I didn’t recognize them. I noticed a red carnation (see Episode 15), and this flower had a very distinct and relevant meaning in relation to showing love and appreciation on Mother’s Day. Now we have Platycodon… Darn it, do I have to rewatch this series yet again to see if I’ve missed any other flowers?!) (If the prior note makes no sense, it’s because this was the second time I noticed a real-life plant with a relevant symbolic meaning to the episode where it appeared. When this happened a third time, I did indeed go back and rewatch the first half of Happiness Charge to see if I’d missed anything, with the results you’ve now read. I just thought this old note was rather amusing and decided to keep it as part of the review as it was originally written.)
I don’t tend to pay attention to flowers in most cartoons because they often end up looking something like this:
Image found here: https://clipart-library.com/clipart/6Tr6xGy7c.htm
Colorful, straightforward, they get the job done, right? I rarely pay attention to flowers in a show beyond noticing how they fill in the background. But this is Pretty Cure, the Franchise that gave us Heartcatch with the Language of Flowers. Even Happiness Charge hasn’t held back on the symbolism, as I found to my surprise in Episode 15.
So, Platycodon grandiforus… Funny story, I easily recognized this flower because I stumbled across it several years ago when visiting a local Nursery while looking for some unique flowers to put in my garden. I’ve always been intrigued with the sheer variety that’s out there, so when I found out there was something called “Balloon Flower,” you better believe I looked it up right away!
Image found here: https://morflora.com/balloon-flower/
I thought it was so cool how the flower buds looked like little hot air balloons, and you could actually “pop” them open if they were big enough, close to blooming already.
Image found here: https://morflora.com/balloon-flower/
Image found here: https://www.gardenia.net/plant/platycodon-grandiflorus-astra-pink
Image found here: https://garden.org/plants/view/127818/Balloon-Flower-Platycodon-grandiflorus-Hakone-White/
And the flowers all looked like little stars! I bought one of each color (blue, pink, and white) for my garden. My family has since moved away from that house and garden, but I’ve never really forgotten this flower. I’ve even recognized what have to be relatives from the same plant family in a garden in my new neighborhood because it can’t be possible that two flowers could look so similar and not be related somehow! And now this specific flower has appeared in an episode of Happiness Charge… There’s no way that this particular flower was chosen without having some sort of deeper meaning!
Here’s what I found out. Balloon Flowers generally mean happiness, love, and good fortune. This is a medicinal plant in China, and Korea believes it symbolizes endless love, while in Japan it is believed to bring people luck and success. Even the color of the flower has different meanings, with blue specifically symbolizing calmness, wisdom, loyalty and trust. Interestingly enough, a blue balloon flower in Japan indicates honesty (something these kids have been struggling with this episode, considering how confusing love can be at the best of times). You can read more about it here: https://morflora.com/balloon-flower/.
If this isn’t the most fitting flower I’ve ever seen in relation to Seiji, let alone any other character in this show… Seiji’s a non-powered member/ally of the Happiness Charge Team, right? The other girls have their own symbols. All in favor that Seiji deserves his own symbol, and that a blue Platycodon (Balloon Flower) might be a good fit?
Image found here: https://weedcrafter.blogspot.com/2012/06/juniper.html
The only trait I can think of that Seiji has that the Balloon Flower’s meaning lacks is “protection,” so maybe it’d have to be part of a small bouquet with something like a sprig of Juniper (Plant meaning found here: https://www.gardeningchannel.com/flower-meanings-dictionary-from-a-to-z-the-secret-victorian-era-language-of-flowers/), indicating succor (Relief, help, aid) and protection. Let’s keep going for now.
Poor Seiji! No matter how he may feel about Megumi, he wants her to be happy. As Yuko described earlier, being put in that position really hurts!
And it’s while he’s on his own, trying to figure things out, that Namakelder appears on the scene.
Surprisingly, Namakelder doesn’t attack right off, instead choosing only to talk, and saying that it’s better to not fall in love at all.
I have to wonder if, as seriously as Namakelder takes this topic of discussion, he might’ve been willing just to talk today.
Unfortunately, we’ll never know because moments later, Hime arrives.
And that’s when Namakelder traps Seiji in a mirror,
summoning a Chef Saiark to attack.
Hime transforms and the battle begins.
Have I mentioned how strong Princess is by now?
My gosh, that was a very impressive scuffle.
When Princess backs off to build up speed with her next hit, the Saiark reacts by pulling out a frying pan to use as a shield.
Ouch, Cure powers or not, that had to hurt!
And while Princess is incapacitated, the Saiark swats her out of the air.
The Chef Saiark follows up its attack while she’s down, but thank heaven Lovely and Fortune arrive next and are able to intercept it.
This allows Honey to heal Princess, and now everyone’s back in the fight. Lovely’s not happy to realize that Seiji’s the one who they have to fight today.
Namakelder explains his reasoning yet again,
and when none of the Cures agree with him he calls in some Choiarks to attack.
While Lovely, Fortune, and Princess keep up a physical beatdown,
Honey backs them up with a Popcorn Cheer Form Change.
All that’s left is to take down the Saiark, but Namakelder has realized by now that it’s Lovely who Seiji likes, not Princess as he first thought. Oh great, as if Megumi wasn’t already confused enough with the Blue situation.
Credit to Lovely, while she still doesn’t fully understand things right now, all that matters to her at the moment is freeing Seiji from Namakelder’s control,
so she resumes the battle, noticeably powered up due to her determination.
Seeing this inspires Princess to join in, and now both girls are raring to go!
Princess lands a brand new attack with no name,
which looks incredible while simultaneously stunning the Saiark,
before turning to Lovely to wrap things up.
Oh, nice! Looks like we get to see their Team Attack today. Wasn’t the last time Lovely and Princess did this attack back in Episode 17? And I just realized that this could be the ultimate sign that Hime doesn’t have any bad feelings or jealousy towards Megumi regarding her new feelings for Seiji today. Could they have pulled this Team Attack off without being completely in sync with each other, having full trust to make it happen?
Anyway, the Chef Sairak is finished and Seiji is safe!
Seriously Namakelder, what on earth happened to you? He clearly has some sort of grudge against love, actively warning everyone there that they’ll regret falling in love one day. But he does leave without causing further trouble.
Now that the battle’s over, the girls run to check up on Seiji, but Megumi outruns everyone else.
Thank heaven this is Pretty Cure, because some people, in real life and fiction, can behave in truly ugly ways due to lost love and jealousy.
Hime sees Megumi and Seiji together and recognizes how much they care about each other,
and she seems willing to let that stand. Good for her! Not everyone wins in love, but life continues on.
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard… Whoa! That looks like a Jungle Explorer outfit. How would this Card come into play? That’s a question for another time, I guess.
Everyone’s heading back home at the end of the day. Hime asks Yuko if it’s okay that Megumi and Seiji are acting like family for now, when Seiji may have stronger feelings deep down inside.
Yuko doesn’t have an answer, only saying that all they can do is watch over them… These kids are fourteen years old! Never mind how they are having interactions like this right now, how are they so mature about it?! Pardon me.
Iona says she’ll predict their fortune, but Hime’s sure that Megumi and Seiji are perfect for each other.
Yuko’s rather surprised, considering Hime’s freakout from earlier in the day.
But Hime admits that she’s happy for Megumi and Seiji.
Then Hime gets confused. Is she experiencing heartbreak right now?
She’s not hurting, she actually feels relieved.
Ribbon thinks that Hime got carried away with love, while Yuko explains that emotions can get confusing when a boy and a girl experience danger together.
And I’m ashamed to say that it took me watching this episode a second time to understand what Yuko meant. That’s my confusion with emotions for you. Yuko’s actually referring to Episode 26, when Seiji took a major beating to keep Hime safe when they were stranded in the middle of nowhere. Can you imagine the whirlwind of emotions Hime experienced during that time? Fear, worry, gratitude, relief at being rescued…
No wonder she was looking at him differently by the end of that episode! Hime just needed some time to sort out what happened and what those emotions meant. And now I’m more glad than ever that Hime didn’t actually fully confess what was bothering her to Megumi earlier today. In my opinion, it doesn’t get much worse than stirring up a whole lot of drama, only for it to have been meaningless due to a misunderstanding. I’m not saying not to talk to anyone about any worries, ever, all I think is that a little discretion could be helpful, and maybe not to make a big fuss unless you know for certain that it’s warranted. I still want Hime to not bottle things up if she’s upset, but it doesn’t look like she’ll do that anymore, if today’s episode is any indication (she did ask Yuko and Iona for advice, after all).
With a little more thought, Hime has realized that whatever she was feeling for Seiji earlier, those emotions have settled now, so it likely wasn’t love that she was experiencing.
I got a good chuckle out of how relieved everyone was to hear this, including Hime herself.
Love is a very complicated emotion.
Megumi and Seiji may be in for a bit of a ride, but their friends will be right there with them, every step of the way. What great kids!
But that’s the end of today’s episode.
Oh, sure enough, just as Happiness Charge’s eyecatch has changed today, the show has a new ending song today as well.
Instead of just Lovely and Princess dancing together,
showing off their Form Changes,
now we have all four Cures together. I’ve heard people online compare Happiness Charge to Heartcatch, and I’ve noticed a few similarities myself, from the bits I’ve seen of the Heartcatch season. Even this new ending song acknowledges it (intentionally or not),
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Myoudouin_Itsuki
having Honey comparing her namesake to the sun (Cure Sunshine),
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Tsukikage_Yuri
and Fortune being compared to the moon (Cure Moonlight). I did like that this line of the song brought in all four Cures’ names, too. It made me smile.
Another thing I found interesting, which I missed at first, was that the girls are singing in a “call and response” style, at times. Sometimes they’re speaking/singing, and sometimes they’re listening/echoing. It’s like they’re communicating together in the middle of their song. Communication has always been one of the greatest strengths and weaknesses of every character in this show, hasn’t it? When true communication occurs, amazing things have happened, like Hime finally expressing her last and greatest fear (see Episodes 20-21), as well as her getting closure together with Iona (see Episodes 22-23). When communication has failed, well… Queen Mirage, for one! But let’s keep going with today’s new song.
And it looks like we’ve got a sneak peek to another powered-up Form that they’ll earn sometime in the upcoming episodes. It’s… definitely going to take me a bit of getting used to, but that’s just me not being used to seeing their clothes come in pastel colors, as I think I’ve mentioned before. I’m so used to seeing the black vests, which have really made their outfits stand out. I do like that this new uniform includes all their colors in the skirts: pink, blue, yellow, and purple. So there we go, a new eyecatch and a new ending song. I guess I’ll have to mention whenever I see the opening song change, since that’s all we’re missing now, going into new story arcs in the second half of this season.
More About Blue:
I’ve said it before, but maybe it bears repeating: Blue is a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. HE’S NOT MORTAL! He’s at least hundreds, if not thousands, of years old. (Remember how long the enemies were sealed inside the Axia Box. Wasn’t it about 300 years (see Episode 29)?) How does someone like that experience an emotion like love? When Seiji questioned him on his feelings for Megumi, Blue answered that Megumi is someone he loves and is precious to him. But when Seiji asked whether she’s the most precious to him, Blue couldn’t say that she’s more special and loved than anyone else when he loves everyone in the world equally.
Seiji’s concerns are absolutely valid. And I’m so glad that he’s willing to stand up for Megumi’s sake here. I still don’t like that this series is treating Megumi’s crush on Blue, an IMMORTAL ADULT, so seriously. I will never see a “Will they, won’t they” storyline involving an adult and a teenager as being okay! But I had a few thoughts that stood out to me all the same, so I’m going to share those now. Let me first say that I greatly appreciate how respectfully this whole love scenario is being treated so far, even if I really can’t stand the entire Blue/Megumi situation. Love can be a very complicated emotion. Not everyone experiences it the same way.
I’ve mentioned that I’m about as asexual as it’s possible to get. Things like “love” and “romantic attraction”... Those emotions make as much sense to me as getting a job or making house payments does to a dog. I’m not sure I even know exactly what love feels like, as cliche as that might be. I have a younger sister who can be almost as big a cuddlebug as Megumi herself. She loves hugging everyone in our family, and has often curled right up next to our mom on the arm of a recliner, just enjoying being close. By comparison, I tend to be very guarded when people get close, and I will rarely initiate a hug. I recognize that hugs are one way that people can express love, and I will often accept and return a hug, ignoring any discomfort because this action involves someone that I know and trust, and I’m well aware that a hug will make them happy. And hugs can feel very nice, but my instinctive caution and need for space can be a real barrier in cases like this. I may dislike being out in public, it makes me fairly anxious, but I’ll often go out with the rest of my family to see a concert when one of my relatives is performing, for example. Isn’t this something that’s only right to do as a family member, to show my support? Does something like this count as “love” (familial, not romantic), or is this more of a “love-adjacent” emotion, like loyalty? I’m not sure I know the answer.
That’s me. Now what about Blue? He loves and respects everyone in the world, of course. It’s his job as a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. This is to be expected. Such unconditional love might run deep, even on a DNA-level for him. But can he reciprocate the sort of attraction that Megumi’s been experiencing towards him? We already know that Mirage was somehow hurt by Blue in the past. I’ve been wondering if that triggering event might’ve been something like what we saw happen with Seiji and Rin back in Episode 25.
I could see at least two potential scenarios: Is it possible that Blue is used to seeing everyone on Earth as children, children with such short lifespans, making them that much more precious and deserving of all the love and care he can give during that short window of their existence? Then Mirage came up to him out of nowhere, expressing love on a level he’s never experienced before. It might’ve scared him, but I’ll bet at the very least it gave him a conundrum. How could Blue love Mirage, reciprocating her feelings the way she needed, without neglecting his responsibility to love everyone else in the world equally? (Don’t people in positions of power in real life have the same problem, like a mayor having lots of meetings and responsibilities to balance on top of taking care of his wife and children at the end of the day?) Did Blue turn Mirage down gently, or maybe even say that he couldn’t return her feelings because he didn’t understand them and needed some time to think it over? We don’t know what happened back then, all we’ve ever seen is the fallout that resulted from this mysterious interaction.
The other possibility could be that this has all happened before. Just as Megumi’s attraction to Blue might mirror what happened with Mirage in the past, was there someone else, further in the distant past, who shared the same feelings for Blue? Maybe he returned those feelings, maybe not, but that other girl certainly would’ve grown old and died eventually, leaving Blue alone. Can you see in this case why Blue might struggle to return this affection if Mirage came forward in her time with the very same feelings? And now it’s happening again with Megumi! Emotions are so hard, and sometimes it can seem that the only way to protect yourself against pain and uncertainty is to withdraw. I’m certainly guilty of this, and Hime has done the same in this very show. We don’t mean to hurt anyone with actions like this, but people can still get hurt, regardless.
I said it back in Episode 10, but the most likely way I could picture Blue having a successful relationship with anyone is if he somehow met a goddess/nature spirit/Creator of Another World, with whom he could share custody over both worlds. (We know that Blue exists as one such god, and we’ll meet another one later on. Who’s to say that more gods and goddesses don’t exist somewhere out in the vastness of space?)
Whatever the case may have been, I think that communication may be the only solution. I’m rather lucky in that my anxiety and quiet, isolated nature has led to me never being put into situations like this. I can only imagine the pain someone else might feel, knowing that I couldn’t return their feelings the way they deserve. I would feel horrible putting anyone through something like that, but this is part of my personality, my very nature, and it’s not something that I can control. At the very least, communication would help. Any potential relationship would require effort from both sides to make it work, wouldn’t it? If Blue was able to explain whatever might be holding him back from reciprocating love like this, maybe things could work out, or at least the parting might not be as bad as whatever now has Mirage wanting to drown the world in misery! Cicadas were singing again in today’s episode… Transcendence, rebirth, and COMMUNICATION (see Episode 26)! You need to communicate if there’s to be any hope of understanding from one side or the other.
Chapter 29: Episode 28: Landing in Hawaii! Aloha Pretty Cure Appears!
Chapter Text
Oh cool! We’re starting out in France today.
That solo French Cure -
apparently she’s called Merci Precure - is facing off against a Macaron Saiark, and it seems to be giving her a hard time.
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure!
(On revisiting this review, I’ve learned that I made a slight error. This French Cure is actually known as Cure Art, and her team name is Merci Precure. I’m not sure I understand why she’s already chosen a name for a team when she’s confirmed to be a solo Cure throughout the events of this season, but there you go. You can read about her here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure!)
Image found here: https://preppykitchen.com/french-macarons/
(And I apologize if I’m speaking the obvious, but in honor of Yuko (and really, anytime I learn about a new food): Macarons are two light, airy meringue cookies sandwiched together with a frosting filling)
She just can’t break through its guard, and in the meantime it’s tossing her around like a ragdoll.
And that’s when we get a direct callback to Episode 9!
Guess who’s just appeared on the Eiffel Tower, singing a very distinctive song about rice. Yep, Cure Honey! What’s she doing all the way over in France, though? I guess that doesn’t matter right now…
Anyway, Honey heals and empowers Cure Art so that she’s back in the fight.
This time, Art manages to launch her purifying attack, and the Macaron Saiark is finished.
Miyo reports on the victory, with Honey posing for the camera.
This is really interesting. I speculated back in Episode 11 as to why Cure Honey had been described as fighting Saiarks ever since before Megumi became a Cure, yet no one seemed to have heard of her prior to her first appearance in Episode 9. I wondered back then if she was maybe helping in other locations, hence why none of the Generals targeting Japan recognized her. My other guess was with there being three other Cures active in Pikarigaoka, and Yuko already working in her family’s lunch store, maybe she never really needed to do much before Episode 9. I’m not sure if today’s episode will answer my question, since Art didn’t seem to recognize Honey, but maybe France has never really needed help before today. Still, it’s neat to learn that Honey’s a bit of a world traveler now. Lucky her!
Okay… Hello Marine! I think you just verified why so many people online have compared you and Hime together. Goodness, I’d be a little scared to see those two join forces, honestly. Extrovert or introvert, I’m not sure the universe would survive the kind of purely reactive energy these girls can dish out!
Nevertheless, let’s all welcome Cure Marine of Heartcatch Precure today!
The first thing I noticed when we saw the Embassy today is that the cicadas are singing. It’s still Summer, so that isn’t really a surprise. But considering the last two episodes where cicadas (or their distinctive song) made an appearance… Remember that a cicada indicates rebirth, transcendence, and communication. Considering the synopsis of today’s episode, we may be looking at a fair bit of communication, at the very least. Communication often leads to understanding, so this possibility makes perfect sense to me! (I’ll try to tone it back on the symbolism, but these are the thoughts that crossed my mind as I watched. I thought other people might find them interesting, too.)
Back at the Embassy, though, Megumi confronts Yuko about her trip to France. She wants to know all the details about Yuko’s world travels,
while Iona’s rather surprised that this was kept secret from the rest of them.
Good thinking, Blue! He actually suggested that Yuko could help any other Cures worldwide who might be in trouble.
He’s likely seen how well she plays the role of Team Mom, what with her de-escalating tensions inside and outside of the Happiness Charge Team. Having Yuko share her expertise with others who could use a little extra support is genius!
By helping out when she can, Yuko not only has the opportunity to make more friends across the world, but she can also try many different foods. …Honestly, I should’ve known that food would fit in there somewhere. New friends, seeing the sights, new cuisines, is it any wonder Yuko’s become a traveler now?
(I just realized that this is a rather different take to… does this count as its own trope? Where a team of heroes has one member who wants to travel abroad for some reason, but that would involve abandoning their friends and teammates?
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Aoki_Reika
Something like this happened to Cure Beauty in Smile Precure, if I remember what I’ve read correctly.
Image found here: https://sailormoon.fandom.com/wiki/Ami_Mizuno_/_Sailor_Mercury_(anime)
Didn’t it also happen to Ami/Sailor Mercury in Sailor Moon? In both cases, the girl in question chose to stay with her team until the war was over. In Happiness Charge, Yuko’s already traveling, and there’s nothing hinting that she’ll have to stop anytime soon. What a neat twist!)
I had to laugh at this screenshot. What a way to show off some seriously mixed emotions! Can you guys tell which girls maybe don’t handle surprises so well, and which ones tend to go with the flow?
Oh… Oh dear. Now I feel bad for laughing. Hime wraps Yuko in a hug, worried that Yuko’s planning to leave their team.
Poor Hime! Just as we saw in Episode 26, she still really fears being left behind and losing those she cares for. Considering her background with the Blue Sky Kingdom and Axia… I wonder if this poor kid will ever be able to fully get over her abandonment issues. Admittedly, Hime tends to be very reactive, but… I’m not just seeing things, am I? She looks legitimately worried, and I’m not sure that Hime’s nearly as huggy as Megumi usually is. (If this ends up with me having to rewatch the series again to create a Hug Counter for these girls, I swear that I’m going to lose my mind!)
And what about Iona? Even she looks rather concerned, though maybe not to the extremes that Hime’s expressing. And doesn’t that make a lot of sense, considering that she’s lost her sister. Both Hime and Iona are clearly doing a fair bit better, now that they’re part of a very close-knit group of friends, and certainly the stability and love they’ve gotten from Megumi and Yuko has done a world of good. But it’s interesting, and really sad, when you can see the hairline cracks, the uncertainties that start to appear, when Iona and Hime realize that their lives might be getting shaken up once again. What do you guys think?
Unfortunately, there’s no time to address these sorts of worries because out of nowhere, this cute little red fairy with a flower accessory comes flying in through a mirror,
crashing directly into Megumi’s face. (At a quick first glance, her backpack/shell pattern mirrors the spots patterning Glasses and Ribbon, though her main color is clearly red. That’s three fairies we’ve seen now, so maybe I was wrong about a fairy’s spots depicting their respective Cures’ colors. I’ll keep watching because I’m fairly certain we’ll see at least one more fairy before this season wraps up, and I’ll reserve my final conclusion for that time.) I can’t remember from some of the past episodes I’ve seen before, is this a trend with Pretty Cure in general? The “panicked fairy crashing into a (soon-to-be) Pink Cure’s face,” I mean. I could’ve sworn something like this happened in Episode 1 of Heartcatch, for example. Just a second, please, let me check!
Heartcatch Episode 1
Yep, there we go.
I guess Megumi’s keeping up this tradition for us today.
Anyway, this little sweetheart is Aloalo,
and she’s panicking because her Cure Team, the Aloha Precure, seems to be having some trouble with their recent battles.
Blue knows that the Aloha girls are a two-person team, so there’s that. We’ll have to learn more when we actually see them.
In any case, Yuko’s ready to help anyone who may need a little support. It’s a chance to make new friends, and of course a chance to try another country’s cuisine.
Loco moco, Yuko? I’ve never heard of it… The first recipe I found for the dish described this as a helping of rice topped with a hamburger, gravy, and a fried egg.
Image and Recipe found here: https://www.allrecipes.com/recipe/272767/chef-johns-loco-moco/
Oh my gosh, that looks and sounds amazing! I’m definitely going to have to set aside a day to give this a try sometime, hopefully in the very near future!
Hime’s not about to let Yuko go traveling alone, not now that she knows this is a thing.
Awww! Megumi wants to help out, too.
Iona’s intrigued with the idea of helping other Cures worldwide.
Yuko agrees to have everyone come along with her. Sweet, we get to meet another team in Hawaii today!
Before I go on, I thought I’d talk briefly about another complaint that I’ve seen regarding the Happiness Charge season. Usually, any given Pretty Cure season will focus on one team which consists of anywhere from two to six Cures, from what I’ve read. Happiness Charge shakes things up a bit by having many more Cures in countries all around the world fighting off a global invasion. The scale is certainly much bigger this time, and yet this season focuses exclusively on this one team based in Japan. I can agree that I’d love to see more of this concept of multiple Cure Teams being shown off, but if the writers did that we wouldn’t have gotten to know any of these four girls as well as we have so far. That’s hardly fair to the Happiness Charge girls, considering the focus every other season’s team has received.
I have to wonder if, given the fact that this season has been treated as the 10th Anniversary of the Pretty Cure Franchise, the plan was initially to have a sequel series, as happened with the original Futari Wa Pretty Cure and then Yes! Precure 5. Maybe today’s episode was even a “pilot,” meant to demonstrate proof of concept for something like Happiness Charge: The War Chapters. (Likely not under that name, though!) Unfortunately, this season doesn’t seem to be very popular, now or when it first came out, so if something like that was the plan, it couldn’t happen because there was no way to justify it with such low ratings. It’s a real shame, but I guess that puts it up to any fans to add to the worldbuilding on their own. Anybody feel up to the challenge?
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure!#Russian_Pretty_Cure
I know I’d love to learn a bit more about that solo Russian Cure (Look up some Russian fairy tales if you have time, then tell me that you wouldn’t want to see
Vasilissa the Beautiful (Soyuzmultfilm, 1977) - Baba Yaga’s house, a hut that stands on chicken legs and can move around on command
Vasilissa the Beautiful (Soyuzmultfilm, 1977) - Baba Yaga flying in her giant mortar, steering with a broom
a “Baba Yaga” or “Koschei the Immortal” Saiark!),
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure!#American_Pretty_Cure
and maybe the Bomber Girls. (A Showdown at High Noon? Or maybe Annie Oakley and Buffalo Bill’s Wild West, perhaps? Read more here: https://buffalobill.org/history-research/history-of-buffalo-bill/ and here: https://centerofthewest.org/explore/buffalo-bill/research/annie-oakley/)
(On second thought, I hope to goodness that Russian Cure has never had to face a Koschei Saiark. There’s Hard Mode, and then there’s Nightmare Mode! In the fairy tales, Koschei couldn’t be killed unless you found and destroyed his “death,” which was kept outside of his body, actually sealed within a sewing needle, which was kept inside a (possibly unbreakable) egg, which was inside a duck, trapped inside a rabbit, which was kept in a locked chest chained in the topmost branches of an enormous oak tree at the top of a steep cliff at the end of the world. How would a Saiark battle work if it incorporated those kinds of elements? Maybe one boss monster, but it has to be purified five or six different times before it’s finally defeated? Would this look like a video game final boss, with each life bar having its own different form? Or could it function like the Mother and Son Saiarks from Episode 23, where the bigger Saiark can’t be beaten until you defeat each form of the smaller one, which is either constantly running away or sniping at you while you’re still trying to avoid the big one… I’m sorry, I’ll stop now!)
Fortune helps everyone get ready, using the Resort Dress Card for the occasion.
And this may be the first time we’ve seen all four girls in the same costume at once.
Happiness Charge Episode 24
Happiness Charge Episode 24
(No, wait, I think they all had matching dresses at the end of Episode 24. Since we didn’t see them transform, though, I’ll still count today as the first time, if that’s okay. I tend to count Costume Card uses by the screenshot that showcases each transformation. It makes it easier to keep track of these things.)
Happiness Charge Episode 15
Last time something like this happened was back in Episode 15, if I remember right.
I have to say, they look very nice! Iona went along with the rest of her friends, but confesses that she’s not sure dressing up like this is strictly necessary.
Hime insists that they have to look the part if they’re traveling to Hawaii.
Now that everyone’s ready, Blue opens a portal to Hawaii. And they’re off!
Okay… Hawaii’s covered in ice.
Poor girls! Clearly something’s very wrong, if this is the result of a Saiark attack and the Aloha Team hasn’t managed to turn things around yet!
I just saw some frozen Hibiscus flowers, but we already discussed this plant back in Episode 24, so I’m going to hold off in case there’s some different symbolism meant for today. For those who need a refresher, though, the symbolism for a hibiscus flower in Hawaii is hospitality.
Poor Aloalo is so worried.
Oh gosh! She just said that half of Hawaii is stuck like this! Now I have several more questions, but I’ve rambled enough for now, so I’ll bring those up later on in this review. Let’s keep going.
Something just shook the ground, and now we’ve got our first look at the Aloha girls. I really like that one of them is an Orange Cure. (This far into the Pretty Cure Franchise, I think there’s only been one other Orange, if Cure Sunny of Smile Precure counts.
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Hino_Akane
Okay, she definitely counts, or else I’m very confused with Pretty Cure color schemes in general!)
Back to Hawaii, though, it looks like her partner is a Blue Cure.
When I mentioned Aloalo’s spot pattern earlier in today’s review, I said that it mirrors Glasses and Ribbon’s own designs. Now I know for sure that this spot pattern does not change to reflect the members of a Cure Team which a fairy aids. Otherwise Aloalo would be sporting orange and blue spots, not the uniform pink, blue, yellow, and purple. (Another theory bites the dust!) Still, I’d like to be able to see at least one more fairy to confirm if this is the case. Once I do, I’ll talk more at that point.
Oh wow, the Aloha Precure are facing down a Fire Dancer Saiark. That’s so awesome!
Disney’s Lilo and Stitch (2002)
Apparently fire dancing is a huge tradition in Hawaii, often taking place as part of luaus that many guests and locals to the islands can enjoy today. This Saiark uses a wooden staff with fire at each end (as you can see above with David and Stitch), but fire dancers can also use knives, nunchucks,
Snow Queen 3: Fire and Ice (2016)
Snow Queen 3: Fire and Ice (2016)
Snow Queen 3: Fire and Ice (2016)
bowl (ball?) meteors (a length of rope with a knot or ball at the end which can be lit on fire), and even flaming jump ropes! (You can read about it here: https://www.discover-hawaii.com/big-island/articles/hawaiian-fire-dancers-a-spectacle-like-no-other_662/)
Sorry for geeking out like that. Let’s see how the Aloha girls are doing right now. Cure Sunset, while an Orange Cure, seems to be acting rather like a “Pink Leader,” saying that they need to act immediately to defeat the Saiark and reverse the damage to their home.
She’s very good at taking the fight to the enemy, but easily gets caught off guard when the Fire Dancer Saiark throws a punch.
And that’s when Cure Wave leaps in front of Sunset, taking the brunt of the blow when both girls are hit aside.
Unfortunately, Sunset’s angry with Wave’s interference, while Wave can’t understand why Sunset keeps blindly charging in,
and now the Phantom Empire General is egging on their argument.
Oh, the classic thinker/doer matchup. But it doesn’t seem to be working out so well today. Aloalo did say that her team’s been struggling lately. I haven’t watched this movie yet, but something about the whole thinker/doer pairing reminds me of a clip or two I saw on Youtube from the All Stars DX3 movie. All the teams in this movie were split up into three groups including Pinks, Blue/Greens, and Yellow/Red/Purples.
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
The Blue group, while able to figure out what happened to cause them to end up out on the ocean on a bunch of wrecked ships,
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
as well as how best to fix the problem,
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
was unable to act out a strategy before the enemies started attacking.
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
Meanwhile, the Pink group was mostly able to act and react to all the monsters threatening them,
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
but without a way to figure out a solid plan to get out of there,
Pretty Cure All Stars DX3
they were just getting beaten around and were unable to find any way to escape. Together, and with more friends from the Yellow/Red/Purple group to help in the fight, you have a very potent combination, but separated as they were… It was rough! No wonder Sunset and Wave are struggling today, with Madam Momere fanning the flames of anger and confusion!
As for today’s enemy leader… Meet Madam Momere, the General in charge of invading Hawaii.
Oh boy. This right here is probably going to get me lynched, but for the sake of honesty: If you’re reading these reviews, you’ve been getting to “watch” Happiness Charge through my eyes, my worldview. This might be one part of my worldview (No, I will NEVER say “my truth.” I actually consider that argument to be the height of arrogance, and a terrifyingly dangerous argument to boot!) that will be very unpopular.
I grew up watching cartoons like Looney Tunes, and some of the funniest moments with characters like Bugs Bunny were the bits where he put on a dress and pretended to be a girl in order to escape being hunted by Elmer Fudd and others. Whatever Bugs Bunny thought or felt about doing this, it was only ever treated as a joke in the cartoon. Nowadays, though… I feel like somewhere along the way I woke up in an alternate dimension because people are doing things like this regularly in daily life. What’s stranger still is they expect everyone else to play along, as though this is something that’s perfectly normal and hasn’t seemed to magically appear out of nowhere within the last several years. I’m not going to attack someone for having a different worldview than me, but please don’t threaten my way of life just because I may not agree with you. I miss the days when the world was sane, when someone could say that they like mint chocolate chip ice cream, and another person could argue that fudge ripple is better, and at the end of the day maybe they’d just agree to disagree.
As for my view regarding this topic, of genders, transitioning, drag, and so on, I consider it about as dangerous - - please put down the torches and guns for just a second! - - as peanut butter and tall buildings.
…
…
…May I continue now? Maybe some people like peanut butter, maybe some don’t, but can we all agree that for a certain percentage of the population, those with nut allergies, peanut butter is actually deadly and might as well be placed in grocery stores right alongside products like rat poison? As for tall buildings/skyscrapers, doesn’t the same logic apply? Maybe they’re not the most attractive structures out there, but these buildings are usually structurally sound (designed to be earthquake safe, for example) and are a great way to house many people in areas where there’s not room for everyone to live in their own home. I’ve seen in movies that some skyscrapers even have viewing platforms built in with mounted binoculars so that visitors can enjoy the view. All well and good, but what if one of the people on that viewing platform is depressed and suicidal? Or what if someone up there has serious anger and aggression issues? Suddenly such a normal, perfectly safe structure has the potential to be a deadly threat!
I already question my own sanity on a regular basis as it is, just going through daily life with my condition. Add in topics like gender, drag, and so on… Maybe you can understand why I might not choose to read or watch anything where these subjects are brought up. Consider how nowadays stories are often published with trigger warnings. I didn’t understand why such things might be necessary until I became depressed. Now I know… Oh boy, do I know!
I consider myself among a certain percentage of the population that may actually be at risk with the gender chaos going on right now. (This group includes little kids, of course. It’s one thing if you’re talking about someone making choices like this who is old enough to understand what they’re doing. But what about a little child who actually learns by mimicking the people around them? Someone so innocent that they’ll pass over a hundred dollar bill because no, they want a yummy marshmallow instead… Do you realize how dangerous this is?) Lecture over. Wow, I’m sorry for that long ramble! Let’s continue on for now. I can’t promise I won’t go off on any more tangents, but I’ll try to ease up a bit because this is getting ridiculous!
The Fire Dancer Saiark launches an enormous fireball at the downed Cures.
Oh, that did it, they’re depowered. These girls are tough, though, because even stuck in in-between form, Sunset isn’t ready to quit just yet.
And then Madam Momere says to ditch Cure Wave (Sunset’s sister) and fight alone instead. These two are sisters? Oof! That makes things even harder, in some ways. Wave and Sunset wouldn’t need to hide their identities, and meeting up for a fight would likely be much easier, what with living in the same home, but siblings have a real talent for getting on each others’ last nerves sometimes. At least this explains why the Aloha girls were arguing so much.
Madam Momere leaves, with Aloalo and the Happiness Charge girls rushing over to make sure Sunset and Wave are okay.
After that loss, the girls have all met up at the Aloha girls’ home to figure out what needs to be done.
Sunset (Ohana) is being a bit stubborn, saying that they don’t need any help.
When Wave (Olina) argues otherwise, Ohana gets fed up and admits that she wouldn’t even fight alongside Olina if they weren’t sisters.
Ouch! Emotions are still running high after that loss, clearly.
Come to think of it, now’s as good a time as any to bring up my questions from when Yuko and the others first arrived in Hawaii: Aloalo said that half of Hawaii is covered in ice right now. We haven’t seen any sign of Ohana and Olina’s parents yet, or anyone else in the area (and we never do while this crisis is in effect). Whenever a Saiark has attacked Pikarigaoka, the civilians evacuate the area, returning after the battle is over. But the Aloha girls have been suffering a considerable losing streak, if Aloalo took it upon herself to go get help from Blue. Is there an evacuation strategy in place for situations like this? Does Hawaii (or any country) have shelters where the civilians can stay out of range of the worst of these attacks long enough for the Cures to save the day? Or if a long enough time passes with no Cure victory, are any locals evacuated from the area entirely and treated as refugees until their homes are restored?
Remember this? (Happiness Charge Episode 2)
(This would likely have to happen for those living on islands, for example. Imagine if one of those Saiarks involved volcanoes! If the Cures are struggling with threats like this, what does it mean for the citizens of that area currently held under siege?!)
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Okay, last train of thought for now. We’ve seen what it looks like when Phantom takes out one of these Cures, but what does that mean for the country that has to face this loss? I guess if Phantom’s involved, all the other citizens would be trapped in mirrors (see Episode 21), so they wouldn’t be aware of the situation. As you can see in the map above, the dark areas remain under the Phantom Empire’s control. Is it possible to send another Cure Team to England, for example, after the English Cure was taken out (see Episode 14) and still weed out the enemy influence, turning the area white on the map once more? And by freeing the trapped civilians, is it possible that another girl could become the new Cure for that country until someone finds a way to rescue all those lost Cures who are now imprisoned in the Precure Graveyard? Happiness Charge may not be a very well-liked season, but I have to admit that I’ve loved seeing all the worldbuilding and the ideas that it’s given me to think about. I’m very sorry if it gets irritating to read these reviews with all my random tangents!
Back with the girls, though, it looks like the Aloha sisters are having a breakdown in communication.
Ohana’s annoyed that Olina keeps getting in her way, holding things back with her doubts and caution.
Meanwhile Olina needs time to think things through in order to know how best to act in any fight. This really is a lot like the All Stars DX3 situation, huh?
Poor Aloalo is in tears because neither girl can stop fighting.
And now Iona’s mad! It’s sweet how much she cares about Aloalo, not wanting her to be sad, but Iona’s outburst isn’t helping things, either.
Megumi and Hime try to break it up before things get worse.
Now it’s Yuko’s turn to act. Have I mentioned yet that Yuko’s amazing? Because she is!
The first thing she does is give both sisters a Honey Candy.
Then she opens up the basket she brought for this trip, pulling out a full set of lunches from her family’s restaurant.
Yuko did this back in Episode 6, feeding Hime so that her immediate needs were taken care of, and only then did she address the current problem, when Hime was ready and able to listen.
Today, Ohana and Olina are tired, frustrated, and likely starving after all the fighting they’ve done.
So as before, Yuko sets out to address the immediate physical needs first.
After a lunch break, both sisters explain the situation. Ever since Madam Momere took charge, they’ve never won a fight.
What’s worse, this has led to their teamwork breaking down, leading to more losses still. What a vicious cycle! These poor girls!
Yuko then asks what they want to do going forward.
Ohana wants to restore Hawaii so that she can enjoy the sunshine and beautiful nature again.
Olina wants the same, longing for the beauty of the ocean that they’ve likely been missing ever since Hawaii became a frozen tundra.
Yuko’s relieved, saying that both girls want the very same thing,
so they should be able to work together towards a common goal, even with their different motivations for doing so.
She promises that her own team, Happiness Charge, will be happy to help them succeed.
Finally, Ohana and Olina are able to apologize for their earlier arguments. That’s definitely a good start.
Way to go, Yuko!
While Aloalo is relieved that her Cures are feeling better, and Glasses is impressed with Yuko’s ability to reach out to others (Me too, Glasses!),
Hime’s still worried that she’s losing Yuko, since traveling the world is something that she’ll likely keep doing now and in the future.
Megumi answers that Yuko is always kind to everyone she meets, so there’s no need to worry.
And that’s when Madam Momere appears on the scene. She’s not happy that the glorious fighting that she’s been enjoying has stopped for now.
She looks ready to attack again, with a crowd of Choiarks and even a second Saiark. No kill like overkill when it comes to beating down on a Cure Team that’s already struggling…
Okay, so that’s two Saiarks for today. The Fire Dancer Saiark and a… Its head looks like a palm tree and its hands look like they’re balled up into fists (or they could be coconuts). I’m going to call the second Saiark a Coconut Saiark for now.
If you remember back in Episode 8, Lovely and Princess were taken by surprise and beaten when they unexpectedly had to fight two Saiarks at once, needing Fortune to intervene to save the day. That was when Lovely and Princess’s teamwork had improved enough for them to start performing combo attacks. The Aloha Precure, who’ve already been struggling to function as a team, would be in serious trouble today, but thankfully they aren’t the only Cures on the scene right now.
In any case, Ohana
and Olina transform.
Madam Momere doesn’t look threatened yet, simply ordering the Choiarks to attack.
And while Sunset and Wave charge into the fray, Megumi and everyone else also transforms, ready to act as backup.
Oh, so Momere didn’t notice the Happiness Charge girls were here today? Wait, they weren’t in Cure form when she first saw them, so maybe she didn’t realize who they were until just now. Got it!
Sunset and Wave manage to beat away several Choiarks before coming face-to-face with that Fire Dancer Saiark from before. Credit to the Aloha girls, they don’t hesitate to charge right back in, no matter how badly this thing beat them earlier today.
Sunset lands a powerful blow, followed by Wave, who misses…
Ah, their teamwork still has a long way to go! Iona might need to set up another Training Camp (see Episode 24) for these two. Maybe she could make Ohana and Olina play a few rounds of Beach Volleyball so that they can practice communicating their positions on the battlefield, as well as any intended actions, and then they can learn how to set up combo attacks for the future? Right now, Sunset and Wave are doing their own thing, and each girl following her own battle instincts without accounting for a partner’s presence is really throwing things off.
Because Wave missed in her followup attack, the Saiark has time to recover, hitting both girls away with its staff.
Meanwhile, Honey ensnares a group of Choiarks with “Honey Ribbon Spiral.” Good for her!
The Aloha girls are going to need to win this fight on their own, but that doesn’t mean that the Happiness Charge girls can’t take out a few extra variables, smoothing the path forward. Isn’t this something that can be done in RPG games like Pokemon? When you have a lower level party member, the only way to help them improve is to let them earn experience in battle. And one way to do this is to bring out a heavy hitter to weaken the opponent first, then let the party member in need of experience finish things off. Do this enough times and the team will balance out fairly quickly. It’s really cool to see this happening in a show, not a game setting, though.
While Honey has the Choiarks trapped, she calls for Lovely to take them down.
Which Lovely does by flying into the air, encasing herself in pink energy,
and CRASHING DOWN ONTO THE CHOIARKS LIKE A METEOR! Holy cow! I can’t stop laughing, but that was rather terrifying all the same.
More Choiarks charge in, but Lovely’s there to meet the onslaught.
Then she reaches for a PreCard. Yeah, I figured that Lovely would go for Cherry Flamenco today. What better choice is there for a frozen battlefield?
While Flamenco Lovely takes out her opponents, Ribbon turns to Princess with another PreCard.
Good thinking, Ribbon! If ever there was a day for Princess to use Macadamia Hula Dance, it’s today! I would’ve been very disappointed if she didn’t use this Form Change in Hawaii, of all places.
While the Coconut Saiark is distracted and calm,
Hula Princess calls for Fortune to finish it off, which she does.
The Aloha girls are stunned to see such a high level of power and teamwork. Here’s hoping that with a little practice and learning to coordinate around each other’s unique styles, these two will manage to someday reach this level as well. In any case, the Choiarks and Coconut Saiark are finished, so it’s down to Sunset and Wave to deal with the Fire Dancer Saiark themselves.
Aloalo certainly believes they can succeed. They’re so close, too. It’s just this last Saiark, girls, you can do it!
Madam Momere orders the Fire Dancer Saiark to attack, and it lights up its staff to resume the battle.
When it throws this flaming weapon at Sunset,
Wave dashes in to take the hit.
And unlike last time this happened, Sunset now realizes that Wave was trying to protect her.
These two are sisters, and I have no idea who is older or younger. Does it really matter in the end? Wave can’t bear to see her sister get hurt, and if that means taking a blow for her to keep her safe, then she’ll do it!
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Lovely
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Happiness Charge Episode 3
and Princess have been like this since day one, too. (Yes, I’m aware that Princess isn’t technically “taking a hit” for Lovely, but she was too physically weak to do this back then. The best she could do was distract the Saiarks long enough for Lovely to get out of the danger zone.)
Madam Momere isn’t impressed with Wave’s sacrifice, still thinking that Sunset should cast Wave aside and fight on her own.
Sunset isn’t falling for it this time. Wave may be uncertain and not the most reliable at times, but she’s Sunset’s sister and ally in this battle. Yes! Never forget who the real enemy is, especially when they’ll try really hard to cause division and strife in order to weaken the heroes in the fight, as we’ve seen with Madam Momere.
Wave similarly knows that Sunset is very impulsive and a bit selfish, but they’re still family!
Momere can’t understand why none of her usual divide-and-conquer tactics are working anymore.
Sunset and Wave explain that Honey helped them put things into perspective, making them realize that even with their differences, both girls share the very same goal.
You know, in some ways Madam Momere may be even more dangerous than Oresky was when he first appeared in Episode 8. He was merely strong with some very clever battle tactics.
Madam Momere is one of those people who seems to get a kick out of making other people mad, kind of like internet trolls.
The more you react, the more they enjoy it, and they’ll pick and pick and pick and pick… Until they succeed in wearing someone else down, one way or the other.
Honey steps in here, revealing that while Madam Momere is causing strife, hatred, and endless fighting, her own heart has grown ice cold.
Wait just a minute! Madam Momere’s heart is ice cold, so her Saiarks spread ice… What does this mean for Generals like Hosshiiwa (sweets), Namakelder (mold), and Oresky (wasteland)? Darn it, Honey! I’m going off on so many tangents already, and now I have to puzzle this out, too?! Seriously, though, this is fascinating stuff! I mentioned before that I binge-watched the rest of this season in order to determine if I could keep up my reviews or if I’d have to stop with Episode 24. Today’s episode alone is one of several different reasons that I decided to keep going. I’ve already written my thoughts on Hosshiiwa, Namakelder, and Oresky, and even some on the final big bad of the series. I just need to cover Phantom and Queen Mirage now. By the time this episode review is posted, I may have a document with my thoughts on these characters available as well. At least, I’ll try to do so. Uploading everything is going to be such a nightmare…
(Finished as of this posting. You can read these observations in Chapter 11 of the “Supplemental Chapters.” Includes thoughts on Hosshiiwa, Namakelder, Oresky, Phantom, Queen Mirage, and [SPOILERS FOR NOW]. No Madam Momere because one episode alone doesn’t offer enough data for any reasonable attempt. Please understand that this chapter will contain spoilers all the way through to the end of Happiness Charge, so it’s up to you to decide whether to read it now or wait until every episode is finally finished.)
Madam Momere’s done listening, and while she orders the Saiark to finish this fight,
Honey heals the Aloha Precure so they can finish things off at last.
We’ll never know if Sunset and Wave have their own individual purifying attacks (they should, since all four members of the Happiness Charge Team do), because these girls are now so in sync that they go straight into pulling off a Team Attack, “Precure Hawaiian Lino Ahua!”
Both girls summon a huge energy flower, shooting it into the Saiark.
The Fire Dancer Saiark is finished.
Madam Momere is ticked off and leaves, vowing to win next time.
And finally, the ice melts as Hawaii is restored to a tropical paradise.
Looks like Yuko and the rest of her friends got to enjoy some Loco Moco today after all.
I’ve said it a few times now, but do yourself a favor and don’t watch this show when you’re hungry!
Ribbon’s all set to summon today’s PreCard, and now I have a few more questions. “A popular die” (dice cube)?
Before I keep going to see what kind of outfit this translates into, I was wondering how things work if you have two separate Cure Teams who have to work together to fight off an attack. Do fairies from both groups earn Cards from the victory? And if so, what happens when one of the groups is less experienced and hasn’t earned a wish yet, while the other one has and now earns no more than one Card per battle? Can the lower-leveled team still earn multiple Cards? So maybe the Aloha girls earned, for example, three, while the Happiness Charge girls only earned their typical one? Again, we’ll likely never know, but it’s certainly interesting to think about, isn’t it?
Okay, that’s… Definitely a costume, though I’ve never seen anything like it before. If our girls ever use this PreCard I’ll be sure to show it off, but let’s keep going for now.
Ohana and Olina are very grateful that Yuko helped them patch things up so that they can continue working together as a team.
And Yuko’s happy because now that she has the opportunity to help Cures in trouble around the world, she’s able to make new friends, see new places, and try amazing new foods. Win, win, win!
Megumi and Iona now have a better understanding of Yuko’s interest in traveling, but Hime’s still being dramatic, worried that Yuko’s drifting away from them.
Yuko herself appears to explain that even if she keeps up her traveling she’ll always be a friend and member of the Happiness Charge Team.
That earns her another Hime Hug,
while Blue, who’s been watching over everything today, wonders if the Happiness Charge girls, now that they’ve grown so much as individuals and as a team,
may be able to reawaken the powers of the “Shining Make Dresser.”
And he’s holding the Axia Box as he says this.
Whoa! So this isn’t even the Axia Box’s true form? It was maybe depowered or broken when it was made to act as a prison for Mirage and the rest of the Phantom Empire forces, but now it can regain its true function once more? That’s… that sounds AMAZING!
Zelda the Minish Cap (GBA, 2005)
Are we sure these plot elements weren’t meant for a video game, a last epic side quest before the final battles and a takedown of the final boss? I said back in Episode 13 that we’d be seeing the Axia Box again in the future, and it looks like that time is now. But we’ll have to wait to see it, because today’s episode ends here.
Chapter 30: Episode 29: Axia's True Form! Shining Make Dresser!
Chapter Text
We pick up where last episode ended, with Blue focusing on the Axia Box.
Megumi goes running through the Embassy to find him, probably ready to talk about all their adventures in Hawaii.
She finds him opening Axia and wonders if this is safe.
Blue reminds her that the Axia Box is completely empty, so opening it now makes no difference. Megumi then asks if he plans to seal Mirage back inside the Axia Box.
Blue says that he can’t see any other solution when she keeps attacking and threatening life everywhere on Earth. Megumi clearly recognizes that this is something that Blue doesn’t want to do.
Unfortunately, if this war is ever going to end, Blue has to make a choice on dealing with Mirage, so he thinks that it’s time to talk about Axia.
Before we really get going, let’s take a minute to welcome Cure Peace of Smile Precure today!
Blue starts off by revealing that the Axia Box originally had another function, besides serving as a prison for Queen Mirage and the forces of the Phantom Empire.
It was always meant to power up Cures, to help them in a fight.
If it can be restored to its true form, it may give the Happiness Charge girls the edge they need to finally win this war! While Megumi still looks very concerned, knowing that Blue is hiding his true feelings about following such a strategy, Hime, Yuko, and Iona are thrilled to learn this new information about Axia.
Iona especially wants to do whatever is necessary to take Mirage down, knowing that this may be the only way to save her sister and all the other lost Cures worldwide.
That’s when Megumi interrupts, rejecting this plan of attack.
She reveals what Blue could not, that he doesn’t actually want to fight Mirage at all.
Blue tries to explain that his personal feelings don’t matter, not when the fate of the Earth is at stake.
Mirage and her Empire are an ever-present threat, one that has to be taken down.
Happiness Charge Episode 2
But this is Megumi we’re talking about, the girl whose whole motivation for becoming a Cure in the first place was for EVERYONE to be happy.
Including both Blue and Queen Mirage…
Oof! It’ll be tough to make things work out, if they can at all. Sometimes there really is no way to bridge the gap between opposing sides in an argument or war, but this is Pretty Cure. If ever there was a chance of such a thing happening, it would have to be within this Franchise.
Iona’s upset now, because it’s Mirage’s fault that there’s so much pain and suffering in the world today.
Who cares whether she’s saved, let alone happy?
There are a lot of wrongs that need to be undone, like freeing those Cures currently imprisoned by the Phantom Empire,
including Iona’s own sister, Maria. How can any of them be saved unless Mirage is beaten?
It looks like a standoff… Within the very same team, no less! As the Team Leader, Megumi may be the one to make the final decision, but if she wants her friends to back her up she’s really going to need to consider everyone’s views before making a call.
Iona has left the Embassy to do a little thinking about these new revelations. I had to smile because she’s eating a Honey Candy and Yuko’s right there with her. Is it time for Yuko to work her magic yet again (see Episode 28)?
Awww! Iona feels really bad for losing her temper with Megumi.
Yuko’s very sympathetic, even admitting that she’s glad Iona plainly expressed her feelings about the situation.
Yuko wants everyone to be at peace, able to enjoy good food together, but she knows very well that sometimes this just doesn’t work.
While she knows this, Yuko finds it hard to explain such difficulties to Megumi, who’s so optimistic, and maybe a bit naive at times.
When Iona asks what Yuko plans to do now,
Yuko answers that she doesn’t know yet, but she hopes that everyone can find the answers together. Wow! These girls are AMAZING! I wish more of the adults in the world today could be half as mature as these kids are right now!
Meanwhile, Megumi needs some advice of her own, so she calls Seiji over her Cure Line for help.
And she’s hugging a chicken plushie close while she does so… (Maybe the toy chicken was a gift from Hime, considering how many of those plushies she has in her own bedroom)
Poor Megumi! It’s never fun to be caught in the middle, least of all when at first glance there is no easy way for two opposing sides to be satisfied. Not everyone’s always going to end up being happy!
I think Megumi’s starting to realize this, because where in the past she hasn’t always taken Seiji’s warnings to think things through very seriously, she really wants his advice tonight.
In this case, Seiji believes that Megumi can help work things out on her own, just by being her naturally sweet, loving self.
As long as she’s very honest and clear about her feelings and what she wants to do to help everyone in this situation, it should be enough to get through to Iona and Blue. And with them all on the same page, maybe something can be arranged that will satisfy everyone.
Seiji’s great! Just as Megumi has always offered to be there if someone needs a listening ear, Seiji promises Megumi that he’s here if she ever needs help.
Everyone needs a trustworthy confidant!
Awww! Stop being so cute, please! Now it’s Hime’s turn to help out, and she’s gone to talk with Blue, offering him some homemade rice balls.
I really like that cooking is a thing that she does now, likely an interest she picked up from Yuko way back in Episode 6.
Image found here: https://www.okonomikitchen.com/vegan-onigiri-japanese-rice-ball-recipe/
I’ve never made something like rice balls before, so I have no idea how difficult it is to put them together. Hime’s first attempt is pretty rough, but the fact that she cares so much to be willing to try, to offer something to Blue, who’s really hurting, is something I find incredibly admirable. (Here’s a neat website that teaches how to make basic rice balls, or “onigiri,” if you want to learn more: https://www.okonomikitchen.com/vegan-onigiri-japanese-rice-ball-recipe/)
After a little snarking with Ribbon, who calls out Hime’s less-than-attractive first try at making this dish,
Hime explains that Yuko taught her the importance of eating well, since it’s hard to face any sort of daily challenge when you’re feeling weak and slow due to hunger.
Hime’s so sweet! Blue and Megumi have always helped her out before, so now that they’re struggling with uncertainties, Hime’s taking a turn to pay back the favor.
Good point, Hime! Now isn’t that an interesting thought… Blue is the god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth, so how does his mood impact the functions of the world itself? I’m not saying that if Blue gets angry then thunderstorms or hurricanes start forming, but certainly if his mood is down, might it be possible that his powers may not be able to keep things running as smoothly as they should? Consider how people who suffer from Depression are struggling with a negative mood that won’t recover on its own, and yet how easily this mental/emotional imbalance translates into physical ailments like weakness, lethargy, and so on. It’s certainly an intriguing question, but whatever the case may be, Hime’s more worried about Blue himself.
Just like Yuko, Megumi, and Seiji before her, Hime’s happy to be a listening ear anytime he needs it.
Meanwhile, over in the Phantom Empire, Queen Mirage is staring into a mirror (the Deep Mirror?) at an image of the Earth.
She’s clearly remembering Blue at the same time, but interestingly enough, she doesn’t look angry right now. Maybe just as Blue has been remembering and regretting their bad history, Mirage has been feeling somewhat the same?
Whatever she’s thinking at this moment, the Deep Mirror snaps her out of it. More on that later.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Blue’s returned to the Pikari Shrine, which he last visited with Megumi back in Episode 13.
Speaking of Megumi, she managed to track him down here when she couldn’t find him at the Embassy.
I think that she’s already taking Seiji’s advice, because Megumi tells Blue plainly that she doesn’t like seeing him sad, which he always is whenever he thinks about Mirage.
Megumi wants to help somehow, but how can she when she still doesn’t know the full story of what happened between Blue and Mirage?
By this time, the rest of their group has caught up.
Iona, who was so opposed to any other ideas yesterday, admits that she’s gotten used to seeing all of the Phantom Empire as the enemy, an obstacle to be overcome in order to restore world peace.
Blue agrees with her that this conflict cannot go on.
But Iona then says that she can still see Megumi’s side of this argument, too.
If there truly is a way to resolve things peacefully, Iona thinks it’s worth trying.
They need to understand what happened if there’s to be any chance of finding such a solution.
Blue agrees. Just like in Episode 19, where Blue and Ribbon recognized that Hime hiding the secret of Axia was hurting her, and by extension Megumi and Yuko, he now knows that it’s time to lay everything bare.
No more secrets.
Blue summons a mirror to show what happened. He explains that he first met Mirage three hundred years ago, at this very shrine.
She was an ordinary shrine maiden then, and they eventually grew close, just spending a lot of time together.
Hime wonders if Blue and Mirage were lovers,
(Poor Megumi!)
and Blue admits that he did love Mirage very much.
But because of his godly duties to look after the Earth, and everyone on it, he didn’t see how he could give Mirage the love that she wanted. As I’ve mentioned before, what kind of god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth would he be if he allowed his love for one person to outweigh his love and responsibility to the rest of the world?
He couldn’t see a way that he could fulfill his duties and return Mirage’s feelings simultaneously, so he turned Mirage down.
And after that day, Mirage was never the same.
Let me take a quick minute here and share a few thoughts. It would appear that some of my initial ideas, like me wondering whether Blue recognized “love” and felt it in return for Mirage, were wrong. That’s okay, I’m always happy to learn a little bit more regarding world-building.
Image found here: https://english-grammar-lessons.com/hedgehog-dilemma-meaning/
I will say that Blue’s situation reminds me of a scenario in psychology called “The Hedgehog’s Dilemma.”
Image found here: https://english-grammar-lessons.com/hedgehog-dilemma-meaning/
Basically, the Hedgehog’s Dilemma describes a situation where two or more hedgehogs are suffering from the cold. They like hugs, and hugs would warm them up, so they hug. But hedgehogs are covered in hundreds of little prickles, and the little creatures keep poking each other every time they get too close. When they retreat a bit to avoid getting pricked, they get cold again. How do you reconcile these two extremes? In the end, is it better for the hedgehogs to just suffer alone in the cold to prevent themselves from getting poked by hundreds of little spines every time they try getting close to someone else? Or is it better to be brave and go for the hugs for as long as they can stand it? Is there even a solid answer?
Image found here: https://www.slideshare.net/dscofield/hedgehogs-dilemma
(I did see some images that showed the hedgehogs wearing sweaters, keeping them warm and cushioning the spines so that they could still hug, but I’m afraid I have no clue how that strategy might be used in real life. Unless the idea is something like compromise and communication…)
I’m not sure that this metaphor applies to Blue exactly, but I could see a few ways that it does. What about the guilt he likely felt, fearing that he was neglecting another deserving denizen of Earth by spending so much time with Mirage? He loved her, obviously, but how was this fair to the others in the world? Or did he fear more that he would be hurt, allowing himself to feel so deeply for Mirage when she will someday grow old and die, leaving him to grieve alone? In the end, like some of the hedgehogs described in the Dilemma, Blue ended up choosing to distance himself. Whether this was to protect himself or Mirage (I’ve seen some online speculation that this was why he left her, for fear of her being harmed by others trying to get to him) doesn’t matter, we now know the end result. Maybe things could’ve been saved back then if he’d been able to fully explain why he didn’t think a relationship would work.
In any case, Mirage didn’t take this rejection very well at all. Blue realizes that her grief and pain has transformed her, because the original Mirage would never have dreamed of making the world suffer and fall into despair.
Now that she knows the full story, Megumi recognizes that Blue wants to save Mirage, if he can, to pull her out of her own despair and restore her to the person she once was.
Yuko thinks this could be possible, if only Blue would just tell Mirage how he truly feels. It might be hard, but this strategy has worked before with Hime and Iona (see Episodes 21-23).
Even Hime and Iona, hurt as they’ve been by the Phantom Empire, agree that Blue needs to apologize and try to reconnect with Mirage.
I’ll admit that communication isn’t always an answer that will succeed, but it can at least lead to understanding.
Now that the Happiness Charge girls know his history, all four of them want to help make things right.
Blue admits that he’s been running away, scared to face Mirage because she’s so angry with him, and he feels so guilty for causing her pain.
But now he knows what has to happen.
He says that they need to restore Axia to its true form, and then they can travel to the Phantom Empire directly so he can try and make amends.
Yuko looks very concerned, remembering that their powers are drastically weakened in the heart of the Empire’s territory (see Episode 15).
That’s when Blue reveals that if Axia regained its true form, it would allow the Cures to fight on equal footing. (I already know, due to the ending song, that these girls are going to gain a new powered-up form, but this other power of Axia’s sounds a little different.) Are you telling me that Axia at full power can make that big a difference?
Final Fantasy Crystal Chronicles (Gamecube, 2004) - Remastered Edition (2020)
We saw in Episode 15 that no matter what Lovely, Princess, and Honey tried, none of their attacks could do a thing because the Dark environment and being in the heart of enemy territory was too great an influence for their normal Light powers to overcome. But what if Axia provided a sort of small, portable Light Field, where any enemies caught within this region would face the Cures on equal footing, much like what we’ve seen in the day-to-day battles in Pikarigaoka? (Sorry if the above picture is kind of blurry, but I was hoping to show off the pure sphere of influence that the little winged creature (Moogle) is generating by carrying the Crystal Chalice, protecting the hero from the poisonous Miasma in the outer environment in this game. That thin blue line shows the boundary of this small region of clean, breathable air.)
Hime’s certainly impressed, but Blue warns that everyone would merely become a bigger target in the war if this is the strategy they agree to follow.
It sounds like their group is willing to take that risk, though. These kids are amazing!
Oh… Oh no. The Deep Mirror… Remember how I discussed last episode Yuko’s strategy for defusing tensions by tackling any immediate physical needs, listening to the situation, and then offering advice after everyone’s calmed down?
Meet the Deep Mirror, basically an Anti-Yuko!
He starts off by telling a bit of the truth, that Blue wants to power up Axia.
Then the Mirror goes further, playing on Mirage’s concerns about being replaced by Cure Lovely.
Mirage wakes up at this point, and her eyes are glowing red!
The Deep Mirror keeps going, building up a convincing picture that Blue wants to destroy Mirage altogether.
Has the Mirror been doing this the whole time? No wonder Blue’s never been able to reach out to Queen Mirage before! Dear heavens! Who’s really in charge here?
Now that the Mirror has painted a grim picture of endgames and “kill or be killed,” Mirage summons Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa to attack immediately, to prevent Axia from being restored.
And I should mention that instead of seeing the glass surface of the Mirror today, as we have in the past, there’s an actual person speaking, who’s either hiding within the Deep Mirror or somehow speaking through it, but from some other unknown location, like you might with a microphone through a TV screen. What is going on?!
After that rather unsettling revelation, let’s go back to Pikarigaoka.
Hime is wearing a brand new outfit, one that we’ve only seen in a flashback before.
Happiness Charge Episode 23
This is what she was wearing when she was tricked into opening Axia in the first place.
Oh thanks, Ribbon! So this is actually royal garb from the Blue Sky Kingdom. How cool! But why does she need to wear this today?
Whoa, hold on a second! Are you telling me that the royal family of the Blue Sky Kingdom are functionally priests and shrine maidens?! Is this why Blue left the Axia Box in their care for approximately three hundred years? Maybe the ambient spiritual energy from this sort of environment was required to help Axia contain the forces of the Phantom Empire, considering that Blue has said that the Box, as it is now, is in a broken, incomplete state. One final thought before we keep going, but what will this mean for the rest of the Cures worldwide? By having Hime, a member of the Happiness Charge Team, reawaken Axia to its true potential, can its ability to power up other Cures work on just anyone? Or will this only ever be able to be applied to the Happiness Charge girls, since Hime was the one to help restore the Box? I do like that today’s ceremony gives Hime a chance to redeem herself for her mistake in opening the Axia Box, though.
In any case, Hime starts today’s ceremony with a sort of dance.
Ribbon explains that when Hime dances, she’s actually gathering sacred energy that amplifies Blue’s powers.
Really, Glasses? That’s fascinating. So the Form Changes each girl has all function in much the same way?
Oh, there we go! We saw back in Episode 13 that Blue can generate a field of Light energy powerful enough to weaken the bonds that held Lovely imprisoned during Phantom’s attack.
Hime seems to have gathered enough energy for Blue to start the process of reawakening Axia today.
And that’s when Hosshiiwa, Namakelder, and Oresky appear on the scene. As Mirage ordered, they’re here to stop this ceremony of revival. This is very bad, especially since Hime won’t be able to help in the fight.
Megumi, Yuko, and Iona are prepared to fight as long as necessary so that Hime and Blue can complete the restoration of Axia, so the three girls transform.
And I should note that there are no Saiarks here today. It’s three on three, Generals vs Cures!
With no other choice, Hime continues drawing in sacred energy that Blue directs into the Axia Box itself.
Meanwhile, Fortune’s holding Oresky’s attention, and Honey’s facing down Hosshiiwa.
Even Namakelder, who is not nearly as motivated today as we’ve seen him before (see Episode 25), is giving Lovely a hard time.
Thankfully, Fortune gets enough space to pull off a brand new attack, “Fortune Comet Arrow,”
shooting out an enormous purple laser to force the Generals to back off.
But even this isn’t enough, because they look completely unaffected!
Fortunately for the Cures, Blue finally gains enough energy to finish the ceremony.
Axia is shining so brightly that the Generals are completely blinded, unable to attack further.
But this light seems to additionally have purifying qualities, because Oresky worries that they’ll become happy/purified. Just how powerful is Axia’s true form, the Shining Make Dresser, if it threatens this to a General, who’s never seemed to be in danger of any of the Cures’ purifying attacks in the past? Not even Fortune could purify Phantom (see Episode 22), yet with the Dresser boosting their powers, this might be possible? No wonder Mirage (and the Deep Mirror) were so concerned to learn about the plan to revive Axia!
I’m sorry if I’m being a little picky, but I kind of preferred Axia’s incomplete form. The Shining Make Dresser looks a bit too much like a Fisher Price toy for me to take seriously. (Yes, I know that this is likely a toy that could be bought when this show was airing on TV. It still breaks the immersion a bit, though.) I guess this’ll just take a little getting used to seeing in the show from now on. In any case, it doesn’t matter so much what the Shining Make Dresser looks like, as long as it can indeed power up the Cures to finally bring an end to this years’ long war. Its mere presence is holding the enemy Generals bound, so that’s a pretty good indicator of the game-breaking qualities that this new item possesses!
Following Blue’s advice, Lovely transforms into Lollipop Hip Hop Form, sending a swarm of giant musical notes to pin them down.
This gives Fortune the opening she needs to launch her own purifying attack.
Holy cow! Was that enough to finish things off after all?
Just then, the Deep Mirror appears, reminding the three Generals that happiness and love are only illusions…
That was HIM?! Has he been brainwashing everyone in the Phantom Empire this whole time? What the heck?! Clearly the Deep Mirror has some vested interest in prolonging this war, though why is anyone’s guess. It could be that, as a direct advisor to Queen Mirage, the Deep Mirror is in a position of power and authority. A position which will disappear if Mirage is saved and restored to her true self, a shrine maiden. And sadly, some people just want to see the world burn. Is this the Deep Mirror’s ultimate goal? But why? Just who, or what, is this entity, the Deep Mirror?
Whatever the case, the Deep Mirror’s intervention is enough to cause the Generals to shrug off Fortune’s purifying attack. They leave the scene.
Fortune’s right, it will take a lot more power to purify any of the Generals.
But now the girls have the Shining Make Dresser. Maybe this will boost their powers enough to make such a thing happen someday in the future.
Mirage can sense that Blue has succeeded in reviving the Shining Make Dresser.
As we saw earlier, the Deep Mirror plays on Mirage’s fears, arguing that it’s “kill or be killed.” If Blue’s ready to bring out this level of power against her, she needs to fight back even harder to avoid her own destruction.
Now thinking that Blue truly hates her, Mirage sees no reason to spare him any longer.
She calls Phantom before her, ordering him to take Blue down.
That’s where today’s episode ends. Holy cow!
One final thing I noticed was that the Shining Make Dresser has a little symbol for each girl along the mirror’s outer frame: a heart, circle, clover, and star, along with two extra symbols that are hard to make out, but based on what I’ve seen in future episodes I know to be a wing and a decorative bow. This is making me wonder, again, if the Shining Make Dresser is “keyed” to the Happiness Charge girls alone now, kind of like technology today that can be activated or unlocked by an individual’s fingerprint. I’m not sure we ever get an answer one way or the other, but it’s yet another question that’s certainly interesting to think about, so there’s that.
The Power of Chickens:
Megumi was holding a stuffed chicken today. At first I simply thought this was cute, considering that Hime has a fair-sized collection of plushies like this in her own bedroom. Maybe Hime gave one to Megumi as a gift at some point. Or maybe Megumi’s always had one. It’s hard to say one way or the other when we haven’t seen a lot of these girls just at home during their downtime. Still, the mere fact that Megumi was hugging this toy chicken close as she called Seiji to ask for advice on how to help both Blue and Iona (and Mirage, since this decision would lead to her ultimate fate!) made me raise an eyebrow and wonder if there was a bit of a deeper meaning here, as we’ve seen so many times with flowers and animals in the past.
Image found here: https://www.animalshq.com/35-different-types-of-chicken-breeds/
Yes, even this chicken has some fascinating symbolism, certainly much more than I first thought. I was already aware that chickens are known for being nurturing, motherly, and very protective of their babies/loved ones. I even talked about this in my animal comparison document regarding Yuko and the Chicken Costume. Do I need to say that you should probably be careful in how deeply you dig, trying to learn about subjects like this? I’d be very uncomfortable going into, for example, tarot cards and fortune telling. That’s too close to the occult for me. Just a basic symbolic meaning is enough, in my case.
So with that in mind, here’s what I learned about the chicken. Did you know that back in ancient Rome, chickens were used for auguries, foretelling omens of the future? The way that a chicken might eat, or not eat, or even the patterns it scratched in the sand, could be enough to make or break any big decision in the Senate or army! This article, https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/birds/chicken-symbolism-meaning/, even says that sometimes a chicken on a naval ship that predicted a bad omen might get tossed overboard due to the sailors’ frustration. Hey now, don’t shoot the messenger! There are other meanings, which I’ll cover in a moment, but what I found especially interesting from the first article was this (here’s a direct quote):
“Sometimes Chicken may show up in your life when you have been roosting on something for too long. Brooding effects no change whatsoever. Discuss your concerns or issues openly and honestly. Get out of that nest and make some headway.
Alternatively, Chicken may be telling you that you are just beginning to scratch the surface of something far deeper; this could be a plan, a situation, a new job – whatever the case, don't rush headlong into this. Scuff up some more dirt and make sure you see what you really need for action.” (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/birds/chicken-symbolism-meaning/)
How long has Blue been stewing over the situation with Mirage? When the worst happened and she started attacking the Earth, Blue had no choice but to seal her away. But has this actually fixed anything? Mirage and the rest of the Phantom Empire was set free by Hime, and the war has been going on ever since. If Blue were to seal these enemies away yet again… How would anything ever get better? This would just keep on repeating throughout history, wouldn’t it? Something needs to change.
And what about Megumi? All she wants is for everyone to be happy, but how can they be when, in this case, Iona and Blue want very different, even directly opposite, things? Megumi knew that she was in over her head, so she called Seiji, her oldest friend, for advice on how to move forward. Doesn’t this alone show how much she’s grown over the series? Megumi has nearly always acted on instinct in this sort of scenario. She generally gets a good read on the situation, but might make a mistake in understanding the best way to move forward. (Think back to Episode 4, when she realized that Hime was lonely and wanted more friends, but Megumi didn’t understand that she was pushing too much too soon, leaving Hime overwhelmed to the point that she had to run away and hide.) Now there’s a very real chance that this war could be brought to an end. The possibility of negotiating with an enemy force for peace… I’m certainly glad that Megumi’s taking things so seriously today.
A few final symbolic meanings for the chicken are courage (isn’t that interesting), resilience, endurance, nurturing and motherhood, as well the chicken being seen as a messenger. (Read more here: https://spiritualityshepherd.com/spiritual-meaning-of-a-chicken/) In the case of the chicken as a messenger, it was seen as an intermediary between the mortal world and the divine. (Is this why chickens’ auguries/omens were seen as indisputable in the past?) What is a Cure in the Happiness Charge season but an emissary or ambassador of Blue, the god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth himself? Beyond that, though, Megumi and her friends, if they can come to an agreement for doing so, have the potential to become intermediaries between Blue (and the rest of the Earth) and Mirage, the leader of the Phantom Empire! No pressure, right?
Chapter 31: Episode 30: Phantom's Secret Plan! Another Cure Lovely!
Chapter Text
Now that Axia has been restored to its true form, the Shining Make Dresser, the girls are finally able to get a good look at it. Hime’s certainly impressed with its sleek beauty.
Ribbon reminds them that its physical appearance doesn’t matter so much when its true function is to power up Cures in battle.
In addition to building up their strength, the Dresser can even perform miracles… Glasses, you just said this to a group of fourteen-year-olds. You have no one to blame but yourself for anything they might do next!
Megumi wonders if the Dresser could enable her to ace a test in school, while Yuko wishes for plenty of food to eat daily.
All four girls (Yes, Iona joins in!) then pray to the Shining Make Dresser for these wishes to be granted.
These girls! I can’t get over how compassionate, understanding, and serious they can be, and then they’ll do things like this! And yet part of me is glad because, magical warriors or no, they’re still young teenagers who haven’t been permanently broken by all the trials they’ve had to face. I certainly hope that this doesn’t change, especially since Queen Mirage has decided to go no-holds-barred from here on out!
Obviously, the Shining Make Dresser does nothing. It can grant power in a fight, true, but it’s up to the Cures to use this power to the best of their abilities. The Dresser is not a simple genie in a bottle that will fix things on its own!
In any case, Blue explains that the Dresser won’t respond to just any request.
He clarifies that the Shining Make Dresser will only respond to a Cure’s strong, INNOCENT feelings…
Hime will explain his meaning more in a minute, but I have some thoughts of my own that I wanted to puzzle out first.
Happiness Charge Episode 27
Those new super forms our girls have in the new ending song are called their “Innocent Forms.” Ever since I first started reading about this season, that name for these forms has always confused me. What does innocence have to do with a major upgrade in power ultimately meant for use in battle? I always thought that innocence indicated a guiltless person, someone who has not done anything wrong and is essentially harmless, thus why the word “innocent” can be used to describe both a person’s character and behavior, as well as their involvement, or lack thereof, in any given situation (like innocents dragged into the middle of a civil war, for example). I even looked up the definition of this word online to be sure I hadn’t misunderstood something (You can read about it here: https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/innocent), but no, I didn’t find any extra hidden meanings.
I don’t know if this was intended, but I think I now understand how innocence could be used to apply to a battle upgrade in this show. It comes down to intent. The Shining Make Dresser holds incredible power, enough to generate a field of Light energy even in a Dark Environment (as discussed last episode), enough to purify an enemy General. What could this sort of power do in the wrong hands? Imagine someone power-hungry enough, or so twisted that they managed to steal this Dresser and all the energy it holds, in order to seize power, maybe to take over a country. The Shining Make Dresser likely only responds to a person’s intent as a sort of failsafe, just like nuclear weapons have launch codes. It reacts in a way that does no harm to innocents wherever possible. In this way, an angry Cure could not use its power to harm another person. The Dresser could grant a power boost in order to defeat a Saiark, since this would free an imprisoned victim and save a besieged community from being hurt, but it would not allow a Cure to kill someone who was not ultimately evil, at least not without severe repercussions.
Is this why the Shining Make Dresser was damaged by being used to imprison Mirage three hundred years ago? Blue recognized the threat an angry and insane Mirage posed to the world, and he needed some major power to seal her away or else the Earth would likely end up destroyed. The Dresser likewise registered this danger and allowed Blue’s decision to go through, but not without penalty, since being sealed away would allow Mirage’s own pain and misery to continue unabated while she was trapped in isolation. For THREE HUNDRED YEARS! Now, though, Blue and the Happiness Charge girls have a plan that would help EVERYONE on both sides of this war. If they could get the Shining Make Dresser to recognize this, having both the Cures and the ultimate peace-keeping weapon on the same page… Am I crazy, or does this suddenly make a whole lot more sense?
Back to the episode, though, Megumi’s rather confused about the whole “innocent feelings” thing.
Hime then clarifies that Blue’s referring to “heartfelt feelings.” Again, it all seems to come down to intent.
Uh oh! Phantom’s in the area, and we already know that Mirage finally gave him permission to take Blue down.
This episode is going to be so rough!
But before we go further, here’s a quick hello to Milky Rose from Yes! Precure 5 Go Go today.
Whoa! Looks like the show’s intro has officially been updated as of today. Fortune now appears in the mirror when each girl showcases her Form Changes.
Happiness Charge Episode 10
(The only other time I remember seeing a change in the intro before was the part where Honey showed off Coconut Samba Form in the mirror.
Happiness Charge Episode 10
Unless you count the team pose partway through, which used to only show Lovely and Princess,
and now has finally been updated to the full team.)
Happiness Charge Episode 10
In the past,
Happiness Charge Episode 10
the intro song’s battle mainly showed
Happiness Charge Episode 10
each girl’s unique style of attack.
Happiness Charge Episode 10
Happiness Charge Episode 10
(Along with an epic combo attack which I truly wish we could’ve seen, but we’ve had a lot of other amazing attacks, so I’m willing to forgive the oversight in this case.)
But now, in the new intro song,
the battle towards the end is different, showing the girls working more as a team,
and with a hint of what their new powers will look like,
the power which the Shining Make Dresser will grant sometime in the near future. Very cool!
Are you serious?
The Happiness Charge girls have access to a source of power that could boost their abilities enough to finally bring an end to the war…
And they’re using it to play dress-up?! Only in Pretty Cure, right? You might as well use the legendary sword Excalibur to make sandwiches!
Poor Blue and Ribbon!
It is interesting that Iona’s going along with this, instead of calling Hime out. All the same, it’s nice to see that Iona can go with the flow sometimes, even in situations like this. What a change, too! If you’d have asked me around ten episodes ago if I thought that Iona would allow Hime to give her a makeover, I probably would’ve laughed in your face. Yet here we are today. Never underestimate Megumi’s extreme healing regimen of love, love, and more love!
Meanwhile, Blue’s looking a little grim, wondering about their fate.
(Not bad, Hime. Iona looks pretty good in makeup!)
He’s remembering a battle in the past where he and Mirage were up against a powerful foe. Yes, Mirage was actually a Cure back in the day!
I don’t know if she was part of a larger team or not, since we only see her fighting alongside Blue in this memory.
The only way to take this formidable enemy down was to draw on the power of the Shining Make Dresser.
Maybe Blue’s a little frightened to use the Dresser now, considering how easily it defeated that past enemy. Would the Dresser recognize Mirage as someone worthy of being saved and restore her to her true nature? Or would it determine her to be past redemption and destroy her instead? We don’t know much about the Shining Make Dresser thus far, but maybe this is why Blue looks so concerned today?
Interestingly enough, the Shining Make Dresser in Blue’s flashback still has the very same symbols embedded in the outer rim of the mirror: a pink heart, blue circle, yellow clover, and purple star. Animation-wise, this is obviously making use of the same assets to create this show, but what about Lore-wise?
Image found here: https://wallpapercave.com/w/wHsKRAe
I find it fascinating, and it reminds me of games like Zelda, where over thousands of years (or a very large series of games) the same old forces of darkness revive to threaten Hyrule, and there’s always a destined hero who rises to face this danger, supported by a wise princess.
Mirage in the flashback is a Pink Cure (Or possibly Red, it’s hard to tell for sure.
Happiness Charge Episode 12 - Cure Heart (DokiDoki Pretty Cure)
Hair color doesn’t really apply,
Happiness Charge Episode 18 - Cure Peach (Fresh Pretty Cure)
because how many Pink Cures have we had in past seasons who’ve had yellow hair, for example?), and if the Shining Make Dresser was active back then, did she also fight as part of a team? If so, did Mirage’s Team mirror the girls we’re following today, the Happiness Charge Team? Maybe I’m overthinking things again, but let’s just say there’s a reason that this is “Overanalyzing Happiness Charge!”
The girls are shocked to learn that the leader of the Phantom Empire used to be a Cure, but Yuko admits that, considering Mirage was Blue’s lover, it makes sense that there must have been something very special about her.
Blue leaves then, retreating back to Pikari Shrine.
But as his mirror portal fades out, Megumi comes diving through!
It’s been very obvious that Blue’s having a hard time right now, and Megumi, bless her heart, won’t leave him alone in this state.
Blue explains to Megumi that he and Mirage were partners in the past. (Oh, so she was likely a solo Cure then? Noted!)
To have been so close (Just as we’ve seen Megumi and her own friends grow stronger and more trusting, becoming true sisters-in-arms and fire-forged friends!), and now to have to be on opposite sides in a war, with no clear way to patch things up between them…
Is it any wonder Blue actually looks and sounds kind of broken?
Blue wants to at least apologize, but would Mirage even listen, as things are now?
Megumi thinks Mirage would hear him out, but even she has to admit that there’s no way to know for sure.
At least Megumi manages to help Blue smile.
And that’s when Phantom appears on the scene. This is VERY BAD!
Phantom shoots off an enormous red laser at Megumi and Blue, revealing that Blue has no idea just how angry Mirage is right now.
The mere fact that Phantom has permission to take Blue down reflects that pretty well, doesn’t it?
But just as we saw in Episode 13, Megumi’s not about to let Phantom threaten Blue like that.
She immediately transforms.
Phantom wastes no time shooting off another laser, which Lovely blocks with “Lovely Shield.”
When she flies in to attack further, he teleports out of the way, reappearing to hit her from the side.
But Lovely seems to have remembered his teleportation because even surprised, she reacts quickly enough to block (or dodge) his strike.
She goes in for a kick, which he blinks away from, following up with “Lovely Beam.”
This time he merely deflects the attack. Phantom warns her that if she doesn’t get out of his way, he’ll take her down, too.
Lovely doesn’t say a word, just facing him straight on and then luring him away from Blue. I have to say, Lovely’s been handling this second battle against Phantom much better than either she or Fortune did back in Episode 13. But will any of this be enough to win?
Both combatants go for several air strikes, which are perfectly countered.
Phantom gets in a hit, which Lovely blocks the worst of, and then he goes in close for a physical beatdown, with Lovely dodging every blow.
Like a boss, Lovely!
She returns the favor, even feinting to lure him into position for “Lovely Punching Punch,”
which connects!
But this is Phantom she’s dealing with, and he manages to break free, suplexing the energy fist away from him before it can do any real harm.
Phantom acknowledges that Lovely’s gotten much stronger, but he only looks amused, saying that he’s also grown stronger since they last fought.
Mirage gave him a new power, which he plans to use now, encasing his hands in shadow and resuming the fight.
At first glance, this allows him to stretch his arm out to great distances so that Lovely can’t get too close,
but Lovely’s quick enough to avoid getting hurt all the same.
When he strikes at her again, she leaps out of the way, leaving that shadowy arm to harmlessly hit the ground…
Except it actually hit her shadow instead.
And this seems to be what he wanted, because Phantom throws down a dark energy blade
and CUTS LOVELY’S SHADOW OFF AT HER FEET!
He then plucks her shadow off the ground, revealing himself as a soldier who manipulates phantoms, one who can control shadows.
And he has her shadow now… Oh, this is NOT GOOD!
Wasn’t Phantom already terrifying enough?
Now he has the power to steal a person’s very shadow, using it to mold himself into a dark copy of them?! Things are even worse than just this, the ability to steal another’s form (and likely their abilities), but I’ll address that later, once this new phase of the battle has actually begun.
At first glance, this reminds me of at least two times this very thing, a battle between a Cure and her own dark copy, has happened in Pretty Cure before.
Image found here: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Characters/YesPrettyCure5
While I know that this happened at some point in Yes! Precure 5
Image found here: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Characters/SmilePrecure
and Smile Precure, I never watched far enough to see it for myself, so please understand that I can’t say anything about the context for these conflicts. All I know is that each girl in these scenarios had to face a doppelganger of herself, one possessing every little negative, hidden trait that the original either knew about and buried deep, or may have actually been unaware existed, if it ever did at all. While the fights were probably brutal (I haven’t seen anything of them except these pictures, and all I know is what I’ve read online), ultimately this had each Cure fighting herself, so I’d imagine that the battles either came down to overcoming these negative qualities or finding a way to accept this darker side of herself. Theoretically, shouldn’t it be possible for the original to somehow convince the evil duplicate to stand down? Deep down, wouldn’t they essentially be the same person, even if one is overwhelmed by bitterness, anger, and so on? I remember reading that Cure Dream managed to soften the heart of her own dark copy, but I don’t know if anyone else in this situation ever succeeded in doing the same.
Today’s battle of Lovely vs Phantom, AKA Unlovely, is already going to be bad. This isn’t just Lovely fighting a dark copy of herself, this is Lovely fighting a mortal enemy wearing her own form, likely sharing every one of her abilities along with having the willingness to use them without hesitation. Even if there was any chance of reasoning with a dark copy (as I described with Cure Dream), Lovely couldn’t do this because Unlovely is Phantom at the core. No one yet has been able to get him to budge an inch from his duty to protect and support Mirage with whatever she asks of him.
So Unlovely clearly has Lovely’s superstrength, but I’m not sure that this is much different from Phantom’s original capabilities.
Poor Lovely’s caught completely off guard and is now taking some devastating blows.
After hitting Lovely into a building, Unlovely proceeds to tackle her all the way through to the other side!
Lovely recovers enough to ask just who this shadow copy is,
which is when Unlovely reveals her identity. It took me a while to realize why this whole scenario was freaking me out so much, besides the obvious. It’s Unlovely’s voice. That’s Lovely! (You can see the proof here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/PhanPhan, but bear in mind that this article will have spoilers that even I haven’t covered yet, and won’t for a while longer.) This is Lovely’s actual voice, rather slower and deeper somehow, but I’ve never heard her sound so threatening and cruel before. Megumi’s voice actor is amazing, being able to pull off two such distinctly different personalities regarding Lovely and Unlovely (arguably a distorted personality, but not quite). And if I’m feeling spooked just watching this, what is poor Lovely experiencing right now?
Unlovely then declares that she’s going to wreck the entire city, before summoning some red, raw-looking energy
and sending out a wave of power that turns the whole city monochrome. I’m not sure if this has the added effect of stopping time, for example, because I don’t think we see any other civilians from this point on to verify if this is the case. Maybe Phantom as Unlovely managed to change Pikarigaoka’s Light Environment into Dark, or perhaps Neutral, weakening Lovely even more? Certainly with all this darkness surrounding them, the shadows are going to be greatly strengthened, and Phantom already admitted he controls shadows. So at the very least, this is an Area of Effect attack that triggers an environmental shift to favor Darkness… That’s bad enough, but it gets much worse!
Thank heaven Princess, Fortune, and Honey are already on the way to help!
Blue must have called for backup, so here’s hoping they can get there in time.
Lovely recovers enough to ask why Unlovely wants to destroy the city, and Unlovely replies that it’s because Lovely said she’d protect everyone. What better way is there to break a hero than to prove that they can’t save everyone after all?
Unlovely tears down a TELEPHONE POLE and throws it at Lovely.
Thankfully, it looks like she avoided that attack.
And then Unlovely reveals the most dangerous aspect of Phantom’s ability to manipulate shadows. Phantom, now wearing Lovely’s shadow, knows EVERYTHING about Lovely! Every fear, every doubt, Unlovely/Phantom knows it all and has no problem sniping at Lovely with bladed words that she cannot avoid, because these cut right to her very core.
Everyone has flaws, weaknesses that we like to pretend don’t exist, that we hide from the world. Some people (like me) might even learn to avoid looking too closely, because that can lead to mental/emotional breakdowns and existential dread. Stare into the abyss long enough, and there might be no coming back! Those who are strong enough might try to work on these weaknesses, to improve themselves and reduce their known flaws as much as possible. I’m sure that Lovely herself has done much the same. But now she’s facing a mortal enemy, one who wears her very form, can read her like a book, and is ready to tear her apart with words that cannot be deflected, because every single word is TRUE!
Lovely’s already trying to avoid being beaten around by a telephone pole, and Unlovely is simultaneously laying bare every single flaw that she can plainly see.
(Oh, I did wonder back in Episode 7 if Megumi worrying about her sick mother had anything to do with Megumi’s obsessive need to help others.) Unlovely starts by revealing that Megumi’s been helping her sick mother ever since she was little,
and being thanked for her assistance made her happy.
Seeing this as a good thing, knowing that she was helping others and making a difference, Megumi kept it up, feeling happy that she could help in her own small way.
Lovely tries to stop the physical/mental assault that’s really doing a number on her, asking what’s wrong with appreciating another person’s gratitude.
Unlovely merely replies that Lovely hasn’t actually been helping anyone at all.
Oh my gosh! We’ve seen that Megumi can be kind of pushy sometimes, not always recognizing boundaries and giving other people the space that they need. As I’ve said before, much of the time she’s really good at noticing when someone needs a little extra help and attention, but Megumi tends to struggle a bit more in figuring out how best to help in that situation, sometimes making things worse due to a misunderstanding. Deep down, maybe Lovely knows this as well, but if she didn’t, Unlovely surely let her know it now!
Unlovely doesn’t let up, reminding Lovely that she’s clumsy, struggles in school, that she has no idea what she wants to do as she gets older…
And what’s worse is that Lovely hasn’t been able to harm Phantom/Unlovely at all in this fight, so is she even a failure as a Cure, too?!
One final blow from Unlovely and Lovely’s down for the count.
If that last hit didn’t knock the wind out of her, it certainly took away her ability to fight back! Thank heaven her friends arrive right then.
Princess doesn’t hesitate, immediately charging in with “Princess Swooping Dive,”
but Unlovely catches her by the leg and tosses her aside like a toy.
Fortune goes next, attacking with “Fortune Star Burst,” the variant that has a fire affinity (see Episode 13).
Interestingly enough, while this doesn’t directly cause any harm, it forces Unlovely to back off. Unlovely even sounds upset about the attack, though it didn’t seem to do any damage. Is it because Fortune’s attack involved FIRE, and fire is good for driving off shadows? (It’s certainly the first time I think we’ve seen an enemy have a clear elemental weakness which could be exploited,
Happiness Charge Episode 14
unless the Clam Saiark (see Episode 14) also counts.)
Whatever the case, the rest of the Cures are here now, and Princess demands that Unlovely return Pikarigaoka to normal.
Then she realizes that this “new enemy General” looks exactly like Lovely. That made me laugh. Something about her tone of voice shifting from outraged and determined to just plain confused… Thank you, Princess, I needed that!
Ribbon starts freaking out,
and then Glasses clarifies that this Shadow Lovely, Unlovely, is actually hiding someone else at its core, Phantom.
While Fortune goes ballistic, Honey quickly backs her up with “Honey Stamp.”
Not that it matters. Even disguised as Unlovely, Phantom is still Phantom, and he blocks each attack with one hand.
The fallout throws up a huge dust cloud, but when things settle, Fortune and Honey are down. Lovely’s still reeling from her own beating, and Unlovely takes the opportunity to twist the knife further.
Everything that Lovely cares about, that she’s fought so hard to protect, Unlovely will destroy. And Lovely can’t stop it from happening.
I wrote a little paper about Megumi and Yuko (mostly referring to Megumi, though) back when I first finished reviewing Episode 23. I remember being amazed at what I’d just watched, and really wondering just why the girls in Happiness Charge don’t seem to get nearly as much love as the Cures from various other seasons. (A good deal of it comes down to personal preference, I know.) One of the complaints seems to be that Megumi is boring compared to other Pinks, for example. She doesn’t really have any personal interests, does she? She kind of just exists to help others. I compared her to a rock (a rock-solid influence for good), where rocks don’t appear to change much themselves, but they can make a huge impact on their environment. The biggest thing I remember writing in this paper was that all rocks have some hairline fractures hidden throughout their surface. With enough time, stress, some water, a freeze… What happens?
Image found here: https://www.deviantart.com/pantapuff/art/broken-rock-290813069
This. This is Lovely right now. I’m not sure how she’s going to come back from that kind of mental/emotional assault, but at least her friends are here now. Let’s keep going.
Princess checks on her first, and Lovely, as vulnerable as she is right now, doesn’t even try to hide that she’s not okay.
Unlovely really tore her up inside, and now Lovely feels weak and helpless. What can she even do to stop a force like that, as flawed as she is?
Lovely, stop making me cry! It’s okay to not have any big dreams of your own right now. Not everybody has ambitions for greater things, some people just like to stay near their family and friends. Look at Yuko!
Princess looks stunned to see Lovely so fragile.
She takes Lovely by the hands…
and PINCHES her.
The pain shocks Lovely out of her stupor, while Princess starts ranting, asking just what Lovely’s doing. Things are definitely bad, but they’ve never given up before.
Honey and Fortune back her up: Lovely is not a quitter, and she always tries her hardest to help others in need.
When Lovely looks sad and confused, now fully aware of just how intrusive this can be to others, Princess flat out tells her that she knows these flaws very well, but they don’t bother her. As one of Lovely’s best friends, Princess recognizes her intent and loves her anyway, good points and bad.
Nobody’s perfect, and good friends are able to cover for each other’s weaknesses, facing the world as a united, stronger whole. Certainly, if possible, any flaws that can be worked on should be, right? And friends and family can be there to help when this is the case. For now it’s enough that Lovely, feeling lower than low, knows that her friends are aware of her weaknesses that she’s no longer blind to, and they love and accept her anyway.
Honey agrees, saying that she appreciates how hard Lovely’s always worked, trying to build others up, to lift them when they’re down.
All three girls are reaching out to Lovely now, just as she’s always reached out to lift them up before.
She gratefully accepts their help. Unlovely had better watch out now!
Speaking of Unlovely, she’s rather surprised to see all four Cures back in action so soon after that beating.
She sends out a purple fiery wolf (I think) to intercept them.
Princess drives it back with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun”
long enough for Fortune to close in for her own attack.
This opens the path for Honey to teleport Lovely past that scuffle and directly over to Unlovely.
Her friends are here to back her up, but this particular fight is down to Lovely alone, to face and overcome her fears and weaknesses, if she can.
Now it’s Lovely vs Unlovely, fire vs purple flame. (I really like that Lovely’s going for fire here to battle the shadows, just like Fortune did earlier. Does she recognize that this is Unlovely’s weakness? Or is she just that angry? Who knows.)
Unlovely’s tricks don’t seem to be working anymore, not when Lovely knows that her friends are well aware of her flaws and still believe in her ability to win this fight.
Lovely’s determination powers up a huge fiery blast,
and when the smoke clears, Phantom is revealed. Lovely actually managed to burn away the shadows he wore, and he looks completely stunned.
I hope this means that Lovely’s shadow returned to her. Sometimes in stories where supernatural things happen, something like a shadow might be lost forever. I’ll probably be keeping watch, just in case, but I think that things’ll be okay.
Lovely’s reunited with her friends, who are all so glad to see that she overcame the shadows.
Lovely’s grateful for their help,
while Fortune, Honey, and Princess remind her that friends will always stand with and support each other.
That did… something. This brightly shining light just appeared right in their midst.
The girls have no clue what’s going on,
but Ribbon and Glasses do, and they look so excited! (Innocent feelings? Are you telling me they got the Shining Make Dresser to recognize their worth?)
Phantom has lost Lovely’s shadow, and may be somewhat weaker as a result, but he’s not finished yet.
Trusting their fairies, the Cures accept the light.
Ribbon and Glasses both release streams of energy,
causing the Shining Make Dresser to appear. It looks like the Happiness Charge Team has earned its very first full Team Attack today.
All four girls have some sticks… They look like some form of makeup, honestly. It made me chuckle, considering Hime used the Dresser to give Iona a makeover earlier in the day.
Yep, that’s definitely makeup!
And each girl has their own unique use for it, Lovely with lipstick, Princess with eyeshadow, Honey with blush, and Fortune with nail polish. I’m no makeup expert, so I have no idea if there is any particular meaning to these choices, nor do I really want to go looking in this case. I’m sorry, plants and relevant symbolism are one thing, but makeup is quite another. I did find it interesting that when each girl applied her form of makeup, her Cure symbol appeared in the Dresser’s mirror. It makes it look like the Shining Make Dresser acknowledges these girls as being worthy of its power, so maybe they can each get a new attack as part of all this?
What really made me happy was seeing Princess draw a wing symbol in midair,
sending it into the Dresser’s mirror to activate their Team Attack. It really does seem like Hime’s redeemed herself from opening Axia, to the point that she’s the one to “sign off” on any attacks powered by the Shining Make Dresser! (Can the other girls do this as well, albeit with a different “signature?” I saw a short clip of a battle from the Happiness Charge Movie on Youtube, and it looked like at least Lovely could do this, but I don’t recall anyone other than these two doing this throughout the rest of this season’s run.) We saw last episode that Princess is functionally a shrine maiden, as a member of royalty from the Blue Sky Kingdom, so maybe any attack requires some form of authority like this before anything can happen?
Now that everything seems to be in order, and after calling out everyone’s unique attributes (love, courage, kindness, and hope/fortune),
the Cures launch their first full Team Attack, “Happiness Big Bang!”
Whoa! That’s HUGE! Can even Phantom shrug off an attack like this?
I had to cringe because he sounds like he’s in terrible pain.
What’s confusing is that this attack simultaneously undid Phantom’s Environmental Shift, restoring Pikarigaoka to Light territory again,
and the only other result is just sheer residual happiness. How on earth can happiness alone cause Phantom such pain? Unless “Happiness Big Bang!” literally purges bad feelings from the target, and Phantom for whatever reason refuses to let go of his bitterness, anger, etc. Oh… A tug-of-war on his own emotions? Yeah, that might do it, actually.
I’m certainly glad the girls are happy now, after being put through the wringer like that.
But Phantom is Phantom. Even now, he managed to survive being purified. He looks completely drained and very hurt, but he’s still around.
We’ll have to find out what’ll become of this next time, though, because today’s episode ends here.
Of Shadows and the Soul:
I wanted to include these final thoughts somehow, but this episode was so involved already that I couldn’t see any way to fit them in the main body of my review. Basically, something about Phantom stealing Lovely’s shadow and suddenly having all this hidden knowledge about her which no one, not even Lovely herself, has mentioned or even hinted at before, really stood out to me. It was very familiar, though it took a little while to figure out just why. It all came down to Lovely’s shadow being cut free from her feet, and it essentially becoming its own person. Here’s what I tried to write first, but just couldn’t manage to fit in with everything else that I had to say at the time - -
What’s worse is that Phantom now knows things about her, things that I as part of the audience have never heard before: some of her deepest, darkest fears. Every little uncertainty that Megumi has buried deep inside, Phantom speaks aloud and throws back at her like a knife! How is Phantom able to do this? I’d understand if this had been Phantom using a dark mirror to make Lovely have to battle her literal inner self, all her unique qualities inverted by the shadowy mirror. But this is merely Phantom wearing Lovely’s shadow… How on earth does he know this information now, just by stealing and wearing Lovely’s shadow?! After some thought, I think I may have an answer, though whether it’s actually correct is anybody’s guess.
Believe it or not, cutting a person’s shadow free from their body, and it becoming its own living entity… I’ve read a story with these plot elements before.
DokiDoki Precure Episode 2
DokiDoki Precure Episode 2
DokiDoki Precure Episode 2
In DokiDoki Precure, Rikka (Cure Diamond) compared herself to the swallow helping the golden statue of the Happy Prince. “The Happy Prince” is a fairy tale (I think?) written by Oscar Wilde. This author has written several other stories, too, but I’m specifically remembering one called “The Fisherman and His Soul,” which you can read here if you want to learn more: https://www.wilde-online.info/the-fisherman-and-his-soul.html.
I won’t summarize the whole story, just the bits that I found relevant: There was a fisherman who one day found a mermaid caught in his nets. He released her with the promise that she would return every day and sing for him. Over time, he grew to love her and asked how he could stay with her. She told him that no one with a human soul could live in the ocean. The fisherman was so determined to be with the mermaid whom he now loved that he searched everywhere for ways to get rid of his soul. The only answer he found was a magical dagger, which he used to cut his shadow (which housed his soul) away from his feet, and when he did this the shadow stood upright as its own being, which the fisherman left behind on the shore while he traveled under the water to be reunited with the mermaid.
Is this essentially what Phantom did when he stole Lovely’s shadow today? He actually temporarily stole, if not her actual soul, a very intimate part of herself which he could read like a book. No wonder he knew exactly how to tear her apart, and if Lovely’s friends hadn’t shown up in time, she might’ve been in very real trouble!
Zelda: A Link to the Past (SNES, 1992)
I don’t know about you, but suddenly I feel a lot more sympathetic to any heroes in video games who’ve had to face down a shadowy doppelganger. If they’ve ever experienced even a bit of what Lovely just went through today… Let’s just say that I’m not sure I’ll be able to look at these sort of scenarios the same way ever again!
Chapter 32: Episode 31: An Unexpected Partnership!? Cure Honey and Phantom!
Chapter Text
Today’s episode starts out with Hime geeking out over their newest Team Attack.
The rest of her friends arrive next and…
Hime’s reaction, oh my gosh!
Have you ever heard of a happy person being described as “lighting up the room?” (Read more here: https://crossidiomas.com/light-up-a-room/)
Yeah, Megumi is HAPPY today!
At first I was wondering if this was the effect of some of the residual happiness that was leftover from the aftermath of “Happiness Big Bang,” but we’ll see very soon that it’s been a day since the events of last episode.
No, Megumi’s actually still riding the high that she got from realizing that all her friends love and accept her in spite of all her flaws.
Now Megumi’s gone into Cuddlebug Overdrive, and no one is safe from her hugs.
Not even Iona, who tries to bring Megumi back down to earth, only to get tackled in a hug of her own!
The only thing better might be seeing everyone else’s reactions to this.
So while Megumi’s hugging the stuffing out of Iona, Ribbon admits that she’s also happy because the Shining Make Dresser has been restored. It now recognizes the girls as being worthy of wielding its power.
Glasses reminds them that the Dresser holds more powers still, just waiting to be unlocked.
Blue agrees, reiterating that the Dresser’s power reacts to their innocent feelings.
He specifies that this power will activate when kindness is awakened in the girls’ hearts. I’m assuming that this has to be part of some sort of deeper realization because these girls are already very kind. Under normal circumstances, you’d think that at least Megumi and Yuko would have already qualified, but nothing’s happened yet.
Megumi thinks that they might be invincible with the ability to access power like this, but Hime can’t quite share her enthusiasm.
You may remember that Phantom barely managed to avoid being purified last episode, but was badly hurt as a result. He’s actually here at the Embassy right now, resting in one of the guest rooms, and Hime has no idea what they’re going to do.
All Yuko says is that once the battle’s over, opposing sides no longer matter. Phantom is hurt, stranded far away from the Phantom Empire, so it’s only right to help him recover.
She has a point, but this is a potentially risky move. In a war, there’s always the chance of spying, hostage taking, enemy sabotage… So many things could go wrong. But, as I’ve said before, this is Pretty Cure. The world of Happiness Charge in particular operates on very different rules, and even the Shining Make Dresser seems to be hinting at leading up to peaceful resolutions in the future, considering the emphasis on innocent, heartfelt feelings and kindness. Has anyone else noticed that ever since Axia was restored, any talk of “us versus them” and destroying the enemy seems to have pretty much disappeared? (At least on Blue’s side. Mirage is still gearing up for Endgame thanks to the Deep Mirror’s sabotage…)
Let’s take a break to welcome Cure Sunny of Smile Precure today!
It looks like Yuko’s making congee again (see Episode 25). She’s really serious about wanting to help an enemy soldier in their care.
She made rice balls for everyone else as well,
but Iona’s not quite comfortable taking it easy, knowing that Phantom is here, under the very same roof as them.
Blue reminds her that even if Phantom managed to resist being purified, the struggle hurt him badly enough that when he does wake up, he won’t be able to hurt anyone.
That’s probably for the best. Has there ever been another time where the Cure Team in any given series has had to deal with caring for an enemy as a prisoner of war? (I know that Phantom’s not really a prisoner of war, but does HE know that? The point is that he likely won’t take being stranded in the Blue Sky Kingdom Embassy, Blue’s Headquarters, very well. Especially when surrounded by Cures who could easily take him out while he’s weakened if he even breathes wrong.)
DokiDoki Precure Episode 26
(Wait a second, DokiDoki had something, but I don’t know if that counts because I think the injured enemy had amnesia at the time.) I know there have been times where a member of the enemy forces was redeemed to the point of becoming a Cure (Cure Passion = Fresh and Cure Beat = Suite), maybe left the enemy side prior to the final battle (Bunbee = Yes! Go Go), or even just ended up fighting on the side of the Cures during the last battle (Soular and Westar = Fresh), but I can’t remember seeing the prisoner of war aspect come up before.
All this is to say that I’m not sure that Blue, or any Cures fighting against the invasion, has any sort of protocol to follow regarding capturing or holding an enemy General. (All we’ve ever seen the Cures do is purify an attacking enemy, so this has never been an issue before.) The Phantom Empire imprisons people in mirrors, but does Blue have this sort of ability as well? The last thing anyone wants to do is escalate tensions with Mirage and the rest of the Phantom Empire! And in the meantime, they’re keeping an injured Phantom at the Embassy because they can’t in good conscience leave him alone with injuries like that. If you really think about it, it’s no wonder their group is so worried.
Disney’s The Jungle Book (1967)
They’re essentially holding a tiger by the tail! What happens if they dare to let go?
Megumi reminds everyone that they can always fall back on the Shining Make Dresser, if things get too dangerous.
(Seiji’s a little annoyed with her confident happiness by now, and it made me chuckle to watch.)
Hime says that she’s been very worried, staying in the same building as the Precure Hunter, to the point that she can’t comfortably eat or sleep.
I was ready to sympathize with her until Ribbon and Glasses revealed that they were the ones keeping watch all night, armed only with a golf club and baseball bat if things went wrong!
Yeah… Hime, you owe these two BIG TIME! Maybe you’d better start making some cookies as thanks.
Before Ribbon and Glasses can really lose it,
Yuko interrupts, transforming using the Nurse Card and asking if she can go check on Phantom.
Hime just nods in shock.
Meanwhile, Mirage is very worried because things have been radio silent ever since Phantom got caught up in “Happiness Big Bang.”
The Deep Mirror reveals that Phantom’s still alive,
much to her relief, but then he starts his escalation campaign again.
Phantom’s imprisoned by the Happiness Charge girls, is he being harmed while in the hands of the enemy, etc.
Mirage doesn’t waste a second, summoning Oresky with the orders to attack Pikarigaoka and rescue Phantom.
The Deep Mirror keeps it up, taking bits of truth and playing it off like Blue hates Mirage and wants her gone, so now Queen Mirage is even more determined to win this war.
At the rate things are going, Blue might not be able to say a single word without Mirage herself trying to kill him, by the time he and the Happiness Charge Cures are ready to make their move.
So now Yuko’s off to take care of Phantom,
but Megumi, Iona, and Hime are rather worried and don’t want her to go alone.
This is Phantom, hurt or no, and who knows what he might do?
Yuko arrives just as Phantom starts to wake up, and he immediately freaks out, recognizing her as Cure Honey and realizing that he’s injured and trapped by the very enemies who nearly succeeded in purifying him.
I got a good laugh at Hime’s reaction to Yuko trying to calm him down to prevent him from hurting himself further.
Of course with Hime’s overactive imagination, this looks like…
something else.
What really got me was seeing Iona,
yes, stern and serious Iona, noticing the very same thing!
Really, though, nothing of the sort is actually happening.
Now that Yuko’s sure that Phantom’s as comfortable as possible, given his injuries, she offers him some porridge (or congee?).
Phantom doesn’t trust her, and who can blame him? He’s a dangerous General, one who has finally been brought down and is injured and weak, trapped behind enemy lines.
Now one of the Cures has him at her mercy. This might be Cure Honey, one of the less overtly… violent, aggressive(?) Cures in the area, but she’s powerful enough that she’s started traveling the world to aid other Cures in distress (see Episode 28). Is she planning to interrogate him? What’s going on?
All Yuko says is that Phantom reminds her of a boy she liked in the past.
While her friends listen in, Yuko reveals that her love for making rice,
eating rice,
and seeing others eat rice (her very motivation for becoming a Cure in the first place (see Episode 11)) came from her time spent with this boy.
Megumi and Seiji seem to know this story, and Megumi sounds sad because she just admitted that Yuko still has feelings for the boy, whatever may have happened in the past.
Yuko’s telling the full story now, how she first saw him when she was very young.
The boy was very cautious, rather distant, and always alone.
Anytime Yuko tried to get close, he would just run away, ignoring anything she said.
One day, he got in a bad accident and had to be hospitalized.
The stress of the situation, along with his injuries, caused him to just get worse and worse.
Yuko was really worried for his sake, so she made some rice, maybe congee, to help him feel better. I’m impressed, Yuko looks really little in this flashback, maybe six or seven years old, and she knows how to cook already! She might’ve had help from her parents, admittedly, but with a start like that, is it any wonder she’s the designated chef of the team today?
In any case, she brought this injured boy some rice to eat, and he actually managed to keep it down.
He was so grateful, and maybe relieved to see someone who was at least a bit familiar, that he finally let down his guard and let Yuko get close.
Yuko was so happy that she said right then and there that she wanted to be together with him forever.
Her family wouldn’t allow it, and probably had to explain that they could be FRIENDS, not… whatever Yuko was wanting.
Ribbon’s caught on that Yuko’s been telling this story in past tense. Good catch, Ribbon! Something’s clearly happened since that time.
Megumi explains that just two years ago, the boy got really sick and never recovered. Oof! Poor Yuko!
Yuko was so heartbroken that she couldn’t even eat rice during that time. Whoa, she must’ve really been hurting, poor kid!
Yuko finishes by saying that even though she’s healed somewhat after losing a very dear friend, she’ll never be quite the same.
But even so, she greatly treasures her memories with…
a dog! This love story’s been about a dog! Oh, Yuko! I have to confess that I knew this twist from my reading about this season, but Yuko still managed to surprise me with his name: Debit.
While part of me wants to cry because it hurts to lose anyone, even a pet, I also have to laugh. I actually did a little research to make sure that my first thoughts on this choice of name were accurate, let alone possible. In some countries, popular dog names might be something like Spot or Zoey. I think that one common name in Japan, at least from what I’ve seen in some Japanese shows, is Pochi, or maybe even Hachi (Named after the famously loyal dog who waited for ten years at a train station for his dead master to come back home. You can read his story here: https://allthatsinteresting.com/hachiko-dog). I never found any name reference for “Debit,” so I’m going to assume that my first idea was correct. Yuko lives in a restaurant where people regularly buy her family’s food. When I was trained to be a cashier several years ago, one of the first things I was taught was, if a customer wanted to pay by card, to ask if it was a debit or credit payment. Did little Yuko hear those kinds of words at the restaurant, decide that she liked the sound of the word “Debit,” and choose to give this name to a stray dog? That’s… That’s insanely adorable, and absolutely something that a young Yuko would likely do. My heart!
Now that the show writers have had their fun with a cute bait-and-switch, let’s translate this story with the true context in mind. When Yuko was very young, maybe six or seven, she found a stray dog who lived in a nearby park,
Happiness Charge Episode 20
taking shelter in the very playground tunnel where Yuko found Hime hiding in Episode 20, interestingly enough. As a stray, the dog was very cautious, wary of this strange little girl who kept following him around, so he never let her, or anyone else, get too close. Then one day, he got hurt in an accident. Maybe he was hit by a car and got taken to the vet.
Image found here: https://www.thesprucepets.com/shiba-inu-dog-breed-profile-4775761
I should note that the stray dog looks rather like a Shiba Inu, and this dog breed is known for being very affectionate, but also very intelligent, stubborn, independent, and reserved/cautious/shy (Read more here: https://www.thesprucepets.com/shiba-inu-dog-breed-profile-4775761).
Most animals don’t like going to the veterinarian, and they make it known very plainly, unintentionally stressing the other pets out with their fear and noise. So now this stray shiba inu was hurt and feeling miserable, constantly being poked and prodded by strangers, and surrounded by other upset animals. The worst part was he couldn’t do anything to escape this situation. Injured, outnumbered, trapped in a strange location… Is it any wonder that this poor dog probably wouldn’t eat? He only got sicker and weaker, and that’s when Yuko decided to help out, making some rice for him to eat. Was she inspired by her parents making meals like congee when she and her older sister were sick in the past? In any case, the dog was able to eat Yuko’s rice. (Which, interestingly enough, is actually a good thing for sick dogs to eat, since white rice has a mild flavor and is easy on the stomach. Read more here: https://www.akc.org/expert-advice/advice/can-dogs-eat-rice/. It certainly explains why some dog kibbles have flavor blends like “Lamb and Rice,” doesn’t it?)
Something about this situation was the tipping point with the stray dog. Even trapped in this scary place, here was that little girl who always followed him around (a familiar and potentially friendly face). And she brought him food that he could eat without being sick! He latched onto Yuko, and from that time on they were inseparable. Unfortunately, Yuko wasn’t able to keep him as a pet.
Happiness Charge Episode 1
We’ve never seen Yuko’s house in this show, but if you look closely at the Oomori Lunch Store, there’s a staircase that goes up to a second level, so it’s possible that this leads to an upper apartment where they live. The main issue is that Yuko’s family owns and runs a restaurant: there’s no way that health inspections and standards would allow an animal to be kept on the premises.
Yuko was allowed to get a doghouse for him, where the shiba inu could sleep at night and have shelter in the rain or snow.
She could still feed him and play with him every day, so he was a pet and family member in all but name.
Sadly, her dog, Debit, got sick and ended up passing away two years ago, when Yuko was around twelve. (All four girls are supposed to be fourteen years old as of the events of this season)
Poor Yuko was heartbroken and had trouble eating rice (Debit’s favorite food as well as her own?) while she was grieving. But Yuko’s very strong, because even after losing such a close friend like that, she hasn’t closed herself off to avoid further hurt, instead remaining open, friendly, and loving to everyone around her to this day. What a great kid!
She finishes her story by telling Phantom plainly that even though they’re enemies in the midst of a war,
all she wants is to help him recover so that he can get back home.
Phantom hasn’t said a word this whole time, but clearly he’s missing Mirage and wants to get back to her quickly.
Of course this is when Hime falls through the doorway, revealing their eavesdropping, because her leg fell asleep. Never change, Hime!
Now Phantom’s tense and upset again, but before Yuko can try to calm him down, Iona steps in. She has every reason to hate Phantom for what he did, taking her sister away, and for all the pain he’s caused so many other people around the world to this day, hunting down Cures one by one.
Yet Iona doesn’t let this anger blind her, reassuring both Phantom and Yuko that he will not be harmed while he is in their care.
Good for her! She must have a lot of respect for Yuko, to be able to make this promise.
Phantom doesn’t make things easy, warning that this naive behavior will lead to their destruction, just as Tender was captured in trying to save Iona’s life.
He then reveals that even if the Cures decided to finish the job and purify him completely, none of the captured Cures in the Precure Graveyard would be set free.
It’s very tense in the room right now, but now that we know Yuko’s story about Debit the dog, I’m seeing Phantom in much the same way as Debit may once have behaved: snarling at the many strangers crowding around, pressing himself tightly into a corner of the kennel, baring his teeth to try to protect himself… It’s a good thing that Phantom’s not a real person, or he’d probably kill me for even thinking this, honestly.
Blue shows up next, and Phantom is livid!
He’s never forgiven Blue for abandoning Mirage, leading to the war that’s still raging on today.
But all Blue says is that he needs to talk with Mirage in person. He never gets to clarify this to Phantom, either, because Ribbon has just sensed a Saiark. Looks like Oresky has arrived, as Mirage ordered earlier.
Blue calls everyone away to discuss a strategy.
The Saiark needs to be dealt with, but what can be done about Phantom in the meantime?
Holy cow! That Saiark is HUGE!
Happiness Charge Episode 9
Maybe I’m misremembering, but most of the past Saiarks I recall seeing were big enough that the Generals usually measured up about knee-high by comparison. Today’s Tree Saiark easily dwarfs that prior scale! Credit to Oresky, he knows how to make an entrance!
Meanwhile, Blue knows that by creating a Saiark that big, the enemy has to know where Phantom is right now. Oresky is probably trying to either distract the Cures so that Phantom can escape, or he plans to brute force his way in for a recovery mission. A Saiark that huge is way too dangerous to leave unchallenged, but… Can they risk leaving Phantom unguarded? They’ve already promised not to hurt him while he’s stranded here, but Phantom likely has no problem making trouble while they’re distracted.
Yuko volunteers to keep watch over Phantom, which leaves it up to Megumi, Iona, and Hime to defeat the Tree Saiark.
Everyone agrees, and the three girls transform.
They leave to confront Oresky.
Oresky demands that they release Phantom,
and the girls explain the situation.
While Oresky is highly amused (who else but the good guys would take a risk like this), it doesn’t matter because Mirage ordered him to retrieve Phantom and he won’t leave without doing so.
First, Oresky orders the Choiarks to attack.
Fortune counters by shifting into Pine Arabian Form.
Oh… That’s a big problem! While she easily puts a whole wave of Choiarks to sleep, Oresky, half-asleep himself, merely tells the Tree Saiark to produce more.
Which it does by dropping them, fully formed/summoned, from its branches like a bunch of acorns!
Meanwhile, Phantom’s taken advantage of the confusion and has succeeded in escaping the room where he’d been resting. He’s still injured and weak, but is managing to keep moving for now.
Blue confronts him, asking that he tell Mirage that Blue plans to visit soon, that he needs to talk to her.
Phantom still hates Blue with a passion, to the point that he launches a red energy ball (noticeably smaller than his past attacks) right at Blue, missing by inches.
Blue doesn’t even flinch, but thankfully Yuko arrives before things can escalate further.
Credit to Phantom, he doesn’t fire at her, instead demanding that she get out of the way.
Yuko’s incredibly brave, just calmly approaching Phantom and reminding him that no one’s trying to hurt him.
He can leave right now if he wants to, all they were trying to do was stop him from injuring himself further.
Phantom warns her that she’s making a mistake by letting him go free, but Yuko just replies that she’ll keep growing stronger and be ready to fight again another day.
Phantom creates a mirror portal and says something to Yuko, but no one else, not even the audience, hears his words.
Then he leaves.
Yuko just smiles before transforming.
Now that Phantom’s gone back home, it’s time to help take down the Saiark.
Yes!!! She’s singing her Rice Song, which we last heard briefly in Episode 28, if I remember right. The battles have gotten so intense lately that Honey’s had to get more involved in hands-on fighting instead of singing to strengthen her team and weaken the enemies. It’s kind of nice to see her powering up her team members again, for a change.
It looks like the fight was in a stalemate before she arrived. Fortune was holding off the Choiarks, leaving Lovely and Princess to deal with the Saiark.
Now that Honey’s back, it’s time to finish things off.
Empowered by the music, Fortune launches a new attack, “Fortune Shaking Star,” to drive away the horde of Choiarks.
Meanwhile, Lovely
and Princess take turns attacking the Tree Saiark, but it’s simply so big that none of their attacks make any difference.
Until Honey gets close enough that both the Saiark and Oresky are charmed by her song.
Now with some breathing space, the girls summon the Shining Make Dresser.
One “Happiness Big Bang” later, and the Saiark is purified.
Oh, there we go! I was wondering if Oresky would be affected, but it looks like the Tree Saiark took the brunt of the attack, leaving Oresky merely happy instead of purified. I have to wonder, though, if every time these Generals get exposed to this level of purification, bits of their anger and whatever other issues they’re struggling with are purged away, leading to a very slow purification over time, if the Happiness Charge girls don’t manage to finish the job directly first. In any case, the fight’s over.
The girls are relieved to hear that Phantom made it back safely, without putting any of them in danger as well. In this case, they were able to release the tiger’s tail without getting mauled in return.
Hime’s worried about Yuko, though. She was so concerned for Phantom’s welfare and he just left…
Oh my! Yuko’s not sad at all! She’s not quite as ecstatic as Megumi was this morning, but Yuko’s very, very happy right now!
Or maybe she is after all… Her sheer joy is enough to cause Ribbon to instantly summon today’s PreCard.
Wait a second, didn’t the girls have this costume already? I guess it’s another duplicate, but that’s okay, it’s still one step closer to a future wish.
Why’s Yuko so happy right now?
It turns out that when Phantom left earlier, he thanked Yuko for the meal.
And he actually ate every bite of the congee, too. Just like Debit in the past! That’s where today’s episode ends.
The Devotion of a Dog:
I apologize in advance, but today’s symbolism was really fighting me for some reason. Last time I had a struggle like this was maybe in Episode 25 when I saw palm trees, but in that case there was no relevant symbolism (palm trees apparently symbolize fertility… yeah, no comment!), so I didn’t say anything at all. In the case of the dog, there are lots of good and relevant meanings, but I just couldn’t find an easy way to connect them to today’s episode like I have in many prior reviews. I actually thought that the parallels between Phantom and Debit the dog were more than enough. But it feels wrong to have an animal with a clear symbolic meaning and not say anything about it, so… Dogs can symbolize unconditional love, loyalty, protection, fidelity/faithfulness, devotion, cooperation (they’re pack animals, after all), as well as courage, selflessness, positivity, ambition, gentleness, strength, and honesty. In Japan, dogs can indicate devotion, honor, and diligence. (Read more here: https://worldbirds.com/dog-symbolism/)
I would personally add that dogs are generally good judges of character. If someone’s acting suspiciously or seems to be threatening in some way, a dog will recognize this and let its family know, risking its own health if it comes down to keeping loved ones safe. Isn’t it interesting that when Phantom was leaving, while he had no problem lashing out at Blue due to his bad history with Mirage, Phantom would not attack Yuko. Now that I think about it, this may be the very first time that Phantom has held himself back in such a way. Remember that he targeted young Iona in the past in order to distract Tender and successfully take her down, so he has no issues with threatening innocent civilians. If he could now be having second thoughts about fighting, realizing that Cures may not be the ultimate evil that Mirage/the Deep Mirror proclaims them to be… The seeds of thought have been planted. Maybe things can start to change.
Chapter 33: Episode 32: Iona's First Love!? Activate Innocent Form!
Chapter Text
I noticed something that really made me think, with today’s episode. I’ve found myself missing some of the troubles the girls were dealing with in the show up through Episode 23. In a way, those issues dealing with trauma, anxiety, fear of abandonment, fear in general, bitterness, anger, and working to help rebuild a hurt person’s ability to trust, were simpler problems, ones that are fairly easy to understand. Certainly they were a little more interesting to watch and root for every step of progress that was made. Now, though, the whole tone of the series has shifted. We’re still seeing a worldwide war, and the challenges are ramping up every episode, with the girls needing to rise to meet each new obstacle. But instead of trauma, there’s been a heavy emphasis on the after-effects of recovery from this trauma, love, and really, kind of just growing up in general. I don’t know how else to describe it.
One comparison that’s occurred to me in trying to figure out just what’s changed, is how this might compare to a fairy tale. Every fairy tale starts with “Once upon a time” and ends with “Happily ever after,” right? There’s always a conflict of some sort that needs to be resolved, and once it is, the story’s over. But is it, really? A fairy tale is actually a snapshot of a character’s life up to a certain point. Happily ever after… What exactly does that mean? It can’t imply that there will never be any problems ever again.
Think about Snow White, for example, considering that Hime in this series has borrowed her name (SHIRAYUKI Hime). After several attempted assassinations, Snow White was eventually rescued by a prince and lived happily ever after, but is that really correct? Maybe the troubles with the evil queen were over, but can we really say that Snow White never had any issues ever again? What if the kingdom suffered a drought one year? And what might it have been like for Snow White in learning to act as a queen now that she was no longer treated so horribly in her own home? We can certainly hope that her kingdom never had to face war during her lifetime! Can we safely say that there might’ve been more problems in the future, but they may have paled in comparison to her earlier trials during the events of the fairy tale? Let’s be honest, the way life works, there’s no permanent peace until someone’s finally passed away.
The first half of Happiness Charge had a lot of growth and understanding, wrapping up with a serious trial that not only put some of Hime’s last and greatest fears permanently to rest, but ended up uniting all four girls into a very close-knit team and group of friends. Now things have slowed down in some ways, and even with Endgame looming in the background, the challenges of today feel a bit smaller. While I miss some of the past difficulties, I can’t deny that it’s still been very interesting to see these girls keep growing by the day.
Case in point, today’s episode is going to focus on Iona, and it sounds like she’ll be learning about love on a slightly more intimate level than what she’s likely been experiencing with Megumi and the others during their Summer break. Not every conflict will be a life-or-death battle against Phantom, but that doesn’t mean there’s not something that can be learned by a new experience, all the same. I only apologize that I may not be able to do this episode full justice, given my lack of knowledge in this area, but I will try my best, nonetheless.
Today’s episode starts with Megumi, Hime, and Yuko… What are they even doing?
Oh, they’re trying to awaken more power from the Shining Make Dresser by flexing or posing in front of it? I’m not sure why they think that’ll do anything, but it made me smile. I guess the events of the last couple of episodes have made them realize that having access to more power is a good thing. If the enemies are ramping up their efforts in this war, the Cures have to be able to respond accordingly.
Glasses reminds them that the Dresser will only respond to their INNOCENT feelings (which I’ve already discussed before, see Episode 30), but no one really seems to understand exactly what that means.
Megumi’s antsy because the power is right there, waiting to be drawn out, and it’ll certainly be needed as these battles get more intense over time.
Hime asks Iona to try activating the Dresser next. Iona must be in a really good mood today because she’s not trying to tone any of this back, nor is she calling her friends out for their shenanigans.
She even stands directly in front of the Dresser, just like the other girls had before,
but all Iona does is smile.
The Shining Make Dresser obviously doesn’t respond, but Megumi, Hime, and Yuko are now geeking out at how cute Iona looked when she was able to relax and smile.
Hime asks her to do it again, and now Iona looks rather embarrassed, refusing the request.
Wow, Iona really is happy today! I’m glad to see it. She’s more than earned the right to be able to let down her guard around friends she can trust.
But before we go on, let’s take a minute and welcome Cure Sword of DokiDoki Precure today! Now isn’t she a fascinating choice for today’s episode. I only saw a handful of episodes from DokiDoki, but Sword was another Cure dealing with some serious trauma of her own. It took a while for Heart, Diamond, and Rosetta to even get her to trust them enough to agree to fight alongside them. I’d imagine that her situation probably mirrors a fair bit of what we’ve been seeing with Fortune in Happiness Charge. Anyway, let’s get going with today’s episode for now.
It’s interesting to note that it appears that school has started up again for the Fall, so this likely puts us somewhere in either August or early September, for those piecing together a timeline.
Unfortunately for Iona, now that her friends are aware of how pretty she is when she smiles, they keep begging her to do it again.
And again.
Poor Iona’s getting no respect, and since it’s her friends asking, what exactly can she do? They’re not bullying her, they just like seeing how happy she is, and now she feels very self-conscious about it.
And what makes me laugh, now that I think about it, is how stunned the rest of the school must be on seeing this.
Happiness Charge Episode 8 (Clearly admired, but no one’s trying to get close because Iona always has things to do.)
Happiness Charge Episode 13
In the past, Iona hasn’t exactly been the most approachable person, has she? Who knows what she was like before her sister was taken, but anytime we’ve seen her prior to Episodes 23 and 24, she’s been very cold and distant.
Happiness Charge Episode 19
Not necessarily mean (unless Hime was involved), but very strict and serious, and certainly busy. Did this poor girl ever do anything except school, training, and battling Saiarks before Phantom’s invasion and the shattering of her worldview (see Episodes 21-23)? Nowadays, though, she’s still fairly serious, keeping everyone on track with what needs to be done, but she’s also lightened up somewhat.
Happiness Charge Episode 30
I know that I’ve noticed a few times that Iona has just played along with her friends, instead of constantly being the one to rein in their antics.
Happiness Charge Episode 30
She’s finally started to be able to relax. Maybe Rin, Rei, Kana, Elena, and Kazumi saw hints of this when they came to visit during the Training Camp (see Episode 25), but the rest of the school must be wondering if they’re looking at an interdimensional doppelganger of Iona right now! The resident Ice Princess is now running around with the school’s most notorious Social Butterfly (or Golden Retriever puppy, depending on whichever analogy you prefer),
Happiness Charge Episode 4
Happiness Charge Episode 4
whose last addition to her friend group was an incredibly anxious girl who had horrible panic attacks when confronted with too many people that she didn’t know. At least the teachers may be considering asking Megumi to be the school’s official greeter for any new students, but what are the kids thinking about all of this?
Certainly one boy in particular, Kaido Yuya, has noticed that Iona’s feeling much better now.
He seems to be interested in getting to know her better, too.
He approaches Iona between classes, when Iona and Hime are together.
Hime respects Yuya’s request to speak with Iona alone, but I chuckled a bit at Iona’s reaction to this.
Did we just witness Hime being Iona’s “safe person?” If so, Hime might need to work on it a bit because a safe person shouldn’t leave the concerned party alone, though in Hime’s defense she didn’t go too far away, just far enough to respect their privacy. I personally believe that a safe person doesn’t need to be strong or bold to provide a buffer to an overwhelming world because I can’t tell you how many times I’ve latched onto younger nieces and nephews, or even my siblings when they were little, following them around. My own anxieties didn’t matter so much when I had my focus on someone else, someone who maybe needed to get a binder at the (rather crowded and noisy) store in order to assemble a book report, for example. It’s nice when the safe person is closer in age and can actively help, but a younger person needing assistance can easily end up filling the same role. Sorry for that little tangent. Let’s continue.
In any case, Hime’s keeping watch from a distance,
while Yuya introduces himself and admits that he’s interested in Iona.
Iona has no idea what to think when Yuya further confesses that he likes her and would like to start dating, if she were okay with this.
This is all very sudden, but he asks Iona to think about it. Wow, Yuya’s really brave! While I do think that this was maybe a little much all at once, in the long run it’s good that he’s being honest about his feelings. Now that Iona’s aware of this, there’s at least a chance that she and Yuya could try to see if a relationship might possibly work out. Another case where communication can lead to understanding, at the very least. Now if only Seiji could do the same with Megumi…
Anyway, now the girls are holding a full-on council at the Embassy after school, trying to determine how to help Iona decide what to do.
Poor Iona’s never been in this kind of situation before and doesn’t even know what it feels like to be in love. (Emotions are very hard!)
Yuko… Oh my gosh, she’s acting as the Love Guru for today!
It makes sense (see Episode 31), but somehow I wasn’t expecting her to take the lead in this case. It’s a role she could play quite well, though. Megumi takes care of everyone’s happiness levels, Hime makes sure that they’re dressed for success, and Iona keeps everyone on track and makes sure no one will die, so it falls to Yuko to keep everyone well-fed and to offer advice in matters of love… I guess?
Hime suggests that Iona should go on a date as a way to get to know Yuya better.
Iona thinks that’s too much
and (this made me laugh) turns to Blue, going, “Wait a minute, we’re Cures! Cures aren’t supposed to be in relationships, right?”
But Blue, interestingly enough, doesn’t say a word. I wonder if he’s been noticing how things have changed, now that the Shining Make Dresser is restored. His advice (see Episode 3), based on his own experience, to avoid relationships altogether may have helped to a certain point, but the rules have changed. The Dresser activates when it recognizes a Cure’s innocent feelings/heartfelt emotions/intent, so maybe trying to prevent the girls from experiencing potentially painful situations like this might ultimately hold them back, hence his silence now? He certainly looks amused, though. Is this also a subtle payback for their argument about this rule back in Episode 24? (“You said that you wanted to experience love one day, Iona. Now’s your chance!”)
Iona has no help from that quarter, and in the meantime Hime’s called Seiji to ask for Yuya’s phone number.
Poor Iona, it’s not fun to be pushed along like that, especially when things are moving much faster than she feels prepared to deal with!
At least Megumi softens the blow by offering to have their group go with Iona and Yuya so she won’t feel completely overwhelmed on a first date. (I’m still having a hard time picturing fourteen-year-olds dating when, as I’ve said before, my family didn’t allow dating before sixteen. But all things considered, these girls are acting very responsibly, so I guess I can overlook my own confusion for now.)
Yuya’s okay with the idea, so it sounds like a plan!
Meanwhile Namakelder and Hosshiiwa (no sign of Oresky today), have both sensed that love is in the air.
Hosshiiwa still thinks that love doesn’t last and is just a waste of time, but Namakelder, as we’ve seen before (see Episode 25), is strangely motivated, viewing love as an active threat.
Hosshiiwa doesn’t want to deal with it today, so it sounds like Namakelder’s going on the attack this time.
Looking good, Iona! I like how the Costume Cards are color-coded to each girl.
Happiness Charge Episode 7
Iona’s wearing the same dress (I think) that Megumi did back in Episode 7, but this time the outfit is purple.
But Hime’s not done yet.
One makeup session later, and Iona…
Wow, she looks great! I have to admit, I’ve never been a huge fan of makeup. It really changes a person’s appearance, in a good way, admittedly, but sometimes seeing this effect in the mirror…
Disney’s Mulan (1998)
It doesn’t feel like it’s actually you staring back. This has always scared me, certainly to the point that I don’t like looking in a mirror any longer than I have to.
I wonder if this is part of why Iona looks so nervous now, or if it’s simply the fact that she’s all dressed up, this date is actually happening, and she has no idea what to think about any of this. It’s okay, Iona, your friends will be right there with you if you need help for any reason!
Oh, so they decided to go to the zoo? That’s a pretty good choice for a first outing in getting to know someone. I’d imagine that with everything to see, there’s less pressure to interact directly and… Excuse me, I’ll keep going now.
While Megumi and Seiji wander off in one direction
and Hime and Yuko go another way,
it’s just Iona and Yuya for now. Iona’s not thrilled to be left alone in this situation, but hard though this might be for her, this whole outing was meant for Iona to get to know Yuya better, so she’s got to follow through.
Credit to Yuya, before Iona has time to really get worried, he asks if there’s any animal in particular that she wants to see and, when she says no, offers a suggestion of his own. I’m glad that he’s taking things slowly for Iona’s sake. She’s been so hurt in the past that it’s been a bit of a challenge just learning to interact with friends she can trust.
Getting to know someone new, especially if this involves a bit of romantic attraction, is the next logical step. Iona might not feel ready to think about something like this quite yet, but at least Yuya seems to recognize this.
He draws her attention to a giraffe, pointing out little details that he finds fascinating and letting Iona take it in on her own time.
Iona offers it some leaves to eat, finally starting to relax.
After that, Yuya convinces Iona to play catch with a frisbee.
As strong as Iona is, she seems to be having trouble keeping the disc in the air for long.
Yuya advises her to throw the frisbee up, not just forward, and that seems to make the difference.
Nice catch, Yuya!
He must be an athlete of some sort, that was impressive!
Iona seems to agree. She’s starting to be able to relax, just having fun.
Yuya mentions this, having noticed her smile. Now with a moment of quiet, Yuya’s ready to talk. But before we follow this conversation, I’m going to take a little break and mention something that caught my attention.
I haven’t seen any flowers today that stand out, but the girls are at the zoo. We’ve been shown repeated glimpses of a Giraffe, a Hippopotamus, and a Sloth. It turns out that each of these animals has some symbolism attached to them, all relevant to today’s episode in some way. I don’t want to take too long musing on it, though, since this involves three separate symbols and I don’t want to drag this review out longer than it needs to be. Here goes:
The giraffe symbolizes connecting with the divine, due to its tall height. In addition to this, the giraffe is thought to be a wise observer, of being able to see what’s coming, thus being able to help others who may not have this perspective. Iona’s Cure symbol is a star, and I remember that indicated protection and guidance, so a giraffe seems to fit with this. You can read about it here: https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/mammals/giraffe-symbolism-meaning/, but these are some of the more obvious connections I noticed.
Now for the hippo. Apparently a hippo can symbolize the need for change. Things have stagnated, you’ve fallen into a routine or given up on making progress in life, so hippos indicate that you need to do something to force your way through whatever’s blocking the way forward. A hippo also refers to honest communication (yes, due to their large mouths), so isn’t it interesting that we were shown the hippo again right before Iona and Yuya sat down to talk? Read about it here: https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/mammals/hippo-symbolism-meaning/.
Finally, there’s the sloth. My first thought was that sloths are slow, so I connected this to Yuya moving very slowly while spending time with Iona. She’s clearly very anxious, but given a bit of time to adjust to the situation, she’s able to relax and enjoy herself. Iona and Hime have both been very hurt in the past and to this day don’t seem to take surprises and changes very well, so it makes sense that a sloth appearing on-screen would be a reminder to take things slowly. In addition to this, though, a sloth can be an indicator for introspection, a bit of soul-searching, which you’ll see tie in later on in this episode. There was a direct quote from this article that I really liked so I’ll add it in here:
“Sloth people are shy and reserved. It can be hard for people to get to know you. Kindness and politeness are part of your make up, but anything really social isn't attractive. It takes time for you to really open up and even then, personal information comes out in snippets. Remember this because other people get impatient over time. This feeling can easily increase because Sloth does not change his mind lightly. Pretty words do not move you. Rather, any idea must be presented with sound reasoning and solid study before you even consider it.
Balancing that a Sloth Totem person is the most patient friend you will ever find. If you are not ready – ok! If you are trying to heal, slowly is great! Sloth doesn't expect you to move exactly at his pace, but they do understand the need for gradual transformation and will support you all the way.” (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/mammals/sloth-symbolism-meaning/)
Getting back on track, though, Yuya’s grateful that Iona invited him out on a date. He’d worried that he pushed too hard and that Iona wasn’t having fun,
being forced into an awkward situation and under obligation to respond to his feelings.
Iona’s surprised, since Yuya acted so confidently, like he knew what he was doing.
Yuya admits that confessing how he felt took all his courage. Again, I’m glad that he’s being so honest to Iona here. Misunderstandings and miscommunications can happen a lot, but by being up front about everything to Iona, these two have a good chance of working through any rough spots.
Iona certainly seems to appreciate his honesty, because she’s smiling again.
Yuya mentions that she’s looked much happier lately.
He then says that he’s always been interested in her. Again, I’m glad that he’s being very clear, but this was a bit too much, and Iona ends up needing to escape for a few minutes to process things.
Poor kids! Emotions are very complicated sometimes.
But Yuya has no time to puzzle things out, because Namakelder just arrived.
Namakelder’s in Serious Mode today, pointing out that Yuya pushed too much too soon, even identifying himself as the “Love Hunter,” a title he’s never used before.
Then he traps Yuya in a mirror, summoning a Basketball Saiark to attack! (I wonder if Yuya’s a member of the basketball team, considering the Saiark’s form. Yuya already showed during the game of frisbee earlier that he’s fairly athletic, able to run quickly, jump really high, and catch the disc without even looking.)
Meanwhile, Iona has returned with two ice cream cones, and…
Oh gosh, it’s kind of spooky. The colors have all faded out, not quite to black-and-white, but everything’s got this grayish cast to it. And the background music stopped the moment the Basketball Saiark appeared.
Namakelder explains that he’s freed Yuya from his suffering. Really, Namakelder?
I agree that emotions are hard, that life is hard and sometimes people get hurt, but I don’t think that this is what Yuya really wanted.
Namakelder seems to be projecting a fair bit here, and it makes me wonder again what must’ve happened to hurt him so badly that he chose to join up with the Phantom Empire in the first place.
None of this matters, though, because he just called the Basketball Saiark over, and now it’s spreading mold throughout the zoo.
Iona may have been overwhelmed and confused on hearing Yuya’s confession, but she’s not going to let Namakelder get away with this.
Nor are Megumi, Yuko, or Hime, who’ve just arrived on the scene. All four girls transform.
Namakelder declares that he will destroy love altogether, and the battle begins. Today’s fight is a little different because the Cures have opted to go for a mostly physical beatdown.
Lovely swings Princess around for a devastating kick,
which Fortune duplicates with Honey.
This knocks the Saiark down, but the Basketball Saiark is very resilient.
It’s barely down for a moment before it jumps high into the air,
spiking down an energy ball (Or beam? It’s really hard to tell) on Lovely and Princess.
It then leaps after Fortune and Honey, managing to swat Honey out of the air.
Fortune’s the only one still standing for now.
Namakelder asks if Fortune still thinks she can save Yuya, as the Saiark resumes the fight.
Fortune manages to land a decent blow, but the Saiark is too quick, with unpredictable movements (half the time this thing’s in the air, and it’s already really fast and quick to react).
It manages to strike her down, and the creepiest part of all this is that there was already no music, just sound effects, but even those went silent for a moment when Fortune was hit. Something about this whole battle has been very unsettling, and kind of threatening.
Namakelder merely laughs, explaining that once someone falls in love, that’s it.
They’ll only be led on and get hurt.
Namakelder really holds a grudge about something in his past regarding love.
Maybe he even feels he’s doing others a favor, in a way, trapping them in stasis so that they won’t be hurt by emotions and love gone awry.
But Lovely speaks up then, saying that while people can be hurt by love, their emotions are real and can’t be denied.
Princess and Honey arrive to back her up.
Even Seiji’s here, telling Namakelder that Iona really cares about Yuya.
Meanwhile, Fortune’s having a bit of an epiphany. She said earlier in this episode that she doesn’t know what love (romantic attraction) feels like. Yuya told her he liked her, and was interested in getting to know her better.
Fortune might not know exactly what these emotions mean, or what to do about them, but she does know that she wants to save Yuya.
And her realization has just triggered a response from the Shining Make Dresser. She’s onto something, for sure.
Fortune continues, noting that Yuya’s confession made her happy, even though she also felt scared and uncertain, not sure what to think and only able to apologize.
She’s decided to accept all the emotions that she’s been feeling.
She might not know what it means to feel love and to date, but Yuya is important to her, and she’s going to save him no matter what!
That did it!
Her determination to protect Yuya triggered something, and now Fortune has a brand new PreCard.
Fortune shifts into Innocent Form. (One thing I did notice was that her wings not only have a different color, instead of the usual purple hue, but they are now more rounded and lobed, rather like a butterfly’s wings. In fact, on a second watchthrough, I’m having trouble deciding if these are wings or more of a giant bow at the back of this new outfit.
Image found here: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Characters/HappinessChargePrettyCure
Certainly the shape of the bow/wings is nigh identical to Queen Mirage’s appearance, and that begs the question: Back when Mirage was sane and a Cure, did she progress far enough to earn an Innocent Form of her own? And if so, is her current appearance the twisted result of this, or just a really interesting coincidence?)
Innocent Fortune wants to protect the feelings of others.
Namakelder’s not impressed. He knows that love only causes hurt and tragedy and thus needs to be destroyed.
He orders the Basketball Saiark to attack once again. It’s hard to say what’s changed with her new Form right away, but Innocent Fortune is fast enough to avoid the Saiark’s attacks, and she manages to shatter its sunglasses with a kick.
The Basketball Saiark spins around fast enough that she can’t dodge,
but by this time Lovely, Princess, and Honey have managed to catch it in midair, giving Fortune some breathing space.
Here we go!
Innocent Fortune launches her special attack, “Precure Emerald Illusion.”
Oh… That’s really interesting. This doesn’t seem to act like a normal purification attack, instead summoning a crystalline ball to trap the Basketball Saiark in one place. Does this mean that if Innocent Fortune was alone battling this Saiark, she’d have to use an entirely separate purification attack to bring it down? “Emerald Illusion” is still pretty helpful, given that this Saiark has been too fast and agile for the girls to be able to do much to stop it.
Now that it’s contained, they have a chance to take it down with a Team Attack.
Innocent Fortune reverts to her original Cure Form. (And isn’t that interesting as well. Is Innocent Form a sort of temporary power boost that has to be removed before “Happiness Big Bang” can happen? It makes some sense, given that this has been the case for the girls whenever they’ve used a regular Form Change attack. All these new rules… It’s going to take time to figure them out, but it’s certainly a lot of fun to ponder about!)
Finally, the Cures attack with “Happiness Big Bang,” and the Saiark’s gone!
Unlike Oresky in the last episode, Namakelder doesn’t show any sign that this attack, or the residual happiness, has had any impact on him. He looks rather frustrated that no one’s listening to his warnings about love.
Lovely tells him that love is a wonderful thing, even when it hurts.
Namakelder doesn’t believe it, but he leaves without any further trouble.
Yuya’s been set free, and finally the colors are back to normal. I don’t mind when animation styles change. Most times I even enjoy seeing different styles, but the grayed-out color schemes were rather off-putting in today’s battle.
Now that the danger’s over, Iona’s able to apologize for running off.
And Yuya apologizes for pushing too much with his interest and feelings.
He does want to know if there’s any chance that Iona might feel something for him, though. To know that she at least doesn’t hate him.
Remember what I said regarding the sloth earlier? That one of its meanings was introspection, a bit of soul-searching?
Iona doesn’t understand what it means to feel romantic attraction, and no wonder, given all that she’s been through,
but she did enjoy spending time with Yuya today. She needs some time to figure things out.
And credit to Yuya, he’s very understanding and willing to give her that time. These kids are awesome!
I don’t typically choose to watch or read about anything with a heavy emphasis on love. (Ironic, considering what I’ve been writing about. Don’t I know it!) Given my own difficulties in feeling and expressing certain emotions, I’ve often felt like some sort of alien outsider stuck inside a human body, hardly able to understand just what’s going on whenever dating, romance, and so on comes up in daily life. Yet Happiness Charge goes the extra mile, even with the heavy emphasis on healing and LOVE, to show that not everyone feels love the same way. Not everyone understands what love is or what to do about it, and some people might need a little extra time to really think about it and figure out just what it means to them. And the show doesn’t depict this as being a wrong thing, either! Communication happens, in order to explain the problem, and two people are able to come to an agreement. Maybe things will work out in the future, maybe not, but there’s a very good chance for success, now that both of them have a better understanding of the situation.
I mentioned earlier that Seiji will need to plainly express his feelings for Megumi if he ever wants anything to change between them, but the fear of what changes may come from such an action is very powerful, and very difficult to overcome. What about Blue and Mirage, too? Could things have worked out between them if Blue had plainly explained whatever was holding him back from getting too close? (Admittedly, the Deep Mirror is actively sabotaging any chances of Mirage wanting any sort of peaceful resolution. If he’s been doing this ever since Mirage first went mad and needed to be sealed away, maybe there was no hope of talking things out in the past.) Disregarding the age difference, and that I still find any pairing with Blue very uncomfortable and unlikely to work out… It’s something to think about, isn’t it?
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard.
Then Yuko says they need to keep working hard, both as Cures and with love.
Hime insists that Megumi needs to also work on fashion, and Megumi agrees.
And that’s the end of today’s episode.
Chapter 34: Episode 33: What I Want to Become! Megumi's Innocent Search!
Chapter Text
Well… Megumi’s clearly very excited that Iona unlocked her Innocent Form last episode.
She’s singing in front of the Shining Make Dresser, and in front of her friends who look both amused and maybe a bit confused. Here’s something I found rather hilarious (and a bit of a spoiler): “Happiness Big Bang” is the team’s first purifying attack. They’re going to get a second one later on, one that involves SINGING. And what Megumi’s singing right now is part of their song, shortly before the purification actually happens! “Inno-cen-to!” Look it up if you don’t believe me.The name of this attack, which I’ll cover in-depth when the girls actually earn it, is called “Precure Innocent Purification.” (Here’s one link, if it helps: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v2mzU1HfnYc) Listen very closely and tell me if you don’t hear the similarities with what Megumi’s singing right now.
Poor Hime’s a little fed up with Megumi’s excitement. It makes me wonder just how long Megumi has been geeking out about this.
Yuko acknowledges that Megumi really wants to earn an Innocent Form of her own, now that she knows what this powerup looks like.
What really made me smile was seeing Glasses give a thumbs up to Iona. She looks so proud of Iona’s growth, and it’s adorable!
Seiji asks if Megumi can unlock this potential for herself, which prompts Megumi to get in Iona’s face,
begging to learn the secret to earning this form.
Unfortunately, Iona really has no idea how it happened.
Happiness Charge Episode 32
Remember that she’d just taken a bad hit prior to this,
Happiness Charge Episode 32
and then she was probably in a daze, just wanting to protect Yuya no matter what. Iona’s experience doesn’t exactly provide a clear checklist on conditions that need to be met, does it?
Luckily for Iona, who looks really self-conscious with this confrontation,
Blue intervenes, reminding Megumi about innocent feelings, specifically that awakening this kind of deep, pure emotion in her heart should cause the Shining Make Dresser to respond.
But Megumi just doesn’t understand. I don’t blame her, either. This kind of soul-deep realization is likely going to be very different for each girl, so how can such an experience be calculated? It’s not exactly possible that this sort of development could be plotted out like a training regimen to build up towards running a marathon, is it?
Happiness Charge Episode 32
Yuko mentioned last episode that love isn’t something that necessarily needs to be understood, that it kind of just happens. I’d imagine that receiving the Innocent Form is largely the same.
Megumi may have no idea what she needs to do to earn this ability for herself, but she knows that she loves helping others.
She concludes that she needs to help more people going forward and then maybe something will happen. I’m not sure that this is quite the best plan, given that this new transformation happened to Iona rather spontaneously. Nor am I convinced that Megumi trying to brute force a solution is going to make any difference. All the same, it’s not really a bad idea. Helping others in need is something that Megumi really likes to do and is very important to her, just like protecting Yuya was important to Iona.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
Think back to Episode 5 of this show as well.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
The more people that Megumi and Hime helped, the more PreCards they earned.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
(Five after one battle, and that’s a record that I’m not sure was ever broken, though it was matched a few different times.)
Happiness Charge Episode 22
(I stand corrected, this record was beaten in Episode 22, with six Cards earned during Phantom’s invasion of Pikarigaoka.) Megumi’s logic is sound, but I’m cringing a bit all the same. Whether this is a solid plan to follow or not, Blue’s basically unleashed Megumi in Helper Mode into the world! Friends and strangers beware, Megumi will love you to death whether you like it or not!!!
Let’s all take a minute to welcome Cure Muse of Suite Pretty Cure today.
So now Megumi’s looking everywhere for anyone who might even remotely need help.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
(I had to smile, seeing her doing the hand-glasses over her eyes. She’s lucky that this alone isn’t enough to activate Cure powers. Actually, could she even use “Lovely Beam” without transforming? I wouldn’t think so…)
Whoa! There’s a girl over on the artificial riverbank who has a rocket launch fully set up.
The rocket itself looks like it’s at least as big as she is, not just some little remote control toy, so this is a pretty serious operation.
Unfortunately, nothing happens when she triggers the ignition.
Nothing exploded, but clearly there’s some hidden flaws in the rocket that prevented lift-off.
Poor kid!
And Megumi’s on the case!
When she asks what’s going on, Megumi learns that this girl actually built the rocket by herself, though she’s never had a successful launch. Holy cow! Are you kidding me? I might know how to follow a recipe and cross-stitch a picture, but I’m following clearly defined instructions whenever I do so. This girl, if she’s building rockets by herself, is likely creating her own blueprints to follow, having to know the ins-and-outs of every little piece of the engines, the rocket frame… That’s incredible!!!
Megumi then asks if she can help.
The girl understandably looks a little skeptical about Megumi’s ability to help, but her grandfather likes Megumi’s enthusiasm and suggests letting her try.
The girl finally agrees, introducing herself as Jindaiji Mami.
She actually hopes to help build professional rockets someday in the future, which is why she’s practicing on creating her own right now. That’s so cool! My first thought was that Mami’s on her way to becoming a NASA engineer, but that’s not quite right. NASA is the American space program, isn’t it? Japan’s space program is known as JAXA (Read about it here: https://global.jaxa.jp/).
Mami’s really serious about working on rockets.
She has a whole garage space set up as her rocket lab and everything.
I know, Megumi, how awesome is this?!
Mami then shows Megumi the source of her inspiration,
a screw that fell from an official JAXA rocket that launched into space!
Oh, her grandfather helped build the rocket this screw came from, too.
No wonder Mami’s so interested in this kind of career!
She’s probably gotten a bit of help from him here and there, but I wonder if Mami’s taking it as a personal challenge to build a fully functional rocket under her own power.
Megumi’s certainly impressed, and more eager than ever to help. But here’s where the trouble starts.
Mami’s tinkering with a small rocket part, needing to trim a wire.
She asks Megumi to bring her the wire cutters.
But Megumi has no idea which tool is which, just like me.
To be fair, I spotted at least four tools in this shot alone that could be the wire cutters that Mami needs.
Poor Megumi wants to help, but she doesn’t have the knowledge to do so.
Mami ends up retrieving the wire cutters on her own.
And maybe now you can see the problem for this episode: How do you help someone when you have no knowledge or experience to do so? How can you help without just becoming a distraction and getting in the way? Megumi’s only desire in life is for others to be happy, and she ensures this by helping out as much as she can. But what can she do in a situation like this?
Megumi still wants to try, and she seems to have found something to do, so there’s that, I guess.
Mami needs another tool and goes to retrieve it.
Except all her tools are gone. Don’t tell me…
Oh no! Megumi saw the cluttered workbench and thought she’d help by PUTTING ALL THE TOOLS AWAY! Megumi, I really like you, you’re so sweet, but no… Don’t do this!
Poor Mami! She’s very nice about everything, but this was a big mistake.
Oof! While part of me wants to swat Megumi over the head for this, I can’t truly blame her any more than Mami can. Here’s the problem as I see it: Megumi’s used to most projects only lasting in the short-term, where having a clear workspace is very helpful.
Happiness Charge Episode 35
Think about her working alongside her mother, or Yuko, preparing some meal or trying out a new recipe. If, for example, the designated chef in the situation was making bread, the measuring utensils only need to be kept out long enough to measure out the necessary ingredients. After the dough is mixed and has had time to rise, you need a clean and clear space on the counter to be able to roll out or shape the dough into loaves.
Any kitchen project tends to leave a huge mess, so I’ll bet that Megumi’s learned to take shortcuts just like me: Try to use the same measuring cup or spoon for multiple ingredients (dry first, like flour and spices, then wet, like cooking oil, to reduce the overall mess and ensure accurate measurements), then you have fewer dishes to clean up later. You can wash the dishes and put away any other unnecessary equipment while the bread dough is rising. Wash down the counter before and after shaping the loaves, and all you have to clean when the bread’s finished baking is the bread pans and cooling racks. It’s fairly simple, right?
This sort of strategy has always worked for Megumi before, and her using shortcuts like this to keep ahead in any cooking project (or other short-term work like chores, laundry, homework, etc.) has likely always been very helpful. Some long-term projects aren’t so easily dealt with.
I can’t speak to mechanical work, Mami’s specialty, but I have to wonder if it’s anything like cross-stitching is for me.
Ruler shown for size comparison
Some projects I’ve worked on in the past and am still working on to this day are fairly large.
They involve many different colors of threads, thirty separate colors being a lowball estimate. I used to try to finish pictures by using one color at a time to simplify things, but I’ve learned over the years that this just isn’t possible when I’m counting squares (think like pixels in a picture) to reach the next area requiring my current color, and I might have to count 100 or more spaces to get there. I’ve found it easier overall to take one section in my pattern, a hundred square grid, and fill this area in before moving to the next part. Rinse and repeat. I’ve learned shortcuts/helpful tricks of my own:
Make a copy of my whole pattern, one for the stitches that fill in a basic color, and possibly a second copy in order to add in detailed line stitches or french knots where needed. The master copy of the pattern is left untouched in order to verify accuracy. By having these copies, I can color in every stitch I make so that I’m less likely to miss or duplicate a stitch if I’ve had to put the project aside for a while.
Since each picture requires so many differently colored threads, I’ve started paperclipping them onto index cards, labeling each color, matching it to the relevant symbol, and noting the number of threads necessary.
If all of this sounds overly complicated, I apologize, but my point is that I have a workable system. Even if my bedroom might look like a bit of a disaster area whenever I’m working through a larger cross stitch picture, I know where all my tools are and thus can keep track of what I need to do next. If someone like Megumi came in and wanted to help, sorting out my embroidery thread by color (pinks - twenty different shades now mixed together, blues, yellows, etc), putting away my sewing scissors and seam ripper where I can no longer find them, and so on, I’d probably lose my mind and want to quit because it’s already hard enough keeping everything straight in a system of “organized chaos.” I would understand that my “helper” was only trying their best to help me, so I wouldn’t try taking out my frustrations on them, but that doesn’t change that this sort of intrusion would be a huge setback for me.
Poor Mami and Megumi! Megumi’s helping in the best way she knows how, but nothing’s working. And Mami, bless her heart, recognizes this and is trying so hard to be kind and patient even while Megumi’s throwing her off and being so distracting. This is very painful to watch!
After a while, Mami needs a break and offers to go make some tea.
Megumi’s left alone again, with no new ideas for how to help Mami.
That’s when she notices that Mami’s white lab coat is very dirty.
I honestly can’t blame Megumi for what she does next. Again, it’s a very logical observation that would be valued in nearly any other possible situation. Going back to the cooking example I described earlier, sometimes projects in the kitchen can get very messy. Clothing can get stained, and if not treated properly, those stains might become permanent. How many times has Megumi likely offered to help do laundry after cooking in the kitchen? And keeping on top of this has always been very much appreciated in the past.
The problem is that none of today’s events match up with anything Megumi’s experienced before.
Megumi succeeds in cleaning Mami’s lab coat, and I’m really impressed. Some of those smears might have come from oil or grease, in addition to soot and smoke, and that’s got to be tricky to wash away, but Megumi managed it! She’s so pleased that she found some way to help out after all.
Then Mami’s grandfather passes by. OH NO!!! It turns out that the reason that Mami let her lab coat become so dirty was deeply symbolic: No rest, no washing things up until she succeeds in building a functional rocket.
And Megumi just washed it prematurely!
Megumi frantically apologizes for her mistake.
Credit to Mami, while she clearly looks hurt, she forgives the error and tries to find some new symbolism to inspire herself.
(Fresh clean coat = fresh clean ideas, a blank slate)
But Megumi knows that she really messed up this time. Poor kids! I know I’ve often said that communicating would likely help, but would even this have been enough today? I’ve studied a lot about Biology and plants in the past (as you’ve maybe noticed in some of these reviews), and most people have no idea what I’m talking about when I might refer to a plant or animal by its Latin name, for example. Maybe if Megumi and Mami had laid out boundaries, at the very least (“Here, Megumi, you can do this!”), but Mami’s likely used to working alone and didn’t know what to say to someone unfamiliar with her field of work, and Megumi’s been known to overlook another’s wishes while caught up in her own excitement (see Episode 7).
Happiness Charge Episode 30
I know that it’s easy to look at today’s episode and complain about Megumi, especially after watching Episode 30.
Happiness Charge Episode 30
Phantom/Cure Unlovely very clearly pointed out several flaws, so Megumi should be aware of them now, if she wasn’t before, and she should be trying to improve herself as a result. How can she make these sorts of mistakes again after having an experience like that? This was my knee-jerk reaction, too. She doesn’t learn, she hasn’t changed, right? Not quite… On a second watchthrough, I’ve noticed a few differences.
First off, Megumi was overtaken with excitement and went too far.
Happiness Charge Episode 4
We’ve seen this happen before (see Episodes 4 and 7).
Happiness Charge Episode 7
Happiness Charge Episode 7
Usually Megumi’s had someone there to explain what went wrong and tell her how best to fix things.
Happiness Charge Episode 4
Seiji did this in Episode 4, telling Megumi that while she had the right idea, trying to help a very shy Hime make friends,
Happiness Charge Episode 4
Happiness Charge Episode 4
she’d moved faster than Hime was prepared for, leaving Hime with no choice but to run and hide because she was so overwhelmed.
Happiness Charge Episode 14
Yuko offered some advice, too, if you remember from Episode 14, when she stopped Megumi from helping the young boy, Takuma, dig for clams because he was doing just fine on his own,
Happiness Charge Episode 14
Happiness Charge Episode 14
and any further distractions might’ve taken away from his opportunity to learn and grow. But today Megumi didn’t have any of her friends around to notice that she was being more problematic than helpful and ask her to dial things back. Megumi had to experience this for herself, realizing that all of her attempts to help Mami were actually making things worse.
Now back home for the evening, Megumi’s feeling helpless and guilty.
Seiji notices that something’s up and asks her what’s wrong.
Interestingly enough, Megumi doesn’t tell him exactly what happened, only saying that it’s harder than she thought it would be to help others.
Without knowing for sure what went wrong, Seiji can’t give a clear answer to help solve this problem.
But even so, his advice is really good: Just be there and cheer them on, if you can’t actually help in any other way.
That’s brilliant! I was actually comparing this situation to my own experience in cross-stitching (how someone might help me, if it were possible), and I think that this is probably the best answer. Just knowing that someone’s thinking of you, cheering you on every step of the way, can be a huge help and source of motivation to keep going. Way to go, Seiji!
So with this in mind, the next day Megumi reaches for a PreCard.
She’s decided to make some cookies to give to Mami.
Rocket-themed ones, to honor Mami’s dream of launching a functional rocket that she’s made with her own two hands.
Those cookies are really cute. Nice work, Megumi! Her friends are very impressed as well.
Yuko and Hime want to try some, and I about died on seeing Iona’s reaction. She looks so done!
The cookies have their approval, though, so that’s good. What use is it to give someone cookies if the batch didn’t turn out right? Although Megumi is wearing a Pastry Chef Costume for this… These PreCards give special abilities, so if this particular Card granted an instinctive knowledge of how to bake, maybe failure wouldn’t be possible. Something to think about, for sure.
Megumi’s pleased that her plan’s working out.
And then Iona asks for a cookie, too. Aww! Looks like Iona has a bit of a sweet tooth as well and doesn’t want to be left out. That got me good!
Meanwhile, in the Phantom Empire, Oresky is training a group of Choiarks.
Happiness Charge Episode 24
When he last did this back in Episode 24, the Choiarks actually learned some new abilities, like teaming up to shoot a powered-up laser at Cure Honey,
Happiness Charge Episode 24
which she was only able to avoid because her own training that day inspired her to create a shield, something she’d never done before. It makes me wonder what today’s Choiarks might be capable of doing.
Oresky is certainly pleased with their progress, thinking that he can easily achieve his dreams of becoming Number One with their help.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Megumi has just given Mami some of the rocket cookies she made.
Mami loves them, of course!
Megumi’s here to wish Mami good luck for her next rocket launch tomorrow.
Mami asks Megumi to come watch, and Megumi promises to be there.
The next day, Mami’s got everything set up for another attempt.
It looks like this iteration of the rocket, the Mark 7, is much taller than the prior one. I wonder why, but as I’m no mechanical expert, I could only guess. Maybe a bigger rocket frame allows for a larger, more powerful engine?
In any case, everything’s ready to go when Mami’s grandfather realizes that he forgot to bring a backup lighter.
The problem is that his van is already hooked up to the rocket and he can’t drive back to the lab without Mami needing to disconnect everything.
He leaves on foot to retrieve the lighter, so Mami settles in to wait, delaying the launch.
She has Megumi’s cookies with her and starts snacking on one,
when Oresky appears out of nowhere. Oresky declares that dreams lead to hard work, a huge threat to his position as Number One.
Poor Mami has no idea who he is or what he wants, but it doesn’t matter.
Oresky seals her inside a mirror, summoning a Rocket Saiark. (How’s this for habit? I initially typed, “summoning a Rocket Saiark to attack!” but there’s nobody to fight yet. I know that this isn’t relevant to the events of the episode, but my little slip-up made me laugh anyway, so I thought you’d enjoy hearing about it, too.)
Oresky clearly doesn’t need a Saiark to fight for him today, at least not yet. I think this was just part of the cycle of getting Mami out of the way. A victim sealed within a mirror summons a Saiark for a General to control.
So now Megumi’s on her way to the launch site
when she discovers that Oresky has captured Mami and taken control of the operation.
Megumi’s not about to let him get away with this, and she transforms.
Oresky… Just what are you doing?
I know that you strive to excel so that everyone will look up to you as being the best, but… You do realize that if this rocket launch is successful, the credit will go to Mami for building it, not to you for STEALING her work, right?
Maybe this doesn’t matter in the end, because Mami would still be terribly hurt to have put all that work into building a successful rocket and not be able to launch it herself.
Thankfully, Lovely’s here to stop him.
Oh my gosh! It wasn’t quite clear, but I think she bounced off his head to prevent him from igniting the rocket. Lovely doesn’t play when she’s protecting a friend in trouble!
While Oresky’s annoyed that she interrupted his fun, Lovely is angry because she knows exactly how hard Mami worked to build this rocket.
How dare Oresky treat Mami’s endless efforts so lightly!
Then Oresky tosses aside the starter, scoffing that Lovely’s making such a big deal about a little toy rocket.
Oh dear! If Lovely wasn’t mad enough before, now she’s got to be absolutely TICKED OFF!
Not that Oresky cares, because he just orders his Choiarks to attack.
Credit to Lovely, she’s being very careful today.
We’ve seen in the past that any property damage in a battle has always been undone at the end of the fight.
But Lovely doesn’t want to take any chances that this fight might end up ruining today’s rocket launch for Mami.
So after a brief initial scuffle, Lovely lures the Choiarks away from the launch site,
far enough so that none of the attacks should cause any harm. Good for her!
I got a good chuckle when Lovely stopped running and the Choiarks then realized that they’re now face-to-face with a furious Lovely, one who has FIRE POWERS and no longer has to hold herself back!
Interesting… I’d assumed that Lovely would’ve gone for fire, given her anger, but maybe she’s still worried about collateral damage.
She instead starts with “Lovely Punch,” sending several Choiarks flying.
The smarter Choiarks start running, but Lovely mows them down with “Lovely Heart Destruction.”
Oresky sends another wave of Choiarks to attack (While warning Lovely to fear his “third form.”
Happiness Charge Episode 8
See, I’m not completely crazy about the video game comparisons! Happiness Charge makes them all by itself!),
and this group opts for a simple dogpile,
pinning Lovely down with sheer numbers. It’s a smart strategy, but Lovely is Lovely, and she’s still absolutely furious.
One “Lovely Explosion Bomber,” and the Choiarks are finished!
All that’s left is to take down the Rocket Saiark.
Oh, that might be easier said than done, actually.
Today’s Saiark has two rockets in place of hands, allowing it to zoom around at incredible speeds.
Lovely’s barely able to avoid being rammed by leaping into flight. At first glance, it looks like Lovely has the advantage of maneuverability, being able to change direction much faster than the Saiark, while it has the clear advantage of sheer speed.
When the Rocket Saiark turns to follow her, it shoots off several missiles,
which Lovely is just able to avoid.
Oof, not quite!
One missile manages to hit, taking Lovely out of the air.
Oresky taunts her while she’s down,
wondering how a weak girl like her expects to win this fight.
Lovely, remembering her mistakes in trying to help yesterday, freely admits that she is weak and may not be able to win this fight alone.
But she has to do something, she’s the only one here to protect the launch site and help Mami to succeed in achieving her dream.
The Rocket Saiark zips forward to run her down again,
but Fortune appears out of nowhere, shooting off some energy at point blank to blast the Saiark away.
Wow, that sent it clear back to the opposite side of the river where it started from!
Honey and Princess have arrived, too, so it’s time to finish things off.
Fortune shifts to Innocent Form first
(Oresky’s never seen this before, of course, but I found his reaction very amusing),
trapping the Rocket Saiark in place with “Emerald Illusion.”
Now that it’s contained, it’s time to purify.
The girls shoot off “Happiness Big Bang,”
finally defeating the Saiark and setting Mami free.
Oresky leaves, complaining that he’s jealous of Mami’s dreams of flying rockets.
With Mami saved, it looks like the launch schedule is back on track.
Yep, her grandpa made it back, so everything’s ready to go.
Megumi’s watching with her friends, so it’s down to Mami.
Were her modifications enough to have a successful launch?
Yes, she did it! That was so awesome!
Think what that would look like on a resume: Built and launched a fully functional rocket at fourteen years old (I’m assuming). And the best part is now that Mami’s succeeded once, she’ll better know how to make another rocket in the future, making little adjustments and improvements as she goes.
Megumi’s so happy for her!
Mami asks that Megumi will keep supporting her in the future, and Megumi promises to be there.
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard.
Everyone’s heading home at the end of the day.
Megumi’s so happy and inspired by Mami’s work that she wants to find something that she can work on for herself. Maybe this is what Megumi needed to find something that she can do for her own sake, instead of only helping other people out all the time.
Happiness Charge Episode 14
Happiness Charge Episode 14
Yuko mentioned back in Episode 14 that this might be a good idea, and now Megumi may actually go through with it, finding a hobby or interest all her own!
Time will tell, I guess, because today’s episode ends here.
Chapter 35: Episode 34: Hime's Big Success!? Let's Get Fired Up! The First Culture Festival
Chapter Text
What’s this? School’s back in session, as we saw in Episode 32, but the students are all preparing for… something.
A gathering of some kind, a party?
Happiness Charge Episode 10
Oh, wait, that’s the choir director from Episode 10, Hitomi. (Somehow, I don’t remember her being a part of their class, but I’m not sure we’ve ever seen a complete shot of every kid in Megumi’s classroom, either. If she’s here and helping, what with every class contributing to whatever’s going on, then maybe she really is a member of their class.) It’s been a while, but I always have to smile whenever we see a familiar face.
Hime’s helping with the preparations by dicing up vegetables.
She’s really come a long way from Episode 6, hasn’t she? I love it!
Oh, so they’re preparing for a cultural festival? I’m not sure that we have events like that where I live. (Maybe one of the closest things I can remember from school is when we had to present country reports to the class and almost anything could be shared, like pictures, videos, clothing, unique foods, etc.) It’s a real shame more countries don’t do something like this, because that is a brilliant idea, and a great way to bring people together by showcasing what they love about their culture. I looked this up briefly to get a better idea of what to expect (You can read about it here: https://education.jnto.go.jp/en/school-in-japan/school-life-in-japan/culture-festivals-at-japanese-schools/ and here: https://wanderingtanuki.com/japanese-school-events/), and Japan has a whole holiday based around culture, celebrating a national Culture Day in November. I don’t think today’s cultural festival is being held in November, though, for the simple reason that school’s just barely started up after the Summer break, and that I know we have a Halloween episode coming up later on. It can’t be November just yet!
Hime’s certainly very excited, since this will be her first time participating in a cultural festival. (I thought that I should mention here that it appears to be a tradition in Japan for schools to hold these cultural festivals. Hime’s never experienced one before. I’ve wondered if some of my earlier speculation about Hime not being enrolled in any Japanese school prior to Episode 4 was true or not, but if she has truly never been part of something like this before, maybe this initial assumption was actually correct.)
Elena… Is that all you ever think about?
Happiness Charge Episode 25
I’m sorry, I just remember back in Episode 25 that it was Elena who automatically jumped to the conclusion that Megumi and Blue were dating. I personally get a little annoyed when this is the first conclusion that people reach. Two or more people can inhabit the same space and communicate together without this automatically meaning that something deeper is going on, you know! Though to be fair, with everyone coming to experience the festival, there will be a lot of people and a lot of chances to make new friends (yes, maybe something more as well). Rant over.
Hime likes the idea, but she’s still got her heart set on a prince riding a white horse. I’m sorry, Hime, but I really don’t think that’s going to happen. You’re bound to find someone someday, I just hope that these sorts of expectations don’t prevent you from recognizing that special someone just because he may not be riding on horseback. It’s still fun to watch, though!
In any case, it appears that Hime’s perfect someone is physically attractive with a good fashion sense.
And a white horse, of course! (If this guy looks familiar, you may recognize him from the Happiness Charge Movie, "Ballerina of the Doll Kingdom." As I haven't watched this movie yet, I can't speak further on the subject beyond noticing a fun cameo appearance.)
Yuko’s a little less cynical than me, because she cheers Hime on, sure that she’ll find her dream boyfriend someday. Now Hime’s even more excited for tomorrow, the day of the cultural festival.
But let’s take a minute and welcome Cure White of Futari Wa Pretty Cure (and Max Heart) today. Considering the fact that Episode 1 had Cure Black (White’s partner) welcoming us, is Cure White here to round out every past Cure’s greetings? Now I feel like I need to go back through my past reviews and tally everyone up to see if all the other Cures have been accounted for. It may be faster to peek at Episode 35 just long enough to see if anyone else still wants to say “Hello.” (I actually did take a sneak peek, and, no, I didn’t see anyone else to greet us, so I do think that Cure White is our final visitor.) That makes me a little sad. It’s been fun to see everyone, but what can you do?
Whoa! The show’s intro changed today. Last time this happened, I think it was advertising for the current (2014) All Stars Movie, New Stage 3. Now we must be seeing clips from the actual Happiness Charge Movie. Very cool! If I can find a way to watch these movies, I will, but I’m not promising that I’ll do any sort of review on either one. I certainly never plan to write about the All Stars Movie because there will likely be so many callbacks to events from prior seasons and movies that I simply won’t recognize and be able to cover adequately. As for the Happiness Charge Movie itself, since a single episode review now consistently reaches 100+ pages, I shudder to think how long a movie review would be! So as of now, I don’t plan to cover either movie, but if I have to cover one, it will likely be the Happiness Charge Movie, not the All Stars one.
Aww! Hime’s so happy, and very eager to find a way to help prepare the school for tomorrow’s festival.
Wait a minute, that boy’s voice is familiar. Is that…?
Happiness Charge Episode 12
I had to peek back at my Episode 12 review, but yes, this is Kenta, the baseball player who had to retake his test alongside Megumi back then.
He and a few other kids, including Seiji and Megumi, are assembling the welcome gate for this event.
When Hime says that she’s looking for anyone who needs some help,
Kenta wonders if she’d be able to help with this, a more physically intense task.
Hime gets offended that he doesn’t think she can help here, so Kenta asks if she can help bring over more wood for the gate.
Yeah, Kenta absolutely has a point. Those wooden beams are heavy, and Hime’s not exactly used to this kind of heavy-lifting.
Seiji suggests that Hime try to help Megumi, who’s busy nailing the wood pieces down.
Now that’s interesting in its own right.
Has Megumi always been familiar with this kind of work - carpentry, like assembling furniture? Or is this something more recent, perhaps inspired by last episode’s experience with Mami building rockets? There’s just not enough information to know one way or the other, I guess. It does remind me of Episode 12 where Megumi was struggling in school. Now I’m trying to think back and determine if Megumi is more of a hands-on person in general, which might explain why standard lessons in a classroom were harder for her to follow.
Anyway, Hime’s thrilled that this, at least, is something she can do.
Megumi warns her not to hit too hard with the hammer because she could hurt herself, but Hime’s certain that she knows what she’s doing.
Ouch! Yeah, I had a feeling this was coming. Poor Hime hit a finger with the hammer after all.
Poor kid.
She goes to treat her injury, but is now back to square one. I don’t think she wants to mess around with hammers again, so what else can Hime do to help?
Hime decides to find Yuko, but their class’s part for the festival is already finished. (I think it was meant to be a Tea House or some other little restaurant.)
Not knowing what else to do, Hime goes to track Iona down. Iona’s class is hosting Fortune-Telling Booths.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
I wasn’t too surprised to realize this, considering that Iona’s participated in this activity before (see Episode 8),
but I did find it interesting that it looks like her class will have at least three separate booths and thus three separate fortune tellers. Alongside Iona, who might the other two tellers be? There’s no way to know, but it’s food for thought, nonetheless.
Hime really wants to be able to help somehow, asking Iona for something to do.
Hime was hoping that there would be more food preparation, something that she’s familiar with, but fortune-telling doesn’t involve anything like this.
When Iona asks what’s bothering her, Hime explains that this is her first time ever participating in a cultural festival.
She wants to help it be successful, but Hime knows that her skill set is rather limited and there’s been very little she can do to contribute. Poor kid! That’s why it helps to have so many people with many different skills, so that every necessity is covered. But usually it’s the people who are more well-rounded in ability who are able to contribute more, leaving those with more limited skills with less to do. It’s not the world’s greatest feeling to realize this, for sure!
Iona reminds Hime that this is a cultural festival. The whole purpose of this kind of event is to bring people together.
Everyone has a chance to contribute, in bigger and smaller ways, and this needs to be taken into account. Compromise, teamwork, it’s all about balance and give-and-take.
Hime then admits that she wants to be the center of attention for the festival… Wow! Yeah, Hime’s still a little selfish, but we’ve known this since Episode 1. I’m just surprised because I can still remember how terrified Hime was back in Episode 4, meeting so many people all at once. That was “Traumatized Hime,” but today we’re dealing with “Post-Trauma Hime.” It’s really interesting that both sides to Hime might as well be two completely different individuals. But when I think about it, Hime’s current behavior makes some sense.
In the Blue Sky Kingdom, even if she was a little anxious and overwhelmed at big events like banquets or balls, Hime probably got a lot of attention and respect as the princess, daughter to the king and queen. Maybe today’s preparation for the cultural festival is reminding her of this?
Ribbon calls Hime out for being selfish again,
but Iona just smiles and offers to read Hime’s fortune to cheer her up. (Speaking of trauma recovery, “Post-Trauma Iona” is quite interesting herself. I can’t get over how sweet Iona is now, and seeing all her interactions with the others, Hime especially, makes me so happy!)
Anyway, it seems that Hime’s due for some great luck. Good for her!
While that must feel good,
it still doesn’t change that Hime has nothing to do and likely feels a little adrift in the midst of the rest of the school’s preparations.
Hime bumps into a boy as she’s wandering around.
After making sure she didn’t get hurt in their collision,
he asks Hime if the poster he just put up is positioned correctly.
With Hime’s attention to detail, she’s able to help him out.
He then asks if Hime can help him hang up the rest of his posters. Maybe Iona was onto something with that fortune earlier…
So now Hime’s helping hang posters when they pass the Cooking Club.
Oh, this boy is the Student Council President? (Also, there’s a Cooking Club? Hime, you should absolutely sign up! Maybe Yuko’s already a member. Or would Yuko be able to balance this extracurricular activity when she already helps at her family’s lunch store? Having someone she knows there might be helpful, if Hime’s still a little jumpy around strangers, though Hime hasn’t shown that level of anxiety in a while…)
The girls of the Cooking Club are very happy to see the Student Council President, asking him to test out the desserts they’ll be selling at the festival.
Now that Hime recognizes who she’s been helping, she asks why he’s hanging up posters. Maybe she’s wondering if he has better things to do, more important jobs, with his authority.
Whatever the case, he answers that he likes walking around, seeing how everyone’s doing.
He even knows Hime’s name, which shocks her because she struggles to keep everyone’s names straight.
Finally, they get the last poster up.
When the boy asks what Hime thinks of the festival so far, Hime realizes that by asking her to help hang up posters, he’d helped distract her from feeling bored and left out.
The boy admits that while that was part of his reason for asking her help, the posters did need to be placed all around the school, and getting to see everything come together was fun for him as well.
Win, win, win! I like this boy already, what a great student council president!
Hime agrees, feeling glad that someone so attentive and caring has this role in the school.
He gets called away shortly after.
Just in time for Elena, Kana, Yuko, and Megumi to show up.
Elena and Kana are convinced that Hime was just on a date…
Seriously? Is everyone like this at fourteen years old, or was I the odd one out for not experiencing anything like this?
In any case, Hime still wants to meet a prince on a white horse.
Elena complains that Hime’s being too picky.
Then Megumi reveals that she needs Hime’s help.
While she and the other boys completed the welcome gate, it’s missing something to really make it stand out.
After some thought, Hime reaches for the paint,
adding some colorful designs to the plain wood.
She asks some of the other kids to start blowing up balloons to decorate it.
Iona shows up next, offering to help.
With everyone working together, the welcome gate is fully decorated.
It looks awesome, too.
Great work!
Now all that’s left is to come back tomorrow for the main event.
The cultural festival is in full swing the next day.
Yuko transforms using the Chef Card and is ready to go.
Megumi is the acting hostess at the door,
while Seiji and Hime are waiting on the tables.
It’s a nice setup for their class’s Tea House, but business is pretty slow right now.
Hime decides to go advertise outside in order to draw in more people.
While she’s handing out flyers, the student president shows up again, complimenting her work on the welcome gate.
Hime’s quick to acknowledge that the gate was a team effort.
She then invites him to visit the Tea House, but before more can be said, Namakelder appears on the scene.
Since there hasn’t been any legitimate emphasis on love today, we’re dealing with “Lazy Namakelder,” not “Driven-and-Holding-a-Grudge Namakelder.”
He targets the student council president, trapping him in a mirror and summoning a Festival Saiark to attack!
Hime’s not about to let Namakelder ruin today’s cultural festival, so she transforms.
Namakelder finds it amusing that Princess is so upset with his disruption of the festival.
Why bother with putting such a huge event together when the students should be studying in the first place?
Princess, while dodging the Saiark’s attacks,
argues that not all learning takes place in the classroom. Princess has been on the defensive so far, simply dodging every blow.
Namakelder points out that she can’t back up any of her words, that she’s still weak, needing others to help her out in battle.
Princess manages to block the next blow, opening the Saiark up to a very vigorous retaliation.
Namekelder even acknowledges her growth, but doesn’t believe that it’ll make any difference today.
Princess admits that she might not be able to stop this Saiark alone, but she’s got to try because she’s not going to let anyone’s hard work go to waste!
She attacks with “Princess Ball,” the original variant, and manages to force the Festival Saiark back. How’s that for growth?
Whoa! I was not expecting the Saiark to open a chest compartment and shoot a laser at her!
Thankfully Lovely arrives just in time to shield her from the blast.
Now all four Cures are here.
Namakelder sends in a mob of Choiarks to even the odds, so Honey starts in with “Honey Super Sonic Spark.”
Fortune and Lovely opt for physically beating down their opponents.
That’s when Namakelder orders the Saiark to make a move,
which it does by shooting off what looks like fireworks,
but this attack ends up scattering mold spores everywhere. It’s nothing new for Namakelder to be spreading mold, he’s done this since Episode 1, but somehow the fact that the Saiark can shoot off missiles or fireworks to do so makes this seem more like a bioterrorist attack. It certainly spooked me to see it happen!
While the Cures are caught off guard, the Saiark acts, spinning its body like a miniature tornado.
Happiness Charge Episode 2
I remember the Hat Saiark from Episodes 1 and 2 chose this method of attack as well.
I was rather surprised to see the girls just standing there as it approached,
but it turns out that the winds this enemy is generating are powerful enough to lift them a bit off the ground. This Festival Saiark was actually moving fast enough to create a vacuum/uplifting force to hold the girls still long enough to run them down! I don’t have any idea how fast it would have to be moving to pull this off, nor do I understand the physics behind it. All I know is that it barreled through the girls like bowling pins and is now heading for the welcome gate.
Princess is the only one left in its path.
This is the gate that she and so many other kids spent all yesterday building and decorating.
She’s not about to let it be destroyed!
Princess tackles the Saiark, knocking it out of its spin and keeping it immobilized for now.
She doesn’t care how hard she has to work, or how badly she might get hurt fending off this attack,
Princess will fight for the sake of her friends and all their hard work.
Yes!
That did it, the Shining Make Dresser reacted and Princess has just earned her Innocent Form.
Without a second to waste, Princess transforms (again).
The Saiark attacks once more, but Innocent Princess is ready. I couldn’t say much about how this new form boosts a Cure’s base abilities in Episode 32, since Fortune earned her Innocent Form first, and she’s already an outlier with regards to remarkable abilities. Maybe Princess will give us a better idea of these new capabilities.
Innocent Princess still hits hard and seems to move very quickly, so maybe a speed or agility boost to start?
The Festival Saiark tries stomping her into the ground, but she doesn’t budge,
grabbing its foot and LIFTING THE SAIARK INTO THE AIR BEFORE BODY-SLAMMING IT INTO THE PAVEMENT! Holy cow! Yeah, a major boost to super strength, got it!
The Saiark shakily regains its feet just in time for Innocent Princess to perform her own purifying attack, “Windy Wink.”
This has her summoning a windstorm to envelop the Saiark, ending up trapping it within her symbol in midair.
Happiness Charge Episode 2
Instead of being a physical prison, as seen with “Emerald Illusion,” “Windy Wink” looks more like the end result of Princess’s first purifying attack, “Blue Happy Shoot.” The Festival Saiark is stuck in place, but as we saw with Innocent Fortune, this alone doesn’t appear to be enough to finish it off.
Innocent Princess reverts to her base Cure form.
All four girls launch “Happiness Big Bang,” finally taking out the Saiark and saving the student council president.
Before leaving, Namekelder reveals that he was part of a “visual kei” band in his school’s cultural festival.
Image found here : https://kprofiles.com/visual-kei-everything-there-is-to-know/
I had to look this up, but it’s a very… unique style of dress. (You can read more here: https://kprofiles.com/visual-kei-everything-there-is-to-know/)
Image found here: https://nypost.com/article/kiss-band-evolution-history/
I’ve never been a fan of heavy metal or hard rock-and-roll music, but some of the costumes remind me of pictures I’ve seen of bands like KISS. Maybe not so heavy on the makeup, but certainly a very different look from what I’m used to seeing every day. Now I’m trying to picture Namakelder dressed up like this. …I think my brain just broke. I can’t imagine what that might’ve looked like, but it’s nice to know that even Namakelder, unmotivated and hurt though he may have been and still may be, can remember some of the happier times, too.
He finally leaves. Princess is super excited that she unlocked her Innocent Form, which leaves two down and two to go.
But now that the fight’s over and all the damage has been reversed, it’s time for the festival to continue.
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard before they go.
Okay, business has picked up in their absence.
Elena and Rei have been running themselves ragged trying to keep up so it’s all hands on deck for now!
Yuko resumes cooking,
with Megumi and Seiji requesting and picking up more orders.
Hime’s acting as the hostess now, greeting and thanking every new customer.
As he promised earlier, the student council president stops by to visit.
With a new appreciation for all his hard work, Hime offers him a free ramune. I had no idea what this was, either, and had to go on another quick research dive.
Image found here: https://www.tsunagujapan.com/ramune-japanese-summer-drink/
A ramune turns out to be a Japanese soda, which is sold in a very distinctly shaped bottle that uses a marble as the seal instead of a bottle cap, as seen in many other places around the world. (Read more here: https://www.tsunagujapan.com/ramune-japanese-summer-drink/) What I found really interesting is the origin of the name “ramune,” which, according to the article, comes from the English word “lemonade.” I couldn’t understand why until I first slowly, then quickly, sounded out each word: “Rah-moo-nay” (roll the “R”) and “Leh-moh-nayde.” They actually sound very similar, now that I’m paying close attention.
Iona stops by next, and Hime offers her a free drink as well.
Iona won’t accept it, reminding Hime that she needs to sell the soda as part of the Tea House.
But Hime won’t back down, insisting that this is a gift that Iona should accept as her friend.
It’s a battle of friendly politeness, and Megumi, Seiji, and Yuko get a good laugh while the other two girls keep at it.
All in all, Hime’s having a blast and is so glad that she got to experience this cultural festival with her friends.
And that’s the end of today’s episode.
Warriors of the Wind:
So… Hime’s earned her Innocent Form today. I didn’t plan to talk about the appearance of these new Forms, since the girls’ appearances don’t change too greatly from their original Cure forms, but Hime’s Innocent Form has always interested me. Yes, I know this comes back to Hime again but it’s not my fault this time!
Happiness Charge Episode 8
In her base Cure form, her pigtails/twin tails taper to points, ending in a curl that looks rather like a blade of some kind.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Happiness Charge Episode 8
This appearance certainly explains why Hime’s able to create and fire off a barrage of energy blades with her hair, doesn’t it?
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/vi/wiki/Shirayuki_Hime
In Innocent Form, her pigtails/twin tails flare out in more of a winged appearance. Even without having watched a single episode, back when I was first looking up Happiness Charge to decide if I wanted to give it a try, the moment I saw her Innocent Form, I thought, “That’s Klonoa!”
Image found here: https://vsbattles.fandom.com/wiki/Klonoa
Yes, it was because of the ears/hair, but let me finish anyway, please! Klonoa is a video game character. I’ve seen him compared online to both a cat and a rabbit, but I do remember one game where he confessed to hating carrots, so maybe the cat comparison is more accurate. He certainly doesn’t like water! Anyway, his games involve him traveling into different worlds in his sleep. He’s even known in-universe as the “Dream Traveller.” I’m not sure I understand everything correctly, but I think he travels to other worlds in his dreams, finds the land in trouble somehow, and he takes the lead in facing danger head-on, taking down whatever enemy is threatening this world, and saving the day. The sad part is that everytime he manages to save a world, he has to leave everyone behind, all his friends and partners found along the way. It’s a really fun video game series that I highly recommend.
Image found here: https://www.bandainamcoent.com/games/klonoa-phantasy-reverie-series
I understand that the first two Playstation games were even remade and can be purchased on Steam under the name “Klonoa Phantasy Reverie,” for anyone who might be interested in trying it out. The other interesting thing about Klonoa, though, is that he attacks with Wind Bullets shot from the ring he carries. And now that I’m more familiar with Happiness Charge, I can’t help but smile to realize that Cure Princess seems to have a Wind Element to some of her attacks as well. This was just a fun connection I made that I thought I’d share.
Chapter 36: Episode 35: Everyone Looks Delicious! Yuko's Happiness Delivery!
Chapter Text
Oh, here we go! Yuko’s actually going to teach us how to make her Honey Candy today?
Awesome! Although I appreciate having a written copy of a recipe to work from, since I tend to move slower in the kitchen so I can be sure that I’m following along correctly.
Oh no! She’s patterning this after a cooking show. It’s fun to watch, but I’m abysmal at keeping up with recipes shown in this format! I love how excited Yuko’s friends are to finally learn one of her trade secrets, though.
Whoa, whoa, whoa! Wait, Yuko, you didn’t list out any measurements for your ingredients! And what is “mizuame?” One internet search later: Mizuame (literally meaning “water candy”) is a clear syrupy sweetener that people in Japan use to make candy, with the added benefit that it gives their desserts a nice shine. It reminds me a bit of corn syrup in the West, except that mizuame, as I mentioned before, is completely clear like water. Well, I guess some corn syrup is as well. There are light and dark varieties available, depending on whatever you’re making… (Read more here: https://www.tastingtable.com/1548174/what-is-mizuame-syrup/) Okay, now let’s keep going.
She boils the mizuame and sugar in a pot, adding some honey next.
Oh, neat. This type of candy needs to be cooled in an ice bath.
(Iona appears here to remind us to beware as the hot candy can cause burns. No kidding! Watch out when you’re boiling sugar of any kind, it foams and bubbles up like you wouldn’t believe!) I’ve never made candy that requires this kind of preparation (the ice bath, I mean), but I’ll share a bit of my own experience later. Let’s finish following Yuko’s directions first.
When the sugary liquid has cooled sufficiently, she pours it onto a prepared cookie sheet. It looks like she uses parchment paper to protect the sheet, too. Noted! (Though now I wonder if it's possible to simply butter the pan instead, since this works for soft caramels... I may need to do a bit more research later on.)
When the candy is cool enough to safely touch,
Yuko pulls off bite-sized portions and shapes them into balls, wearing gloves to protect her hands and keep the candy uncontaminated. Okay, it sounds straightforward enough, but I’m still rather disappointed that she’s not giving accurate measurements so that this can be duplicated… Oh! Nevermind, that would be why. Pretty Cure’s target audience is younger kids, meaning that the show writers probably couldn’t give clearly defined directions and have those kids trying to follow along with boiling sugar, hence the intentionally vague directions. I can understand that, but some fans are a little older. Couldn’t they have thrown us a bone and listed a recipe on a website for those who might be interested in trying to cook something new?
At least Megumi, Iona, and Hime are having fun shaping out the individual candies.
Once the candy has cooled completely, it’s finished and ready to be individually wrapped. Yuko probably has this recipe memorized by now, since these candies are offered along with the lunch deliveries. She’s likely made many batches over time for this purpose. That’s not even getting into what she’s kept in reserve in case of friendship-related emergencies, of course!
Oh, good point, Hime! Nice callback to Episode 5.
Happiness Charge Episode 5
Back then, Hime asked how these candies were made,
Happiness Charge Episode 5
but Yuko only told her about the secret ingredient, her love. Now that the girls have finished making today’s candies, they need to add this final ingredient.
Yuko does this by waving her hands over the bowl of finished candies, saying that she hopes everyone will enjoy how delicious they are. Complete with a musical jingle!
While Iona and Hime look a little skeptical,
Megumi’s very eager to follow along, so they join in as well.
Very reluctantly, which gave me a good laugh.
Just in time for Yuko’s mom to bring in the bentos that are ready for delivery.
Wow! And these are just for Yuko to deliver. Has anyone else ever helped her with deliveries before, or has it always been up to Yuko to drop off each lunch, leaving her mom, dad, and sister to manage the store without her? Clearly, the Oomori Lunch Store has a sizable customer base, considering these lunches alone.
Megumi’s ready to help, as always,
and Iona looks eager for the exercise this will provide.
Before I continue further into today’s episode, I’d like to take a minute and share some of my limited knowledge of candy making so that you’ll understand why I was so intrigued (and disappointed) when Yuko taught us how to make her candy. Since it’s clear that I won’t be able to try making Yuko’s Honey Candy directly, I ended up searching for some recipes online that I could try. This recipe, https://traditionalcookingschool.com/food-preparation/recipes/hard-honey-candy-plus-other-gifts-from-the-heart/, was one of the first I stumbled across. It intrigued me for two reasons: It only requires three ingredients (honey, apple cider vinegar, vanilla extract), and the fact that vinegar is used to make this candy. My family has a cornbread recipe that uses vinegar to sour the milk, in place of buying buttermilk, but I’ve never heard of vinegar being used to make candy before. Now I’m insanely curious, so this will likely be the recipe I try once I have enough time to do so.
One tool that is very useful to invest in with making candy is a candy thermometer. Different types of candies, like caramels and fudge, need to be cooked at certain heats. The hotter the temperature, the harder the candy. The stages are (lowest to highest temperatures) Thread, Soft Ball, Firm Ball, Hard Ball, Soft Crack, and Hard Crack. (Yes, I know how the last two names sound, but I believe this actually refers to how the candy sets upon completion, cracking or breaking apart as opposed to being able to be cut or molded into bite-sized pieces)
Hard crack stage is the heat level you would need to make suckers and other hard candies. You’ll need to be careful with the candy thermometer, since some thermometers might not (due to age, heat damage, or individual quirks) measure temperatures quite accurately. My mom has recommended using the “cold water test” to ensure that the liquid candy doesn’t overcook. The cold water test involves filling a glass with cold water, then taking a small spoonful of the sugary syrup and pouring it into the water. If the candy, quickly cooled in this way, just disintegrates and clouds up the water, it hasn’t been cooked long enough. When you can shape the candy in the water as part of this test, Soft or Firm Ball Stage has been reached.
(I nearly forgot to say, be very careful when stirring the liquid candy. It’ll obviously hurt if you burn yourself when it splatters, but there’s another reason to watch out. The boiling liquid is a supersaturated solution. This means that if you somehow manage to accidentally introduce more sugar into the liquid by scraping the sides of the pot, for example, you’ll cause the liquid candy to crystallize so that the fudge, caramels, or whatever candy you were making will be crunchy. Can you imagine biting into a soft caramel and finding crunchy little sugar crystals in every bite? It would still taste good, I’m sure, but the different texture would be a surprise! I was taught to never scrape the sides of the pot above the level of the liquid candy, once everything’s been melted together and is officially boiling.)
(One other separate note: Don’t try making candy unless the weather is clear. I kid you not, the candy will not set up properly on a rainy, snowy, or even just plain overcast day! Something about the barometric pressure, I guess, if not the humidity in the air. I’ve never truly understood why it matters, but it does. You can always try to counteract this effect by cooking the candy longer, or hotter, maybe to a different stage (Firm Ball instead of Soft Ball), for example. It might just be easier to wait on the weather, though. Choose a nice sunny day (individual clouds are fine, just not a fully cloud-covered sky), follow the recipe to the best of your abilities, and things should work out fairly well.)
I’ve never made anything but fudge and homemade caramels, so I’m rather in the dark regarding hard candies. That’s part of the reason why I’d like to try making some one day. The recipe I listed above says that you can use silicone molds, easily popping out the finished candies once they’ve cooled in the fridge, but I’m rather curious about the ice bath method that Yuko described… I’ve rambled on for long enough, though, so let’s get going with the rest of today’s episode now.
No one’s here to greet us today, so I think that Cure White was our last guest, as I mentioned in the last episode.
Megumi and Yuko are certainly happy, singing their cute little made up songs as they go.
Iona’s carrying some extra bags, taking this as a training opportunity, while Hime’s struggling to keep up.
Oh, looks like there’s a manga writer or artist and his team who are struggling with some writer’s block. Oof, that’s the worst!
Yuko and her friends arrive then, delivering their lunch orders.
Now this manga team is feeling inspired again, so that’s good. Inspiration is fickle like that, sometimes.
Next, we see a mother washing up at the sink, needing a break. She and her daughter are thrilled to hear the doorbell ring.
Yep, Yuko’s here with their lunches, too.
Awww! Yuko’s officially the “candy lady,”
and my heart melted when she told the little girl to take an extra candy for her toy bunny. Yuko, you’re so kind and sweet!
And now there’s an actress or model on set, finally having a moment’s rest and feeling hungry to boot.
Yuko arrives just in time with her bento.
Iona seems to recognize this lady as being a top model…
Wow, the Oomori Lunches seem to be popular with everyone! This is really cool to see.
Now I’m wondering how things would change if this model ever gave a celebrity endorsement, even appearing in a commercial or other advertisement for the Oomori Restaurant. Honestly, the Oomoris seem to be getting a lot of business already, so I don’t think they need the extra help.
Back on the road once more, Hime’s marveling at all the different customers that Yuko’s family serves.
Yuko stops long enough to pick up a bento box. Oh, so these dishes are reusable? Okay, noted!
Except Yuko’s shaking the box…? Oh, Yuko! Stop being so sweet, please, this can’t be good for my heart!
Yuko takes the sound of the empty compartments rattling in the finished bento to be the customer’s satisfaction and gratitude.
A “Thank you for the meal.”
Today must be a really great opportunity for Megumi, Hime, and Iona to get a closer look at a part of Yuko’s life that means so much to her and brings her such joy. I love it!
Anyway, Yuko says there’s one stop left.
We see a brief glimpse of a pair of ducks on the way, but while they may have a bit of relevant symbolism, I don’t think they’re meant to be today’s “Plant or Animal of the Day.” I already found that representative, but it shows up a little later on. Let’s keep going.
Okay, here’s something else interesting I can talk about, if you’ll forgive a brief tangent.
Yuko’s last delivery is to someone who lives in a very large, fancy-looking house.
Hime even wonders if this is actually another country’s embassy. I apologize if I’ve misunderstood anything as a clueless Westerner, but from the context of what I’ve seen, it seems like there’s either less room for individual houses (big or small) like this in the city, or it’s really expensive to own such a house. Usually, like with Megumi and probably Yuko, people live in apartment buildings. I remember reading somewhere online (It may have been on TV Tropes, but I can’t recall the exact source. I’m sorry!) that this was how Nagisa/Cure Black came to realize that Honoka/Cure White was a little more well-to-do, living in a house like this instead of in an apartment building. I guess this housing difference may not be so unlike certain situations in the West, but going by the surprise that Hime’s expressing, maybe this could be compared to seeing a fellow student being chauffeured to school in a limousine? You’d just realize that they’re on a whole other level, untouchable, unreachable, etc.
Iona wonders how rich this person must be, to be able to afford a house like this. See, it’s a sign of wealth and maybe status, too.
Yuko explains that this customer orders Oomori bentos three or four times a week. So even someone as wealthy as this knows about the Oomori Restaurant. What a varied customer base!
Yuko rings the bell at the gate’s speaker box, announcing that she’s delivering today’s order.
Then the speaker SCREAMS!
But the gate did slide open. What on earth?!
The girls enter the property to find a little old lady.
This is Mrs. Mitsuya. And she has a pet cockatoo. Suddenly the screaming makes much more sense!
Image found here: https://be.chewy.com/cockatiels-10-things-you-should-know/
I had to verify the identity of the bird with a second look because cockatiels also have a feathery crest on top of their heads.
Image found here: https://www.thesprucepets.com/facts-about-cockatoos-390716
I’m at least 90% certain that this pet bird is meant to be a cockatoo, by the much larger size if nothing else. This bird is fascinating, with lots of information, symbolic and otherwise, that I want to talk about, so I’m not quite sure how best to start. Maybe I’ll just begin with some basic details on this species and leave the symbolism for later.
According to this website, https://www.thesprucepets.com/facts-about-cockatoos-390716, cockatoos are very affectionate, nicknamed “Velcro Birds.” Cockatoos need a lot of attention, and if they don’t get the love they desire, or are kept in a cage for too long, they’ll get anxious and become destructive to the point of plucking out their own feathers as a stress response. The cockatoo’s uniquely shaped beak allows for a very powerful bite, so be careful if one tries to nibble on you! These birds are also notorious for being very loud, to the point that their calls can be heard up to a mile away. Finally, cockatoos, like macaws, african greys, and some other parrots, have a talent for mimicry and can be taught to speak. The cockatoo has a lot of relevant symbolism, too, but like I said before, I’ll cover this a little later on.
Mrs. Mitsuya watches as Yuko hurries over with her Makunouchi Bento (Which seems to consist of rice and an assortment of other dishes, like fish sausage, an omelet, pickles, and so on. Read more here: https://www.japanesewiki.com/culture/Makunouchi-Bento.html).
Then Mrs. Mitsuya just loses it, complaining that Yuko took so long in delivering her order.
Megumi, Hime, and Iona look shocked, but poor Yuko looks more resigned, like this is very much the norm. Oof, the downsides to working in customer service!
Yuko apologizes for the delay, but the little old lady isn’t having it, with the cockatoo shrieking right alongside her. Ouch, that’s got to be insanely loud! I’m starting to understand why Yuko would save this delivery for last…
Hime tries to stand up for Yuko, but Mrs. Mitsuya just switches targets.
She’s rather grumpy, showing the sort of attitude you might expect to see in this case:
“You need to act like so…” “When I was your age…” “Such a disgrace!”
The cockatoo gets all riled up and starts attacking Hime at the same time, while all poor Yuko can do is apologize again. It’s a rough spot to be in, for sure!
Finally, the little old lady accepts her order, returning the used bento box from yesterday.
She complains that the seaweed tasted too strong for her, and to make the flavor lighter in the future. It sounds like Mrs. Mitsuya is very opinionated. Some people are, and that’s okay. I just prefer it when they don’t lash out at others who can’t argue back. But is it possible that she’s maybe had that particular meal often enough to recognize a difference this time? Or is she just nitpicking because she’s in a bad mood and even perfection wouldn’t prevent her from finding something to complain about?
Hime, already frazzled from the cockatoo, points out that the Oomoris aren’t mind readers.
How could they know what Mrs. Mitsuya expected for her meals?
Oh no! The old lady heard her!
Now she’s ranting again, with the cockatoo going on the attack.
I shouldn’t be laughing, but I just can’t help it. Yuko promises to be more careful in the future, asking that Mrs. Mitsuya will let her know how they can improve,
and then Yuko offers a couple of candies as part of the delivery.
Yeah, sometimes it can be really difficult to work in a customer service role. Many people are understanding, but sometimes there’s that one person who’s had a bad day and decides to take it out on someone else. It doesn’t matter what the employee does or doesn’t do, this customer is going to complain. In this situation, the employee can only do so much, getting a manager who has authority to act in ways that a regular employee cannot, or passing along a message. It’s tough to be caught in the middle when there’s nothing you can do to meet a customer’s needs! If the employee loses their temper and lashes out in turn, they could lose their job. That’s why I have a harder time understanding and forgiving people who choose to do this, picking on someone who really has no way to defend themselves. Someone who works in a customer service position has to grow a very thick skin in order to deal with this kind of fallout.
I feel so sorry for Yuko in this situation, but she handled things quite admirably, all things considered.
Hime’s pretty fed up, understandably so!
She feels bad for Yuko, having to live with this as part of her work.
But Yuko just smiles, shaking the empty bento box and reminding her friends that this means another satisfied customer. Bless her heart, Yuko’s a SAINT! It doesn’t matter a customer’s attitude, whatever the reason might be behind it, or anything. These people (even grumpy Mrs. Mitsuya) have eaten her family’s food and enjoyed it, so Yuko’s happy.
When I really think about it, Yuko might well be one of the strongest characters in this whole show. No matter how people act around her, or how badly they might behave, she just shakes it off and keeps going. It takes a lot to make her fight back (see Episode 11). Maybe this is why Yuko is so kind and patient that she’s able to reach out to nearly anyone,
Happiness Charge Episode 31
up to and including Phantom when he’s actively threatening her (see Episode 31)?
Yuko shows off the empty box, and Hime realizes that Mrs. Mitsuya even took the time to wash it clean.
She may be rather persnickety, but she really enjoys these meals (remember that she regularly orders a bento three or four times every week), and that’s all that matters to Yuko.
Hime doesn’t understand why the old lady’s always complaining when she really likes the food,
but Iona explains that some people have a hard time expressing their true feelings.
Back on the road once more, Yuko explains that she likes making deliveries because she gets to give the meals that her dad works so hard to make to everyone who loves the food and looks forward to it every time.
Just as she explained back in Episode 11, Yuko values delicious food and everyone who eats it together.
But after such a long day of running deliveries around the city, Megumi’s starving.
I got a kick out of seeing Hime chastising Megumi, only to have her own stomach start rumbling.
The only thing better was Iona trying to hide her laughter. These girls are great!
Yuko offers some of the restaurant’s croquettes as thanks for her friends helping her today.
Meanwhile, Mrs. Mitsuya has finished her own meal.
She reaches for a Honey Candy and, though she’s complaining about its sweetness, is clearly smiling and enjoying it anyway.
Oh… There’s a picture displayed on a table that shows her along with an elderly man. I’d be willing to bet that this might be her husband, but I have to wonder if he’s maybe passed on and this is a memorial display for him. I don’t want to presume, but based on what we’ll see later on, this might well be the case. I’ll admit that we never see him anywhere in this episode (though that by itself doesn’t mean a thing, because we’ve never once seen Megumi’s father, but he’s still around and we’ll even see him in the next episode), and Mrs. Mitsuya complains about how bored and lonely she feels. There’s likely some very good reasons that she orders from the Oomori Lunch Store so frequently every week, and it’s not just because the food tastes good. Based on these little hints I’ve described that we’ll be seeing as today’s episode continues, I’m going to assume that Mrs. Mitsuya is a widow who has no other family in the area, otherwise she wouldn’t be complaining so much about loneliness, would she?
Since we’ve reached this point in the episode, I’m ready to talk about the cockatoo again. Now we’re going to cover some of its symbolism. (You can read more here: https://worldbirds.com/cockatoo-symbolism/) Cockatoos are endemic to (native, originating from) the regions in and around Australia. As part of Australian mythology, cockatoos represent knowledge and illumination, eliminating secrets or mysteries and providing guidance to the path going forward. They’re also known for being absolutely loyal to their caretakers. Since cockatoos have been known to live up to eighty or ninety years old, they might even outlive their owners in some cases! Cockatoos are known to be monogamous, having one mate throughout their lives, and are also very protective of the flock, always having one bird keeping watch, ready to call out a very loud alarm at the first sign of trouble. In Australia, a human lookout or sentry has been called a “cocky,” and now I’m wondering if the bird got its name from this term (cocky = cockatoo), or if it was the other way around.
Back on the symbolic front, the cockatoo represents the fire element and has been thought to guide the deceased on to the afterlife, and so it has an additional connection to life and death in general.
Image found here: https://www.thesprucepets.com/facts-about-cockatoos-390716
A black cockatoo has the added meaning of hidden knowledge, since Australian mythology depicts the black cockatoo as possessing genetic memory since the time of creation.
Today’s cockatoo might actually be considered to be Sulphur-Crested, having the yellow crest feathers and additional yellow markings on its body. The sulphur-crested cockatoo has a slightly different meaning, that of illumination, clearing up mysteries and opening a path to forward progression, as well as new beginnings. The two birds are connected in their shared knowledge, but seem to act on it in different ways, if I understand correctly?
Altogether, I’d take away that a cockatoo symbolizes humor (these birds are SILLY), loyalty, protectiveness, life and death, gathering knowledge and finding a way to move forward, and since they’ve also been seen as a messenger (maybe even regarding someone who has passed away), possibly communication as well.
Back to the episode, though, we’ve now shifted focus to Hosshiiwa. She’s not thrilled with the aura of happiness covering the city.
There are a few Choiarks standing behind her, and one of them is clearly hungry, carrying a bag of food from the Oomori Lunch Store… And now I have many more questions! What? How? I’m not sure where to begin. The fact that so many Choiarks can appear on the battlefield at once has always led me to believe that they can, in some way, be mass produced. Or mass summoned, I guess?
Happiness Charge Episode 3
Yet the Choiarks show clear emotions at times, like fear,
Happiness Charge Episode 33
when Lovely’s gotten especially angry (see Episodes 3 and 33). Clearly they can feel hunger, like we just saw a moment ago. Choiarks will obey any order without question, yet show little hints of… how do I describe it, maybe “personality?”
Happiness Charge Episode 8
You may remember in Episode 8 that there were Choiarks waving and posing in front of Miyo’s camera. Just what is going on with these minions?
Nevermind, we’re moving on!
The hungry Choiark opens a bento, eats a bite of the food,
and is instantly purified! Are you telling me that you can weaponize food to defeat Choiarks now?! Forget what I said earlier about celebrity endorsements, all the Oomoris have to do is show this exact scene in a commercial and there’ll be a line of customers two miles long stretching out the restaurant’s front door by the next morning, I guarantee it! “A bento a day keeps the Choiarks away!”
Hosshiiwa is not happy.
She sees that label on the bag and now she may have a new target in mind. Oh, come on! Leave the Oomoris alone already! Weren’t the attacks in Episodes 6 and 11 enough?
Now it’s the next day, and Mrs. Mitsuya is dusting her house.
She’s complaining about how much work it is to clean up this huge house by herself.
Do you now understand what I described earlier in this review? It doesn’t sound like there’s anyone else who comes by regularly to visit, whether this would be her husband (who may have passed on already), family members, or any other people. Which begs the question: Has anyone ever tried to convince her to move into a nursing home, or some other assisted living facility? Mrs. Mitsuya seems to have a lot of pride and is very outspoken about her opinions. Maybe she’s found it easier to be so brash and grating because it forces people to accept that she’s not ready for such a decision yet, that she’s still very lively and can take care of herself.
Yet behaving in such a way doesn’t encourage a lot of friendly interaction, does it? Mrs. Mitsuya is left alone to live how she likes, but she’s lonely. Is it any wonder that she regularly orders food from the Oomori Lunch Store, when each meal is delivered by such a kind and friendly delivery girl? As to why Mrs. Mitsuya’s so grouchy, as you’ll see in a minute, these interactions are very likely the highlight of her days and weeks. She hates waiting for hours to interact with someone, so even when Yuko finally arrives, Mrs. Mitsuya has likely learned that any complaints cause each “visit” to last longer.
(Compare the time Yuko spent on a delivery for Mrs. Mitsuya to Yuko’s stops with the manga artist team, the mother and daughter, or the lady model. I didn’t actually time any of these deliveries, but didn’t the last stop clearly last the longest?) (On second thought, I decided to time each delivery from the moment Yuko rang the doorbell or appeared on the scene to when she left. Manga Artists (37.35s). Mother and daughter (18.92s). Lady Model (22.44s). Mrs. Mitsuya (1:42.42s). See how much longer Mrs. Mitsuya got to stretch this “visit” by complaining?) Maybe I’m just seeing things, but these are some of the thoughts that have crossed my mind, and they make a certain amount of sense, whether or not these speculations might be correct.
Back to the episode, Mrs. Mitsuya muses about how much she enjoys living here.
She then decides that it’s time for another visit, er, meal delivery.
Meanwhile, Yuko and her friends are ready for another day of delivering orders.
Now all that Mrs. Mitsuya has left to do is wait.
And wait.
And wait.
She steps outside the gate to see if there’s any sign of Yuko yet,
but that’s when Hosshiiwa arrives.
Hosshiiwa traps both Mrs. Mitsuya and her cockatoo in a mirror,
summoning a Cockatoo Saiark to the scene. And this is one of the most interesting things yet. Every other Saiark, even with each unique scenario involved in its creation, has always been humanoid in form. Today’s Saiark is a giant, monstrous bird. It certainly surprised me because I didn’t know that this kind of difference in appearance was possible!
The Cockatoo Saiark dutifully starts spreading sweets throughout the landscape just as Yuko and her friends arrive.
Hosshiiwa laughs at the girls’ shock, declaring that lunches that make people happy are not needed.
As Glasses and Ribbon fly in, ready to assist, Megumi argues that she won’t let Hosshiiwa stop them.
All four girls transform.
A crowd of Choiarks charges in first,
so Princess attacks with “Princess Explosion Bomber,” sowing confusion in the enemy ranks and providing a smokescreen for the other three girls rushing in on foot.
While Lovely and Fortune immediately go for a physical assault,
Honey starts in with “Crystal Song,” which I think she last used in Episode 14.
Hosshiiwa then calls on the Saiark to attack.
Lovely and Fortune counter with “Lovely Punch” (which takes the form of a giant pink energy ball today) and
“Fortune Star Burst” (now a giant purple star), respectively.
Oh, ouch! Remember some of the traits I described regarding cockatoos earlier in this review? They’re very loud birds, so today’s Cockatoo Saiark has a sonic scream!
Image found here: https://batman-news.com/2019/02/16/who-is-black-canary/ (Justice League Unlimited, 2004)
It reminds me of another “bird” who is famous for a similar sound-based attack. What I always found so cool about Black Canary, though, was the fact that she rarely used this ability, the “Canary Cry,” instead relying on martial arts to combat most foes who didn’t require such a powerful attack. Wouldn’t this be something like Superman using his various powers to act as a supernaturally skilled detective, instead of the superhero we now know who fights both criminals and world-threatening invasions on a regular basis?
Getting back on track, when the Cockatoo Saiark screams, its sonic cry not only destroys both attacks,
but it deafens Lovely and Fortune, leaving them wide open to a counterattack.
The Saiark takes full advantage, dive-bombing both girls, knocking them into Princess and out of the sky.
Now all three Cures are down.
The Cockatoo Saiark follows up by shooting out a barrage of energy blades, and I have to wonder if these were meant to be feathers, considering this battle involves a monstrous bird.
Thank heaven Honey arrived in time to shield her friends from this attack! And on a second watchthrough, I’ve realized that it’s at this moment when the standard battle theme changes. Now we have Honey’s Rice Song playing in the background as Honey herself leaps into the fray!
Honey’s first move is to take the Saiark down with “Honey Ribbon Spiral,” since it’s too fast and maneuverable to reach with most other attacks while it’s airborne.
Hosshiiwa yells at the Cockatoo while it starts gnawing on the ribbon. I don’t think she’s aware that cockatoos have such a powerful bite, because today’s Saiark is able to tear through the energy ribbon and break free, which no other enemy has managed to do before. The nearest example might be the Reporter Saiark from Episode 16, but it only managed to destroy Honey’s Ribbon by attacking before it could be captured.
Before today’s Saiark manages to escape, though, Honey asks why Hosshiiwa is so determined to take her down.
It’s Honey/Yuko’s job to deliver food and help out in her family’s restaurant, and removing Honey from the equation would inconvenience a lot of hungry people. Surely even Hosshiiwa, who also loves food, could understand why this might be a problem.
But Hosshiiwa’s so angry that she doesn’t care, asking why people can’t just eat sweets instead. (Careful, Hosshiiwa. I know of another historical figure who has been attributed to saying, “Let them eat cake!” It didn’t end well for her, either!)
This is when the Saiark breaks free, but Honey’s ready this time.
When it screams again, Honey uses one of her giant clover projectiles as a shield.
The Saiark knocks her shield aside, which prompts Honey to place four energy clovers immediately behind herself. I wasn’t sure why she did this at first. Were these energy projectiles being held at the ready, or were they meant to act as a barrier to prevent the Cockatoo Saiark from slamming Honey into the ground if it managed to land a powerful blow?
Honey doesn’t even use them at first, instead just VIGOROUSLY KICKING THE SAIARK,
leaping back in order to kick off one of the clovers (Oh, so they’re platforms to ground herself against, allowing for more powerful physical hits!),
and then she PUNCHES THE SAIARK RIGHT IN ITS CHEST! Holy cow! Honey’s NEVER fought like this before! She’s maybe kicked a Choiark out of the way, or bounced off a few heads to get to a better position, but Honey’s never been one to fight hand-to-hand before. Certainly not to the extent that the other three Cures do. This is so awesome to watch!
While the Saiark goes down hard, nearly taking Hosshiiwa with it, Honey explains that sweets and rice… are the same?
Oh, she means that they’re both delicious foods, so Honey doesn’t understand why she has to fight Hosshiiwa when they both like the very same things.
And then Honey starts singing the words to her song that’s been the background music for the majority of this battle.
This was enough to cause the Shining Make Dresser to react! And isn’t that interesting as well. Unlike Iona and Hime, who both had to reach a sort of epiphany for their powerups, realizing exactly what they wanted to fight for, Yuko merely had to prove what she already believes, that while she’ll fight if she has to, she wants peace and will continually reach out to others whenever this is an option.
The Dresser now recognizes Yuko as being worthy to receive more power, granting Honey her Innocent Form PreCard.
Honey immediately shifts into Innocent Form.
Before doing anything else, she continues the interrupted conversation, explaining that even when people have been badly hurt, oftentimes they can still eat delicious food and find some comfort and happiness in doing so.
Isn’t Hosshiiwa herself the same?
Hosshiiwa actually thinks about it for a moment, but ends up falling back on routine and orders the Saiark to take Innocent Honey down.
The Cockatoo Saiark takes flight, targeting Innocent Honey with another wave of energy feather blades.
Innocent Honey maneuvers through this barrage, ramming right into the Saiark.
Then she grabs it by the foot and slams it into the ground again!
After one final attempt to connect with Hosshiiwa, Innocent Honey returns her attention to the downed Saiark.
Innocent Honey’s purifying attack is called “Honey Temptation,”
and it involves her applying blush to her cheeks, drawing energy from this makeup, and shooting the gathered energy directly into the targeted enemy.
The Cockatoo is now trapped within a giant energy clover, much like what we saw happen with Innocent Princess in the last episode.
Innocent Honey reverts to her base Cure form.
It’s time to finish things off!
One “Happiness Big Bang” later, and the Cockatoo Saiark is gone.
Mrs. Mitsuya and her bird are safe, while Hosshiiwa angrily declares that she doesn’t believe in happiness before leaving.
Mrs. Mitsuya becomes aware just in time for Yuko and the others to “arrive” with her lunch delivery. (Poor Hime’s hiding behind Megumi, which made me laugh, though I can’t blame her at all. Who wants to have a cockatoo sicced on them?)
Interestingly enough, Mrs. Mitsuya just grabs the bento after some half-hearted grumbling and turns to leave.
Isn’t this a little strange, considering that she’s been waiting all day to see Yuko in the first place? This makes me wonder if she has any memory of being targeted to summon a Saiark, let alone the battle itself. Or maybe this is just her realizing that the sun is setting and she can’t remember what happened in the time that she’d “blacked out,” and this is unsettling enough that she just wants to call it a day early?
In any case, since Mrs. Mitsuya is returning home without further complaint, Yuko and the other girls start to leave.
Oh my gosh! Bless this bird! That noisy cockatoo has just started quoting Mrs. Mitsuya from hours earlier when she was waiting for Yuko to arrive. What perfect timing, too! I guess I have one final note regarding this cockatoo. Do you remember how I mentioned earlier that cockatoos have a symbolic connection with life and death, and have been seen as messengers? If Mrs. Mitsuya’s husband has truly passed away, could it be that his spirit found a way to help his lonely widow through the cockatoo, by having it speak up when she could or would not? Now it’s been revealed that Mrs. Mitsuya was waiting impatiently for Yuko all afternoon. Let’s see what comes of this new knowledge.
Yuko hears the bird’s speech and immediately starts connecting the dots. Mrs. Mitsuya is lonely, but she’s also proud and stubborn, and would likely not accept any gesture even remotely resembling pity. So how to help in this situation…
Yuko, you’re a genius! She asks if Mrs. Mitsuya would like to try having a meal at the Oomori Lunch Store sometime instead of just ordering takeout.
Megumi and Hime back her up, admitting that the Oomori meals are even better fresh from the kitchen.
Mrs. Mitsuya is really thinking about it,
finally asking if the Honey Candies are offered in the restaurant as well.
Yuko confirms that they are,
just in time for Ribbon to summon today’s PreCard,
a very fancy dress that almost looks like a wedding gown of some kind. (I believe this Costume is showcased in the Happiness Charge Movie, but I still haven't watched it yet and so can't comment more at this time.)
After a long day’s work, Yuko and her friends sit down to a well-deserved meal. Mrs. Mitsuya did end up coming along.
She’s enjoying the food (and the company, too), actually managing a small smile.
Ribbon and Glasses each have a rice ball to enjoy as well, though they’re eating outside on the roof, for obvious reasons.
Good food with good company, it all leads to happiness.
And that’s the end of today’s episode.
Chapter 37: Episode 36: Lots of Love! Megumi's Innocent Birthday!
Chapter Text
Okay then. Megumi’s pouting about something today.
Oh, it’s her birthday? Happy Birthday, Megumi! Let’s see… Her birthday lands on October 12th (https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Aino_Megumi), so that’s a two-for-one for anyone wanting to know her birth date and where we are in the show’s timeline. This got me curious, so I quickly peeked at the rest of the girls’ pages to determine their birthdays as well, but only Yuko’s wiki page lists one for May 11th (https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Omori_Yuko). Since Megumi’s wiki lists her age as fifteen starting from today’s episode, but Yuko’s age doesn’t appear to change, this means that Megumi is older than Yuko by around seven months. I have no idea how Iona and Hime fit into this age range, sadly, just that they are also fourteen years old at this time. None of this applies to today’s episode, admittedly, but I like the little tidbits of lore we get from time to time.
Happiness Charge Episode 7
Anyway, much like we saw way back in Episode 7, Megumi desperately wants to help with the party preparations
but this time Hime has Yuko and Iona to help rein her in.
Even Megumi’s enthusiasm is no match for three friends asking her to sit this one out,
with Hime (gently) kicking Megumi out of the Embassy for the time being.
Megumi, stop being so cute! Her mini tantrum gave me a good laugh. Luckily for Megumi, both Blue and Seiji are setting up tables on the front lawn and witness this,
so Blue calms her by explaining that the other girls want her to be happy and to show their love by preparing without her help. Megumi’s always working so hard to help others that they want her to be able to have a break for a change. As Hime said a moment ago, what kind of birthday party would this be if the birthday girl herself was working on the party preparations?
That’s when Seiji chimes in, reminding Megumi of… some occasion for today? But not her actual birthday, because I know that the party’s being held tomorrow.
Oh, her dad’s back? We’ve never seen him before, so it appears that he has to travel a lot as part of his job. Of course he’d try to make it home for Megumi’s birthday!
Blue sends Megumi home to be with her family for the day.
Or the night… Man, time moves very strangely in some of these episodes, doesn’t it? In any case, Megumi’s home now.
And there’s her dad, who’s just as excited to see her.
My heart! (For the sake of clarity and simplicity, I’m going to refer to Megumi’s parents from here on out by their given names: Masaru, her father, and Kaori, her mother. I’ve just barely started today’s review, and I’m already getting tired of typing “Megumi’s mom” and “Megumi’s dad.” This is going to rub me wrong because I have trouble referring to adults by their actual names, instead of “Mr.” or “Mrs,” but I’m not sure there’s any other way I can make this work and still have everything make sense.)
After dinner, Masaru shows off some pictures from his job. I don’t think we ever find out exactly what his work entails, but he’s talking about receiving supplies and making deliveries. He clearly travels a lot as part of this, since today’s episode is the first time we’ve even seen him.
Mosquito nets… Is it possible that one of those trips took him to Africa? This is merely speculation, but Masaru did mention mosquito nets, and since mosquitoes can spread dangerous diseases like malaria through their bites (https://www.afro.who.int/health-topics/malaria), mosquito netting would be particularly useful in those sorts of at-risk areas. (I was also going to mention African Sleeping Sickness (https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/conditions-and-diseases/african-sleeping-sickness) as another concern, but this disease is spread by Tsetse flies, not mosquitoes. Then again, the mosquito netting would likely help keep these insects away as well.)
Clearly, Masaru has gotten to see a lot of different places as part of his travels with work.
Kaori comes to join them at the table, admitting that he hasn’t changed a bit. Then Masaru asks how Kaori is feeling. Oh, Megumi! This next sequence makes me feel so bad for her!
Kaori says that she’s been mostly okay.
And then Megumi, looking very guilty, declares that she’s going to make sure her mom gets better. Obviously, Megumi’s thinking of the PreCards, since another wish would come in handy right about now.
Kaori admits that, while she is still sick, she’s doing fine right now.
And Megumi is so confused! Kaori is sick, she’s probably been ill for as long as Megumi can remember, with whatever chronic disease this is. I’m surprised that this conversation hasn’t come up before now, actually.
Kaori and Masaru both explain that yes, this is a disease with no real cure,
but it can be treated well enough with rest and medicine that Kaori can still live a normal life.
I’m going to take a minute here to try and sort out how such a massive miscommunication might’ve happened. Masaru travels abroad for his job, likely so that he would be able to afford medicine (which is often expensive), as well as keeping his wife and daughter housed and provided for. Back when Megumi was little, did he maybe say something like this? “Megumi, I need to go to work now. I’m going to be very far away, so we can only talk on the phone or in letters, but I’ll come home whenever I can. Will you take care of your mom for me? She’s sick and needs to take her medicine every day. Be good and clean up your toys, and don’t be too noisy when your mom needs to have a nap, okay?” And somewhere along the way, Megumi learned that Kaori’s sickness wasn’t like a regular cold or flu. The doctors didn’t know how to cure it, and Kaori never really got better.
Has poor Megumi been quietly freaking out this whole time (too scared to ask for details, or asking on a bad day when her mother was too sick to want to talk about it), once she became old enough to better understand what’s going on, thinking that Kaori has a chronic disease like cancer, which is often deadly, when the disease might actually be more similar to something like diabetes (also dangerous, but not necessarily a death sentence) or even some personality disorders? Diabetes doesn’t have an actual cure either, but it can be controlled with medications like insulin. And many personality disorders sound scary and problematic, with no known cure, but they aren’t necessarily life-threatening. Medication and therapy can help minimize the worst of the symptoms, and people with these conditions are able to live fairly normal lives, just with some rather different quirks compared to most.
Maybe this was the issue, Megumi hearing words like “chronic,” “no cure,” and so on, and thinking that Kaori was in more danger than she actually was? Poor kid! Now I really want to give Megumi a hug! Though I do have to say, I’m impressed that Happiness Charge decided to go this route. From the media that I’ve seen, it seems to happen more frequently that such a disease is deadly, and the victim ends up dying as a result, or the disease is cured and the victim makes a full recovery. I can’t remember offhand any instances where I’ve seen such a true-to-life answer, where there might not be an easy cure, certainly no full recovery, but that life continues on. (This is rather similar to what I described about werewolves back in Episode 23, isn’t it? No cure for a certain condition, changes need to be made to a lifestyle in order to adapt, etc. But life keeps going anyway.)
While I’m sure that part of her is so relieved that Kaori’s chronic illness isn’t as severe as she first thought, this must be quite a shock to Megumi.
Kaori says that she feels blessed to have such a wonderful husband and daughter who care so much for her, but that she’s fine overall.
Later on, Megumi’s out on the balcony. Poor girl looks so miserable and confused. Masaru comes to check on her.
Oh gosh. You know that Megumi’s really struggling when she doesn’t even try to pretend that nothing’s wrong! This poor sweetheart! Megumi has always tried so hard to help others be happy, but Kaori’s illness was the one thing that she could never touch. Then Megumi became a Cure and realized that there was a chance she could wish for her mom to make a full recovery. But now she’s learned just how badly she misunderstood the entire situation. Part of her probably feels hurt simply because all her efforts to help in this case were useless, but I wonder if the greater part of her is remembering what happened with Mami (see Episode 33). Megumi didn’t know how to help build rockets and only ended up causing setback after setback, despite her best efforts to help in the only ways she knew how. Is Megumi now wondering if she’s done the very same thing yet again? For months, if not years, and to her own mother, no less?
Masaru explains that this is partly his fault, since he and Kaori never really explained exactly what the illness was and what needed to happen as part of its treatment. Yeah, there’s always the issue of knowing how much information to share without causing another person to worry unnecessarily.
Masaru then explains that Megumi’s his daughter: it’s not her responsibility to have to worry about things like this.
Megumi’s still fourteen (until tomorrow), and she’s allowed to have fun and be a kid, too.
I really hope that Masaru and Kaori take some time to sit Megumi down and explain plainly what this disease is. It’s one thing to protect someone from unpleasant information, but sometimes things can become much worse due to a fear of the unknown… Maybe there is no cure for Kaori’s condition, and maybe there’s no urgent need to find such a cure either, but at least having such knowledge might help Megumi be less prone to worrying about her mother’s condition. If they at least gave Megumi a name to research, she would have an easier time being able to effectively help. If, for example, Megumi knew that this sickness caused Kaori to be sensitive to acidic fruits, then Megumi could plan for that and look for milder alternatives, maybe bananas or peaches instead of strawberries or oranges. I would warn Megumi, from personal experience, to be very careful not to research the topic to death. Endlessly reading listed symptoms and potential treatment options, if any, with the final tagline, “No known cure,” can really mess you up when your mind’s not in the right place to process this information.
But I think we’ve been sad for long enough. It’s a new day, there is a certain girl’s birthday to celebrate and…
Holy cow, look at this crowd! Whether all these people are family friends or have simply come into contact with Helper Megumi, been won over, and want to celebrate her big day, I guess it doesn’t matter. Megumi must feel so loved! At least, I hope she does. She was pretty shaken last night, after all.
Megumi grabs a PreCard to get ready. Huh, I think this was her bridesmaid dress from Episode 18, wasn’t it? In any case, it’s a good outfit to wear for such a big get-together.
Hime gives her a makeover and…
Wow! I’m still not used to seeing these girls wear makeup, even after all this time, but there’s no denying that they look great when they use it.
Seiji certainly agrees!
But he’s also noticed that Megumi isn’t quite her normal cheerful, bubbly self today,
though Megumi tries to play things off for now.
Oh, the differences between extroverts and introverts! The size of this crowd is very intimidating for someone like me,
but it must feel good for Megumi to know that everyone’s here to see her on her special day.
Yuko, Iona, and Hime, also wearing their dresses from that wedding (see Episode 18), bring forward the cake that they made, and it looks amazing! Very professional.
I have a lot of respect for anyone who can make desserts that taste good and look like they popped straight out of a recipe book. Not everyone has this kind of talent.
Megumi blows out the candles, a very well-known birthday tradition.
After all that excitement, though, Megumi needs a bit of a breather. Which is a little odd to see in her case. Normally she’s like the Energizer Bunny, so the fact that she’s not constantly on the go right now is a little concerning. Seiji has noticed this difference as well, asking what’s wrong,
but Megumi just goes for the classic “I’m tired” excuse and sneaks inside the Embassy to get away for a while.
Yeah, physically, mentally, or emotionally, sometimes it’s too much and you need to take a break however you can.
But Seiji isn’t buying her excuses, following Megumi inside and again asking what’s bothering her.
Knowing that she can’t fool him, Megumi simply explains that she’s confused now.
She thought she knew what she wanted to do, what to wish for with earning PreCards, and so on.
But now she has once again come to realize that she didn’t fully understand the situation where she wanted to help.
And Megumi doesn’t know what to do when faced with this new level of uncertainty. How can she help anyone in any meaningful way when she keeps making mistakes? Is she actually helping at all?
Seiji’s surprised at her confession, but he does his best to reassure her.
Maybe she’s made mistakes in the past, but Megumi’s always done her best to make things right and help anyone wherever she can.
Good point, Seiji! There’s so many more people that she’s also helped as a Cure! Megumi has done a lot of good and so many people appreciate her efforts, mistakes or no. Just look at how many of them came to celebrate her birthday today!
Seiji wraps up his pep talk by telling Megumi that she’s going to worry everyone if she keeps moping like she has been today.
Credit to Megumi, she does perk up a bit, saying that they still need to revive the Blue Sky Kingdom…
Oh, Megumi! That’s absolutely true, but I’m not sure that this is exactly what Seiji meant for you to take away from his words. I mentioned way back in Episode 7 that Megumi likes to help others and if she finds that she can’t, or that her help isn’t wanted, she has a bit of an existential crisis. I think that Megumi attaches a lot of value to her ability to help others be happy by helping them solve any problems they might have. Kaori’s illness was one rare instance where Megumi was helpless to do much of anything to make things better. Then Megumi became a Cure and discovered a possible solution to this dilemma. Only now she’s found that she misunderstood the severity of her mom’s sickness. Once again, Megumi’s reached the point where she’s likely wondering what good she is if she can’t help others, especially if she goes too far and only ends up causing trouble for someone she wants to aid, like Mami (see Episode 33). It’s rough, and I’m not sure that there is an easy answer to this kind of doubt and uncertainty. I know it helps to have loved ones nearby to brace against during difficult and confusing times like this. Good thing Seiji’s here to help with this for now.
Seiji tells Megumi that she’s thinking too hard about it, and that she just needs to be confident and keep going as she’s done in the past.
He leaves, urging Megumi to hurry back outside soon so none of her friends will worry. Megumi does look a little better, but she’s still rather subdued as she heads back outside.
She stops long enough to psych herself up in front of a mirror.
Whoa! The mirror just transformed into a portal and pulled Megumi through to the Cross Mirror Room.
Blue’s here now, and maybe he can help, building from Seiji’s initial advice.
But first, we’re jumping over to the Phantom Empire. Oresky is looking for Choiarks for some reason. Oh, it’s his birthday, too? Happy Birthday, Oresky! I wonder what he wants to do for his special day.
Oh no!
Well, the Choiarks didn’t put together any sort of party for him, that’s for sure.
Oresky then finds Hosshiiwa and Namakelder, again announcing that it’s his birthday.
But Hosshiiwa doesn’t care, she won’t share any cake with him.
Namakelder admits that he did remember the occasion, but couldn’t be bothered to do anything… I guess you can’t always expect some really emotionally struggling people to be able to show this kind of care and appreciation, but that’s still got to hurt. It really is an interesting contrast to the Happiness Charge girls, isn’t it? These girls trust each other with their lives and would do anything for each other. The Phantom Empire, though, consists of various people who have been hurt somehow and adopted an “us versus the world” mentality, yet they aren’t trying to build each other up or help out at all. Oresky may be an obnoxious narcissist, but I still feel bad to see how clear it is that no one cares. Even one “Happy Birthday!” might’ve been worth something, but no!
The Deep Mirror, never one to miss a chance to escalate tensions, appears to reveal that there’s a big birthday bash being held in Pikarigaoka.
Namakelder and Hosshiiwa blow Oresky off, telling him to go to that party and leave them alone.
Oresky himself is outraged that anyone would dare to celebrate a birthday on HIS special day.
Back in the Cross Mirror Room, Blue reveals that he overheard Megumi’s words, regarding both her fears about her ability (or lack thereof) to help others, and the need to try to be happy so that no one else would worry.
Megumi apologizes, since this sort of weakness should be beneath her as a Cure.
But Blue doesn’t agree.
He acknowledges that it can be very difficult to help other people, that worries like this are completely normal. And wouldn’t he know this very well, considering his position as a god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth?
Poor Megumi!
Now that Blue has explained that it’s okay to feel confused and uncertain, she breaks down and reveals all of her concerns, things that she couldn’t express even to Seiji today (though she has mentioned a bit of this to him before, see Episode 33).
The problem is that Seiji, as smart and kind as he is, is only a teenager, just like Megumi herself. Megumi needs an outsider’s opinion, someone with a little more experience, like an adult, to tell her that this is normal. If Masaru and Kaori knew about her identity as Cure Lovely, she could be more open about all of her worries, but there’s also the chance that she’d try to be brave for their sake and keep her true feelings buried deep. Blue’s really the only person she can confide in for now. Yuko, Iona, and Hime are her friends, but they also look to her as a leader, and leaders can’t always afford to show weakness.
So who helps the leader when the leader breaks down? In this case, it has to be Blue.
Blue acknowledges that Megumi’s uncertainties and worries aren’t necessarily bad, and that it’s normal to sometimes feel lost and confused.
This is all part of growing up.
Like Seiji did earlier, Blue then tells Megumi to keep going as she has before. Mistakes or no, she’s making a world of difference to the people around her, who all love and appreciate her so much.
She just needs to stay true to herself, and she’ll figure out the rest over time.
Poor Megumi starts crying, admitting that she doesn’t know who she is around him.
Yeah, it’s pretty obvious that she likes him, and no wonder, when he’s so kind, patient, and understanding. I don’t like Megumi’s attraction to Blue, as I know I’ve mentioned many times before. I really wish that Blue, who has to notice her feelings (if not now, then certainly in some of the upcoming episodes), would say something and try to let Megumi down gently so as not give her false hope that a relationship is possible. But I understand why he might have trouble doing so. What happened the last time he became aware of someone who cared a great deal for him, to the point that he felt that he had to remove himself from the situation? Two words: Queen Mirage…
(Actually, on revisiting today’s episode now that I’ve finished watching this season, it turns out that he truly doesn’t notice her crush after all. It seems that he only learns about this later on, in Episode 43. You’d be surprised how easy it is to miss some things. I remember one time in school when I was sitting outside a classroom and reading a school newspaper. When it was time to go inside for that class, a boy held out his hand to me and I thought that he wanted the paper, so I handed it over before standing upright myself. That’s when I realized that he was offering to help me up, and I felt so bad and apologized for the misunderstanding!)
After recovering a bit, Megumi thanks Blue for listening to her concerns.
Blue then says that all he wants is for her to be happy.
Meanwhile, back at the party, Masaru and Kaori are visiting with Yuko, Hime, and Iona. Masaru thanks the girls for watching over Megumi.
Hime starts to comment on this, but Iona knocks her upside the head to stop her. Now I can’t stop laughing: "Hime, cut it out! These are Megumi’s parents and it’s her birthday. Be nice!”
Anyway, Iona merely says how honored she is to meet them.
Masaru admits that he’s impressed how many people are here today and is happy that Megumi has so many people who love and appreciate her.
That’s when Oresky arrives, declaring that he’s not happy at all! Wait a minute, he’s wearing five medals (and an over-the-shoulder sash) today. Is this new, or did I fail to pay attention when he added those other medals to his uniform? (I don’t remember seeing these medals anywhere else, so I’m thinking this is a birthday thing.)
In any case, he’s angry and highly offended that someone else would dare to hold a party on his birthday.
He captures… Holy cow! He gets EVERYONE from the party! It may not be everyone from the city (see Episodes 21-22 with Phantom), but this kind of power is certainly nothing to sneeze at.
And now there’s a Present Saiark on the loose!
Wow, that Saiark is huge!
Happiness Charge Episode 31
Is it as big as the Tree Saiark was (see Episode 31)? (I took a quick peek to refresh my memory. The Tree Saiark was actually much bigger.) I mean, Saiarks in general are very large, but there’s big and then there’s BIG! I guess we’ll see once the battle actually begins.
Oresky orders the Present Saiark to destroy the party.
Megumi and her friends won’t let that happen, so they transform.
Interesting! Not only are there no Choiarks today, at least none that we’ve seen yet, but the Present Saiark is attacking with an enormous purple ribbon.
Happiness Charge Episode 7
I think only one other Saiark has attacked in such a way, and that was the Wedding Cake Saiark from Episode 7.
Honey retaliates with “Honey Ribbon Spiral,” so it’s ribbon against ribbon for a minute
before the Saiark breaks through her guard and sends her flying.
Then the Present Saiark opens one of the gifts on its body, revealing a spring-loaded fist that forces the girls out of the air and on the run.
It’s clearly too dangerous to fight this thing when they’re all so close to the Embassy and the prisoners from the party. Would it be possible to shatter one of those mirrors in one of the bigger attacks? And if so, what would that do to the person trapped inside? Lovely and the other Cures aren’t going to risk this, instead luring the Saiark to a safer battlefield.
When the girls stop to continue the battle, the Present Saiark fires many energy bullets from its party popper hand… I have to admit, I love the design for today’s Saiark, especially with how it affects the various attacks.
Princess gets up a barrier, but the shield breaks under the barrage before too long.
Lovely counters with “Lovely Blaster,” and today’s variation is slightly different.
Happiness Charge Episode 15
Happiness Charge Episode 15
In the past, “Lovely Blaster” involved Lovely creating a fiery aura that fried everything around her. Today’s attack is instead a giant pink laser shot from… I think the ribbon on the vest of her uniform?
Unfortunately, this doesn’t do much, merely creating a smokescreen that the Saiark takes advantage of, using another spring-loaded fist to take Lovely down.
Oresky appears then to chastise the girls for daring to celebrate another person’s birthday on his special day.
As Lovely climbs to her feet, she asks why they can’t celebrate together.
If she and Oresky share a birthday, why on earth can’t they share a party for it as well?
Oresky doesn’t understand why he has to share anything at all.
But Lovely asks if it isn’t better to laugh together than to fight. Poor Oresky is so upset. How must that feel, to realize that his enemies are more sympathetic to his situation than his own allies?
He certainly doesn’t trust Lovely.
And isn’t that incredibly sad, that he’s so hurt that he can’t trust anyone, ally or enemy, that he fears to let anyone get close? It reminds me of my own instinct to keep myself apart from others. Sometimes it feels like any fear has two parts: the initial fear, and other people’s reaction to that fear. Should someone take advantage of a fear or concern to hurt me, I’d obviously have trouble trusting them ever again (and pity almost makes things worse), but I’d mostly blame myself for allowing such a thing to happen in the first place. Is Oresky the same? Poor guy!
Oresky is done listening, and he orders the Saiark to attack again.
It starts lashing out with the ribbon once more, forcing the Cures into flight.
Lovely keeps trying to reach out to Oresky, admitting that she doesn’t understand, but she wants to, because she only wants to help him when he’s clearly upset and hurting.
Oresky argues that the world is terrible and beyond saving.
Why else would it be the case that you can help someone, doing your very best for them, and not even get thanked in return?
Oh, here we go!
The Dresser’s starting to react.
Lovely’s come to understand that she wants others to be happy.
Even if she can’t properly help someone, and even if she makes a mistake in the attempt, she wants to ensure everyone’s happiness.
That did it, Lovely’s unlocked her Innocent Form!
Seiji (I’m glad he escaped capture, I’d wondered about that), Ribbon, Glasses, and Blue witness this,
with Blue recognizing that Lovely’s desire to help others be happy despite her own confusion and pain are her innocent feelings, which the Shining Make Dresser has now officially acknowledged.
Lovely shifts into Innocent Form.
The Present Saiark isn’t impressed and just starts shooting.
But Innocent Lovely merely teleports out of the way… Wait, can all four girls teleport in Innocent Form? How cool! I always liked that Honey could teleport, though she doesn’t often use this ability, since she has to see an attack coming in time to teleport to safety. Innocent Lovely’s teleporting around like Phantom has in past battles, so maybe this is an indication of the increased power level of the Innocent Forms?
When none of the energy bullets hit,
the Saiark shoots out the spring-loaded punching glove again. Innocent Lovely’s too quick and dodges, then…
Oh, that was different. I thought that she’d grab it by the spring and throw it around, but she instead dive-bombs the Saiark while its guard is down, before it can retract the spring.
Now Innocent Lovely’s ready to take it down, so she performs her special ability,
“Lovely Powerful Kiss,” applying lipstick and kissing the air, which ends up trapping the Present Saiark in what looks like a heart-shaped bubble in midair.
It’s time to finish things off, so Lovely reverts to her base Cure form.
One “Happiness Big Bang” later, and the Saiark’s gone.
Oresky looks very uneasy in the aftermath of this power, even flinching when Lovely turns to face him.
But all Lovely does is offer her hand and ask Oresky to celebrate his birthday right along with her.
Unfortunately, Oresky, already hurt and not willing to trust anyone so easily, rejects this offer and leaves.
And then there were four! All four girls have officially unlocked their Innocent Forms.
We’ll have to see just what this means another time, because Megumi’s birthday party isn’t over just yet.
Now that everything’s settled after that fight, Megumi goes center stage to thank everyone for all their work to help her celebrate her big day.
Now that Megumi’s had a chance to sort out her feelings, she’s decided to keep helping others be happy in her own way,
and continue spreading love throughout the world.
I’ll bet that Masaru and Kaori are so proud of her!
After the party, Megumi goes to thank Blue for their earlier talk.
Blue was happy to help, but Megumi unlocked the Innocent Form on her own, which he makes sure that she understands.
Then Ribbon summons today’s PreCard.
Awww! Megumi has decided to change her wish to just have everyone be happy. It sounds simple, but think what something like this might do for people who are really hurting, like Oresky and the other members of the Phantom Empire. It doesn’t necessarily mean that life’s difficulties and struggles will disappear, but you can still be happy even when going through hard times. Having a better mood can only help to weather these difficult times.
Blue hopes that this wish for happiness involves Megumi herself,
which prompts her to give him a big hug.
And Seiji just saw this happen… Seiji, speak up! Don’t just suffer in silence, or things’ll only be that much worse when your hidden emotions finally come to light.
And finally, the Deep Mirror takes advantage of the situation, revealing Megumi and Blue to Mirage.
Mirage doesn’t lose her temper, simply saying that Lovely doesn’t understand anything. Love only leads to misery and suffering. It doesn’t last.
Okay… Mirage’s eyes are glowing red! And that’s the end of today’s episode.
Chapter 38: Episode 37: Break It With a Big Bang! Unexpected Formidable Enemy Appears!
Chapter Text
Interesting! I peeked at the pictures I’ve taken of the PreCards these girls have earned in the past because I didn’t recognize Megumi’s outfit.
Today’s Halloween Costume wasn’t one of them, unless I missed something. Maybe this was meant to be a freebie for the holiday? Something like this happened in Episode 2, if you remember that Megumi received the Detective Card in order to track down a depressed Hime, and this Card was earned without defeating any Saiarks beforehand. Or there’s always the fact that we the audience don’t likely see every battle. Case in point, Episode 36 was celebrating Megumi’s birthday on October 12th, yet today, one episode later, has everyone celebrating Halloween on October 31st (I’m assuming, anyway). There might’ve been an extra battle or two in between these episodes that we never got to see.
Halloween seems to be a whole thing in Japan, something which has really taken off in recent years, starting in the earlier 2000s. For example, while Halloween is celebrated on the usual day, October 31st, the people of Japan celebrate this one holiday over the course of a whole month. There seems to be more of a focus on costumes and large parties or gatherings, compared to other traditions like Trick-or-Treating and spooky scenery that we see more of in the West. (You can read more about it here: https://www.tsunagujapan.com/trick-or-treat-halloween-in-japan-how-and-where-to-celebrate/)
In any case, I somehow went off track right away. Sorry about that! It’s Halloween today, so Megumi has used a PreCard for the occasion. What a fun Halloween dress! It sounds like there’s a festival the girls plan to attend. Megumi’s got her costume already, so now I wonder what costumes the other three girls plan to wear.
There’s the festival.
That looks like a lot of fun! Lots of different booths with different treats and activities. I’ll bet everyone’s having a blast already!
Oh, here we go, the girls are all dressed up now.
Let’s see, Yuko’s a witch, Hime’s a princess (I should’ve known!), and Iona’s wearing a purple hooded cloak and a star pendant, so… maybe a mystic or a fortune teller again? It is kind of her theme.
It looks like everyone who’s participating in today’s Halloween Festival has a table set up. Any younger kids can run from table to table to Trick-or-Treat. Hmm… This reminds me of “Trunk-or-Treating” in the West, where much the same happens, except this involves cars in a large parking lot. People can dress up and decorate their cars as part of the event, and it’s a good way to let the little kids run around and collect candy in a largely supervised and controlled environment. (Read more here: https://www.realsimple.com/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-trunk-or-treat-7568515) Yuko’s offering her Honey Candies as part of this, of course!
Meanwhile, Oresky, Hosshiiwa, and Namakelder are watching this from a mirror over in the Phantom Empire.
They each have their own reasons for either being jealous or annoyed with today’s holiday festival.
Unfortunately for them, Mirage catches them in the act.
Seeing her irritation, all three Generals quickly defend their recent failures in attacking Pikarigaoka, citing the Cures’ latest and most dangerous purifying attack: “Happiness Big Bang,”
a move so powerful that it even affects the Generals themselves, something that’s never happened before.
Just remembering the warm and happy aura felt after every use of this attack causes the Generals to smile.
And Mirage is DONE! The Deep Mirror recognizes this, reminding Mirage that she has other options and doesn’t have to rely on just these three anymore.
A trump card?
Okay… That’s someone new hidden in the shadows, but Oresky recognizes this person anyway.
I guess we’ll learn this stranger’s identity later on.
Now everyone’s back at the Embassy, with Hime inviting Blue to attend the Halloween parade.
It’s unanimous, they all want Blue to come along, so he agrees.
He’s gone with a black cloak, so maybe Blue’s dressed as a vampire or something?
Yep, I guess that’s a Dracula costume after all. Rei, Elena, and Kazumi have met up with Megumi’s group along the way and are very impressed with Blue’s outfit.
…I may just have to accept that these girls will always be a little boy-crazy whenever Blue’s around. I don’t understand it so well, but as long as they don’t go too far overboard, I guess it’s okay. It’s not like Blue’s taking advantage of the attention or encouraging anything, either.
Yuko asks where Seiji is, and it sounds like he’s heading the kid’s costume parade. That sounds like a lot of fun!
Oh, hey, it’s Masked Takuma (see Episode 14)! We haven’t seen him in quite a while. He’s here along with Mao, Eri, and several other kids, all in costume and all ready to go Trick-or-Treating, by the looks of things.
Nice costumes, everyone!
Seiji calls the younger kids to attention and Takuma gets a little over-excited, running to take the lead
before he inevitably trips and falls.
Yep, Mao knows him well! But she’s not so annoyed with him today, and Takuma, with some help from Seiji, gets back on his feet without issue. It’s nice to see him doing so well after Episode 14, when he was having a much rougher time.
Megumi arrives next, along with Blue. Poor Seiji gets really subdued when he sees Blue, though.
Seiji obviously remembers seeing Megumi hugging Blue at the end of the last episode.
Seiji, seriously, speak up! I know that you don’t want to make waves when Blue’s here, especially when Megumi clearly enjoys having him around, but nothing’s going to change if she doesn’t understand what you’re feeling. All the same, I get it. Maybe things would improve, maybe they wouldn’t, but it’s incredibly difficult to find the courage to take that first step.
Credit to Megumi, she notices that Seiji looks kind of down and asks if he’s okay.
Seiji shakes it off, distracting Megumi by asking if she’s enjoying today’s festival. Megumi is having a good time, so that’s good enough for Seiji.
Now everyone’s arrived for the main event.
Hime sees all kinds of festival foods that she wants to try.
Iona warns her not to go overboard, but Hime’s not listening.
Until Yuko asks if Hime has enough money to afford all these treats.
Our Team’s Dad and Mom, everyone!
That’s when Megumi says that out of all the festival foods, Hime should definitely get a pumpkin cake.
Okay, it certainly looks good, but I wonder why this is the crowd favorite.
Hime’s ready to eat, but Megumi stops her.
Oh? What a fun tradition!
These pumpkin cakes (or cupcakes) are meant to be shared with friends and other special people, like boyfriends and girlfriends, for example. When I first watched this episode and looked up Japanese Halloween traditions, I ran a quick internet search to see if this was an actual tradition in Japan, but I couldn’t find anything that sounded similar, so it may just be a Happiness Charge thing. It’s still fun to watch either way.
So Hime, in following this new tradition, splits her pumpkin cake in half, giving the other half to Yuko.
That’s two happy people!
Rei, Elena, and Kazumi have returned,
and each of them wants to share half of a pumpkin cake with Blue.
I mean, Blue has a nice character design, but he must really be handsome to have earned this kind of attention with so many other girls.
Hime’s rather surprised at his popularity, while Iona’s wondering if he’ll be able to eat so much cake.
Yuko then asks if Megumi wants to share a pumpkin cake with Blue.
Megumi says she doesn’t plan to, she’s just glad that Blue’s having a good time.
Seiji arrives next, offering to share his pumpkin cake with Megumi.
I’ll confess that I was wondering why these cupcakes appear to be the regular size when they’re meant to be shared between two people. Wouldn’t it make more sense to sell larger cakes so that each half is the size of a regular cupcake? But considering what just happened with Blue (multiple shared cakes), as well as there being many other food options available, maybe this wouldn’t be necessary after all.
Later on, Blue is hanging around with Megumi. She asks if he’s feeling okay after having so much cake, but Blue admits that it all tasted so good that he was easily able to finish everything.
Uh oh! Here’s Takuma and Eri, ready for some candy.
Blue feels bad that he has nothing to offer,
so Megumi gives him some Honey Candies to hand out.
After Takuma and Eri run off, Blue thanks Megumi for inviting him along today.
I’m assuming that since Blue is usually so busy making sure that everyone else in the world is doing well and feeling happy, he’s been quite surprised to see just how friendly and kind many of those people are, wanting Blue to be happy as well.
Blue looks a little sad as he says this, like he doesn’t feel worthy of this kind of care.
Megumi tells him plainly that she’s just happy he’s here. I think she’s trying to tell him that he doesn’t need to do anything to have people care about him, he doesn’t need to earn love and compassion.
Unfortunately, Seiji and Hime are nearby and can see what’s going on.
Hime comments that Megumi and Blue are getting along well, asking if Seiji’s okay with seeing this.
Seiji doesn’t say anything, not even when Blue buys a pumpkin cake to share with Megumi.
Unlike when Seiji shared earlier, Megumi gets really flustered and offers to go get Blue a drink before running off. Yeah… Poor Seiji. Poor Blue as well, considering that he was just trying to be friendly. I’m still not sure if he realizes that Megumi has feelings for him, considering how loving she always is with everyone around her.
Now Hime’s really worried, wondering what Seiji’s going to do about the situation.
Seiji’s not happy about it, but he says that Megumi’s feelings can’t be taken away.
Poor guy, he probably doesn’t want to shake things up right now. If he said something, there’s the chance that Megumi might feel obligated to return his feelings, considering that she and Seiji are childhood friends. He doesn’t want to put her into this sort of position, but if he doesn’t say anything, how will Megumi ever know? This is so frustrating to watch!
Oh, Oresky’s here. And he’s not shouting and ranting like he has in the past…
He actually admits that he’s not angry with anyone today, but since his position as a General is being threatened, he has no choice but to attack.
Meanwhile, Yuko and Iona (and Ribbon and Glasses, pretending to be toys) are seated at a table. Yuko’s in heaven, enjoying a variety of different foods.
Iona wonders if Yuko’s okay to be eating all this, remembering that both of them had stopped Hime from going sugar-crazy earlier.
Yuko explains that she’s saved up her allowance for the whole year for this event.
Wow! Well, if Yuko knows her limits, I guess that’s fine. She likely has her favorites that she looks forward to every year.
Image found here: https://www.allrecipes.com/recipe/18505/funnel-cakes/
I know that my parents always look forward to a funnel cake every Summer at our city’s carnival, so who am I to judge?
Megumi arrives then, asking if either of them has a drink she could share.
Iona wonders where Blue went, and Megumi looks a little embarrassed, admitting that she feels nervous being alone with him right now.
Hime appears next, revealing that she saw Megumi and Blue share a pumpkin cake, and all Megumi can do is blush.
Megumi’s too embarrassed to say much, but she did promise to get Blue a drink, so Yuko gives her some tea that she can share.
Megumi then rushes off.
Now Hime looks concerned. She knows very well that Seiji likes Megumi, but Megumi seems to like Blue… What can anyone do in this kind of situation?
Iona verifies that Megumi seems to feel something for Blue, but that she likely doesn’t recognize it as “love” just yet.
Good point, Iona! Right now it might just be deep admiration, but clearly there’s some strong emotions and attraction that Megumi must be feeling right now.
Poor girl must be so confused as to what’s going on with her feelings!
Hime’s still worried because of Seiji, though.
He clearly cares a great deal about Megumi, but he refuses to say anything.
Blue’s waiting for Megumi to return when Seiji stops by to visit. Seiji asks if he’s enjoying the festival, and Blue agrees, saying that he especially liked learning about the pumpkin cake tradition.
When Seiji says that he and Megumi always share a pumpkin cake every year,
Blue congratulates him, hoping that they can both be happy together. Seiji looks worried, though he won’t tell Blue why.
Seiji shakes off his concerns, admitting that he wishes the pumpkin cakes were bigger.
Megumi arrives next with the tea that she promised, offering some to Seiji as well, though he declines the offer.
So Megumi gives the drink to Blue, getting flustered again and refusing to say what’s bothering her.
Megumi, Seiji… I know this is incredibly awkward and confusing, but nothing’s ever going to change unless you TALK! Please! This is driving me NUTS!
I shouldn’t be saying this, but thank you, Oresky!
He’s just appeared on the scene, ranting that Halloween is trash. Normally, this kind of entrance would be more impressive, but today is Halloween.
Takuma and several other kids come running up to him, thinking he’s just another person in a costume.
Oresky gets so confused when Takuma starts asking for candy, it made me chuckle to watch.
But Oresky doesn’t stay confused for long.
He answers that there’s no need to choose Trick OR Treat when he can get both.
And then he traps Takuma, Mao, and Eri in a mirror (It’s Episode 14 all over again!),
summoning a Pumpkin Saiark to attack! Technically, with the carved face, that’s a Jack-o-Lantern, but I’m not going to type this out every time so Pumpkin Saiark it is.
Now that it’s clear this is no game, the citizens start fleeing the scene.
Megumi joins up with the rest of the girls, and they all transform.
When the Cures confront Oresky, Fortune and Princess both demand that he release the younger kids at once.
Oresky reveals that he’s in trouble and has no choice but to fight today.
When Lovely and Honey ask what’s wrong, he answers that there’s someone new in the Empire, someone who actually threatens Oresky’s position.
If he can’t prove his value as a General in Mirage’s forces…
This whole situation has Oresky spooked, so he’s done talking and listening.
If his only hope is to attack Pikarigaoka, win or lose, then that’s what he’ll do.
He orders the Pumpkin Saiark to attack.
The Saiark starts by targeting the Cures with laser vision, but the girls dodge without being harmed.
Hmmm… This Saiark also attacks by blowing out black clouds of… something.
I’m guessing that this is smoke, since Jack-o-Lanterns are usually lit up from inside with candles.
The interesting part is that these black clouds can be aimed directly, just like the laser vision that the Saiark used to start this battle.
Lovely gets close enough to beat on the Saiark’s head,
but it forces her to back off by blasting at her with the laser vision again.
Oresky is frantic to succeed now, and the Pumpkin Saiark reacts to his urgency by blowing out more black clouds,
but this time the smoky mass turns into bats that swarm the Cures.
Each girl manages to destroy clusters of the bats,
but the Saiark merely creates more within seconds.
It doesn’t matter how many the Cures demolish, the Saiark keeps summoning more bats.
Princess gets fed up and targets the Pumpkin Saiark itself.
Happiness Charge Episode 26
Do you remember the Delinquent Saiark from Episode 26, the one that fought with its huge red hairdo?
Happiness Charge Episode 26
Princess took that thing down with a headbutt,
and today she’s doing the same with the Pumpkin Saiark.
This time her attack has a name, “Princess Head Hammer,” which made me laugh, but I think that naming a move puts some power into it, because Princess is glowing right now.
She headbutts the Saiark and winds up incapacitated with the pain, but at least the Saiark has stopped breathing out those smoky bats. Good job, Princess!
Fortune and Honey go to check on Princess, while Lovely confronts Oresky.
He sounds pretty happy, all things considered. Here he is, proving his worth to Queen Mirage, so maybe he feels he won’t be replaced if he can manage a win.
Lovely asks Oresky why he’s so obsessed with being number one,
and he replies that he has to be. Because if he’s not number one, he’s worth nothing… Ouch! My gosh, is this how he’s felt the whole time? The sad thing is, the way the Phantom Empire is right now, he’s not wrong. That side of the war doesn’t exactly have Pretty Cure Therapy, or any equivalent, really.
Lovely’s so stunned to hear this that she stops flying and calls out his name.
Oresky realizes that he’s said too much. If it isn’t bad enough that someone now knows his weakness, an enemy no less, that very enemy is now probably feeling pity. For HIM!
He orders Lovely to forget what she heard and wants to keep fighting.
The Pumpkin Saiark responds, shooting Princess, Honey, and Fortune out of the air with its laser vision.
Lovely’s done fighting, though, and she shifts into Innocent Form.
Innocent Lovely asks Oresky to stop. Isn’t it better to share a pumpkin cake in peace than to threaten harm against others?
Oh dear, Mirage is watching this, and she’s ordering that shadowy figure from earlier to be ready to step in at a moment’s notice.
Meanwhile, Innocent Lovely traps the Pumpkin Saiark using “Lovely Powerful Kiss.”
Now it’s time to wrap things up with “Happiness Big Bang.”
That finished off today’s Saiark, but Oresky…
This time he’s being purified as well!
And Takuma, Mao, and Eri are free, too.
Let’s get back to Oresky, though. We’ve never seen this happen as part of the “Happiness Big Bang.” That huge rainbow heart is still encompassing Oresky right now.
His clothing has all turned white, and he looks so happy. He’s even admitting that he maybe doesn’t need to be number one…
I’ll be honest, if I didn’t know better from the Shining Make Dresser, this would look an awful lot like mind control.
Happiness Charge Episode 29
Happiness Charge Episode 29
Happiness Charge Episode 29
We’ve seen this, or something like it, come into play from the Deep Mirror, used on Mirage herself (see Episode 29)! But considering the fact that Blue’s side of the war has shifted focus from defeating their enemies to trying to make peace… Maybe this is actually the equivalent of therapy on “fast forward?” If someone like Oresky was to go meet with a therapist, this would hopefully be the end goal, getting him to realize that he doesn’t need to constantly be on guard around other people, that he doesn’t need to work so hard (or attack others) in order to achieve perfection, strength, etc. just to gain a little appreciation and respect. That he’s enough, just as he is. How long might that take someone going through actual therapy, two years (with weekly, bimonthly, or monthly visits), maybe more? It can certainly take a long time to feel comfortable enough to simply be able to lower your guard, to trust again. Just look at Hime and Iona! Oresky’s still trapped inside “Happiness Big Bang,” and he’s coming to this realization, so yeah, I’d say this has to be some form of sped up therapy.
Before we go on, I had one final thought: “Happiness Big Bang” is an enormous purifying heart made up of all the girls’ colors, and when they’re building up this energy to unleash this attack, each girl calls out her unique attribute: love, courage, kindness/compassion, and fortune/hope. (Remember, Fortune announces herself as the “Star of Hope.”) Is “Happiness Big Bang” an enormous healing wave made up of pure love, courage, kindness, and hope? No wonder Oresky looks so happy and relaxed when he’s exposed to those kinds of qualities!
Credit to Lovely and her friends, they’re willing to overlook everything. They want to spend time enjoying the festival with the people they love, and Oresky’s welcome to join them.
What on earth?! An enormous, dark laser beam just shot out of nowhere and hit the prolonged “Happiness Big Bang.”
The purifying attack has shattered like glass, snapping Oresky out of his healing daze.
Everyone, Cures, allies, and Oresky look stunned and shaken, and the whole area is shrouded in smoke.
But someone’s out there… It looks like this person has butterfly wings and a purplish color scheme.
Oh NO!!! Fortune just said that this is her sister. Cure Tender. And Tender’s eyes are bright red!
Are we actually looking at a mind-controlled or brainwashed Tender, one of the strongest solo Cures in the world? Oh my gosh, this is terrible! You’re telling me that Mirage can actually revive a downed Cure and force her to fight against her former allies and home?! Can you imagine how bad this would be if Mirage could do this en masse to the girls trapped in the Pretty Cure Graveyard? We’ll have to wait until the next episode to see it, because today’s episode ends here, on a cliffhanger. I thought this episode was hard to cover, but I can already tell that the next one’s going to be an absolute nightmare!
Mind Games:
I wasn’t planning to have any final notes for today’s review, but since this last thought just barely popped into my head on reviewing my first take on this episode, I guess I have something to say after all. Mind games are scary! I’m not sure that there’s much scarier out there than having someone you know no longer acting like they used to. This might be temporary, like a villain directly mind-controlling the victim to act contrary to their normal behavior, or something more permanent, like brain damage and the death of the victim’s original personality.
It just occurred to me that I didn’t know the difference between mind control and brainwashing. Both terms might be used interchangeably, but are they really the same thing? Certainly there’s a fair bit of overlap… What really got my skin crawling was me realizing that what we saw happen when Oresky was being purified (something that I compared to sped up therapy) could technically be compared to brainwashing or mind control. Obviously, it’s not the same! But all three subjects involve changing a person’s behavior by literally changing their mind. Because this is interesting, and rather terrifying, I’m going to try differentiating these three topics in a way that I can understand, hopefully without traumatizing myself and anyone else who may be reading this review.
When I hear “mind control,” I tend to think of magic, or the supernatural. Whether by magic, possession, or even something like hypnotism, a person is able to take direct control of someone, maneuvering the victim around as if they were a puppet on strings. It’s certainly frightening, but it also seems unrealistic, something that could only happen in fiction or in some of the scariest nightmares.
Brainwashing, on the other hand, is very real! According to this article, https://gcelt.org/the-three-types-of-brainwashing-understanding-the-psychology-behind-manipulation/, brainwashing a victim can be done in at least three different ways: cognitive dissonance, gaslighting, and sensory deprivation. I don’t want to go too in-depth because I’m already very uncomfortable thinking about this subject, but notice that one of those methods was “sensory deprivation.” This involves weakening the victim by distorting their perception of reality due to their very senses (and awareness of the passage of time) being suppressed. Is this how Mirage managed to get control of Tender? Tender was sealed inside of a mirror, unconscious and dreaming of despair. Who knows what kind of suggestions Mirage and the Deep Mirror might’ve planted in Tender’s mind, to the point that she no longer recognizes fellow Cures as anything but a threat that must be destroyed! Brainwashing and mind control have the same underlying motivation: control. For whatever reason, the manipulator wants to have control over someone else and is willing to play all kinds of mind games to get it.
Therapy… Honestly, I’m not sure there’s any denying that there’s a very fine line between brainwashing and therapy. I think the difference must be in the motivation. A good therapist wouldn’t care about control, but helping someone who’s struggling with dangerous thought patterns or bad behavior to find a way to move beyond this to a healthier lifestyle. Ideally, a therapist is able to gain the patient’s trust to the point that the patient recognizes that their current behavior is a problem. If the patient realizes this and is able to trust the therapist, then the therapist can act as a guide, showing other options for thoughts and behaviors that have become problematic or even dangerous. It’s up to the patient to choose to follow these suggestions or not. Can you see why there’s such a thin line here? A bad therapist is no better than a brainwasher, but a good and trustworthy therapist is a healer who can actually save lives! Therapy isn’t about the therapist taking control of another person, it’s about helping a patient regain control of their own life.
At least, that’s how I see it, after a lot of thought. Does any of this make sense? I’m not going to think any further on this because I think I’ve met my “spooky quota” for the day!
Chapter 39: Episode 38: Let the Four Cures' Song Resonate! Innocent Purification
Chapter Text
We pick up where we left off at the end of last episode. Oresky was nearly purified,
but someone managed to destroy “Happiness Big Bang” with a huge dark laser.
Someone with butterfly wings and a butterfly motif.
Fortune recognizes this person as her sister, Cure Tender.
Happiness Charge Episode 23
But this isn’t the Cure Tender we’ve seen in flashbacks.
Her eyes are bright red, and she has no patience for Oresky’s failure, ordering him to leave the scene.
And Oresky does!
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Do you remember in Episode 13 that Oresky disputed Phantom’s claim to attack the Cures in Pikarigaoka? Even Oresky knows better than to mess around with a Dark Cure Tender! He leaves without any argument, and Dark Tender turns her attention to the Happiness Charge girls.
Lovely and Princess look really spooked.
Poor Fortune looks devastated. This is her older sister who’s been missing for a year or more!
But Dark Tender clearly doesn’t recognize Fortune by voice or appearance, because she immediately attacks.
Hmmm… She clearly has a butterfly motif, but also a lunar one. Did she have both of these back before she was brainwashed, or is the butterfly theme new? Tender has always had those crescent moon earrings, which is why I’m assuming the lunar motif comes from her true Cure form. In any case, wow!
Thank heaven Honey tackled Fortune out of the way, because if this attack had landed…
Fortune is shocked that her own sister would lash out like that.
Queen Mirage appears next as a huge image in the sky, just like we saw back in Episode 23.
She warns the Cures that it’s pointless to try reasoning with Dark Tender. Dark Tender can’t hear them or remember anything except that she’s Mirage’s loyal servant.
Mirage admits that the Happiness Charge Team has become problematic enough that she needed to do something drastic,
so she revived the strongest Cure from the Precure Graveyard and took control of her.
And isn’t that a terrifying thought! Dark Tender is likely a trial run for a new phase of the war. If sending out hundreds of mind-controlled Cures to attack their former homes and allies became a feasible option, can you imagine the devastation (physical and mental/emotional) such a move would cause?! It would be game-breaking! Remember that Phantom only targets the Cures who’ve grown strong enough to become a problem, so Mirage has access to many powerful pawns right now.
As it is, Dark Tender will only listen to Queen Mirage, so it doesn’t look like there’s any hope for reason or peaceful negotiation. This is so bad!
Fortune is furious, but Mirage merely gets amused.
Mirage knows that Fortune is Cure Tender’s little sister, so she orders Dark Tender to take Fortune down.
Dark Tender responds by launching a dark energy ball into Fortune at point blank, blasting her away.
Ouch!
Mirage wonders who can win when it’s Cure against Cure. I guess we’ll find out.
Before we begin, I had one interesting train of thought that I wanted to share so we’re all on the same page: Just about the only advantage the Happiness Charge girls have in today’s battle is the fact that they’re facing Dark Tender in her base form. Tender never unlocked an Innocent Form. (Remember, Axia wasn’t restored to its true form, the Shining Make Dresser, until Episode 29, and Tender was taken out long before then. These kinds of power ups were inaccessible from the Axia Box, which was only able to contain the forces of the Phantom Empire.)
I know that Dark Tender has butterfly wings in this form, but this isn’t the same appearance that wings take in Innocent Form. Let’s take a quick look at Innocent Fortune.
Happiness Charge Episode 32
See how her wings are more rounded in appearance?
Happiness Charge Episode 8
Look at Queen Mirage as well. Her wings may be gray, but they look exactly the same. And Mirage could have received an Innocent Form from the Shining Make Dresser before she was corrupted and sealed within the Axia Box.
Dark Tender’s wings don’t look like either Innocent Fortune’s or Queen Mirage’s, do they? They look more like a normal butterfly’s wings. I think I have a guess as to why. Let’s take a look at the bows on the girls’ uniforms, the bows that expand into a pair of energy wings for flight.
Happiness Charge Episode 1
This is Fortune’s bow (note the distinctive butterfly shape).
Happiness Charge Episode 2
And here are the bows for Lovely and Princess (I’m fairly certain Honey’s bow is identical). You’ll probably laugh at me, but this more standard design reminds me somewhat of bowtie pasta.
Image found here: https://weekendatthecottage.com/bowtie-pasta-with-tuna-2/
What do you think? Do you see it, too?
Happiness Charge Episode 30
When the girls are flying, their bows all extend into wings with a more bird-like appearance, fairly different from their bows’ initial shapes. Considering the fact that Fortune’s Cure form came from Tender’s PreCards originally, is it possible that we’re seeing a corruption of that butterfly bow into the butterfly wings she has now? There’s too little information at this time to determine if the butterfly motif comes from Mirage taking control, and thus would apply to any revived and brainwashed Cure, or if it does indeed originate from Tender herself, but has been twisted as part of her corruption into a servant of Mirage.
All this is to say that this upcoming battle is going to be insanely dangerous and brutal, but it may still be possible to win or at least survive, since the Happiness Charge girls have Innocent Forms to help bridge the gap in challenging Dark Tender, who is leagues stronger and more experienced than them.
Back to the episode, the rest of the Cures are stunned that Dark Tender would so viciously attack her own sister. But Dark Tender’s not done yet.
She targets Lovely and Princess next,
both with magical and devastating physical attacks that made me cringe!
Honey intervenes, catching Dark Tender’s arm with her ribbon and stopping the assault.
Unfortunately, Dark Tender yanks Honey around on the ribbon, swinging her into Lovely and Princess and taking all three girls down at once.
By this time, Fortune has recovered enough to again try to get through to Dark Tender, but as Mirage said, it’s not working.
Dark Tender will only obey Queen Mirage.
Princess can’t believe that Mirage would be so cruel, but Mirage only points out that the world itself is cruel and full of hatred.
This is why she wants to destroy the world in the first place.
Mirage then orders Dark Tender to finish things off.
Oh gosh, that’s the attack she tried to nuke Fortune with the first time!
And all four girls are already too hurt to move, so there’s no avoiding it now.
Holy cow, Blue just stepped in to put up a shield!
Blue may not have any ability to attack (I’ve compared him to a White Mage, or maybe a Healer. They don’t fight on the front lines!), but he won’t let the Cures in his care be hurt while there’s something he can do to help.
While he and Dark Tender are in a stalemate, Blue tries to reason with Mirage herself.
He insists that the world is also full of kindness and thus worthy of protection.
Queen Mirage doesn’t believe it. She refuses to listen to anything Blue has to say.
She quotes Blue directly (At least that’s what this sounds like, though I don’t recognize any of these lines. Maybe this is what Blue told Mirage in the past, before he left her and she went mad?),
saying that this is why she wants to destroy the world.
She HATES Blue and wants him to suffer, and what better way is there to do this than to destroy the world and its people who he cares so much about?
Mirage then taunts Blue, telling him that she wants him to hate her, too. Finally, she orders Dark Tender to take him down.
Blue’s shield shatters under the renewed assault, and Blue’s done.
Mirage scoffs that Blue lacks the ability to fight back. Be careful, Mirage. Just because Blue doesn’t have offensive capabilities, it doesn’t mean that he can’t have some serious powers at his disposal. Remember Demeter from Greek mythology? When her daughter, Persephone, was taken to the Underworld, Demeter grieved so strongly that she stopped allowing the plants to grow, as was her duty as a goddess of the harvest. Everyone in the world nearly died of starvation because no crops would grow, no livestock had any food to eat, etc. No wars of any kind happened, but the world was still in grave danger. I’m just saying, don’t count Blue out just because he’s not a god of war, like Ares.
But Mirage is done talking to Blue.
Mirage returns her attention to Fortune, determined to break her further.
Even now, Fortune believes that her sister’s still there, trapped somewhere inside her own mind.
Fortune’s going to get her back, no matter what!
But this’ll take more power, so all four girls shift into Innocent Form. This may be the only chance they have for surviving today, if not saving Dark Tender outright.
Already, they’re maneuvering much faster in the air, which is a very good thing. Dark Tender hits HARD, so no one can afford to take a direct blow right now.
Innocent Fortune faces Dark Tender first, begging her sister to wake up and remember who she is the whole time that they’re exchanging hits.
It’s not working, so Innocent Lovely steps in next.
Dark Tender insists that Blue is weak and a liar, that happiness and love are illusions.
Innocent Lovely denies this, since she became a Cure through Blue’s power.
She’s gained incredible friends, and even with the dangers she faces every day, she sees a lot of good, a lot of love and compassion. Those emotions are very real.
Dark Tender charges in to continue the fight,
but Innocent Lovely speaks to Mirage next, asking if she can’t remember any of the good times from her past.
Blue still loves Mirage and cares about her, even after all this time.
Dark Tender declares that Innocent Lovely has no idea what she’s talking about, shooting at her with another laser.
But Innocent Lovely insists that she does know because she’s with Blue all the time. She sees every day how much Blue cares, whether Mirage believes this or not.
Innocent Lovely finally says that everyone has someone they treasure.
That did something.
Dark Tender’s remembering…
they’re grayscale fragments of herself spending time with a younger girl.
These new/old memories are hurting her, and she loses control, triggering a huge explosion in midair.
What is going on?! Dark Tender’s floating in a cloudy void now. Maybe it’s her mindscape? If so, is it any wonder she’s confused and can’t remember anything right now? All there is around her is darkness and fog!
Dark Tender seems to be remembering the day that Queen Mirage chose her to fight in the war.
Mirage told her to fight, and often said that love, happiness, etc. are all illusions.
But Innocent Lovely and Fortune have said the opposite.
The last thing Dark Tender hears is Mirage’s order to defeat Cure Fortune. And that’s the memory that wins out.
Dark Tender snaps out of it, charging through the cloud of smoke from her earlier explosion and targeting Innocent Fortune again.
Innocent Fortune is caught off guard, but manages to block several blows before Innocent Princess kicks Dark Tender away from her.
Innocent Honey moves next, firing off an energy clover at Dark Tender,
but the projectile gets deflected right back into her.
Innocent Fortune is horrified, begging Dark Tender to stop.
Mirage goads her on, so Dark Tender envelops herself in dark energy and just charges in.
Innocent Princess goes to meet her,
with both girls looking like blue and purple lasers rebounding off each other in midair!
But Dark Tender wins, sending Innocent Princess to the ground.
Now it’s Innocent Lovely’s turn. She puts up an impressive physical assault, but Dark Tender surprises her by launching an energy beam which splits into two at once,
cornering Innocent Lovely in the air and dragging her down.
Innocent Fortune’s the only one left, but she doesn’t even get a hit in before Dark Tender catches her and throws her into the ground.
Dark Tender shoots off an enormous laser to finish off Innocent Fortune.
Innocent Lovely darts in at the last second to take the hit.
Ouch, that had to hurt! But this act did something…
Dark Tender’s now remembering the night she fell protecting a young girl.
And Dark Tender’s eyes have turned back to purple!
Mirage orders her to finish the battle.
Innocent Fortune’s begging her to stop fighting them. For a moment, Dark Tender doesn’t move.
Then Mirage’s order wins out.
Dark Tender creates an energy sword and charges once more at Innocent Fortune.
Innocent Fortune blocks the strike, pleading with her sister to wake up.
The more Innocent Fortune speaks,
the more Dark Tender starts seeing another girl in her place, someone she recognizes but can’t quite remember.
Mirage’s control seems to be slipping, but not enough for Dark Tender to break free.
Dark Tender swings again,
and this time Innocent Fortune doesn’t move at all!
Whoa! Dark Tender stops just before the sword can hit. Fortune, you’ve got guts!!!
Dark Tender’s in serious pain, but she drops her weapon.
Innocent Fortune hugs her, begging her sister to stop fighting,
to remember her again.
Now Dark Tender seems to remember a little more completely.
Her prior fragmented memories were in black-and-white, but now everything’s in color.
Dark Tender’s no longer threatening to attack, instead asking if they really are sisters.
Both girls are crying,
and Dark Tender just called Iona by name! Stop making me cry!
That glowing butterfly just shattered! We saw this butterfly earlier with the flashback of Mirage taking control of Tender. And now it’s gone!
Mirage can’t believe her control has been broken.
Innocent Princess and Honey explain that Tender’s true feelings couldn’t be erased or fully transformed, and that’s why Innocent Fortune was finally able to reach her.
Innocent Lovely again explains that love and happiness are not illusions.
And Queen Mirage LOSES IT, using her scepter to forcibly take control of Dark Tender once more.
Innocent Fortune can’t take it anymore and screams! Her voice! She sounds like she’s in incredible pain because she just wants her big sister back!
And the Shining Make Dresser just appeared in front of her.
It recognizes Innocent Fortune’s feelings and is ready to grant her the power to save Dark Tender entirely.
Here we go, they’ve earned their second Team Attack, “Innocent Purification,” today!
As before, Ribbon and Glasses release pink and purple energy
which combines to summon the Shining Make Dresser before the girls.
This time, when the Cures get their makeup sticks, the makeup transforms into a microphone for each girl. That’s right, this Team Attack will have them SINGING! Notice that all four girls are still in Innocent Form for this, so this new purifying attack should be that much more powerful.
This attack also requires a “signature,” a pink infinity symbol, so I think Lovely signs off on it this time, just as Princess does for the original “Happiness Big Bang.” Because I know that I’ll go overboard with the screenshots otherwise, I’m going to type out the words of their song instead of showing pictures of all the lyrics as we go. Here they are:
Searching for that shapeless love.
That certain kindness.
That never fading hope.
Let them resonate, to the future!
As long as you have a little courage,
Even if you haven’t found it yet,
But I’m sure it’s there!
Innocent!
Innocent!
That tiny bit of courage.
The light of love.
The sparkling stars light up our lives.
With our hearts together,
Let this melody resonate!
Precure Innocent Purification!
I should note that by this point, all four girls are GLOWING with their individual colors.
And one by one, they shoot off like neon laser beams,
all targeting Dark Tender. First Fortune, then Honey, Princess, and Lovely.
They all NUKE Dark Tender, with bigger blasts each time. My gosh! I described Oresky under the effect of “Happiness Big Bang” in the last episode as being enveloped in a blend of all their unique qualities: love, courage, kindness, and hope. Dark Tender got this, too, but as a NUCLEAR BOMB!!!
(One other separate observation before we keep going. Something about the girls singing for their second Team Attack really stood out to me, but it took a while to figure out why. I think I understand now. Music in general is a great way to convey emotions to an audience. Language doesn’t always apply, just instrumental songs can do this. But I think that the voice could arguably be the most honest form for doing so. Anyone who plays the violin, the French horn, the drums, can continue to play even when frustrated and angry, or feeling down. It would take a fair bit of discipline and control, but many listeners might not detect a difference in the notes being played. The voice, though… I don’t know if it’s different for a professional singer, but I know that when I’ve sung as part of a choir before, if the words of a song touched me deeply enough to make me cry, I couldn’t make a sound. If you’re feeling sick, angry, or sad, it impacts your throat, your breathing, and it’ll impact your voice as well, if you can even get a note out. Listen to these girls singing right now. Maybe they’re scared, heart-broken that Fortune has been forced into this nightmare scenario, but their determination is plainly showing in their voices and their words. There’s no lying to the Shining Make Dresser. Their purest, deepest emotions are shining through that they want to help someone who’s suffering finally be able to heal. And the Dresser has granted them enough power to manage the feat!)
…I think it’s safe to say the brainwashing was broken?
Mirage looks stunned, maybe a little terrified. I honestly don’t blame her. That attack was something else!
Mirage has dropped her scepter, and it looks like the light from that purification is hurting her somehow.
She’s fighting back, though, not willing to let go of her anger and pain.
And Blue just grabbed her hand. Wait a second. Where are they?! This isn’t the Phantom Empire. It doesn’t look like the Cross Mirror Room, either, though the floating lights certainly look familiar. And they’re clearly not in Pikarigaoka. Are they inside Mirage’s mental space, just as we saw within Dark Tender’s earlier in this episode? Wherever they are, Blue’s here, in Mirage’s presence, for the very first time. No mirrors in between, no past memories, just these two inside the same place.
Mirage is ticked off, wanting Blue to stay away because she hates him so much.
But Blue answers that he doesn’t hate her back.
He never has.
Mirage can’t understand what he’s saying. Blue abandoned her, yet he doesn’t hate her?
Finally, Blue explains that he feared that he had no choice but to leave her.
He’s the god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth. It’s his godly duty to love and protect everyone in the world, to treat them all respectfully and equally.
Could he do this when he felt so strongly for Mirage and spent so much time with her?
To the point that he was neglecting his responsibilities to the rest of the Earth? The only answer he saw was to withdraw. Unfortunately, some people are like that. Fight or flight, remember? But because he never explained his true feelings, his concerns in continuing such a close relationship, what happened?
Blue’s finally ready to tell her the truth.
But then a pair of glowing red eyes flashes in the air!
The mental space, or wherever these two were just talking, has turned red and stormy, and Mirage gets pulled away through the void and into another mirror.
She’s gone.
Gosh darn it, they were so close to resolving things!
Back in Pikarigaoka, Maria’s back to normal.
She remembers Iona as well, thank heavens. Mind games are terrifying and destructive, but it looks like Maria’s okay.
Awww! They’re both crying as they hug each other for the first time in over a year.
Hime and Ribbon are crying, too, and they likely aren’t the only ones.
Glasses even teases Iona, wondering whether she’s laughing or crying, because it sounds like she’s doing both.
Ribbon’s finally able to summon today’s PreCard.
I’m trying so hard to follow my self-imposed rules, but there’s a joke I want to make so badly. Fine, I’ll compromise: I’m going to lose my mind if they’ve earned a Squirrel Costume today!
(My unofficial rules for these reviews have been to only talk about or refer to past seasons or movies if I recognize any similarities with Happiness Charge. As a “10th Anniversary” celebration, Happiness Charge already did this with every past Cure greeting us at the beginning of most of these episodes. Pictures and references are allowed from anything in the past. If I notice a similarity from a future season, it doesn’t apply because it’s likely that the future season is referencing Happiness Charge, not the other way around. Therefore, I can’t make a specific connection or show a picture from any future season. I’m bending the rules now by making such a future reference, but I won’t show a picture as part of my rules. Look up the KiraKira girls if you’re wondering about squirrel costumes, that’s all I’ll say for now: https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Characters/KiraKiraPrecureALaMode)
Today’s PreCard looks like… I honestly wonder if that was another Chef-type costume, but it’s really hard to tell. Still, another Card is one step closer to a future wish. And isn’t this interesting? I just realized that Iona’s wish came true today. Without any Cards at all. That’s awesome!
Everyone’s a little teary-eyed, but they’re all so happy!
Back in the Phantom Empire, Mirage is still recovering from the shock. Of witnessing the Shining Make Dresser’s new power, of seeing Blue face-to-face… It’s been a day.
The Deep Mirror sounds thankful that Mirage escaped unscathed.
He starts off on the now standard escalation campaign, but this time Mirage interrupts.
Blue was trying to tell her something before she was taken away. Speaking of, was it the Deep Mirror that dragged her off?
Oh my gosh, Mirage’s eyes just started to turn blue!!! Clearly the Deep Mirror has control over her, just as Mirage held control over Tender. Puppets controlling puppets. My head hurts trying to imagine it!
The Deep Mirror merely starts glowing red, focusing all of his power on Mirage.
She doesn’t need to know anything. Who cares what Blue was trying to say?
What matters is that Blue rejected her in the first place, right?
Ouch! The Deep Mirror warns her that she’ll likely face this same pain again in the future if she dares to let down her guard.
And then he says those key phrases: Happiness doesn’t last, and love is merely an illusion.
Mirage repeats his words, looking like she’s in great pain.
The Deep Mirror then reminds her that he’ll always be on her side.
Aaand she’s gone again! I really don’t like the Deep Mirror, and even knowing his true identity, I’m not going to change my mind. But just as I’ve tried to be fair to every other character in this show, I’ll try to be fair to him when we finally see him in person.
What a tradeoff! The Happiness Charge girls saved Maria, but Mirage is now deeper under the Deep Mirror’s control. Things are only going to get harder, going forward. But on the plus side, I don’t think we’ll have to worry about any more brainwashed Cures fighting for the Empire. After losing Tender, their trump card, and nearly Queen Mirage as well, I highly doubt that the Deep Mirror will try something like that again.
It’s too risky, and he’s not about to offer Blue’s side any more “freebies.” Thank heaven for small favors! But that’s the end of today’s episode.
The Wisdom of Butterflies:
Image found here: https://outforia.com/types-of-butterflies/
I’m a little surprised that I did notice some symbolism today. Oftentimes in a more involved episode, I don’t catch any potential symbolism until my second or third watchthrough, if I do at all. Today’s was a little more obvious, so I did a little looking to be sure, and I think I caught it.
Dark Tender’s form and attacks had a very distinct butterfly motif. And butterflies have some very relevant meanings to some of what we saw today. Here goes nothing!
My first thought was “change” or “transformation.” A caterpillar grows up to become a butterfly, right? It gains a whole new form, a whole new set of instincts, even a whole new life! But there’s more than just this. According to this article https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/insects/butterfly-symbolism-meaning/, butterflies can indicate personal growth and change/transformation. What I found especially interesting was that butterflies can also symbolize ancient knowledge. A newly hatched butterfly possesses the instinctive knowledge to follow consistent migration paths that have been taken by millions of other butterflies over thousands of years. Cure Tender herself is very strong and wise. She used attacks and strategies today that the Happiness Charge girls could only dream of. Can you imagine what our girls could do if Tender decided to mentor them, sharing her greater experience? It would be like Episode 24 on STEROIDS!!!
Back to the butterfly, it’s a delicate insect, yet some species, like the Monarch Butterfly, are capable of flying thousands of miles to migrate to warmer climates as the seasons change. So they’re very durable and persistent, too. And butterflies, as insects, see the world through a different light spectrum than people do. It reminds me that Tender, being an older and more experienced Cure, might recognize options and opportunities that Iona and her friends might not.
The final thing that I noticed was that a butterfly’s colors also have special meanings.
Dark Tender’s butterfly wings were black and purple. A black butterfly can be a warning for hard times, but some people might look at this as “things being darkest before the dawn.” And a purple butterfly refers to change, an improvement to the current situation. So hard times, but things are changing for the better at the same time. That’s today’s episode, for sure! There’s probably more, but these are the bits that stood out to me. What do you think?
Chapter 40: Episode 39: Iona's Big Shock! Cure Tender's Journey!
Chapter Text
Wow, Cure Tender’s back in action already!
I wonder how she managed to work that out, since Phantom destroyed her original PreCards (see Episode 22). Is this simply a matter of “once a Cure, always a Cure?” Or was Blue able to grant her another Love Crystal, since she already qualified to become a Cure and simply needed new tools to transform? Either way, she’s back and… Holy cow, is she a force to be reckoned with! Tender doesn’t do things by halves. She’s facing down four Saiarks at once today, and going by the pink scarves, Hosshiiwa might be the culprit. It doesn’t matter how fast or strong these Saiarks are, or how they try to gang up on her, Tender dodges every blow and tosses them around like ragdolls.
Wait a minute, Tender has a star theme, too? I mean Fortune does, and she was using Tender’s PreCards originally, but now I’m confused.
Was I wrong about the lunar theme in that it’s more of a “heavenly theme,” like the moon and stars (not the sun, at least not yet)? And where do butterflies fit into this? I guess we’ll have to see Tender in a few more fights to figure anything out.
Tender wraps things up with “Rising Starburst,”
and all four Saiarks are gone.
Man, she doesn’t play around!
Megumi, Yuko, Hime, and Iona are watching Tender being broadcast on the TV.
Iona looks so proud of her big sister, while the other girls are stunned to see her power and skill in battle. It must be quite the experience, now that they’re not trying to survive these kinds of attacks, just to see her in action.
Maria arrives back at the Embassy then, and is immediately swarmed by Megumi and Hime, who are in awe!
Yuko comments that Tender’s so insanely skilled that none of the rest of the girls had to do a thing, but Yuko’s more amused than anything.
Meanwhile, Iona was okay with Megumi and Hime getting close to Maria, but when Megumi mentions that she always wanted a big sister,
and Hime agrees,
Iona gets a little jealous and defensive.
Maria is HER sister, and she’s not sharing!
Hime gets miffed at Iona,
but Yuko offers her a candy, so all seems to be forgiven for now. Have you ever seen such cat-like behavior from Hime before? These girls are something else!
Maria’s certainly glad that Iona’s made some wonderful friends in her absence.
Iona agrees, but she’s also happy because now that Maria’s back, they can all be on a team together. And Maria… doesn’t say anything, but she’s frowning. Something’s up.
Blue’s in the Cross Mirror Room, observing attacks in different countries.
Maria portals in to join him.
He explains the situation to her, and that’s when Maria reveals that she doesn’t plan to team up with the Happiness Charge girls. I have some speculations as to why, but I’ll cover those a little later.
For now, Maria says that she doesn’t think Iona and the others need her help. Not when they, under their own power, have managed to restore the Shining Make Dresser and unlocked their Innocent Forms.
Instead, since Pikarigaoka seems to be well-protected for now, Maria wants to help other Cures around the world who may be having a rougher time in the fight.
Blue looks very understanding. And then Maria reveals that she’s planning to leave for America the very next morning, in order to see her parents. Oof! I don’t blame Maria for wanting to check in after being missing for over a year, but Iona’s not going to handle this very well AT ALL!
Blue looks worried now, and Maria just looks very sad.
Okay, now might be a good time to explain a few reasons why I think that Maria’s doing this. One of the simplest ones is that the Happiness Charge Team is already very well-balanced, and it might throw things off to add another member so late in the game.
Happiness Charge Episode 23
This was part of why Iona herself didn’t want to join initially,
Happiness Charge Episode 23
if you remember from Episode 23. I think another big reason is the fact that Maria’s just recently been freed from being imprisoned, and now everything feels off. Has anyone ever had a nightmare in the night, then woken up and not been able to remember exactly what happened in the dream, but it was frightening enough that you just feel uneasy and on guard somehow? Maria was asleep for over a year, dreaming of nothing but despair! Is it any wonder that since she’s now sure that Iona and her grandfather are okay, she needs to make certain that her parents are fine as well? A bigger reason might be that Maria herself feels displaced in time.
It’s been over a year since she was aware of anything.
Happiness Charge Episode 18
Happiness Charge Episode 18
Her best friend, Sachiyo, has gotten married in that time (see Episode 18). Tender is no longer the only Cure (outside of random appearances by Cure Princess) who patrols Pikarigaoka’s streets, driving off every new attempt to invade. The world is not the same as it was when she was last around. What is Maria supposed to do now?
Image found here: https://artpictures.club/autumn-2023.html
When this occurred to me, I remembered the story of Rip Van Winkle, the American who slept for twenty years in the mountains and when he awoke, the world was drastically different. (He’d missed the Revolutionary War, for one!) If you’re unfamiliar with this story, you can find a summary here: https://www.sparknotes.com/lit/rip-van-winkle/summary/, and the full story text here: https://www.owleyes.org/text/rip-van-winkle/read/rip-van-winkle#root-4. Now that I think about it, Mirage might have this same problem. She’d been trapped in stasis for THREE HUNDRED YEARS! Now there are airplanes, cars, computers, even satellites that can broadcast images of newsworthy events in real time! This isn’t the same world that she once knew, and everyone she knew in the past is long gone. If Mirage wasn’t insane and being controlled by the Deep Mirror, what might she think of this strange new world?
Unsettled, adrift in a changed world, not quite knowing what to do now… Is it any wonder that Maria might not want to hang around, but instead go traveling to clear her thoughts and ground herself once more? Maria’s NOT OKAY right now, and she needs a little time to herself in order to fully recover. There’s one other big reason why I think she’d want to leave, but I’ll cover that later on because I’ve taken enough time as it is. Let’s keep going with the episode for now.
Now that it’s evening, everyone’s heading home for the day.
As they go, Iona asks what Maria was talking about with Blue.
Maria replies that she was discussing future plans, like the fact that she’s leaving for America tomorrow morning. Wow, Maria doesn’t pull her punches, does she?
Iona, Megumi, and Yuko are shocked to hear this.
Iona, especially, is not taking this news well.
She’d been so sure that Maria would stay with her, and now that this is no longer certain…
Maria then asks Glasses (Poor fairy! Maria was her original partner and now she wants to leave!) to keep looking after Iona, to make sure that she stays safe.
And Iona just runs off!
Now it’s well after dark, but Maria’s standing in the empty dojo, staring up at the moon.
She remembers training here with Iona in past years.
Iona shows up then, dressed in her karate uniform and carrying a spare one, which she hands off to Maria.
Iona doesn’t want her big sister to leave, and she challenges Maria to a fight,
demanding that Maria will stay if Iona wins.
Maria changes into the karate uniform, wondering if Iona really needs her as much as she thinks she does. Iona insists that she does, and is determined to force Maria to stay.
Maria, you tease! She just said that if she wins, Iona has to give her a thirty minute massage.
When Iona gets annoyed, thinking that Maria’s playing around,
Maria explains that it’s not a fair challenge unless both participants have something to gain and lose in the fight.
They both stand ready for several seconds before Maria initiates the spar.
Holy cow! That went so fast that I had to rewind a few times just to understand what happened!
Maria charges in and goes for a high kick.
Iona ducks and swings her fist at Maria’s head.
Maria catches Iona by the arm, pinning her down, and holding a punch back inches from Iona’s face! I timed their match from the moment Maria said she was starting, and this spar lasted 10.93 seconds! Do all spars move that fast?!
Poor Iona! Even as strong as she is now, there’s no beating her older sister. Maria’s still very impressed with Iona’s growth after all this time.
Iona lost the match, so she owes her sister a massage.
Oh, so this is a bit of a tradition? The after-training massage, I mean. I can’t help but laugh, imagining the sisterly rivalry these two likely hold. Iona will catch up one day, but she still has a ways to go.
Now that they’ve got a quiet minute to talk, and Iona seems to have accepted that Maria’s not going to change her mind, Iona asks about that trip to America.
Maria was hoping to have a rest while visiting their parents, but she knows this likely won’t happen.
She saw in the Cross Mirror Room that the war is still raging on, and Phantom is a persistent threat as long as he’s allowed to roam free.
Now that Maria’s back in the game, maybe she can do something to help.
If she can’t defeat Phantom, perhaps she could help build up some of the other Cures who truly need a little extra support right now. Maybe she’ll become a bit of a world traveler, just as we’ve seen with Honey in the past (see Episode 28).
After Iona’s finished giving the massage, Maria reminds her how much she loves her. Awww! Stop being so cute, please!
Maria’s so exhausted after the long day that she falls asleep within seconds, so Iona covers her with a blanket for the night.
The next day, Maria’s already got her bag packed and is on her way to the airport, alongside Iona.
…Gosh darn it! How did I miss this flower on my first watchthrough?! I already pre-wrote what I wanted to say for it, but I sadly didn’t notice it here, but in Episode 40. I don’t want to undo what I’ve already prepared, so I guess I’ll compromise for now. This flower is a Cosmos, and it can symbolize (among other things) balance, tranquility, and delicate feelings of love, in the case of a pink bloom. (Not necessarily romantic love, but motherly love. Or maybe the loving bond between two sisters?) I’ll go a bit more in-depth with this flower in Episode 40, since it apparently fits quite well with both episodes at once.
Maria’s getting a good last look at Pikarigaoka before she leaves.
She asks Iona to continue protecting their home, and Iona promises to do so.
Oh. This is where Maria asks Iona to let her finish walking to the airport alone.
I get it, the more time they spend together, the harder it’s going to be to say goodbye, but still…
And even now, the Phantom Empire just can’t take a break!
It’s Hosshiiwa, going by that wall of sweets.
Yep, Hosshiiwa is determined to enjoy her sweets undisturbed, and she has a Saiark there to ensure this. That’s a unique outfit. It turns out that today’s opponent will be a Kung Fu Saiark (according to the episode synopsis).
Well, Iona’s got a job to do, so she runs off to deal with the situation, transforming on the way.
Oh, wow! I love that Fortune just dives in out of nowhere, knocking the Saiark flat.
The look on Hosshiiwa’s face! She’s obviously ticked off with this interruption and orders the Saiark to take Fortune down.
Okay, so today’s battle is against a Kung Fu Saiark. I already know that Iona is a black belt in karate, but how does kung fu compare to this? I’m so clueless that I’ve often read and interpreted these names for two fairly distinct martial arts styles interchangeably, so I apologize in advance if I’ve made a mistake in anything I say today describing kung fu. Please feel free to correct me if I’ve misunderstood anything here.
Because I had no idea where to start, I went to Youtube for help. This is the video I watched to get a brief breakdown of the two fighting styles: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_WhGeTPiNv8. And here’s a bit of a summary of both martial arts branches, as I understand them:
Kung fu apparently originated in China and has been practiced for around 7000 years. It’s all about cultivating your unique fighting style, and there are various styles that can be practiced.
Image found here: https://kungfupanda.fandom.com/wiki/Furious_Five
If you remember the movie “Kung Fu Panda,” with the different animal masters, Crane, Monkey, Tigress, and so on, these are actual fighting styles you can learn as part of practicing kung fu. Kung fu seems to take inspiration from the movements of various animals, with the Tiger Style, for example, probably focusing on more powerful offensive moves, while Viper Style might give more attention to agility. I think this is the general idea? What I found interesting is that kung fu doesn’t seem to follow any strictly set rules in its practice. It’s more targeted to your individual style, whatever that may be. How to describe this… Maybe it would be like watching an athlete who is following basic basketball rules, but then he starts kicking the ball across the court, as seen in soccer, kicks the ball into the air within arms’ reach, and “sets/passes” (a la volleyball) the ball to a teammate, who gets in a slam dunk. Am I way off base, or is this even remotely close to an adequate comparison to kung fu? Basically, whatever individual style works for the kung fu artist, they work on it until they master it, and it can take decades to do so! This martial art can be used in fighting and self-defense, but it is also a form of exercise (physical, as well as in concentration and discipline).
Karate is a newer branch of martial art, being an offshoot of kung fu itself, actually, which migrated to Japan around 200 years ago. The Chinese travelers didn’t want to share their knowledge of the full practice, so they only taught the barebones of the physical movements. The Japanese people then took these basic building blocks and developed their own martial art, karate. Maybe this is why some of the movements of both martial arts look so similar? Unlike kung fu, where the focus is on learning and developing a unique, personal style, karate seems to be a little more rigid, with every dojo teaching their students the exact same methods of fighting. The focus is on unarmed, open-handed combat that’s geared towards self-defense. As a karate practitioner improves, they graduate to different colored belts, working their way up to black, which indicates mastery of the martial art. Using my sports analogy again, this is like watching a regular basketball game, with everyone following the same rules, though the players may all be at different levels of expertise when they compete. (Another article differentiating karate and kung fu: https://www.diffen.com/difference/Karate_vs_Kung_Fu)
Again, I sincerely apologize if I’ve misrepresented anything that I just described. Please let me know, because I would like to better understand what I’ll be seeing in today’s battle.
Isn’t it interesting that Iona, an expert in karate, is facing down a Kung Fu Saiark today?
I really enjoyed watching the back and forth between these two.
But in the end, this is Fortune we’re talking about, and she manages to weaken the Saiark enough
that Hosshiiwa sends in a mob of Choiarks to even the odds.
Fortune shifts into Anmitsu Komachi Form, blowing the Choiarks away.
By this time, the Kung Fu Saiark has recovered enough to break out some new abilities.
Instead of facing Fortune head-on, it starts spamming energy bolts. (Or is this meant to be something like chi energy?)
Whatever the case, Fortune’s so taken off guard that she doesn’t even have time to do anything except stand there and weather the barrage.
That’s when Lovely and Princess attack from the side, forcing it to stop.
Honey’s here, too, so maybe all four girls can turn things around.
Hosshiiwa urges the Saiark to continue, so it starts firing again.
Its shots come so quickly that it’s all the girls can do to either deflect, block, or dodge out of the way.
Very interesting! After a long enough interval, the Kung Fu Saiark seems to run out of energy, needing time to recharge.
Its sunglasses even stop glowing red to show this! Again with the videogame-like rules!
Unfortunately, the cooldown timer is very short,
and the Kung Fu Saiark is already gearing up for another assault when Ribbon decides it’s time to get serious. The Cures agree, all shifting into Innocent Form to wrap things up quickly.
There we go! This time when the Saiark starts spamming energy bullets, Innocent Fortune is able to move fast enough to deflect the barrage.
This allows Innocent Honey to fight back with “Honey Stamp…” Oh my gosh, are you serious?! I never considered what performing some of their more standard moves might look like when done in Innocent Form.
Happiness Charge Episode 11
That energy clover looks as big as the one from Honey’s original purifying attack!
Innocent Princess joins in with “Princess Ball.”
And this time she wraps herself INSIDE the ball, charging into the Saiark at top speed.
Then Innocent Honey drops the clover on its head.
Somehow this thing’s still standing!
Innocent Lovely gets in a strike with “Lovely Rising Sword” next.
Finally, the girls wrap things up with “Innocent Purification.”
The Kung Fu Saiark is finished.
And Hosshiiwa…
it looked like she was getting purified for a second there, but she’s managed to shake off the effects.
She leaves using her umbrella today,
performing a magician-esque disappearing trick. Now I have questions, likely some very predictable ones, but after all the tangents I’ve taken today, I’m going to let it go this time.
Maria got to witness this whole fight, too, so she knows that she’s leaving Pikarigaoka in good hands.
She asks Glasses again to take care of Iona for her, and Glasses agrees, looking happier.
Maybe the fairy’s a bit more accepting of the whole situation now. I have to say, poor Glasses was in a tough spot this episode. She was originally Maria’s partner, and has since become Iona’s. How could she choose which girl to follow and help going forward? Maria simplified things by asking Glasses to stay with Iona for now.
One final goodbye,
and Maria’s on her way to the airport.
Later in the day, Yuko brings some bentos to share for lunch.
As they eat, Yuko wonders where Maria is, and Iona answers that she’s likely still going through customs at the airport. Intercontinental travel is a big deal, after all.
Hime’s a little jealous that Maria gets to travel abroad.
But when Iona explains that Maria’s actually moving away for the foreseeable future, Hime gets a little panicky, thinking that Iona’s going to leave, too.
Iona explains that she’s not going anywhere, much to Hime’s relief.
Yuko’s more concerned about how Iona’s taking this sudden change.
After all, Iona only just got Maria back, and now Maria’s already left her again.
But Iona seems to be okay because she promised that she’d help keep Pikarigaoka safe, and she’s not going to lie about something like that to her big sister!
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard.
Okay then! Iona certainly wasn’t kidding when she said that they all needed to get stronger in order to keep their city safe.
All four girls are definitely strong as it is, but Iona’s not going to let them sit idle. If they want to reach Tender’s level of expertise, it’s going to take a ton of work, so Iona’s got Megumi, Yuko, and Hime doing push-ups already. No time like the present, I guess.
If anyone can help them have a chance to bridge the gap in abilities, it’s Iona. Team Dad for the win!
And that’s where today’s episode ends.
A Sister’s Love:
I already covered the majority of my thoughts on Maria leaving earlier in this review. I’m not sure I need to review everything I said before, do I? Just in case: I’d wondered if Maria was struggling a bit with waking up, shaking off the residual despair from the nightmares she likely experienced while trapped within that mirror. Besides this, she has been gone for over a year, and so many things have changed that she likely doesn’t know what to do with herself right now. A journey to America to visit her parents would go a long way towards assuring her that those bad dreams weren’t real, and maybe a little traveling would clear her head as well, helping Maria decide what she wants to do going forward.
Happiness Charge Episode 21
(I did read an online comment that joked that Maria didn’t want to join the Happiness Charge Team because of the Costume Card shenanigans from Episode 21, which I found hilarious, but I don’t think that’s quite right…)
I think that the final big reason for Maria’s decision to leave had to do with Iona herself. First off, would Maria feel comfortable just joining up with these younger girls who she doesn’t know? Megumi, Hime, and Yuko would absolutely welcome her into the team, you know they would, but the fact is that they’re IONA’S friends, not Maria’s. I can tell you from personal experience that it doesn’t matter how friendly people are. If they know each other well, share connections, interests, and so on that you don’t, you’ll likely notice that you’re on the outside looking in. And if you’re already struggling with anxiety, good luck finding a way to connect!
Maybe it would take someone who’s aggressively friendly, like Megumi, to constantly pull the outsider in until they’re officially settled within the friend group. This worked with Hime, bringing her into an already established group involving Megumi, Yuko, and Seiji. It worked again with Iona later on. But Maria’s likely feeling fairly confused and unsettled, considering that a year of her life is missing. She needs a chance to get away and rethink what she wants to do going forward. Trying to brute force Maria into the team right now likely won’t work. Both Hime and Iona have had some time to heal from their own struggles. Doesn’t Maria deserve the same time to recover?
Here’s some of what I initially wrote when I first watched this episode, since I’m really struggling to figure out how to connect it with what I’ve already written:
First of all, Iona and Maria’s parents are living in America, not Japan. Maybe their father has to work abroad, like Megumi’s father does, as we learned on her birthday (see Episode 36)? Maria decided to remain in Japan with Iona, and I can only assume that they’ve been staying at the Hikawa Dojo with their grandfather, who’s the Grandmaster. (Given the fact that Iona challenges her sister to a fight to make her stay in Japan, and that this happens at the dojo after dark when it would’ve likely been closed for the night, maybe there’s an attached apartment where the grandfather and Iona live?)
While Iona doesn’t appear to be nearly as socially anxious as Hime was near the beginning of this show, there’s no denying that Iona’s been a little shy and awkward in her own right. Remember how Iona reacted to Kaido Yuya being interested in her (see Episode 32)? Maybe this was why Maria decided to stay in Japan at first, so that Iona wouldn’t be alone. Maria loves her sister and wants her to be happy and safe, right? Then Phantom took Maria down by forcing her to take a very likely lethal blow to save Iona’s life. Maria’s been unconscious for months, maybe a bit over a year, essentially in a coma full of never-ending despair. When she finally wakes up and is aware again, her first thought is to check up on Iona.
And Iona… She’s become a seriously strong Cure during Maria’s absence. Not only that, Iona made some friends and became part of a Cure Team, a very powerful one if they were able to fight Tender to a standstill long enough to break through the mind control. Iona has really grown from however she was back before Maria was taken from her. (I can only speculate based on what we’ve seen so far. Does this make any sense?) And now Iona wants Maria to join her team.
Look at how Iona’s been acting now that her sister’s back. It’s cute and funny to see her feeling jealous of others stealing her sister’s attention. But at the same time, maybe this worries Maria. Maybe Maria would like to join a team, maybe not, we simply don’t know enough about her at this point to guess. But is it possible that if Maria joined the Happiness Charge Team, Iona would start backsliding? Would Iona go back to idolizing Maria to the point that she couldn’t do anything herself without looking for Maria’s advice and approval? Maria doesn’t want Iona to lose her remarkable progress. She loves Iona and wants her to be able to keep growing. So how to ensure this?
If Maria leaves, using their parents as an excuse (Though of course she wants to check in with them. Who knows what kind of nightmares Maria was having during her time trapped in a mirror! Remember that Phantom told Iona back in Episode 22 that the imprisoned Cures were sleeping in eternal despair!), it’ll force Iona to keep moving ahead as she’s been doing this whole time already. This is going to be a painful process however you look at it, but Maria’s already been missing for months, so if she doesn’t give Iona time to get attached again, there’s a good chance that Iona’s growth will continue unchanged. And it’s not like they can’t contact each other at almost any time. We know that the Happiness Charge girls and Seiji all have Cure Line phones, so isn’t it reasonable to assume that other Cures worldwide have them, too?
Chapter 41: Episode 40: There's Happiness Over There! The Pretty Cure's Holiday!
Notes:
Because we're about to start Endgame, I've decided to up my posting schedule to three times a week from now on, if possible. Please watch for updates on Wednesday, Saturday, and Sunday.
Chapter Text
Awww! I guess Hime’s not much of a morning person. She slept in and is now in a panic, dashing around to get ready for school.
While Ribbon chastises Hime for ignoring her wakeup call,
Miyo’s on the news with a very exciting report.
It looks like Cures all around the world are repelling the invaders on a very impressive scale.
Happiness Charge Episode 8
You may remember that I’ve shown a world map before, the one that appeared in Episode 8 which depicted the areas under attack as dark, with Cure victories painting those spots white.
Miyo’s showing this same map today, but now every targeted area looks white!
The Cures are winning! It’s been a long time coming, but things are finally turning around for the Earth.
Hime and Ribbon are ecstatic to hear this!
Then Megumi rings the doorbell, and it’s right back to the frantic school preparations.
Megumi and Yuko look amused, but Iona’s rather annoyed.
I can’t stop smiling because this is bringing back memories. I remember one time when I slept through my alarm, dreaming that I was actually getting ready for school. I looked at the dream clock and found that I had to leave in about fifteen minutes if I didn’t want to be late. Then I woke up and that was the real time! I’m telling you, I was ready and out the door in ten minutes! I wonder if any parents have timed their kids in this kind of situation, because world records are probably being broken every day!
Megumi says that Hime’s actually been much quicker getting out the door since Iona joined their group of friends. That’s progress, for sure.
Oh, here they are! Now everyone’s off to another day in school.
Meanwhile, Mirage is well aware that the Phantom Empire is being pushed back all across the board. She is NOT HAPPY about this!
Whoa! Talk about a twist. Phantom’s here, watching as Mirage berates Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa, and he actually speaks up, expressing his concern that Mirage is going too far and putting herself at risk.
Admittedly, we haven’t gotten to see much of the Phantom Empire in any of these episodes, but Phantom’s never questioned her before. At least not on-screen. We haven’t even seen him since Episode 31. Has he been in recovery this whole time? It’s equally possible that Mirage wanted him as far away from the Happiness Charge girls as possible, since this is the second time that he was nearly taken out by that team. As for Phantom’s change in attitude, I wonder if spending time (unwillingly) with Yuko and the others in Pikarigaoka has helped him to recognize that things might not be as black-and-white as he first thought. Now he’s looking closer at what’s going on, and he realizes that Mirage may be in trouble, following a very dangerous and self-destructive path.
Unfortunately, it’s too little too late. Mirage isn’t willing to listen to a second opinion. And even if she was, I think we can all guess what would happen next… (Enter the Deep Mirror!)
Anyway, Oresky wants to redeem himself,
but Mirage is so fed up that she’s ready to step onto the battlefield herself!
Goodness, she looks like she’s seconds off from blasting Oresky and the other Generals away when the Deep Mirror intervenes.
Surely Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa should have one last chance to prove themselves. Mirage can always act later, if it’s necessary.
Mirage agrees, and all three Generals leave to come up with a plan.
Back in Pikarigaoka, Hime gets called aside by Rei, Kana, Rin, and Elena.
Congratulations, Kana! She’s going on a date soon.
Hime seems to be pretty calm about this revelation, considering her behavior from Episode 25.
…And there it is! Classic reactive Hime. No wonder so many people compare Hime with Erika/Marine from Heartcatch!
Anyway, Kana needs a little help from the resident fashion guru.
You know that Hime’s thrilled to have such an opportunity!
Maybe a little too thrilled,
because all four girls have to tackle her before she gets too loud and lets the whole school know what’s going on.
Meanwhile, Yuko’s pleased and amused to see Hime’s popularity.
Way to go, Megumi! She’s focused on some schoolwork for now, which she’s always struggled with before (see Episode 12).
Seiji’s impressed with her efforts.
And then Hime…
Oh gosh, Hime, please stop! That face, and the deep voice! My sides!
Basically, Blue asked Megumi to try to work a little harder in school because he doesn’t want her normal life and responsibilities to be overwhelmed with her additional duties as a Cure.
Hime says it’s time to go to their cooking class. Now that sounds like a lot of fun!
Their class is making “Hamburg Steaks” today.
This is something I’ve found very interesting about this show, and likely anime in general. In the West, where I live, we just grill or fry the hamburger patty, lightly season it, and put it in a bun to eat. In Japan (at least in the shows I’ve seen), this patty gets something like a breadcrumb coating, for example, and is majorly dressed up by comparison. Maybe I shouldn’t be surprised, since a hamburger is a piece of meat and can arguably be cooked in many different ways, but somehow seeing this sort of preparation manages to surprise me every time. And make me hungry, of course, but that goes without saying by now.
Image found here: https://www.tasteofhome.com/recipes/country-fried-steaks/
This preparation actually reminds me of a “Country Fried Steak.” (Also known as “Chicken Fried Steak.” Here’s a recipe if you want to learn more: https://www.tasteofhome.com/recipes/country-fried-steaks/)
Anyway, Yuko’s the star of the show here, whipping up some restaurant-worthy lunches for today’s lesson. Everyone’s enjoying her food,
and she’s so happy that she literally lights up the room with her smile.
Is this a Cure thing now? Just being so overjoyed that it leaves visible effects in the area? If so, that’s hilarious, and the girls had better watch out. Miyo might not be trying to reveal their identities anymore (see Episode 16), but if this is a known effect regarding Cures, someone still might put two and two together.
School’s out now, with everyone heading home for the day.
Oh hey, it’s Yuya (see Episode 32)!
It looks like he and Iona are still getting to know each other, as they agreed to do back then. Iona returns the book she borrowed from him,
and Yuya’s way ahead of her, offering her the next book in the series.
He knew that she’d be ready for it soon and didn’t want to make her wait. What a great guy!
It’s nice to see them doing so well, and maybe this relationship will grow somewhat as time goes on.
Unfortunately, Iona wasn’t alone for this interaction. Her friends start mercilessly teasing her.
Megumi and Yuko especially had me rolling!
My gosh, I was not prepared to see them mimicking Ribbon when she’s ready to summon a PreCard due to sheer happiness!
These girls!
Still, they’ve definitely earned a quiet break after all their trials so far.
Hime, are you okay? Ribbon says it’s a school holiday today, but Hime’s not so happy about this.
Just for curiosity’s sake, I tried searching online to see if Japan has any November holidays, since I know that today’s episode takes place somewhere in this month. Remember that they celebrated Halloween, October 31st, in Episodes 37-38. According to this website, https://www.edarabia.com/school-holidays-japan/, it could be November 3rd, Japan’s National Culture Day, or it could be November 23rd, a Labor Day (the site also listed Thanksgiving, but that’s an American holiday). And that’s not counting the fact that this is Pikarigaoka, and may have its own holidays that we don’t know about.
Whatever the occasion, there’s no school for the day, and Hime’s upset because she wants to spend time with her friends and classmates, and she sees them the most frequently at school.
Awww! Hime’s really come such a long way. She remembers how scared and lonely she used to be, but those days are so far past that they feel like a bad dream.
Hime wishes that she could tell her parents all about the fun she’s having in school, and all the wonderful friends she’s met.
Ribbon thinks that Hime’s parents would be so happy for her.
Then the doorbell rings. Megumi’s here! It’s a day off of school and she’d like nothing more than to spend it with her friends.
Yuko shows up next… with a box of groceries? Oh, that’s really cool! Sometimes the restaurant patrons donate ingredients to Yuko’s family, so she shares these foods with her friends when this happens.
The doorbell rings a third time, and now the gang’s all together. Iona was hoping to do some training on their holiday break.
Hime’s so excited that she goes in for a group hug.
Yuko then suggests having a picnic together. Hime immediately agrees.
Sorry, Iona! Maybe training can happen next time.
Megumi’s happy with anything they do together, so it sounds like they have a plan.
Meanwhile, over in the Phantom Empire, Oresky, Hosshiiwa, and Namakelder are getting desperate.
This is their last chance to attack Japan. If they fail…
Hosshiiwa and Namakelder are freaking out, worried what the punishment for failure might be.
And then Oresky takes command. If they only have one shot, they’ll need to pool their resources and attack as a team.
Back with the Happiness Charge girls, they’ve decided to wear a PreCard Costume for the occasion.
They look really nice.
What I found especially sweet was that today’s outfits came with sunglasses, and Iona lets Glasses wear this new decorative pair for the day. Hime’s lecturing everyone on the importance of dressing up for every occasion when two young girls come running by.
The little girls are very impressed with these new outfits.
When Yuko compliments the girls on their flowers, they decide to share some of the blossoms. This is where I first noticed this particular type of flower, if you can remember what I mentioned about my embarrassing mistake from last episode’s review. I’ll try to be a bit more thorough this time:
Cosmos flowers are shown today. Here we go again.
Image found here: https://www.gardeningknowhow.com/ornamental/flowers/cosmos/growing-cosmos.htm
The name Cosmos, the genus name of this flower, seems to refer to “the cosmos” - the world. Maybe this explains why a cosmos flower symbolizes order and harmony in the language of flowers? They can also represent balance, tranquility, peace, love, modesty, innocence, joy and beauty. A pink cosmos would specifically represent delicate feelings of love, like hugs and kisses, or even a mother’s love. You can read about it here: https://www.petalrepublic.com/cosmos-flower-meaning/. Not a bad fit for today’s episode so far, huh?
Now all four girls, and their fairies, are relaxing and enjoying their picnic.
Megumi’s just so happy to be able to spend time with the people she loves.
Unfortunately, the Phantom Empire proves to be psychic yet again, choosing this very minute to appear on the scene.
They have one last chance to prove themselves, so Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa attack, uniting their power in one huge assault.
Whoa! That captured everyone in the area, if not the whole city.
Happiness Charge Episode 21
Remember when this same scenario happened in Episode 21? Phantom managed this feat all by himself, whereas it has taken three other Generals to match him.
Today’s Saiarks look the same as the standard humanoid ones, with the only difference being the colors of the scarves, which are a mix of yellow, pink, and green.
Hime’s furious that the Generals would do such a thing.
The Generals explain that they had no other choice, but the Cures can’t let them get away with this.
All four girls transform. Let the battle begin!
Three Saiarks immediately target the Cures,
who’ve split up to have more room to maneuver.
Lovely has one Saiark chasing her down
when Princess headbutts it from the side.
While she’s stunned, several other Saiarks come after her.
Thankfully, Fortune comes in with “Fortune Star Burst,” what I consider the Comet Variation.
She flies through the ranks of the enemies like a flaming meteor.
Happiness Charge Episode 23
It looks exactly like her battle from Episode 23,
but these are Saiarks being tossed around like feathers, not Choiarks!
Fortune follows this up with “Fortune Comet Arrow,”
spamming shooting stars down on the mob.
Holy cow! Honey didn’t waste any time wrapping many of these things in her ribbon while under Fortune’s smokescreen.
Now that these enemies are pinned down, Samba Honey attacks with “Burning Dance.”
In another part of the battlefield, Princess opts for “Princess Bullet Machine Gun.”
While she’s distracted, a Saiark gets the drop on her, tackling her into the water where several other Saiarks are waiting in an ambush.
Yes!!! I’ve been wanting to see something like this for such a long time! Some of the girls’ PreCards, like the Ninja Costume, would work equally well in battle, and while I know that this has happened in one or both of the movies released during this season’s run, I haven’t been able to watch them yet. This might be the closest I’ll get to seeing something like this happen during the actual show.
Princess has gone for the Mermaid Card,
a great choice since she has to move quickly to avoid being taken down while she’s stuck in the water.
She lures this bunch of Saiarks in a chase to the surface,
where Lovely’s ready and waiting with “Lovely Blaster.”
Ouch! Usually I think of water being used to increase the effectiveness of electric or freezing attacks, but what about heating water to boiling when someone’s already soaking wet? That’s got to be just as painful in its own right!
That took down every other Saiark on Lovely’s side of the battlefield.
Hosshiiwa looks stunned.
But she can’t quit now, so she orders yet more Saiarks to attack, catching Lovely and Princess off guard.
Thankfully, Honey and Fortune arrive in time to shield them.
When Namakelder orders an assault from the back, Lovely and Princess put up shields as well.
And then Oresky… Whoa! That is one huge Saiark!
Happiness Charge Episode 31
I’m not sure if this giant Saiark is as big or bigger than the Tree Saiark (see Episode 31), but as this battle continues you’ll see that the normal Saiarks look about Choiark-sized by comparison, if that helps you picture the size difference.
But notice that our girls, while certainly surprised, don't look even remotely scared.
Instead, they kick the four Saiarks into the air. This sequence is so awesome to watch!
While Lovely remains behind to shield against the enormous Saiark, Honey, Fortune, and Princess take off, chasing down the airborne enemies.
Fortune body-slams one,
sending it crashing onto the back of the giant.
Honey and Princess duplicate this move.
Then Lovely takes off after the remaining Saiark, which has entered the stratosphere by now.
The poor thing is slowly flailing around because it knows what’s coming. Blue’s watching all of this and is amazed at the girls’ growth after all this time. They may finally be ready to travel to the Phantom Empire. But first, they need to wrap up today’s battle.
Lovely breaks out a new move, “Lovely Heart Stamp.” Oh my gosh! Lovely’s not in Innocent Form right now, yet look at the size of this energy heart! Is that actually as big as the clover from Honey’s first purifying attack?
Whatever the case, this attack slams into the spaceborne Saiark,
forcing it back down to earth to collide with the giant.
Poor Namakelder is watching this trainwreck in slow motion, and the look on his face! He knows there’s no way to beat the Happiness Charge girls at this level.
The Generals can’t hope to win if Saiarks are no longer enough to pose a threat. Yet they can’t give up, either.
Oresky asks how on earth the girls have gotten so strong, and Lovely answers that it’s because she and her friends are fighting to protect the happiness of everyone they love.
Image found here: https://png-point.blogspot.com/2021/09/6-beagle-chasing-rabbit-silhouette-in.html
Maybe this sounds a bit cheesy, but you’d be surprised what you can do with the right motivation. This reminds me of an Aesop’s Fable, the one where a dog is hunting down a rabbit. The rabbit gets away, and the dog’s master starts taunting it for this loss when the dog explains that it was only running to catch its dinner, while the rabbit was running for its very life. (Read about it here: https://aesopsfables.org/F171_The-Hare-and-the-Hound.html) Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa are panicking, facing punishment or worse for their failure. Lovely and her friends aren’t fighting for their own sake, but for the sake of their friends and fellow citizens of Pikarigaoka. Sometimes you can find much more strength and courage to keep going against impossible odds when you’re fighting to protect loved ones in danger than you can even when fighting to save your own life.
Fortune, Honey, and Princess agree with Lovely’s words.
Yet Namakelder and Hosshiiwa just can’t see it.
After all this time, they still refuse to let go of their bitterness and hurt, to let down their guard for even a second.
Lovely tells them that nothing will ever change if they keep this up. Spreading misery and despair across the world hasn’t done anything to help them feel better about their own situations, has it? And it never will.
Still, Oresky can’t give up now. (My gosh! Look at that poor Saiark trying to hide behind Oresky. It doesn’t want to fight anymore, either!) All three Generals’ lives are on the line for this, after all.
In one last desperate move, Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa fuse the remaining Saiarks into the gigantic one.
It’s back on its feet now, and it has a metallic-looking sheen to it.
What?! It opened its mouth… Since when have Choiarks or Saiarks ever had a mouth that we’ve seen? (Wait, the Cockatoo Saiark did in Episode 35. But I can’t remember seeing anything like this in a regular humanoid Saiark.)
This is more creepy-looking than I expected.
Anyway, the giant Saiark shoots out a black laser directly at the Cures.
But the Cures are gone,
with Ribbon and Glasses shielding the area where they were moments before.
Before the giant has time to react, all four girls come diving in, hitting the Saiark one after the other.
Ouch, it sounds like they’re actually hitting metal, but the girls don’t look hurt at all, while the Saiark’s outer coating has already started to break apart!
Princess, watch out! You’re going to give yourself a concussion!
Lovely lands the final blow,
shattering the Saiark’s hard outer coating.
Now it’s time to purify, so the girls all shift to Innocent Form. Wait a second… Our girls were facing a full-on invasion of their home today, and yet they never even needed this powerup until it was time to purify the last Saiark? Holy cow, that’s insane!!! It’s like an RPG game where you go on a side quest to the beginning areas of the world after you’ve reached Level 50 or higher. All you have to do is sneeze and the monsters die!
One “Innocent Purification” later,
and the battle’s finally over.
Interestingly enough, all three Generals are affected today, but they manage to snap out of the daze and escape before becoming fully purified.
Everyone’s free again, enjoying the peaceful holiday as though it was never interrupted in the first place.
Ribbon summons today’s PreCard, a Christmas outfit. Interesting, so our final conflict will be happening around Christmas? I remember this happened in Fresh Pretty Cure, but I don’t think Yes! 5 or Yes! Go Go followed this trend.
That’s a thought for another day, though.
Megumi, Hime, Yuko, and Iona have truly earned a break today.
A break from daily life, and from some incredibly tough trials, a chance to relax on a full stomach…
It’s been a good day today, for sure.
Hime’s sure tomorrow will be great as well.
But the Deep Mirror is reporting this failure to Queen Mirage.
It looks like it’s up to Mirage to attack now.
Phantom may still be concerned, as we saw earlier, but he’s not going to leave Mirage alone in this last ditch effort to turn things around.
It looks like Endgame is finally here, but we’ll have to see it next time, because today’s episode ends here.
Chapter 42: Episode 41: For Mirage Sake! Phantom's Last Battle!
Chapter Text
We pick up where we left off last episode.
Oresky and the other Generals have failed for the last time, and now Queen Mirage herself has been forced to take action.
She starts by projecting her image in the sky over every country (or city!) in the world.
As we’ve seen so many times before, Mirage voices her belief that happiness, love, hope, etc. are illusions.
And then she traps EVERYONE who is not a Cure (I’m assuming this is the case) inside mirrors!
The world is now overrun with Saiarks!
(Here’s a fun challenge for everyone.
I counted ten unique Saiarks that the Happiness Charge girls have personally defeated, and at least three that were shown during International Cure battles.
Can you remember when and where these Saiarks appeared in the show?
I feel silly showcasing every shot the episode has shown us, but there should be a handful of these enemies that look very familiar, so why not make a game of it?)
Mirage’s Saiarks don’t take any distinct form, like we saw with the ones created by Phantom, but they do all share a grayish-blue scarf…
Happiness Charge Episode 15
Oh, so the Knight Saiarks (see Episode 15) were Mirage’s, then? While that answers a question I’ve had at the back of my mind for a while, there’s bigger concerns to focus on. I thought Phantom was terrifying, but Mirage is something else entirely!!! We’ve established that it takes three Generals to compare with Phantom, as we saw a similar show of force in two separate citywide invasions of Pikarigaoka (see Episode 21 and 40). How strong is Mirage that she can duplicate this effect around the entire world at once? Whether her skills were magnified by the Deep Mirror or not, she’s got some serious power. And I can only cringe imagining her in a final battle with abilities like this!
It looks like Blue, the fairies, the Happiness Charge girls, and Seiji are the only ones in Pikarigaoka, and likely all of Japan, who were spared.
Iona recognizes that there’s only one person on the enemy’s side with this kind of power.
Poor Blue! How must he feel, since Mirage was once his partner, in and out of battle? He still has no way of knowing at this time if Mirage can even be saved, though the Happiness Charge girls have all agreed to work towards this end since learning his complete history (see Episode 29). And Mirage has officially triggered Endgame!
Meanwhile, Mirage, having successfully invaded every country in the world simultaneously, is exhausted. That level of power comes with a steep price. Thank heaven for that! At least Blue’s side has a chance to do something while she recovers. In the meantime, the Deep Mirror is satisfied with this progress.
Phantom’s right there, too, looking very concerned, but he’s not saying anything.
The Deep Mirror has noticed this. It confronts Phantom after he leaves Mirage’s presence.
Phantom can’t help but wonder what will become of Mirage if this final assault on the Earth succeeds.
The Deep Mirror simply answers that she’ll be ecstatic, but Phantom’s not so sure.
The Deep Mirror changes tactics, asking what Phantom’s wish is.
Before Phantom has a chance to answer,
the Mirror starts twisting things, as we’ve seen it do with Mirage in the past.
Phantom wants to be a good General and follow orders, right?
That’s all that really matters.
The seeds of thought have been planted, but at least Phantom’s eyes aren’t glowing red yet.
Back in Pikarigaoka… It’s bad! (Add two more unique Saiarks to the list. That makes twelve Saiarks revisited now!)
Yuko’s family,
Rin, Rei, Kana (Who’s rather dressed up. Was she preparing for her date (see Episode 40) when this went down?), Elena, (Latest count thirteen Saiarks revisited!)
and even Megumi’s mom. Everyone’s trapped in mirrors! Where do you even begin when you’ve been dropped right into the middle of an open battlefield? How do you start to take back control? At least the Saiarks aren’t actively attacking, so thank heaven for small favors!
Megumi and the others look stunned.
Hime…
My gosh, I thought this poor girl was going to completely shut down!
Happiness Charge Episode 21
It was bad enough when Phantom invaded in Episode 21, and now they’re facing this effect all around the globe. But the Hime of today isn’t the same girl from back then.
She steadies herself, then asks Blue to take them to Mirage.
Yeah, this is likely the only way to win at this point. Even if any other Cures around the world escaped capture, if they manage to defeat one, two, or ten Saiarks, what does it matter when Mirage can instantly undo any of their progress at any time? The game has changed, and the only hope anyone has of restoring the Earth right now is to take the fight to Mirage herself and force her to set things right. Ironically, Mirage may have finally given our girls the last nudge they needed to finish things entirely. As it is, the endless hordes of Saiarks aren’t threatening any civilian lives because no civilians are free except for Seiji, sheltered at the Embassy under Blue’s powerful influence. The Saiarks seem surprisingly docile right now. No Cures have arrived to rile them up and make them truly dangerous. There’s nothing to fight for here in Pikarigaoka, so all that’s left is to prepare for a frontal assault on the enemy headquarters.
Hime, I’m so proud of you! Look at how this girl has grown! Of course she’s scared, but she won’t allow the world to fall like her home did, back at the very start of this war. She’s ready to fight.
Megumi and Yuko are right there with her.
Iona reminds Blue that they have the Shining Make Dresser. That’s right! When Hime, Megumi, and Yuko first traveled to the Blue Sky Kingdom (see Episode 15), their Light powers were drastically weakened in a Dark environment, to the point that none of their attacks could do a thing against Choiarks or Saiarks. Blue himself has said that the Shining Make Dresser would allow the Cures to face the enemy on equal footing in the Blue Sky Kingdom (see Episode 29).
Final Fantasy Crystal Chronicles (Gamecube, 2004) - Remastered Edition (2020)
Would it look something like this? (I’ve described this screenshot once before, but as a refresher: The world in this Final Fantasy game has been poisoned by Miasma. Any creature who breathes in the poisonous air either dies, goes insane, or can get corrupted into a monster, if I remember correctly. The little creature (Moogle) carrying the bowl (Crystal Chalice) is generating a small region of pure, breathable air which allows the members of the party to travel the land and fight monsters without risking their lives and sanity.)
As long as the girls have the Shining Make Dresser nearby, will it be enough to protect and empower them to face down whatever enemy forces will be bound to challenge them? It’s finally time to take the fight to Mirage and move into the heart of enemy territory.
What more is there to say?
Blue leads the way through the mirror portal, followed closely by the Happiness Charge Team.
Seiji had to stay behind, but as long as he remains inside the Embassy, he should be safe.
All that’s left is for Megumi and her friends to do what they do best. Yuko even asks Seiji to prepare a victory dinner. These girls are planning to make it back intact and victorious!
Wow! This is really happening! I saw this screenshot and instantly thought of games like Castlevania, where you finally see Dracula’s Castle and know that things are going down in a big way.
Already, hordes of Choiarks and Knight Saiarks are here to confront the girls. If Blue was wrong about the powers of the Shining Make Dresser… Well, there’s only one way to find out!
The Choiarks immediately charge forward,
while Megumi, Yuko, Hime, and Iona transform.
One Knight Saiark squares off against Princess,
who sends it flying with a punch. That’s certainly promising.
Lovely follows this up with “Lovely Blaster.”
Oh, so THAT’S what this attack was meant to do back in Episode 15!
She burns away the armor of the Knight Saiarks, leaving them vulnerable to further attacks.
Honey wraps these disarmed enemies in her ribbon, throwing them deeper into the crowd.
Sure enough, the Shining Make Dresser is making all the difference. There’s now a very real chance to win!
But time is of the essence, so Fortune blazes a trail through the ranks of the defending army,
followed by Lovely, Princess, Honey,
Blue, and the fairies.
The Deep Mirror reveals this news to Mirage, in the worst possible way, as always.
He does comfort her, though, explaining that other members of the Empire are already moving to confront the attacking Cures.
Princess and Ribbon are flying forward through some very dense fog.
Oh, that’s NOT GOOD!
She and her friends have all gotten separated,
and we already know that more enemies are closing in.
Honey, wherever she wound up, has decided to continue on foot. Uh oh! It looks like she actually made it to the castle gates, and none of the other Cures are anywhere nearby.
What’s worse is Phantom is here as well. Poor Honey! I already feel sick.
Whatever understanding these two may have reached back in Episode 31 doesn’t matter anymore.
Today, they’re standing on opposite sides of the battlefield. Honey’s rarely been one to fight directly, choosing instead to purify Choiarks through song, or to weaken foes through long distance attacks, like “Honey Supersonic Spark.” She can fight, she’s a Cure after all, and we’ve seen that she’s capable of some devastating moves, if you remember from her fight in Episode 35 against the Cockatoo Saiark. But at heart, she’s a healer. She possesses actual healing powers, and now is being forced to fight for her very life. I certainly hope she can hold her own today, because Phantom’s not going to pull any punches.
Their battle begins with Phantom shooting several energy beams for Honey to avoid or block as she can.
Honey has her baton in Ribbon Mode, using the ribbon to hold off Phantom’s sword when he charges in close.
Honey’s glad to see that Phantom seems to have fully healed, but she insists that he let her pass. Phantom refuses.
He will protect Mirage until the bitter end, and Mirage wants every Cure taken down.
Yeah, I can’t see any peaceful resolution happening right now.
Phantom backs off,
sending a barrage of energy bullets at Honey.
But Honey… Wow, how clever! Her normal heart shield likely wouldn’t have blocked that full assault, so Honey instead spins her ribbon around her whole body as an impromptu barrier.
She explains that she doesn’t want to fight Phantom, but there’s a reason that she and her friends are here today.
If she has no choice but to fight, then that’s what she’ll do.
And she TELEPORTS over to him to resume the battle! This may be the first time that I’ve seen Honey teleport in an offensive manner. Usually she’s used this move to avoid attacks, to protect her friends, or to maneuver past dangerous obstacles.
When Phantom swings at her, she grabs his sword and throws him away from her.
With a little breathing space, Honey shifts her baton into Maracas Mode and charges back into the fray.
The whole time these two are attacking and parrying,
Phantom says that he’ll take down anyone who gets in Mirage’s way.
Honey replies that she’s only here because Mirage is threatening her home and loved ones. The world itself is about to be drowned in misery and despair!
Phantom doesn’t care. This is what Mirage wants to happen, and her wish is his wish.
Honey hesitates then, wondering if Phantom truly wishes for any of this, the fighting, the despair…
For a moment, it looks like Phantom’s not quite certain,
but he shakes off the doubt,
firing an energy bullet at point blank and forcing Honey to back off.
Holy cow! Is this what the Saiarks see when Honey performs her purifying move “Sparkling Baton Attack?!”
She’s just sent an enormous energy clover down onto Phantom.
Honey warns Phantom what Blue told her, that those who spread misery and pain end up getting engulfed with it themselves.
Surely he doesn’t want this to happen to Mirage! That’s why Honey and the other girls are here, to save Mirage from this fate. Doesn’t Phantom want to protect Mirage as well?
Phantom insists that he cares a great deal for Mirage.
And he stops the energy clover with one hand! This guy is nuts!
Phantom explains that he’s always been by Mirage’s side.
He’s seen firsthand how she’s changed.
Mirage lashes out in her hatred, but is overwhelmed with misery and anger.
Is this why Phantom became her right-hand man, her personal sword and shield, to protect Mirage so that the negative backlash for these attacks would fall more on him instead of on her?
He’s willing to do anything if it means that Mirage’s suffering will just go away, even if this means the destruction of the world itself. I… What…?
He sounds utterly hopeless, but he still won’t back down.
Phantom destroys Honey’s purifying attack with one punch, then starts charging up an enormous attack of his own.
And Honey just stops.
Back in Episode 11, when we saw Yuko transform into Cure Honey officially for the very first time, she explained that she loves peace, good food, and spending time with her friends, and that she hates fighting. Honey is ultimately a pacifist. I don’t think this has ever changed, even when she’s gradually gotten more involved with every fight, to the extent that we finally saw in Episode 35. How has she managed to carry on this whole time? I have to wonder if she’s looked at each new battle as something like a little kid or an animal (like her dog Debit (see Episode 31)) that’s sick or in pain. They have to take some gross medicine in order to feel better, right? Honey knows that nothing will improve and no one can heal unless she’s able to help purge the bad feelings from the victim. If this means trying to talk things out peaceably, and failing that participating in a beatdown, then she’ll do it. With the end of every successive battle, it’s clear that the victim always feels so much better, so she’s always been able to keep fighting, acting in a way that’s contrary to her very nature. I’ve described her as a Bard at times, but Honey’s also a healer, and healers heal. What do they do if they can’t?
Today’s fight has been something else entirely. Honey’s finally seen the full force of Phantom’s suffering, and she can’t bring herself to make things worse. As wise, kind, and strong as Yuko is, she’s not always brave enough to confront someone who she thinks might be making a mistake. She said as much to Iona back in Episode 29, feeling grateful that Iona was able to speak up to Megumi on whether or not to negotiate for peace with the enemy when Yuko herself could not. The trouble is that Honey’s alone right now, facing this same problem. Phantom’s clearly hurting badly, and Honey can’t see a way to help without making things worse.
Honey has to know that her friends will be devastated if she gets taken down here. She wants to save her family and her home, and help all the other Cures around the world to do the same. But right now, there’s someone who’s in incredible pain, someone who she can’t help on her own, and she just can’t bring herself to add to his suffering anymore.
Honey silently powers down her baton.
Phantom’s attack knocks her out of the sky.
He captures her in those dark energy bonds that we saw way back in Episode 13…
No, come on! Not Honey!
Phantom’s actually in the middle of sealing Honey away in a mirror
when Blue appears out of nowhere. Blue instantly puts up a barrier,
buying time to summon a field of Light energy to weaken Honey’s bonds.
Phantom obviously goes ballistic.
How dare Blue show his face here after abandoning Mirage and causing this war to begin in the first place!
Blue replies that all he’s ever wanted was for Mirage to be happy.
And now Mirage is standing at the very edge of a cliff, with disastrous consequences if she loses her way completely and falls.
Phantom must recognize this, too.
Blue asks him to help them find a way to get through to Mirage before it’s too late.
Phantom does NOT take this request well!
This whole time, he’s been blasting away at Blue’s barrier,
and Phantom’s berserker rage is finally enough to overwhelm and destroy the shield completely.
Blue’s down, and Phantom’s going to make sure this is permanent.
And then Honey teleports directly in front of Phantom. Thank heaven Blue managed to free her before the shield was destroyed!
Honey explains that even if Blue is killed, Mirage won’t feel better. It won’t make any of her suffering disappear.
But all Phantom knows how to do is fight for Mirage’s sake, to grant her wish to drown the world in sorrow. I didn’t notice it at first, but his skin actually looks kind of gray right now. He looks very sick, but he won’t back down.
Poor Honey must be heartbroken!
She’s telling Phantom how sorry she is to see him in such pain, to have someone he cares so deeply about hurt so much, and be unable to help. Honey herself must be feeling the same because she desperately wants to help Phantom, but how can she even start to heal this level of pain?
She can’t fight anymore, not after realizing how badly he needs help, too.
Honey pulls out her baton and just starts singing. No words, no melody, just a straight tone of pure emotion.
(On revisiting this review, I think that she’s actually performing “Crystal Song” right now, even though she didn’t name this move. It would certainly make sense, given that the song appears to purify Phantom, and this is what “Crystal Song” has always done.)
Lovely, Princess, and Fortune hear her and fly off to reunite with Honey. Meanwhile, Honey’s song has done something…
Phantom looks like he’s being purified just from being in Honey’s presence. Now that he’s calm enough to listen, Honey’s able to try and connect.
She recognizes Phantom’s pain has caused him to forget his own love and happiness, for Mirage and for himself.
Honey says that even though his past good feelings have become overwhelmed with sadness, she knows that he can become happy again.
You know that Honey means it! She’s experienced this very thing, if you remember her story about her dog, Debit, from Episode 31. Love hurts, and happiness can become overwhelmed with sorrow and anger. But it’s possible to make it through to the other side and be able to smile again. The pain may not go away entirely, but it can become manageable, and healing can happen! Honey wants this for Phantom, for Mirage, and likely for the other Generals who’ve been suffering for such a long time.
Phantom wonders if Honey truly can help Mirage.
Honey’s sure she can, with her friends’ help. This is why she doesn’t want to fight anymore.
She and Phantom are on the same side in this, helping someone overwhelmed with misery and despair to heal, so what need is there to fight at all?
It looks like Phantom’s ready to accept this aid, too, because he and Honey are holding hands by this point.
And then the Deep Mirror intervenes!
Phantom’s eyes are glowing red, and his power explodes unexpectedly, throwing Honey aside.
Lovely and Princess catch her,
but now Phantom’s out of control and out for blood!
Oh gosh, and now Fortune’s here, too!
She looks so angry!
Honey understandably looks very worried, but Glasses promises that everything’s okay.
A crazed Phantom sends out a fiery wolf to tear them apart, but Fortune and the other Cures all shift into Innocent Form.
Innocent Fortune destroys the wolf with one hit.
She then admits that she once wanted nothing more than to defeat Phantom.
But now that Innocent Fortune can plainly see his suffering, she instead performs “Emerald Illusion,” containing Phantom so that he won’t hurt himself or anyone else.
Now that all four girls are in agreement, it’s time to finally purge those feelings of misery and despair.
The Cures perform “Innocent Purification,” and it seems to have finally succeeded.
Now that he’s not overwhelmed with sorrow and anger, or being needled into madness by the Deep Mirror, Phantom’s able to remember why he started fighting against the whole world for Mirage’s sake.
He never wanted the world to fall, he was just heartbroken to see Mirage in such pain and wanted to help her smile… Gosh darn it, stop making me cry! This episode hurts so much!
Phantom’s been purified, and he’s clearly not dead.
Honey just looks happy to finally hear his true wish, not one corrupted by depression and despair. Everyone else looks surprised or confused. And no wonder! The purification did more than purge Phantom’s bad feelings, it restored his true form.
He’s actually a fairy just like Ribbon and Glasses!
Oh, he’s Mirage’s fairy? That’s right, Mirage used to be a Cure… This explains so much! His real name is PhanPhan.
And now that he’s able to think clearly, he realizes just how far things have gone off the rails.
All these attacks on the world, all the pain caused to countless other innocent people, and none of it has helped Mirage to get better. (Incidentally, we never see characters like Lovely or Fortune holding a grudge against PhanPhan/Phantom for his past actions from this point on. If ANYONE had the right to be angry, it would be these two! But do they see Ribbon and Glasses when they look at PhanPhan and realize that they just can’t be mad about things anymore?)
But there’s no time to mourn over past mistakes.
Lovely and the rest of the Cures are here to help, and PhanPhan is going to assist them from now on.
Meanwhile, the Deep Mirror, never one to let things rest, announces to Mirage that Phantom was taken out by the Cures. Mirage doesn’t say a word, but you know that she’s TICKED!
Unfortunately, today’s episode ends here, so we’ll have to wait to see what comes of this next time.
Chapter 43: Episode 42: The Decisive Battle in Phantom Empire! The Pretty Cure VS the Three Generals!
Chapter Text
We pick up where we left off last episode. Phantom was successfully purified and has regained his true form as Mirage’s fairy partner, PhanPhan.
And everyone has reunited at the entrance to the castle. Onwards and upwards!
Our girls make it through the front door, only to be greeted by a mob of Choiarks. But Lovely and the others aren’t playing today.
Lovely charges in first, throwing fists and lasers.
Princess follows up with “Princess Cutter.” I love this attack, it looks so cool!
Then Honey jumps in with “Crystal Song.” Wait, that sounds exactly like her song from when she was trying to get through to Phantom last episode… No WONDER it looked like he was being purified back then!
And Fortune wraps things up with a frighteningly efficient physical beatdown.
While the Cures are mowing down the enemy ranks, Blue follows close behind.
Time is of the essence now.
The quicker he can get to Mirage and talk her down from the ledge, the better!
Several Choiarks try to stop him,
but Lovely forces them away, guarding Blue from danger.
She’s joined soon after by Princess, Fortune, and Honey.
Now that Blue’s better protected, Lovely’s free to shift into Cherry Flamenco Form.
Princess attacks next using Sherbet Ballet,
followed by Honey with Popcorn Cheer,
and Fortune with Pine Arabian.
I just had a thought, though I can’t say if this is correct. Do you remember how Hime had to perform a ceremonial dance to gather energy that Blue was able to use to restore Axia to the Shining Make Dresser (see Episode 29)? Glasses mentioned back then that the Form Changes had similar abilities to gather Light energy, or that the Form Changes operated in a similar way. Are all four girls today not only tearing through the enemy ranks, but simultaneously powering up the Shining Make Dresser itself? The way things are going, it’ll take a lot to turn things around with Mirage, especially with the Deep Mirror pulling her strings.
Whether this is true or not, the Choiarks are finally finished, so it’s time to move ahead.
PhanPhan is still leading the way.
He asks Blue to help Mirage.
Blue promises to make things right.
Poor Megumi, though. I think she knows who Blue will choose if it comes down to her or Mirage. He cares for everyone equally, but there’s only one person who he’s shown deeper feelings for, at least that we’re aware of by this point in the series.
Credit to Lovely, none of this matters in the face of the world falling into ruin, so their group picks up the pace.
Oh, here they are! I was wondering when the other Generals would show up.
Oresky, Namakelder, and Hosshiiwa may have failed to invade Pikarigaoka, but they can’t stand idle when the Cures have managed to return the favor.
Oresky leaps down to confront the girls, followed by the other two Generals.
Back when I was doing a lot of reading up on Pretty Cure in general, to decide which season to watch first, I remember reading something interesting about Heartcatch. It was on TV Tropes that someone said that each of the enemy leaders in Heartcatch acted as a foil to one of the Cures. (I’ve since gone back to try and find the exact source for this, but the Heartcatch page must’ve been edited since then because I can no longer find it. I’m very sorry, but I can’t offer any citations because of this.) On watching today’s episode of Happiness Charge, I can say that we seem to be following a similar pattern. I won’t go in-depth on it here, since I’ve already started writing about the members of the Phantom Empire in a separate document. I’ve covered a bit on everyone except Mirage at this point (her and Madame Momere, but Momere got plenty of attention in Episode 28), and I hope to be able to talk more about her once the Cures actually reach her in this story arc. So today I’ll just be covering the upcoming fights, not any symbolism or comparisons unless they specifically come up in the show.
Oresky times his jump to force Lovely back, cutting the Cures off from Blue and the fairies. Now that the Cures have invaded even the Phantom Empire, there’s nowhere left to run or hide.
All three Generals are going to be fighting for their lives. (Obviously, given that Phantom was purified and restored to his true form, none of these Generals will likely die. But all of them have fought so hard to resist being healed this whole time. This fight is not going to be easy, that’s for sure!)
Oresky charges up a red laser, firing directly at Lovely, but Princess leaps in with “Princess Barrier.”
She asks Lovely to help Blue reach Mirage. Princess, I’m so proud of you!
Honey and Fortune agree.
Since there’s four of them, only three girls are needed to defeat the Generals, so Lovely can get Blue where he needs to go.
When Hosshiiwa tries to attack by throwing cookies (yes, actual cookies),
Honey shields Lovely and Blue.
Namakelder blocks the way next, but Princess distracts him with “Princess Bullet Machine Gun.”
Finally, Oresky goes for a full-on tackle, but Fortune blocks his path.
With nothing left to do, Lovely leads the charge further in.
Mirage is TICKED, of course, but this does save her the trouble of hunting them down.
So the matchups are: Oresky vs Fortune,
Hosshiiwa vs Honey,
and Namakelder vs Princess. No Saiarks today, no holds barred. It’s all or nothing.
Hosshiiwa is sniping at Honey from a distance, using her parasol like some kind of gun.
Happiness Charge Episode 20
We’ve seen this in the past, when Hosshiiwa fought with Lovely directly back in Episode 20,
but her umbrella is shooting what looks like chocolate syrup today, not pink lasers like before.
The whole time, Hosshiiwa is ranting that she’s determined to eat whatever she wants.
When Honey gets enough distance to retaliate with “Honey Supersonic Spark,” she responds that eating just anything all the time will only make Hosshiiwa get sick. Yep, this is definitely a battle of the foodies! But that doesn’t mean things aren’t still interesting.
Hosshiiwa uses her umbrella as a shield and, what’s more,
it seems to be able to absorb and reflect attacks, shooting Honey’s projectiles right back at her and providing a smokescreen.
This allows Hosshiiwa to sneak behind Honey,
create an enormous energy candy,
and throw it, sending Honey to the ground.
While Honey crawls free of a pile of enormous jelly beans (I can’t believe what I just typed),
Hosshiiwa is very annoyed, just ranting about Honey’s Rice Song.
Hosshiiwa doesn’t believe any of the lyrics for a second.
Sharing only takes away from everyone’s resources, something which Hosshiiwa absolutely refuses to do.
What on earth happened to make her feel this way?
That’s a question for later, because Fortune’s challenging Oresky now.
These two are insanely fast and strong.
Unfortunately, nothing Fortune tries is able to break through Oresky’s guard. Physical attacks aren’t working, so Fortune backs off long enough to perform “Fortune Star Burst.”
This looks like a new variation,
Happiness Charge Episode 23
but it’s most similar in appearance to what I call the Comet Variation,
since Fortune sheathes herself in energy and flies right at Oresky. But Oresky isn’t playing around.
He actually blocks her punch with one hand!
While he has a hold of her, Oresky spins Fortune around, flinging her into the castle pillars. Man, am I glad these girls have powerful defense while in Cure Form!
Fortune’s laid out in a pile of rubble, but she’s not ready to quit yet.
Now Oresky’s taunting Fortune for being weak.
Only those who lack the strength to stand on their own need to team up with others. The truly strong always fight alone!
While the battles outside are raging on, Lovely and Blue are still on the move.
Lovely stops in her tracks when she hears Princess’s voice,
but the fairies remind her that her friends are facing this danger to allow her and Blue to meet Mirage, so she can’t let their efforts go to waste. The stakes are HUGE today, and everyone has their own role to play.
With no other choice, Lovely continues on.
Now Princess is constantly charging at Namakelder.
She truly has grown strong enough to face most enemies one-on-one,
but it does no good when Namakelder can instantly teleport out of harm’s way.
Princess doesn’t quit, first trying “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,”
and then “Princess Ball,” the HUGEST form of this attack that we’ve seen yet! But she still can’t land a single hit against a teleporter.
Namakelder reappears behind her and catches her next punch, using his hold to throw Princess aside. Namakelder just can’t understand why Princess, or anyone, really, would bother working hard for another’s sake. Hard work doesn’t always have the results you’d hope for.
So why bother with anything at all?
Meanwhile, Hosshiiwa’s keeping Honey on the run by raining down a barrage of exploding candies.
And then Hosshiiwa says something fascinating, and really sad.
Her exact words are, “No one wants to share pain and suffering. That’s why you should keep all the joy to yourself, isn’t that right?”
I think it goes without saying that all three of these Generals have been badly hurt in the past. I keep wondering just what on earth happened to cause them to become so guarded and angry, outright attacking anytime another person gets too close. We’ll likely never know, either.
Hosshiiwa’s words today, and her actions throughout this series, remind me somewhat of the little I’ve heard of food aggression in dogs, for example. Some dog breeds are just naturally dominant, but sometimes this aggression comes up because the dog in question has experienced past trauma, causing it to become highly motivated to closely guard its resources. Maybe this would look like a stray dog having to fight for every bite of food on the streets, or a runt or low-ranking member of the pack being unable to compete. It could also be that the affected dog lost its last home or master, and the world is now unpredictable and frightening. All the dog knows to do is to fight to make sure that it has what it needs, no matter what else happens. (You can read a bit about this here: https://www.hepper.com/how-to-correct-food-aggression-in-dogs/.) As for how to curb this dangerous behavior, the answer seems to be training and building up trust. The trainer needs to show the aggressive dog that no one is threatening it, that it has access to as much food as it needs and wants. I don’t know about you, but that sounds a lot like therapy with humans. Pretty Cure Therapy strikes again! Honey’s especially good in these kinds of situations (see Episode 41), but that’s if she can get Hosshiiwa to stop attacking long enough to listen…
Meanwhile, Fortune is still fighting Oresky, but nothing fazes him. It must feel like punching a brick wall! You know, I just realized that the girls have a whole other risk they’re facing today. The longer they fight against such strong enemies who won’t go down, the more the Cures are likely to get anxious or even scared. And their powers are emotions and confidence-based, we’ve known this since Episode 1 with Hime! Anger powers them up to impressive levels of strength, but fear weakens them to a dangerous extent. It’s a good thing that Fortune’s used to facing impossible odds, because she just won’t quit.
Fortune keeps after Oresky, chasing him around the battlefield with a flurry of hits and kicks that’s really amazing to watch.
Unfortunately, nothing can break through his guard, and Oresky is able to counter with an energy-infused punch, throwing Fortune down hard.
Oresky starts taunting yet again that he’s number one, so how can Fortune hope to beat him?
That’s when Fortune asks him, “Then what?” (I went into this more in my document discussing the members of the Phantom Empire, so I won’t repeat myself here.) If Oresky does succeed in becoming number one, what will he do with this strength and status?
Oresky answers that he’ll rise to the top and rule all alone over every other person on the planet.
Fortune challenges this vision, wondering why this would be a good thing. It’s lonely at the top, after all. Fortune herself used to value strength above all else, didn’t she? How else could she manage to save her sister if Fortune didn’t grow strong enough to force the enemy to set her free? It took Phantom beating her into the ground and then being rescued by the very girls she’d spurned and attacked (see Episode 22), to reconsider this worldview.
So isn’t it very interesting that she’s bringing this to Oresky’s attention now?
Back with Honey, Hosshiiwa is wondering why it’s bad to eat whatever she wants.
As an adult in the Phantom Empire, Hosshiiwa has the freedom to eat whatever she wants, whenever she wants. How is this a bad thing?
Honey answers that it’s possible to feel happier overall by sharing with others, and that happiness isn’t a limited resource.
It actually increases for every person you spend time or share food with.
Finally, Namakelder explains that he hates humans because they are so easily overcome with negative emotions like jealousy and hatred. It’s such a pain to interact with people like this. Much better to wall himself off and not have to deal with the pain of disappointment and broken trust…
Hey, don’t call me out like that! Just because I have trouble trusting other people and keep to myself doesn’t mean that I’m going to run off to join the Phantom Empire! Some people just feel safer overall when they’re alone. It’s a scary and competitive world out there, and sometimes when you find yourself on the side of the road, watching life race by, it’s difficult to find the courage and motivation to join in.
Princess, interestingly enough, starts out looking angry and determined,
but by the time Namakelder finishes talking, she just looks incredibly sympathetic.
Namakelder finally asks if Princess can’t understand that it’s infinitely easier to just slack off. Why bother with anything at all?
Princess agrees, but explains that since meeting Lovely, Honey, Fortune, and all her other friends, her life has become much more rich and fulfilling.
That’s not to say that things haven’t gotten difficult or annoying, but the good she’s experienced has certainly outweighed the bad. Now that Princess knows this sort of happiness, what else can she do but try to share it with others?
And she’s just pulled out her Innocent Form Cards.
Fortune, meanwhile, explains that believing in yourself is indeed important.
But she wants Oresky to understand that one person, even one as talented as him, can only do so much by himself.
Ultimately, a team of people working together is able to achieve much more.
Now Fortune’s pulled out her Cards as well.
And Honey picks up where she left off.
Happiness isn’t always about filling your stomach, Honey wants people’s hearts to be full as well.
That’s why she’s always talking (or singing) about eating meals with her loved ones.
Hosshiiwa gets flustered, wondering why anyone would want to share a meal with Honey.
But Honey’s pulled out her Innocent Form Cards, too.
All three girls transform.
Innocent Princess wants to help Namakelder understand her purest feelings.
Namakelder starts to protest,
but Innocent Princess blasts him at point blank, sending him flying through two separate towers!
Pretty Cure Therapy isn’t always easy, but it is rather entertaining to watch. I’m picturing her assaulting Namakelder with pure, concentrated courage, since this is Princess’s attribute that she names to the Shining Make Dresser as part of every big attack. If Namakelder’s been stuck with indecision, doubt and mistrust, unwilling to progress through life, then Innocent Princess is going to (forcefully) give him the courage he needs to finally move forward!
Meanwhile, Hosshiiwa complains that Honey won’t quit talking about food. She even calls Innocent Honey, and I quote, a food maniac. Pot, meet kettle!
Now with more power and a higher defense, Innocent Honey is easily able to shrug off Hosshiiwa’s attacks.
There’s no escape, Hosshiiwa, Innocent Honey’s going to love you whether you like it or not!
Oresky still won’t quit in the face of these odds. He charges in with another energy-infused punch, but Innocent Fortune catches his attack with one hand.
She’s now brimming with enough power that when she kicks Oresky, he can’t withstand the blow and gets sent to the ground.
Innocent Princess catches up to Namakelder, explaining that she’s grown so much stronger thanks to her friends who believed in her and helped her to improve.
Namakelder looks remarkably calm, or resigned, but he sounds impressed all the same. He knows what’s coming.
And this is just another random observation, but how is Innocent Princess able to access the Shining Make Dresser right now when Blue is carrying it to confront Mirage? We know that the girls can summon it to them with the help of Ribbon and Glasses, but right now Innocent Princess, Honey, and Fortune are battling at the very same time, and none of their fairies are anywhere nearby. Are the Cures so connected to the Dresser’s power that they’re actually able to access it simultaneously in this way? This doesn’t ultimately matter, I know, but now I’m curious.
In any case, all three girls activate their respective Innocent Attacks:
Princess with “Windy Wink,”
Honey with “Honey Temptation,”
and Fortune with “Emerald Illusion.” Now all three Generals are contained within the Innocent Cures’ symbols.
Normally all four Cures would be together, and this would be the point when they’d unleash a Team Attack to finish things off. But since each girl has been separated, dragged into an individual showdown with each General, this can’t happen today. None of the girls do anything to follow up their attacks. There doesn’t actually seem to be a need. It’s a slower, less explosive purification than we’ve seen in the past, but it’s effective all the same.
Namakelder’s slowly fading away, finally able to admit that while he’s been annoyed at the world, he’s also been irritated with his own inability to be around other people.
Innocent Princess comforts him, saying that she’s sure he’ll find someone he can trust someday. If anyone can attest to the sheer goodness that can come from finding a trustworthy, patient, and understanding friend, it’s Princess!
Namakelder answers that things will be annoying again when that inevitably happens, but he’s smiling as he finally fades out of sight.
When Phantom was purified (see Episode 41), he regained his true form while remaining in the immediate area. Namakelder’s gone somewhere else, but he’s got the opportunity for a fresh start, unburdened by the pain of past hurts. Maybe he’ll try living again and have better luck in the future.
Hosshiiwa, meanwhile, admits that eating alone was getting boring.
Now she’s realized that part of her maybe did want to share with others, but this was buried so deep that she couldn’t recognize it.
Innocent Honey says that she believes Hosshiiwa will find a way to share the things she loves with someone special someday.
Hosshiiwa looks hopeful as she fades out of view.
Finally, Oresky acknowledges his defeat.
Innocent Fortune tells him that he truly is very strong and worthy of respect.
Poor guy! He says that this is the very first time that anyone recognized his hard work.
As he disappears from sight, Oresky wonders if he really desired his medals as much as he thought… Gosh darn it, stop making me cry! Oresky’s gone, but a field of flowers is blooming around Innocent Fortune.
Image found here: https://plantcaretoday.com/scilla-plants.html
I can’t be completely certain, but I think I recognize the blue/purple flowers blooming there. If I’m right, those are meant to be some kind of Scilla (also known as Squill), a Spring-blooming flower (remember that we’re somewhere in November right now). Scilla can symbolize persistence, loyalty, hope, dependability, optimism, new beginnings, and regeneration. As with many other plants I’ve described before, the Scilla has some medicinal properties, being used in the past to treat breathing, heart, and stomach problems. Please note that I’m not recommending anyone to go outside and just randomly start eating flowers! Some Scilla are actually toxic, so I wouldn’t mess with them outside of enjoying a pretty ornamental flower. But as with many other instances in this show, there’s a consistent theme of healing and new beginnings. (Read more here: https://lotustryo.com/scilla-flower-meaning-symbol/)
Image found here: https://www.uniguide.com/daffodil-flower-meaning-symbolism
The only other flower I recognized for sure was a Daffodil, a Narcissus, which is another Spring-blooming flower and thus a sign of better times to come after a long, cold winter. If you know the story from Greek mythology, you probably already realize why this flower might appear here, but for those who aren’t familiar: There was a man named Narcissus who was incredibly attractive. Many girls loved him, including a nymph named Echo, but he spurned everyone’s attention, seeing himself above them. Poor Echo, already cursed to mimic the last phrase anyone around her said, faded away to nothing, becoming the echoes we hear around the world today. The gods decided to punish Narcissus for his arrogance by causing him to see his own reflection in a pool of water. Narcissus instantly fell in love with himself, refusing to move from that spot until he wasted away and died. A Narcissus flower, or Daffodil, bloomed in his place. Daffodils in general are said to mean rebirth, new beginnings, beauty, admiration, truth, honesty, vanity, death, possibly even forgiveness. (Read more here: https://symbolsage.com/daffodil-flower-meaning/) They can also symbolize hope, joy, resilience, good luck, prosperity, and memories. A white daffodil would specifically mean purity, innocence and fresh starts. (Read more here: https://www.uniguide.com/daffodil-flower-meaning-symbolism) It’s certainly a good sign for Oresky’s future, isn’t it? For him, and likely for Hosshiiwa and Namakelder, too.
Namakelder, Hosshiiwa, and Oresky have all been purified, purged of their bad feelings and pain. They’re not anywhere in sight, but wherever they’ve gone for now, they have an opportunity to start over with a blank slate. Without any lingering ill feelings, maybe all three of them have a chance to connect with other people and continue living once more.
In the meantime, Lovely, Blue, and the fairies are still charging headlong through the castle to find Mirage.
The entrance to her throne room is through a huge mirror in the ground. That’s quite a drop! It looks like this’ll take a leap of faith.
But that’s nothing new to Lovely,
and she and the rest of their little band jump in without wasting any more time.
Sure enough, there’s Mirage. And she’s NOT HAPPY that the intruders have made it this far!
Her eyes are glowing bright red!
All Blue does is say her name, and Mirage blasts them with a wave of dark energy for this daring act.
Mirage is angry, but this is focused on Lovely for now, since Mirage is determined to wipe her out right in front of Blue.
Unfortunately, today’s episode ends here, so we’ll have to wait a little longer to see this last battle. What a ride!
Chapter 44: Episode 43: Clashing Emotions! Lovely and Mirage!
Chapter Text
Oof! I’d forgotten just how frighteningly intense today’s episode was. I may have to follow a slightly different routine for writing this review. Usually, especially when work gets busy, I’ll watch an episode, think over what I saw and try to puzzle out just what to say, write everything out, and leave it for the time being. When I have more time later on, I then play catchup, rewatching the episode, collecting the relevant pictures, and trying to pay close attention in case any last minute symbolism or details catch my eye. Today’s episode was so painful to watch that I honestly don’t want to come back to it ever again! I’ve now seen it twice all the way through (I’d forgotten the full intensity from the first time, probably because it was so shocking that my brain blocked it out!), and I’ll just do my best to fully assemble my thoughts in one go, even if I have to take it in thirty second intervals.
I apologize in advance, but I feel that it’s only fair to repeat what I’ve said in past reviews. I have a diagnosed condition that causes me to isolate myself and to have difficulty trusting others. I’ve also mentioned that I’m asexual and don’t quite know what it feels like to experience love or romantic attraction, some notable features of Happiness Charge in general. Another symptom is that I don’t feel emotions quite the same as most people do. For example, anger has changed for me over the years. Nowadays it seems like my anger comes with an emergency shut off. I can feel irritation and frustration, even anger, up to a point. Then it’s like clamping a lid down over a grease fire in a pan. Everything just stops. It’s a bit of a relief, in a way, because I can then try to “logic” myself out of difficult situations. The downside is that I get used to being relatively calm and neutral, due to this mental block on some of my more extreme emotions (fear and sadness don’t seem to be impacted, at least not yet) and am often able to reason with most other people, but when other people react to their own emotions, it’s too much. Logic flies out the window, and I follow right after it as fast as I can!
With this kind of limitation, maybe you can understand why today’s episode is going to be extremely difficult for me to talk about. Still, I’ve made it this far, so it’s only fair that I continue as far as I can, even if I’m very limited in what I can say compared to what I’ve covered in the past. Whatever I end up talking about will likely be the best I can do, deficiencies and all.
We pick up where we left off last time. Namakelder, Hosshiiwa, and Oresky have been successfully purified. And Lovely, Blue, and the fairies have finally reached Mirage.
Mirage is absolutely furious!
If that first view was how she’s seeing the world right now, tinted through sheer anger… Oh boy, for once I’m seriously dreading watching this upcoming fight!
Everything in the room looks very grayed out and dark.
But then Mirage laughs.
She first addresses Blue, triggering the fairies to shield him with their own bodies.
PhanPhan tries to reason with Mirage, explaining what he now recognizes to be the truth, that she’s going to destroy herself utterly if she keeps up this self-destructive spiral of madness. Spreading misery across the world isn’t going to make her feel better about anything, and it certainly won’t make her happy.
Mirage doesn’t care. What does something like happiness matter when it doesn’t last? Happiness is just a blip on the radar, there and gone again, like a ghost.
It’s not real, so what does she care about such an insignificant thing?
Blue is horrified, realizing that his decision to flee the situation caused this level of anguish.
Mirage rubs this in further, blaming Blue for her misery and thus the misfortune that the world is facing today.
Lovely jumps in here, saying that this isn’t completely Blue’s fault. He made a mistake, absolutely, but it was Mirage herself who ultimately decided to lash out in this way.
Mirage doesn’t like that.
She’s angry enough that Blue sealed her away in Axia for 300 years, but now she’s convinced that the only reason Blue’s here today is to finish what he started and wipe her out completely.
Poor Blue doesn’t even get a chance to deny her accusations before Mirage binds him, trapping him in midair. She won’t allow him to interfere, and she intends to let everything fall to destruction while he can do nothing but watch.
Mirage puts a finger to the purple tear on her cheek, and this seems to draw forth a real tear,
which she allows to drop to the floor.
And now the room is FLOODING! Okay then…
Phantom spread crystals, while Namakelder, Hosshiiwa, and Oresky spread mold, sweets, and wasteland, respectively.
Mirage spreads TEARS from her own sadness and despair!
I read a section of a book on certain aspects of psychology (Borderline, Narcissistic, and Schizoid Adaptations: The Pursuit of Love, Admiration, and Safety) that was written by Elinor Greenberg. She described patients as being low, medium, or high “splash,” referring to a person’s reaction to problems. If, for example, the patient in question felt upset that they were being cheated on by a boy or girlfriend and ended up calling a lot of different friends, work associates, and family members to complain about the situation, stirring up a lot of drama, maybe more than the initial situation warranted, that’s “high splash.” Someone with a little more control and ability to function in the face of trials might be able to prevent the effects from rippling out to others who aren’t involved. Mirage might be one of the highest splash people I’ve ever seen! And is it any wonder, since her pain and anguish has been allowed to fester without relief for 300 years before this series even began?
I feel so sorry for Lovely right now! She’s already had to deal with helping other people in pain, two of whom are on her very own team. At least those cases were both a fair bit milder.
Happiness Charge Episode 19
Hime was suffering from a deeply buried terror that she would be rejected and abandoned if anyone ever discovered that she was guilty of opening Axia and starting this worldwide war. Iona revealed the truth of this in Episode 20, meaning to cause great harm, but ultimately this forced the issue into the open where it could actually be dealt with. Remember that Hime is someone who will run when it comes down to fight or flight (maybe less so nowadays). She couldn’t bear to face rejection and kept running off. Yuko was able to help somewhat, but it came down to Megumi to finish things,
Happiness Charge Episode 21
which only happened because Hime finally realized how badly she was hurting Megumi by continually running away in a panic.
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Iona was one who constantly lashed out in her anger and pain (she would choose fight, not flight).
Happiness Charge Episode 22
No one could get close enough to help until Phantom succeeded in breaking her (see Episode 22), leaving Megumi, Yuko, and Hime to build Iona back up into a stronger, happier person overall. Both of these girls had raw, gaping wounds buried deep that were only able to be treated once they were finally brought out into the light of day.
Now Lovely is having to face yet another person who’s been suffering, driven to madness and despair and unable to address the underlying hurt. If anything, Mirage’s wounds have been pricked and prodded constantly by people like the Deep Mirror. She never had a chance to heal, and maybe Mirage found it ultimately better to feel anger than sadness, because sadness leads to feeling helpless and empty inside. Sadness can be a major vulnerability, a potential risk that others can take advantage of. Anger was maybe the safer option, since it still allowed Mirage to take control of her own fate.
One final observation before we get going: Fortune, Honey, and Princess had to face down three very angry, very traumatized Generals (see Episode 42), and the girls were only able to get through to their opponents to the point of a successful purification by weathering a major beating. These three girls had to wear each enemy down to the point that they could actually listen to another perspective before this could happen. Lovely has to do the same today, but her battle is already going to be much worse. Mirage was sealed within Axia, along with Phantom and the Deep Mirror. It’s impossible to say who else, if anyone, was locked away for this length of time along with them. Some Generals, if not all of them, likely joined later, once Mirage was set free.
Happiness Charge Episode 18
(Look at their outfits, those are the clothes of people in modern times, not from hundreds of years ago. I’m going to assume that they’re newer recruits, not among those trapped within Axia originally.) That’s 300 years worth of anger and hatred to burn through, and there’s no one else who’s able to buffer the effects… Poor Lovely is in for a world of hurt!!!
The giant mirror hanging above Queen Mirage’s throne, the Deep Mirror, now depicts Mirage herself wrapped in the same red energy ropes that are holding Blue back from interfering. If that’s not the most truthful thing the Deep Mirror has ever said or shown this whole time! For all that Mirage is lashing out and trying to hurt others, to the point of dooming the entire Earth to destruction, she’s absolutely helpless to do anything to fix her current situation. Someone needs to set her free once more. Enter Pretty Cure Therapy, the most violent and vicious session we’ve encountered yet!
And holy cow, Mirage looks terrifying! Just as the Cures can sprout energy wings to fly, wings that appear bird-like, Mirage has grown four wings of her own, but these look real! Her whole body is glowing bright red.
It’s Lovely vs Mirage battling over the fate of the world. (This whole episode is such a brutal beatdown between both opponents that my whole review is probably going to be shorter compared to most. I’ve written these reviews mostly so that I could more easily remember what I’d seen and thought about each episode at a time when work was so busy that weeks could pass by before I found the energy to continue watching. My tone of voice in my writing, while maybe a bit more formal, has been geared towards talking to my own nieces and nephews about this show. If they end up watching it on their own, they’ll see the full brutality then, but until that happens, I can’t in good conscience show everything. If this makes today’s review shorter overall, then so be it.)
Mirage herself questions whether love or misfortune will win the day.
Lovely reminds Mirage that happiness won’t just disappear, regardless of what Mirage may try to do. Lovely’s drawn a sword, too, so what more is there to say?
Mirage immediately meets this challenge head-on,
using her scepter to force the sword away long enough to hit Lovely hard.
When Lovely dodges a follow-up charge from Mirage, getting in close and just swinging wildly,
Mirage actually shoots a laser, reflecting it off multiple mirrors to hit Lovely from behind, shattering her energy sword in the process. That was both brutal and insanely clever!
Mirage gets a hold of Lovely while she’s stunned, taunting her for this weak performance.
But Lovely’s not done yet. After managing to break free, Lovely sends a barrage of energy bullets at Mirage, forcing her to back off.
Unfortunately, none of this fazes Mirage a bit.
That’s when Lovely charges into her directly with a devastating punch, but even this isn’t enough to break through Mirage’s defense.
Holy cow! Mirage then SPLITS INTO THREE OTHER COPIES and starts kicking Lovely around like a soccer ball! Is this merely the effect of the Deep Mirror’s corruption, or is Mirage an older and wiser (former) Cure, like Tender was when she faced the Happiness Charge girls in battle (see Episode 38)?
The three Mirage clones then drag Lovely over to a fourth, who blasts Lovely away at point blank. I swear, poor Lovely’s screams are going to haunt my nightmares. She may be a magical warrior, one of the strongest in the world, but she’s still a fifteen-year-old girl (as of Episode 36) having to survive all of this!
I will say that I found what Mirage said here very interesting. In the past, whenever the Happiness Charge girls have performed a Team Attack, they’ve all named their unique attributes: love, courage, kindness, and hope. And it seems that their purification attacks have incorporated those qualities into a way to purify even the most hardened and hopeless enemies, if there was any chance of redeeming them at all.
Today, with her three duplicates, Mirage lists off four depressing attributes of her own: sadness, anguish, frustration, and pain. If this is what’s empowering her to beat Lovely into the ground…
Anyway, Mirage thinks that Lovely is woefully naive and clueless regarding the real world, where love and other positive emotions simply don’t exist. After dismissing the copies, Mirage throws down an ominously glowing ball of light…
Wow, that looked like some form of magical grenade that completely engulfed Lovely!
Meanwhile, Princess has regrouped with Honey and Fortune after their successful battles.
They have no way to know what’s going on, but are hoping that Lovely’s okay.
Poor Lovely’s not doing so well right now. She just got thrown aside by another powerful attack, and she’s not moving. Mirage is telling her to just stay down.
It doesn’t matter what you do or how hard you work. Everything’s doomed to fail in the end, leading to misery and misfortune.
Now we’ve got a glimpse of Cure Tender fighting back against one of the invading Saiarks. She’s likely not alone, as Mirage herself admits, but Mirage knows that it’s only a matter of time before the other Cures get worn down and give up, too.
Mirage has grabbed Lovely again, rubbing it in thoroughly that there’s nothing Lovely or anyone else can do to stop despair from overwhelming the world. She throws Lovely away, trapping her in those red energy ropes.
Now Lovely’s got a good look at the image of Mirage, who you may remember is shown to be wrapped up inside the Deep Mirror. But Lovely has no chance to do anything before Mirage ELECTROCUTES her through those bindings! Whoever’s hiding within the Deep Mirror, watching this whole battle, is fairly certain that Lovely has to be finished after all that.
He may be right.
It’s started raining, right in the middle of Mirage’s flooded throne room. Mirage is floating in a boat (Is that a Gondola boat, like you’d see in Venice, Italy? Read more here: https://www.flatbottomboatworld.com/what-is-a-gondola/) over to Lovely, who’s lying motionless in the water. If I didn’t know better, I’d honestly think that last attack had killed her. I HATE watching this!!! I’ll never understand how today’s episode didn’t end up traumatizing hundreds of little kids and other viewers!
Mirage, at least, is pleased that she’s finally reached her goal. This rain symbolizes her tears raining down on the rest of the world, drowning everything in misery and despair.
I’m going to take a little break here, because I just realized something that I’d forgotten. I may not know exactly what it feels like to have a crush or fall in love, let alone the level of pain someone might suffer from being rejected. Life isn’t easy, and emotions are very hard! But maybe I can speak a bit about Depression. If Mirage isn’t suffering from this condition directly, I’d be very surprised, but this might be the nearest comparison I can describe with regards to today’s episode. Way back in Episode 2, I talked very briefly about people suffering from Depression, specifically that victims in this situation can’t see the world clearly.
We got a first person view of how Mirage is seeing the world right at the start of today’s episode. That’s Mirage’s physical sight which was impacted, but it’s clear that her worldview has similarly been twisted into an unnatural and dangerous state. Besides this, I warned back then (see Episode 2) that someone trying to help a person suffering from Depression should be very careful. The victim in question can’t see the world clearly and might not recognize attempts to help for what they are, taking them instead as a form of attack that needs to be met or escaped from at all costs. Fight or flight, remember?
In thinking about this, I noticed something that reminded me of the little I know of the Rabies disease, where the afflicted animal is suffering and dehydrated, yet its mental state has been twisted enough that the animal fears and avoids water, something which might actually help to ease some of its pain. (Read more here: https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/rabies/symptoms-causes/syc-20351821) In a similar way, a Depressed person might avoid going outside and getting exposure to natural sunlight (a source of Vitamin D critical for good health, read more here: https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/vitamin-d-from-sun#overview), exercising, and interacting with other people (thus improving mental health). (Read more here: https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/depression/symptoms-causes/syc-20356007)
Not everyone going through Depression is in the right mental space to recognize what’s going on, and some people might react viciously in self-defense. Tell me that Mirage hasn’t been doing this very thing today!
I actually had Depression several years ago, and I was very lucky that I was mostly over it by the time Covid hit because I’m not sure how I would’ve survived that kind of fear and uncertainty when I was already unable to trust my own mind and emotions. I can’t remember much from that time of my life because my brain has blocked it out, and I’m still not sure I’m ready to try unearthing any of those memories, or if I ever will. Due to my lifestyle as part of my diagnosed condition, I didn’t even realize that things had changed until I fell further than I should have into a brand new struggle. I was already attending therapy, but I didn’t fully understand the dangers of my current state until I had a bad reaction to some medication and caught my thoughts going into scary places.
Even on my worst days before having Depression, that had NEVER happened before! I was able to recognize that this wasn’t something that I dared to handle alone, and finally opened up fully to my parents about my current state. That experience taught me to speak up however I could if it was necessary, not holding back due to pride or doubts, even if it had to be in writing because overwhelming emotions make it very difficult to talk. (I don’t mean what I’ve heard of “selective mutism,” I’m talking your throat closing up because you’re actually drowning in those emotions, moments away from crying, and can’t bear to show weakness of any kind.)
I was able to recognize that I was in a bad place and needed help. I didn’t lash out because I’m one who’ll withdraw when things get bad, just like Hime and Blue. It was one of the hardest things I’d ever done, to put my fate in other people’s hands and trust that they could help bring me out of the Depression when I couldn’t see past the overwhelming exhaustion, low mood, and other miserable symptoms.
Mirage has been suffering for such a long time, manipulated and corrupted by the Deep Mirror, that she thinks that today’s intervention is actually meant to be an attempt on her life! Is it any wonder she reacted so aggressively that poor Lovely’s now lying lifelessly in the water?
But Lovely is Lovely, and even now, she’s struggling back to her feet. She calls Mirage out, saying that Mirage’s dream was never to destroy the world.
Mirage repeats what she’s said before, that she wants the world to fall to misery and ruin, and Blue himself to be overwhelmed in despair.
Lovely says that this is a lie.
Deep down, underneath Mirage’s pain, anger, and sadness, her love for Blue has never truly gone away.
Mirage is outraged and starts attacking again, but Lovely’s ready for it this time and is able to block the incoming blows.
While Mirage is frozen in shock at this sudden change, Lovely explains that she knows very well some of the pain that Mirage must be feeling, because Lovely herself loves Blue as well. I guess Lovely’s finally recognized what she’s been feeling around Blue after all this time.
Poor Blue, what a way to hear this kind of revelation.
Aaand Mirage is ticked off again!
After a minute, Mirage merely laughs, saying that Blue doesn’t feel anything for Lovely.
He’s only using her as one of his chosen warriors.
Lovely replies that she’s okay with it if this is the case.
She’s gained a new appreciation for the world, living a much more fulfilling life as a Cure, something that she never would’ve experienced without getting to know Blue.
Even if it’s true that Blue can’t return her feelings, this won’t take away Lovely’s memories of this experience, good and bad, and ultimately her happiness with the life she now lives.
Lovely then says that Mirage is exactly the same. Even if Mirage is overwhelmed with anger and despair now, has this undone all of the good she also experienced in the past, spending time with Blue? Way to go, Lovely!
I hate to interrupt here, but I just realized I missed something really interesting when I was first putting this review together.
Image found here: https://www.petalrepublic.com/tulip-flower-meanings/
I completely missed that the flowers in this field are Tulips, more Spring-blooming flowers, specifically pink and yellow ones. The colors fade into each other further out, so it’s hard to say what other colors are there, if any. Tulips in general symbolize perfect love and affection. What’s fascinating is that red tulips represent true love, just like red roses have always had this true love/romantic meaning. But the tulips in this field appear to be pink and yellow… Interestingly enough, yellow tulips used to be a sign of the rejection of one’s love. Nowadays, though, they are more positive, symbolizing sunlight, cheerfulness, and friendship. Pink tulips mean good wishes, health, and confidence, as well as wishing someone a speedy recovery. Someone like Queen Mirage, who’s been badly hurt by rejection and is likely suffering from Depression or something very similar? Even here, when the pain comes from rejected or unrequited love, Happiness Charge has an impressive emphasis on healing and recovery! (Read more here: https://www.petalrepublic.com/tulip-flower-meanings/)
Mirage, taken by surprise, is indeed starting to remember how happy she once was, just being around Blue.
This only lasts for a short time, but it seems to have shaken Mirage quite a bit. It’s certainly a step in the right direction, moving past Mirage’s defensive anger and down to the sadness and pain festering underneath.
Lovely pleads with Mirage to trust Blue, to understand that he came all this way to find her and make amends because he’s worried about her and wants to help her heal.
Unfortunately, now Mirage is angry again. She doesn’t think that Lovely truly understands anything.
Love leads to sorrow, and sorrow leads to misfortune.
Lovely disagrees, arguing that love also leads to happiness.
But Mirage is done listening, and the battle continues.
Lovely’s doing much better in the second round. I think Mirage’s pain and aggression caught her off guard in the beginning, but now Lovely’s more prepared.
Both girls duke it out in close quarters before Lovely sees an opening,
GRABBING MIRAGE BY A WING AND DRAGGING HER OUT OF THE AIR!
Lovely keeps her hold, throwing Mirage directly against the Deep Mirror itself and holding her there so she’ll stop fighting. Mirage is in disbelief, struggling to break free, but Lovely has her pinned down.
Lovely asks Mirage if she’ll really be okay with being alone in a ruined world that has fallen into despair and misfortune.
Mirage keeps saying that misfortune is all that exists, but Lovely stops her.
Lovely acknowledges Mirage’s sadness, stating that Blue has also been sad. Poor Lovely! She’s so good, even when this must hurt her deeply.
Lovely admits that Blue’s been sad because he has such strong feelings for Mirage, even after all this time.
He wants her to be happy, above all else, but he also truly loves Mirage. If Mirage is unable to come back from this, Blue will never recover.
No one else has ever gotten as close to Blue as Mirage, as far as I’m aware.
Lovely recognizes this, and she’s willing to let go of her own feelings towards Blue in order to let others be happy, because the happiness of everyone else is so important to her.
Lovely’s sincere feelings have allowed her to shift into Innocent Form.
Holy cow! Just being near that level of purifying energy was enough to shatter the Deep Mirror to bits!
Mirage’s scepter has similarly disappeared, but Innocent Lovely catches Mirage before she can fall.
She urges Mirage not to be afraid to feel love anymore.
And Mirage looks and sounds hopeful, for the very first time.
No! Come on, why?! Even though the Deep Mirror is broken, it still has power over Mirage and is poking and prodding, ramping her hatred back up to dangerous levels yet again.
The explosion of hatred and pain bursts out, throwing Innocent Lovely aside as Mirage herself is utterly consumed. Mirage is screaming and crying as this final transformation is forced upon her.
The burning energy radiates out in an incredibly destructive wave of power.
It’s destroyed the throne room completely, and now the entire landscape has been set ablaze!
Mirage has once again been reduced in her pain to someone who only knows to lash out at any who would dare approach, like a cornered animal. Her whole body is wreathed in flames and now she looks like some sort of raging demon!
Driven to madness, Mirage thinks that she won’t suffer anymore if she doesn’t allow herself to feel any love at all.
But the world is filled with love and happiness, and this is a threat that cannot be allowed to stand. The Earth itself must be burned away if Mirage is ultimately to remain safe and unhurt.
Thank heaven Innocent Lovely managed to help evacuate Blue and the fairies before that part of the castle collapsed.
But now Mirage has spotted her, diving at Innocent Lovely and dragging her into battle once more.
Mirage recognizes Innocent Lovely as the one obstacle standing in her way,
and no matter what Innocent Lovely says, nothing can get through the burning anguish. I am so glad that the Innocent Forms grant these girls much higher defense, because Mirage kicks Innocent Lovely hard, sending her to the ground.
Mirage follows this up with a barrage of fiery missiles, which all target Innocent Lovely so rapidly that she has no time to block or dodge any of them.
Innocent Lovely’s down for the moment, with Mirage powering up another beam to finish the job.
Whoa! But Innocent Lovely’s not finished yet. She actually charges in under the blast,
grabbing Mirage and holding her tight in a hug. Mirage freaks out, lashing out in her berserker rage, but none of the attacks are able to reach Innocent Lovely. As long as Innocent Lovely remains where she is, she’s safe for now.
But that isn’t her concern so much as recognizing that Mirage is burning herself away, fighting with her purest emotions: her rage, her pain, and even her love for Blue, buried as deep as it is.
Innocent Lovely’s going to save Mirage, Blue, and all the rest of the world, no matter what!
Holy cow! Innocent Lovely’s wings have grown enormous, spreading across miles of the burning landscape.
Waves of purifying energy radiate out from there, snuffing out fires everywhere until all that’s left is charred earth.
It took a lot out of Lovely to do this (poor girl looks EXHAUSTED), but now all that’s left to do is focus on Mirage herself. Innocent Lovely reminds Mirage, while she’s stunned at this show of power, that she’s very strong,
so Lovely knows that Mirage can heal and grow to accept and feel love and happiness again someday.
Mirage is still reacting instinctively, lashing out while Innocent Lovely’s weakened, but they’re no longer alone.
Fortune, Honey, and Princess have finally found them, now shifted into Innocent Form as well. Just as we saw in Episode 41, when Honey stood up to Phantom but needed her friends to finish things off, Innocent Lovely has done her best today, and now it’s up to her team to wrap things up.
All four girls launch “Innocent Purification,” with one very interesting change that you’ll notice at the very end of this move. Normally, we only see all four powered-up girls shooting themselves like lasers into the enemy, like some sort of nuke.
But today, all four Cures get close enough to give Mirage a hug or a kiss (If anyone sees this level of forgiveness and redemption as romantic… I don’t know what else to say except that I just don’t see it): first Princess, then Fortune, Honey, and Lovely,
with all four finally giving one giant group hug.
Things have to be finished now, but we haven’t seen Mirage since she disappeared into the white light.
All that’s visible right now are pink, blue, yellow, and purple beams of light which shine high into the sky, clearing out the smoke or stormy cloud cover that’s been shrouding the entire area since the Happiness Charge girls first arrived on the scene.
All around the world, those giant projections have disappeared from the skies over every city, and the mirrors have faded out, releasing their prisoners at last.
Yes, it looks like even the captured Cures in the Pretty Cure Graveyard are free as well!
Mirage still looks like she did before being purified, but her four gray, feathery wings are falling away, feather by feather.
Hey, her eyes and hair are back to normal! Poor thing looks like she’s still in shock.
Blue walks up to her, not saying a single word at first, and just pulls Mirage into a big hug.
Finally, he’s able to say what he’s been wanting to tell her for ages. That he never stopped loving Mirage, no matter what happened.
Yeah… I was wondering at first if this was meant to be a romantic declaration, but I don’t think even I can deny that’s what this has to be. I’ve tried to be clear from the very beginning (I think I started mentioning relationships with Blue as far back as Episode 10) that I’m not a fan of Blue getting together with anyone on Earth. Not Megumi, not Mirage, not anyone. I don’t want to cover all of that again, but maybe I need to at least a bit, since it’s been so long. I often describe Blue as the god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth, but I’m not sure how exactly he fits into this category. Is he merely a nature spirit who watches over the world, like a dryad (tree nymph) might protect its host tree? Or is he actually the god who created this planet?
If Blue is a god, the Creator of the Earth, then surely it could be argued that all the living beings in the world are his creations (his children, even) and thus fall under his protection. I wondered if this was one of the reasons he left Mirage back then, recognizing his feelings as inappropriate. This is why I initially said that I couldn’t see Blue in any relationship at all, unless it involved another goddess/nature spirit/Creator of Another World. (I’m not naming names, but we know that Blue exists as one such god, and we’re going to meet another one very soon. How do we know that there aren’t other deities out there in the vastness of space, like a Green, Purple, or Yellow?)
First of all, I’m glad that Blue truly does have feelings for Mirage, since one of my fears was that Mirage’s insanity was forcing Blue into a sort of hostage situation, where he has no choice but to reciprocate her love if he doesn’t want her to go mad and threaten the Earth again. Thank heaven this doesn’t seem to be the case. As for Mirage herself, well… If Blue has to get together with anyone from Earth, I think she’d be the better choice. We don’t know her true age, but she acts older and more mature than Megumi (though that could be the cynicism talking). By human standards, it’s not so good for a forty or fifty-year-old man to be sharing a romantic interest in a fifteen-year-old or a twenty-year-old, is it? But one of those is clearly the lesser of the two evils, even without adding 300 years to the age of the girl in question.
Discounting any romantic attraction, though, I do think that Mirage now shares a connection with Blue that no one else on Earth does. Mirage was sealed away for 300 years. All of her friends and family from that time, the world as she knew it, it’s all gone. I’ve mentioned several times that Blue is NOT MORTAL. Any relationship he might pursue, if he ever did, would be doomed to end when the girl he loved would grow old and die, leaving him to grieve and continue on alone. This would likely repeat into eternity… If there’s anyone alive in the world today who has an inkling of what that might feel like, it’s Mirage. This alone is a big reason that I could see these two getting together, though I’d prefer it not to be a romantic relationship. Does any of this make sense? I’m sorry for the longer rant, but I felt I needed to say something here, whether or not I end up discussing this topic again in the future.
Back in the episode, Mirage hears Blue’s words and starts crying.
But these are healing tears, because they’ve washed away the permanent purple tear on Mirage’s cheek.
Finally, Mirage is fully restored to her true form, a shrine maiden.
The Happiness Charge girls are watching this, and they all look so happy, but poor Lovely looks a little teary-eyed. I feel so sorry for her, but there was never any chance of something happening between Lovely and Blue.
That doesn’t mean she can’t experience that sort of love with someone else someday in the future, but it’s still got to hurt!
Will someone please give this poor girl a hug for me?!
Oh, but things aren’t over quite yet…
That man, the voice within the Deep Mirror, is furious that his plan to drive a maddened Mirage to destroy the Earth failed.
He blames Lovely for foiling his plot.
This stranger has a problem with Blue, wanting Blue to suffer and the Earth to fall to ruin. Don’t… Don’t tell me!
He doesn’t say much, but Lovely is clearly reflected in his eyes. He lost Mirage as his puppet, but I think this guy has a new target in mind… We’ll have to see it next time, though, because that’s the end of today’s episode.
The Dangers of Secret Identities:
This train of thought was meant to go with Episode 44, but it turned out to be way too long to function as an introduction to the next episode’s review. Maybe it makes more sense to attach it here, instead, since it applies to today’s episode, specifically seeing the imprisoned Cures being set free at last - -
I wanted to mention one thing that’s bothered me about the Happiness Charge season. There are Cures all around the world who regularly put their lives on the line against the supernatural enemies threatening their homes. It’s actually very common that some Cures get defeated in battle and disappear off the face of the Earth. Because none of their families know about the girls’ secret identities, all they know is that their sisters and daughters didn’t come home one day, and they never saw or heard from them again. (At least until Episode 43, where we finally saw those prisoners set free once Mirage was purified.)
This isn’t just the fault of Happiness Charge, this is a trend with any Magical Girl anime. It’s a regular theme in the Superhero genre as well. Normally, the show in any given genre focuses on one hero or hero team in particular. Bad things can and do happen, but it seems less common (at least in the shows aimed towards younger audiences) that a threat is bad enough to cause irreparable harm.
The Pretty Cure Franchise is no exception. I remember an episode from the original Yes! series where Urara was captured while in civilian form and used as a hostage by an enemy trying to get ahold of the Dream Collet (I think this occurred in Yes! 5 Episode 19). Obviously, she was freed in no time, with no lasting effects from the misadventure. Sometimes the impact might be more permanent, like when Eas was KILLED OFF by Labyrinth in Fresh (Fresh Precure Episode 23). Even then, she was revived and became Cure Passion, the fourth member of the team.
I feel like I’ve gotten off topic. My point was that this (hiding one’s identity as a superhero/magical girl) is a well-known trope that you see everywhere. At least in the case of Happiness Charge, though, I wish that Blue had not followed this rule. Daily life in the midst of a worldwide war is very dangerous already. How many people might get injured or even disappear in the midst of Saiark attacks and the resulting collateral damage? At least the property damage gets fixed after every victorious battle, but what about the civilian casualties?
This is a dangerous time to live, whether as a Cure or a civilian. Even Cures can get dragged into serious danger that has nothing to do with the supernatural enemies threatening their lives.
Fresh Precure Episode 29
Fresh Precure Episode 29
Fresh Precure Episode 29
I remember an instance from Fresh Pretty Cure where Love, Miki, Inori/Buki, and Setsuna got taken while in civilian form (see Fresh Episode 29)! Thank heaven these non-magical enemies were only interested in the young boy, a visiting prince who’d run away from his parents and carried with him a priceless treasure from his homeland, and Love and the others were only taken because they were in the wrong place at the wrong time. Just think how much more dangerous it would’ve been if those criminals realized the kind of power they had, right in their hands, in the form of a Cure Team, should they find a way to bend the girls to their will!
In Happiness Charge, the parents and siblings of the lost Cures… Can you imagine the terror and pain they must’ve experienced to discover a beloved family member had similarly disappeared? Maria alone was missing for over a year, with no word to her parents and grandfather, and only Iona, her little sister, knowing the truth about her fate! I doubt that Blue ever said anything, but I’d like to imagine that in this case, he would try to reach out to the panicking family and explain that their missing sister/daughter was fine, but had been taken as a Prisoner of War, and plans were in place to get her back. There would be no need to advertise the truth to anyone else, but surely just a simple message to a grieving family would be enough!
Chapter 45: Episode 44: The New Threat!? Red Saiark!!
Chapter Text
We pick up immediately after the events of the last episode. Mirage was successfully purified and reunited with Blue, and defeating her set all the prisoners around the world free. (Yes, this includes the Cures trapped inside the Precure Graveyard!) Now it looks like the Blue Sky Kingdom itself has been fully restored, which I was very relieved to see.
Even in Pretty Cure, sometimes an easy, complete recovery isn’t possible. I remember in Yes! 5 that the whole purpose of collecting all the Pinkies into the Dream Collet was to earn a wish that was meant to restore the destroyed Palmier Kingdom. The fairies never got to use this wish because that season’s main villain beat them to it, turning the Collet to stone because the wish was one-time use only, so in Yes! Go Go, the fairies were slowly rebuilding. When Mirage went absolutely ballistic and torched the landscape, even after Innocent Lovely dowsed the flames, all that was left were charred trees and scorched earth. Thank heaven in this case, that level of damage could be undone!
So this is the true appearance of the Blue Sky Kingdom… What a beautiful country!
Everyone looks so happy.
Princess is so thrilled to see her mom and dad back to normal that she dives in for a hug and just starts crying.
Bless her heart! Maybe having her family and home restored will finally help with any lingering doubts and fears that Hime still might be having now and then. We’ve seen hints before (see Episodes 26 and 28) where she’s gotten surprisingly anxious if it seemed that a friend was leaving, or if Hime herself would be left alone. Maybe now those issues can finally be laid to rest.
Honey’s handing out some of her candies to anyone who wants one.
And PhanPhan is so relieved that Mirage is back to normal.
Mirage is happy, PhanPhan is happier now, too, and Blue is happy.
Lovely’s here, watching this reunion. She looks happy, but I already know that she’s hurting because she was crying at the end of the last episode.
Now, though, Lovely’s glad that Mirage and Blue can live in the Blue Sky Kingdom together.
Hmm, maybe that’s not a bad idea. If Mirage originally served as a miko at Pikari Shrine (this was hinted at back in Episode 13), she might have too many painful memories to go back there right now. The Blue Sky Kingdom would be a good second option, since the royal family seems to functionally act as priests and shrine maidens (Remember that it was Hime who had to perform a ceremony to draw in enough energy for Blue to restore Axia to the Shining Make Dresser, as we saw in Episode 29), so Mirage could certainly share some kinship in that regard. Besides this, everyone in the Kingdom, including Mirage herself, was hurt by the very same enemy hiding behind the scenes, so maybe it would be good to give them all a chance to heal together as well. If Eas/Setsuna earned a shot at redemption back in Fresh Precure, can’t Mirage have a chance for the same today?
Mirage is very thankful that Lovely was strong and brave enough to bring her out of that dark and scary state.
You know, I mentioned way back in Episode 2 that I could honestly believe that Megumi had saved Hime’s life, becoming her friend and giving her hope when Hime was at the very end of her rope. Couldn’t it be argued that Lovely has now managed this very thing with Mirage as well?
Lovely just smiles (This poor girl is masking SO hard right now!),
but Seiji’s watching her closely from off to the side, and he looks incredibly concerned.
Yeah, I was afraid of this. Now that Megumi’s finally alone, she’s hiding out in her bedroom. Poor girl! It hurts to lose out, and not everyone has the strength to keep going like normal after that. The doorbell rings then, but Megumi doesn’t go to the door until Hime starts calling for her.
Hime’s brought over two sets of pajamas? (I wondered at first if these pajamas were the result of one of the PreCards earned in the past. After some thought, I don’t believe this is the case. Using a PreCard automatically changes the girls’ outfits. This means that Yuko, Iona, and Hime went shopping for color-coordinated pajamas specifically to hold a slumber party to cheer Megumi up. Have I mentioned yet that these girls are awesome? Because they are!)
Yuko, Iona, Ribbon, and Glasses are here as well, much to Megumi’s surprise.
Oh! They want to celebrate after taking down the Phantom Empire and saving the world. I had to laugh a bit because this reminded me of the second ending song for this season.
“A reward for everyone! Party!”
Happiness Charge Episode 23
Certainly, after the last time the girls faced an insanely difficult challenge, fighting off Phantom’s initial invasion of Pikarigaoka (see Episodes 21-22), they got to celebrate with a party. Why should today be any different? And if it helps cheer Megumi up, so much the better! Pajama party for the win!
I’ll be honest, if I were hurting like that, I’d likely do better by having some time alone to process what happened before trying to talk things over with anyone else. But I’m not an extrovert and Megumi clearly is, so maybe this will do her some good.
Credit to Megumi, she is smiling, but it’s clear that she’s not her normal bubbly, excitable self right now.
Hime’s noticed this as well. (Holy cow, Hime, what are you trying to do, compete with Erika/Marine (Heartcatch Precure) for the craziest facial expressions?! Either way, my sides are going to lose!)
Yuko and Iona suggest that they’re willing to listen if Megumi wants to talk about her feelings. When Megumi hesitates, Hime leads the charge into a roasting session on Blue.
My gosh, she’s so sassy, it’s something else!
She calls Blue out for his decision to flee Mirage’s affections, since this war likely never would’ve happened to begin with if he’d just been able to talk things out. She’s right, of course, but there’s also the chance that these four girls would never have met and become friends otherwise. The possibilities of what ifs and alternate timelines…
Ribbon tries to rein Hime in, but Yuko steps up next.
Yuko has always wondered why Blue leaves the top of his shirt open.
I mean, I’ve never questioned it, this has been part of Blue’s design from the beginning. Some button-down shirts fasten way too tight at the neck unless you skip a button or two.
Still, such a random question does a good job of lowering everyone’s guard.
Megumi joins in then, complaining that Blue was so affectionate with Mirage right in front of her.
They did kiss, after all!
Now that Megumi feels more comfortable ranting about the situation (Nice job, Yuko and Hime! They gave Megumi a chance to vent in a silly way without fear of judgment),
she just starts eating a bunch of sweets.
Even Iona speaks up, wondering why Blue was so adamant about no Cures being in a relationship when he ignored this the moment Mirage was saved. It does seem rather hypocritical, but since I’ve already discussed some possible reasons for this rule (see Episode 3), as well as why I think things have changed on going further into the series (see Episode 32), I’m not going to say anymore now.
I did notice the penguin on Megumi’s bookshelf, though.
Image found here: https://www.theanimalfacts.com/birds/macaroni-penguin/
Going by the yellow head feathers, that’s very likely a Macaroni Penguin. I looked up some different types of penguins, and it turns out that there are a few others that also possess a yellow feathery crest, but my first thought was “Macaroni Penguin,” so I’m sticking with it.
Happiness Charge Episode 16
Incidentally, I did notice this plushie back in Episode 16 during the interview with Miyo, but since I was having trouble seeing how the symbolic meanings matched up, I didn’t discuss it then. (The best I could come up with was “Everyone has a part to play within a successful community,” but my endnotes from that review already covered something similar, so I gave up.) I’ll do my best to make up for this today.
Okay, the Penguin… Apparently, penguins can symbolize positive change and adaptability, at the very least. One way penguins are known for adapting is that they can drink salt water because their bodies naturally filter out the salt. The article I read paralleled this with people being able to filter out the negative experiences of life, or maybe the bad feelings from the negative experiences, and take what’s left behind as an overall positive learning experience. Doesn’t this sound somewhat like Megumi and her friends after the last few episodes of performing Pretty Cure Therapy on a highly traumatized Phantom Empire? And now Megumi’s going to have to learn how to recover from heartbreak. I wouldn’t wish this on anyone, but life and emotions are very hard! There’s a reason people say “What doesn’t kill you makes you stronger.”
Penguins are social birds as well, and every single one has its own unique voice, so that members of a flock can immediately recognize each other even when they all look identical. Penguins mate for life and are thus seen as incredibly loyal and faithful to their chosen partners. This can extend to companions, too, not just mates, with some penguins sharing a long-term relationship with just such a friend. (Like Seiji, perhaps? He is Megumi’s oldest friend, after all. The rest of the girls go without saying!) What I thought was cool was the fact that a whole group of penguins, suffering in the cold, will actually cycle their positions when they huddle together so that every bird gets a turn being warm in the center. By making sure every member of the flock is well-cared for, the entire group can survive and thrive in nearly any situation! That sounds like the Happiness Charge girls in general. Iona and Hime were really hurt in the past and needed a lot of attention and TLC (tender loving care) before they could truly start to heal and grow. Now that Megumi’s struggling, all of her friends are already trying to pay her past efforts forward in the best way that they know how. (Read more here: https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/birds/penguin-symbolism-meaning/)
Back in the episode, Hime joins right in with Megumi on the binge-eating.
…Are you girls okay? Megumi said they’d drink their fill of juice and then forget everything. That sounds like the nearest parallel to these girls getting drunk that I’ve ever heard of!
I had to smile, though, seeing Yuko and Iona just sharing a look. I swear, these two are absolutely the Team Mom and Dad: “Shouldn’t we stop them?”
“Just let them have this and we’ll let them sleep it off later.”
“If Hime overdoes it on sugar again, YOU’RE dealing with her!”
Now that my face hurts from grinning, let’s continue.
It’s shortly after two in the morning, and Megumi’s woken up.
Poor kid! It was fun while her friends were distracting her, but now in the quiet of the night when everyone else is fast asleep, Megumi’s having to struggle with her broken heart on her own.
Megumi… She never made it back to sleep, and now the sun’s risen!
Megumi quietly slips out to the balcony to watch the sunrise.
Thank heaven Seiji had the same idea because he’s out here, too. I mentioned back in - I think it was Episode 36 - how important it was to have a trustworthy confidant. Back then, Seiji offered some advice, but was limited in this capacity because he and Megumi are the same age, and Megumi needed someone older and wiser to help her understand her confusion and doubts. At that time, it had to be Blue.
Today, Megumi’s really hurting, and while she loves her friends to bits, she’s also the Team Leader and likely feels pressured to hide her true feelings so that she won’t worry them. Megumi can’t talk to Blue, for obvious reasons. In this situation, Seiji will be the biggest help because he knows Megumi so well and can call her out if necessary, allowing her to address her pain now instead of burying it deep where it will fester and cause trouble later on.
Unlike with the rowdy slumber party from the night before, where all of her friends were trying to help Megumi smile, Seiji just stands quietly nearby, asking if Megumi was able to sleep at all. Megumi admits that she didn’t have the best night’s rest.
Then Seiji says he’s taking her out into the city, asking Megumi to dress warmly and meet him downstairs.
It certainly looks like late Fall or early Winter. Megumi asks where they’re going, and Seiji says that it’s her decision.
Now that the war’s over, surely she’s allowed to relax and have some fun!
After a little thought, it looks like Megumi has an idea.
Whoa, there’s a whole ice skating rink, right out in the open! And a Christmas tree as well, all lit up!
I was rather surprised to see Christmas trees, lights, and an ice skating rink already, considering that we still have to be somewhere in November right now. Remember that the last battle in Pikarigaoka (see Episode 40) took place shortly after Halloween, on a day that their school was closed for a holiday. If I remember right, this could’ve been either November 3rd, Japan’s National Culture Day, or November 23rd, a Labor Day. And that’s not counting that this could have been a Happiness Charge-exclusive holiday, with no real life parallels at all.
My point is that even if we’re around mid-November right now, isn’t it a bit early to have Christmas decorations up? My family has a rule that we can’t start decorating for Christmas until the end of November, shortly after Thanksgiving Day. When I thought about it, though, I realized that this holiday preparation in Happiness Charge may not actually be so early, considering that some stores where I live start selling Christmas supplies immediately after Halloween’s over. Does Japan have this same trend?
I was curious enough to do a bit of research, and I found that Christmas is treated a little bit differently in Japan. For example, most people don’t actually hold their official family get-togethers on Christmas Day (though of course they’ll hold several parties throughout December), but on New Year’s instead. We seem to do things the other way around in the West. Somehow, having a Christmas dinner from KFC (Yes, THE Kentucky Fried Chicken Restaurant!) has become a huge tradition. That’s awesome! Light displays, or “Winter Illuminations,” are a very big thing as well. I’ve seen videos online of people who set up musical light displays. You know, the ones where different parts of the display light up in time with a Christmas song. (Here’s one that I like to come back to now and then: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pWBjl-jPcVM)
Image found here: https://www.jrailpass.com/blog/winter-illuminations-japan
Japan doesn’t go this far, at least that I’m aware of, but they have some very awe-inspiring light displays, nonetheless.
Image found here: https://www.jrailpass.com/blog/winter-illuminations-japan
Just take a look at some of these! (Read more here: https://www.jrailpass.com/blog/christmas-in-japan and here: https://www.jrailpass.com/blog/winter-illuminations-japan) One thing the Christmas article explained was that these incredible light displays can be put together as early as mid-November, and they can remain up all the way until Valentine’s Day, in some cases. How cool is that?
Maybe it’s no surprise, then, that Megumi wants to go see some of these decorations today. Bless her heart! She’s actually smiling, and it doesn’t look fake this time, because she sees how happy everyone is right now.
The world is at peace, and Megumi’s able to see the fruits of everyone’s hard work. It must feel good, realizing that the pain and struggle was all worth it.
And then Seiji pulls her out onto the ice to go skating.
Awww! You too, Megumi?
Disney’s Bambi (1942)
Yeah, some of us are “Bambis on Ice” and just can’t figure out how to balance or move on such a slippery surface.
Lucky for Megumi, she has access to PreCards, specifically a Figure Skater Costume (earned back in Episode 24, I believe).
Megumi, you cheater, that’s just not fair!
But I don’t think anyone minds too much, as long as she’s having fun.
There we go!
Megumi’s finally able to just enjoy herself,
spending time with Seiji doing all kinds of activities.
Now in a quiet moment, both kids are relaxing on a bench.
Megumi mentions wishing that Hime and the others could’ve come along, and that’s when Seiji looks concerned.
Megumi’s always thinking of others, but what about her own well-being?
Of course Megumi’s always glad to see others happy, but is Megumi herself happy? Especially right now, after the events of Episode 43?
Seiji keeps going, saying that he doesn’t want Megumi to force herself to smile or laugh.
These two have known each other their whole lives, so Megumi doesn’t need to hide anything from him.
There’s no lying to Seiji, so Megumi starts by explaining that the world is at peace, and everyone is happy, including Blue and Mirage.
Megumi’s happy to see this, too, but she’s still hurting badly.
This poor girl breaks down in tears because she just can’t understand why she feels so sad.
I’m sorry, Megumi. Life doesn’t always go the way that you want, and it really hurts sometimes! I’m so glad that Seiji’s letting Megumi address her own feelings honestly. Just as we’ve seen with Iona and Hime in the past, neither girl could truly heal until their deeply buried insecurities and issues could be dealt with. Better to catch things now and address the pain early than to let it simmer under the surface and explode out later on. It’s not easy, but it makes a huge difference if you feel you can do this with people you trust.
Seiji doesn’t say anything, just letting Megumi cry. He’s so awesome! She just needs to be able to mourn and figure things out later.
The problem is, as we saw at the very end of the last episode, there’s someone out there who won’t even allow Megumi to do this.
Meanwhile, the rest of their group is back at the Embassy, enjoying some milk tea.
Image found here: https://www.epicurious.com/recipes/food/views/classic-milk-tea-bubble-tea
I’ll be honest, this is likely one recipe that I’ll never try because I don’t drink tea to begin with. But in keeping with the spirit of learning about new things and foods, as well as showing them off, milk tea is a blend of a black tea, milk, and tapioca balls (otherwise known as Boba or Boba Pearls). Actually, I looked up milk tea in general, and as long as you have any blend of tea, with any amount of milk added, even just a splash of it, it counts as milk tea. The prior recipe I listed is merely one possible preparation of this drink. (Read more here: https://www.thespruceeats.com/what-is-milk-tea-765143)
I’ll just be boring and stick with hot cocoa.
Anyway, Hime’s just finished congratulating Blue and Mirage on being reunited again.
And that’s when Mirage starts to look uneasy.
Now that she’s sane once more, Mirage has started to remember bits of what happened before she changed and had to be sealed away.
She remembers hearing a “red voice,” and her heart becoming overwhelmed with anger and hatred.
Interesting! The same thing happened to PhanPhan? I assumed that he changed after Mirage did, as per her wishes, but it sounds like this wasn’t the case after all.
While everyone else looks surprised and confused, Blue looks…
I’m not even sure how to describe his current expression except maybe “grim” and “knowing.” Maybe he has an idea what might have caused this back then.
Poor Megumi! She’s finished having a good cry, with Seiji offering a handkerchief.
And as if he wasn’t awesome enough, Seiji steps in, as we’ve seen in the past, to offer some advice.
He doesn’t quite have any concrete suggestions this time, but he tells Megumi how amazed he is that she and the other girls managed to end the war and bring back everyone’s happiness.
Just as everyone else is now able to be happy, Megumi will be able to feel happy, too, even if it may not be right away.
In the meantime, Seiji’s here (This poor, awkward boy! He needs to speak up, but I don’t blame him for holding back right now. It’s not a good time for such a confession),
along with all of Megumi’s friends, so she doesn’t have to go through this rough patch alone.
Now looking rather flustered, Seiji hurries off to get some warm drinks.
Of course, the very second Megumi’s alone is when we start to see a strange red crystal flashing over the screen. Mirage described hearing a “red voice” earlier, and we saw this crystal then, too.
Megumi certainly senses that something’s off now.
Whoa! And that’s when this giant Red Saiark appears out of nowhere, crashing down right in front of her!
This Saiark is, as I said, red in color, not black like most of the others from before. It also has the expected sunglasses, but these shades have jagged edges that remind me of lightning bolts. The scarf is also red, but we haven’t seen who summoned it yet. Megumi’s caught completely off guard. And who can blame her? Mirage was purified, so who’s summoning Saiarks now?!
Ribbon senses this new threat at the very same time, confusing the heck out of everyone else in the room.
Well, almost everyone…
Mirage and PhanPhan recognize this feeling, and both of them look equal parts terrified and traumatized.
Even Blue seems to think this energy is very familiar.
Hime recovers enough to realize that Megumi’s cut off from their team, away who knows where, and in serious danger.
Meanwhile, Megumi is still in shock, but she’s able to transform anyway.
Lovely’s ready to go, but…
Oof! That’s NOT GOOD! She doesn’t just have to face off against a strange Saiark, now there’s someone actively messing with her head at the very same time! When Lovely looks away on hearing a stranger’s voice,
the Saiark charges right into her. Lovely’s barely able to block in time. It’s like Lovely vs Unlovely all over again (see Episode 30)!
While the Saiark has Lovely pinned down, the stranger summons myriads of red crystals, all reflecting happy people, able to laugh and enjoy themselves while Lovely is struggling and miserable.
When Lovely falters, the Saiark swings a fist, forcing her to leap out of the way.
Just as we saw in Episode 30, when Unlovely tore Lovely apart physically and mentally (at the very same time, no less), this stranger is taking advantage of Lovely’s distraction to really mess with her mind.
Lovely takes a bad hit in her confusion and starts to explain that she’s not sorry that she saved the world.
She’s happy if everyone else is happy, that’s all.
Okay, I’m going to lose it if I have to keep typing “stranger” and “strange voice,” so I give up. This is Red. He’s the one who took control of Mirage and PhanPhan in the past, and now he’s after Lovely. Red clearly has a problem with Blue, though we don’t know why just yet. This story will come up later, so I’ll have to address it then.
Red acknowledges that Lovely is very nice, but because she’s so nice, she allowed herself to be hurt so that others could be happy instead.
Whoa! That’s a very creepy camera effect. I don’t like it! Thankfully it only lasts for a second.
Back with Seiji, he’s just buying the drinks he promised when he realizes that something’s wrong.
That’s actually really interesting. Seiji doesn’t have any inherent Cure powers, and he’s obviously not a fairy, so how can he tell? Most normal people don’t realize there’s a problem until sweets, mold, or wasteland start spreading across the landscape. Maybe with all the time he’s spent around Blue and the Cures, he’s developed a natural sensitivity towards detecting Dark power? Or is this a sort of sixth sense regarding Megumi alone? Whatever the reason, he knows that Megumi’s in trouble and immediately rushes back.
In the meantime, the Saiark has quit attacking.
There’s no need, because Red has Lovely in shock. Now that she’s no longer fighting, he continues. He reminds Lovely of her pain, the feelings that she’s been trying to pretend aren’t there. Red sounds so sympathetic. In a world full of happy people, why should Lovely alone be miserable?
He tempts her, saying that Lovely can easily be happy again, and that all she has to do is change the world so that it only has what she wants, what makes her happy.
As a Cure, and with a little bit of help, she easily has the power to make that happen.
Okay… We’ve been seeing flashes of that red crystal here and there before, but now a vivid red light is glowing from Lovely herself! It’s actually causing her a lot of pain, but the whole time, Red keeps saying that Lovely just needs to remake the world however she wants it and then she can be happy.
He’s wearing her down, bit by bit,
and finally Lovely’s eyes start glowing red! My gosh, is this exactly what happened 300 years ago with Mirage (and PhanPhan, too)?!
Oh, thank heaven! Seiji yells out Megumi’s name, and that seems to snap Lovely out of her daze,
because now she remembers the time that she spent with Seiji and the rest of her friends.
It’s enough that Lovely’s able to start fighting off Red’s influence.
Now Lovely’s… It looks like she’s actually pulling something out of herself, whatever was causing that glow before Red started to get control of her. There we go!
Lovely actually pulls out a red crystal.
I don’t know if this crystal has an official name, but based on what we know of Red’s manipulation, amplifying people’s negativity and pain and causing them to lash out at others, I’m going to call it a “Hate Crystal.”
Happiness Charge Episode 16
Happiness Charge Episode 16
Unlike Blue’s Love Crystals, which are round like pearls,
this Hate Crystal is more angular, shaped like… I had to search longer than I like to admit, but I found out that this particular shape of a crystal is “dipyramidal.” If there’s any particular meaning to these two distinct shapes, I don’t know it, but notice that one crystal is smooth and rounded, incapable of causing injury, while the other has at least two definite pointed ends. And Lovely was crying in pain when this Hate Crystal was forming within her heart!
Happiness Charge Episode 11
Blue scatters Love Crystals around the world,
Happiness Charge Episode 11
Happiness Charge Episode 1
and any girl who finds one and meets certain qualifications (a heart full of love) gains the ability to become a Cure.
Red’s Hate Crystal seems to operate fairly differently. For one, while this crystal was momentarily flashed on-screen a few times, we never actually saw the physical crystal until Lovely succeeded in removing it from her own heart. Clearly, it seemed to dull her memories while amplifying her misery and pain, because there’s no other way that Lovely would even think of trying what Red wanted her to do. Was this a physical crystal that he forced on her as a way to take complete control? Or is this more like how the enemies functioned in DokiDoki?
DokiDoki Episode 1
In that season, the enemy Generals could sense whenever someone was feeling selfish,
DokiDoki Episode 1
but the selfish person usually had the self-control to resist whatever was tempting them.
DokiDoki Episode 1
It was the enemy, ramping up those negative feelings,
DokiDoki Episode 1
DokiDoki Episode 1
that allowed a monster, a Jikochuu, to hatch from a selfish and darkened heart in order to attack the city.
Is this rather like what Red himself was trying to do with Lovely? By manipulating her pain and sadness, did he cause a Hate Crystal to form within her heart, allowing him to take direct control of her?
I’m not sure we’ll ever know, because when Lovely removes the Hate Crystal from her heart, it shatters into a million pieces!
That undid something, for sure. I guess this was a mental battle that Lovely was facing, hence the dark and empty landscape, but now that the Hate Crystal is gone, she can see the world as it truly is once more.
Seiji’s there to catch Lovely when she collapses, because that whole struggle took a lot out of her.
Red is annoyed.
Lovely’s clearly miserable and suffering, yet she gave up the power she could’ve used to reshape the world to her own liking.
Yes!!! I’d forgotten this was going to happen. There’s a famous and well-loved song called “Where Courage Is Born” that comes from the Happiness Charge Movie. (You can listen to this song with lyrics here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mSdU-AS4ZsM) I fell in love with it the very first time I heard it. I have yet to see the movie, but I remember reading somewhere that this song played at a certain point in the actual show. It would appear that time is now. Lovely, hurt and exhausted though she is, resists Red again, saying that she may not be okay right now, but that there’s more to life than just this pain.
Even if she did destroy the world in its current state, trying to reshape it into something that would bring her joy, that would not bring her any true, lasting happiness.
Lovely now recognizes that she has to accept all of her emotions, not just the positive ones, even if it causes her great pain.
Go Lovely! She’s a lot tougher than me, and likely most other people who would want to shy away from any negativity.
Red knows that he’s lost his chance for controlling Lovely and leaves the area.
The Red Saiark has started moving again, but Lovely’s ready this time.
She warns Seiji to evacuate, and the battle resumes.
For such a bulky Saiark, it sure moves around very quickly and hits ridiculously hard.
Lovely’s able to match it blow for blow until one hit throws her off balance.
The Saiark takes advantage, punching Lovely into a crater in the ground.
But Lovely, even now, is holding the fist back from actually connecting.
When the Saiark pushes her deeper into the pit, Lovely retaliates by EXPLODING it away from her!
The Saiark is sent high into the air, but it recovers quickly, diving right back towards Lovely, who seems to have reached her limit. She’s collapsing, unable to avoid the Saiark’s attack.
Seiji’s freaking out, of course, but the cavalry’s arrived!
Innocent Princess charges in with a flying headbutt, knocking the Saiark aside just in time.
And Innocent Fortune and Honey have Lovely.
Princess, you’ve gotten insanely strong, but you’ve got to stop doing that. My head hurts just watching! But Innocent Princess is absolutely FURIOUS!
Poor Lovely’s emotions are all over the place, but then she starts to calm down, realizing that her friends are here and things will be okay.
By now, the Red Saiark has recovered, but Lovely’s more than ready to wrap things up.
The girls immediately launch into “Innocent Purification.” Interestingly enough, I never saw Lovely shift to Innocent Form before this, and I’m not sure that this move can be performed without all four Cures being in Innocent Form. Maybe she managed an instantaneous shift first? Something to think about…
Anyway, the Red Saiark is finished.
I feel bad because I’ve rambled a lot in today’s episode, but I can’t help it. There’s two last observations I wanted to mention before I finish things off. First of all, we never saw a victim being set free upon the defeat of today’s Saiark. Does this mean that a Red Saiark can be summoned without someone being taken prisoner? If so, just how strong is Red to be able to pull this off? And secondly, the girls didn’t earn any PreCards from today’s fight. Maybe it could be argued that this is because Megumi still isn’t feeling happy right now.
Happiness Charge Episode 16
Happiness Charge Episode 16
We saw back in Episode 16 when Miyo was captured that Ribbon couldn’t earn any PreCards because Miyo was still so disappointed that she couldn’t become a Cure.
Happiness Charge Episode 16
It was only after Mao and a few other kids told Miyo how much they loved her News Channel that Miyo cheered up enough that Ribbon could earn any PreCards at all.
I’d wonder if this was the case today, but since I’ve already seen the last few episodes, I can say that no more PreCards are earned for the rest of this season, so maybe Red Saiarks just don’t give any rewards upon their defeat. This doesn’t seem very fair, considering how tough they are in battle, but I seem to remember reading something about some of the monsters (Akanbe?) from Smile Precure similarly not leaving any rewards upon defeat. I guess sometimes this just happens.
Well, the battle’s over at last, and now it’s snowing. Megumi thanks her friends for saving her. I really want to give her a hug right now!
Megumi’s finally able to be honest, admitting that she’s not really okay right now, but that she knows she will be someday.
Hime doesn’t really understand, but everyone else accepts her answer.
Megumi smiles at Seiji, very thankful for his help today.
But we’re not quite finished yet.
Red managed to escape, after all, and he’s puzzling out what went wrong. Lovely was able to stay strong because of her friends,
but especially because of Seiji. That must drive Red nuts because he had Lovely right where he wanted her, and Seiji, a mere mortal, not even a Cure, ruined everything. Red’s still determined to destroy this world, but he’ll have to figure out another strategy.
We don’t know much about Red yet, but given all the mirrors in his room (His version of a Cross Mirror Room? It has the same chair/bench and everything that Blue’s does), he seems to be a god/nature spirit/Creator of Some Other World in his own right. At least, if this is something all gods have in common in Happiness Charge… (I don’t know if this is a universal rule, but usually if you see one such object/animal/person, it’s just one. When you see two, though, it’s a fair bet that even more exist. So if there’s a Red and a Blue, are there more gods and goddesses somewhere out there in the Happiness Charge universe? It’s certainly an interesting thought, isn’t it?)
We know that Red hates Blue for some reason and wants to see him suffer. And we know that he’s incredibly petty and cruel! Red doesn’t just want to destroy the Earth, he wants to do this in the most painful way possible to Blue. Why else would he target Mirage, Blue’s partner and lover? And when Lovely set Mirage free, Red then targeted Lovely herself. Wouldn’t that be a slap in the face, to find that Lovely, the girl whose love and passion was enough to finally end the war, that very same selfless hero was now trying to destroy everything? This plan failed, too, so now Red’s got still more targets in mind, Megumi’s friends. They’re very strong as well, and this would be a way to hurt Lovely at the same time, since she ruined his latest plot.
We’ll have to wait until next time to see what comes of this, though, because that’s the end of today’s episode.
On What Ifs and Alternate Timelines:
I’ve been waiting to talk about this. Timelines in video games, movies, and TV shows can be rather nebulous. I’m not just talking about time travel, either. It’s always fascinating to ponder about “What ifs,” isn’t it? I can think of one video game in particular, Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow, that has something like three separate endings, depending on your progression through the game! I don’t want to take too much time talking about it, but because I find alternate endings and universes so interesting, let me give you the basic storyline.
In Aria of Sorrow, you play as a young man named Soma Cruz, an exchange student in Japan. He’s invited to watch a solar eclipse at a nearby shrine by his girlfriend, Mina Hakuba. When he gets there, he blacks out and wakes up on the threshold of some European castle. Monsters appear and start attacking, but when Soma defeats one, a skeleton, this brilliant light erupts from it and goes directly into Soma’s body.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
It turns out that being here, at Dracula’s Castle (The true castle, which was sealed within a solar eclipse in 1999), has awakened dormant powers that Soma never knew he had. Soma doesn’t care about any of this and just wants to get safely home with Mina, so he’s advised to travel to Dracula’s Throne Room, where he can find the power to transport both of them back to Japan. Soma meets various people as he explores the castle, trying to find the Throne Room. Finally, when Soma reaches it, he’s forced to battle Graham, a man who believes he’s Dracula reborn because Dracula is such a critical force of evil that he couldn’t truly be destroyed, even though he was finally killed in 1999. Graham is threatened by Soma’s own strange powers, the ability to absorb monsters’ souls and use their skills, and drags Soma into a battle to the death.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
In the normal ending of the game, Soma wins this fight, forces the castle to return him and Mina back to Earth, and that’s it.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
Except that something about the castle seems to call out to Soma long after he’s gone, and he feels like he’s missing something…
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
If you’ve managed 100% completion, you get the true ending. In this case, Soma defeats Graham, only to suddenly find that all of the evil powers of Dracula’s Castle are flowing into him. The shock awakens Soma’s memories, causing him to realize that he, Soma Cruz, is Dracula reborn, not Graham. And Soma’s losing himself with every second that passes. Soma, wanting to escape this fate, is told that his only hope is to travel to the very heart of the castle, the source of all its power, and fight for his continued mortal existence and identity.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
Soma does so, even getting into a fight with Julius Belmont along the way. (The first time in the series that I’m aware of where you play as Dracula fighting for his life against a Belmont!)
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
When Soma finally arrives at the heart of the castle, he’s forced into one last battle.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
If Soma wins, he’s free to live his life as he sees fit. Dracula may be reborn elsewhere, but it has nothing to do with Soma Cruz.
Castlevania: Aria of Sorrow (GBA, 2003)
If Soma loses, though… I’ll let you guess!
In Happiness Charge, we’ve just passed the Normal Ending, upon Queen Mirage’s defeat, and are now continuing onward to the True Ending. There’s a story here on AO3, “A Lovely Hatred,” by DivineNoodles (You can read it here: https://archiveofourown.info/works/54796891), so true to character and frighteningly believable that I’m personally going to consider it an Alternate Ending, though I have yet to fully decide if it’s a Good Ending or not. (Certainly, following the rules within the story, it was a very good result, but this isn’t quite accurate to canon, otherwise it wouldn’t be an alternate take on Episode 44.) Normally, most stories I’ve read regarding Happiness Charge depict Blue as a mustache-twirling villain. “A Lovely Hatred” similarly portrays Blue as evil, but in a very believable way so that when he and the true final enemy end up getting killed off, even I couldn’t complain too much. Seriously, go ahead and give this story a try. Even though I was a bit turned off with the relationship twist at the end (I’m sorry, but I will only ever see these girls as sisters in all but blood!), the story was incredibly well-written and very impressive!
Chapter 46: Episode 45: The Enemy is God!? An Impactful Christmas!
Chapter Text
Looks like we’ve finally reached December. The Embassy is all decorated, and Hime’s…
Oh wow, she’s knitting a scarf! When did she pick up that hobby?
The doorbell rings then, and Megumi and Iona are here.
Since Hime’s still getting ready, they wait in the sitting room, along with Blue, Mirage, and the fairies.
It sounds like there’s a plan for a get-together with everyone, but Ribbon’s not sure it’s a good idea to go out right now. It’s been a while since Megumi came under attack and was nearly taken by Red. The timeline’s a bit hazy, but I do think that today is Christmas Eve, so it’s actually been a few weeks since the events of the last episode.
Megumi understandably looks rather spooked, remembering very well just what happened and how helpless she was to stop her attacker.
If Seiji hadn’t shown up when he did… I also want to note that Megumi’s not acting awkwardly or masking her true emotions around Blue today, like we saw in Episode 44. Maybe enough time has passed that some of her pain has eased? I certainly hope so, anyway.
Iona’s just confused, and no wonder! Their team single-handedly purified every General that opposed them (see Episodes 41-42), up to and including Mirage herself (see Episode 43).
All the residual effects seemed to be undone with Mirage’s rescue, so who could be stirring up trouble now?
Hmm… I think I was wrong about my guess last episode. When I watched Blue’s reaction to hearing Mirage describe how she and PhanPhan came to be corrupted, I thought that he looked grim and serious, like he knew what she was talking about and recognized the culprit’s identity. This doesn’t seem to be the case after all.
By now, Hime’s reappeared, finally ready to go. Oh, so they’re going to a Christmas Lunch Party? Normally, in the West, Christmas Eve is a time for families to spend together. I mentioned a few things I’d learned last episode about Christmas in Japan, like the light displays/winter illuminations, the traditional Christmas chicken dinner, and the fact that family gatherings tend to be held around New Year’s instead of Christmas Eve. Maybe this explains why our girls are planning to spend the day together instead of with their own families?
Getting back on topic, though, Hime’s all set to leave when Ribbon suggests that they stay close to home.
That red stranger is still out there, and if he’s as petty as the rest of the Phantom Empire was, he won’t take a break in threatening the world, not even on Christmas Eve.
Iona agrees, but Hime protests their argument.
It’s Christmas Eve, after all. After saving the world once, facing a Saiark or two should be no problem. Besides, letting fear get the better of them is one sure way to weaken any Cure before a battle even begins (see Episode 14). Remember that their powers operate on confidence and emotion.
Blue sees no issues with it, so I guess Christmas Lunch is still on for now. He’s right, though. All they have to do is call for backup if anything happens, so why not enjoy the holiday as planned?
So with Blue’s blessing, Megumi, Hime, and Iona head over to the Oomori Lunch Store.
Megumi’s rather surprised to see how quiet things are, since she’s never been here before the restaurant was open.
That’s when Yuko says it’s the calm before the storm.
Seiji arrives next, ready to help.
Help with what, exactly?
Yuko just smiles and hands out some megaphones. Everyone else looks so confused.
Yuko! You shouldn’t just spring surprises on your friends out of nowhere like that! Yuko believes that the best way to enjoy any meal is to workout first, to build up the appetite.
And what better way is there to do this than to help out in the store?
Seriously, Yuko, give a bit more warning next time! Seiji was prepared for this, but you completely blindsided Megumi, Hime, and Iona.
I guess the Oomori Store is selling 300 specialty lunches, chicken ones (which reminds me of the KFC Christmas Dinner tradition I read about last time), so it likely won’t take too long to wrap things up.
This is a very popular restaurant, after all.
Megumi’s always happy to help, so Yuko reaches for a PreCard.
This is the Christmas Costume they earned from Episode 40 and, incidentally, it’s the last PreCard we ever see these girls earn through the rest of this season. (Remember that the girls weren’t fighting Saiarks for much of that time, and it doesn’t appear that Red Saiarks give rewards upon their defeat.)
Now dressed for the occasion, everyone’s ready to advertise some Christmas Bentos.
Sure enough, a crowd quickly forms,
and the lunches are rapidly selling out.
Yuko’s family keeps assembling the bentos, and Hime and Seiji keep the front table stocked up.
Within two hours, their work is done.
Wow, Yuko’s still going strong,
but everyone else looks wiped out!
Image found here: https://oddlovescompany.com/2014/02/battery-day-drink-wine-day-crab-stuffed-flounder-day/energizer-bunny/
I once compared Megumi to the Energizer Bunny (I think this was back in Episode 5), but maybe I didn’t give Yuko herself enough credit.
Say what you will about Yuko springing today’s work on her friends, she makes up for it with the promised Christmas Lunches, which look amazing!
Now everyone’s enjoying their meals.
Hime notices that Megumi looks really happy today, and Megumi replies that she’s glad to be spending time with her friends.
Maybe she really is doing better, now that a month or so has passed after the last episode. Or it could just be the holidays, it’s hard to feel down all the time when the entire season is all about getting together with family and friends.
Lunch was great, but Hime’s most excited about their Christmas Gift Exchange.
That’s right, the girls were all carrying bags earlier. I was wondering at first if this exchange was something like a “Secret Santa,” where you randomly choose a person’s name and have to make or buy a gift for that person alone. It looks like the girls’ exchange is slightly different. They’ve all placed their gifts into numbered bags, and there’s a…
What do you call this game? The one on the paper, I mean. I’ve seen it around before, where you follow the crossing paths and reach different endpoints depending on which starting path you choose.
Super Mario Land (Gameboy, 1989)
I had to cheat and look up “Mario Land” for the Gameboy, because I know this was a bonus minigame you could play to get extra lives or powerups after each level.
Megaman X (1993)
It shows more clearly in Megaman X, though, as a unique boss fight. (Can you see where the Spider’s going to land if it has to cross every horizontal line in its path?) Anyway, that’s how I found out that this game is called “Ghost Legs.” It seems to be a way to truly randomize a variety of choices, as long as you have an equal number of choices and outcomes that can be paired together.
Image found here: https://thomaspark.co/2011/10/ghost-legs-randomizing-the-asian-way/
You draw some vertical lines, connecting possible choices to different possible outcomes. This creates the “legs” of the “ladder,” so next you have to draw horizontal lines to act as the ladder’s “rungs.” By picking your starting point at the top of a ladder and crossing a horizontal line every time you reach one, you’ll eventually make it to the final decision at the bottom. (Read more here: https://thomaspark.co/2011/10/ghost-legs-randomizing-the-asian-way/)
For today, we have four gifts for four girls. Let’s see how the gift exchange works out… You can probably play this game yourself, matching each girl with the resulting number, but Happiness Charge has already done the work for us.
Hime landed on Number 1,
Megumi got 3, Iona got 4, and Yuko got 2.
I do wish that they’d included Seiji, but maybe this was a Cure thing and other gifts will be given out later. In fact, now that I really think about it, yes, this likely is a special thing just between these four girls.
You remember how Hime was frantically knitting a blue scarf earlier and running late? This is a holiday scarf exchange. The girls probably all learned to knit and/or crochet individual scarves, with the plan being to use them in a gift exchange later on. I think Iona may have been the one to teach everyone, but I’ll explain why a bit later on. What a fun idea! Everyone gets to learn a new skill and make a personalized gift at the same time. Win win! I have sisters who crochet and have a real talent for it, but I was never able to figure it out. That’s why I’ve stuck with cross-stitching instead.
Looks like Yuko got Megumi’s pink-striped scarf, complete with a little smile at the end.
And Hime’s got Yuko’s yellow scarf with decorative cherries.
Iona has Hime’s blue scarf with a big pink ribbon. There’s another reason for the ribbon, actually.
Hime made some mistakes with her knitting. I hear you, Hime, it’s the WORST when you miscount your stitches! But credit to Hime, she found a way to cover the damage and add a fun color accent at the same time.
Image found here: https://mymodernmet.com/kintsugi-kintsukuroi/
This actually reminds me of what I’ve heard of “Kintsugi,” the art of mending broken pottery with gold. The difference is that Hime was covering up or blending in her mistakes with a decorative accent, not accentuating the flaws in an aesthetically interesting way. Sorry for going a bit off topic.
Finally, it looks like Megumi has Iona’s gift.
Nice, Iona went the extra mile and made a pair of gloves to match the scarf!
That’s when Iona admits that yarn goes on sale in the Spring. She’s already had a stash of yarn for at least the last year, then. Bargain hunting for the win!
Iona had the extra material and decided to make gloves, too. I’m not sure if Megumi, Yuko, and Hime knew how to knit before (Hime was clearly struggling), but Iona must have already had some experience, otherwise why would she stock up on yarn from clearance sales after the holidays?
This is why I’m fairly certain Iona was the one to teach everyone else, and I love that they not only took this as a fun opportunity to learn something new, but incorporated it into a challenge to make homemade gifts for each other. What great kids!
Now that the girls have their scarves, Hime suggests that they all apply some makeup to look extra nice.
Then Megumi offers Seiji a gift of his own. Thank you! I was thinking this poor guy might feel a little awkward, just being with the girls but not actively participating. But Megumi’s not about to neglect her oldest friend.
Aww! She made a second scarf, a yellow one, just for Seiji.
Megumi apologizes for making it so long,
but she was having fun and remembering their time together (see Episode 44) and before she knew it…
Seiji doesn’t mind. It’s thick and warm, and Megumi made it personally!
But the day’s not over yet.
Everyone’s now heading to the Plaza to see the Christmas lights.
It certainly looks impressive.
Seiji and Megumi go in for a closer look, while Yuko, Hime, and Iona give them some space.
Poor Hime’s looking around and seeing all the couples, wishing she had a boyfriend, too. Yeah, it tends to be especially noticeable around the holidays when you’re the odd one out.
Iona comforts her by saying they can keep trying during the new year.
Hime’s just glad that she can still hang out with Yuko and Iona. The way she worded this, though, made it sound like this was a consolation prize.
Iona picks up on that and immediately starts teasing Hime,
saying that she only wants to be with Yuko.
When Hime starts whining, Iona copies her earlier words, saying, “It can’t be helped…” and says Hime can stay with them.
These girls are hilarious! And I can hardly believe how close they’ve gotten over time, when you compare Iona especially to how she was prior to Episode 24.
Megumi sees this and dives right into the huddle.
Then Yuko says that they still need gifts for Blue and Ribbon, at least.
What would be appropriate, and how much money do they have to spend?
Yuko’s got them covered with some gift cards.
Say what you will about Yuko surprising her friends with some work at the restaurant earlier, but the Oomoris know how to make it worthwhile!
Hime wants to use them for some donuts, no surprise given her sweet tooth.
Thankfully, Iona takes charge. They now have 10,000 yen worth of gift cards to use for Christmas shopping. Because I’m a clueless Westerner, I’m going to list out the conversions into US dollars so that I can understand. 10,000 yen sounds like a lot of money, and otherwise I just won’t understand. 10,000 yen comes to about $64.80 from these store vouchers. (Read more here: https://exchangerate.guru/jpy/usd/10000/)
If the girls want to get presents for Blue, Mirage, PhanPhan, Glasses, and Ribbon, that leaves about 2,000 yen available per gift. 2,000 yen equates to around $12.96. (Read more here: https://exchangerate.guru/jpy/usd/2000/)
Uh oh! Bargain Hunter Iona has officially been unleashed! She’s maybe a bit scary, but definitely a good ally to have.
Presents first, then any treats can happen later on.
Yuko notes that Iona would be a great wife one day, with experience like this. She’s right, too.
So now everyone’s visiting different stores in order to start getting ideas.
Seiji himself has spotted a decorative ladybug pin.
Darn it! I hoped I was off the hook with Ladybugs when I wrote about the Happiness Charge fairies. It looks like we’re revisiting them once again, but this time in regards to Seiji and Megumi. This article has so much information that I’m not sure exactly where to begin, so I may have to start by stealing a bit from what I already wrote about Ribbon and the other fairies:
Image found here: https://whatbugisthat.com/ladybug-colors-your-complete-guide/
In general, ladybugs can mean love, romance, happiness, luck, progress,
Happiness Charge Episode 19
and wish fulfillment. The article I read had lots of interesting information, but a little more than I knew what to do with. I did find this direct quote fascinating, though:
While tiny in stature, the Ladybug Spirit Animal has some larger meaning in your life. They often appear when you step into the role of a healer or helper. The presence of a Ladybug acts as reassurance. You made the right call, and the difference you’ll make in the lives of others is appreciable. You have the ability to assess situations and come up with actionable ideas for positive breakthroughs. (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/insects/ladybug-symbolism-meaning/)
Some other symbolic meanings could be wholeness, safety, dignity, and improved fate.
This prior section was most of what I came up with in regards to ladybugs and the Happiness Charge fairies. So what about Megumi and Seiji? Well, you may or may not realize it, but ladybugs come in a huge variety of colors and spot patterns, not just red with black spots. They can be orange, yellow, white, gray, pink, blue, brown, and black as well! Each of these colors has its own meaning, but today’s ladybug is red, and red symbolizes love, romance, and passion, at the very least. Ladybugs are known to hibernate, and thus can send a message of the importance of rest and renewal when life has become difficult. Remember where we are at this point in the series. Is it any wonder that Hime refused to cancel today’s get-together? I found a few direct quotes that were fascinating and surprisingly applicable, so I’m listing them right here:
When you know a battle is coming, communing with your Ladybug Power Animal is great support. While delicate, Lady Bug is a fearsome predator of aphids. They crave pests and are more than happy to get rid of the issue. Where are your pests conspiring?
If there is a situation regarding emotions, Ladybug Power Animal is happy to answer from your inner self. For others, you discern answers at the crux of relationship stressors. Also, when your heart hurts, seek out Lady Bug as a healer. (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/insects/ladybug-symbolism-meaning/#Ladybug-Symbolism)
And this tidbit about the “Ladybug Ladybug, Fly Away Home” saying:
The saying goes, “Ladybug, ladybug, fly away home / Your house is on fire, your children are gone” Historians believe it originated with farmers who released thousands of Ladybugs, keeping their crops free of aphids. After the harvest, when it was time to burn the fields, they would shoo away the Ladybugs in the hopes many would live. (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/insects/ladybug-symbolism-meaning/#Ladybug-Symbolism)
One final bit of trivia regarding Asian folklore and the ladybug:
Asian folklore tells us if you catch a Ladybug and release it, she will wing her way to the one who is your true love and guide him or her to your side. In Japan, the ladybug is a symbol of good luck. They call this insect “red girl” and associate it with heaven, celestial bodies, and the afterlife. (https://whatismyspiritanimal.com/spirit-totem-power-animal-meanings/insects/ladybug-symbolism-meaning/#Ladybug-Symbolism)
Maybe not a perfect fit, but certainly a fascinating parallel to what’s about to happen later in this and the next couple of episodes. Seiji bought this ladybug pin as a gift for Megumi, so could it be argued that he “caught and released” it? Without going into too much detail on upcoming events, something’s going to happen to take Seiji away from Megumi and the others, even away from the Earth itself. And it’s Megumi, now possessing the ladybug pin, who leads the charge to track him down and get him back! I don’t know if I’d count this as “true love,” considering that we’re dealing with young teenagers, but they certainly share a very close connection, don’t they?
The other thing this article kept saying was to pay attention to the number of spots on a ladybug’s shell, since this could have special meaning to the observer.
So I looked closely at today’s ladybug, and it has six spots. (I’m not counting the eyes, just the spots on its shell.) Sure enough, the number six has some incredibly relevant meaning. You’ll maybe want to read the full article that discusses it, but I’m only going to share a couple of direct quotes, just to give you a taste of what to expect. (Please do this, actually. The whole article perfectly describes Seiji, and a fair bit of Megumi as well! I just don’t want to get in trouble for copying the entire text):
The number 6 is the embodiment of the heart. It represents unconditional love and the ability to support, nurture, and heal. It is a powerful force of compassion and empathy and its warm light is a beacon of hope. Its role is to use its heart and soul to be of service to others.
The 6 in Numerology shines in partnerships of all kinds but especially emotional ones. Its empathy makes others comfortable letting down their guard and being open and honest about their feelings which, in turn, allows it to understand and provide the help that's needed. We could all use someone in our life who manifests the devoted energy of the 6. (https://www.numerology.com/articles/about-numerology/single-digit-number-6-meaning/)
I don’t believe in things like tarot readings and astrology, so while I’ve gone in-depth on symbolism before, this has only been because I was fascinated to see how well a plant or animal applied to a given character or situation in this show. I’d suggest being very cautious in looking seriously into these sorts of things. From a strictly symbolic front, it’s certainly fascinating what comes up, isn’t it? But I’ve taken more than enough time on ladybugs. Let’s continue with the episode for now.
While Seiji’s looking at the ladybug pin, Hime’s having fun trying on different pairs of glasses.
Iona has to snap her out of it, since today’s shopping is for gifts to others and they have limited time to find everything.
When Hime replaces the shades on a shelf, she spots a pair of heart-shaped sunglasses that she thinks Ribbon would enjoy.
Iona similarly spots some star-shaped shades that would look great on Glasses.
Yuko’s found a gray-and-red hat that she thinks PhanPhan would like.
That covers the fairies, so what about Mirage and Blue?
Hime notices a pair of red and blue drinking glasses with matching designs.
They look perfect, at least until Iona reads the price tag…
20,000 yen! 20,000 yen is about $129.59. Wow, those are expensive drinking glasses! (Read more here: https://exchangerate.guru/jpy/usd/20000/) Yep, that sounds like past Christmas shopping trips for sure (the small decorative gift with a huge price tag).
No wonder Iona begs Hime to very carefully return those cups to their shelf! You break it, you bought it, after all.
Iona suggests looking at some matching tea cups instead.
Seiji calls Megumi aside while the other three girls start searching.
After going outside for some privacy, Seiji offers Megumi a gift.
Megumi’s excited, but not sure she deserves it. The whole reason she made Seiji’s scarf was to thank him for always helping her out.
Seiji merely replies that she’s saved him just as many times. Life’s rough, and not everyone has the skills to handle every problem that comes up. That’s why it’s great to have friends and family who can help make up the difference.
So Megumi opens her gift, a ladybug brooch. (Oh, so that’s what it’s called? Noted! Read more here: https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/brooch)
Seiji’s so sweet as he pins the brooch to Megumi’s scarf.
He says that Megumi’s always worried about other people’s happiness, so maybe having this ladybug will ensure that Megumi gets some happiness of her own, too!
Remember that one of the meanings for a ladybug is happiness, as I mentioned earlier. Happiness and good luck. What a great gift!
Unfortunately, some nearby people have started screaming. Always at the worst possible time! A Santa Saiark has just appeared in the area. Megumi runs off to deal with it.
Oh gosh! The moment she leaves, Seiji starts glowing red and someone starts speaking to him.
Red’s here, and he’s targeted Seiji as a way to get revenge.
Seiji can’t even move, so there’s little he can do as Red approaches, taunting that love is weak and useless in the face of hatred.
Seiji disagrees, but Red merely summons a Hate Crystal, which glows brilliantly.
When the light fades, Seiji and Red are both gone, and only Seiji’s scarf is left to show that he was ever there to begin with. I don’t like where this is going…
Meanwhile, Megumi has reunited with her friends, and all four girls transform.
The Santa Saiark wastes no time pelting the Cures with snowballs, forcing them to go on the run.
Lovely goes in for a punch, but the Saiark hits first with an exploding party popper. Wow, this thing is seriously fast and smart!
Fortune and Princess dive in with a kick, but the Saiark throws a wreath to distract them, then…
It looks like it swings its hat hard enough to form a gust of wind, taking both girls out of the air.
Honey sneaks in through its guard and has her baton ready to go when the wreath it threw before comes boomeranging back, hitting her from behind!
While the Cures back off to think over a new strategy, Blue, Mirage, and the fairies have arrived.
The Santa Saiark summons two huge snowballs
which it throws around the Plaza, going for maximum damage, while the Cures leap back into the fray.
When the girls are distracted by the destruction, the Saiark lashes out with a Christmas garland,
dragging all four Cures out of the air and slamming them into the ground. This thing doesn’t play around!
But now Princess is officially ticked off, and everyone shifts into Innocent Form.
The Saiark is just creating a snowball as big as its own body when Innocent Princess charges through it like a missile, destroying the ball.
She doesn’t stop there, repeatedly slamming into the Saiark itself until it’s stunned long enough for her to perform “Windy Wink,”
successfully containing it.
Now with some breathing space, the Cures perform “Innocent Purification,” finally finishing things off.
The Santa Saiark is gone,
and already the damage it caused has been undone.
Blue looks relieved that everyone’s okay and still able to enjoy Christmas Eve, but notice that Mirage isn’t smiling.
Even though the Saiark is gone, something still feels off.
Mirage doesn’t understand why, but something’s wrong. Really wrong!
And that’s when someone starts laughing.
Mirage and Lovely both recognize this voice and laughter. This was what Mirage heard from the Deep Mirror itself.
And Lovely turns to ask Seiji if he notices the similarity to when she was attacked last episode.
That’s when she finally realizes that Seiji’s disappeared.
His scarf is there, but Seiji is nowhere to be seen.
Finally, Red reveals himself. Blue seems to know him somehow, and we already know that Red has a grudge against Blue, though not why, at least not yet.
Blue admits that Red is also a god, a being of great power, so the girls need to be very careful.
Red has brought Blue a gift for the holiday, one of misfortune and despair.
Red keeps saying that love and hope are illusions… This is what he had Mirage parroting constantly when she was under his control, but it begs the question as to why Red himself believes this to be true.
What? Hold on… Blue said that Red’s STILL talking this way. That means that they’ve met and talked before, maybe even more than once. How do these two know each other? What’s going on?
We aren’t going to find out yet, because Red is summoning someone new to the battlefield.
It’s Seiji, and his eyes are glowing blood red! He’s dressed like he’s ready to battle, but today’s episode ends right here. Hang in there for the True Ending and final battles, starting now!
Chapter 47: Episode 46: The Battle Between Love and Hate! Seiji VS Pretty Cure!
Chapter Text
We pick up where we left off last episode, with a bit of a recap. After defeating the Santa Saiark, Megumi has just realized that Seiji’s missing.
Red has finally revealed himself as the true enemy behind, well,
EVERYTHING that started Happiness Charge’s spiral toward worldwide despair and destruction, beginning with Mirage’s corruption 300 years ago!
And now Red has Seiji under his control, a magically-enhanced, brainwashed pawn and convenient hostage. Will any of these girls dare to face him at full strength if there’s a chance he could be killed if his magical defenses are overwhelmed?
We saw how very nearly Lovely herself was lost to a Hate Crystal in Episode 44, only being spared having to share Mirage’s fate because Seiji snapped her out of the pain-filled haze before it was too late. Unfortunately, Seiji had no one to save him in turn, so now the Cures have to face a dear friend who only sees them as mortal enemies!
It’s like Dark Tender’s battle all over again (see Episode 38).
Red fully intends to force the girls into a deadly struggle.
What better way is there to show the uselessness of love and happiness than to have this fight play out, former allies and best friends pitted against each other? Love vs hate…
I’ve already watched this episode once, and I’m dreading seeing the upcoming events again. I may have to follow my strategy from Episode 43 and complete this whole review, writing, pictures, and all at the same time, just because it was so painful to watch! I don’t want to dwell on anything from this episode any more than I have to! I apologize in advance if today’s review is shorter than most. It’s hard to find a lot to talk about when people are lashing out and reacting to PAINPAINANGERANGERHATEHATEHATE! I hope to make up for this in the upcoming episodes, when we’ll learn more about what’s truly going on.
Lovely doesn’t understand. This is Seiji, her best friend and a very dear friend to everyone in their group. He doesn’t hate anyone… Does he? Unfortunately, Seiji no longer recognizes any of them, and thus has no reason to hold himself back when confronting a threat.
He charges forward, attacking Lovely without hesitation.
She’s forced to flip herself over Seiji and out of the way to avoid a direct fight until she and her friends can figure out a plan.
Red’s just amused that they would bother.
That Hate Crystal he forced onto Seiji contains all of Red’s hatred. And isn’t that a scary thought, all the hatred of an immortal deity, contained inside a crystal that’s powering up Seiji right now! Remember how hard it was for Lovely to get through to Mirage during their own fight (see Episode 43)? Red’s making it sound like this level of corruption is even deeper, so even if Seiji himself can’t fight on the level of Mirage and the other Cures, it’ll be that much harder to free him. And maybe that’s the point…
Haven’t we already seen that all Red wants is to hurt Blue in the worst possible way? Destroy the Earth that Blue created and has sworn to love and protect? Of course! Destroy the Earth using Mirage, Blue’s lover, as a pawn? Even better! Whether Blue destroys Mirage or lets her destroy the world, Red wins in the end. Lovely saves the day? Use HER and keep the cycle going! Seiji saves Lovely… Do you get it? Red’s all about dishing out maximum pain and despair, going scorched earth on Blue and millions of other innocent people around the world. I’ve said it before, but I really don’t like Red. I don’t think we’re meant to, and maybe it’s silly, saying such an obvious thing. But just as I’ve tried to cover every character we’ve met throughout this season fairly and equally, I’m going to do my best to keep this up even with Red himself. Please don’t mistake my trying to explain or understand his behavior as me defending or protecting him. None of what Red’s done in the past or will do coming up will EVER be okay!!!
Back to Red, though, he’s certain that Seiji, powered up with all that hatred, will be able to overcome even the love of all four Cures and Blue.
Princess and Lovely just don’t understand. They’ve done nothing to hurt anyone, so why is Seiji so angry and full of hatred?
Red merely questions if they’re truly guiltless in this mess.
None of the girls want to have to fight Seiji, and that’s when Blue alerts them to the Hate Crystal itself.
Red’s using it to control Seiji, so if the Cures can destroy that crystal…
At least it’s somewhere to start, and this certainly offers more hope than the death battle that Red’s trying to push.
Red’s not worried, sure that his hatred is more than enough to win.
And with that, the battle begins.
Lovely charges in first, matching Seiji blow for blow. She manages to land a kick on him, forcing him to back off.
Seiji’s readying a shot when Fortune acts next, interrupting with “Fortune Shaking Star.”
But Seiji is now empowered with magic and mindless hatred, and he merely teleports through the shower of stars.
Princess intervenes before he’s able to reach Fortune.
Seiji in turn backs off and retaliates with a barrage of energy bullets.
Red keeps saying how pointless this fight is when it’s impossible for love to overcome hatred.
Lovely doesn’t believe it, nor do any of the other girls.
They’ll do whatever they have to to bring Seiji out of this,
each one personally sparring with him
and forcing him back.
Then, before Seiji has time to recover, all four Cures shoot sparks of their respective energy directly into the Hate Crystal itself.
Lovely immediately follows this up with a punch at full power. But either that crystal managed to supercharge itself enough to withstand the beating, or Seiji instinctively created some kind of forcefield. Lovely can’t quite reach the crystal with her punch,
and Red has just told Seiji to draw forth more hatred and power to counteract the attack. Seiji does so, and is able to force her away.
He wastes no time blasting Lovely while she’s stunned, taking her, the other Cures, and Blue and the fairies all down at once. Red just starts laughing again. The Cures are all hurt, but not out of the fight just yet.
Lovely again calls out to Seiji, trying to snap him out of Red’s control, but nothing’s working.
Red reminds her that Seiji can’t hear anyone right now.
Just as we saw with Dark Tender before, it’s going to take a lot to break through, and that’s if the girls can manage this feat (see Episode 38). They were fighting Mirage’s control back then, but now they’re fighting against the power of a literal god! Just as a reminder, it took three Generals to even begin to match Phantom’s raw power in taking over a single city (see Episode 40 and compare with Episode 21), and then we saw Queen Mirage simultaneously imprison every civilian on Earth, launching one last-ditch assault on Blue and the Cures worldwide (see Episode 41). Now the girls are facing Red, an enemy god who wants the Earth destroyed. Frankly, it’s terrifying to think of the power scaling right now!
Red, never one to miss an opportunity to cause pain, then reveals that it’s because of Lovely and the other girls that he was able to seize control of Seiji with a Hate Crystal to begin with!
Seiji has always been there for Megumi, Hime, or anyone who needed his help.
But did anyone ever listen to Seiji’s concerns, his true emotions that he could never properly put into words?
Seiji’s a great kid, but even he’s not immune to feeling frustration and hurt, which someone like Red could easily take advantage of, as we’ve been seeing today. Red twists the knife further, asking how the Cures think they can stop him when they couldn’t even save or help Seiji, someone who’s been by their side from day one.
Finally, Red orders Seiji to finish things off.
Seiji obeys despite Lovely’s pleas for him to stop.
It’s dead quiet now, with only the wind blowing flurries of snow around the area.
Oh, ouch! That did it, everyone’s depowered!
It looks like Megumi’s the only one still conscious right now, and she has no idea what to do.
Red merely laughs again, satisfied he proved his point about hatred overcoming love.
He’s not finished yet, though. All of this was meant to hurt Blue, remember?
Now that Red’s already beaten Blue’s strongest warriors, he intends to destroy everything else, leaving nothing behind but despair.
And now that I’m paying closer attention, I heard Red say a word that sounded like “Zetsuborg,” the name of a monster that a different group of Cures will have to fight in an upcoming series (Go Princess, I believe). I had to look it up, and it seems that the word Red used is “Zetsubo,” simply meaning “despair” in Japanese. (Read more here: https://www.wordhippo.com/what-is/the/japanese-word-for-9772937af88c329038102288759868d227dd527e.html) Very interesting! I may need to take some time later on to look up some of these monster names and see if I can figure out what they actually mean, like Jikochuu (DokiDoki Precure) and Akanbe (Smile Precure), for example.
Red’s still going on about love being an illusion.
I’m going to be talking more about Red a little later on, but here’s something to think about right now. Red’s a god, just like Blue. Surely he knows what it feels like to have creations to care for, to love and protect. It’s rather hard to understand why Red is so different, wanting to drive people to madness and despair and wipe out all life on Earth. I have some speculations as to why I think things turned out this way, and I’ll bring them up when the time comes. I just thought that while it’s getting rather frustrating to hear this same mantra from Red over and over again, it’s worth noting that something really bad must have happened to be able to twist the worldview of a god, to cause him to act in direct opposition to what should be his true nature. Healers heal, and gods create and protect. But what happens when they can’t? Or won’t?
Blue argues that the people of Earth are real beings with real emotions, not illusions.
Red doesn’t buy it, since Blue and his strongest Cures are powerless right now. Anything they say is just pretty, meaningless words.
Red’s done playing, and he starts glowing with energy.
It’s time to finish things off.
He shoots a beam into the sky, clearing away the cloud cover.
Aaand now there’s a red planet that’s set to collide with the Earth!
My first thought was of Sephiroth summoning a meteor to strike the world in Final Fantasy 7, but I wasn’t able to find a picture to showcase this event. Besides, I usually like to pull an example from a game that either I’ve actually played or watched an older sibling play when I was young, so Final Fantasy 7’s out, sadly.
Zelda: Majora’s Mask (Nintendo 64, 2000 and Gamecube, 2003)
I’ve decided to go with Zelda: Majora’s Mask for my comparison instead. Just like with Majora’s Mask, it’s now a race against time to stop the destruction of the world from a falling moon/planet that will wipe out all life in an instant!
Since love and happiness are illusions, and the lives of other people don’t matter, Red’s decided to annihilate EVERYTHING!
And if that’s not bad enough, a horde of Red Saiarks is dropping to Earth ahead of the red planet itself.
These Saiarks are very different from the ones of the past. Unlike when Mirage triggered Endgame, imprisoning all the civilians around the world and leaving only the Cures untouched,
Red’s able to call forth Saiarks without taking any prisoners at all.
So not only do any Cures have to fight these insanely tough Red Saiarks, they have to do it while defending millions of civilians from the fallout. All this while the red planet is steadily bearing down on Earth!
It’s the Apocalypse!
Red plans to watch everything end from the red planet itself.
And isn’t that incredibly messed up? What happens to Red when both worlds collide? Will he die as well? We know that Blue can be killed (see Episode 13), though he’s lived for thousands of years, so it’s very likely that Red is the same. What could’ve happened to cause a god to go so insane that he wants to kill off living creatures that he should be using all his powers to protect, and not only this but to want to be destroyed himself? What’s going on?!
Red leaves the decision up to the beaten Cures. Will they give in to despair as the world ends in catastrophe?
Or will they try and fight their fate one last time?
Finally, Red teleports away with Seiji. That jerk still has Seiji as a hostage!
So just to be clear, a red planet is set on a collision course with the Earth. Red Saiarks are rampaging across the world, putting everyone’s lives in danger. Somebody’s got to get to Red himself to stop the planetary collision somehow, and he still has Seiji guarding him. The clock is ticking, and where do you even begin in this mess?!
Megumi and her friends aren’t just physically hurt, but emotionally as well, and their powers operate on confidence and emotion.
They’re stuck in in-between form, and now a Red Saiark’s right there, gunning for Megumi while she’s heartbroken and powerless.
Blue and all her friends beg Megumi to get out of there, but she can’t move, still reeling from what she learned in the battle against Seiji.
All Megumi can do is cry!
But that’s done something, nonetheless… The whole area was dark before,
but now things are starting to light up.
A star falls from the sky and…
No way! That’s Cure Tender!
She’s holding back the Red Saiark with one hand. Tender asks why Megumi and the others have given up. There’s still work to be done, and a dear friend to save.
That’s right! Our girls have faced very difficult odds before and come out victorious because of their care for others and their trust in each other.
It was enough to save Dark Tender in the past, and it can be enough to save Seiji today, but not if they quit fighting.
Megumi, Hime, Yuko, and Iona can’t wait for a miracle to turn things around, it’s up to them to make something happen if anything can be done at all.
Happiness Charge Episode 21
Happiness Charge Episode 21
In Episode 21, Hime was lamenting that she opened the Axia Box and felt that there was nothing she could do to make things right. Back then, Megumi and Yuko told her that she couldn’t change the past, that all she could do was decide what she would do going forward from that point on.
Just like back then, Megumi’s now aware that she failed to understand Seiji’s feelings, and he hid his hurts and doubts deep. Red took advantage of this hidden frustration and seized control of Seiji himself in order to cause maximum pain to his friends. There’s no changing what happened before. The only question left is what can be done going forward.
Now that Tender’s reminded them of the stakes, Megumi knows that they have to keep fighting. For Seiji and for the world. If Seiji was hurt, she needs to make that right and it needs to happen NOW!
Hime, Yuko, and Iona are willing to keep trying. Way to go, Tender! But there’s still the Saiark to deal with…
That’s when a green laser blasts it out of nowhere.
The cavalry’s arrived!
A bunch of Cures from different countries are right here, ready to help. I recognized the solo Cure from Russia, and I think the one from Spain. And the Aloha Precure, of course! (I’m not sure of all the others, but I’ll share a link where you can likely find them: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure! Looks like we have Cures from Australia, Russia, Hawaii, Italy, Spain, India, and one green Cure I don’t recall seeing before. That’s quite the group!)
All of these other girls are here because they’ve been inspired by the Happiness Charge girls, if not outright helped by them in person.
Now they’re here to pay it forward.
They’re prepared to deal with the Saiarks so that Megumi and her friends can take the fight to Red himself.
If all the Cures in the world believe that the Happiness Charge girls can turn things around, what more is there to say?
Now with more confidence, our girls transform once again.
The Red Saiark charges in, but the Cures are ready.
Lovely meets its attack head on.
Honey and Wave knock the Saiark into the air,
while Princess and Sunset force it further back. (Interesting match-ups as well: the more indirect fighters (Wave and Honey) tripping it up while creating an opening for the heavy hitters (Sunset and Princess) to continue the assault.)
Then Tender and Fortune… Oh, this is EPIC!
Do you remember how Lovely and Princess were shown to perform a combo attack in the original Happiness Charge intro song, a move that we’ve never seen in the show itself?
Tender and Fortune get to do a very similar one today!
Now that the Saiark’s weakened, Lovely and her team shift into Innocent Form.
One “Innocent Purification” later, and the Red Saiark’s gone!
But there’s no time to waste. All four girls immediately fly off into space to confront Red and Seiji on the red planet.
Blue rallies the rest of the Cures to continue the fight on Earth. It’ll do no good for the Happiness Charge girls to challenge Red, win or lose, if the Earth itself is decimated by invading Saiarks anyway.
There’s still work for everyone to do.
Tender thinks Lovely and the others have a good chance, so long as they keep working together.
It’s gotten them this far, through impossible odds, and it should be enough to win the day again.
Meanwhile, Innocent Lovely knows that she’s going to have to face Seiji in battle once more.
This time, she’s ready to pull him out of the darkness and let him know how important he is to her, to all of them. But today’s episode ends here.
Kirby’s Adventure (NES, 1993)
It’s the last battle for the fate of the Earth!
Kirby’s Adventure (NES, 1993)
The clock’s ticking, and our girls are on their way. Win or lose, this is it!
Chapter 48: Episode 47: Thank You Seiji! The Power is Born From Love!
Chapter Text
We pick up immediately after the events of the last episode. The red planet is looming closer yet over the Earth. Red, Mirage, and PhanPhan have gone to Pikari Shrine.
I have to wonder if there’s a reason for their presence here, beyond seeking comfort from better times in the past now that the end is so near. We’ll see instances later on where it seems like Blue and Mirage are actually able to communicate directly with Red, even though they’re standing on two separate planets. Is just being here, at Pikari Shrine, a rich source of divine energy, enough to amplify Blue’s power to allow this communication across worlds?
Mirage can plainly feel pain and anger burning within her heart whenever she looks at the red planet.
Blue says that the entire planet is glowing bright with sheer hatred.
Meanwhile, Red is standing on the red planet.
He well knows that the Happiness Charge girls are coming after him, but he doesn’t care.
Mutual annihilation is practically here, so who cares about love?
There’s no changing this fate. Seiji’s just teleported out to stop the Cures.
Looks like this battle’s happening in outer space, all while the red planet is still on a collision course with Earth. Seiji’s not playing, and there’s no time to waste. If there’s any way to snap Seiji out of it and still get to Red before it’s too late…
Oh. OH! Red’s standing on a pile of rubble from some ruined architecture. Suddenly his endless mantra that happiness doesn’t last and that love is an illusion makes much more sense!
Red’s a god, just like Blue. Blue has a world full of beauty and life. Red… no longer does, if this is his world. And it has to be, since Red has the ability to control the movement of this planet, putting it on a collision course with the Earth. What on earth happened here?! Whatever calamity befell Red’s world was enough to break Red entirely. He’s hurting to the point that he wants the pain to stop, no matter what! Blue, whom he must’ve talked to before this whole conflict went down, couldn’t understand Red’s insane ramblings, and Red decided to show him what true despair felt like, one way or another. Now it’s up to the Happiness Charge girls to stop him, if they can.
So just to make sure everyone understands… Happiness Charge has always had a theme of pain and/or trauma, healing, and recovery. Hime, who lost her home and family, struggling to trust anyone and hiding a deep fear of rejection and abandonment, with no hope that she could ever make up for her mistake in opening Axia. Iona, hurting from losing her sister, always angry and lashing out, and burning herself out because she refused to accept help or rest, EVER! Hosshiiwa, wanting to hold onto whatever small happiness she could and refusing to share, even with the possibility of gaining more as a tradeoff. Namakelder, hurt by love and no longer able to trust anyone, let alone find the strength to keep trying. Oresky, just wanting to be accepted and going about this in all the wrong ways. Mirage was rejected by the one she loved the most, became overwhelmed with misery, anger, and sorrow and was so manipulated that she nearly caused the world’s ruin on her own! All of these people were badly hurt, yet every single one of them was able to be saved and become whole again, or at least start this healing process.
Now we have Red himself, the god/nature spirit/Creator of a Dead World. What did he see in the last days that life existed? What could’ve happened that broke him to the point that he wants EVERYTHING to be over? And how can Lovely and her friends begin to address that level of pain and despair?! That’s a question for later, because the Cures can’t get close to Red until they’re able to get through Seiji first.
Time’s running out, but even now Red’s content to watch this last struggle for life and hope play out.
I didn’t mention it before, but when Seiji first teleported out to face the Cures, he launched a huge explosion to take them out of the sky.
But it turns out our girls were able to layer their shields together, because everyone’s untouched for now.
One last pep talk, and the battle begins.
Seiji charges in, fiery energy held in one hand,
but Innocent Honey teleports their whole group away.
Wow! Seiji has a sort of sixth sense for their powers somehow, because he starts shooting precisely where the girls reappear, forcing them to scatter to avoid getting hurt.
Glasses remembers that Seiji had some sort of barrier around the Hate Crystal that prevented its destruction in the first battle.
Innocent Fortune replies that all she, Princess, and Honey have to do is create an opening for Lovely. She’s right, too.
Lovely’s the one who’s known Seiji the longest (since they were babies, see Episode 3), so she’d have the best luck in getting through to him now.
Now with a plan, the Cures take up their positions.
Innocent Princess starts with a new attack, “Princess Machine Gun Bomber,” or this is merely the powered-up version of “Princess Bullet Machine Gun,” since all four girls are battling in Innocent Form.
None of her shots hit Seiji, but they do destroy any drifting asteroids,
clearing the whole area and creating a huge smokescreen.
Next up is Innocent Honey, who lashes out with “Honey Ribbon Spiral.”
Interesting! Usually she uses this move to just act as a whip and an option to throw an opponent around in a grappling maneuver.
In Innocent Form, this energy ribbon can lengthen out indefinitely, constantly tracking Seiji’s Hate Crystal no matter where he teleports, even while the battlefield is shrouded in blue smoke.
When the ribbon finally connects with his crystal, a barrier prevents it from taking damage, and Seiji grabs the ribbon to drag Innocent Honey in for a fight.
But she’s already released her baton… What?
Oh, that’s brilliant! While Seiji’s confused, Innocent Honey flies up from behind, retrieves her baton,
and manages to capture Seiji with her ribbon.
But Seiji doesn’t quit, merely spinning his body so quickly that Innocent Honey’s dragged into him and loses the ribbon when they collide.
Seiji aims a blast at her while she’s disoriented, and that’s when Innocent Fortune appears behind him.
Happiness Charge Episode 17
Happiness Charge Episode 39
What’s more, she’s taken up a fighting stance, just like we’ve seen with the students at the Hikawa Dojo (see Episodes 9, 17, and 39).
Seiji meets this challenge and is now actively sparring with her.
While Seiji manages to knock her aside initially, Innocent Fortune’s ready for the followup charge, blocking his strike and freezing her counterpunch mere inches from his face!
Only then does Innocent Fortune speak,
saying that she remembers when Seiji showed up at the dojo one day when he was little, wanting desperately to become stronger.
She reminds Seiji that the whole reason he started training in the first place was to protect Megumi.
Unfortunately, Red steps in before more can be said, explaining that Seiji’s been unable to help or protect Megumi, let alone any of the other girls, ever since they became Cures.
He’s been left behind ever since.
Ouch! That reminder ticks off Seiji, who explodes with energy, blasting Innocent Fortune away.
Yeah… You might’ve noticed when I listed off several characters earlier who’ve struggled with pain, rejection, abandonment, and so on, that I didn’t mention Seiji. That’s because he’s STILL hurting now! Pretty Cure Therapy hasn’t quite had a chance to begin for him just yet. As before, they’ll need to wear him down enough that words can get through, and only then can communication and understanding begin to happen.
Poor Seiji! Since seeing this season through once, now on my second go-around I have indeed noticed moments where Seiji looked or sounded rather down, wanting to help keep his friends, and especially Megumi, safe. But for all that he’s trained to the point of becoming a blackbelt in karate, none of his physical abilities have been able to compare to the supernatural threats, or the magical powers these girls regularly wield. He’s been forced to stand on the sidelines, watching them face greater and greater dangers while unable to do a thing to help. Worst of all, he hasn’t been able to talk about how that’s felt, being left behind and forgotten, let alone his deep concern and feelings for Megumi, because he doesn’t want others to worry when there’s enough trouble going on as it is. Is anyone surprised then, to see this level of anger and power now? Is it any wonder that Red easily spotted the frustration bubbling under the surface and took advantage of the situation, gaining control of a very powerful pawn that none of the Cures want to face at full-strength because they’re terrified that they’ll end up killing him?
Innocent Fortune’s trying to regain Seiji’s attention, but Red’s busy needling and building up that anger.
What good is it to endlessly train, to become strong enough to protect someone, if the one you want to protect keeps saving you instead?
Now absolutely furious, Seiji turns to lob a fireball after Fortune,
but Innocent Princess and Honey have both reacted quickly enough to interrupt his attack, retaliating with “Windy Wink” and “Honey Temptation,” respectively.
Both Cures remind Seiji how strong and compassionate he is.
They’re sure that he can break free of Red’s influence.
Innocent Fortune joins them, further pinning Seiji down with “Emerald Illusion.” That’s three separate purifying/containing attacks performed exclusively while in Innocent Form.
And Seiji STILL shrugs it off!
But as the girls get flung away in the backlash, Innocent Princess signals Lovely. That’s right, this whole time, they’ve been working to create an opening for her. And it seems that she’s finally ready to step in.
I… I shouldn’t be laughing, but… Holy cow! That’s the hugest “Lovely Punching Punch” I’ve ever seen!
She looks like a gnat compared to that gigantic pink hand. Maybe I shouldn’t be so surprised, given that any moves performed in Innocent Form are massively powered up, but seriously!
Seiji, now aware of the danger, has powered up his own red forcefield, so it looks like both opponents are evenly matched.
Finally, both attacks give out at exactly the same time.
Spotting her chance, Innocent Lovely rams into Seiji with a punch directed into the Hate Crystal itself.
She lets her dive carry herself and Seiji all the way through the atmosphere and down to the surface of the red planet.
The shock of the impact took Lovely back to her base Cure form. Otherwise, she seems okay.
Red’s right here to greet her, but unfortunately, that last-ditch attack failed to even scratch the Hate Crystal. Seiji’s still under Red’s control and out of Lovely’s reach.
Red plainly explains that this crystal was created by a god and can’t be destroyed so easily.
If Lovely wants to challenge Red, she’s got to face Seiji first.
And that conflict won’t end until either Seiji or Lovely gets beaten in battle.
Red truly believes that love only ends in disaster, and he’s more than willing to cause maximum pain and despair to make this point with anyone, but especially Lovely, the one who’s become a constant thorn in his side.
Interesting! Lovely admits that Red’s right.
She truly had no idea that Seiji was hiding such deep, dark emotions and pain from her and all their other friends.
She could feel the intensity of the festering anger and frustration both times when she tried destroying the Hate Crystal.
But Lovely explains further that these negative emotions are still part of Seiji, a part of him that’s been buried and neglected for a very long time.
Maybe she can’t destroy the negativity without destroying Seiji himself.
Now that she’s here alone to face off against Seiji, her friends can’t be hurt in the crossfire. Lovely may have failed to understand her oldest and best friend’s feelings, but now there’s no one around to stop them from finally being able to talk things out.
And she just activated her Love PreBrace. But this time, she hasn’t called out the name of any attack…
In every other instance, Lovely has spun the dial on her PreBrace, called out an attack, and been able to perform it. So what happens when she calls forth that energy without giving it a form?
At first glance, this has given Lovely a brilliant aura, so maybe the excess energy can give a basic boost to speed and power? She did get forced out of Innocent Form, and who knows the length of the cooldown time before she could shift back? The other possibility is that she could “hold a charge,” keeping the power in reserve to unleash later on. Some video games offer this ability, allowing you to charge up a normal attack and hold it (as long as you don’t take damage or release the attack button early), allowing the release of a much more powerful attack later on when you’re ready.
I guess we’ll have to wait and see, but at the very least Lovely’s prepared to continue the battle for now.
Red’s amused again. This whole time, no one’s been able to get through to Seiji.
He can’t hear anything except Red’s orders, so how can Lovely possibly think that’s changed now?
Lovely doesn’t care.
This is Seiji, her best friend from the very beginning, and he’s always been there for her before.
How can she leave him alone now?
She wants Seiji to recognize that she accepts him and all his feelings, positive and negative.
Bless her heart! Thank you, Lovely!
She just said that Seiji doesn’t even need to talk about anything, that they can just spar instead, so long as Seiji knows that she’s here and aware of his needs now.
Not everyone’s able to express their feelings vocally. It might be due to anxiety, or maybe it’s because emotions can be so powerful that the words can’t be spoken because your throat closes up and everything’s just too much. There could be any number of reasons why a direct conversation can’t happen, but that’s why it’s so important to find other ways to communicate, if necessary. I’ve found that writing is a good alternative when my thoughts and emotions are too muddled to properly explain or understand, especially when my mouth and brain refuse to operate on the same wavelength. Lovely knows Seiji very well, recognizing that action and physical combat are ways that he can express himself when words fail.
Their fight continues.
Seiji’s not holding back, but Lovely’s durable enough to take whatever he can dish out right now.
Seiji’s still insanely strong and fast, but now that Lovely understands what’s going on she’s able to match him, allowing Seiji to blow off steam. Maybe this will burn off enough of the anger and frustration that she can get through to him? It worked with Mirage (see Episode 43), after all.
The whole time they’re exchanging blows, Lovely’s clearly explaining that she might be a strong Cure now,
but she only got this far with Seiji’s support.
Even if he couldn’t help in direct battles, he’s always been there for her and for their friends, and she’s going to make sure he knows that she appreciates his supporting presence.
That caused a reaction! Seiji hasn’t stopped fighting, but the crystal glowed and for a second it looked like Seiji was trying to fight for control.
Red felt it, too, and now looks rather worried, even though these two opponents are still duking it out at full power right in front of him.
Blue then speaks up (See what I mean? Is this why he went to Pikari Shrine at the beginning of this episode?), saying that hatred isn’t meant to break down love, but to accept it.
I’m not sure I follow that, Blue. Does he mean what I’ve heard people say, that hate isn’t actually the opposite of love, but apathy is? I can see some truth to this argument. We’ve seen it in this very show!
Happiness Charge Episode 11
Way back in Episode 11, Honey sang her song to purify the Choiarks and end a battle peacefully, but was unable to affect Namakelder or the Scarecrow Saiark. Namakelder simply didn’t care to listen to her song, and thus she had no way to connect with him and was easily neutralized. At least with hatred, someone still cares enough to feel angry and hurt, and there’s a chance that those negative feelings could be changed through communication and understanding. It happened with Mirage in Episode 43, with Phantom (see Episode 41), and with the other Generals (see Episode 42). A truly apathetic person wouldn’t bother to listen or see any need to change. Is this what Blue’s trying to say now? If not, I apologize, but this was my best attempt at interpreting his meaning.
Meanwhile, Lovely performs “Lovely Beam,” countering Seiji’s red bullets,
though he manages to deflect her attack. I should note that Lovely’s still glowing with energy. She never named her attack (Lovely Beam), so that energy still seems to be held in reserve for the time being.
Red’s not very impressed. He’s still a god, empowering Seiji with a Hate Crystal full of his hatred. What mortal could hope to challenge that sort of power?
Seiji responds to Red’s urging, creating a huge fiery ball that he launches at Lovely to destroy her completely.
And Lovely doesn’t move! She actually hovers there and lets the attack connect!
But the fire doesn’t hurt Lovely at all. Red’s in shock that something like this is possible, and I’m wondering if that pink aura is the reason that she hasn’t taken any damage. She clearly feels the heat, but the fire can’t reach her.
And then Lovely starts rolling her arms. It sounds like this has activated her Love PreBrace again, and now the fiery ball is shrinking.
I kid you not, Lovely just absorbed all of that energy into her PreBrace.
Finally, Lovely calls out an attack, “Pinky Love Shoot,” and now her battle aura has vanished. She’s combined all of the power from Seiji’s attack into this move, too!
Unlike when she normally performs “Pinky Love Shoot,” punching the giant heart into whatever enemy needs purifying, today Lovely charges towards Seiji, pushing the heart in front of her like a shield.
Seiji doesn’t wait for this attack to land, flying forward to destroy it before anything can connect.
Except Lovely dispels the heart before Seiji has a chance to do anything!
And while Seiji’s frozen in confusion, Lovely traps him in a big hug. Aww!
Happiness Charge Episode 21
Cuddlebug Megumi, saving the world one hug at a time.
Happiness Charge Episode 43
Hugs to save the world!!!
Now that she’s got Seiji up close and able to listen, Lovely has a chance to say that she’s learned a lot on becoming a Cure.
Love doesn’t just involve liking and helping other people.
It’s about the smaller, quieter moments, too.
Any time spent with the ones you care about is part of love as well.
Lovely thought she was miserable when her heart broke because of Blue choosing Mirage instead of her.
But that pain was nothing compared to losing Seiji himself!
Seiji’s always been there, to the point that Lovely’s seen him as a strong, brave brother, always looking out for her. It’s sad, but sometimes we tend to overlook those closest to us simply because they’re always there, and so it’s easy to miss that something’s wrong until things go wildly out of control. If Megumi has always been a rock (rock-solid influence for good) for everyone else,
Seiji’s been her rock as well, though she maybe didn’t fully realize this until now.
Lovely wants Seiji to know that she truly loves and appreciates him for everything he’s ever done for her. Now I want to cry!
Okay… They were just glowing for a moment there, but it’s hard to say if anything’s changed just yet.
Aww! Stop being so cute, Lovely! She just said that she now knows what she wants to wish for. Remember in Episode 36 that Megumi went into an existential crisis, wondering what to do since her mother’s chronic illness didn’t actually require a miracle cure?
Now Lovely knows that what she wants, more than anything, is to simply be able to live in peace and be happy with everyone in Pikarigaoka.
And for the very first time, Seiji’s able to reply!
This isn’t Seiji physically speaking, but his voice coming from within or beneath the Hate Crystal itself.
He points out that this new wish has already come true.
While tearing up, Lovely has to acknowledge that he’s correct.
Then Seiji notes that she’s saved him so many times in the past.
He really admires and feels inspired by Lovely, wanting to stay with her forever.
Lovely also wants this happy companionship to last forever. In fact, she intends to make sure that it will.
There we go! Innocent Princess, Honey, and Fortune have arrived, along with Ribbon and Glasses.
Both Seiji and Lovely long for the simpler times,
wishing that they could just be happy and live in peace,
spending time with their best friends in the world.
Seiji’s Hate Crystal has just turned pink and is starting to draw in the positive ambient energy.
Red looks stunned. And no wonder! That Hate Crystal is filled to the brim with all of Red’s deepest anger and hatred. If even that sort of power is drawn towards love and kindness… What does that say about Red himself?
Seiji isn’t physically moving anymore, but his voice calls out for Lovely to purify him and free him from Red’s control completely.
Sure enough, the girls launch into “Innocent Purification.”
And the Hate Crystal melts away into nothing!
Red looks and sounds terrified to realize that his hatred could be overcome just like that.
Blue speaks up then, saying that love is capable of miracles, able to overcome even the deepest hatred.
Red refuses to believe that this is possible.
But Mirage speaks next, saying that love can cause pain and despair, but it is also capable of saving people. Wouldn’t she know this better than anyone?
Now she’s able to believe in a brighter, happier future.
Blue warns Red that even the power of a god is unable to destroy love. Red doesn’t want to hear it, and he sounds more desperate with every denial,
even with Blue explaining that Red should’ve known about the true power of love to uplift and heal. Blue believes that Red himself is capable of great love, even though he’s overwhelmed with pain, anger, and despair right now.
Remember how bad Mirage was before Lovely worked her magic? I’ll bet that Red does, especially since that same action was just repeated in front of him now!
Innocent Lovely has arrived, along with Seiji, Princess, Honey, and Fortune.
She truly believes that love is invincible, and there’s certainly a compelling argument for this case, given the track record for their Pretty Cure Therapy.
Red can’t believe she would dare to think that she has power to match that of a god.
Innocent Lovely says that this isn’t her power alone, but the power of her friends and loved ones, their ability to trust and work together to face any trial.
She asks if Red himself doesn’t feel the same. Oof! Remember what I speculated earlier in this very review? If this is Red’s world that he’s using as a battering ram to obliterate the Earth, there’s clearly no one left alive.
Innocent Lovely must realize this on some level, because she comments that Red must’ve loved someone once before, even if that person (or people, the denizens of this dead world) is no longer around today.
Aaand the whole planet just started glowing bright red!
Red is TICKED OFF! Innocent Lovely has no idea what she’s talking about.
He’s a god, he’s furious, and he’s going to destroy Lovely and the others with his own two hands! There’s one last battle to save the Earth, if it can be done, but we’ll have to wait until the next episode to see it, because today’s episode ends here.
A Possible History of the Red Planet’s Destruction:
Back when I first binge-watched the second half of the Happiness Charge season to determine if I’d be able to continue writing reviews or not, when I got to this episode and Episode 48, I noticed some interesting details and speculated a fair bit as to what might’ve caused the destruction of Red’s world, leading to Red going insane and plotting the destruction of the Earth over the last 300+ years. I wasn’t sure whether to include those speculations here or in the next episode. Maybe here’s as good a place as any, and then I can clarify things further as I finish watching this season with closer attention to detail - -
Okay, so Red went mad… On the simplest level, this has to be what’s happened here.
When we first get a look at the red planet, there are clear signs of destroyed buildings, collapsed pyramid-looking structures, and so on. Something happened here, some incredible disaster that destroyed his world and made Red go insane with despair. As has been a theme throughout all of Happiness Charge so far, Red was hurt and reacted to his pain by lashing out elsewhere. Why should Blue be able to enjoy having a beautiful, lively world when Red lost everything in some unknown catastrophe? Just as we’ve seen with Mirage, Fortune, and any number of people around the world, this cycle of hatred and pain just repeats endlessly until someone, Megumi for example, finds a way to pay back hate with love and restore some of the balance.
I have to wonder what Red’s world was like before everything happened. Did he also have Cures on his planet? If you think about the timeline, Blue’s Cures have been around for at least 300 years, long before this war against the Phantom Empire/Deep Mirror/Red ever began. (How long was Mirage sealed in the Axia Box? And she was a Cure before this occurred. She’s certainly the oldest in seniority right now, since all of her sisters-in-arms would’ve passed on in the time she was away.) Were Cures originally meant to be ambassadors, like the Oracles in Ancient Greece (they can interact with Blue directly, whereas most civilians have no idea who, or what, Blue is) or healers, maybe defenders against threats that the normal armies and police forces can’t touch? A select few from the world’s population met Blue’s qualifications to be honored with this higher position and responsibility. Now, with the worldwide war, there are many more Cures from countries all around the world, chosen by necessity to hold off this unexpected invasion.
I’m supposed to be talking about Red and the destruction of his world, but honestly, couldn’t we possibly predict some of what he might’ve been through by using parallels from what we know with Earth instead? How much pain has Blue been in, seeing his chosen warriors be so badly hurt with him unable to do anything to help support them against this monumental threat? And that’s not even getting into the civilian casualties, hopefully greatly lessened with the intervention of the Cures. At least Blue’s world still exists and his people are still alive. Red is the sole survivor of a planet-wide catastrophe.
What happened here? I can’t imagine it was a direct attack by some other unknown being with godly strength, otherwise wouldn’t Red have directed his anger and all his power against this mystery attacker instead? We’ll see very soon just how strong a fighter he is, in addition to wielding incredible power, unlike Blue who has great divine power but no offensive capabilities, hence his need to select warriors who can fight in his stead. Red might’ve even gone to Blue for help in this case, since any outside enemy would also be a threat to Blue’s Earth. No, I think the death of the red planet had to be the result of some great natural disaster. Please bear in mind that I’m not any sort of geology expert, this is all speculation as I’ve done many times before.
Image found here: https://education.nationalgeographic.org/resource/plate-tectonics-ring-fire/
Things like this happen in real life far more frequently than we’d like, don’t they? There’s a place on Earth called “The Ring of Fire” (You can read a bit about it here: https://education.nationalgeographic.org/resource/plate-tectonics-ring-fire/) which is the home of hundreds of volcanoes, 75% of which are active right now. With all the shifting of the tectonic plates, could it be possible for some undersea earthquake to open up a magma flow, triggering any of these volcanoes to erupt at almost any time? Earthquakes and volcanic eruptions on land are bad enough, but in the right location an earthquake could trigger a tsunami that could wipe out whole islands full of life or critically impact a continent’s coastline. That’s not even getting into the ecological impact with volcanic ash blocking out the sunlight (no sunlight = no plants/crops = no animals = no people). Look at Krakatoa’s 1883 eruption if you don’t believe me: https://www.history.com/topics/natural-disasters-and-environment/krakatoa. That one natural disaster killed around 36,000 people! Now what if this effect were amplified in a sort of chain reaction across Red’s world?
Red probably had no time to focus on his people while this disaster was going on, using all his power to try and stop things from getting worse. By the time he had a minute to check on the denizens of Planet Red, how many were still alive? In hard times, you tend to see the best and the worst in people, that’s just how humans are. The end result is what we’ve seen, no survivors and a dead world. What use are things like “happiness” and “love” in the wake of this kind of catastrophe? Red had nowhere else to go, so he went to find Blue, his younger brother. And Blue still had a world full of beauty and life. How was this fair? All of Red’s despair turned to anger and hatred then, and all he wanted from that moment on was to make Blue suffer, just like Red himself was hurting. What have we seen as a result?
Also, I just realized this: Red Planet, a “brother planet” to Earth. Is Red’s world actually Mars?! How did I not make this connection sooner? It would be so cool if this was actually meant to be the case! I’m not an outer space expert, but I did a quick bit of research because this possibility was too awesome to ignore: https://science.nasa.gov/mars/facts/. According to NASA, Mars would’ve been warmer, wetter, and had a thicker atmosphere a long time ago. If what I’ve read is true, scientists have even discovered ice on Mars: https://www.nasa.gov/solar-system/planets/mars/nasa-is-locating-ice-on-mars-with-this-new-map/. Where there’s ice, there’s water, and sustained life can’t exist without water. Besides that, NASA is hoping to someday take *core samples of this Martian ice, since this would be a good indicator of past conditions on the planet over millions, or billions, of years.
*If I understand it right, core samples are collected by drilling into the ice. The ice in glaciers can act as a sort of time capsule, perfectly preserving a piece of the environment as it existed hundreds or thousands of years ago. By drilling out a small section, tests can be performed to determine the composition of the ice. This might reveal the presence of certain plants or animals at that past time, but it could also indicate atmospheric changes (due to the presence of various gases) and so on.
Image found here: https://www.eurekalert.org/multimedia/970906
Image found here: https://home.nps.gov/articles/000/tree-rings.htm
Image found here: https://home.nps.gov/articles/000/tree-rings.htm
(This is often done as part of botanical/forestry research, for example, since this is how scientists can determine a tree’s age and some of the environmental changes it’s experienced over time, by drilling a small section of wood out of the trunk and examining the rings instead of having to cut the whole tree down in order to study the stump.)
I’d imagine that even if you only got ice in the core sample, instead of bits of organic matter like you’d probably see on Earth, scientists could study the composition of the ice to determine the percentage of gases trapped inside, for example. (More oxygen in the lower levels = possibility of life in Mars’ distant past?)
Mars is actually about half the size of Earth, so I don’t know how this would impact things like gravity, tidal cycles in the oceans, and the hours in a day/night cycle in a direct comparison between both planets. What I found interesting is that Mars has seasons just like Earth, but you have to keep in mind that Martian days and seasons would likely be different lengths of time than what we on Earth would be used to, considering each planet’s position in relation to the sun. Fascinating, right?
Fun fact before I move on, Mars gets its name from the Roman god of WAR (you might know him better as Ares from Greek mythology). Hasn’t Red been waging war against Blue and the Earth this whole time? A god of war and aggression who calls the red planet home… Man, if all of this was intended then the Happiness Charge show writers are geniuses!
And one other question on the worldbuilding side: we now know of at least two gods, Red and Blue, who exist in the Happiness Charge universe. Are there others we haven’t seen, maybe a Yellow, Green, or Purple? Would all of these gods be related, like Red and Blue, or are there numberless gods in this universe who all have worlds of their own, sometimes crossing each other’s paths, maybe even getting married and having families? I’d imagine that their own worlds would still be their top priority, though. (Remember how Blue broke Mirage’s heart. As a god of the Earth, his responsibility was to watch over and love all his people equally. However much he loved her, he couldn’t treat her differently from anyone else in the world.) What is a god who doesn’t have creations to care for, after all?
Chapter 49: Episode 48: Overcoming Hatred! Born! Forever Lovely!
Chapter Text
Picking up from last time, the red planet’s getting ever closer to Earth.
I can only imagine what everyone’s thinking, seeing it growing nearer by the minute.
Even the Red Saiarks have paused in their attacks,
and the Cures worldwide are wondering if the Happiness Charge girls will be able to turn things around in time.
Meanwhile, Lovely and her friends have saved Seiji, so there’s just one fight left against Red himself. And Red is absolutely FURIOUS!
Our girls have faced impossible odds before, but now they’re facing down an insane and angry god who wants to see all life on Earth wiped out.
And if that wasn’t bad enough, remember that they’ve chosen to go for the “Pacifist Route.” I’ve heard of one game, “Undertale,” that allows you to choose whether to spare or slay whoever confronts you in battle. Since I haven’t seen or played this game, I’m afraid that I can’t offer any pictures illustrating this. Basically, it might be easier to try to kill the Big Bad at this point, but even if the Happiness Charge girls did this, seeing no other options, has the red planet gotten so close to Earth by now that it would continue on its trajectory and collide even without Red pushing it forward? In that case, since Red is able to control the movement of this planet, could Blue try to move the Earth itself out of the way? What would that do to the Earth, being forced out of its orbit so quickly? Would the shock of such an abrupt move doom the Earth anyway? I remember hearing that this very dilemma came up in one of the Spiderman movies. In “The Amazing Spider-man 2 (2014),” Spiderman tried to save Gwen Stacy from falling to her death, but he ended up breaking her neck by stopping her fall too quickly. (Read more here: https://screenrant.com/spider-man-gwen-stacy-death-physics-kakalios-goblin/) Would suddenly moving the Earth from its position in space essentially do the same thing to all of the denizens of Earth? It really is up to the Happiness Charge girls to save the day, and the only sure way to do so is to change Red’s mind. If they can’t do this…
The stakes are insanely high, but our girls are ready for one final battle. There’s no other choice if they want their homes, families, and the Earth itself to survive.
Red explains himself one last time.
What point is there to work so hard, to love and care for others, when life can be wiped out instantly, rendering everything else meaningless? Love? Happiness? They’re pointless and meaningless illusions!
Innocent Lovely disagrees.
Each girl explains that their love is very real and has allowed them to grow stronger and be able to reach out to and connect with many other people.
Innocent Fortune admits that love won’t just disappear, no matter what happens to them here.
Red doesn’t believe any of it. Just as hatred has consumed him, it will consume everything else.
Nothing can withstand the power of hate and despair.
There’s no more time to waste. Innocent Fortune calls the others to attention, and the battle begins.
Okay, this is so cool!
The battle music for this fight is actually the “Innocent Purification” song that the girls sing whenever they purify an enemy. I love it!
Innocent Lovely starts the fight by throwing some punches.
Then Innocent Honey jumps in, dual-wielding her baton in Maracas Mode, sending slashes of energy directly at Red, who’s forced to dodge.
Red doesn’t look concerned at all, merely leaping into the air and sending a barrage of red bullets down at her.
Thankfully, Innocent Fortune is able to save her, producing a forcefield just in time.
Innocent Princess charges him next, forcing Red to back off under her hits.
Innocent Lovely joins her, both girls taking turns in a physical beatdown.
While Innocent Honey and Fortune distract Red,
Innocent Lovely and Princess join hands, targeting him with a very impressive laser combining their powers. Red’s not smiling anymore…
All four girls keep up the assault, one attack after the other, moving so quickly that there’s barely a break.
When Innocent Lovely gets hit aside,
Princess jumps in, leaving no opening for Red to exploit.
When he lands a kick on Innocent Honey,
Fortune’s there to stop him from following up.
Red keeps declaring that love is powerless, but our girls refuse to give up and keep charging forward to fight.
Red’s able to meet everyone blow for blow, but even when he knocks them aside,
one of the Cures is already there, keeping up the pressure. And this strategy actually seems to be working very well! At the start of this battle, Red was smiling and acting like this was a game. His smile has disappeared, and now he’s actually starting to be put off-balance due to the nonstop attacks.
Red counters with an energy blast that knocks all four girls off their feet. They quickly recover, and they’re still refusing to back down.
Red recognizes that their teamwork is a real problem, but he still doesn’t believe it’s enough to overwhelm him, an actual god.
Just as he saw life and hope fade during the planet-wide catastrophe his world faced in the past, he believes that these girls will falter in the end, too.
But Innocent Princess,
Honey,
Fortune,
and Lovely have good reason to believe that their teamwork, their trust in each other, and their love will carry them through. It has in every other struggle they’ve faced before.
Innocent Lovely charges in again, throwing a few punches before backing off and letting Innocent Honey and Fortune target Red with a clover projectile and a giant purple laser, respectively.
Then Innocent Princess runs in wielding what looks like two miniature “Princess Balls,” one in each hand.
When she lands a hit with one energy ball, it activates into a gigantic blue laser that blasts Red at point blank!
Finally, our girls wrap things up with “Innocent Purification.”
Red’s enveloped in the purifying light, but it looks like he’s still fighting off the effects.
Holy cow! I don’t think I’ve ever seen the sheer size of this move from a distance. It really is something else!
It certainly looks like the battle’s over, but Innocent Lovely looks rather worried all the same.
Ribbon thinks that it’s over, but there’s been no sign yet of a successful purification.
Innocent Lovely still looks very concerned, and her friends are very much on guard with her.
Worse still, Blue and Mirage are watching the red planet’s approach, and it has not slowed or stopped yet.
Oh SHOOT! Red’s just appeared from the midst of “Innocent Purification,” completely untouched.
That’s the Cures’ strongest attack, and it failed to do anything!
Red once again states that love can’t hope to overcome hatred and despair.
He’s certain that there’s no fighting fate, and the fate of the Earth, and all living things on it, is to be destroyed.
Red’s done playing around. He charges forward to resume the fight. He truly must have been toying with the girls before, letting them come to him first to see what they could do. Their teamwork managed to throw him off, but now he’s aware of this danger, and he’s not giving them a chance to repeat their past strategy.
Red forces the girls on the run, then aggressively targets each one.
First Innocent Honey,
then Princess, Fortune,
and Lovely.
Each girl goes down so hard that she’s knocked out of Innocent Form with a single blow! It’s terrifying to see his brutal efficiency.
And it makes me wonder…
How many Yukos existed when his world was dying, those so kind and compassionate even in the midst of incredible turmoil?
How many Himes,
taking courage from their closest friends and families and continuing on in spite of everything?
How many Ionas, protecting their loved ones, but always with the hopes that this trial would pass? And how many Megumis, working so hard to keep up everyone’s spirits during the life-threatening catastrophe, whatever doomed Red’s world to destruction? For every Yuko, Iona, Hime, or Megumi there was likely a Hosshiiwa, Namakelder, Oresky, or Mirage. And in the end, none of it mattered! Everyone died anyway. Is it any wonder that Red is unmoved even by the level of teamwork, trust, and love that these girls have shown today in trying to prevent the Earth’s doom?
By the time Lovely recovers from this beatdown, she and the other girls have reverted to base Cure form,
and it looks like Lovely’s the only one conscious at the moment.
No… Nonono! Red just performed “Eternal Gauge,” the attack that Phantom once used to trap the Cures within mirrors in the past.
Princess, Fortune, and Honey are officially out of the fight.
Lovely’s the only one left standing, and Red’s gunning for her when Seiji, Ribbon, and Glasses leap in front of her and get sealed away in her place!
Now I feel sick! Remember that anyone trapped within a mirror like this is dreaming only of despair. I don’t even want to imagine what these poor kids and fairies are seeing right now! Worse still, Lovely has no way to free them, and how can she stop Red on her own when her whole team couldn’t manage it at full power?
Red’s not impressed with Seiji’s sacrifice.
This only proves his point that love is a weakness that will fail in the face of any great catastrophe.
Lovely refuses to give up even now.
But Red doesn’t believe anything she has to say.
This dead world used to be known as the Planet Red.
Just as Blue is the god/nature spirit/Creator of the Earth, Red was the god of this world. Who knows exactly what catastrophe led to the ruin of this place? I’ve speculated a bit (see Episode 47), but it’s anybody’s guess what truly happened.
All we know is that all life on this world is gone, and Red’s gone mad with grief and despair.
How can Red possibly believe in something like love when he loved this planet and all his creations so much, yet was unable to save anyone when calamity struck?
I’ve mentioned before that people react differently to threats, pain, and trauma. Some people withdraw in sadness and fear, like Hime and Blue. Others lash out in their anger and pain, like Iona and Mirage. Fight or flight, remember?
Red himself is no different.
After losing EVERYTHING, he saw that Blue’s Earth was still beautiful and full of life. Red couldn’t stand to see a reminder of his loss.
How was it fair that his own Red Planet died while the Earth continued to thrive?
Red continues ranting at Lovely, claiming that life is ugly and cruel. Happiness, love, courage, kindness, hope…
Such things don’t last in the midst of true devastation! Why shouldn’t Red snuff out everything on Earth?
Red wants everyone to hate him just as much as he hates everything now.
But even still, Lovely is Lovely. Now she finally understands a bit of Red’s pain, as much as she can comprehend, being a mortal.
She recognizes that Red’s hurting and wants the pain to go away, but destroying the Earth won’t help him feel better.
Red just doesn’t care.
What do his feelings and pain matter when he’ll be destroyed right along with everything else once both planets collide?
Lovely wants to help him. Red’s been alone for so long, suffering in silence and only able to lash out in his anger and pain.
Surely something could be done if Red would let down his defenses and trust others to help! I feel really bad for Red, now that we know his history, but I still don’t like him at all. Even now, he’s going for maximum pain against his enemies, specifically Lovely herself, the last one standing and the one who has twice now managed to thoroughly ruin his plans.
Red tells Lovely that if she wants to save him, she can fall in love with him. And then he HUGS her!
Nothing about this is okay! But I think we need to understand that Red doesn’t mean anything that he’s saying here. This is a final “screw you” to Lovely, Blue, and the rest of the Earth: “Oh, you think love will save anyone? Then love me! You can’t? Then it’s YOUR fault that your world will be destroyed! ‘Love’ and ‘happiness’ are just pretty, meaningless words!” Remember that Red saw inside Megumi’s heart and is well aware how hurt she was that her feelings for Blue weren’t returned (see Episode 44), so I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s purposefully hugging her now to bring back those painful memories. Maybe deep down, so deep that he can’t recognize it, he does want to feel love and hope again, but right now he’s trying to break Lovely by setting an impossible condition.
And even then, he’s not promising that he’ll spare the Earth if she can find a way to love him. All Red’s saying is that they can die together when both planets finally collide.
Can I ask something honestly? Everyone online complains about Blue, and I can agree that the implications are bad, but Blue himself hasn’t done anything overly questionable that I remember seeing. Why does he get so much hate? Or is it more accurate to ask why he’s the only one to get all this hate? I haven’t seen anyone talk about Red, and look at what he’s doing right now!
Oh thank heaven! I don’t want to keep talking about Red, so now we’ve got a glimpse of the battle back on Earth.
Is that…?
I had to look her up to be sure, but yes, I think this is actually Mirage in Cure form!
Image found here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/Queen_Mirage
So she is indeed a Red Cure. We’ve only seen her in flashbacks before, and those always showed scenes in faded colors, so I couldn’t determine if she was a Red or Pink Cure. Do you think she has a fire affinity? Some Red Cures do, like Cure Rouge (Yes! 5 and Yes! Go Go). In any case, it’s nice to finally have an answer on the color front.
She’s here with Tender, Sunset, and Wave. While they’re still battling the Saiarks, the red planet is getting dangerously close. No one knows what to do.
That’s when Blue arrives on the scene. He explains that it’s down to Lovely and Red, and time’s almost out.
All anyone can do is pray. Pray that Lovely can soften Red’s heart, that she can find a way to stand against him when her whole team combined could not.
If Lovely’s feelings alone can’t move Red to stop his attack, maybe the feelings of everyone else on Earth can help.
Meanwhile, Lovely has snapped out of her shock and pushed Red away.
Red merely taunts her, asking if she still thinks she can save him with love.
He feels that he’s proved his point, that love is powerless and meaningless.
Lovely just reminds Red that even if he succeeds in wiping everyone out, his pain won’t go away.
Then she asks what his real wish is. We saw with Phantom (see Episode 41) that he really wanted Mirage to be able to be happy again, though this wish had become twisted into single-mindedly obeying her every command. Mirage herself said that she wished for the Earth to fall to despair and ruin, but Lovely revealed that Mirage truly wanted to be able to be reunited with Blue and feel love and happiness once more (see Episode 43). So what about Red? What is his true wish, buried deep under existential dread, solitude, despair, and hatred?
Red doesn’t answer, wondering why it matters when everything’s about to be destroyed anyway.
Lovely explains that even if everyone dies, their hopes and wishes won’t disappear.
She then compares Red to Blue.
Just as Blue loves and greatly cares for everyone on Earth, Red once did the same for the denizens of Planet Red.
Lovely asks if Red can’t remember any of the better times as well. His world was destroyed, but surely he remembers his people and the good experiences they shared, too.
Now Red looks angry again, and kind of uneasy. He backs up and argues that his happiness disappeared ages ago.
He’s glowing with power as he asks Lovely why there’s any point in dwelling on past memories when it only reminds him of the pain of his loss.
He’s done listening, and finally engulfs Lovely in a huge column of red energy!
But right then, something amazing happens.
Everyone back on Earth who’s been praying for Lovely’s success has produced what looks like a spark of colorful light. All of these little lights are floating up toward the red planet even now.
Blue says that these are everyone’s wishes,
their prayers transformed into lights of love.
Every single one is converging on the falling planet, drifting down like snowflakes.
Red has no idea what’s going on,
but his attack on Lovely has just changed color…
Now it’s faded out entirely, and Lovely’s okay!
What’s more, the whole area is now covered in grass and flowers instead of barren red rock!
(Normally I’d give some flower symbolism here, but I’m afraid that I don’t recognize this particular plant. The flowers are pink and orange, five rounded petals per bloom. If they’re meant to represent a real-life plant, I don’t know this specific one. I’ve zoomed in to offer a closer look. Does anyone else recognize these flowers? Maybe this doesn’t matter so much, because Red’s dead world has just shown that there’s hope for life yet!)
This happens in real life sometimes, doesn’t it? A great natural disaster occurs, like a forest fire or even a volcanic eruption. Much of the plant life is burned up and the animals that can do so flee the area, leaving a rather barren landscape behind.
Disney’s Fantasia 2000 (1999) - The Firebird
Disney’s Fantasia 2000 (1999) - The Firebird
Disney’s Fantasia 2000 (1999) - The Firebird
And yet, life finds a way. Somehow, it’s possible that these landscapes can make a comeback afterwards. Did you know that this is actually a healthy part of the lifecycle in a forest? Some tree seeds can’t even germinate unless the heat of a fire weakens the seed coat (or burns away the resin sealing it closed) enough to allow water to seep inside, causing the seed to sprout.
Image found here: https://home.nps.gov/articles/000/tree-rings.htm
Older trees with more dead wood in their makeup might burn up entirely, but younger, greener trees can often survive with burn scars that will be visible within their tree rings after a few years of recovery. Maybe the groundcover is lost entirely, but some plants grow via a “rhizome,” an underground stem that spreads continually, popping up clones of the parent plant here and there. You can see this with plants like irises that are grown in people’s gardens. In a forest, you’d likely see ferns quickly spreading over the ground like this in a matter of weeks or a couple of months!
Image found here: https://wfca.com/wildfire-articles/ecological-succession-after-a-forest-fire/
These rhizomatous plants would be some of the first plants to recover in a destroyed landscape, since the underground stem is untouched by the fire, and so are called “pioneer species.” These types of plants provide a foundation, and insect eggs that are preserved within the earth are able to hatch relatively quickly. Bugs and plants would lead to the return of some birds, maybe some smaller mammals like rabbits, mice, and ground squirrels, and in a few years, well… (Read more here: https://wfca.com/wildfire-articles/ecological-succession-after-a-forest-fire/) Admittedly, it would be more like a few decades before the new ecosystem is fully established, but it sounds like things could start recovering fairly quickly early on.
Red’s world was destroyed in some unknown catastrophe.
Yet even now, the wishes of those on Earth, praying for love, peace, happiness, and so on, have granted a miracle, and plant life has started growing where barren ground once stood!
Even Lovely’s friends,
still trapped inside those mirrors,
are smiling and have sent their own wishes out to help Lovely when they can’t do so themselves!
Lovely explains that love may be weak on its own, but when united with the love and care of others, it’s capable of miracles. No kidding! Just look at what’s happening right now!
Love then counters Red’s earlier argument, stating that love is not an illusion.
It’s very real and very meaningful, and it can heal, if only people will let it in.
Lovely has produced her own little love light,
and all of those other wishes have combined to grant her a new set of PreCards. Lovely’s the last one standing against Red, so she has to become the avatar of everyone’s love and hopes for survival.
This is Lovely, willing to fight for the sake of everyone on Earth and for Red’s own happiness as well. You know that Lovely won’t settle for anything less!
She transforms into a brand new form, “Forever Lovely.” And interestingly enough, while her base Cure form has a black vest, this new transformation has her outfit in mostly white, with a pink skirt and bow.
I really like this Form already, but we’ll have to see what new abilities she has next time, because we’re ending today’s episode on another cliffhanger.
Okami (PS2 - 2006, Wii - 2008)
Okami (PS2 - 2006, Wii - 2008)
Okami (PS2 - 2006, Wii - 2008)
Okami (PS2 - 2006, Wii - 2008)
Forever Lovely’s ready for one final fight!
Chapter 50: Episode 49: Love Will Shine Forever! Everyone's Happiness!
Chapter Text
We pick up immediately where we left off last time.
Red has failed to destroy Lovely because Blue and the people of Earth intervened with their prayers for love and peace. Those millions of little lights of love not only saved Lovely from an attack that might well have killed her, but they’ve actually caused grass and flowers to grow across what was once bare red dirt and rock!
When Lovely and her friends (Yes, even while trapped inside mirrors, they’ve managed to support Lovely in the fight!) produce their own love lights,
all the energy combines to grant Lovely a new set of PreCards.
She’s just transformed into “Forever Lovely.” One way or another, this fight ends now!
Before I really get going with today’s episode, the very last one of the Happiness Charge season, I had a few thoughts I wanted to address.
Notice that not only is there grass and plant life growing where nothing existed before, but the Planet Red now has a blue sky and clouds. It certainly looks like this once dead world is still capable of supporting life. So why is Red still bound and determined to fight for the destruction of both the Earth and his own not-so-dead planet?
If you’re anything like me, you’re probably wondering why the battle isn’t already over. Red’s a god, just like Blue. He’s been mourning the loss of his people, all his creations that were wiped out in some great unknown calamity. But now there’s tangible proof right in front of Red that his planet can be fully revived.
Image found here: https://mymodernmet.com/kintsugi-kintsukuroi/
Just as I described with “Kintsugi” before (remember that Kintsugi is the art of repairing broken pottery with gold, see Episode 45), it may not be possible to restore everything exactly as it once was, but his world is clearly capable of sustaining life. If he really wanted to, couldn’t Red drop everything and start creating new life right now? Why, then, is Red still fighting against Lovely, resisting this new chance for happiness?
Happiness Charge Episode 13
Happiness Charge Episode 13
People online have compared the Axia Box to Pandora’s Box from Greek mythology. There’s a definite argument for this case, given the parallels both stories share. Pandora opened the box, unleashing all of the world’s troubles, but hope was left behind. Hime opened Axia, releasing Mirage and the forces of the Phantom Empire, but the Axia Box itself was later restored to the Shining Make Dresser (see Episode 29), allowing nearly every member of the Empire to be healed and purified. The reason I’m bringing up Pandora’s Box once again, though, is because I’ve heard it debated that Pandora’s Box was full of evil, painful things. So why was hope locked inside along with everything else? This interpretation of the myth about Pandora argues that hope can be painful and potentially dangerous in its own way. Hope keeps people holding on far longer than they normally would. Sometimes it’s hard to recognize when something is a lost cause, when there’s no other choice but to cut losses and try to move on.
We live in an imperfect world, and hope can sometimes lead to a lot of trouble by dragging out another’s pain and suffering when there might truly have been no way to salvage things. Happiness Charge is a very optimistic series, where every antagonist in the show (I’m not counting any movies) has been capable of redemption. Fresh Pretty Cure, by comparison, only allowed half of the enemy leaders to be saved. And in Yes! 5 and Yes! Go Go, only one villain ever survived the final battles, if I remember right. Life is rarely black-and-white, and it’s very difficult to know when to dig in your heels and keep fighting, trying to bridge that gap, or whether there’s no other option but to give up.
Sometimes people get so hurt that the simple hope that things can improve might be the most dangerous thing in the world to them! Once bitten, twice shy. Who wants to remain open to further pain when you’ve already been hurt once? Wasn’t this a big reason that Namakelder, especially, fought so hard to resist being purified? People in this sort of situation build up walls for a reason, and it’s extremely difficult once their guard is up to find the courage to relax those defenses and reach out once more. One of my biggest fears is that I’ll allow myself to trust the wrong person and get hurt. If that happens, the blame is my own because I was the one foolish enough to let things progress that far!
Clearly there’s hope and tangible proof that Red could have a living, thriving planet once more. But what happened to his people and creations last time? My mom has always told me to “hope for the best, but plan for the worst.” I have to confess that sometimes it’s a little easier in some ways to skip that first step entirely. Why hope at all? We’re all human, and humans make mistakes. Disappointment through another’s poor choices, or outright malicious intent, is incredibly painful. It’s certainly tempting to keep any defensive walls up because others can’t hurt you if they can’t get close. We’ve seen this sort of caution in this very show with every other member of the Phantom Empire, right? Is it any wonder that Red is holding on so tightly to his anger and hatred even now? (These are safer emotions that have allowed him to keep functioning, where sadness can lead to helplessness, emptiness, and hopeless despair.)
But we’ve also seen the amazing ability for love and trust to heal some truly hurt and broken people. Just look at Hime and Iona! They both faced some incredible challenges that forced them to be vulnerable (see Episodes 20-23), wide open to potential hurt. Only good ended up coming from it, and Hime and Iona now know that they can trust Megumi and Yuko with their very lives! Neither girl would’ve gone through those trials if she had a choice, but look at where they are today!
Now Lovely’s going to have to do her best to break down Red’s walls enough for him to feel once more, to find the courage to keep trying, and to have hope that his world can live again. And there’s not much time to do it, so let’s see how things go now that she’s got an extra power boost to withstand Red’s one-hit KO attacks. (Sorry for the long tangent right from the start, but this subject hits a bit close to home for me and is very interesting to consider, so I couldn’t help it.)
Forever Lovely declares that she’s going to use her new powers to protect everyone’s happiness.
Yes, even Red’s love and happiness, though he’s adamant that those emotions died away long ago.
But Forever Lovely is sure that he’s wrong. And now I’m wondering if this new powerup has allowed her to get an accurate reading on Red’s true emotions, just as Red was able to detect her heartbreak back in Episode 44.
Whatever the case, Forever Lovely has produced a bright light from her own heart.
And I kid you not, she just freed all her friends from those mirrors!
None of the other Cures have ever managed such a feat before! At least not unless there was a Saiark connected, in which case defeating the Saiark would free the captive. Remember, it took Mirage’s defeat in Episode 43 to release every prisoner around the world at once. Forever Lovely is able to do this on her own!
Thank heaven! It’s creepy enough seeing anyone imprisoned in a mirror with their arms crossed like that. Those poor prisoners hardly look alive, and then it happened to all of Lovely’s closest friends! Unfortunately, while they’re now awake and aware, Hime, Yuko, and Iona are stuck in in-between form. There seems to be a cooldown timer whenever a Cure gets depowered, leaving her stranded in an in-between form until she is able to either revert to civilian form or shift back to Cure form, though we don’t know how long this recovery time lasts. It’s up to Forever Lovely to finish things off, like it or not. At least we know that she might be a match for Red in sheer power, given that she was actually able to undo his mirror spell. I am a little disappointed that we won’t get to see a final team battle (last episode’s fight is the closest we’ll get), but it’s believable and consistent with Cure power rules for this season, so I can’t really complain.
You’ve got this, Forever Lovely!
Red believes that if he can defeat Forever Lovely, he can wipe out love entirely and thus never be at risk for being hurt by it ever again.
Forever Lovely insists that love can’t be destroyed so easily.
And both opponents charge into battle. What’s interesting to note is that the music playing for this fight is the same song that plays whenever we’ve seen the Cures from around the world. It’s actually from the second OST, track 19, called “Pretty Cure around the World,” if you want to hear it. How fitting, given that Lovely is fighting powered with the love and hopes of all of Earth’s people.
Wow! So Forever Lovely gets an incredible boost to physical strength… Noted! She’s also much more durable now. In Episode 48, when Red quit playing around, he took every Cure out of Innocent Form with one blow each.
Now Forever Lovely and Red are hitting and kicking each other with equal strength.
What I found interesting was that Red’s attacks were spreading pink energy, while Forever Lovely’s attacks looked red. (Sorry for the blurry images, but this aura didn’t show up unless both characters were moving too quickly for me to get a clear shot.) You’d think it would be the other way around, but this must be the aura or divine power each fighter wields, literally getting beaten off of them under each new physical attack.
Lovely’s friends are just watching while these two are beating the tar out of each other, with no visible ill effects just yet. Poor Princess actually runs forward, wanting to help, but there’s nothing she or any of them can do. It’s up to Forever Lovely now, win or lose. But don’t feel too bad that her friends have to sit this fight out. I have written a fair bit about symbolism that I’ve noticed in these episodes. Just for fun, I even looked into everyone’s Cure symbols, the heart, clover, bullseye, and star.
Happiness Charge Episode 27
Image found here: https://weedcrafter.blogspot.com/2012/06/juniper.html
(I’m considering Seiji’s symbol to be a blue Platycodon flower, “Balloon Flower,” and a sprig of Juniper, see Episode 27.) Interestingly enough, the one trait that every symbol shared, except for the heart, was “protection.” These kids love and trust each other a great deal. Megumi’s always been able to recognize when someone’s hurting and needs a little extra help, and her friends have always been there to make sure that she doesn’t go too far wrong and get hurt if she makes a mistake in trying to aid another person. Don’t misunderstand, Lovely’s insanely protective in her own right, but I think that her friends recognize when she’s got the best chance of handling a problem, and they’ll clear the obstacles from the path forward and let Lovely handle the rest. We saw this happen in the fight with Seiji in Episode 47, and it seems to be happening once again today. You know that any one of them would jump in as soon as they’ve fully recovered, regardless of the difference in power levels, but Forever Lovely’s battle is going so quickly that it might well end before the cooldown timer runs out!
I’m just in awe,
watching the sheer speed of these physical attacks.
Red decides to switch things up, shooting five red bullets right at her,
but Forever Lovely bats each one aside without blinking an eye.
As she charges back in, she asks Red to remember his love for his world.
Red stubbornly refuses to listen and the battle rages on.
Forever Lovely, after another close-quarters scuffle, shoots a ball of pink light at Red, forcing him to take to the air.
She follows after, both combatants zipping around like red and pink lasers, constantly bouncing off each other.
They go higher still, out into space and within the rapidly decreasing gap that separates these two planets from colliding.
Red is ranting again, determined to wipe out the Earth and every living thing on it.
Forever Lovely obviously won’t let this happen, but Red’s forcing her to keep her distance by constantly sniping at her.
And then they both let loose with a giant pink and red laser aimed at each other. Neither beam can overpower the other, it’s a stalemate.
Until Red goes all in, catching Forever Lovely by surprise.
Not that the laser slows her down for more than a second…
They’re back to exchanging punches and kicks when Red declares that all living things will die one day.
Even the Earth will someday be doomed to die, just as Red’s planet did so long ago.
Forever Lovely wonders if he’s okay with that fate.
Red explains that his opinion doesn’t matter.
It didn’t when his world died and it doesn’t now.
Love can give rise to many great things, like courage, kindness, and hope.
But what does it matter when courage fails?
When kindness is overlooked?
When hopes are destroyed? Nothing lasts forever.
And he’s so angry that he’s just beating down on Forever Lovely nonstop.
But none of his attacks can break her guard.
When he finally pauses in his assault, Forever Lovely answers that he may be right. Mortal lives are very short. Everyone’s doomed to die one day.
But that’s what makes life so precious.
That’s why Lovely wants to help someone who’s sad be able to smile.
Yes, even with Red himself, all Forever Lovely wants is for him to be able to be happy again.
She admits that Red, in spite of everything, is kind because he still remembers the love he held for his world and all those who lived upon it. I think we’re looking at the “apathy vs hatred” argument again (see Episode 47). The simple fact that Red is so hurt and angry means that his world and creations still matter very much to him.
Red keeps denying it, so sure that love is powerless and useless, but Forever Lovely insists that love enables people to keep trying and do their best throughout their lives. That love and trust can allow any hardship to be overcome because it doesn’t have to be faced alone. Wow! She just landed a bunch of hits, and Red looks like he’s wearing down at last.
While he’s in disbelief at her power,
Forever Lovely explains that love can’t disappear, not really.
It comes from everyone’s heart, and when people are able to reach out and connect with love and trust, that love becomes incredibly powerful. Just look at what it’s done for Forever Lovely in this fight! You could also argue that as long as someone remembers a loved one who’s passed on, their love and memories continue to live on.
That love never truly disappears.
Even then, Red refuses to quit, going in for one last scuffle before Forever Lovely…
What was that?! It looks like she punched him, but that energy slash crossed directly over his heart, and if I didn’t know any better, I’d think she got him with a sword! (I have to wonder if this was the exact moment that Forever Lovely literally tore through his guarded, defensive walls, because Red is unable to fight anymore from this point on.)
Red freezes for a moment in pure shock.
And Forever Lovely grabs him in a hug.
She asks if Red can believe in love and happiness again.
Red’s still stunned, slowly drifting back towards his planet,
when Forever Lovely wraps things up with “Forever Happiness Shower,” sending millions of little golden lights raining down on him.
Hmm… Is it possible that “Forever Happiness Shower” is an Area-of-Effect attack? Not only did it impact Red, but the golden lights are spreading everywhere around Forever Lovely herself, raining down on both the Earth and the Planet Red simultaneously.
Certainly, it seems to carry an after-aura of sheer happiness similar to what we saw with “Happiness Big Bang.”
Glasses says that this light is the pure light of love, so I guess that answers one of my questions.
Meanwhile, the lights raining down on Earth have negated the darkness we saw before.
It’s hard to say if any collateral damage has been undone, but I wouldn’t be surprised if this was the case.
This power, even spread around as far as it is, is still potent enough to purify any remaining Saiarks and Choiarks, too!
(I wondered who this Cure was, since I don’t recall seeing her before. She looks rather similar to Rosetta from DokiDoki, doesn’t she? Say hello to Cure Shelly! Read more here: https://prettycure.fandom.com/wiki/International_Pretty_Cures_in_Happiness_Charge_Pretty_Cure!)
Blue says that this effect has been able to reach the entire world at once. Red’s planet is clearly visible in the sky, but it no longer appears to be moving.
Speaking of Red, he’s fallen back to his own planet and seems to be in shock. He’s not moving at all.
I think Forever Lovely succeeded in getting Red to remember his own love, because he recognizes that he just can’t outlast Lovely, but he’s no longer angry about this, either.
There we go! The cooldown timer has run its course, and Forever Lovely’s friends are back in Cure form.
Princess runs right in for a hug.
Poor kids must’ve been worried sick, but everything’s okay now.
Forever Lovely reminds them that this isn’t her own power she’s been using, but the love of everyone else on Earth. Without her friends, and everyone else’s prayers and love, victory wouldn’t have been possible.
But Red, even without his burning anger and hatred, still knows well that love and happiness don’t last forever.
Things happen, people die, and emotions change.
While he’s finally lowered his guard, he’s clearly feeling very vulnerable, very aware of the fragility of mortal life.
That’s when Blue, Mirage, and PhanPhan portal in.
Blue calls Red his brother.
Now isn’t that interesting! Remember some of my past questions and speculations about gods in this universe? If there are two brothers who exist, each with their own worlds
(Brother planets, too, so is it possible that the Planet Red is actually Mars (see Episode 47)?), are there other gods out there, other brothers or sisters, or maybe gods who are completely unrelated? How far does this go? We’ll likely never know, but it’s certainly fascinating to consider the possibilities, isn’t it?
Now that Blue’s right here, Red admits that he lost himself in fear and despair when his world was destroyed. He forgot who and what he was, but now that Red remembers, he wants to revive his planet. Blue believes that Red can do this.
Meanwhile, the Happiness Charge girls are still in shock to find that Red and Blue are brothers, which made me chuckle.
Oh, and it appears that Blue is Red’s younger brother. Noted!
Red once again explains that after the destruction of his planet, he saw that Blue’s Earth was still alive and thriving. In his jealousy and despair, Red grew to hate Blue and wanted Blue to suffer as much as Red already did.
Blue then shares his “mirror story” with Red, the same example he told Ribbon back in Episode 21. Everyone has a mirror in their heart.
If someone is feeling anger or hatred, that emotion spreads out to others in an emotional cascade.
But what if someone is able to feel and radiate great love and happiness instead?
Haven’t we seen this with Megumi, Yuko, and all their friends all throughout this season?
Blue then thanks everyone for fighting so hard to save the Earth, Planet Red, and Red himself.
And then Blue says he’s leaving the Earth… What? Why?
Oh. That actually makes a lot of sense. I described briefly in last episode’s review how something like a forest fire is actually a normal and healthy part of the ecosystem’s lifecycle. It clears out the old growth and opens up ground for new plants to take root and grow. Sometimes such a fire can be so destructive that EVERYTHING gets wiped out! But even then, life finds a way. The smallest organisms make a comeback rather quickly, over a few weeks or a couple of months. But it can take decades before the forest is fully established again. Red’s world is already growing grass and flowers now, but it’ll likely take a lot longer before populations of people and animals are able to survive here.
Blue wants to help Red rebuild, and with the power of two gods working together, it may shorten the overall recovery time quite a bit.
Mirage herself is very impressed and grateful to all of these kids for being able to save her and everyone else who’d been hurting so badly and threatening the Earth as a result.
Oh, she plans to help Blue as well?
Blue explains that gods don’t handle solitude very well,
so he wants to make sure Red isn’t alone anymore while he recovers fully.
Back to Mirage, though, I wonder if she’s been struggling, feeling displaced in time. I thought this was why Tender left Japan in Episode 39, because things had changed so much and she needed some time away to figure out what to do going forward. Mirage must be feeling the same, but on a much larger scale. She was invited to stay in the Blue Sky Kingdom (see Episode 44), but maybe she didn’t feel right doing so after the war, what with the part she played. I could be wrong, but we’ve only seen her at the Embassy ever since, at least before this last battle went down. Could Mirage stay at Pikari Shrine, with her past memories and seeing just how much everything’s changed? But maybe she could keep company with two deities who also struggle on seeing the passage of time and how it can impact the people they love and care for.
Ribbon starts freaking out. She’s not sure what’ll happen if Blue’s not there to oversee things on Earth.
What if another global threat appears?
Aww! PhanPhan says things’ll be okay because their whole group will be there to make sure of it. And he flew over to Honey as he said this… I guess that just as Mirage needs some time away from Earth to heal and figure out where to go from here, PhanPhan needs to be back on Earth.
Mirage respects this, asking PhanPhan to make sure that Earth will stay safe while she’s gone.
Blue himself isn’t worried because if Lovely and all her friends could single-handedly save the world once, they can likely face any challenge going forward without his help.
But just in case there’s trouble, he offers…
Those are Love Crystals!
That’s right, Blue’s giving these kids the option to recruit more partners if they need extra help. Or even if they just want some extra friends who can share their secret, since he wanted to show his gratitude for everyone’s hard work. And there’s five Crystals, too, one for each girl and Seiji! It’s nice to see Seiji getting some credit for his part, even if he doesn’t have magical powers of his own. But now I’m wondering… If everyone chose to find a new Cure using those Love Crystals, would the new Cures form their own team, or would they join up with the Happiness Charge Team? This could potentially end up being the record for the biggest single Cure team in the Pretty Cure Franchise, at nine members. I think that six is the most that I’m aware of seeing in the other shows. I’m sorry, let’s keep going!
Everyone looks so sad as they say their goodbyes
(I feel especially bad for Princess because Blue’s been her acting guardian since the very beginning of the war, which I’ve speculated has lasted three or more years altogether. No wonder she’s in tears now!),
but then they’re portalled back to Earth.
Now that I think about it, is it any wonder everyone looks so sad? Who knows how long it will take to restore Planet Red to its former glory!
Is it possible that none of these kids might see Blue again within their lifetimes? And if they do, it might not be for many years! I suppose there’s always the possibility that they could contact him on their Cure Lines in an emergency, though. Oh, and would the Cross Mirror Room still work if a situation popped up in Brazil, for example, and they needed to intervene in a hurry? It’s something to think about, for sure!
Back to the episode, though, life continues on.
Megumi, Hime, Yuko, Iona, and Seiji are walking home from school with their fairies.
Interestingly enough, PhanPhan seems to have partnered up with Yuko now. That makes me so happy, considering how hard she’s tried to reach out and help him before. Her hard work has definitely paid off!
Anyway, everyone’s singing on their walk,
some more enthusiastically than others.
My gosh, stop being so cute, please!
Oh hey, there goes Mrs. Mitsuya (see Episode 35), and is that…?
That’s totally Oresky who’s carrying her bags! He certainly looks much happier.
Ms. Hoshi? Yep, there’s Hosshiiwa!
She’s a school teacher, and her students know exactly how to make her smile!
And finally, there’s Namakelder, Namase now, complaining about having to get to work.
Miyo spots him and goes in for a quick interview.
When asked why he became a General of the Phantom Empire, Namase answers that he fell in love, everything went wrong…
Then he panics, declares, “No comment,” and takes off running with Miyo close behind! Poor guy! Emotions are so complicated, aren’t they?
Hime’s certainly glad to see that he’s okay now. No wonder, considering he’s the one she had to face down and purify (see Episode 42).
Then Megumi asks PhanPhan about his cooking lessons?
Maybe I shouldn’t be surprised, given that he’s staying with Yuko, but it’s kind of hard to imagine the Pretty Cure Hunter as a budding chef. Yuko’s very impressed with his progress,
and Seiji tells PhanPhan that it means a lot to earn her approval in the kitchen.
Ribbon hopes that one day he’ll share his skills with the Blue Sky Kingdom.
Hime loves the idea, wanting PhanPhan to be their official palace chef.
Aww!!! Please stop being so cute, it’s bad for my heart!
Poor Iona looks really concerned to realize that Hime actually lives in a whole other country and now has no reason to stay in Japan.
Hime says that she’s not going anywhere.
She’s actually talked with her parents, who of course want her to come back home, but Hime wants to be able to graduate from school with her friends first.
Then Hime starts teasing Iona, while Iona tries to deny being worried about losing a dear friend so soon.
Megumi’s so glad that she was able to become a Cure, and that she has such wonderful friends.
Hime’s happy, too, and even points out that this is where she and Megumi first met.
Happiness Charge Episode 1
No kidding! I didn’t even realize… How awesome that everything started right here, and now in peacetime, they’re here again.
I love Hime’s summary of events: “I threw a Love Crystal off the side of a building, hit Megumi on the head, we became friends, and THAT’S how the Earth was saved!” She’s not wrong, either!
Ribbon just can’t believe that everything they’ve been through just started by a mere coincidence. It just so happened that it was Megumi who was hit by the Love Crystal and became Hime’s friend and partner.
Seiji says that it’s also a coincidence that he and Megumi lived next door and have been best friends ever since they were babies.
How about the fact that all of them live in the same city and go to the very same school.
Just a whole bunch of coincidences, and look at where we are now!
Hime, stop! My sides! She has the blue Love Crystal out of the Crystals they were given. Hime wants to throw this one and find another friend, since things worked out remarkably well last time!
Iona tries to stop her because these were meant for emergencies, but Hime’s too excited to listen.
She wants another friend!
So Hime takes off running, with Iona trying to rein her in.
What’s funnier is that Yuko says she’ll eat lunch with whoever gets HIT by her Crystal. Yuko… Not you too! Since Hime has the blue one, and the Crystals Blue gave them were pink, blue, yellow, purple, and green, it’s likely that everyone chose their matching color, leaving Seiji to choose the future Green Cure, one of the rarest colors in the Franchise, as far as I’m aware.
Futari Wa Pretty Cure
Unless Black and White count…
Seiji asks what Megumi plans to do with her Crystal, and she answers that when she finds someone special, she’ll hand it over then.
Looks like Seiji plans to do the same.
Wouldn’t that be an interesting story in its own right? Seeing who everyone would choose to inherit these powers and what would come of things going forward?
But that’s a story for another time, because it looks like this is the end of the episode, and the end of the Happiness Charge season.
Now I can’t stop smiling! I started off this season with Hime as my absolute favorite character, but now that we’ve reached the end, Megumi might just barely have topped her. I actually really like every main character in this show, and it’s been so much fun to watch these kids interacting with each other because they’re all so different, but they mesh together amazingly well!
Oh, looks like I spoke too soon. Lovely has something to say to round things out.
She’s here to introduce Cure Flora, the Pink Leader for the next series, Go! Princess Pretty Cure.
I’ve heard that some of the later seasons did this, having the leader of the current team cross paths with their successor in the upcoming series. Did this start with Happiness Charge, or is this merely the first time I’ve seen it because I only watched Yes! 5, Yes! Go Go, and Fresh all the way through before now?
In any case, for old time’s sake, let’s welcome Cure Flora of Go! Princess today.
I can’t promise that I’ll ever do this sort of in-depth review for any other season ever again, though. It’s taken me SO LONG to be able to get through every episode (It’s been nearly two years!), and I’d like to just be able to watch them normally from now on. But does anyone else want to try talking about their favorite season(s)? I’d love to hear what stood out to you, and it might help me choose a season to watch next. With a few exceptions, I’m eager to try just about any of them. I was considering KiraKira, since this was the series that introduced me to Pretty Cure in general, but maybe someone else’s opinion could change my mind.
anon (Guest) on Chapter 4 Wed 19 Feb 2025 04:48AM UTC
Comment Actions
BlazeandFirelight on Chapter 4 Wed 19 Feb 2025 08:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
Parod9 on Chapter 4 Wed 19 Feb 2025 05:16AM UTC
Comment Actions
BlazeandFirelight on Chapter 4 Wed 19 Feb 2025 08:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
Parod9 on Chapter 9 Mon 17 Mar 2025 10:17PM UTC
Comment Actions
BlazeandFirelight on Chapter 9 Mon 17 Mar 2025 11:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
Parod9 on Chapter 10 Thu 20 Mar 2025 08:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
BlazeandFirelight on Chapter 10 Thu 20 Mar 2025 11:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
Dunno_U_Decide on Chapter 29 Wed 28 May 2025 06:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
BlazeandFirelight on Chapter 29 Wed 28 May 2025 08:14PM UTC
Comment Actions